I I
       I
300R92020
PROCEEDINGS
      VOLUME I
     INTERNATIONAL
   CONFERENCE ON
    ENVIRONMENTAL
      ENFORCEMENT
          September 22-25,1992
            Budapest, Hungary
    \
    LU
    C3
        COMMISSION
        OF THE EUROPEAN
        COMMUNITIES
        Ministry of Housing,
        Physical Planning,
        and Environment (VROM)
        The Netherlands

-------

-------
            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON

             ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


               CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS

                          VOLUME I
                   September 22 - 25, 1992
                      Budapest, Hungary
Executive Planning Committee:

Mrs. Jacqueline Alois! de Larderel, UNEP-IE/PAC
Mr. Laurens Jan Brinkhorst, EEC
Dr. Kalman Gyorgyi, Hungary
Dr. Peter Hardi, REC
Dr. Jan Mikolas, CSFR
Dr. Karoly Misley, Hungary
Dr. Maciej Nowicki, Poland
Mr. Herbert Tate Jr., USA
Mr. Pieter Verkerk, Netherlands
Sponsors:

Environmental Protection Agency, United States
European Economic Community, Brussels
Ministry of Housing, Physical Planning and Environment, the Netherlands

-------
   These Proceedings, Volume t, include papers prepared by
   speakers, panelists and several participants for the second
    International Conference on Environmental Enforcement,
   September 22-25,1992 in Budapest, Hungary, Volume II is
 scheduled for publication in early 1993 and will include opening
remarks of the opening speakers, additional papers, summaries of
          discussions and the Conference evaluations.

 Copyright 1992 by the Conference sponsors; the United States
  Environmental Protection Agency, the Netherlands' Ministry of
 Housing, Physical Planning and Environment, and the European
Economic Community. No part of this book may be reproduced In
  any form or by any means without the prior permission of the
authors and attribution to the second International Conference on
Environmental Enforcement, September 22-25, t992 in Budapest,
   Hungary. Use of these materials Is strongly encouraged for
              training and further dissemination.
    Opinions expressed are those of the authors, and do not
     necessarily represent tne views of their organizations.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
      CONTENTS



PREFACE

CONFERENCE PURPOSE AND GOALS

CONFERENCE THEMES

Theme #1: Context for Enforcement
      Moderator: H. Kesselaar

1.     Principles of Environmental Enforcement, C. Wasserman	13
2.     Membership of the EEC: What it Means for Environmental Requirements and
      Enforcement, R, Macrory  	171
3.     The Implementation of Environmental Laws by the European Economic
      Communities, L Kramer	183
4.     Environmental Enforcement in Central and Eastern Europe in Transition, W. Beblo  . . 229
5.     Environmental Enforcement in Hungary - Today and Tomorrow, G. Bandi	235
Theme #2:  Designing Enforceable Environmental Requirements
      Moderator: S. Fulton

1.     Developing Enforceable Environmental Regulations and Permits, S. Fulton and
      E. Gilberg 	253
2.     Swedish System of Integrated Permitting - Whether it Enhances Compliance and
      Enforceability, L Sverndal	265
3.     Compliance and Enforcement Strategies in East-Germany - Saxony as an Example,
      D. Angst 	267
4.     A Clear Approach Gives Full Compliance, H. de Vries  	273
5.     Information Campaigns Benefit Enforcement of Environmental Laws, J. van Ekeren
      and M. van der Voet (additional paper) 	283


1.     Alternative Organizational Structures for a Compliance and Enforcement Program,
      W. Eichbaum	293

-------
iv                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
 Theme #3: Developing an Effective Compliance Monitoring Capability (e.g. Inspection Capability)
      Moderator: M. Bierman - Beukema toe Water

 1.     Developing an Effective Compliance Monitoring Capability, M. Bierman - Beukema
      toe Water	307
 2.     Integrated Licensing, Implementation and Compliance Monitoring in Developing
      Countries, J. Alois! de Larderel	315
 3.     Compliance Monitoring in Norway, G. Rod/and	319
 4.     U.S. Experience and Differences Between Civil and Criminal Investigations and Use
      of Central Elite Force to Supplement Local Inspectors, C. Wills and D. Gipe  	325
 5.     UK Experience in Establishing an Inspectorate for Integrated Pollution Regulation,
      J. Handyside  	339
 6.     Compliance Monitoring in Poland: Current Status and Development, J. Jendroska . . . 351
 7.     The Enforcement of the State Policy of the CSFR on the Field of the Montreal
      Protocol, M. Kotaska and V. Rehacek (additional paper)	357


 Theme #4: Developing Authorities and Legal Enforcement Capabilities to Respond to Violations
      Moderator: L. Kramer

 1.     Developing Authorities and Legal Enforcement Capabilities, V. O'Meara  	363
 2.     The Public Prosecutor Office of Hungary and its Development, S.  Fulop	373
 3.     Developing Effective Enforcement Programs at the State Level, L Paddock  	379
 4.     System to Supervise Environmental Duties and to Pursuit Infringements Taking
      Clean Air Management as Example, M. Putz	389
 5.     Environmental Enforcement by Municipalities in the Netherlands, P. Dordregter	391
 6.     Choosing among Criminal, Civil Judicial, and Administrative Enforcement Options,
      D. van Zeben and M. Mulkey (additional paper)	397
 7.     The Environmental Prosecutor: The Experience of a "Central Command" Theory of
      Environmental Enforcement, S. Madonna (additional paper) 	417
 8.     The Application of Criminal Law Instrument in the Environmental Law Enforcement,
      A. Hamzah and R. Surachman (additional paper)	429


 Theme #5: Economic Development and Ownership Issues
      Moderator: K. Misley

 1.     Enforcement of Canadian Laws of Environmental Protection as applied to Federal
      Facilities, P. Cuillerier	445
2.     The Ecological Semaphores for Fourteen Paths of Ownership Changes in Poland,
      P. Syryczynski	453
3.     Enforcing the Law at Government Owned or Operated Facilities, A. Homonnay	465
4.     The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's integrated Compliance by the Federal
      Government,  T. McCall	471
5.     Civil enforcement: Paying for the past, H. von Meijenfeldt	491
6.     Privatization as an Opportunity to enhance Compliance. Poland's Perspective,
      S. Wajda	497

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
Theme #6:  Applications to a Particular Environmental Problem: Solid and Hazardous Waste
      Moderator: O. Caisou

1.     Polish Prohibition of Waste Import, W. Radecki  	503
2.     Some information on Enforcement concerning Solid and Hazardous Wastes
      Disposal in Czechoslovakia, K.  Velek 	509
3.     Results of Three Years of Enforcement of Regulations on Transboundary
      Shipments of Hazardous Waste in The Netherlands, M. Fokke-Baggen (additional
      paper)	521


Theme #7:  Public Disclosure and Citizens' role in Enforcement
      Moderator: P. Keough

1.     The Role of Citizens in  Environmental Enforcement, E. Roberts, J.  Dobbins and
      M. Bowman	531
2.     Citizens Role in Enforcement: a Spur, a Supplement and a Substitute, P. Hallo	561
3.     Citizen participation in U.S. environmental enforcement, R. Van Heuvelen and
      L Breggin 	573
4.     From Public Disclosure to Public Accountability: What Impact will it have on
      Compliance,  F. Irwin	589
5.     Disclosure of Environmental Information and Enforcement of Environmental Law in
      Flanders: The Complementary Role of Governmental Authorities and NGO's,
      R. de Baere	605
6.     Use of Public disclosure in Environmental Protection Programs to enhance
      Compliance and Change Behavior in the United States, P. Keough	611


OUTLINE OF PROCEEDINGS VOLUME II  	617

MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE PLANNING COMMITTEE	619

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS  	621

-------
vi                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
      PREFACE

      We extend to you a very warm welcome as a participant to the second International
Conference on Environmental Enforcement in Budapest, Hungary. These Proceedings contain
papers that will be presented by the speakers and panelists at the Conference. In addition to
papers solicited of speakers and panelists on specific topics identified in the program, all
participants and other interested parties were invited to contribute papers on related topics. This
has resulted in several additional papers which are also enclosed in this Volume I of the
Conference Proceedings. Papers that were not available at the time of printing will be included in
a second Volume of these Proceedings which will be published early spring 1993 and will be sent
to the participants' mailing addresses. The Proceedings will also be widely disseminated to
country environmental officials and NGO's throughout the world.

       The Conference is part of an ongoing effort to develop effective approaches in different
settings to achieve widespread compliance with our very important environmental program
requirements. Speakers have been selected with substantial experience in different aspects of
compliance with and enforcement of environmental laws.

       On behalf  of the Executive Planning Committee, we look forward to a productive
exchange.
       Budapest, 22 September 1992

       The Conference Staff

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
      CONFERENCE PURPOSE AND GOALS

      The International Conference on Environmental Enforcement held September 22-25, 1992
in Budapest, Hungary responds to the growing recognition of the importance of environmental
concerns both domestically and on a global scale. The heightened interest in environmental
enforcement -- broadly defined as the range of actions governments and others may take to
encourage and compel compliance with environmental requirements -- stems from a desire to
ensure that environmental requirements, expressed in policies, laws and permits, lead to real
improvements in environmental quality.  Efforts to achieve widespread compliance and
enforcement of requirements also provide an element of fairness to the regulatory process, instill
credibility to government institutions, and prevent short term economic competition among regions
and between facilities from undermining longer term economic and environmental goals.

      The Conference will focus on the development and enhancement of domestic
environmental enforcement approaches1 in  Central and East European countries. The public and
governmental leaders in these countries have strongly expressed the  need for economic growth
in harmony with concerns for public health and a quality environment. As the exchange should be
broadly useful to other nations, representatives from other regions around the globe will also
participate in the Conference. Planning  of the Conference is guided by an Executive Planning
Committee. The Committee includes the three sponsors as well as the Environmental Ministries
of Poland, the Czech and Slovak Federal Republic, and Hungary, the Regional Environmental
Center in Budapest, the United Nations Environment Programme IE/PAC,  and Hungary's Public
Prosecutor.

       Sharing experiences and strategies among nations for developing sound domestic
compliance and enforcement approaches has already proven valuable as attested by responses
to the first International Enforcement Workshop held in Utrecht, the Netherlands, in May 1990.
Despite differences in culture and legal systems, environmental enforcement theory and practice
has basic elements which seem to transcend these differences among nations and peoples. It is
not only possible but essential that nations  seek to learn from each other what works and does
not work to achieve widespread compliance with environmental requirements in different settings.
Gaining compliance is an  evolutionary process, and no nation has developed an approach which
cannot benefit from continuing improvement. The Conference will explore different approaches,
             1 Consideration of issues related to enforcement of requirements and agreements
          that are global and transboundary in nature will be limited to a discussion of
          commitments of individual countries as they are adopted as domestic laws or
          requirements.

-------
10                               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
sharing experiences within a general framework, but will not promote any single model for
achieving compliance with environmental requirements. Conference participants will consider the
least resource-intensive approaches to achieving compliance success and explore integrated as
well as single program focused compliance and enforcement activities.

       The structure and content of the Conference is designed to provide a pragmatic exchange
with open appraisals of advantages and disadvantages of different approaches, opportunities for
practical follow-up and ongoing resource materials for those interested in enhancing environ-
mental compliance and enforcement. The Conference seeks to build institutional relationships to
establish responsibility, provide opportunities for leadership, and support networks of experts
among governmental, public, and private entities necessary to effectively achieve environmental
compliance. The Conference serves policy-makers from both within government and outside of
government. Within government, the Conference has representation from national, regional and
local governmental units, as appropriate to environmental  enforcement and implementation
responsibilities in each country, as well as current and  potential leaders in both legal and
technical aspects of environmental programs at the mid to senior management levels. It also
involves selected non-governmental organizations (NGO's) and industry representatives.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              11
      CONFERENCE THEMES

      The Conference will address the following themes over a four day period:

      Theme #1:   Context for Enforcement.

      An introduction  to the importance of compliance and enforcement concerns, a general
framework for designing effective environmental compliance and enforcement approaches and
alternative approaches within that framework including designing enforceable requirements,
setting priorities, compliance promotion, compliance monitoring, enforcement response to
violations, establishing clear roles and responsibilities, and evaluation of and accountability for
success.

      Also to be addressed are the implications of membership in the European Economic
Community and community of nations for environmental compliance and enforcement and the
current status of enforcement in Central and Eastern Europe.

      Theme #2:   Designing Enforceable Environmental Requirements.

      An assessment of the importance  of ensuring the enforceability of environmental laws and
requirements as they are developed with  examples of problems that have been encountered
because of poorly designed requirements, and  alternative approaches to enhance the likelihood
that requirements will be enforceable when established.

       Theme #3:    Developing an Effective Compliance Monitoring Capability (e.g. Inspection
                   Capability).

       An exploration of different organizational approaches and strategies for monitoring
compliance, focusing on inspection capabilities, including whether and how to develop an
inspectorate and whether to inspect on a single or multi-program basis.

       Theme #4:    Developing Authorities and Legal Enforcement Capabilities to Respond to
                    Violations.

       An exploration  of different authorities and approaches to legal enforcement within different
legal  settings and what is necessary to employ and develop those authorities effectively.

-------
 12                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
       Theme #5:    Economic Development and Ownership Issues.

       An exploration of the economics and realities of enforcement in three settings:
    1)  different approaches towards enforcement at government owned and operated
       installations;
    2)  approaches to enforcement when faced with economic hardship,  and
    3)  how to address the new opportunities for enhanced compliance presented by privatization
       of industry and changes in ownership.

       Theme #6:    Applications to a Particular Environmental Problem: Solid and Hazardous
                    Waste.

       An integrating session that combines all elements of the compliance and enforcement
framework, exploring different approaches to compliance and enforcement in different countries
and settings.  This theme will explore more fully the potential of pollution  prevention as a tool to
enhance compliance and as an enforcement response. This discussion would cover the total
problem of controlling waste including controlling domestically, the transport of hazardous waste
from other nations.

       Theme #7:    Public Disclosure and Citizens' Role in Enforcement.

       An  exploration of the role of public disclosure, citizens and others in the enforcement
process and their implications for achieving more widespread compliance.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              13


PRINCIPLES OF ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

CHERYL E. WASSERMAN

Chief,  Compliance Policy  and Planning,  Office  of  Enforcement, U.S. EPA, Washington  D.C.
20460 (U.S.A.)


       SUMMARY

       Environmental enforcement is taking  its rightful place  on the world stage, hand in hand
with the growing awareness  of the importance of environmental concerns and the commitments
needed by governments and the  public to address  them.  There is increasing  recognition that
enforcement is an essential  element  of  environmental  programs if they are to  achieve  their
intended results.  However, as a relative newcomer to many environmental programs around the
globe, "environmental enforcement" has  lacked a  point of reference  from  which  nations may
productively share experiences and bridge differences in legal  systems and  cultures.  The very
language for "enforcement" often poses a challenge in finding  adequate translation  -- words that
capture the kinds of behavior change  we seek to achieve through environmental requirements
and the range of approaches to both compel  and encourage compliance.
       The Principles of Environmental Enforcement Text which follows, provides definitions, a
general framework, a set of  principles, and a range  of options  to facilitate the development and
implementation  of environmental  enforcement programs and compliance strategies in different
international settings.
       The  Text,  and the international  training course it supports, do not offer a model but are
instead a point of departure  from which all nations can improve and build their own unique, and
hopefully successful,  enforcement  approaches. It is a dynamic document which will change as its
concepts are shared  and refined through their use.


1      ORIGINS OF THE PRINCIPLES OF ENVIRONMENTAL  ENFORCEMENT

       Enforcement training  was high  on  the list of areas  of assistance  that were identified  by
Poland's  Ministry  of Environmental Protection,  Natural Resources and  Forestry to  the  U.S.
Environmental  Protection  Agency  to  help  improve  Poland's  environmental programs.
Development of the training posed a particular challenge since environmental programs  in Poland
were  changing  dramatically and   unpredictably,  and  both enforcement  and  program
implementation were highly decentralized and likely to remain so.
       The  resulting enforcement training has several attributes:

 1.1    The  enforcement training  is philosophically  neutral and generic --  not geared to any
specific requirements - since the environmental programs in  Poland were undergoing radical
changes.   The course  had to transcend the debates about the mix of "command and control",
 "market  based"  or  "voluntary" approaches to  pollution  control.   It  had  to  transcend  legal
authorities and  systems.

 1.2   The  course can be delivered by in-country trainers in order to reach a highly diverse and
 decentralized audience.  Any training  had to be replicable and readily adaptable for  Poland  to
 train its own people at the  local  levels of government. Because of the severity of the area's
 environmental problems, and because it possessed a very capable staff, the Katowice Ecology
 Department was recommended by the  Ministry as the primary location for a first offering of the
 training.

 1.3   The  training offers a rich menu  of options and ideas so that key  policy makers can design
 their own program best suited to their  own culture and legal systems.  The course needed  to be

-------
 14                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


 based  on something  broader  than  the U.S. experience,  particularly  since  Poland and  other
 Central and East European nations were interested in closer ties with Western Europe as well as
 the  U.S.   We decided to seek  active participation from the Netherlands as well as broader
 international contributions  to make the course useful  internationally.

 1-4    The target audience of  key policy makers is broadly defined since government officials,
 academics,  non-government  organizations, industry representatives  and even journalists are all
 involved in some fashion in reshaping existing programs and policies.

 1-5    The general framework  for compliance and enforcement is adapted from the framework
 used to describe the U.S. enforcement program at the First International Enforcement Workshop
 in Utrecht. Given the positive reception  at the first International Workshop in  Utrecht, May 1990,
 we decided to  apply  that framework.   In  addition, key  concepts  such as  deterrence theory
 seemed to have their roots less in particular cultures  than in the nature of human behavior.

 1 -6    No one model is offered as the only approach to gaining  compliance.  Although the text
 was drafted based upon a modified  U.S.  framework offered in Utrecht, concepts and examples
 were broadened to accommodate  a range of situations and experiences.

 1-7    The  course is  a  facilitated  course, one  in  which  the  participants learn  from  their
 experiences within the course and  from each  other, with a "facilitator" helping  guide these
 experiences and exercises.  A facilitated course has the advantage of creating interaction among
 participants to enable them to start to build their own ideas, dialogue and consensus on the kind
 of enforcement programs and approaches that would work best in their regions.

 1-8    To ensure the course is exciting and  effective in its delivery, participants and facilitators
 help to shape  its development and refinement. Key  individuals from  Poland were involved in the
 development of the course exercises.  A group of potential facilitators was identified by our
 contacts in Katowice and Krakow  based upon their interpersonal skills, experience and command
 of English (since they needed to work closely with the U.S. team). A team of six facilitators was
 selected following  interviews with the U.S. team and were flown to the U.S. for a one-week effort
 to perfect some proposed exercises  and sessions and to test whether a facilitated course could
 work  given the usual experience  of Poles and others with lecture-style education.   Based upon
 the enthusiasm and suggestions  of  these facilitators, the  course  was developed and tested in
 Poland before a final offering. The future facilitators from Poland were trained in facilitation and
 given opportunities to practice delivery.  The  course was then effectively "handed off" to Poland
 for future delivery.


 2      COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT DEFINED

       One  of  the most  difficult  places to begin  in  offering the Principles of Environmental
 Enforcement  training  is  finding  the  proper  translation for the  terms  "compliance"  and
 "enforcement"  in another language.
       Compliance  is defined as  a  state  in which environmental  requirements are met and
desired changes in behavior are achieved, e.g. proper pollution control equipment is  in place and
operating, production processes or raw materials are changed,  work practices are  changed, etc.
       Enforcement is defined broadly as the range of approaches governments or others take to
compel or encourage  compliance within  the  regulated  community.   It also includes legal
processes used to correct  or halt situations that endanger the environment or public  health.  This
definition accommodates the  full range of "carrot and  stick" approaches to gaining  compliance.
Thus  it goes beyond  the  usual use of the term  to generally include inspections  (e.g. to find
information needed to determine compliance  status and to identify violations) and legal actions to
impose some  consequences for  violating the law.   However, programs designed to  achieve

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              15
compliance  may involve  more than just  traditional  enforcement,  for example they may also
include assistance and subsidies.
       The concept of deterrence is essential to any  enforcement program.  It is  the creation of
an  atmosphere  in which many choose to comply rather than violate the law.   There  are four
interrelated elements needed to create deterrence: the likelihood that a violation will be detected;
swift and certain response by government or others; consequences in the form of appropriate
sanction or penalty; and  the perception that these conditions exist.  Other theories of human
behavior appropriate to enforcement are provided by  economic and behavior theory, but a basic
principle of enforcement  is  that no  one  motivating factor can  predict human  behavior.   A
compliance strategy must therefore anticipate the full  range of motivations that may be operative
for a  given situation.   Another basic  principle  is that a  well designed program, using these
elements of  deterrence, can  leverage scarce  program resources to affect a broad regulated
community with  well targeted activities.


3     THE GENERAL FRAMEWORK FOR COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT

       The  Principles  Text  offers a general framework for compliance  and enforcement with
seven elements:
       o Creating requirements that are enforceable.
       o Knowing who is subject to the requirements  and setting program priorities.
       o Promoting compliance in the regulated community.
       o Monitoring compliance.
       o Responding to violations.
       o Clarifying roles and responsibilities.
       o  Evaluating the success of the program and holding program personnel accountable for
       its success.
       The Text provides a range of alternative approaches to meet the needs represented by the
 elements of the framework.
       Within this framework, enforcement concerns begin  and are addressed at the design stage
 of  requirements,  not only after requirements are  put into effect.   It also calls for  a  dynamic
 process, one  which evaluates and adjusts to  the successes and failures  of proposed compliance
 strategies.
       A further principle of environmental enforcement that  enforcement has in common with
 other  aspects of environmental protection is  the need to  establish priorities which will  yield the
 greatest environmental and programmatic results. Various  schemes for establishing priorities (i,e,
 for inspections,  enforcement  response and  compliance  incentives  or  assistance) are offered
 based upon  risk reduction potential, the need to preserve  the integrity of program  reporting and
 related requirements, and the need to  preserve the integrity of prior enforcement agreements  or
 orders.   Management  and  collection of  information  on the  regulated community   and   its
 compliance status are critical to effective targeting.
       Responses to  violations can be quite varied depending upon  the nature  of violations,
 circumstances surrounding  them and  the range of  response options available.   Principles  of
 environmental enforcement include the need to ensure  fairness,  and consistent  and  effective
 application of enforcement tools  -- all of which serve to establish and reinforce the credibility of
 environmental laws and the governmental institutions which implement them.  They also call for
 escalation from less resource intensive to  more resource  intensive or severe response, and the
 imposition of  consequences commensurate with the harm and  behavior of the violator. It includes
 negations  to ensure  correction  is  practical, realistic, that facts  are correct and that creative
 opportunities  for  a successful response  are fully explored  from the perspective of  both the
 government and violators.
       Finally, environmental enforcement requires clear assignment of roles and responsibilities
 and  mechanisms  for coordination  and cooperation  among  different disciplines  and  levels  of
 government.  It also requires accountability for results.

-------
16                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


4      THE INTERNATIONAL COURSE AND ITS DELIVERY

       The course has now been delivered in Poland and  Hungary and is planned for delivery in
Turkey, the Baltics, the Ukraine and Mexico.  Participant response has been very favorable and
enthusiastic.  In  all of these setting,  the  course  is designed to be  handed-off  to in-country
facilitators.  The  course materials consisting of the text,  course  exercises,  and the facilitator's
manual.
       The training itself is designed as a three day course.  The first day consists of a  series of
exercises which introduce the participants to basic concepts and a range of options.  The second
day provides an opportunity for the participants to design their own environmental  requirements
and compliance and enforcement strategy for a fictitious community and environmental  problem.
The third day is an enforcement negotiation settlement role-play  where the  participants act  out
different  roles and consider an enforcement problem from different perspectives.
       The course materials are available to any nation wishing to use them.   The U.S. EPA's
Office  of Enforcement  is prepared to consider requests i.e. to train facilitators  to offer it within
other  countries.  For the countries in  Central and Eastern Europe in particular, efforts are being
made to  ensure ongoing delivery through the Environmental Management Training Centers being
established  by  U.S.EPA and  local  government  or non-governmental  organizations.   The
enforcement training will be one of several modules offered in various aspects of environmental
management.  The course may also be  adopted as part of the training at the U.S. EPA's National
Enforcement Training Institute when it focuses on a possible international curriculum.


5      FUTURE PLANS FOR THE TEXT AND COURSE

       Additional materials are being developed to provide  a selection of case studies from which
to choose when presenting the course.  This will enable the facilitators to tailor the course to  the
types  of environmental problems faced by each country.
       The  ideas generated at the  Second  International Conference  on  Environmental
Enforcement and  by course facilitators  and  course participants will help shape the future of  the
course, in terms of its content, its usefulness and distribution world-wide.  We welcome continued
input  and  ideas  for the future  of the Principles  of  Environmental  Enforcement  course and
suggestions for additional steps we can take to spread the enforcement message.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                17
              PRINCIPLES OF
    ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                   July 15, 1992

-------
18                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
UPDATING AND ENRICHING THIS TEXT

       This text will be periodically updated to include new enforcement ideas and examples from
countries around the world.  Readers are encouraged to send comments and ideas for the next
edition to:
       Compliance Policy and Planning Branch
       Office of Enforcement (LE-133)
       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
       401 M Street, SW
       Washington, DC 20460
       USA

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               19
                                 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS


       This text is one of three documents that form the basis of a training course on Principles
of Environmental  Enforcement.  This course was prepared by the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (U.S. EPA) in response to a request by Poland's Ministry of Environmental Protection,
Natural Resources and Forestry.  The text and course, however, are broadly designed for use by
any level of government, in any culture.
       The text was developed by the U.S. EPA in consultation with the Netherlands' Ministry of
Housing, Physical Planning and Environment, the Polish Ministry of Environmental Protection,
Natural Resources and Forestry, and the Katowice Ecology Department in Poland.  The principal
author of this text was Ms. Cheryl Wasserman, Chief of Compliance Policy and Planning Branch
of the U.S. EPA's Office of Enforcement, with contributions  from Mr. Jo  Gerardu of the
Netherlands Ministry of Housing, Physical Planning and Environment.
       Much of this text draws upon articles prepared by the authors for international audiences.
Particularly important sources include the Proceedings of the first International Enforcement
Workshop, held in Utrecht, the Netherlands, in May 1990, and case studies on enforcement
prepared for the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development. The text also
benefkted  from the comments of reviewers in Canada, Hungary, and Poland.
       The training course enables participants to develop their own management approach to an
environmental problem,  to draft enforceable requirements where appropriate, and to design a
unique compliance strategy and enforcement program.  It also  provides an opportunity to
participate in a negotiation session  to resolve a specific enforcement case. The training exercises
were designed by a team from the U.S. EPA, including personnel from the Office of
Enforcement; Office of Policy, Planning and Evaluation; and the Philadelphia regional office.  In
addition to Ms. Wasserman,  Ms.  Ann DeLong and Ms. Margaret Berger of the Office of
Enforcement served as Project Managers for the development  and implementation of the course.
Mr. Tom Maslany, Director  of the  U.S. EPA's Air, Toxics and Radiation  Division in the
Philadelphia regional office,  and  the Division staff were the  principal authors of the enforcement
case study used in the training.  Ms. Pam Stirling of the Office of Policy, Planning and Evaluation,
and Ms. Amy Evans of the Office of International Activities, also were essential to course
development.  Additional optional case studies  for the course will be developed by other EPA
regions and the Netherlands Ministry.  A team of future trainers from Poland provided invaluable
feedback during the course development.
        Ms. Jan Connery of Eastern Research Group, Inc., a consultant retained by the U.S. EPA,
edited and assisted in the development of the text and course materials and provided logistical
and technical support for the course implementation.
                                          -111-

-------
20                           INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             21
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS1


                                                                             PAGE

       ACKNOWLEDGMENTS	iii

       GLOSSARY    	xiii


 PART I:  CONTEXT FOR ENFORCEMENT

 1.     INTRODUCTION	1-1

       What Is the Purpose of This Text?	1-1
       What Is Compliance?  	1-1
       What Is Enforcement?	1-2
       Why Are  Compliance and Enforcement Important?  	1-2
       What are the Components of a Successful Enforcement Program?  	1-2
       How Programs May Evolve in Different Cultures and Countries	1-4


 2.     THE BASIS FOR COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT  	2-1

       Introduction	2-1
       Factors Affecting Compliance 	2-1
              Deterrence	2-1
              Economics	2-3
              Institutional Credibility	2-3
              Social Factors  	2-3
              Psychological Factors	2-4
              Knowledge and Technical Feasibility	2-4
       Impact on Program Design  	2-4


 3.     CREATING ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND REQUIREMENTS
       THAT ARE ENFORCEABLE  	3-1

       Introduction   	3-1
       Enforceability of Different Approaches to Environmental Management	3-1
       Laws:  The Framework for Enforcement  	3-5
              Authorities	3-5
              Institutional Framework	3-5
              Related Laws Compelling Professional and Equitable Conduct  	3-5
      'This edition of this document is based on the February 19, 1992 edition. The text has been
   reformatted to single spacing, therefore, the page numbers are different.  Also, some text has been
   added to Case Study 1 in Chapter 11.

-------
22                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
                                                                              PAGE
              Compatibility with Existing Laws  .............................. 3.7
              Structure and Criteria for Establishing Environmental Requirements .... 3-7
              Requirements: Making Them Enforceable  ....................... 3.7
              Balancing Stringency and Feasibility  ............................ 3.10
              Improving the Climate for Compliance .......................... 3.10
              General Requirements ...................................... 3_10
                    Size of the Regulated Community ........................ 2-11
                    Analyzing the Regulated Community's Ability To Comply ...... 3-11
                    Involving the Regulated Community and Other Interested Parties   3-15
                    Involving Enforcement Officials .......................... 3.15
                    Coordinating with Other Environmental Requirements
                     and Programs ...................................... 347
              Facility-Specific Requirements  ................................ 3.47
                    Ensuring Enforceability ................................ 3_17
                    The Permitting and Licensing Process  ..................... 3-21


PART II:     DESIGNING COMPLIANCE STRATEGIES AND ENFORCEMENT
              PROGRAMS

4.     IDENTIFYING THE REGULATED COMMUNITY AND ESTABLISHING
       PROGRAM PRIORITIES
       Introduction    ......................................              4.]
       Identifying the Regulated Community  ................................ 4_1
             Important Information  ...................................... 4_1
             Approaches To Gathering Information  .......................... 4-2
       Information Management  ......................................... 4_2
       Considerations in Setting Priorities  .................................. 4_2
       Who Should Set Priorities?  ........................................ 4_3
       Communicating Priorities  ......................................... 4.3
       Review and Revision  ..........................................     4.5
5.     PROMOTING COMPLIANCE  	5_1

      Introduction    	     5_1
      Education and Technical Assistance	5_1
             Approaches 	5_1
      Building Public Support	5_2
      Publicizing Success Stories	5_2
      Creative Financing Arrangements  	5.4
      Economic Incentives	5.4
      Building a Facility's Environmental Management Capability	5-5
                                         -VI-

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              23
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)


                                                                               PAGE

6.     MONITORING COMPLIANCE  	6-1

       Introduction   	
       Inspections    	
             Types of Inspections	6-1
             Gathering Evidence 	6-4
             Written Inspection Report 	6-4
             Inspection Plan  	6-5
             Targeting Inspections	6-5
             Issues To Consider	6-5
             Inspector Training 	"-8
             Support Resources	6-8
       Self-Monitoring, -Recordkeeping, and -Reporting by the
        Regulated Community	6-8
             Issues    	6'10
       Citizen Complaints  	6-12
                                                                                61 19
       Area Monitoring	°"1^
             Ambient Monitoring  	6-12
             Remote Sensing	6-12
             Overflights	6-12


 7.     ENFORCEMENT RESPONSES TO VIOLATIONS	7-1

       Introduction    	'''•
       The Range of Response Mechanisms and Authorities	7-1
              Authorities	7~2
              Response Mechanisms  	7-2
       Informal Mechanisms  	7'2
       Formal  Mechanisms  	7~2
              Civil Administrative Enforcement	7-2
              Civil Judicial Enforcement  	7-5
              Criminal Enforcement  	7-5
       The Enforcement Process  	7-6
              Protecting Basic Rights  	7-6
              Supporting the Enforcement Case	7-6
              The Role of Negotiation  	7-8
              Role of the Public to  Ensure Accountability  	7-8
       Creative Settlements:  Leveraging Enforcement for Broader Results	7-8
              Pollution Prevention	7-9
              Pollution Reductions  Beyond Compliance	7-9
              Environmental Auditing	7-9
              Environmental Restoration	7-9
              Publicity   	7-10
              Training	7~*0
              Escrow or Bond for Sources Unable To Pay Penalties	7-10

-------
 24                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


                            TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
                                                                               PAGE

       Enforcement Response Policies	7_10
              Criteria for Noncompliance 	7-10
       Selection of Appropriate Enforcement Response  	7-10
              When Should Civil or Criminal Responses Be Used?	7-10
              When Should a Sanction Be Imposed?  	7-H
              Should a First Enforcement Response Include a Sanction?  	7-11
              What Type of Sanction  Should Be Used?  	7-H
              What Enforcement Responses Are Appropriate for
              Government-Owned and/or -Operated Facilities?  	7-14


8.     CLARIFYING ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES	8-1

       Introduction    	8-1
       Dividing Responsibilities Among Government Levels	8-1
              The U.S. Experience: Parallel Responsibility
                    with the Primary Role Delegated	8-3
              The Netherlands' Experience: Divided Responsibilities	8-5
       Role of Other Government Institutions  	8-7
              Legislative Institutions  	8-7
              Executive Institutions	8-7
              Judicial Institutions  	8-8
              Agencies with Jurisdiction in Areas Related
                    to Environmental Management  	8-8
              Police    	8-8
       Role of Nongovernment Groups  	8-9
              Industry Associations	8-9
              Associations of Government Officials 	8-9
              Professional and Technical Societies	8-9
              Trade Unions and Workers' Councils 	8-9
              Universities  	8-10
              Insurance Companies	g-10
              Public Interest Groups	8-10
              Use of Independent Contractors To Supplement
              Government Personnel	8-10
             Special Centers  	8-10
9.     EVALUATING PROGRAM SUCCESS AND ESTABLISHING
      ACCOUNTABILITY  	94

      Introduction    	9_1
      Issues in Measuring Success	9-1
      Measures of Success  	9.3
             Environmental Results	9.3
             Compliance Rates 	9.4
                                         -Vlll-

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             25
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
                                                                             PAGE
             Progress in Returning Significant Violators to Compliance  	9-4
             Measures of Compliance Monitoring 	9-5
             Number of Enforcement Responses  	9-5
             Timeliness of the Enforcement Responses	9-6
             Monetary Penalties Assessed 	9-6
             Measures of Technical Assistance	9-6
             Other Measures  	9-6
PART HI:  IMPLEMENTATION AND EXPERIENCE

10.    BUILDING AN EFFECTIVE ENFORCEMENT PROGRAM   	10-1

       Personnel      	10-1
             Role of Program Personnel  	•	10-1
             Staffing Level	10-1
             Training	10-1
             Use of Third Parties	10-3
       Information Management  Systems	10-3
       Program Funding 	10-4
       Evolution of Enforcement Programs   	10-4
             Enforcement as a Priority	10-4
             Evolution of Authorities	10-5
             Identifying the Regulated Community and Establishing Priorities	10-6
             Compliance Promotion	10-6
             Compliance Monitoring 	10-6
             Enforcement Response	10-7
             Roles and Responsibilities 	10-7
             Evaluation and Accountability  	10-7


11.    CASE STUDIES:  PULLING IT ALL TOGETHER   	11-1

       Introduction   	11-1
       Case Study 1:  Enforcement of Air Regulations in Allegheny County, USA	11-2
             Introduction	11-2
             County Profile	11-2
             Air Pollution Control Before 1970  	11-4
             Authority for Air Pollution Control, 1970-1991  	11-4
             Allegheny County Air Quality Regulations, 1970-1991  	11-4
             The Air Pollution Control Advisory Committee	11-5
             Standards and Methods 	11-5
             Enforcement Mechanisms	11-6
             Resources  	,	11-8
             Monitoring  	11-8
             Emissions  	11-8

-------
26                               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

                            TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
                                                                                PAGE

             Inspection  	11-9
             Role of the State and Federal Governments  	11-9
             Role of Environmental Groups and the Public	11-10
             Role of Industry	11-10
             Results  	11-10
             Factors Influencing Success  	11-11
       Case Study 2:  Responsible Processing of Derelict Cars in the Netherlands 	11-11
             Introduction	11-11
             Regulations  	11-12
             Derelict Cars Plan  	11-12
             Implementing the Plan in North Holland  	11-12
             Conclusions	11-13
       Case Study 3:  Collection and Processing of Hazardous Waste from Ships
             in the Netherlands  	11-13
             Introduction	11-13
             The Decree on Collection of Wastes from Ships  	11-15
             Enforcement Approach  	11-15
             Enforcement Results 	11-16
       Case Study 4:  Enforcement of Municipal Wastewater Requirements
             in the United States of America 	11-16
             Background	11-16
             Enforcement Activities	11-17
             Results  	11-17
             Reasons for Success of the National Municipal Policy 	11-17
       Case Study 5:  Enforcement of Marketable Reductions of Lead in the   	11-20
             United States of America
             Background	11-20
             Enforcement Activities	11-20
             Results  	11-22
             Deterrence	11-22
             Conclusion	11-25
12.     INFORMATION RESOURCES	12-1

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              27


                                    LIST OF TABLES

                                                                                Page

1-1           Why Are Environmental Enforcement Programs
              Important?	I-3
2-1           Factors Affecting Compliance	2-2
3-1           Approaches to Environmental Management  	3-2
3-2           Examples of Environmental Requirements  	3-4
3-3           Examples of Vehicles for Implementing
              Environmental Requirements 	3-6
3-4           Example of the Relationship Between an
              Environmental Law,  Regulation, and Permit
              in the United States	3-9
3-5           Sample Checklist for Developing Enforceable
              Regulations, General Permits, and General Licenses	3-12
3-6           Ways to Involve the Regulated Community in
              Developing General  Requirements 	3-16
3-7           Sample Checklist for Developing Enforceable
              Permits  	3'18
4-1           Approaches to Setting Priorities for Inspection
              and Enforcement  	4-4
5-1           Ways to Provide Information and Assistance to the
              Regulated Community  	5-3
6-1           Advantages and Disadvantages of Primary Sources
              of Compliance Information	6-2
6-2           Three Levels of Inspections  	6-3
6-3           Elements of an Inspection Plan	6-6
6-4           Elements of Inspector Training	6-9
6-5           Examples of Self-Monitoring, -Reporting, and
              -Recordkeeping Requirements in  the United States	6-11
7-1           Types of Enforcement Authorities 	7-3
7-2           Types of Informal Response	7-4
7-3           Typical Dispute Resolution Procedures	7-7
7-4           Factors That May Be Used to Calculate a Monetary
              Penalty  	7-12
7-5           Sample Worksheet to Calculate a Monetary Penalty  	7-13
8-1           Approaches Used in Different Countries to
              Partition Government Responsibilities for
              Enforcement  	°-2
 10-1          Typical Responsibilities of Technical and Legal
              Staff in Environmental Enforcement	 10-2
 11-1          Compliance Status of NMP Facilities  	  11-19
 11-2          Estimated Health Benefits from the 150 Million
              Grams of Lead Removed from Gasoline Production
              as a Result of Direct Enforcement 	  11-24
                                             -XI-

-------
28                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


                                   LIST OF FIGURES

                                                                              Page

3-1           Environmental Management Cycle  	3.3
3-2           Examples of Different Relationships Between
             Laws, Regulations, Permits, and Licenses 	3.3
9-1           Measures of Success in Compliance Promotion
             and Enforcement Response  	    9_2
H-1          Allegheny County Pennsylvania, USA	 11.3
H-2          Percentage of Wrecker Yards in Violation of
             Requirements in the Province of North Holland,
             the Netherlands, 1990-1991	  H-14
11-3          Enforcement Actions vs. Compliance  	  11-18
11-4          Violation Frequency by Quarter of Occurrence	  \l-2\
11-5          The Effect of the Lead Phasedown Program (LPP)
             on Lead Use  	             11-23
                                          -Xll-

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              29

                                        GLOSSARY
administrative enforcement response - see enforcement response.

civil administrative order - a legal, independently enforceable order, issued directly by
enforcement program officials, that imposes specific legal requirements and/or sanctions.

civil judicial enforcement response - see enforcement response.

command-and-control - an approach to environmental management in which the government
prescribes detailed environmental requirements and then promotes and enforces compliance with
these requirements.

compliance - the full implementation  of requirements.

compliance monitoring -  collecting and analyzing information on compliance status.

compliance promotion - any activity that encourages voluntary compliance with requirements.
Examples of compliance promotion include educational programs, technical assistance, and
subsidies.

compliance strategy - a strategy for achieving compliance with requirements.

deterrence - an atmosphere in which  people are discouraged from violating requirements.

enforceable  - able to be enforced.

enforceability  - the degree to which a requirement can be enforced.

enforcement - the set of actions that governments or others take to achieve compliance within the
regulated community and to correct or  halt situations that endanger the environment or public
health. Enforcement by the government usually includes inspections, negotiations, and legal
action. It may also include compliance promotion.

enforcement program - a program dedicated to achieving compliance with environmental
requirements and to correcting or halting situations that endanger  the environment or public
health. Government enforcement programs usually includes inspections, negotiations, and legal
action. They may  also include compliance promotion.

enforcement response - the set of actions taken in response to a violation to bring the violator
into compliance and/or to deter both the violator and others from future violations.

        informal response - an enforcement response that cannot impose  legal requirements or
        sanctions or be enforced, but  can lead to more severe response if ignored.  Informal
        responses are typically telephone calls or documents that provide information about a
        violation and action needed to correct the violation.

        administrative enforcement response - legal action-m response to a violation that is
        handled by an administrative  system within the enforcement program.

-------
 30                                INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


        civil judicial enforcement response - formal lawsuits brought before the court to impose
        specific legal requirements or sanctions in response to a violation.

        criminal judicial enforcement response - enforcement response that seeks criminal
        sanctions (e.g., imprisonment or a monetary fine) to punish the violator for the violations.

 environment - all external conditions affecting the life, development, and survival of living
 organisms.

 environmental auditing - a periodic, systematic, comprehensive, documented, and objective
 evaluation at a facility of its compliance status with environmental requirements  and/or of its
 management systems and practices that affect compliance.

 environmental requirements - specific practices and procedures required by law  to directly or
 indirectly reduce or prevent pollution.

        facility-specific requirements - requirements that apply to a specific facility.

        general requirements - requirements that apply to a group of facilities.

 facility - any operation or business.

 facility-specific requirements - see environmental requirements.

 field citation - a civil administrative order issued directly by an inspector in the field.

 fine - see monetary penalty.

 general requirements - see environmental requirements

 inspection - official review and examination of the compliance status of a facility.

 law - see vehicle.

 license - see vehicle.

 monetary penalty -  a sanction that must be paid in a country's currency.

 monitoring - see compliance monitoring.

 order - a document backed by the force of law that requires a violator to take certain  action
within a certain time period to correct a violation or to cease  illegal activity.

 penalty - see monetary penalty.

 permit - see vehicle.

policymakers - used in this text to mean anyone involved in developing or implementing an
enforcement program, including government officials, nongovernment officials, industry and
academic leaders, and private citizens.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               31


pollution - the presence of matter or energy whose nature, location, or quantity produces
undesired environmental effects.

pollution prevention - any efforts to reduce or prevent generation of pollutants. For example,
pollution prevention includes changing a manufacturing process so that pollutants are no longer
generated.

regulated community - those individuals, facilities, businesses, and/or institutions that are subject
to particular requirements.

regulation - see vehicle

regulatory program  - program that includes requirements.

requirements - see environmental requirements above.

sanction - any adverse consequence imposed on a violator.

self-monitoring - the process by which a source measures certain of its emissions, discharges,
and/or performance parameters to provide information on the nature of the pollutant discharges
and/or the operation of control technologies.

self-recordkeeping - the process by which sources maintain their own records of certain regulated
activities they perform  (e.g., shipment of hazardous waste).

self-reporting - the process by which sources provide enforcement officials with self-monitoring
and/or self-recordkeeping data periodically  and/or upon request.

source - a facility or individual that generates pollution.

technical assistance - assistance of a scientific or technological nature provided to facility
personnel to help them  comply with environmental requirements.

vehicle  - this term is used in this text to mean a document that defines or supports the definition
of environmental requirements.  The primary vehicles for implementing  environmental
requirements are (see also Table 3-3 for expanded definitions):

        law - document that provides the vision, scope,  and authority for requirements to protect
        public health from pollutants and/or to protect and restore the environment.
        Requirements are often defined in subsequent regulations, permits, and/or licenses.  Some
        laws themselves  contain requirements.

        regulation  - document that establishes general requirements that must be met by the
        regulated community.  Some  regulations  are directly  enforced. Others  provide criteria and
        procedures for developing permits and/or licenses.

        permit - document that contains requirements relating to the construction or operation of
        facilities that generate  pollutants. These requirements may be general  or facility-specific.
                                               -xv-

-------
32                               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
       license - document that contains requirements pertaining to the manufacture, testing, sale,
       and/or distribution of a product, such as a pesticide, that may pose an environmental or
       public health risk if improperly  used. Requirements may be  general or facility-specific.

violation - noncompliance with a requirement.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                        33
                PART I: CONTEXT FOR ENFORCEMENT

-------
34                           INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               35
                                    1.  INTRODUCTION
       Many countries are taking action to protect public health from environmental pollution
and to restore and protect the quality of their natural environment.  They have developed or are
developing management strategies to prevent or control pollution.  Most environmental
management strategies involve legal requirements that must be met by individuals and facilities
that cause or may cause pollution.  These requirements are an essential foundation for
environmental and public health protection, but they are  only the first step. The second essential
step is compliance—getting the groups that are regulated to fully implement the requirements.
Without compliance, environmental requirements will not achieve the desired results. Compliance
does not happen automatically once requirements are issued. Achieving compliance usually
involves efforts to encourage and compel the behavior changes needed to achieve compliance.
WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF THIS TEXT?

       This text has been prepared to help individuals responsible for environmental protection in
different countries,  regions, and localities design and implement compliance strategies and
enforcement programs—that is, programs dedicated to achieving compliance with environmental
requirements. It is intended for anyone involved in program development or implementation,
including government  officials, nongovernment officials, industry and academic leaders, and
private citizens.  For convenience, this text refers to these individuals as policymakers.  The text
provides:
              A framework for structuring enforcement programs and compliance strategies.
              Some basic principles common to successful programs.
              A variety of options for various elements of a program.
              Issues to be considered in designing a program.
              Examples of some existing enforcement programs.
              A list of resources that provide further information.
       Successful implementation of environmental requirements  requires significant effort and
forethought.  Changes in behavior have always been difficult to accomplish on both a societal and
personal level.  There is no magic formula for achieving compliance. There is merely trial,
evaluation, and response to what works and does not work in a particular setting.  Nevertheless, a
reliable framework  for designing enforcement programs has emerged based on the experience of
countries such as the United States, the Netherlands, Canada, Norway, Sweden, and others. This
text derives from that experience and will be updated periodically based on additional
international experience to enrich the possibilities offered.
WHAT IS COMPLIANCE?

       Compliance is the full implementation of environmental requirements.  Compliance occurs
when requirements are met and desired changes are achieved, e.g., processes or raw materials are
changed, work practices are changed so that, for example, hazardous waste is disposed of at
approved sites, tests are performed on  new products or chemicals before they are marketed,  etc.
The design of requirements affects the  success of an environmental management program. If
requirements are well-designed, then compliance will achieve the desired environmental results.  If
the requirements are poorly designed, then achieving compliance and/or the desired results will
likely be difficult.
                                           1-1

-------
36                               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


WHAT IS ENFORCEMENT?

       Enforcement is the set of actions that governments or others take to achieve compliance
within the regulated community and to correct or halt situations that endanger the environment
or public health. Enforcement by the government usually includes:
       •      Inspections to determine the compliance status of the regulated community and to
              detect violations.
       •      Negotiations with individuals or facility managers who are out of compliance to
              develop mutually agreeable schedules and approaches for achieving compliance.
       •      Legal action, where necessary, to compel compliance and to impose some
              consequence for violating the law or posing a threat to public health or
              environmental quality.
Enforcement may also include:
       •      Compliance promotion (e.g., educational programs, technical assistance, subsidies)
              to encourage voluntary compliance.
       Nongovernment groups may also become involved in enforcement by detecting
noncompliance, negotiating with violators, commenting on government enforcement actions, and
where the law allows, taking legal action against a violator for noncompliance or against the
government  for not enforcing the requirements. In addition, certain industries such as the
banking and insurance industries may be indirectly involved in enforcement by requiring assurance
of compliance with environmental requirements before they will issue a loan or insurance policy
to a facility.
       In some countries, societal norms  of compliance have been a powerful force compelling
compliance with any form of legal requirement.  A system that relies on  social norms for
enforcement may not be effective in every situation and may become vulnerable to abuse if
societal norms break down over time.  This possibility has stimulated new consideration
internationally of the  need for dedicated enforcement programs within government and
nongovernment organizations.


WHY ARE COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT IMPORTANT?

       An effective compliance strategy and enforcement program brings many benefits to society
(Table 1-1).  First, and most important, is the improved environmental quality and public health
that results when environmental requirements are complied with. Second, compliance with
environmental requirements reinforces the credibility of environmental protection efforts and  the
legal systems that support them. Third, an effective  enforcement program helps ensure fairness
for those who willingly comply with  environmental  requirements.  Finally, compliance can bring
economic benefits to individual facilities and to society.


WHAT ARE  THE  COMPONENTS OF A  SUCCESSFUL ENFORCEMENT PROGRAM?

      An effective enforcement program involves several components:
       •      Creating requirements that are enforceable.
       •      Knowing who is subject to the requirements and setting program priorities.
       •      Promoting compliance in the regulated community.
       •      Monitoring compliance.
       •      Responding to violations.
       •      Clarifying roles and responsibilities.
       •      Evaluating the success of the program and holding program personnel accountable
              for its success.
                                          1-2

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              37
                         TABLE 1-1. WHY ARE ENVIRONMENTAL
                        ENFORCEMENT PROGRAMS IMPORTANT?
            To Protect Environmental Quality and Public Health.  Compliance is essential
            to achieving the goals of protecting public health and environmental quality
            envisioned by environmental laws. Public health and the environment will be
            protected only if environmental requirements get results. Enforcement
            programs are essential to get these results.

            To Build and Strengthen the Credibility of Environmental  Requirements. To
            get results, environmental requirements and the government agencies that
            implement them must be taken seriously.  Enforcement is essential to build
            credibility for environmental requirements  and institutions.  Once credibility is
            established, continued enforcement is essential to maintain  credibility.
            Credibility means that society perceives its environmental requirements and the
            institutions that implement them as strong and effective. Credibility encourages
            compliance by facilities that would be unlikely to comply if  environmental
            requirements and institutions are perceived as weak. The more credible the
            law, the greater the likelihood  of compliance, and the likelihood that other
            government efforts to protect the environment  will be taken seriously.

            To Ensure Fairness.  Without  enforcement, facilities that violate environmental
            requirements will benefit compared to facilities that voluntarily choose to
            comply.  A consistent and effective enforcement program helps ensure that
            companies affected by environmental requirements are treated fairly. Facilities
            will  be more likely to comply if they perceive that they will  not be economically
            disadvantaged by doing so.

            To Reduce Costs and Liability.  Though compliance is often costly in the short-
            term, it can have significant long-term economic benefits to both society and the
            complying facility.  The healthier environment created  by compliance reduces
            public health and medical costs, as well as the long-term cost to society of
            cleaning up the environment.  Compliance benefits industry by reducing its
            liability and long-term cleanup costs.  Industry may also realize immediate
            economic benefits if compliance involves recycling valuable materials or
            increasing the efficiency of its  processes. A strong enforcement program may
            also encourage facilities to comply by preventing pollution and minimizing
            waste, rather than installing expensive pollution control and monitoring
            equipment.
                                         1-3

-------
38                               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
       These components form a framework within which to consider issues pertinent to any
enforcement program, no matter what its stage of development.  The response to these issues may
differ among countries, among regions or localities within countries, and among  different
programs over time.  Important to the success of all programs, however, is the need to address all
elements of the framework.  Each element  is part of an interconnected whole and thus can
influence the success of the whole program.


HOW PROGRAMS MAY EVOLVE IN DIFFERENT CULTURES AND COUNTRIES

       Anyone involved in designing an enforcement program will face  certain issues:  How
should a program begin?  What elements are most important?  How can the full range of
responsibilities be handled with limited program resources? How should the program evolve over
time as the program moves to new stages, as policymakers evaluate the  success of previous
strategies, and as technological and economic developments suggest new solutions?  There are no
standard answers.  Each program must answer these questions for itself based on program
resources and culture. This text provides a broad range of possibilities for the different elements
of an enforcement  program.  Policymakers  can select from these  possibilities to design or modify
a program so that it best serves the desired goals within the available resources.
       Resources often limit choices.  For example, ideally inspectors would be well-trained
before  they start to inspect.  Due to limited resources and/or program priorities,  many programs
rely initially, if not predominantly, on  on-the-job training.  The challenge for every program is to
make the most effective use of the resources that are available. This text presents many ideas for
leveraging program resources to achieve broad results.
       Finally, the effectiveness of an enforcement program will depend in part on the degree to
which environmental quality is a national, regional, and local priority. Achieving compliance
sometimes requires hard economic choices.  Public and government concern for environmental
quality provide an important foundation for enforcement  programs.
                                           1-4

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               39
                 2.  THE BASIS FOR COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT
INTRODUCTION

       One of the primary goals of an environmental enforcement program is to change human
behavior so that environmental requirements are complied with1.  Achieving this goal involves
motivating  the regulated community to comply, removing barriers that prevent compliance, and
overcoming existing factors that encourage noncompliance.
       Many factors, listed in Table 2-1 and described below, affect compliance. Which factors
are operating in any particular regulatory situation will vary substantially depending on the
economic circumstances of the regulated community, on cultural norms within the community and
nation as a whole, and sometimes  on the individual personalities and values of managers within
the regulated community.
       In any environmental situation several of the factors described below will influence the
behavior of the regulated community.  For this reason, environmental enforcement programs
generally will be most effective if they include a range of approaches to changing human behavior.
The approaches described in this text fall into two categories:  (1) promoting compliance through
education and incentives, and (2) identifying and taking action to bring violators into compliance.
In some cultures, these two approaches are referred to as "carrot" and "stick." Different programs
will place different emphasis on these two approaches depending on the culture and the  particular
regulatory  situation. However, experience with enforcement programs does suggest that some
form  of enforcement response may ultimately be essential to achieve widespread compliance.


FACTORS  AFFECTING COMPLIANCE

        Deterrence

        In any regulatory situation some people will comply voluntarily, some will not comply, and
some will comply only if they see that others receive a sanction2 for noncompliance. This
phenomenon -  that people will change their behavior to avoid  a sanction - is called deterrence.
Enforcement deters detected violators from violating again, and it deters other  potential violators
by sending a message that they too may experience adverse consequences  for noncompliance.
This multiplier or leverage effect makes enforcement a powerful tool for achieving widespread
compliance.  Studies of and experience  with enforcement show that four factors are critical to
deterrence:
        •     There is a good chance violations will be detected.
        •     The response to violations will be swift and predictable.
        •     The response will include an appropriate sanction.
        •     Those subject  to requirements perceive that the first three factors are present.
        These factors are interrelated. For example, to create  an appropriate level of deterrence,
a more severe sanction may be needed for violations that are unlikely to be detected. Conversely,
a less severe sanction may be sufficient if violations  are likely to be detected and response can
therefore be relatively  swift.
      'Another major goal of an enforcement program is to correct any immediate and serious
  threat to public health or the environment posed by pollution (e.g., a chemical spill that is
  contaminating a drinking water  supply, discovery of toxic or explosive chemical wastes in an area
  accessible to the public).

      2Sanction is used in this text to mean any adverse consequence imposed on a violator.

                                             2-1

-------
40
                                 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                    TABLE 2-1. FACTORS AFFECTING COMPLIANCE
     FACTORS MOTIVATING COMPLIANCE
BARRIERS TO COMPLIANCE AND
FACTORS ENCOURAGING
NONCOMPLIANCE
                                       ECONOMIC
           Desire to avoid a penalty.
           Desire to avoid future liability.
           Desire to save money by using
           more cost-efficient and
           environmentally sound practices.
                                     SOCIAL/MORAL
           Moral and social values for
           environmental quality.
           Societal respect for the law.
           Clear government will to enforce
           environmental laws.
                                       PERSONAL
          Positive personal relationships
          between program personnel and
          facility managers.
          Desire, on the part of the facility
          manager, to avoid legal process.
          Desire to avoid jail, the stigma of
          enforcement, and adverse
          publicity.
   Lack of funds.
   Greed/desire to achieve
   competitive advantage.
   Competing demands for resources.
  Lack of social respect for the law.
  Lack of public support for
  environmental concerns.
  Lack of government willingness to
  enforce.
  Fear of change.
  Inertia.
  Ignorance about requirements.
  Ignorance about how to meet
  requirements.
                                    MANAGEMENT
          Jobs and training dedicated to
          compliance.
          Bonuses or salary increases based
          on environmental compliance.
  Lack of internal accountability for
  compliance.
  Lack of management systems for
  compliance.
  Lack of compliance training for
  personnel.
                                   TECHNOLOGICAL
          Availability of affordable
          technologies.
  Inability to meet requirements due
  to lack of appropriate technology.
  Technologies that are unreliable
  or difficult to operate.
                                           2-2

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               41
       Because perception is so important in creating deterrence, how enforcement actions are
taken is just as important as  the fact that they are taken. History has many stories of small
armies that successfully beat  larger forces by giving the impression that they were a formidable
fighting force. Similarly, enforcement actions can have significant effects far beyond bringing a
single violator into compliance if they are well placed and well publicized.

       Economics

       Change may also be motivated by economic considerations.  The regulated community
may be more likely to comply in cases where enforcement officials can demonstrate that
compliance will save money (e.g., achieving compliance by recycling valuable materials instead of
discharging them to the environment may yield a net profit), or when the government provides
some form of subsidy  for compliance. Conversely, the higher the cost of compliance, the greater
may be the resistance  to compliance in the regulated community. Some facility managers that
may want to comply might not do so if they feel that the cost of compliance would be an
economic burden to their operations. For example,  the Netherlands had experienced a relatively
high degree  of compliance for processing  used oil from inland waterway vessels when the
processing was offered free;  however, compliance decreased as soon as the government levied a
charge for this service.
       To remove  economic incentives to violate the law, the monetary penalty for a violation
would, ideally, at least equal  the amount a facility would save by not complying.  This deters
deliberate economic decisions not to comply, and it helps treat compilers and noncompliers
equally.

       Institutional Credibility

       Each country has its own social norms concerning compliance. These  norms derive largely
from the credibility of the laws and the institutions responsible for implementing those laws. For
example, the social norm may be noncompliance in countries where laws have historically not
been enforced, either  because the law is unenforceable or because the institutions responsible for
enforcement have lacked the political power or resources to enforce.  There may also be a
resistance to enforcement in countries where recent  regimes have imposed laws against the will of
the citizens.  It may take longer for enforcement programs  to build credibility in these countries.
       Strategies to build credibility will vary. In some cultures, aggressive enforcement will
provide credibility. In others, it may be important to have  an initial period of promotion and
encouragement to  create a spirit of cooperation, followed by a well-publicized shift to more
aggressive enforcement to signal that there will be consequences for noncompliance. In other
cultures, a mixed approach at the outset may be most successful.
       The government's will to enforce environmental  laws - that is, to affirmatively promote
voluntary compliance  and identify and impose legal consequences on those who do not comply
voluntarily - indicates  and influences  social values. Not enforcing a law tends to express a value
that compliance is  not important.  A goal on the part of the government to bring a majority of the
regulated community into compliance sends a message that compliance is important and helps
build a social norm of compliance.

       Social Factors

       Personal and social relationships also influence behavior.  Moral and social values may
inspire or inhibit compliance. For example, in some situations, facilities may  voluntarily comply
with requirements  out of a genuine desire  to improve environmental quality.  They may also
comply out of a desire to be  a "good citizen" and maintain the good will of their local
communities or their clients.  Facility managers  may also fear a loss of prestige that can result if
information  about  noncompliance is made public.  Conversely, compliance will likely be low in


                                             2-3

-------
42                               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
 countries where there has been little or no social disapproval associated with breaking laws and/or
 damaging the environment.
        Successful personal relationships between enforcement program personnel and managers
 of regulated facilities may also provide an incentive to comply.  On the other hand, a desire to
 avoid confrontation may prevent program personnel from pursuing the full range of enforcement
 actions they may need to take to ensure compliance.  Also, an enforcement official's objectivity
 may be compromised if he or she becomes too familiar with the facility's personnel and
 operations.  Oversight visits by an independent enforcement official can help monitor for and
 prevent this potential problem.  The relationship factor can be incorporated into a compliance
 strategy through such means as providing technical support to regulated groups and enhancing the
 interpersonal skills of compliance personnel.  Social respect for environmental requirements can
 be improved by finding  industry leaders who agree to set a well-publicized example of compliance,
 and by  firm and visible enforcement of environmental  requirements (particularly if the initial
 focus is to correct noncompliance that is posing significant and clear risks to the environment
 and/or public health).

        Psychological Factors

        Several psychological factors, common to human nature, may affect compliance rates. One
 of these is fear of change - the belief that familiar ways of operating are safe and new ways are
 risky.  Closely related to this is inertia. Many people tend to naturally resist change because of
 the perceived effort it will require to enact the change.  Both promotional efforts to publicize the
 benefits of compliance and the perception and reality of consequence for noncompliance play an
 important role  in overcoming inertia.

       Knowledge and Technical Feasibility

       Besides being motivated to comply, regulated groups must have the ability to comply. This
 means they must know they are subject to requirements, they must  understand what steps to take
 to create compliance, they must have access to the  necessary technology to prevent, monitor,
 control, or clean up pollution, and they must know  how to operate it correctly.  A lack of
 knowledge or technology can be a significant barrier to compliance.  This barrier can be removed
 by providing education, outreach, and technical assistance.
IMPACT ON PROGRAM DESIGN

       As mentioned earlier, which of the factors described above will influence behavior in a
particular environmental  situation will depend on the culture and situation. An environmental
enforcement program will be most effective if its design is based on an understanding of the
factors that are operating. Such understanding will enable policymakers to determine the optimal
strategy to motivate and enable compliance, and to discourage noncompliance.  For example, in
cultures where there is a  tendency to ignore both requirements and requests for voluntary
behavior changes, creating deterrence may be the most important component of program design.
Conversely, in countries where there is a social norm of compliance, activities to promote
voluntary compliance may be very effective. In situations where financial constraints are the main
barrier to compliance, some  form  of economic support or advantage to the regulated community
would likely have great impact.
       Whatever factors  are influencing behavior, they will almost certainly change over time.
Thus, flexibility to review and revise the program design  is key to long-term effectiveness.
                                             2-4

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               43
             3. CREATING ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND REQUIREMENTS
                               THAT ARE ENFORCEABLE
INTRODUCTION

       There are many approaches to managing environmental problems (see Table 3-1). The
need for and scope of enforcement depends, in part, on which management approach or
approaches are being used (see Figure 3-1).  Some approaches are purely voluntary - that is, they
encourage and assist change but do not require it.  Other approaches are regulatory - that is, they
require change. At the heart of regulatory approaches are environmental requirements - specific
practices and procedures required by law to directly or indirectly reduce or prevent pollution.
Table 3-2 lists some examples of the types of requirements typically used with command-and-
control approaches to environmental management.  While wholly regulatory (command-and-
control) approaches generally have the most extensive requirements of all the management
options, most of the other options introduce some form of requirements. Ensuring compliance
with these requirements will require enforcement.
       The first step in fostering compliance is to ensure that the environmental requirements
themselves are enforceable, i.e., that laws provide the  necessary authorities for enforcement,  and
that requirements are clear and  practical.  This chapter describes several approaches that can be
used to make environmental requirements enforceable.
       The "enforceability" of environmental requirements has a great  impact on the effectiveness
and cost of enforcement and on  the ultimate level of compliance. For example, enforcement
programs that  do not have adequate legal authority will generally be ineffective.  Requirements
that rely on expensive, unreliable, or unavailable technologies will be difficult or impossible  to
comply with.  Requirements that are unclear, imprecise,  ambiguous, inconsistent, or contradictory
may be difficult or impossible to enforce.
       By considering enforceability early in and throughout the process of developing
environmental requirements, policymakers can help make requirements as effective as possible.
Raising problems  after  critical decisions have been made may be disruptive and may waste
resources and cause significant delays.  Involvement of both legal and technical staff is important
to create enforceable requirements.


ENFORCEABILITY OF DIFFERENT  APPROACHES TO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

       Most of the approaches to environmental management described in Table 3-1 are based
on some form  of requirements that will likely require enforcement.1 For example, some market-
based approaches depend on enforcement to define the property being traded and to provide an
incentive to use the market.  A tradeable permit system  needs some enforcement of the
underlying requirements, otherwise there may be little incentive to comply with the requirements
or to trade rights. With this system, inspectors will have to review records of permit transactions
and adjustments to judge compliance.  The system  of labelling to enhance consumer choice  may
require  enforcement to avoid inaccurate or misleading labels.
     'Liability systems do not have explicit requirements.  However, implicit requirements often
  develop as cases are brought to court and patterns are established about what activities justify which
  consequences. To be effective, liability systems generally need some enforcement by the
  government,  nongovernment  organizations, or individuals to gather evidence and develop legal
  cases.

                                            3-1

-------
 44                                  INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON  ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                     TABLE 3-1. APPROACHES TO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

 VOLUNTARY APPROACHES

        Voluntary approaches encourage or assist, but do not require, change. Voluntary approaches include
 public education, technical assistance, and the promotion of environmental leadership by industry and
 nongovernment organizations. Voluntary approaches may also include some management of natural resources (e.g.,
 lakes, natural areas, ground water) to maintain environmental quality.

 COMMAND-AND-CONTROL

        In command-and-control approaches, the government prescribes the desired changes through detailed
 requirements and then promotes and enforces compliance with these requirements. Table 3-2 describes types of
 requirements typically used in command-and-control approaches.

 MARKET-BASED/ECONOMIC INCENTIVE APPROACHES

        Market-based/economic  incentive approaches use market forces to achieve desired behavior changes.
 These approaches can be independent of or build upon and supplement  command-and-control approaches. For
 example, introducing market forces into a command-and-control approach can encourage greater pollution
 prevention and more economic solutions to problems.  Market-based/economic incentive approaches include:

        •      Pee systems which tax emissions, effluents, and other environmental releases.
        *      Tradeable permits which allow companies to trade permitted emission rights with other
               companies.
        •      Offset approaches.  These approaches allow a facility to propose various approaches to meeting an
               environmental goal. For example, a facility may be allowed to emit greater quantities of a
               substance from one of its operations if the facility offsets this increase by reducing emissions  at
               another of its operations.
        *      Auctions. In this approach, the government auctions limited rights to produce or release certain
               environmental pollutants.
        •      Environmental labellinE/pubtic disclosure. In this approach, manufacturers are  required to label
               products so that consumers can be aware of the environmental impacts of the products.
               Consumers can  then choose which products  to purchase based on the products' environmental
               performance.

RISK-BASED APPROACHES

        Risk-based approaches to environmental management are relatively new.  These approaches establish
priorities for change based on the potential for reducing the risks posed to public health and/or the environment.

POLLUTION PREVENTION

        The goal of pollution prevention approaches is to prevent pollution by reducing or eliminating generation
of pollution at the source. The changes needed to prevent pollution can be  required, e.g., as part of a command-
and-control approach, or encouraged as voluntary actions.

LIABILITY

        Some environmental  management approaches are based on laws that make individuals or businesses liable
for the results of certain actions or for damages they cause to another individual or business or to their property.
Examples of liability-based environmental management systems include nuisance laws, laws requiring compensation
for victims of environmental damage, and laws requiring correction of environmental problems caused by improper
disposal of hazardous waste. Liability systems reduce or prevent pollution only to the extent  that individuals or
facilities fear the consequences of potential legal action against them.
                                                   3-2

-------
                               Figure 3-1. The Environmental Management Cycle
Goal Setting
For example:
• Reduce Risk
• Improve and
Maintain
Environmental
Quality
• Prevent Pollution
• Sustain
Environmental
Uses (e.g., Fishing)
• Clean Up Past
Contamination
Selection of
Management
Approach(es)
For example:
• Command-and-
Control
• Economic/
Market-Based
• Risk-Based
• Pollution Prevention
t
. Regulatory
• Voluntary
• Liability
Notes:
1 - See Chapter 3
2 - See Chapter 4
3 - See Chapter 5
4 - See Chapter 6
5 - See Chapter 7
6 - See Chapter 8
7 - See Chapter 9
                                                  Evaluation
                                                          Implementation
                                                Development of
                                                Legal Basis/
                                                Requirements
                                                For example:
                                                t Legislation
                                                • Regulation
                                                • Permits and Licenses
                                                • Court Cases/
                                                  Precedents
                                                • Programs
Development and
Implementation of
Strategy/Program
For example:
• Compliance and
 Enforcement
 Strategy/Program
 -Ensuring Enforceable
  Requirements '
 -Priority Setting2
 -Compliance
  Promotion3
 -Compliance
  Monitoring 4
 -Enforcement
  Response5
 -Roles and
  Responsibilities6
 -Evaluation Measures/
  Accountability Systems'
 Results
For example:
• Compliance
• Environmental
 Improvements
• Reduced Waste and
 Pollution
                                                       5
                                                       o

                                                       o
                                                       o
                                                       Tl
                                                       m
                                                       33
                                                       m
                                                       O
                                                       m
                                                       O
                                                       m
I
m
z
3
31
O
m

-------
46
                                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                         TABLE 3-2.  EXAMPLES  OF ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

              Ambient Standards

                     Ambient standards (also called  media quality standards)  are goals for the quality of the
              ambient environment (e.g., air, water).  Ambient standards are usually written in units of
              concentration (e.g., the level of nitrogen dioxide in the air cannot exceed 0.053 parts per million).
              In the U.S., ambient standards are used  as environmental quality goals and to plan the level of
              emissions from individual sources that can be accommodated while still meeting the areawide goal.
              Ambient standards may also be as  triggers, e.g., when the standard is exceeded, monitoring or
              enforcement efforts are increased.  Enforcement of ambient standards usually requires relating an
              ambient measurement to emissions or activities at a specific facility. This can be difficult.

              Performance Standards (Emissions and  Effluents)

                     These standards are widely used for regulations, permits, and monitoring requirements.
              Performance standards limit the amount or rate of particular chemicals or discharges that a facility
              can release  into the environment in a given period of time.  Performance standards provide
              flexibility because they allow sources to choose which technologies they will use to meet the
              standards.  Often such standards  are based on the output that can be aclu'eved using the best
              available control technology.  Some requirements introduce  additional flexibility by allowing  a
              source with  multiple  emissions to vary its emissions from each stack as long as the total sum  of the
              emissions  does not exceed the permitted total. Compliance  with emission standards is measured
              by sampling and monitoring.  Depending on the kind of instruments required,  compliance can be
              difficult and/or expensive to monitor.

              Technology  Standards

                     These standards require  the regulated community to use  a particular type of technology
              (e.g., the "best available  technology") to control and/or monitor emissions.  Technology standards
              are particularly appropriate when the equipment  is known to perform well under the  range of
              conditions generally experienced by sources in the community. It is relatively easy for inspectors
              to determine whether sources are in compliance with technology standards:  the approved
              equipment must be in place and operating properly.  It may  be difficult, however, to ensure that
              the equipment is operating properly over a long period of time.  Technology standards can inhibit
              technological innovation and pollution prevention.

              Practice Standards

                     These standards require or prohibit certain work activities that have significant
             environmental impacts.  For example, a standard might prohibit carrying hazardous liquids in
             uncovered buckets.  Like technology standards, it is easy for  program officials to inspect for
             compliance and take  action against noncomplying sources, but difficult to ensure  ongoing
             compliance.

             Information  Requirements

                     These requirements are different from the standards described above in that they require
             a source of potential pollution (e.g., a pesticide manufacturer or facilities  involved in generating,
             transporting, storing,  treating,  and disposing of hazardous waste)  to develop and submit
             information  to the government.  Sources  generating pollution may be required to monitor, report
             on, and maintain records of the level of pollution generated  and whether or not it exceeds
             performance standards.  Information requirements are often used when the potential  pollution
             source  is a product such as a new chemical or pesticide, rather than a waste.  For example, a
             manufacturer may be required to test and report on a. product's potential to cause harm if
             released into the environment.

             Product or Use Bans

                     A ban may prohibit a product outright (e.g., ban the manufacture, sale, and/or use of a
             product) or may prohibit particular uses of a product.
                                                        3-4

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               47
       All regulatory approaches to environmental management will benefit if the underlying
requirements are enforceable — that is, clear and practical.  This chapter provides suggestions for
making environmental requirements enforceable.
LAWS:  THE FRAMEWORK FOR ENFORCEMENT

       Authorities

       Environmental laws will be most effective if they provide the authorities necessary for
their own enforcement.  Without sufficient authority, an enforcement program can be severely
handicapped in its ability to create compliance.  The credibility of an enforcement program will be
eroded if violators can successfully challenge the authority of a program to take certain
enforcement actions.  Authorities that can be extremely important to an effective program include
(see also Table 7-1 in Chapter 7):
       •      Authority to issue regulations, permits, licenses, and/or guidance to implement the
              law (see Table 3-3).
       •      Authority to waive or  tailor requirements to facility-specific circumstances.
       •      Authority to inspect regulated facilities and gain access to their records and
              equipment to determine if they are in compliance.
       •      Authority to require that the regulated community monitor its own compliance,
              keep records of its compliance activities and status, report  this information
              periodically to the enforcement program,  and make the information available for
              inspection.
       •      Authority to take legal action against noncomplying facilities, for example:
                     Authority to impose a range of monetary penalties  and other sanctions on
                     facilities that violate the law.
                     Authority to impose criminal sanctions on facilities  or individuals  who
                     violate the law (e.g., facilities that deliberately falsify data).
       •      Authority to correct situations that pose an imminent and substantial threat to
              public health and/or the environment.

       Institutional Framework

       Laws generally establish the institutional framework  for their own  enforcement by
describing who will be responsible for implementing them. Without such  a framework,  it may be
difficult to establish who is  responsible  for ensuring compliance has been achieved.  For example
laws can specify the roles and responsibilities  of the various  levels of government  and the various
government agencies or ministries (see Chapter 8).  Lawmakers may  also  want to give citizens and
nongovernment organizations representing citizens the right to bring a lawsuit for the purpose of
enforcing the law.  For example, environmental  laws can allow citizens to  sue polluters for failing
to comply with the law, and/or the government agency for failing to fulfil its duties under the law.
Such provisions have been an important means of enlisting citizen participation in the United
States (see Chapter 8 for more  information on citizen participation).

       Related Laws Compelling Professional and Equitable Conduct

       The  credibility of government institutions is very  important to establish a sound  basis for
voluntary compliance. Therefore, related requirements to prevent bribery, to prevent falsification
of environmental data, and to ensure fair application of the law can be very important.  Many
countries make government officials criminally liable if they accept a bribe.  Other countries
protect the rights of facilities by ensuring that government inspections are based on some rational
                                             3-5

-------
48                                  INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                 TABLE 3-3.  EXAMPLES OF VEHICLES FOR IMPLEMENTING
                              ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
             Laws provide the vision, scope, and authority for environmental protection and
             restoration.  In some countries, laws also encompass the types of general
             requirements described by other countries in regulations (see below).

             Regulations establish (in greater detail than can be specified by law) general
             requirements that must be met by the regulated community, e.g., how harmful
             substances should be tested, registered, handled, monitored, emitted, discharged,
             and/or disposed of.  These requirements generally apply at a national, state,  or
             regional level (depending on the scope specified in the law).  Some regulations are
             directly enforced. Others provide the criteria and procedures  for developing
             facility-specific  requirements via permits and licenses that  provide the basis for
             enforcement. Some countries  do not include the step of developing regulations but
             rely solely on facility-specific permits or licenses to implement their laws.

             Permits usually  control activities  related to construction or operation of facilities
             that generate pollutants.  The  requirements  in permits are often based on specific
             criteria established in laws, regulations, and/or guidance.

                    General permits specify exactly what  a class of facilities (e.g., gasoline
                    stations) is required to do.  General  permits and licenses are used when it
                    is  impractical and/or unnecessary to  issue a specific permit  for each facility
                    (e.g., when there are numerous small facilities that have very similar
                    operations).

                    Facility-specific permits specify exactly what a particular facility is required
                    to do.  Permits often take into account  the particular conditions at the
                    specific facility.

             Licenses are similar to permits. Licenses are permits to manufacture, test, sell,
             and/or distribute a product, such as a pesticide, that may pose an environmental or
             public  health risk if improperly used. Licenses  may be general or facility-specific.

             Guidance and Policies. Often government regulators must  interpret requirements,
             even those that have been carefully drafted, because not all applications can be
             anticipated.  Written guidance and policies for  interpreting and implementing
             requirements help ensure consistency and fairness as the requirements  are applied
             in practice.  Guidance and policies are also  useful in situations where regulation is
             achieved solely by facility-specific permits or licenses (either because the regulatory
             system does not include more general requirements or because it is impractical to
             issue general requirements, e.g.,  due to wide variability in  the regulated
             community). In this case, guidance and policies for creating requirements will help
             ensure consistency and fairness.
                                               3-6

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               49
scheme or on a complaint or other piece of information that specifically suggests a violation has
occurred.

       Compatibility with Existing Laws

       To be effective and respected, laws must be rational and not send conflicting signals.  A
new environmental law should be consistent with any existing environmental laws (unless it is
intended to supersede these laws) and should reinforce and complement laws and policies in other
sectors, such as:
       •      Health: food safety, occupational health and safety, consumer products, pesticide
              use, etc.
       •      Natural resource management:  water, energy, minerals, forests, etc.
       •      Land  use planning:  transportation,  development, siting, etc.
       •      Industry and commerce.
       •      Agriculture.

       Structure and Criteria for Establishing Environmental Requirements

       Some .environmental laws contain requirements.  Others specify a structure and criteria for
establishing requirements; requirements are then developed separately.  Requirements may be
"general" (i.e., they apply to a group of facilities) or facility-specific.
       •      General requirements are  most frequently implemented in the form of (1) laws,
              (2)regulations, or (3) general permits or licenses that apply to a specific class of
              facilities (e.g., dry cleaners) (see Table 3-3)2.  General requirements may apply
              directly to a group of facilities  or they may serve as a basis for developing facility-
              specific requirements.
       •      Facility-specific requirements are usually implemented in the form of permits or
              licenses.
       It  can be simpler, in some respects, to enforce general requirements  because inspectors do
not have to determine what the applicable requirements are  for each facility. However, in terms
of gaining widespread compliance, a disadvantage of general requirements is that the burden of
compliance often falls more heavily on some members of the regulated community than on others.
Also, general requirements may  need interpretation as to how they apply to particular facilities.
Inequitable or unclear general requirements can lead to compliance problems. Facility-specific
requirements may comprise a goal that sources are either more willing or better able to meet.
       Different countries use different approaches to developing requirements.  Figure 3-2 shows
some possible approaches. Table 3-4 shows an example of the relationship between a law,
regulation, and permit in the United States. This example illustrates how in the United States
requirements become more detailed and specific as they are transformed from a law to a
regulation to a permit.
REQUIREMENTS:  MAKING THEM ENFORCEABLE

       Many approaches, described below, are currently being used in different countries to help
ensure that requirements will be enforceable.
     2The terms law, regulation, permit, and license have different meanings in different countries.
  For example, some countries use the term "license" instead of "permits."  For clarity and
  consistency, this text will adhere to the definitions provided in Table 3-3.

                                              3-7

-------
   LAW
                              LAW
                             > PERMIT

                             LICENSE
   LAW
REGULATION
  LAW
                                                                                  REGULATION
> PERMIT

 LICENSE
                                                                                                       Ol
                                                                                                       o
                                                                                                      m
                                                                                                      33
                                                O
                                                                                                      o
                                                                                                      m

                                                                                                      O


                                                                                                      m

Figure 3-2.  Examples of Different Relationships between Laws, Regulations, Permits, and Licenses.

           (In all these cases, there is likely to be guidance and policies to help interpret the

           application of the requirements.)
                                                m
                                                                                                      o
                                                                                                      JO
                                                                                                      o
                                                                                                      m

                                                                                                      m
                                                                                                      z

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                                                                                       51
              TABLE 3-4.  EXAMPLE OF THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN AN
      ENVIRONMENTAL LAW, REGULATION, AND PERMIT IN THE UNITED STATES

            In the United States, federal environmental laws outline requirements that are then
     further defined in federal regulations. Finally, federal regulations are implemented by the
     states through permits that specifically interpret and explain the requirements established
     in the laws and regulations. This example shows requirements developed under the U.S.
     Federal Water Pollution Control Act.
     LAW:
     REGULATION:
     PERMIT:
One part of this  law states  that "the Administrator  [of the
Environmental Protection  Agency] shall require the owner or
operator of any  point source to ...  sample .  . .  effluents (in
accordance with  such methods  ... as the Administrator  shall
prescribe)."
A corresponding part of the regulations states:  permits issued by
the states  must  specify  "required  monitoring  including  type,
intervals,  and  frequency  sufficient  to  yield  data which  are
representative   of  the  monitored  activity  including,  when
appropriate, continuous monitoring . . ."
A corresponding part of a permit in the Commonwealth of Virginia
states:  "Within three months of the effective date of this permit  .
.  . and continuing quarterly for a period of one year the permittee
shall collect 24-hour composite samples of the effluent from [the
specified] outfall, except in the cases of volatile organics, phenols
and cyanide analyses where grab samples are required."
                                             3-9

-------
52                               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
       Balancing Stringency and Feasibility

       The ease and cost of compliance can greatly affect the degree of compliance.  For
 example, facility managers may want to comply, but will not be able to if the requirements  are too
 expensive or the necessary technologies are not available. Policymakers will need to balance the
 desire to create stringent and ambitious requirements with the burden the requirements will
 create for industry.
       In theory, more stringent requirements mean larger and possibly quicker environmental
 protection and restoration.  Too stringent requirements imposed too early in the  life of a program
 can generate disrespect for the requirements among engineers and plant managers who must
 make compliance decisions.  Similarly,  government officials may be reluctant to enforce such
 requirements.  Strict requirements are  more likely to be challenged and delayed in court.  Such
 delays undermine the credibility of an enforcement program.  Thus, ambitious and impractical
 requirements can seriously hamper enforcement.
       In response  to these  considerations, requirements may be creatively tailored in their
 stringency, i.e., different requirements are specified for individual facilities or different segments
 of the regulated community  based  on such factors as size, pollution volume,  and environmental  or
 public health risk posed by the pollution. Requirements may also be implemented in a phased
 approach.  The first phase involves less stringent requirements that will not be too great a burden
 for the regulated community to meet. At a minimum, this phase will help eliminate the
 competitive advantage  for polluters.  Some time later a second phase involving more stringent
 requirements can be implemented. Additional phases can be implemented later if desired.

       Improving the Climate for  Compliance

       Two practices that have helped win the respect and approval of the regulated community
 and/or individual facilities subject to the requirements are:
       •      Demonstrating Value. Environmental officials use recognized scientific methods to
              demonstrate that a requirement will produce measurable environmental
              improvements.
       •      Demonstrating Options and Feasibility. Environmental  officials provide technical
              information on the different technologies  or other alternative approaches that can
              be used for compliance.  Officials may also supply information to demonstrate the
              economic feasibility  of using these technologies.  This helps convince the regulated
              community that the  requirements are reasonable.  It also invites  companies that
              supply these technologies to make sure the technologies are available to facilities
              that are subject to the requirement.
These scientific activities help build a willingness to comply within the regulated community.  In
some  cases, however, no appropriate  technologies exist and the requirements force the
development of suitable technologies.  In such cases, compliance often takes longer to achieve.

       General Requirements

       General requirements (i.e.,  regulations and general permits and licenses) will be most
effective if they closely reflect the practical realities of compliance and enforcement, for example,
if they:
       •      Are clear and understandable.
       •      Precisely define which sources or activities 'are subject to requirements.
                                            3-10

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               53
       •      Precisely define the requirements and any exceptions or variances3 in these
              requirements.
       •      Clearly address how compliance is to be determined by specifying test methods and
              procedures.
       •      Clearly state deadlines for compliance.
       •      Are flexible enough to be constructively adapted through  individual permits,
              licenses, or variances to different  regulatory circumstances.
       •      Are written clearly enough to be the basis of criminal prosecution (which is usually
              regarded as the most serious enforcement action).
       •      Are based on technology (e.g., control or monitoring equipment) and
              methodologies that are or soon will be available, reliable, and affordable.
       Table 3-5 provides examples of basic questions that can be asked when general
requirements are being drafted in law, regulations, and general permits or licenses to help make
sure they will be enforceable.4

       Size of the Regulated Community

       The size of the regulated community can influence a program's ability to successfully
enforce general requirements. The larger the regulated community, the greater the effort
generally required for successful enforcement. Too large a regulated community can make it
impossible to implement and enforce  requirements.  For example, a province in the Netherlands
passed a law requiring companies that wanted to use a processing installation to dispose of their
wastes to apply for an exemption.  After the law passed, the government discovered that 100,000
companies producing wastes would need an exemption.  Inspections alone  would have required
hiring an additional 200 to 300 inspectors.  The provincial government decided to revise the
regulation.  Exemptions are no longer required.  Companies must keep a record of their waste
deliveries and periodically report information on the  most hazardous wastes.  Enforcement efforts
now focus on the waste processors (about  1,000) rather than the waste producers.
       Some pollution events involve a chain of facilities and/or individuals (e.g., manufacturers,
distributors, users).  In such cases, regulating the smallest "link" in the chain (e.g., manufacturers
rather than users) can achieve the desired environmental results with much less effort.

       Analyzing the Regulated Community's Ability To Comply

       General requirements that are very specific, with little flexibility  for modification when
they are implemented at specific facilities, are easier to enforce but may not allow the economic
flexibility that will encourage compliance.  Policymakers will need to balance the advantage of
specificity with the need for flexibility.
       Both economic and technological factors determine how great  a burden new requirements
will pose to the regulated community.  Some  environmental programs  (such as those in the
United States) often commission  an independent study to examine  the economic and
technological impact that proposed general requirements will have on  the regulated community.
Factors studied often include:
      'Environmental laws may contain provisions that allow a regulated source to petition the
  government for an exemption from a general requirement.  This exemption is called a variance and
  contains specific terms and conditions similar to a permit.  Facilities may request variances for many
  different reasons.  For example, their operating conditions are different from those that were
  assumed when the standard was set, or peculiar physical circumstances (such as naturally
  contaminated intake water) make it impossible to comply.

      4Not all the questions on Table 3-5 will be relevant to every situation.  The table provides a tool
  to help clarify options and choices when drafting requirements.

                                             3-11

-------
54                                  INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
           TABLE 3-5. SAMPLE CHECKLIST FOR DEVELOPING ENFORCEABLE
              REGULATIONS, GENERAL PERMITS, AND GENERAL LICENSES
      DEFINITIONS
                    Does the regulation, general permit, or general license clearly define the
                    regulated community, the regulated activities, and/or the regulated substances?

                    Are any exceptions to defined terms narrow enough to avoid having the
                    exceptions "swallow" the definitions?

                    Are the definitions and exceptions precise enough so that enforcement
                    personnel can identify instances of noncompliance?

                    Are defined terms used consistently throughout the text of the regulation,
                    general permit, or general license.

                    Is the legal authority underlying the regulation, general permit, or general
                    license clearly articulated?

                    Are exceptions to the regulation, general permit, or general license  defined
                    precisely enough to make it clear which groups are exempted?  If sources under
                    a certain size are exempted, does the regulation identify how the size of a
                    particular source is to be determined?
     REQUIREMENTS (e.g., Standards)
                    Are requirements or other end results measurable?  Are the units of
                    compliance clear?

                    Are more enforceable requirements available, i.e., requirements that are easier
                    to measure, less resource-intensive?

                    Are exceptions clearly described?  Is the calculation for exception clearly
                    specified?  If the regulation, general permit, or general license grants exceptions
                    based on malfunctions or changes  in local conditions, does it specify what
                    emission levels may be excused, when, and who makes this determination?

                    If changed circumstances may raise a  requirement, does the regulation, general
                    permit, or general license clearly specify what circumstances will change the
                    requirement and how the requirement will be changed.

                    If the requirement is an emission limit or concentration value,  does it explicitly
                    state the tune frame associated with the limit (e.g.,  instantaneous, 3-hour
                    average, daily)?
                                                 3-12

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                                55
           TABLE 3-5.  SAMPLE CHECKLIST FOR DEVELOPING ENFORCEABLE
        REGULATIONS, GENERAL PERMITS, AND GENERAL LICENSES (continued)
     MONITORING AND INSPECTION
                    Does the regulation clearly state exactly what the regulated community is
                    required to monitor? Do these requirements support the compliance goals of
                    the-environmental law? For example, if the compliance goal is to demonstrate
                    that facilities are in compliance each day, does the regulation, general permit,
                    or general license require daily self-monitoring and recordkeeping?

                    What test methods are needed to determine whether a facility is in compliance?
                    Are the methods clearly described?  Are any allowable averaging times clearly
                    specified?

                    Does regulation, general permit, or general license make any attempt to falsify
                    self-monitoring data as a separate enforceable violation?

                    Does the regulation, general permit, or general license authorize inspection
                    procedures that will be enable inspectors to gather data needed to determine
                    compliance?  Do these procedures cover entering a regulated facility, inspecting
                    documents, and collecting samples?

                    Will inspectors be readily able to determine which facilities are not in
                    compliance?

                    Will the requirements for inspection and self-monitoring help reduce
                    enforcement  costs and increase the effectiveness of inspections?
      SELF-MONTTORING/RECORDKEEPING/REPORTING

             •      Does the regulation, general permit, or general license provide a clear schedule
                    for self-monitoring?

             •      Does the regulation, general permit, or general license state the methods to be
                    used for self-monitoring?

             •      Does the regulation, general permit, or general license clearly state what data
                    the regulated community is required to record and report?

             •      Will these data show whether or not a facility is in compliance? Will these data
                    provide sufficient evidence to document a violation?

             •      Does the regulation, general permit, or general license provide a clear schedule
                    and format for recordkeeping and reporting?
                                                 3-13

-------
56                                 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
           TABLE 3-5. SAMPLE CHECKLIST FOR DEVELOPING ENFORCEABLE
        REGULATIONS,  GENERAL PERMITS, AND GENERAL LICENSES  (continued)
             •      Are the reporting requirements frequent enough to allow timely response to a
                    violation?  Is the regulated community required to retain information long
                    enough for enforcement purposes?

             •      Does the regulation, general permit, or general license make failure to maintain
                    or report records a  separate  enforceable violation?

             •      Is the regulated community required to make records available to inspectors
                    upon request?

             •      Are any exceptions  to the recordkeeping and reporting requirements clearly
                    spelled  out?

             •      Will the requirements for reports,  records, and inspection/monitoring techniques
                    help reduce enforcement costs  and increase the effectiveness of inspections?


     DEMONSTRATING COMPLIANCE

             •      Does the regulation, general  permit,  or general license clearly describe what
                    constitutes compliance and how compliance is determined?  Is compliance
                    determine by field inspections, desk reviews of reports submitted by the
                    regulated community, or is the  regulation, general permit, or general license
                    self-enforcing?

             •       Does the regulation, general permit, or general license clearly state who (i.e.,
                    the government or the facility) is responsible for proving compliance or
                    noncomph'ance?  Can the enforcement program independently determine
                    compliance? Can the program  require the facility to perform certain tests and
                    determine compliance?

            •       Does the regulation, general permit, or general license define time limits by
                    which a  member of the regulated community must reach compliance? Do the
                    time periods have specified beginning and end points? If compliance is defined
                    by occurrence of an  event, rather than by a date,  is the event discrete enough
                    for an inspector to determine whether the facility is in compliance?

            •       Is the evidence required to prove a violation clearly described?  Can  third party
                    data be  used as evidence?  Does the regulation, general permit, or general
                    license describe the extent to  which an inspector can use professional judgment
                    in determining whether a facility is  in compliance?

            •       If different government levels are involved in enforcement programs, does the
                   regulation, general permit, or general license clearly describe the responsibilities
                   of each level of government?
                                               3-14

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               57
       Economic Considerations:
       •      Which types of facilities are subject to the requirements?
       •      What equipment will be required to comply and how much will it cost to obtain,
              operate, and maintain?
       •      What changes  in work practices will be necessary for compliance?  How much will
              these changes  cost?
       •      If the regulated community is required to monitor its own compliance activities,
              how much will this monitoring cost?
       •      Are there any  short- or long-term economic benefits to the regulated community
              from compliance (e.g., income from recycled materials, development of more cost-
              efficient processes)?
       •      Is the regulatory scheme cost-effective compared to other approaches  that could
              improve this segment of the environment?
       Technological Considerations:
       •      What technologies may be used to comply?
       •      How reliable are these technologies?
       •      How available  are these technologies?
       •      How easy is it  to accurately operate these technologies?

       Involving the Regulated Community and Other Interested Parties

       Involving the regulated community in developing general requirements helps create
support and reduce resistance and conflict.  It can also make general requirements more practical
and therefore more enforceable, and it publicizes the requirements at an early stage,  which sets
the stage for compliance.  There are three basic ways to involve the regulated community: formal
comment, informal negotiations, and field testing (see Table 3-6).  Specific procedures and
schedules  for each approach are helpful to avoid the possibility that involvement of the regulated
community could be used to delay implementation or unduly influence the results.  Involving the
nonregulated community (e.g., the general public and nongovernment organizations)  can also be
very helpful (e.g., to build public support  — the importance of which is discussed in Chapter 5 —
and to solicit creative ideas from knowledgeable groups).

       Involving Enforcement Officials

       The government personnel involved in drafting general requirements may not be involved
in enforcement activities.  Thus, the experience, wisdom, and concerns of both legal and technical
staff involved in enforcement  are not automatically available to the regulators.
       Generally, special institutional channels and procedures are beneficial to ensure that
enforcement staff will provide input as general requirements are being drafted.  For example, a
system could be set up so that enforcement program officials can track the status of projects to
develop requirements.  Special requirement development committees can be created that include
both policymakers and enforcement officials.  The committee can include representatives  of all
government  levels (national, regional, provincial, local) that may be involved in enforcing the
requirements.  The committee members could be responsible for ensuring that the appropriate
individuals within the enforcement program were involved in drafting and reviewing the
requirements.
       Comments on the proposed requirements and formal written responses to them are most
useful if they are provided in  writing to ensure that Jlhey are clearly understood and to establish  a
written record of the decisionmaldng process.
       Those responsible for  developing general requirements can commission special studies to
specifically analyze whether there might be problems enforcing the proposed requirements.  Such
a study should be kept confidential since it could reveal  weaknesses in enforceability which could
undermine enforcement efforts if publicized.


                                            3-15

-------
58
        INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                 TABLE 3-6.  WAYS TO INVOLVE THE REGULATED COMMUNITY
                           IN DEVELOPING GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
  Informal Consultations
  Formal Comment
  Field Testing
Policymakers can consult with key representatives of the regulated community
and nongovernment organizations informally  before  developing  general
requirements.   These consultations can be  helpful in  sorting out future
problems early, and in eliminating resistance.

U.S. legal systems require the federal government to publish draft regulations
and solicit comments from the regulated community and the public. Widely
distributed, low-cost government periodicals provide advance notice that new
regulations are being developed and announce  when they will be available.
Any organization or individual can easily obtain and review the proposed
regulations when they are issued.

Written comments from  the public are usually accepted for a limited period
of time (30 to 90 days in the United States) after the proposed regulation has
been  issued.   The environmental agency prepares  and publishes detailed
responses  to the comments.  Many of the comments directly  concern the
difficulty or unanticipated effects of compliance. These comments provide
regulators with an  opportunity to rethink their approach.   The  formal
responses  to  comments reassure  commentors  that  their  comments were
considered.

Infield testing,  specific members of the regulated community volunteer to test
general requirements to  determine, for example, whether the requirements
are clear  and understandable,  and/or the  ease and cost  of  compliance.
Policymakers can then make changes to the general requirements before they
are finally implemented.  Though field testing can lengthen the total tune it
takes to develop a general requirement, it can expose weaknesses that might
otherwise render it unenforceable.  As of 1991, field testing is being pilot-
tested for use in the United States.

Not all proposed requirements can realistically be field-tested. For example,
those requiring substantial investment in new equipment  may be impractical
for field testing because  of the cost  and  time  required for planning,
permitting, construction, and start-up  of new equipment. Field testing may
be  more  appropriate  for  requirements   that concern   operation  and
maintenance of existing equipment; recordkeeping and reporting by regulated
sources; new methods of testing compliance; and/or the ability of existing
equipment  to meet new standards.   Field  testing  of  these types of
requirements  generally  should  not delay  the  process  or  developing the
requirements  or pose too  great  a financial burden on  the  prospective
regulatory community.

Where field testing  is used, policymakers will need to determine who will
fund  it  -  the  enforcement  program, the test facility  itself,  or a trade
association  representing  the regulated community.
                                              3-16

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               59
       Lessons learned about what makes existing requirements enforceable or unenforceable in a
particular region or country can be recorded, studied, and communicated to those involved in
developing new requirements. For example, selected general requirements could be reviewed one
year after they became effective to analyze their enforceability  and to make any adjustments to
increase enforceability.  Mechanisms could be created to "fix" existing general requirements  if they
are found to be difficult to enforce. It is also useful to establish an expedited process that can be
used to correct specific types  of deficiencies  by making limited revisions  to general requirements.

       Coordinating with Other Environmental Requirements  and Programs

       Environmental requirements under one law can interfere with successful compliance under
another law.  For example, in the United States, regulations required electronics firms to stop
chemical solvents in tanks from leaking into  the ground water.  Some firms complied by releasing
solvents into the air, which created an air quality problem.  In  the Netherlands, flue gas scrubbing
to reduce harmful air emissions can lead to discharges of contaminated water;  treatment of
contaminated wastewater can lead to yet another waste product requiring responsible processing.
       Several rulemaking practices can be used to avoid such unintended effects.  First,
environmental laws can require policymakers drafting general requirements to  specifically consider
whether such effects are possible.  Second, individuals who  are knowledgeable  about the different
environmental areas can review the requirements.  Third, the regulated community can be studied
to see whether compliance could potentially  shift the pollution  from one environmental medium
to another.  If cross-media effects are discovered, the requirements can be modified to prevent or
minimize  these effects.  Finally, requirements can be defined for all media at once.

       Facility-Specific Requirements

       Ensuring Enforceability

       Facility-specific requirements are usually communicated through  permits and licenses.
They are often based on specific criteria  established in laws, regulations, and/or guidance, but are
customized to the specific conditions at the particular facility receiving the permit or license.
These documents may cover  only certain requirements  (e.g., those concerning a single
environmental media) or may comprehensive documents covering all requirements that the  facility
must meet.
       Permits and licenses are intended to  be  practical documents that require or prohibit
specific activities.  To be enforceable, permits and licenses must generally be clear, precise,  and
unambiguous.  Several practical steps can be taken to help ensure permits and licenses have these
qualities:
       •      Train permit-  and license-writers in the permit-  and license-writing processes.
       •      Use standard  forms to ensure that each permit  and license contains all  essential
              information.
       •      Where appropriate, use "model"  permits or licenses.  A model permit/license
              contains requirements that are generally applicable to a specific type  of facility.
              The model is then slightly modified by the permit-  or license-writer to develop an
              individual permit for a specific facility.
       •      Provide clear instructions  to the  permit- or license-writer about how to  prepare the
              permit or license.
       Table 3-7 provides  a checklist that permit- and license-writers can use to ensure the
enforceability of permits and licenses.  Writers of facility-specific requirements will need to
consider whether the permit  conditions might conflict with those in any of the  facility's existing
permits or licenses.  Conflicts and contradictions between different environmental permits and
licenses can invite noncompliance. Multimedia permits or licenses that encompass all  relevant
environmental requirements  in a single document can overcome this potential problem.


                                             3-17

-------
60                                 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
      TABLE 3-7.  SAMPLE CHECKLIST FOR DEVELOPING ENFORCEABLE PERMITS
      GENERAL
                    Is the length of time that the permit will be valid clearly stated?  Is a date
                    specified to indicate when the permit must be reissued and when an application
                    for a new permit should be filed?

                    Does the permit contain a provision stating that the permit must be modified if
                    ownership of the facility changes, or if the facility makes changes to  its
                    regulated processes?

                    Do the permit conditions conflict with conditions in any other permits that the
                    facility has?

                    Is there a provision specifying that the permit can automatically be revoked if it
                    is discovered that the applicant deliberately submitted false, misleading, or
                    incomplete information during the application process?
                    Does the permit state whether the owner or operator will be liable for
                    noncompliance?
     REQUIREMENTS
                   Are requirements or other end results measurable?  Are the units of
                   compliance clear?

                   Does the permit specify that a modification will be required if the requirements
                   or criteria change?

                   If the requirement is an emission limit, does the permit explicitly  state the time
                   frame associated with the limit (e.g., instantaneous, 3-hour average, daily)?
     MONITORING AND INSPECTION
                   Does the permit clearly state exactly what the facility is required to monitor?
                   Do these requirements support the compliance goals of the environmental
                   regulation?

                   What test methods are needed to determine whether the facility is in
                   compliance? Are the methods clearly described and available to the permittee?
                   Are any allowable averaging times clearly specified?

                   Does the permit make any attempt to falsify self-monitoring data a separate
                   enforceable violation?
                                             3-18

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                                 61
                    TABLE 3-7. SAMPLE CHECKLIST FOR DEVELOPING
                             ENFORCEABLE PERMITS (continued)


                    Does the permit provide a clear schedule for self-monitoring?

                    Does the permit authorize inspection procedures that will enable inspectors to
                    gather data needed to determine compliance? Do these procedures cover
                    entering a regulated facility, inspecting documents, and collecting samples?

                    Will inspectors be readily able to determine which facilities are not in
                    compliance?

                    Will the requirements for inspection and self-monitoring help reduce
                    enforcement costs and increase the effectiveness of inspections?
      RECORDKEEPING/REPORTING
                    Does the permit clearly state what data the facility is required to record and
                    report?

                    Will these data show whether or not a facility is in compliance?  Will these data
                    provide sufficient evidence to document a violation?

                    Is the facility required to report noncompliance with permit requirements?  If
                    so, does the permit specify a deadline for reporting noncompliance and to
                    whom noncompliance should be reported?

                    Does the permit provide a clear schedule and format for recordkeeping and
                    reporting?

                    Does the permit specify to whom  the information should be reported?

                    Are the reporting requirements frequent enough to allow timely response to a
                    violation?  Is the facility required  to retain information long enough for
                    enforcement purposes?

                    Does the permit make failure to maintain or report records a separate
                    enforceable violation?

                    Is the facility required to make records available upon request?

                    Are any exceptions to the recordkeeping and reporting requirements clearly
                    spelled out?

                    Will the requirements for reports, records, and inspection/monitoring techniques
                    help reduce enforcement costs and increase the effectiveness of inspections?
                                              3-19

-------
62                                INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                   TABLE 3-7. SAMPLE CHECKLIST FOR DEVELOPING
                           ENFORCEABLE PERMITS (continued)
     DEMONSTRATING COMPLIANCE
                   Does the permit clearly describe what constitutes compliance and how
                   compliance is determined?

                   Does the permit clearly state who is responsible for proving compliance or
                   noncompliance (as established by applicable law)?

                   Does the permit define time limits by which the facility must reach compliance?
                   Do the time periods have specified beginning and end points?  If compliance is
                   defined by occurrence of an event, rather than  by a date, is the event discrete
                   enough for an inspector to determine whether the facility is in compliance?
                                            3-20

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                                63
Multimedia documents may also enable permit- and license-writers to prioritize requirements
based on human health/environmental risk, the facility's resources for compliance, and feasibility.

       The Permitting and Licensing Process

       The credibility of environmental enforcement programs will generally be enhanced if
facility-specific requirements are created as quickly as possible once an environmental program is
in place. A long lag time can give the appearance of a weak environmental  program and delay
the application of environmental laws. Where start-up resources are limited, policymakers may
wish to at least implement requirements for facilities that emit large  quantities of and/or the most
toxic pollutants as soon as possible.
       The process for writing permits and licenses varies from one country to another, but
generally includes the following steps:
       •      The facility provides information about its operations  and emissions to the
              government agency.
       •      A permit- or license-writer reviews the information and requests additional
              information if necessary.
       •      The permit- or license-writer may inform interested parties (e.g., the local
              community) that a permit or license is being  prepared.
       •      The permit- or license-writer may provide an opportunity for any concerned party
              to comment on whether a facility should receive a permit or license and what the
              requirements  should be.
       •      If necessary, a negotiation process is used to  resolve any disputes between the
              permit- or license-writer, facility, workers, local community, and/or other
              potentially affected parties.
       •      After sufficient information-gathering, discussion, and negotiation,  the permit- or
              license-writer decides whether to issue the permit or license.
       •      There may be a sanction if the permit- or license-writer discovers that the applicant
              submits false, incomplete, or misleading information.
       The permitting and licensing processes provide an opportunity to make sure the facility
clearly understands what the requirements are and why it is  important, both from an
environmental and legal perspective, to meet them.  The city of Amsterdam in the Netherlands
uses a system of "prior consultations" to promote compliance. When a company seeks a permit,
the municipal government inventories  the company's activities, the potential pollution, and the
environmental measures  that should be taken.  Other relevant government officials (e.g., from the
Occupational Safety and Health Inspectorate, the Water Quality Manager, the Fire Department,
the Environmental Inspectorate) are invited to participate.  The inventory and draft  and final
permits are explained in  detail to the company management. The process is designed to promote
compliance by convincing the company of the necessity for taking environmental measures and by
making  it clear that noncompliance will be met with corrective action.
                                             3-21

-------
64                           INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                      65
           PART II: DESIGNING COMPLIANCE STRATEGIES
                   AND ENFORCEMENT PROGRAMS

-------
66                           INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                                67
                      4.  IDENTIFYING THE REGULATED COMMUNITY
                         AND ESTABLISHING PROGRAM PRIORITIES
INTRODUCTION

       Environmental requirements generally cover so many different organizations and individuals
that it is usually impossible to identify and respond to all violations or to promote compliance among
all members of the regulated community.  No matter how generous a program's budget is, it will be
small relative to the size of the regulated community.  By establishing  priorities for detecting and
responding to violations and for promoting compliance, enforcement programs can operate as
effectively as possible with the given resources. Priorities help target the available program resources
to achieve maximum effect. Priority-setting involves answering questions such as:
       •      How should program resources be apportioned between compliance promotion and
              enforcement response?
       •      Which facilities should be inspected? How frequently should inspections be
              conducted?  How comprehensive should these inspections be?
       •      Which violations should be responded to and how?
IDENTIFYING THE REGULATED COMMUNITY

       An important step in developing program priorities is to identify which groups are regulated,
and to understand as far as possible their  sophistication, ability, motivation, and willingness to comply.
An accurate profile  of the regulated community helps policymakers focus the compliance strategy
(including both compliance promotion and enforcement response) to optimize its effectiveness. It is
also valuable for designing compliance monitoring schemes (see Chapter 6).  The process of profiling
the regulated communities makes the regulated community aware of the requirements, aware that the
enforcement program officials know who they are, and aware that they will be expected to comply.
This contact with the regulated community is the first step in creating a perception of an effective
enforcement program.  Thus, the process of identifying the regulated community can  be a form of
compliance promotion.
       The need for and ability to  identify the regulated community depends in part  on the size and
number of sources.  If the regulated community consists of numerous small facilities (e.g., gasoline
stations), it may be impractical or impossible to  perform a comprehensive survey.  In  such cases,
program officials may decide to identify a subset of the regulated community (e.g., only those  facilities
within a specific geographical area that is  highly polluted).  At a minimum, program officials can
maintain records of complaints reported, which will help identify potential violators.

       Important Information

       The regulated community may include:
               Corporations.
               Small businesses.
               Public agencies/government-owned facilities.
               Individuals.
        nformation  that can be useful in designing a compliance strategy includes:
               Identifying information, e.g., name of facility.
               Geographic location, e.g., longitude and latitude,  street address.
               Type of business or operation.
               Any existing license, permit, or product registration numbers.
               Types and quantities of regulated materials or emissions at the facility.
               Risk associated with the releases (if this has been calculated).
                                              4-1

-------
68                                INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
        Approaches To Gathering Information

        There are several ways to gather information:
        •      Inventories.  The enforcement program can inventory the regulated community either
               by requiring them to complete informational forms, or by sending inspectors to
               individual facilities to gather information.  One disadvantage of inventories is  that
               they place a resource burden on the government agency and/or the regulated groups.
               They require personnel time and thus can strain operating budgets.  Another difficulty
               with inventories is keeping the information current.  This has proven difficult in some
               programs. Government agencies will need to decide  how often to survey the regulated
               groups.  The need for information must be balanced with the cost of obtaining it.
               Laws can help ensure the quality of data by making it illegal to falsify  data.
        •      Permit or License Applications.   Initial information can be obtained in conjunction
               with the permitting and licensing processes if the requirements make it illegal to
               operate without a permit or license.
        •      Registration. In a registration process, facility managers are required  to contact the
               environmental  program to register particular information  about their facility or
               product.  The disadvantage of this process is that it may be more difficult to ensure
               that all appropriate facilities have registered.  The degree of success in registering all
               appropriate  facilities  may depend, in part, on the consequences of not  registering.
               Facilities will be more likely  to register if there is a benefit  for doing so  (e.g., they get
               on a list for  potential funding or contracts).
        •      Existing Records. If the facilities have been  regulated under a previous  or existing
               program, records about their characteristics  and compliance status may be  available in
               program files.
        •      Other Sources.  Other government  agencies or ministries  as well as industry sources
               may have information about  the regulated community, e.g.,  sales tax receipts, lists or
               surveys compiled by trade associations.
        •      Overflights.  Aircraft overflights and/or resultant  photographs may be used to
               inventory facilities subject to environmental requirements.  Overflights are  also useful
               to detect facilities that may not have registered for a  program or filed  required
               notifications, and to define the relative locations of wastewater discharges,  air
               emissions, hazardous  waste management  facilities, water supply intakes, populated
               areas,  etc., in specific geographic areas.


INFORMATION MANAGEMENT

        However information is gathered, the enforcement program will need to develop a system
(computerized if possible) to store, access, and analyze the information as needed.  Information
management can be enhanced by clearly assigning responsibility for maintaining a complete and
accurate database to a specific  person or group within the enforcement program.
        The system  can  include not only the  identifying information listed above, but also information
on compliance (e.g., on compliance schedules, compliance status, violations, and outcomes of
enforcement activities) as this  information is gathered during the compliance monitoring phase of the
program (see Chapter 6). The ability to analyze the information on a facility-by-facility  basis is useful
to determine patterns of noncompliance. The information may also be used to determine which
facilities subject to the requirements  have not applied for licenses or  permits after being required to
do so.  Information in the database can be made available to all  program personnel who may need it.


CONSIDERATIONS IN SETTING PRIORITIES

        When setting priorities  policymakers usually balance  several important objectives.  These may
include:

                                               4-2

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                                 69
       •      Protecting and restoring environmental quality and public health.
       •      Preserving the integrity of the program (i.e., making sure that the administrative and
              data-gathering aspects of the program are functioning effectively).
       •      Preserving the integrity of enforcement (i.e., maintaining an enforcement presence).
       •      Leveraging program resources by focussing on the smaller subset of facilities where
              changes can have the greatest impact in improving environmental quality and/or
              creating deterrence.
       Often most of the pollution is caused by a small percentage  of sources (e.g., 20% of the
regulated community may cause 80% of the pollution).  A program  with limited resources can gain
significant environmental benefit by focussing on these sources.   However, in cultures where
deterrence  may also be an important factor contributing to environmental quality, policymakers will
need to balance the specific environmental  benefits to be achieved by this approach with the potential
deterrent effect of broader coverage.  Policymakers will  also need to balance the strong deterrent
advantages that targeting  100% of a particular group for inspection  and enforcement will have on that
particular group, with the broader  deterrence that will result from selective inspection and
enforcement of a smaller percentage of a larger group.  For example, program managers may decide
to inspect all facilities of a certain  type in a particular region. At the same time, they may randomly
inspect some facilities of that type  in neighboring regions.  Well-placed publicity suggesting that any
facility of that type in any of the targeted regions may be subject to inspection, combined with
publicity about actual inspections, could have substantial deterrent effect.
       Table 4-1 describes different approaches to  selecting individual facilities and groups of
facilities for inspection and enforcement. These approaches are not mutually exclusive.  They can be
combined to develop very specific priorities.  For example, program managers may decide to inspect
all significant violators within a particular geographic area that have a history of violation.  The
selection process will be greatly enhanced by having an effective data management system that
permits analysis of compliance patterns  and comparison  of sources.


WHO SHOULD SET PRIORITIES?

        Various levels of government (national, regional, provincial,  and local) are often involved in
setting priorities.  One challenge is how to  reconcile national, regional, provincial, and local priorities.
The relative involvement of these various levels in setting priorities will depend, to a large extent, on
the structure of the enforcement program (e.g., whether it is centralized or decentralized, see Chapter
8).  National involvement in priority setting helps ensure consistency and harmony among regional,
provincial,  and local priorities.  National involvement improves the climate and potential for
cooperation among the regions, provinces, and local governments for achieving their priorities.
National consistency also  creates a greater  potential for harmonization with  priorities of other
nations.
        Involvement of regional, provincial, and local governments in priority setting is critical.
Individuals who are running the program at the regional/provincial/local levels will have the best sense
of what problems pose the most significant threats to the environment and human health, and of what
factors motivate or inhibit compliance.  Therefore, priorities will be most meaningful if they take into
account national, regional, provincial, and local needs and are flexible enough to accommodate all
these perspectives.
COMMUNICATING PRIORITIES

        Once priorities have been established, they will need to be communicated to all program
personnel and to the regulated community.  A broad understanding of priorities improves program
efficiency and can promote compliance and contribute to deterrence.  Unions, trade associations, and
professional journals are good vehicles for communication.  In the United States,  for example,
enforcement priorities, together with specific enforcement case and other information,  are widely
communicated through the National Environmental Enforcement Journal.  Program officials must be

                                               4-3

-------
70                                     INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                       TABLE 4-1.  APPROACHES TO SETTING PRIORITIES
                              FOR INSPECTION AND ENFORCEMENT

      PRIMARY GOAL:  TO PROTECT AND RESTORE ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY AND PUBLIC HEALTH

      •       Significant Violators. Program officials may decide to target significant violators (i.e., those
              believed to be causing the greatest harm or posing the greatest risk) for inspection and
              enforcement. The potential harm or risk is determined by both the quantity and toxicity of
              facility discharges and emissions or the potential impact of improper use, storage, and disposal of
              hazardous substances. This approach to targetting can achieve significant environmental benefits
              if it causes the violators to come into compliance.  Significant violators are often well-known
              facilities.  Successful enforcement can have  substantial deterrent effect among other significant
              violators; however, it may not deter less significant violators who may come to believe they are
              "shielded" from enforcement by the  focus on the other violators.

      •       Type of Industry or Industrial Process. Program officials may decide  to target for inspection and
              enforcement those industries that emit high-risk pollutants into air, water, or land. The
              advantage of this approach is that teams experienced  in the processes, practices, and materials of
              that industry can be  formed  to conduct inspections and to follow through on enforcement actions.
              This approach can also create  a deterrent effect as members of this facility group learn that they
              will likely be subject  to enforcement if they  are out of compliance.

      •       Geographic Considerations.  Geographic areas where there are substantial risks to human health
              or the environment can be targeted  for inspections and enforcement.   For example, program
              officials could decide to inspect and take action to achieve compliance among all  facilities within
              a particular geographic area to achieve overall environmental quality goals for the area.

      •       Type of Emission. Particular types of chemicals or waste streams may pose  substantial  risks to
              human health and/or environmental  quality.  Program officials may decide to reduce exposure to
              these substances by targetting for inspection and enforcement all facilities that emit these
              chemicals.

      PRIMARY GOAL:  TO PRESERVE THE INTEGRITY OF THE PROGRAM

      •       Reporting and Recordkeeping.   Inspections could be targeted to ensure that reporting and
              recordkeeping requirements  are being followed. These inspections would not directly influence
              environmental quality, but do help ensure that the program has access to the information it needs
              for decision-making and strategy development.

      PRIMARY GOAL: TO PRESERVE THE INTEGRITY OF ENFORCEMENT

      •       Less Significant Violators and Lower Risk Areas. Some selective enforcement activities may be
              allocated  to less  significant violators  or areas with lower-risk emissions to maintain an overall
              enforcement  presence.

      *       Compliance History.   Analysis of compliance data may reveal patterns  of noncompliance by
              particular facilities or types of facilities. Program officials can target violators exhibiting a
              particular pattern. For example, program officials may decide  to specifically target repeat
              violators to demonstrate the  program's commitment to keeping facilities in compliance once  an
              enforcement  action has been taken.

      •       Follow-up Inspections and Enforcement.  Follow-up inspections are inspections at facilities that
              have agreed to take certain actions to correct  a violation or otherwise improve environmental
              quality. Follow-up inspections  (and  enforcement, if needed) are conducted to ensure that the
              facility is meeting its  commitments and achieving compliance.
                                                    4-4

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               71
careful, however, not to communicate information that would lead members of the regulated
community to believe they are unlikely to be targeted for inspection and enforcement.
REVIEW AND REVISION

       Priorities will need to change periodically in response to such factors as changes in the law
and  lessons learned under the program. Chapter 9 describes approaches to measuring and
evaluating the success of an  enforcement program.  Policymakers will need to change priorities in
response to problems identified during these evaluations to improve the effectiveness of the program.
                                             4-5

-------
72                           INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                                73
                               5.  PROMOTING COMPLIANCE
INTRODUCTION

       Compliance promotion is any activity that encourages voluntary compliance with environmental
requirements.  Promotion helps overcome some of the barriers to compliance discussed in Chapter 2.
       Most compliance strategies involve both activities to promote and enforce requirements.
Policymakers will need to determine the most effective mix of compliance promotion and
enforcement response.
       Experience has shown that promotion alone is often not effective.  Enforcement is important
to create a climate in which members of the regulated community will have clear incentives to make
use of the opportunities and resources provided by promotion. Experience in several countries has
also shown that enforcement alone is not as effective  as enforcement combined with promotion.  This
is particularly true for example when:
       •      The size of the regulated community far exceeds the program's resources for
              enforcement,  e.g., when the regulated  community consists of numerous  small sources,
              such as individual gasoline stations.
       •      The regulated community is generally  willing to comply voluntarily.
       •      There is a cultural resistance to enforcement.
Thus, promotion is an important element of most enforcement programs.
       This chapter describes six approaches  to compliance promotion:
       •      Providing education and technical assistance to the regulated community.
       •      Building public support.
       •      Publicizing success stories.
       •      Creative financing arrangements.
       •      Providing economic incentives.
       •      Building environmental  management capability within the regulated community.
EDUCATION AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE

       Education and technical assistance lay the groundwork for voluntary compliance.  They are
essential to overcome barriers of ignorance or inability that otherwise would prevent compliance.
Education and technical assistance make it easier and more possible for the regulated community to
comply by providing information about the requirements and how to meet them, and by providing
assistance  to help regulated facilities take the necessary steps for compliance.  Education and
technical assistance are particularly important in the early stages of a new requirement-based
program, and whenever the program requirements change.

       Approaches

       Several types of information and messages can  be communicated to regulated groups to
promote compliance:
       •      Who is subject to requirements?
       •      What are the requirements?
       •      Why are these requirements important?
       •      What changes (including technical and  managerial changes) must be made to comply
              with the requirements?
       •      How can these changes be  made (e.g., What equipment should be used?  How should
              this equipment be operated?)?
       •      What are the consequences of not complying?
       If deterrence is an important element of program strategy, the information communicated can
include not only educational information, but also reports of enforcement activities. This helps create
an "enforcement presence"  and an atmosphere of deterrence.  This atmosphere will help provide an

                                             5-1

-------
74                                INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


incentive for sources to seek assistance and comply.  Table 5-1 describes different ways to provide
assistance to the regulated community.
       Promotion can be enhanced by developing a communications plan which specifies what type
of information will be communicated,  how it will be developed, when it will be released, and how it
will be distributed.  Similarly, a technical assistance plan can be developed to indicate what assistance
will be provided, to whom, and under what circumstances.
       A situation in the Netherlands provides one example of successfully using assistance to solve  a
compliance problem.  Commercial establishments in the Netherlands are required to dispose of their
hazardous wastes through permitted processors.  However,  getting the waste to the processor has
been a problem for small businesses. The processors are often unwilling to pick up small amounts of
waste, and transporting small quantities of waste long distances to a processor places an economic
burden on small businesses.  Small companies were therefore often out of compliance with the
hazardous waste rules. The Dutch government helped solved this problem by establishing a collection
depot in nearly every town in the Netherlands. Both private citizens and small companies may
discard their waste at these depots at regular times.  This government-facilitated cooperative
arrangement was instrumental in helping solve this compliance problem.


BUILDING  PUBLIC SUPPORT

       The  public can be a powerful ally in promoting compliance.  Public support can help create a
social ethic of compliance. The public can also serve as watchdogs that alert officials to
noncompliance.  If the laws provide  the appropriate authority, members of the public or
nongovernment organizations representing the public can bring a citizen suit against noncomplying
facilities. Public support  can  also help ensure that enforcement programs continue to receive  the
necessary funding and political support to be effective.
       Building public support may be particularly important groundwork in societies where personal
economic concerns compete with concern for environmental quality, or where  there is a general lack
of awareness about or concern for environmental problems. The public can be educated about causes
and effects of pollution, its short- and long-term threats to  human health and natural resources, and
the costs to society. The  extent of environmental damage may be surprising new information to the
public.
       Enforcement programs can build public support by  developing and distributing information
about environmental problems, the importance of compliance, program activities and successes, and
ways the public can support the program. Program officials can also work with nongovernment
organizations that represent the public to develop and distribute information and promote public
involvement.
       Nongovernment organizations can independently help promote compliance by publicizing
information  to increase public awareness of environmental problems and to build support and
pressure for compliance.
PUBLICIZING SUCCESS STORIES

       Program officials can provide an incentive for the regulated community to comply by
publicizing information about facilities that have been particularly successful in achieving compliance.
In societies where the public does support environmental protection, positive publicity about a firm's
compliance success can enhance its reputation and public image. Such publicity helps create a
positive social climate that encourages compliance.
                                             5-2

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                                75
             TABLE 5-1. WAYS TO PROVIDE INFORMATION AND ASSISTANCE
                            TO THE REGULATED COMMUNITY

          Publications, such as brochures and guidance manuals, that are created specifically for
          educational purposes and are distributed or made available to regulated groups.

          Training Programs, designed specifically to educate the regulated  community about
          requirements and compliance.

          Conferences and other meetings that bring together officials from the enforcement
          program, regulated communities,  and other interested parties.

          "Hot Lines" - dedicated telephone numbers that the regulated community can call to ask
          questions and receive information and assistance.

          Technical Assistance, which can be provided (1) by trained personnel who are available
          to visit individual members of the regulated community and assist them in making the
          necessary changes for compliance, (2) by inspectors who provide technical assistance as
          part of their inspection, and (3) by special assistance programs, set up for  example at
          universities,  that provide a central resource for  information on  and assistance  with
          compliance.

          Cooperative Arrangements - Program officials can facilitate cooperative arrangements
          among small businesses that may want to comply but do not have the necessary resources
          to do so.  An "arrangement" could include,  for example, small facilities set up with
          program funds to serve as processing centers for pollutants that must be controlled or
          recycled. In such cases, policymakers will need to decide whether the services provided
          by the center are free or whether users must pay a charge.

          Media Announcements - information distributed through newspapers, television, or radio.
          This can include information  about  requirements, ways  to  meet requirements,  and
          enforcement activities.  Reports of enforcement activities  can be particularly useful in
          deterring  other  potential  violators.    Public  disclosure of  violations and of  the
          environmental benefits of the program's enforcement activities  can help create public
          pressure for compliance.

          Trade and Professional  Associations.   These  groups  usually have established good
          communication networks through their publications and meetings.  These activities
          provide forums for the regulated community and enforcement program personnel to
          exchange information and ideas.

          Universities.  In some countries, universities are important centers for professionals.
          University publications or conferences,  for example, may be important channels for
          educating the members of the regulated community.

          Professional Journals.   Articles and  announcements  in  these  publications are an
          important way of reaching members of a specific professional community.
                                            5-3

-------
76                                INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
CREATIVE FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

        One barrier to compliance is cost.  Facility managers may want to comply but may not be able
to afford the cost of fulfilling the requirements.  Creative financing arrangements that can help solve
this problem include:
        •       Offset Requirements.  This arrangement is essentially a tax on new investments.  It
               requires investors interested in building a new facility to pay for modifications (e.g.,
               installation of new process technology or controls on existing technology) that will
               reduce or "offset" pollution at an existing facility.  Offset requirements should not be
               so expensive that they will discourage new investments.  Some mechanism will be
               needed to ensure that the equipment in the existing facility is maintained and
               operated once it has been installed.
        •       Peer Matching.  Peer matching is similar to offset requirements, but voluntary. In this
               case, investors interested  in building a new facility are asked to "adopt" an existing
               facility and help it reduce pollution.  Foreign investors,  in particular, may be
               interested in this arrangement as a means of promoting good will in the local
               community and  with government authorities.
        •       Sales of Shares.   In situations where a government-owned facility is being privatized,
               the facility can raise money by selling shares in the facility to investors.  This option
               can be particularly attractive if members of the local community are willing to invest.
               Proceeds can be used to renovate the facility so that it can comply with requirements
               and reduce or eliminate the impacts of pollution on the local community.
        •       Loans.  Under this arrangement,  institutions loaning money for new investments
               require that a certain portion of the loan be applied to restoration or protection of
               environmental quality.
        •       Environmental Bonds.  Government or private owners of a facility subject to
               environmental requirements can issue bonds to raise money to finance the changes
               needed to meet  the requirements. The owners pay interest on the loan to the
               bondholders  until they are able to pay back the loan in  full.  In some countries, the
               interest earned from environmental bonds is tax-free.  Environmental bonds are
               particularly appropriate in situations where the facility can recoup the cost of
               compliance by charging users of the  service  or product a fee (e.g., municipalities can
               charge citizens and industry for water use to help pay the costs of water treatment).
               This revenue helps assure bondholders that  their loan will be repaid.


ECONOMIC INCENTIVES

       Environmental programs can encourage compliance by providing economic incentives for
compliance. This may be an effective approach in public agencies, which are less likely to be deterred
by monetary penalties, since they are funded by the government.  The benefit from compliance can be
applied to the facility generally, or to an  individual based on his or her  performance. Incentives
include:
       •       Fees.  The facility is charged based on characteristics  (e.g., amount, rate, toxicity) of
               its pollution (e.g., effluent, emissions, waste). Unlike monetary penalties, fees create
               an immediate cost to the  facility for  polluting.  Fees generate revenue that can be
               used by the enforcement program.  Fees should be high enough to deter pollution,
               otherwise they are no more than  a "license to pollute."
       •       Tax Incentives.  These are reduced taxes for costs associated with improving
               environmental quality, e.g., installing pollution control equipment, or changing a
               process to prevent pollution.
       •       Pollution Taxes.  These taxes are based on the volume and/or toxicity of emissions,
               effluents, or wastes generated.  Pollution taxes can be a purely economic alternative to
               setting standards.


                                              5-4

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                                77
       •      Subsidies for Complying Facilities.  Facilities that comply with requirements can
              receive a subsidy to help defray the cost of compliance.
       •      Facility or operator bonuses for achieving better results than specified in permits,
              licenses, or regulations.
       •      Promotion points for senior managers in government-owned facilities achieving
              compliance.


BUILDING A FACILITY'S  ENVIRONMENTAL  MANAGEMENT CAPABILITY

       Many nations and international organizations, including the U.S., Canada, the Netherlands,
the European Community, the International Chamber of Commerce, and the United Nations
Environment  Programme, are promoting the concept of building internal environmental management
capabilities within facilities  to promote compliance and generally improve environmental quality. One
specific approach to building this management capability is environmental auditing.
       Environmental auditing is a periodic and comprehensive evaluation of the management
systems and practices within a firm that affect environmental compliance. An environmental audit
may examine  the need for many different management changes including:
       •      Development of a  formal environmental compliance plan or policy, including
              environmental management goals.
       •      Education and training programs for employees.
       •      Purchase, operation, and maintenance of equipment needed to achieve environmental
              goals.
       •      Creating specific jobs or departments within the facility dedicated to achieving
              environmental compliance.
       •      Budgeting and planning for environmental compliance.
       •      Developing  monitoring, recordkeeping, and internal and external reporting systems.
       •      Developing  internal communications and chain-of-command systems to ensure
              compliance.
       •      Assessment  of hazards and risks posed by facility emissions and/or wastes.
       Environmental auditing may be performed by specially trained employees or by an
independent auditor that periodically visits and assesses the firm's compliance status and recommends
changes if necessary.  The concept of environmental auditing is gaining support as industry managers
are finding good business reasons  to run their operations in an environmentally sound manner.  For
example, many firms  have discovered that valuable materials and energy  can be recovered from waste
streams and reused or resold. Other firms want  to reduce their chances  of being sued by the
government or members of the public.  In the U.S., securities' laws for corporations require that
publicly owned firms  assess and disclose their potential environmental liability; this requirement
provides an incentive for internal environmental  auditing.
       Enforcement  program officials are also promoting the concept of environmental auditing as
an integral part of good business practice.  Ideas for promoting environmental auditing include:
       •      Pilot projects to introduce the  concept of auditing to small- and medium-sized firms.
       •      Environmental advisors that assist firms in setting up simple internal auditing systems.
       •      Regional auditing centers run by  industry that can proviae auditing and advisory
              services to members of that industry upon request.
       •      International workshops to bring  the concept of environmental auditing to countries
              that would like to encourage this practice among their regulated facilities.
       •      Hiring university staff or other management specialists to develop programs to train
              auditors.
       •      Required disclosure of environmental liabilities (environmental impacts and violations)
              in the written  statements made when a company is issuing stocks or bonds.
                                              5-5

-------
78                           INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                                79
                             6. MONITORING COMPLIANCE
INTRODUCTION

       Monitoring compliance — collecting and analyzing information on the compliance status
of the regulated community — is one of the most important elements of an enforcement program.
Monitoring is essential to:
       •      Detect and correct violations.
       •      Provide evidence to support enforcement actions.
       •      Evaluate program progress by establishing compliance status.
       There are four primary sources of compliance information:
       •      Inspections conducted by  program inspectors.
       •      Self-monitoring, self-recordkeeping, and self-reporting by the regulated
              community.
       •      Citizen complaints.
       •      Monitoring environmental conditions near a facility.
These are described below. Table 6-1 lists the advantages and disadvantages of these four
sources.  Additional information may come from reports from other national, regional, provincial,
or local agencies that have related jurisdiction over the facility;  requests for modifications to
permits or licenses; and environmental audits reports provided by the facility.  However
information  on compliance status is gathered, the enforcement program will need to  develop a
system (computerized if possible) to store, access, and analyze the information as needed (see
Chapter 4).
INSPECTIONS

       Inspections are the backbone of most enforcement programs.  Inspections are conducted
by government inspectors, or by independent parties hired by and reporting back to the
responsible agency. Inspectors plan inspections, gather data in and/or around a particular facility,
record and report on their observations, and (sometimes) make independent judgments about
whether the facility is in compliance. Inspections can be very resource-intensive, therefore they
require careful targeting and planning (see Chapter 4). By standardizing inspection procedures,
enforcement officials can help ensure that all facilities are treated equally and that all the
appropriate information is gathered.  By specifying deadlines for  preparing inspection reports,
program  managers can help ensure that reports can be made available to enforcement  personnel
without delay if there is a possibility of noncompliance.

       Types of Inspections

       Inspections may be routine (i.e., there is no reason to suspect that the facility is out of
compliance), or "for cause" (i.e., a particular facility is targeted because there is reason to believe
it is out of compliance). Inspectors may notify the facility prior to inspection or simply arrive
unannounced.
       There are many levels of inspection  (see Table 6-2).  At the simplest level, an inspector
can simply walk through a plant. Inspections get progressively  more complex and time-consuming
as inspectors spend time in the facility to observe operations, interview plant  personnel, and take
samples for analysis.  Inspection goals include:
       •      Identifying specific environmental  problems.
       •      Making the source aware of any problems.
       •      Gathering information to determine a facility's  compliance status.
       •      Collecting evidence for enforcement.


                                            6-1

-------
80
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
TABLE 6-1. ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF
PRIMARY SOURCES OF COMPLIANCE INFORMATION
INFORMATION SOURCE
Inspections
Self-Monitoring,
Self-Recordkeeping, and
Self-Reporting
Citizens
Area Monitoring
ADVANTAGES
Provide the most relevant
and reliable information.
Provide much more extensive
information on compliance.
Shift economic burden of
monitoring to the regulated
community. May increase
level of management
attention devoted to
compliance within a facility.
Can detect violations that are
not detected by inspections
or industry self-monitoring,
-reporting, and -record-
keeping.
Useful for detecting possible
violations without entering
the facility. Also useful for
determining whether permit
or license requirements are
providing adequate
environmental protection.
DISADVANTAGES
Can be very resource-
intensive. Must be carefully
targeted and planned.
Rely on integrity and
capability of source to
provide accurate data. Place
a burden on the regulated
community and increase the
paperwork for the
compliance program.
Sporadic. Cannot control
the amount, frequency, or
quality of information
received. Only a few
violations are noticed by
citizens.
Can be difficult to
demonstrate a connection
between the pollution
detected and a specific
source. Difficult or
impossible to obtain precise
information. Resource-
intensive in areas of multiple
sources.
                                      6-2

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              81
                     TABLE 6-2. THREE LEVELS OF INSPECTIONS
     LEVEL 1: WALK-THROUGH INSPECTION

           This type of inspection is limited to a quick survey of the facility. Inspectors
           simply walk through the  facility, for example to check for the existence of
           control equipment, observe work practices and housekeeping,  and verify that
           there is a records repository. These inspections establish an enforcement
           presence, and can also serve as a screening process to identify facilities that
           should be targeted for more intensive inspection.
     LEVEL 2: COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION

           This level involves a thorough inspection of the facility, but does not include
           sampling. It may include visual observations  like those in Level 1, review and
           evaluation of records, interviews with facility  personnel, review and critique of
           self-monitoring methods, instruments, and data, examination of process and
           control devices, and collection of evidence of noncompliance.
     LEVEL 3: SAMPLING INSPECTION

           This includes the visual and record reviews of the other inspection levels, as well
           as preplanned collection and analysis of physical samples. These inspections are
           the most resource-intensive.
                                       6-3

-------
82                                INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       •      Ensuring the quality of self-reported data.
       •      Demonstrating the government's commitment to compliance by creating a credible
              presence.
       •      Checking whether facilities that have been ordered to comply have done so.
Inspections may focus on one or more of the following:
       •      Does the facility have an  up-to-date permit or license?
       •      Has required pollution monitoring or control equipment been  installed?
       •      Is the equipment being correctly operated?
       •      Are records of self-reported  data properly  prepared and maintained?
       •      Is the facility properly conducting any required sampling and analysis?
       •      Do the facility's management plans and practices support the required compliance
              activities?
       •      Are there any signs of willful violation of regulations and/or falsification of data?
              (Signs of willful violation  or falsification include conflicting data, conflicting stories
              from different employees at the same facility, monitoring data for which there is no
              supporting  record or  documentation, claims that employees  are ignorant of the
              regulations when company files  show a knowledge of these requirements, and tips
              from employees or citizens in the local community.)
       Inspections usually begin with an opening conference to explain the inspection process to
the source. Some inspections end with a closing conference, in which the inspector may make
facility managers aware of any violations, how to correct those violations, and what the future
consequences of continuing noncompliance  may be.  Some enforcement programs do not allow
closing conferences because they want to avoid the risk that information given by the inspector to
the facility may somehow compromise future legal action.

       Gathering Evidence

       The inspector is responsible  for gathering information  to determine whether a facility is in
compliance and collecting  and documenting evidence that a violation may have occurred.  This
evidence is used to support the development of enforcement cases, as well  as to help the inspector
prepare for and give testimony when required.  Therefore, inspectors are required to follow
certain procedures to ensure that whatever  evidence they collect will be admissible in a court of
law. If standard procedures are not followed, there is a risk that the evidence may be rejected in
a court of law and that the time and expense invested in building a case will have been wasted.
Standard checklists are often developed  for different types of inspections to ensure that the
inspections properly covers all the necessary aspects and that inspections are  fair and objective.
Sometimes inspectors are  responsible for determining whether a violation has occurred;
sometimes this decision  is made by program staff; in other cases, this decision is made by legal
staff.  Involvement of legal staff is essential  when the requirement must be interpreted to
determine whether there has been a violation.  Because of concern about jeopardizing future
enforcement cases, most inspectors in U.S. enforcement programs do not make decisions about
whether a violation has occurred.

       Written Inspection Report

       During the inspection, the inspector records notes on every aspect of the inspection.  The
inspector may also gather  additional evidence,  such as physical samples, photographs,  and copies
of facility documents.  As  soon as possible following the inspection, the inspector prepares and
files an inspection report, which references  any additional evidence collected  (photographs,
documents, etc.). Any samples collected are sent to a laboratory for analysis.  Analytical data are
interpreted and presented in the final inspection report.  This report serves as the basis for any
testimony by the inspector and will likely be used as evidence  should the case go to trial.
Elements of an inspection report may include:


                                             6-4

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               83


              The specific reason for the inspection.
              Who participated in the inspection.
              That all required procedures for conducting an inspection were complied with.
              The actions taken during the inspection, including the chronology of the actions.
              The evidence obtained during  the inspection.
              Observations made during the inspections.
              The results of sample analyses related to the inspection.

       Inspection Plan

       An inspection plan developed before going on site helps ensure the quality and value of
the inspection.  An inspection  plan provides an organized  step-by-step approach to conducting the
inspection. However, some flexibility is also important to  allow the inspector to adapt to
unanticipated situations at the facility.  Table 6-3 lists some common elements of an inspection
plan.

       Targeting Inspections

       Virtually any enforcement program, no matter how adequately funded, will never have
enough resources to inspect all regulated facilities.  Therefore, the major issue to be considered  in
creating an inspection program is how to target  the scarce inspection resources to achieve
maximum effect (see Chapter  4).  Once a source has been targeted for inspection, program
officials must decide what level of inspection  to conduct.
       In the United States, even  very simple inspections  have been found to have  a significant
deterrent  effect if they succeed in  identifying  potential violations. Therefore, where appropriate,
the U.S. program encourages simpler, less  expensive inspections for sources that are thought likely
to be in compliance.  More expensive and intensive inspections are  necessary for sources likely to
be out of compliance.  In selecting sources for more intensive inspections, enforcement programs
can consider several  factors:
        •      A source's potential to harm the  environment.
        •      The complexity of the inspection  needed to evaluate compliance.
        •      The compliance history of the source.
        •      The compliance history of similar sources.
        •      The availability of self-reported data.
       Another strategy for conserving program resources is to use a "tiered" inspection level, i.e.:
Start with  a less expensive inspection.  If the  source is in violation, take enforcement action to require
the source to correct the violation and do more extensive self-monitoring.  Inspect again at a more
intensive level if the monitoring data indicate continued violation or if there is any other reason to
suspect a violation. This approach assumes cooperation by facilities. It shifts some of the burden
of data gathering to  the source and postpones resource-intensive inspections until lower-level
inspection and monitoring warrant the expense.

       Issues  To Consider

       Policymakers will need to consider  many issues when  designing an inspection program.
For example:
        •      Selecting Facilities  for Inspection. How are facilities chosen for inspection?  What
              proportion of inspections should be "routine,"  and what proportion should be "for
              cause?"  How can routine inspections be fairly and neutrally distributed across the
              regulated community?
        •      Announced Versus Unannounced Inspections.  When should inspections be
              announced versus unannounced? If inspections are announced, the facility's
              managers can make sure that the information  requested  and any essential plant


                                             6-5

-------
84                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                   TABLE 6-3. ELEMENTS OF AN INSPECTION PLAN


            OBJECTIVES

            -  What is the purpose of the inspection?

            -  What is to be accomplished?

            TASKS

            -  What information will be reviewed (e.g., permits, licenses, regulations, previous
              inspection reports, information on the history of compliance)?

            -  What coordination with laboratories, other environmental programs, lawyers, or
              government agencies is required?

            -  What information must be collected?

            PROCEDURES

            -  What specific facility processes will be inspected?

            -  What procedures will be used?

            -  Will the inspection  require special procedures?

            -  Has a quality assurance/quality control plan been developed and understood?

            -  What equipment will be required?

            -  What are responsibilities of each member of the team?

            RESOURCES

            -  What personnel will be required?

            -  Has a safety plan been developed and understood?

            SCHEDULE

            -  What will be the time requirements and order of inspection activities?

            -  What will be the milestones? What must get done vs. what is optional to get
              done?
                                           6-6

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               85


             personnel will be available when the inspector arrives.  Thus, announced
             inspections can be more efficient.  Unannounced inspections, however, are more
             likely to discover the plant's true operating conditions. They are particularly useful
             when there is reason to believe the source is in violation and is misrepresenting its
             self-reported data or likely to destroy evidence if the inspection is announced.
       •     Frequency of Inspection.  How often should a particular facility be inspected?
             Policymakers will need to balance the cost of inspections with the expected
             compliance benefit.  Sources that are more  likely to fall out of compliance may
             require more frequent inspections.
       •     Who Should Inspect. Which level of government will provide the most effective
             inspection force: national, regional, provincial, or local? Would it be more
             effective for the government to contract with an independent group to perform
             inspections?
       •     Legal Authority. What legal authority do inspectors have to enter facilities? What
             procedures will be taken if the facility refuses to allow the inspection?
       •     Role of the Inspector. Should the inspector determine whether a violation has
             occurred or should the inspector simply gather information?  The inspection may
             fail to meet the needs of enforcement if the inspector's role is not clear.
       •     Comprehensiveness  of the Inspection. What data should inspectors gather?
             Should inspections focus on data needed under a particular regulation, permit, or
             license, or should inspectors try to gather data relevant to several environmental
              regulations, permits, or licenses?  The advantage of focussed inspections is that it is
              easier to train inspectors for these inspections. The disadvantage is that more
              focussed inspections may fail to detect noncompliance in areas not specifically
              covered by those inspections.
       •      Inspection of Related Activities.  To what extent should inspectors also  gather data
              on company activities that may affect environmental quality, such as preparedness
              for chemical emergencies,  pollution prevention activities, and waste minimization
              programs?
       •      Objectivity of the Inspector. Care is needed to ensure that inspectors do not
              become so familiar  with and sympathetic  to certain facilities and facility managers
              that their objectivity is compromised.  Some enforcement programs periodically
              rotate inspectors to  avoid this possibility.
       •      Closing Conference. Should the inspection include a closing conference? A
              closing conference provides an opportunity  for the inspector to make company
              managers  aware of  any violations and what the consequences of continuing
              noncompliance would be.  In some cases, the inspector may suggest ways to correct
              the violation.  A closing conference helps educate the regulated community.
              However,  information conveyed by the inspector could undermine subsequent legal
              taken against the facility.  For example, facility managers could claim the
              information conveyed by the inspector contributed to noncompliance if the
              information was in  any way misleading or not sufficiently comprehensive. Program
              lawyers may prefer  that inspectors draw no conclusions and convey no information
              about compliance.
       •      Documenting the Violation. How should the information gathered by the
              inspector be documented?  The information's value to the program may depend on
              such factors as clarity, completeness, and utility  as evidence in a court  of law.
       •      Inspector Training.  How can inspectors be adequately trained to gather accurate
              information and (if relevant) provide technical assistance?  What training is needed
              to ensure the health and safety of inspectors?
       •      Data Quality.  How can the quality of data be assured?  Ways to help ensure  data
              quality include initial reporting procedures, processes for review and confirmation
              of the data, and schedules and procedures for auditing the program's reporting and


                                             6-7

-------
86                               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


              recordkeeping system.  Guidance should also be developed to ensure the quality of
              the laboratory analysis supporting the inspection.
       •     Consistency of Sampling and Analytical Procedures.  Use of consistent methods
              and procedures for sampling and analysis is important to ensure data quality,
              fairness of enforcement, and the value of the results  for legal proceedings.  Both
              inspectors and analytical laboratories will require guidance  on appropriate
              procedures.

       Inspector Training

       Inspectors have a great influence on the success of a compliance monitoring program.
They are responsible for identifying facilities that are out of compliance and gathering evidence
for enforcement actions. They are often the only environmental officials that a facility manager
will ever see in person, and may serve as the key witness in enforcement cases.  Inspectors require
training in a broad range of skills:  legal, technical, administrative, and communication (see Table
6-4).  They will need to be  technically competent in the subject(s) of the inspections they perform,
and skilled in obtaining crucial facts and in collecting and preserving evidence of noncompliance.
Also, they need to be skilled in managing projects, working in a team, and effective
communications ranging from entry conversations to complex cross  examination in cases of
serious violations. The training and integrity of inspectors are therefore critical to effective
enforcement programs.

       Support Resources

       The kind of equipment required to support an inspection varies depending on the type and
purpose of inspection.  Equipment  needed may include:
       •      Safety equipment to protect the inspector from any hazards that may be
              encountered during the inspection.
       •      Documentation equipment,  including cameras, film, pocket  calculators, tape
              measures, and logbook, to record information and evidence.
       •      Sampling equipment to take samples of soil, water, and/or air.
       •      Analytical equipment to analyze the environmental samples taken at the facility.


SELF-MONITORING, -RECORDKEEPING, AND -REPORTING BY THE REGULATED
COMMUNITY

       Self-monitoring,  -recordkeeping, and -reporting are three ways in which sources can be
required  to track  their own compliance and record or report the results for government review.
Increasingly, self-monitoring, -recordkeeping, and -reporting are being recognized as providing
essential  data to supplement and support inspections.
       •      In self-monitoring, sources measure an emission,  discharge, or performance
              parameter that provides information on the nature of the pollutant discharges or
              the operation of control technologies. For example, sources may monitor
              groundwater quality, or may periodically sample and  analyze effluent for the
              presence  and concentration  of particular pollutants. Sources may also be asked to
              monitor operating parameters on pollution control equipment (such as line voltage
              and electrical current used)  that indicate how well the equipment itself is '
              operating. Operating parameters are generally inexpensive  to monitor and provide
              reliable data that give a more accurate and representative picture of emissions than
              occasional sampling and analysis of the emissions themselves.  This type of
              monitoring has proven to be a cost-effective way for enforcement programs  and
              sources to assure themselves that controls are operating correctly.


                                           6-8

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             87
                  TABLE 6-4. ELEMENTS OF INSPECTOR TRAINING
     BASICS OF COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT

           Introduction to Environmental Compliance
           Summary of Environmental Requirements
           Components of an Enforcement Program
           Organizational Structure for Compliance and Enforcement
           Role of the Inspector/Field Investigator

     LEGAL ASPECTS OF RESPONSE INSPECTIONS AND ENFORCEMENT

           Enforcement Litigation
           Entry and Information-Gathering Tools
           Evidence

     PRE-INSPECTION ACTIVITIES

           Pre-inspection Planning and Preparation
           Administrative Considerations for Inspectors

     ON-SITE ACTIVITIES

           Gaining Entry and Opening Conference
           Ensuring Inspector Health and Safety
           Records Review
           Physical Sampling
           Interviews
           Observations and Illustrations
           Closing Conference/Travel Security Measures

     POST-INSPECTION ACTIVITIES

           Reports and Files
           Laboratory Analysis
           Enforcement Proceedings

     COMMUNICATIONS

           Serving as an Expert Witness at Enforcement Proceedings
           Press and Public Relations
           Communications Skills
                                        6-9

-------
88                               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       •     Self-recordkeeping means that sources are responsible for maintaining their own
              records of certain regulated activities (e.g., shipment of hazardous waste).
       •     Self-reporting requires that sources provide the enforcement program with self-
              monitoring or -recordkeeping data periodically and/or upon request.
       Self-monitoring, -recordkeeping, and -reporting provide much more extensive information
on compliance than can be obtained with periodic inspections.  Self-monitoring, -recordkeeping,
and -reporting requirements also shift some of the economic burden of monitoring to the
regulated community, and they provide a mechanism for educating this community about the
compliance requirements.  Self-monitoring, -recordkeeping, and
-reporting may also increase the level of management  attention devoted to compliance, and may
inspire management to improve production efficiency and prevent pollution.
       Self-monitoring requires that reliable and affordable monitoring equipment be available to
the regulated community. Self-monitoring, -recordkeeping, and -reporting rely on the integrity
and capability of the source to provide  accurate data.  The data will be misleading if the  source
either deliberately falsifies the information or lacks the technical  capability to provide accurate
data.  Therefore, programs using self-monitoring, -reporting, and -recordkeeping will need to
establish some way to help ensure accuracy, e.g., by  requiring self-monitoring only in facilities with
the appropriate technical capability, by  developing quality control standards for monitoring and
recordkeeping, etc.
       In the United States, self-monitoring, -recordkeeping, and -reporting are often required by
environmental regulations (see  Table 6-5). Enforcement officials translate these regulatory
requirements to  facility-specific requirements via permits.  Information from self-monitoring, -
recordkeeping, and -reporting is used primarily to target inspections.  It is also sometimes used as
a basis for enforcement actions. Usually, it is supplemented by inspections to corroborate the
accuracy of the data.

       Issues

       To use self-monitoring, -recordkeeping, and/or -reporting  as part of an enforcement
program, program officials will need to provide guidance to the regulated  community on  the
standard procedures, methods, and instruments that  should be used to obtain the data; on how
frequently data should be collected; and on how the  data should be recorded and reported. Some
issues to consider in  developing these requirements are:
       •      Cost.  What will  the cost and paperwork burden be to industry and government?
              What  will the benefits be?  Are the benefits worth the cost?
       •      Technology Requirements.  Is technology available for monitoring? How  much
              does it cost?  How accurate and reliable is it? How easy is it to learn how to
              operate the equipment to get accurate results?
       •      Data Use. How exactly will enforcement officials use the data?  What information
              will the data provide  about violations  or compliance success? What is the
              minimum  amount of data that will be useful?
       •      Extent of Requirements.  Should the source be required to report all data or just
              data that indicate a potential violation?  Proponents of the  "all data" requirement
              argue  that more  management  attention  will be paid with routine reporting and that
              enforcement officials can better control the quality of data.  Proponents of
              exceptional reporting argue that this is much less expensive, and that the "all data"
              approach may discourage sources from voluntarily  conducting additional
              monitoring that they  feel may be valuable.
       •      Public Disclosure. Should the self-reported data be made available to the public?
              Most U.S. environmental laws require that self-reported data be made available to
              the public. This  publicity effectively deters violations and failure to report,
              especially when the law also gives citizens the right to sue sources.
                                            6-10

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                                  89
                  TABLE 6-5. EXAMPLES OF SELF-MONITORING, -REPORTING,
               AND -RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS  IN THE UNITED STATES

     WATER POLLUTION.  The national water program relies heavily on source self-monitoring
     and self-reporting. All sources discharging into the surface waters of the United States must
     perform self-monitoring and self-reporting.  The regulations require monitoring of discharges,
     use of a standard form to report monitoring results, a minimum reporting frequency of once a
     year,  and a requirement to maintain records for at least 3 years.  The specific parameters,
     methods, and frequency of monitoring and reporting are tailored to the source and described in
     the individual permits.  For example, a permit may  require a source to perform continuous
     monitoring of temperature, flow, and pH, and specific sampling of the effluent for solids,
     organic compounds, toxic metals, and oil and grease. Most major sources must report on a
     monthly or quarterly basis.  Minor sources generally report once or twice a year.

     DRINKING WATER. Drinking water suppliers must test drinking water for specific chemical,
     microbiological, and radioactive contaminants for which national standards have been set. To
     ensure quality, all systems must use government-certified laboratories to perform the
     monitoring.  The frequency with which the sampling results must be reported to the government
     varies depending on the size of the water system and the contaminant being monitored.   The
     reporting frequencies range from daily to every 3 or 4 years.  Once reported, the results become
     public information.  If a standard is exceeded, the public health consequences of the violation
     must  be reported by the system to its customers.

     AIR POLLUTION.  Because of the high cost of monitoring air pollutants, program officials have
     generally imposed minimal self-monitoring requirements and limited self-reporting  requirements
     for stationary sources.  Stationary sources may be required to test their emissions for sulfur
     dioxide, nitrogen oxides, carbon monoxide, lead, paniculate matter, volatile organic carbons, and
     other specific hazardous air pollutants.  This testing may be occasional, periodic, or (where
     technology allows) continuous.  For mobile sources  (i.e., engines from motor vehicles), self-
     monitoring and self-reporting requirements are imposed primarily  on institutions that can easily
     affect the emissions of many vehicles at once, e.g., the vehicle manufacturers, maintenance
     shops, and fuel suppliers.

     HAZARDOUS WASTE.  This program regulates tens of thousands of different waste handlers
     who handle a wide variety of wastes.  Self-monitoring, -reporting, and  -recordkeeping are very
     important because of the immense size and variability of the regulated community.  A single
     recordkeeping document must accompany a  shipment of hazardous waste wherever the waste
     travels.  Each individual handler of the waste (generators,  transporters, storage facilities,
     treatment facilities, and disposal facilities) must sign the document and keep one copy.
     Generators must keep a copy of this document for 3 years after shipment.  Every other year,
     generators must also provide information on their activities to their authorized state agencies or
     to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Treatment, storage, and disposal facilities must
     perform self-monitoring.  For example, groundwater monitoring is often required to  detect leaks
     at landfills; waste incinerators may be required to continuously monitor the temperature and
     carbon monoxide content of their emissions.

     PESTICIDES. This program focuses on ensuring that pesticides are tested and registered.  It
     has important recordkeeping requirements so that inspectors can make sure that the product
     labels and advertising do not violate  any restrictions on pesticide use.  Pesticide manufacturers
     must also test their product for potential health effects and submit and maintain testing records
     to help trace any harmful effects of pesticides in use back to the manufacturer.
                                             6-11

-------
90                                INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       •      Self Certification.  Should senior industry officials be required to certify that the
              facility is in compliance?  Increasingly, U.S. laws are introducing this requirement
              and making senior officials personally liable for false reporting.  This is an effective
              way to elicit the attention and cooperation of senior management in achieving
              compliance.  Such  requirements will be meaningful only if they are backed by clear
              guidance on and procedures for self-certification.  Self-certification may also
              include a requirement to report violations and efforts to correct them.


CITIZEN COMPLAINTS

       Citizen complaints are an  important way of detecting violations that are unlikely to be
detected through self-reporting or inspections. These include violations that take place in isolated
areas, and illegal acts within an organization. Enforcement programs  can help educate and train
citizens to detect and report problems. One U.S. program encourages citizen involvement by
providing a financial reward for any report that leads to a conviction of the violator.


AREA MONITORING

       Information on compliance status can be gained by area monitoring, i.e, monitoring
environmental conditions near a facility.  Area monitoring includes ambient monitoring, remote
sensing, and overflights.

       Ambient Monitoring

       This includes any monitoring to detect pollutant levels in the ambient air, ground, or
surface waters near a facility.  The main problem  with ambient monitoring  is that it can be
difficult to demonstrate that the pollutants measured came from a particular facility.  Ambient
monitoring is most useful when a source is the only significant polluter in the area, or when  its
emissions have a characteristic composition that serves to "fingerprint" them. In these cases,
ambient measurements clearly suggest potential violations at a facility, and  can be used to target
inspections.  In the United States ambient data are  rarely used alone to prove a violation because
of the difficulty of proving a connection with the source.

       Remote Sensing

       Remote-sensing techniques can provide positive proof from outside  a facility's boundaries
that the facility is violating an environmental requirement.  The most  developed remote-sensing
technique is laser-beam radar, also known as "Lidar," for "light detection and ranging."  This
technique measures the density of a smoke plume by day or night.  It  is relatively inexpensive
compared to other air monitoring methods such as stack tests.

       Overflights

       Both satellites and aircraft can be used to measure ambient and source-specific conditions.
Satellites  have been useful for detecting large discharges of water pollutants and are most often
used to trigger inspections.  Satellite images are usually too coarse to  calculate the magnitude of
the violation.
       Aircraft overflights can be even more effective than satellites for compliance monitoring.
Airborne  cameras can detect and record the densities,  temperatures,  and area  of air and water
discharges.  Even some biological effects in streams can be detected from the air.  Perhaps most
significantly, overflights can be used to observe  the physical characteristics and work practices at a


                                            6-12

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               91


facility.  For example, dikes and fences can be observed and checked against permit records for
correct location and condition. Practices such as the loading and unloading of hazardous
materials can be observed.  Production levels can be estimated from the air and compared to
assumptions used in permits or licenses.
       Overflights may also be used to detect facilities subject to environmental requirements, to
detect facilities that may not have registered for a program or filed required notifications, and to
define the relative locations of wastewater  discharges, air emissions, hazardous  waste management
facilities, water supply intakes, populated areas, etc., in specific geographic areas.
       Overflights have been used very successfully for enforcement in  the Netherlands.
Airplanes and helicopters have been used to detect illegal discharges and dumps, many of which
are clearly visible from the air.  The responsible parties are notified about  the detected violations
and requested to act where necessary.  Success was considerably improved  when helicopters began
to work simultaneously with ground vehicles.  Sighted violations were reported  to ground
personnel who then immediately proceeded to the scene and dealt with  the situation.  Periodic
aerial photographs of wrecked yards and dump sites have provided a good  record of these
operations and how they are changing. Where appropriate, these photographs  can be used in
later investigations.
                                            6-13

-------
92                           INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              93
                    7.  ENFORCEMENT  RESPONSES TO VIOLATIONS
INTRODUCTION

       Experience with environmental programs in many countries has shown that enforcement is
essential to compliance.  This is because, in any society, many people will not comply with the law
unless there are clear consequences for noncompliance.
       Enforcement by government programs seeks to correct violations and create an
atmosphere in which the regulated community is stimulated to comply because the government
has demonstrated a willingness to act when noncompliance is detected.  This atmosphere also
helps stimulate members of the regulated community to prevent pollution and minimize waste so
that they are no longer subject to requirements. If authorized, a government enforcement
program may also seek to correct and redress actual or potential harm caused by environmental
pollution, whether or not the pollution violates a specific requirement.
       Government programs  are but one means of enforcement. In some countries, private
citizens and groups are empowered by law to bring enforcement actions against violators.
Insurance companies  and financial institutions may require facilities to comply to be eligible for
insurance or a loan.  Finally, social norms can be an effective  method of ensuring compliance in
societies where there  is strong social sanction for noncompliance with environmental
requirements. For example, the public may choose to boycott certain products if they believe the
manufacturer is harming the environment. All these nongovernmental forms of enforcement can
greatly enhance a government  program. Policymakers  can strengthen government  enforcement
efforts by considering these other forces for enforcement when designing government programs.
For example,  government officials may benefit by working closely with concerned nongovernment
groups on enforcement.  Policymakers may also wish to focus government enforcement activities
on areas not adequately covered by the private sector.
       Government enforcement capabilities will generally be most effective if they are in place
and used when requirements become effective. Delaying enforcement can undermine the
credibility of the program and make it difficult to create an atmosphere of deterrence.
Enforcement  is often needed throughout the life of a regulatory program, to achieve initial
compliance and to ensure that those who have achieved compliance maintain it.
       Enforcement can be controversial because so much is at stake environmentally and
economically. To be successful, enforcement requires support at all government levels and within
all sections  of the program.  Governments can demonstrate their commitment to enforcement by
enacting enforceable requirements and by providing clear and consistent support.   Program
personnel can demonstrate their commitment by taking violations seriously because of their threat
to the environment and to the integrity of the legal system.
       This chapter describes  a range of authorities and response mechanisms for enforcement.
Most countries with enforcement programs have some  but not all of these authorities and
mechanisms.  Each program must work within the possibilities offered by the legal system or
systems under which the program operates.  This chapter describes issues to consider when doing
this, and suggests new possibilities  that may be appropriate to consider when the legal system is
being changed.
THE RANGE OF RESPONSE MECHANISMS AND AUTHORITIES

       All enforcement programs benefit from a range of authorities and response mechanisms so
that program officials can appropriately respond to the many different types of violations and
circumstances that will arise.
                                           7-1

-------
94                               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
       Authorities

       In most countries, the range and type of response mechanisms available will ultimately
depend on the number and type of authorities  provided to the enforcement program by
environmental and related laws. These authorities provide the legal basis for enforcement which
is essential to the power and credibility of an enforcement program.  Table 7-1 summarizes a
range of authorities that may be useful for an enforcement program. This list is an amalgam of
the authorities of several different enforcement programs in the United States and other nations.

       Response Mechanisms

       Enforcement mechanisms may be designed to perform one or more functions:
       •      Return violators to compliance.
       •      Impose a sanction.
       •      Remove the economic benefit of noncompliance.
       •      Require that specific actions be  taken to test, monitor, or provide information.
       •      Correct environmental damages.
       •      Correct internal company management problems.
       Response mechanisms generally fall into the following categories, described below:

                                INFORMAL or FORMAL
                                         CIVIL or CRIMINAL
                          ADMINISTRATIVE or JUDICIAL
INFORMAL MECHANISMS

       Informal responses include phone calls, site visits, warning letters, and notices of violations
(see Table 7-2).  Informal responses advise the facility manager what violation was found, what
should be done to correct it, and by what date.  The goal of informal action is simply to bring the
violator into compliance or to initiate  formal legal process. Informal responses themselves do not
penalize and cannot be enforced, but can lead to more severe response if they are ignored.
FORMAL MECHANISMS

       Formal enforcement mechanisms are backed by the force of law and are accompanied by
procedural requirements to protect the rights of the individual. Formal mechanisms are either
civil or criminal as described below.  As indicated by the diagram, above, civil actions may be
either administrative  (i.e., directly imposed by the enforcement program) or judicial (i.e., imposed
by a court or other judicial authority).  Authorities to use formal enforcement mechanisms must
be provided  in environmental laws.

       Civil Administrative Enforcement

       Civil  administrative orders are legal, independently enforceable orders issued directly  by
enforcement program officials that define the violation, provide evidence of the violation, and
require the recipient  to take  corrective action within a specified time period.  If the recipient
violates the order, program managers can usually take further legal action using additional orders

                                            7-2

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              95
                  TABLE 7-1. TYPES OF ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITIES1

      Remedial Actions

      »   Authority to impose a schedule for compliance
      •   Authority to permanently shut down part of an operation
      •   Authority to temporarily shut down certain parts of operations or practices
      •   Authority to permanently shut down an entire facility
      •   Authority to temporarily shut down an entire facility
      •   Authority to deny a permit
      •   Authority to revoke a permit
      •   Authority to require a facility to clean up part of the environment
      •   Emergency  powers to enter and correct immediate dangers to the local
          population or environment
      •   Authority to seek compensation for damage caused by the violation
      Other
          Authority to require specific testing and reporting
          Authority to impose specific labeling requirements
          Authority to require monitoring and reporting
          Authority to request information on industrial processes
          Authority to require specialized training (e.g., in emergency response to spills)
          for facility employees
          Authority to require a facility to undergo an environmental audit
      Sanctions
          Authority to impose a monetary penalty with specified amounts per day per
             violation
          Authority to seek imprisonment (a jail term)
          Authority to seek punitive damages or fines within specified limits
          Authority to seize property
          Authority to seek reimbursement for government clean-up expenses
          Authority to bar a facility or company from government loans, guarantees, or
             contracts
          Authority to require service or community work to benefit the environment
          Limitations on financial assistance
      'This list of enforcement authorities is a hybrid and does not appear in any one law
      or country. It is an example of the types of authorities that may be made available
      to enforcement officials through environment laws.  These authorities may be either
      direct authorities or the authority to seek a court order to impose the sanction.
                                          7-3

-------
96                                INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                       TABLE 7-2. TYPES OF INFORMAL RESPONSE
            Telephone Call. This is perhaps the simplest way to notify or remind a source
            that a violation has occurred and must be corrected.  The caller may also
            request that the violator follow up with a letter that describes what action was
            taken.
             Inspection.  An inspector can make facility managers aware of a problem and
             provide assistance in correcting the problem. At the same time, an inspector
             can gather data about the problem. This better prepares the program for taking
             further action,  if necessary, and displays the program's seriousness about
             following up if compliance is not achieved.
            Warning Letters.  Warning letters let source managers know that they are
            violating the law and must correct the situation or face adverse legal action and
            consequences.  A warning letter may also describe the potential sanctions of
            continued noncompliance; require a response from the violator detailing the
            corrective action taken; and/or suggest that the violator meet with compliance
            officials to discuss compliance. Other responses are considered if the violator
            fails to take advantage of this opportunity within a reasonable time.
             Notice of Violation.  Notices are more formal than warning letters. They notify
             a source that a violation has been detected and often give a deadline for taking
             corrective action.  Notices of violation also warn about legal action and
             consequences that may follow if the violator does not take action by the
             deadline.
                                            7-4

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                                97


or a court system to directly force compliance with the order.  What distinguishes administrative
response from judicial response, defined below, is that the legal action is handled by an
administrative system within the organization responsible for implementing the enforcement
program.  The administrative processes may be similar to those provided by the court system.
Two advantages of administrative enforcement are that it does not require coordination with a
separate judicial agency and the administrative organization's own administrative  law judges are
usually more knowledgeable because they are dedicated to addressing environmental problems.
Therefore, administrative actions are usually  resolved more quickly  and require less time and
expense than judicial actions.  Administrative orders are not self-enforcing, however.  If the order
is not complied with, further enforcement action will need to be pursued through the judicial
system.
       Field citations  are administrative orders issued by inspectors in the field.  Typically, they
require  the violator to correct a clear-cut violation and pay a small monetary fine. Field citations
are much  like traffic tickets.  Depending on the procedural steps defined by the program,  the
violator can either appeal the citation,  pay it, or risk more formal enforcement action.  Field
citations are generally used at the provincial and/or local levels to handle more routine types of
violations.  They can be a relatively efficient means to enforce certain violations that are clear and
do not pose a major threat to the environment. To issue field citations, inspectors need training
to identify the particular violations for  which  citations can be written.

       Civil Judicial Enforcement

       Civil judicial enforcement actions are formal lawsuits before the courts. Some nations with
civil enforcement authorities rely exclusively on civil judicial actions to enforce environmental
laws.  Other nations have adopted both administrative and judicial mechanisms to carry out civil
enforcement authorities. Where available, administrative enforcement is generally preferred as a
first response (with some exceptions), because judicial lawsuits are far more expensive, require
more staff time, and may take several years to complete. However, judicial  enforcement has
several advantages. It is often perceived as having greater significance and therefore has more
power to deter potential violations and to set legal precedents.  Also,  the courts are often
uniquely empowered to  require action  to reduce immediate threats  to public health or the
environment.  Thus, judicial enforcement can be essential in emergency situations.  The courts
also play an important role in enforcing administrative orders that have been violated,  and in
making final decisions regarding orders that have been appealed.  Therefore, when  administrative
enforcement mechanisms are available, civil judicial responses are generally  used against more
serious or recalcitrant violators,  where  precedents are needed, or  where prompt action is
important to shut down  an operation or to stop an activity.

       Criminal Enforcement

       Criminal judicial response is generally  considered appropriate when a person or facility has
knowingly and willfully violated the law, or has otherwise committed a violation for which  society
has chosen to impose the most serious  legal sanctions available.  These responses seek criminal
sanctions, which may include monetary penalties and imprisonment.  Nations such as Canada that
now rely exclusively on criminal  law for environmental enforcement have also developed creative
sentencing provisions to introduce other remedies and sanctions (such as community service and
required environmental  audits) designed to "punish" the wrongdoing (see Table 7-1).  While
criminal response can be the most difficult type of enforcement, it can also create the most
significant deterrence since it personally affects the lives of those who are prosecuted and carries
with it a significant social stigma. Criminal cases require intensive investigation and case
development.  They require  proof that  a violation has occurred and may require proof that an
individual or business (through its employees) was knowingly and willfully responsible for the
violation.  Specially trained criminal investigators  may be necessary  to develop criminal cases.


                                             7-5

-------
98                               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       The ability to apply criminal enforcement in environmental cases depends on a country's
legal system and on whether appropriate authority is provided in environmental or other laws.
For example, in the United States there are generic statutes that make it a crime to report false
information. Conversely, in Hungary only a "natural person" can be criminally liable, and a facility
or business is not considered to be a "natural  person." Under these circumstances, criminal
enforcement is difficult because the facility itself is not answerable for the "crime" and it is often
difficult to identify which individuals within the facility were responsible.


THE ENFORCEMENT PROCESS

       Protecting Basic Rights

       Every nation  has its own unique legal  system, laws, and culture.  However, common to all
democratic institutions are processes to balance the  rights of individuals with the government's
need to act, often quickly, on behalf of the public. Several processes may be used to ensure
fairness of enforcement responses:
       •      Notice.  Some enforcement programs require that a notice of violation be issued
              before any formal enforcement action is pursued.  The violator may be offered an
              opportunity to (1) contest the finding of violation and/or  (2) to correct the
              violation within  a specified time frame to  avoid further government action.
       •      Appeals. There are often several points in the enforcement process when a
              violator can appeal either the finding that there is a violation, the remedial action
              required by the  enforcement program, or  the severity of the proposed sanction.
       •      Dispute Resolutions. Most enforcement responses are bound to create disputes
              between program officials and  facility representatives.  In such cases, programs
              often use special procedures designed to resolve disputes (see Table 7-3).
       In general, the more an enforcement action may  deny an individual his or her rights, the
more protections the enforcement process provides and the longer the process may take before
final action is initiated.

       Supporting the Enforcement Case

       Many issues may be raised and  disputed in typical enforcement actions.  Enforcement
officials should  always be prepared to:
       •      Prove  that a violation has occurred.
       •      Establish that the procedures and policies were fairly and equitably followed and
              that the violator is not being unduly "picked on."
       •     Demonstrate the underlying environmental or public health need for the
              requirement  being violated. (This need is often met when the requirement is
              developed.  However, it  may be necessary to reiterate the importance of
             compliance with the requirement  to justify and support an enforcement case.  This
             is particularly true when a case is being argued in front of an independent
             decisionmaker who is not familiar with the requirement or its environmental or
             public health basis.)
       •     Demonstrate that a remedy for the violation is available (e.g.,  affordable pollution
             control equipment).  (Even though this is  not usually the  responsibility of the
             government,  this information can be important to negotiations.)
       •     Demonstrate the ability of the violator to pay, e.g., showing that a "poor" facility is
             owned by a wealthy parent company.
                                            7-6

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                                99
               TABLE 7-3. TYPICAL DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES
                   Face-to-face negotiations between program officials and the violator either:

                   -   Before formal enforcement response is pursued. At this point in the
                      process, the discussion usually focuses on whether there has been a
                      violation.  If agreement is reached, there may also be a discussion of
                      the required response and schedule for response.

                   -   After formal administrative or civil judicial enforcement action is
                      initiated but before it is final  These negotiations are carried out
                      during settlement discussions. The resulting agreement, e.g., an
                      administrative order or a settlement, is placed before a final
                      decisionmaker, e.g., a judge, for approval.

                   Presentations before a decisionmaker (often a judge or hearing examiner)
                   who makes a decision about a fact or legal point after hearing both sides
                   of the issue.

                   Use of third parties.  Third parties (e.g.,  mediators, arbitrators, and
                   facilitators) may be  called upon by enforcement officials or by agreement
                   of the parties to break an impasse.  An experienced  third party can
                   change the dynamics, provide new perspectives,  and  propose possible
                   solutions. Specialized third parties  are particularly useful for resolving
                   highly complex technical issues that a lawyer or judge would be unlikely
                   to fully understand.
                                             7-7

-------
100                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       The Role of Negotiation

       Negotiation is an integral part of enforcement.  In the United States, most enforcement
cases are settled through negotiation rather than by unilateral decision. Negotiation enables both
the facility and the concerned party or parties to consider the correctness of the facts, the
circumstances of the case, and the variety of alternative responses.  Negotiation provides an
opportunity to obtain additional information and correct misinterpretations  before pursuing legal
action.  Negotiation also provides an opportunity to reach a solution that satisfies all parties.
Enforcement actions create a stimulus and context for discussion and resolution.  Enforcement
provides the framework in which solutions can be negotiated.  Negotiation can enhance
compliance by sending a signal to the regulated community that, while pursuing enforcement
response, the government is willing to be responsive to the concerns and difficulties faced by the
regulated community in achieving compliance and to work cooperatively to develop a satisfactory
solution.
       Negotiations will generally be most effective  if there remains a real possibility of litigation.
In some cultures or situations it may be  very important to keep  this threat real so that  facilities do
not use negotiations as a means of delaying compliance. Program officials can keep this threat
real by maintaining a strict schedule for  negotiations and a parallel preparation for legal action.
       The negotiation  process will vary from one culture and program to another. Some
negotiations may be face-to-face between enforcement officials and the violator. Others may
involve a variety of concerned parties  (e.g.,  representatives of the local community, workers,
nongovernment organizations).  In some negotiations (e.g., an impasse), an  experienced third
party may be used to change the dynamics,  provide new perspectives, and propose possible
solutions that had  not previously been considered. Table 7-3 describes some typical dispute
resolution procedures.
       The result of negotiations is a settlement — a documented official resolution to  the
situation, e.g., an "administrative  consent order" or a "judicial  consent decree" in the United
States. In  the U.S. system, negotiation is most often used within the context of legal enforcement
proceedings.  This  results in a legally binding agreement between the violator and the
enforcement program or a negotiated agreement that must be submitted to  a court for
consideration and  final approval.
       Two types of enforcement  responses are usually not negotiated.  One is a request by
enforcement officials for information from the violator. This is usually not controversial and
therefore does not require negotiation. The other is the exercise by the enforcement program of
emergency powers  to protect public health and the environment. In this case, there is  no time to
negotiate.

       Role of the Public To Ensure Accountability

       In  some countries (e.g., the United States), the public  has a right to  comment on
enforcement agreements, orders, and decrees before they are  final. The public may also be
allowed to  gain access to final enforcement  actions.  Public involvement is one way to ensure that
violators are treated fairly and consistently.  Indeed, it is the violators themselves who are most
likely to review other previous  enforcement actions that have been taken and attempt to use them
during negotiations as a precedent if they are favorable.
CREATIVE SETTLEMENTS:  LEVERAGING ENFORCEMENT FOR BROADER RESULTS

       Agreements can include any provisions that the enforcement program is authorized to
impose on  a violator.  Depending on their legal authority, environmental officials may have some
latitude to  develop creative approaches to solving environmental problems. Creative settlements
can also be used to leverage a single case to gain either greater environmental benefit or greater


                                             7-8

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               101


deterrence than would have occurred with a conventional settlement.  Examples of creative
settlements are described below.
       Creative settlements are often linked to some limited reduction in monetary penalty or an
agreement to extend compliance schedules.  Creative settlements may also be sought for violators
with limited ability to pay or violators that demonstrate a strong level of cooperation with the
government.  U.S. policy limits the amount of penalty reduction  allowed in creative settlements
because of need to maintain some level of penalty to preserve deterrence and recover the
economic benefit  of noncompliance.

       Pollution Prevention

       Pollution prevention settlements involve  an agreement by the facility to convert to
practices or  processes that reduce or eliminate the generation of pollutants and wastes at the
source.  Pollution is prevented when the volume and/or the toxicity of pollutants is reduced.  In
manufacturing, for example, pollution prevention includes activities such as substituting chemicals,
reformulating products,  modifying processes, improving housekeeping, and recycling  on site.
       Pollution prevention projects may directly correct the violation or may reduce pollution
not connected with the original violation. Pollution prevention settlements help ensure that
violations will not recur and/or they reduce the total risk that a facility's operation poses to public
health or the environment.

       Pollution Reductions Beyond Compliance

       Settlements can be negotiated in which the violator agrees to reduce pollution further than
the level required to comply with the requirements.  For example, a violator may  agree to install
more effective control technologies that reduce the overall discharge of pollutants.

       Environmental Auditing

       Environmental auditing is a periodic, systematic, documented  and objective review at  a
regulated facility of its compliance status, management  systems and/or overall environmental risk.
Auditing has been encouraged by many nations  and by  the International Chamber of Commerce
as an essential tool for regulated facilities to ensure compliance  and  to effectively manage  their
environmental risks (see Chapter 5).
       Environmental audits have been required in several enforcement actions in the United
States for one of two purposes.  First, they have been used where a source shows a clear pattern
of violations that suggests a management problem. In such cases, a settlement may include an
agreement that the source pay for an environmental audit to identify and correct  the internal
management problems that led to the repeated violations.  Second, if a violation is likely to be
repeated at  other operations owned by the same company, a settlement may include an agreement
(1) that the  company or a third-party auditor will audit for that violation at the other facilities
owned by the company, and (2) that any violations will  be reported and corrected.

       Environmental Restoration

       Environmental restoration settlements not only  repair the damage done to the
environment because of the violation, but also further enhance the environment around the
facility.  If the environmental damage caused cannot be restored, the settlement may require the
facility to restore a comparable  environment in another location.
                                             7-9

-------
 1 °2                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


        Publicity

        In public awareness settlements, the violator agrees to undertake some activity to increase
 the awareness by the regulated community of the need for compliance and/or ways to achieve
 compliance.  For example, the violator could sponsor a series of seminars to provide information
 to  a specific industry group about how to correct violations common to that industry.  The
 violator could also sponsor public announcements on television  and radio to discourage violations
 or  to describe how new technologies can be used to correct violations.  In the United States,
 violators who sponsor public awareness projects must also agree to clearly state to the public that
 the project was undertaken as part of  the settlement of a lawsuit brought by the government.

        Training

        Training settlements can be used to correct internal compliance problems within a
 company or organization.  Violators that are industry leaders may be required to design and
 conduct compliance training for others within the same industry group.

        Escrow or Bond for Sources Unable to Pay Penalties

        This type of settlement is useful for facilities that cannot afford to pay the monetary
 penalty normally imposed for the particular type of violation. In such cases, the facility agrees to
 put some money into an escrow or bond account which will be used to fund remediation or other
 activities to improve environmental quality.


 ENFORCEMENT RESPONSE POLICIES

        Enforcement response policies  describe how various enforcement authorities will be used
 to respond to the many different types of violations and violation situations.  Such policies are
 important to ensure fairness.  Fairness is particularly important  when assessing monetary
 penalties.  The perception  and fact of fairness is critical  to the credibility of an enforcement
 program, and also helps otherwise reluctant staff make what are often difficult decisions to
 demonstrate government will and resolve to enforce environmental laws. Key issues to consider
 when drafting an enforcement  policy are discussed below.

       Criteria for Noncompliance

       Whether a facility is in compliance is not always obvious. Specific guidelines and criteria
 are often needed for determining compliance from noncompliance.  These standard criteria help
 ensure that all members of the regulated community are treated equally and fairly.


 SELECTION OF APPROPRIATE ENFORCEMENT RESPONSE

       Selecting an  appropriate enforcement response raises several difficult issues, discussed
below, which often need to be addressed in an enforcement response policy.  (These issues may
already have been addressed in the wording of the authorities provided by the environmental
laws.)

       When Should Civil  or Criminal Responses Be Used?

       This issue is  relevant only to countries that have or are considering implementing both
civil and criminal authorities.  In the United States, criminal enforcement actions are generally


                                           7-10

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              103


reserved for actions that deserve punishment, rather than correction, e.g., where the violation is
intentional and willful.  Criminal actions are also used to ensure the integrity of the regulatory
scheme, e.g., for facilities that operate without a permit or license.  Cases reserved for criminal
enforcement typically include:
              Falsifying documents.
              Operating without a permit.
              Tampering with monitoring or control equipment.
              Repeated violations.
              Intentional and deliberate violations (e.g. decisions to violate based on greed).
       In the Netherlands,  both criminal and administrative charges can be brought for violations
of environmental laws.  Serious violations are usually met with direct criminal charges. Many
Public Prosecutors believe that criminal charges should be imposed the second time a company is
found to be out of compliance.  Admininstrative sanctions include shutting down all or part of a
company's operations and fining the company for each day it remains out of compliance.
Criminal sanctions include prison sentences, fines, complete or partial  shut down of operations,
confiscation of property, and publicizing the court's verdict.

       When Should a Sanction Be Imposed?

       For certain types of enforcement response, it may be sufficient to negotiate a  compliance
schedule where the violator agrees to  return to compliance and/or clean up a pollution situation
by a certain date.  When deterrence is important  to a program's compliance strategy, maximum
impact will be gained if each enforcement action is used to send a deterrence message to the
regulated community.  Sanctions help send this message.  However, sanctions may not be
appropriate for violations that are not preventable, or that are too minor to focus government
resources on the legal process that necessary to impose a sanction. These considerations need to
balanced  in deciding when  to impose  a sanction.

       Should a First  Enforcement Response Include a Sanction?

       There are two basic approaches to this issue. One approach does not seek a sanction for
first violations but imposes a stiff sanction if noncompliance continues.  This approach is based on
the belief that every facility should be given at least one opportunity to correct its problems
before it  receives a sanction.  This approach is most successful when violations are easy to detect,
and when the enforcement program has an excellent track record of detecting violations, diligently
following up on violators to verify compliance, and imposing stiff sanctions for continued
noncompliance.
       The second approach is to impose a sanction for first violations. This is based on a belief
that lack  of a penalty may encourage  facilities to  postpone compliance activities until the violation
has been  detected. This approach is essential for violations that are difficult to detect.

       What Type of Sanction Should Be Used?

       Depending on the authorities  provided in environmental laws (see Table 7-2), enforcement
officials often have several types of sanctions they may impose for violations. The  enforcement
 policy will need to provide guidance on when these  various types of sanctions are appropriate.
       Monetary Penalty.  Monetary  penalties are the most common  sanction used in
 enforcement response.  An enforcement policy will  need to provide guidance on how to calculate
 an appropriate penalty for various types of violations.  There are several bases on which to
 calculate an appropriate monetary penalty (see Table 7-4). In reality, monetary penalties are
 often a combination of these factors.  Table 7-5 provides one example of a penalty calculation
 using a variety of factors.
                                             7-11

-------
104                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                      TABLE 7-4.  FACTORS THAT MAY BE USED TO
                          CALCULATE A MONETARY PENALTY
    Gravity  of the Actual or Potential Harm to the Environment and/or Human  Health.
          Gravity-based penalties are graduated to reflect the seriousness of the violation.  This
          sends a deterrence signal to the regulated community: the more serious the violation,
          the greater the penalty will be.  Gravity may be calculated based on factors  such as:

          •      Volume of release.
          •      Toxicity of release.
          •      History of noncompliance.
          •      Environmental and/or public health risk or impact.
          •      Importance to maintaining the integrity of the enforcement program.

   Economic Benefit. Penalties that, at a minimum, recover the economic benefit a  violator
          may  have  gained   by  not  complying  remove  the economic  advantage  for
          noncompliance.  This type of penalty is important to maintain fairness by ensuring
          that facilities that comply are not economically disadvantaged by doing so.   It also
          removes  the  economic incentive for noncompliance.  At the national  level and in
          some states in the United States, enforcement policies require recovery  of economic
          benefit.

   Ability to Pay. Enforcement officials must often consider a violator's ability to  pay when
          calculating a  monetary penalty.   Penalties that are large compared  to  the facility's
          resources  could force a facility  to shut down.  Bankruptcies can harm the overall
          community.  Facilities that are given a severe monetary penalty may also threaten to
          move  to another area where environmental regulation  and/or enforcement is more
          lax. In such cases, enforcement officials may want to consider the deterrence benefits
          of severe penalties against the cost and hardship that  the resulting unemployment
          would cause in the local community. Public pressure may have substantial impact on
          the monetary penalty level when jobs are threatened. Asking for substantial penalties
          also raises a risk that violators may choose to contest the penalty in court rather than
          pay it.  A series of payments can be arranged in  situations where a violator may have
          difficulty paying the full penalty at one time.  Financial penalties are less likely  to
          deter public agencies since they  are not profitmaking ventures.

   Other Factors.  These include:

          •       Degree of cooperation by facility personnel with environmental officials.
          •       Whether the violation was self-reported  by the facility.
          •       Degree of remorse  by the responsible parties.
          •       The strength of the case.  A weak case is less likely to withstand appeals on
                 the part of the violator.  In such cases,  enforcement officials may lower the
                 penalty to avoid making it worthwhile for the violator to try to appeal the
                 penalty.
                                           7-12

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                                                                                                  105
                TABLE 7-5. SAMPLE WORKSHEET TO CALCULATE A MONETARY PENALTY1
  Facility Name:
Money the Facility Saved by Not Complying with Regulations

        Costs avoided
        Costs postponed
        Total
                                                                                       Example

                                                                                        $10,000
                                                                 M
                                                                                  (a)  $15,000
  Seriousness of the Violation
                                                        PAYMENT CALCULATION MATRIX
     Potential for Harm

High
Medium
Low
Extent of Deviation from Requiretnent(s)
High
$5,000 to $4,000
$2,199 to $1,600
$599 to $300
Medium
$3,999 to $3,000
$1,599 to $1,000
$299 to $100
Low
$2,999 to $2,200
$999 to $600
$99 to $20
        Penalty required based on potential for harm and extent of
        deviation from requirement (use the above matrix and personal
        judgment to determine the appropriate  amount):             (b)
                                                                                 (b) $3,000
Adjustment for the Duration of the Violation
        Number of days of noncompliance
        Total = [(b) x (20%)]  x (c)
   SUBTOTAL
        Subtotal = (a) + (d)
Penalty Adjustment Factors'
        1. Degree of cooperation (+/-)
        2. History of compliance (+/-)
        3. Supplemental environmental projects3 (+/-)
        4. Ability to pay (-)
        Total = [(J) + (g) + (h) + (i)} x (e)

   TOTAL PENALTY
        Total penalty = (e)  + (j)
                                                                 fc)
                                                                                 fc) 50
                                                                 fJ)
                                                                                 (d) $30,000
                                                                 (e)
                                                                               M $45,000
                                                                 (ft
                                                                 (e)
                                                                                 (e) -5%
                                                                 (h)
                                                                                 (h) -10%
                                                                 (i)
                                                                                 (!) -5%
                                                                                 (i\ -$6,750
                                                                                    $38,250
   'Loosely based on a worksheet used for a U.S. environmental program.
   Adjustments may range from -20% to +20% for factors 1, 2, and 3, and from -100% to 0% for factor 4.  Selection
   of appropriate  percentages is based on subjective judgment and should be fair relative to adjustments made when
   calculating penalties for other similar violations.
   'Supplemental  environmental projects are projects the facility is conducting or will conduct to benefit the
   environment (see description in this chapter).
                                               7-13

-------
106                               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       Denial or Revocation of Permits or Licenses.  Program officials can deny an application
for a permit or license or revoke an existing  permit or license.  This would require a facility to
cease at least part of its operation or be in clear and direct violation of the law.
       Shutdown of Operations. Program officials may be able to shut down operations.  The
threat of a shutdown can be an effective deterrent, particularly in a free market  economy where
shutdowns directly affect profits.
       Jail Terms.  Criminal sanction (e.g., jail terms) for managers or employees  of violating
facilities can be an extremely effective deterrent.  Criminal sanctions can only be imposed where
allowed by the legal system. This penalty has substantial public support in the United States. In
the United States, for example, criminal sanctions can be sought if someone willfully circumvents
a requirement or fraudulently reports data.  Some criminal cases can be costly and involve
complex procedures. However, in the United States, their deterrent effect has been so great that
even a relatively small number of successful cases  have caused other companies to  change their
management  ethics.  Under U.S. Sentencing  Guidelines, sentences for environmental crimes can
be reduced if the corporate official can demonstrate a comprehensive and committed corporate
compliance program.  This set of conditions  in the United States seems to be improving corporate
concern for compliance.
       Denial of Government Funding.  In this penalty, violators are placed on a list of firms
from which government agencies will not purchase goods and services, or provide loans or
guarantees.  The  lists are shared with other government agencies that purchase services  or goods
from industry. The name is removed once the firm returns to compliance.  In the United States,
this sanction has been very effective in several difficult compliance cases.
       Negative Publicity.  As part of a  settlement, violators  may be required to publicize
information about the violation.  For example, a company may be required to pay for a  full-page
advertisement in local or national newspapers to proclaim their guilt. Company  executives may be
ordered to speak  in public about their wrongdoing. In countries with strong public concern for
environmental quality and a free market economy, negative publicity can have substantial
economic  implications for a facility.  Negative publicity can also cause a corporation to lose
prestige.   Research indicates that potential loss of prestige can be a powerful deterrent factor.  In
the United States, enforcement officials  are increasingly using publicity about violations  as an
enforcement tool.
       Other Sanctions.  Other possible sanctions are listed in Table 7-1.

       What  Enforcement Responses Are Appropriate for Government-Owned and/or
       -Operated Facilities?

       Enforcement by one government organization against another government organization is
usually difficult for many reasons. For example, monetary penalties for many government
facilities are paid for out of a central budget. The loss of this money generally has little impact
on the individual  facility's operation.  In government systems, it can be difficult to hold managers
and operators of facilities accountable for failing to comply with requirements. In some countries
or regions, facilities may be  receiving conflicting signals — one government organization may
require compliance while another may demand high levels of production.  It can be politically
difficult for one government organization to  enforce against another.  Also, in many countries
government organizations cannot be sued by  citizens or other government organizations  for failure
to comply with environmental requirements.  For all these reasons, managers of government
facilities may have little incentive to ensure that their facilities are in compliance with
environmental requirements.
       The United States has some experience in  enforcement against government-owned
facilities.  With a few exceptions, the U.S. federal  government has waived its special immunity
from prosecution  and has given both  state  governments and citizens the right to  take the federal
government to court if it does not comply with federal, state, or local environmental requirements.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA — the federal agency responsible for


                                           7-14

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              107


environmental protection) can pursue enforcement against other government agencies, but it
generally does not seek penalties nor does it take civil judicial action against sister agencies.  The
U.S. EPA can develop bilateral administrative compliance orders and agreements with other
agencies, and also issues some unilateral administrative orders if these orders are not disputed.
The U.S. EPA can also hold government officials criminally responsible for their actions. To
resolve disputes, the U.S. EPA uses an internal appeals system within the Executive Branch of the
government.  The enforcement process is useful to force agencies to budget for environmental
problems. Public pressure has also been a powerful force to gain federal government compliance.
       In the mid-1980s,  the U.S. EPA and states also began to aggressively enforce against
municipalities.  Creative solutions were found to enforcement problems, including creative
financing arrangements that enabled municipalities to meet the requirements.  The penalties
imposed through enforcement also helped induce some local communities to vote to  increase their
taxes in order to raise money to finance pollution control.
       Federal facility operators are criminally liable for environmental crimes, e.g.,  improper
disposal of hazardous waste.  In the past several years, the U.S. EPA  has been much more
aggressive about enforcing against federal  facility operators. These cases have generally received
a great deal of public attention.
                                            7-15

-------
108                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                                109
                      8. CLARIFYING ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
INTRODUCTION

        Enforcement frequently involves many different groups, including government agencies,
citizens groups and nongovernment organizations, and industry associations.  A key element in any
strategy is defining the roles and responsibilities of the various groups involved. This chapter
discusses key issues involved in defining roles and responsibilities:
       •      How  should responsibilities for enforcement be divided among the various levels of
              government (national, regional,  provincial, and local)? To what extent should a
              program be centralized (i.e., run at a national government level) versus decentralized
              (i.e., run at local government levels)?
       •      Which government agencies will be involved, e.g., environmental agencies, health
              agencies?
       •      Should there be separate enforcement programs  for different environmental media
              (e.g.,  air, water, land) or one or more integrated  programs covering several media?
       •      To what extent should a program make use of citizens and other nongovernment
              resources?
       •      To what extent should technical program staff and attorneys be integrated within  a
              single organization?
DIVIDING RESPONSIBILITIES AMONG GOVERNMENT LEVELS

       A basic issue in developing enforcement programs is to what extent to centralize
responsibilities for enforcement at the national level or decentralize them at more local levels.  There
are advantages and disadvantages to both centralization and decentralization. A national presence in
enforcement helps ensure that at least minimum standards for environmental requirements are met;
that the program is consistent and fair throughout the country; and that national resources are
available to support enforcement programs. Involvement of provincial and local governments in
enforcement is important because these levels are closest to the actual environmental problems and
best able to efficiently identify and correct them.
       Most environmental enforcement programs in different countries are decentralized to take
advantage of (1) local knowledge of facilities and their operations, and (2) the greater resources
available at the local level.  Despite this bias toward decentralization, some programs are centralized
because of a clear  need for national involvement, e.g., to handle transboundary  pollution problems, or
where local competition to create favorable conditions for industry may  lead to  lax enforcement at the
local level, or where unique expertise concentrated at the  national level  is needed to implement the
program.  For example, control of most air pollution sources is decentralized in the United States.
However, enforcement of U.S. environmental requirements pertaining to manufacture of automobiles
and fuel additives is centralized, as are enforcement programs  concerning the production of toxic
chemicals and pesticides in the United States.
       Roles and relationships between the national government  and local governments can develop
in many different ways, ranging from decentralization to centralization to various combinations of
both approaches.  Table 8-1 shows  different approaches used in various  countries.  Two models from
the United States and the Netherlands are presented  below. These models attempt to combine some
of the advantages of both centralization and decentralization.  The United States uses a system of
parallel responsibility for several of its enforcement programs.  Under this system, states are given
primary responsibility for enforcement, but the national government retains parallel authority and
responsibility.  The Netherlands has developed a system where responsibilities are divided among
national, regional, and local governments.  Divided or decentralized responsibilities require
cooperation and communication between government levels.
                                               8-1

-------
     110
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
          TABLE 8-1. APPROACHES USED IN DIFFERENT COUNTRIES TO PARTITION
                  GOVERNMENT RESPONSIBILITIES FOR ENFORCEMENT1

Canada
Toxic Chemicals/Hazardous Waste
All Other
Germany
Great Britain
Transboundary Chemical Waste
Air
Japan
Norway
Poland
Sweden
The Netherlands
Nuisance Act
Hazardous/Toxic Chemical Wastes
United States
Air Stationary Sources
Automobile Emission and Fuels Standards
Water Discharges
Toxic Chemical Testing/Manufacture Release
Reports
Pesticides Registration
Pesticides Use Enforcement/
Certification for Field Appb'cators
Hazardous Waste Generation/Treatment/Disposal
Decentral-
ized
X

X


X

X
X
Central-
ized
X

X





X
X
X
Divided
Responsi-
bilities







X

Parallel
Responsi-
bilities








X
X
X
'See text for description of approaches.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               111
       The U.S. Experience:  Parallel Responsibility with the Primary Role Delegated

       Most  environmental programs in the United States establish a relationship between the
national and state governments.  Usually, the national government formally approves the state
environmental program as meeting established  standards for implementation.  From this point on, the
state program has the primary role for implementing the enforcement program, but the national
government retains parallel authority and responsibility  and can intervene if the state program is not
meeting certain criteria.  In a few cases, such as the air program, the national government can directly
grant approval to a local  government to run a program.  A few U.S. laws do not allow the national
government to delegate responsibility to the states.  In these cases, the national government may
develop "cooperative agreements" with states to make state involvement possible.
       The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA — the national government agency
responsible for protecting the environment) is authorized by most environmental laws to define
criteria for an acceptable environmental program. These criteria generally cover three areas:  legal
authority,  resources, and  personnel. The U.S. EPA works with states to help them develop programs
that meet  these criteria.  Once a state program meets these criteria, the U.S. EPA approves the
program and  state authority to run the program.  If a state program has not been approved by the
time enforcement must begin, the U.S. EPA will  run the program from the national level until the
state program is approved.
       Typically under this system, states are responsible for monitoring environmental quality and
compliance, developing compliance strategies, targeting  and performing inspections, enforcing against
violators, and verifying the quality of monitoring  and compliance  data.  As of 1991, approximately 70-
90% of day-to-day inspections and 70% of formal enforcement actions were performed by states.
       Even  though states have primary responsibility for running approved programs, the U.S. EPA
always remains responsible for meeting national environmental standards and for ensuring that
national laws are being enforced.  To meet this responsibility,  the U.S. EPA oversees the states'
performance and may take direct enforcement  action under certain circumstances. This can be a
sensitive area if the  U.S.  EPA intervenes  in situations where a state believes it is doing a good job.
       The U.S. EPA provides states with funding for staff and equipment through an annual grant
process. The U.S. EPA sets national program  priorities annually  in consultation with the states and
then works with  states to develop state/U.S. EPA agreements that specify enforcement priorities that
include national, regional, and state priorities.

       Advantages
       This system of parallel responsibility with the primary role delegated has several advantages:
       •      Program Quality.  The system maintains a continuous national presence. This helps
              ensure that certain minimum program standards are met across the country regardless
              of the resources and capabilities of the individual  states.
       •      Technical Capabilities.  Because it is a national government agency, the U.S. EPA can
              often provide states with technical capabilities that are not available at the state level.
       •      National Consistency.  Involvement at the national level helps ensure
              that  enforcement is practiced fairly and consistently across the nation.
       •      Deterrence. Knowledge that the  national government can and does become involved
              in certain  enforcement actions helps  contribute to deterrence.
       •      Fostering  Competition. The national government routinely monitors and reports on
              progress and success in individual states.  Results  in individual states can easily be
              compared. This has resulted in a healthy sense of competition among some states that
              has improved program success.
       •      Improved Program Effectiveness.  Those closest to a problem are most likely to spot
              the problem and correct it in a  timely manner.  Shifting the primary responsibility for
              compliance monitoring and enforcement from the national to a more local level helps
              improve program effectiveness.
       •      Sharing the Financial Burden.  Delegating to state and local  governments also relieves
              the national government of substantial financial burden for enforcement programs.
                                               8-3

-------
112                               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       Disadvantages

       •      Parallel authority may lead to duplication of effort and confusion of roles.

       Clarifying Roles and Responsibilities

       In the United States, implementing this partnership to most effectively use the limited
resources of each government  level has been a continual challenge.  The U.S. EPA has interpreted
the partnership differently at different times, and consequently varied its level of involvement.  To
stabilize  the partnership,  a special steering committee of about 30 federal and state representatives
was established in 1984 to establish a policy for implementing joint state/national programs.  The
policy aims to create a state/national relationship that can ensure firm, fair, and effective enforcement
that makes efficient use of scarce state and national resources.  This  policy clarified the U.S. EPA's
role in overseeing state programs and in taking direct enforcement actions.  The policy is
implemented through annual agreements.  Progress is reviewed  regularly by the steering committee.
       Oversight Role.  The U.S. EPA now has clear criteria for evaluating performance of its own
and state programs.  Most programs  must:
               Clearly identify the regulated community and establish priorities for enforcement.
               Have clear enforceable requirements.
               Monitor compliance accurately and reliably.
               Maintain  high or improving rates of compliance.
               Respond in a timely and appropriate way to violations.
               Use penalties and other sanctions appropriately  to create deterrence.
               Maintain  accurate records and provide accurate  reports.
               Have sound overall program management.
       The U.S. EPA reviews state performance on a regular basis.  It uses these criteria to identify
areas at the state or local level where programs are not performing adequately. Program evaluation
takes into account specific conditions in each state.  The policy  framework suggests action the U.S.
EPA can take to improve performance.  These actions include information exchange, technical
assistance, and additional grant funds.  In rare instances, state program approval may be withdrawn or
the U.S.  EPA may take direct  federal enforcement action, as described below, where the state
response has  not been adequate.  The U.S. EPA also identifies  and publicizes information about
successful state programs so that other state programs can learn from their approach.
       Direct Federal Enforcement. The U.S. EPA has established clear criteria for when and how
it will become directly involved in enforcement.  The U.S. EPA will consider becoming involved only
if at least one of these conditions applies:
       •      A state requests U.S. EPA involvement.
       •      The state action is not timely and appropriate.
       •      The case would set a national legal or program precedent.
       •      A U.S. EPA  or federal court order has been violated.
If one of those four conditions does apply, the U.S. EPA may consider these additional factors when
deciding  whether or not to become involved:
       •      The case is nationally significant  (e.g., involves a significant noncomplier, or affects
               national priorities).
               The violation significantly threatens public health or environmental quality.
               The violator  is  gaining significant economic benefit.
               The case affects other states.
               The case involves a repeat violator.
               State authority is inadequate.
       The policy dictates that if the U.S. EPA does become involved, it should do so with maximum
respect for the state program and its public image. For example, the U.S. EPA usually provides
advance notice and  consults  with the state before it takes any action.  Consultation allows the two
levels of government to determine how the U.S. EPA can best complement state activities.  The U.S.
EPA may offer to take joint action with the state, use state data and witnesses, involve the states in
developing and/or settling the  case, issue joint press releases, share credit with the state, continually

                                                8-4

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                                113
inform states about what actions are being taken and why, and occasionally consider withdrawing if
state action seems sufficient to achieve the enforcement goal.
       The biggest area of conflict  remains differing state and U.S. EPA views on the schedule and
severity of response actions. Historically, states have preferred informal responses because of their
lower cost and have been reluctant to impose significant monetary penalties. Recently, however, this
gap has been closing.  The U.S. EPA encourages, and is actively considering requiring, states to
impose monetary penalties that at least recover the benefit of noncompliance.
       Whether the U.S. EPA actually becomes involved depends, in part, on whether the state is
taking sufficient  enforcement action on its own.  EPA's willingness to use its own authority for direct
enforcement is perhaps the most important leverage it has with state programs.

       The Netherlands' Experience:  Divided Responsibilities

       In the Netherlands, environmental quality is regulated primarily through a licensing system
authorized under various environmental laws.  Responsibilities for licensing and enforcement are
divided among the three levels of government:  national (or central), provincial, and municipal.  The
national government is responsible for nuclear power stations and processors of chemical waste.
Provinces are responsible for licensing large industries such as chemical and power plants that are
major pollution sources.  The remaining regulated firms, which comprise the vast majority of the
regulated community,  are the responsibility of the approximately 650 municipalities in  the
Netherlands.
       Until recently, the municipalities were required to  issue so many licenses relative to their
resources that they fell far behind in licensing and even further behind in compliance monitoring.  In
the past few years, these  three levels of government have worked cooperatively to review their
enforcement programs and design and implement changes to improve their effectiveness.  The
national government provided several "start-up" resources, in the form of funding, training, and
specialized expertise, to help provinces and municipalities design more effective programs.  The three
government  levels also clarified their roles and responsibilities,  and developed ways to  encourage
cooperation  and sharing of resources among municipalities. The ultimate goal is  to transfer as much
of the implementation responsibility as possible to the intermunicipal associations. This partnership
model is relatively new (as of 1990) and will continue to be developed over time.

       The  Public Nuisance Act

       The  Public Nuisance Act, originally passed in 1875, required municipalities to license almost
any activity (e.g., a fire hydrant booster) that  could have an environmental impact.  The licensing
burden was so great that municipalities were unable to meet it.  A 1977 survey showed that over two-
thirds of regulated firms did not have the necessary  licenses, and that municipalities  generally
conducted inspections only when they had received a serious complaint from the public.
Consequently, many forms of pollution went undetected.  To solve this problem, the Netherlands
amended the Act to reduce the administrative burden to municipalities.  Now, simpler operations,
such as bakeries, garages, and dry cleaning establishments, are governed by general regulations at the
central level. These operations need only notify the municipal authority before beginning an activity
governed by the regulations.
       To encourage  enforcement,  the central government provided funds in the early 1980s to
municipalities to develop an environmental compliance strategy, which was called a "Public Nuisance
Act Implementation Plan."  Municipalities receiving funding were asked to identify the regulated
communities, develop priorities for licensing, and determine the organizational changes necessary to
ensure that the municipality could achieve an acceptable level of compliance.  About 90% of the
municipalities established a program, although some did not implement it.

       Chemical Waste Act

       The  Chemical Waste Act requires firms that generate chemical wastes to  surrender their
wastes to collectors and processors licensed by the national authorities. In the early 1980s, there were

                                                8-5

-------
 114                               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
major compliance problems.  Many waste generators avoided compliance by mixing chemical waste
with nontoxic waste, discharging chemical waste down sewers, or simply discharging it onto the
ground.
       In 1984, the central government launched a stricter enforcement program by enlisting the
support of municipalities.  The national authorities retained responsibility for monitoring the activities
of the collecting and processing firms.  Municipalities became responsible for monitoring compliance
of the more than 200,000 firms in the Netherlands that generate chemical waste.  The central
authorities provided substantial support to municipalities to develop an effective enforcement
program.  They financed inspection projects at the municipal level. Municipalities were encouraged
to cooperate with one another when  conducting inspections.  The central government also developed
a program to train municipal inspectors in enforcement of criminal law, report writing, and social
skills. Inspections were performed on a sector-by-sector basis, so that all firms of a particular  type
within a particular area were checked during each round of inspection.  The central government also
developed educational materials  about  the regulatory requirements that were distributed to the
regulated community during the  inspections. Some 80% of regulated firms were found to be unaware
of their legal responsibilities.

       Involving the Local Police

       The national authorities debated whether to set up a separate environmental police force.
They decided instead to enlist the support of the local police who patrol the local environment 24
hours a day and are well-versed in  criminal enforcement.  With national funds, the local police have
been trained in environmental enforcement, and provided with sampling equipment, with the
technical support of environmental specialists, and with subsidies to perform inspections. They work
in close cooperation with the local  environmental authorities, and have formed special regions  that
have expertise in environmental crime.  This has resulted in a substantial increase in environmental
prosecutions. As of 1990, this new role for the police is still  evolving.

       Encouraging Cooperation

       To evaluate the  effectiveness  of the new chemical waste  enforcement program, the central
government sponsored workshops in five parts of the Netherlands.  These workshops brought together
the many different types of individuals  involved in environmental programs:  administrators of
municipalities and provinces, police administrators, public prosecutors, public health officials, and civil
servants. The purpose of the workshops was to exchange experience, discuss strategies,  and identify
problems.
       The most serious problem identified was the lack of financial resources needed to maintain a
sufficient permanent staff.  In the Netherlands, the municipal environmental programs are funded by
the national government.  An independent study confirmed that  municipal environmental budgets
were deficient.  To solve this problem,  the central government increased the funds for municipal
environmental programs, and worked with  the Union of Netherlands Municipalities to encourage
intermunicipal cooperation so that  these resources can be shared to achieve high compliance levels.
       Municipalities are  now directly  accountable to the municipal councils and the Inspectorate for
Environmental Protection.  All municipalities with fewer than 70,000 residents must cooperate  if they
want to  receive increased financing.  Larger municipalities are free to use the funding to improve
their own programs, but receive an additional 25% if they cooperate with other municipalities.  When
applying for the subsidy, municipalities  must demonstrate how they will achieve the required licensing
and enforcement standards by 1995.  Municipalities must submit an annual report to the municipal
council on the progress and status of the enforcement program.  The Regional Inspector for
Environmental Protection, an official of the central government, must comment on the subsidy
application and the draft annual  report.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                                115
       Clarifying Roles

       Under the new enforcement program, the central government remains responsible for setting
priorities in consultation with the provincial and municipal levels. These priorities influence program
planning at the provincial  and municipal levels.  Each municipality retains administrative
responsibility for any corrective action taken against violators. Municipal officials involved in the
program (alderman, public prosecutor, police administrator,  and administrators of the water control
and purification boards, etc.) are required to meet periodically to set priorities, develop plans, share
experience, and monitor various activities.

       Industry Support

       The Netherlands is also trying to  enlist the support of industry by promoting environmental
auditing (see Chapter 5).  The central government is implementing pilot projects to introduce the
concept and exploring the idea of providing environmental advisors that will assist firms in setting up
their own self-care systems.  It is encouraging industry to form regional agencies that could provide
auditing assistance upon request. The government is working to create a new professional ethic in
industry:  that violating environmental regulations is inconsistent with the professional code of
conduct that well-managed firms are expected to obey.
ROLE OF OTHER GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS

       Several government institutions can have significant impact on the design and operation of
enforcement programs.  Most significant are the legislative (lawmaking), executive  (management and
budget),  and judicial (legal) institutions, as well as any agencies that have programs in areas related to
the environment. The particular institutions and the nature of their impact will depend on the
governmental infrastructure of each country.  Institutions with an impact will be those that:
               Identify the need for legislation.
               Create environmental laws.
               Determine budgets.
               Track program progress and success.
               Bring legal action.
               Oversee activities related to environmental management.
               Identify violators of the laws.

       Legislative Institutions

       The legislative institutions  probably have the greatest impact on program development.  They
create the laws that define the environmental goals to be met, the authority and flexibility to meet
those goals, and the level of funding.  Legislative institutions can become involved  in policy and
implementation decisions by issuing amendments to laws that impose certain  duties on the executive
institutions.  The legislative institution can impose deadlines that executive institution must meet.

       Executive Institutions

       The executive institutions are often responsible for identifying the  need for legislation and for
enforcing the legislation once it has been enacted.  The executive institution is usually the
environmental agency of the country or region. This agency may have its own administrative law
judges. They provide an internal mechanism for enforcing administrative orders and appealing
agency actions.
       An executive institution may also supply the lawyers responsible for taking  legal action against
violators. If this institution is not the environmental agency itself, an interagency agreement can be
important to define the conditions for services between the two executive institutions.  U.S. programs
often experienced difficulty in getting sufficient attorney time and cooperation to prosecute good

                                                8-7

-------
116                                INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
cases.  These difficulties were largely overcome by involving attorneys early in the development of
compliance strategies and by planning for individual cases.

       Judicial Institutions

       In some countries (e.g., the United States) judicial institutions are responsible for interpreting
the laws. They may also impose requirements on the executive institution, for example, by requiring
that it  use certain rulemaking procedures if it wants those rules to be upheld in court.  Courts may
provide a forum for taking enforcement action, for prosecution, and for enforcing administrative
orders  (if the court is so  authorized).  Courts can also play a significant role in assessing sanctions.

       Agencies with Jurisdiction in Areas Related to Environmental Management

       Many government agencies may have authority in areas that affect or will be affected by
environmental management. These include:
       •     Health-related  agencies responsible for food safety, occupational health  and safety,
              consumer products, pesticide use, etc.
       •     Natural resource management agencies, responsible for water,  energy, minerals,
              forests,  etc.  Development of these resources can significantly effect pollution
              abatement.
       •     Land use planning agencies, responsible for community development, industrial siting,
              transportation,  etc.
       •     Agencies  that regulate industry and commerce.
       •     Agricultural agencies.
       •     Criminal investigation and enforcement agencies.
       •     Customs.  (For example, in the Netherlands, the Customs  Department is helping the
              Environmental  Inspectorate by watching for and taking samples from imported
              materials  that may violate a Dutch law prohibiting  use of cadmium as a  pigment or
              stabilizing agent in plastic.  Further investigation is carried out by the Inspectorate.)
              Similarly, in the United States, agreements between the U.S. EPA and the U.S.
              Customs Service enhance enforcement of import and export requirements.
       Competition or conflict between two government  agencies  because of overlapping authorities
can dilute the impact of both programs. Conversely, constructive cooperation can strengthen both
programs through increased efficiency and by identifying gaps in regulatory programs.  Approaches  to
achieving integration among related agencies include:
       •     Integrating the responsible departments into one unit.
       •     Developing  interagency agreements and memorandums of understanding that establish
              clear mechanisms and procedures for handling areas of overlapping authority  and/or
              mutual interest.
              Ad hoc joint efforts such as joint research programs.
              Formal review  of each agency's proposals  by the other.
              Review of proposals by reference.
              Establishing special councils that are independent of each  agency.
              Establish  an independent government entity or commission.

       Police

       Local police and  other government personnel involved in identifying and apprehending
criminals can be a valuable resource for detecting violations of environmental laws.   In  the
Netherlands,  the local police are serving as the inspection and enforcement arm of enforcement
programs.  To serve in this  role, the police must be appropYiately trained, provided with the necessary
sampling equipment, and have the technical  support of environmental specialists as needed.  The
Netherlands has set up regional police centers that specialize in environmental crime, and has
provided subsidies to the police for inspection projects. The police are responsible for surveillance
and, in the case of simple environmental crimes, investigation.  They also  play an important role in

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                                117


containing and fighting more serious environmental crimes, including organized environmental crime.
Use of local police as inspectors has been very successful: the number of prosecutions has increased
substantially in recent years, and the public image of the police has substantially improved.
       In the United States, the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), a national government
agency for criminal investigation and enforcement, assists the U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency
in investigating and apprehending  environmental criminals.  The FBI and the U.S. EPA also provide
joint training programs.


ROLE OF NONGOVERNMENT GROUPS

       Several private organizations can have a critical  influence on  program success and efficiency.
As described in Chapter 7, these groups may directly or indirectly influence enforcement. These
groups can be valuable allies in efforts to improve environmental quality.  Government enforcement
programs will benefit by working with these groups wherever possible and appropriate.

       Industry Associations

       Industry or trade associations track and publicize developments that may affect their
members. They may try to influence environmental legislation or programs as they are being
developed.  They may also serve as valuable channels for disseminating information on requirements,
methods of complying, and compliance  activities. Their dissemination channels include newsletters,
journals, databases, and conferences. Associations  of firms that make pollution monitoring
equipment or control devices  have strong economic incentives to disseminate information about
environmental requirements.

       Associations of Government Officials

       These associations are nongovernment entities that provide a forum for government officials
(e.g.,  mayors, governors) to work together in solving issues of mutual concern.  Like industry
associations,  these groups track and publicize developments that may affect their members.  These
associations provide a resource for disseminating information and a forum for comment  and
recommendations concerning environmental management programs.

       Professional and Technical Societies

       Specialized professionals advise both government officials and the  regulated communities on
compliance issues. Their societies therefore  have a strong incentive  to track and disseminate
information on regulatory developments.  They may also try to  influence regulatory decisions and
compliance strategies they disagree with.  In the United States, some of these societies independently
develop industry standards. Sometimes, the U.S. EPA has adopted their standards into compliance
strategies.

       Trade Unions and Workers' Councils

       Enforcement programs can have substantial impact on workers. For example, workers are
generally members of the local community and would benefit by the improved environmental quality
that may result from enforcement actions. Conversely,  enforcement  actions that result in substantial
process changes or shut down of an operation may result in some unemployment.  Consequently,
workers will  have strong feelings and opinions in some enforcement  situations.  Most countries have
associations or groups that represent the interests of workers. The participation of Workers' Councils
or other groups that represent workers at  a particular facility will be important to success of
enforcement actions  at that facility. Trade unions or other organizations that represent  workers at a
regional or national level may become involved in development of requirements and policy  for
enforcement. Individual workers  may also report violations by  their  facilities to authorities.

-------
 118                                INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


        Universities

        Some universities are important centers for environmental professionals and may function
 much like the professional societies described above in supporting and influencing enforcement
 programs.

        Insurance Companies

        In many countries, private citizens can sue industry for personal  injury or property damage
 caused  by certain types of environmentally related activities.  In theory,  insurance companies that end
 up paying the cost of the suit should have an incentive to educate their clients about environmental
 requirements and assist them in compliance.  These companies are therefore a potential ally for
 government agencies running enforcement  programs.

        Public Interest Groups

        Citizens can play a major role in shaping and implementing environmental enforcement
 programs. With a stake in environmental quality, citizens may seek to influence environmental
 legislation and enforcement programs through lobbying efforts.  Usually these efforts are coordinated
 by public interest groups. These groups may collect and publicize data on environmental quality and
 compliance levels in an effort to influence program priorities. If monitoring data collected by the
 program are  made publicly available, these groups may track the data and, if the law allows, file
 citizen suits against the environmental agency for not doing its job, and/or against individual violators
 for violating the law.
        Public interest groups also play an important role in disseminating information to regulated
 communities and to  citizens who are concerned about environmental  quality.  Citizens may also play
 an important role as environmental watchdogs, spotting violations occurring on a local level that may
 escape notice by enforcement officials.  Public interest groups can be an important means of enlisting
 citizen involvement.

        Use of Independent Contractors to Supplement Government Personnel

        Private firms may be able to provide more faster and cost-effective services than government
 agencies.  Enforcement officials may therefore contract some of their responsibilities to private firms.
 One issue in  using contractors is ensuring the quality of their work  (see Chapter 10).
        Private companies have proven to be a valuable resource for inspection in the Netherlands
 during personnel shortages and work backlogs.  Clear agreements are made about how the activities
 are to be  carried out and how violations will be reported and responded  to. Any official action in
 response to a violation is taken by authorized government inspectors.   This combined public/private
 approach  has often been effective, and efficient, and can produce faster  results than a solely public
 approach. Dutch government officials have been careful to provide adequate, competent leadership
 and to clearly define the "private" inspectors'  authority. This approach is also used in many U.S.
 programs.

        Special Centers

        National and regional enforcement programs may find it beneficial to establish regional
centers  that offer specialized services such as training and technical assistance to provincial or local
programs. These centers can serve as a repository for specialized resources that might otherwise be
unavailable to or unaffordable by more local programs. Such centers can also serve as a forum for
exchange of information and ideas about effective programs, and can  enhance cooperation  and
communication among different programs.  The United States, for example, has established a
National Enforcement Investigations Center (NEIC) in Denver, Colorado, that serves as a technical
resource and investigative unit for developing legal cases against violators. It maintains a staff of
trained  investigators  that are available to participate in enforcement actions anywhere in the country.

                                              8-10

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             119
These investigators are skilled in a broad range of technical areas, such as groundwater monitoring
and hazardous waste sampling.
                                            8-11

-------
120                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               121

       9. EVALUATING PROGRAM SUCCESS AND ESTABLISHING ACCOUNTABILITY
INTRODUCTION

       Information can be a powerful and vital tool for successfully implementing an enforcement
program.  Information about program activities and results can ensure that individuals responsible for
pursuing enforcement are, in fact, doing so consistently and fairly using established procedures and
strategies.  Information can help managers adjust enforcement programs to changing conditions and
lessons learned as the program is implemented.  Periodic program evaluations to gather information
about program activities and results serve many purposes:
       •      Evaluating Program Strategy. Evaluation helps program managers determine whether
               the strategies they are using to achieve compliance are working.  Results of
               evaluations are used as a basis for identifying problem  areas and making changes to
               improve effectiveness.
       •      Internal Accountability.  Periodic evaluations of success provide a basis for
               establishing a system to  hold program personnel accountable for the implementation
               and effectiveness of the program. Establishing an accountability system involves
               defining performance goals and/or measures, obtaining commitments  from program
               personnel to achieve those goals/measures, and evaluating their performance against
               those goals/measures.  Where necessary,  action is taken to improve performance.
               Accountability is valuable to ensure the quality of the program at all  levels,  from
               entry-level personnel to  senior management.
       •      Creating Deterrence.  Periodic reporting of program activities and successes to the
               regulated  community contributes to deterrence by raising awareness that there is a
               good chance violations will be identified  and responded to. Such reporting will be
               effective only if the program has been active and  successful.
       •      Public Accountability.  In some countries, enforcement programs may be required by
               law to report their progress and achievements to the public.  Program evaluation
               provides the basis for public accountability.  This  accountability can be an important
               force in shaping program strategies and priorities.  The U.S. enforcement program, for
               example, is continually scrutinized by the members of the U.S. Congress, who were
               elected  by the public. Members  of Congress may request  hearings and reports to
               learn about program activities. Members of the public may contact their
               Congressional representatives at  any time to express satisfaction or dissatisfaction with
               a program.
This chapter discusses issues in and approaches to evaluating program success.
ISSUES IN MEASURING SUCCESS

       Measuring the success of a enforcement program is not easy. In the United States, there is a
continuing debate about how success should be measured.  Many parameters can be used to evaluate
program effectiveness.  Some measure results, such as improvement in environmental quality and
rates of compliance.  Some measure activity levels such as inspections and enforcement actions that
contribute to deterrence.  Others provide qualitative assessments of program performance and
direction.   Program measures include (see also Figure 9-1):
              Environmental results.
              Compliance rates.
              Progress in returning significant violators to compliance.
              Measures  of compliance monitoring.
              Number of enforcement responses.
              Timeliness of enforcement responses.
              Monetary penalties assessed.
              Measures  of technical assistance.

                                               9-1

-------
  122
                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
      Enforcement
       Response
Measures of Success

   / Environmental Results
   / Compliance Rates
   S Progress in Returning Significant
    Violators to Compliance
   / Measures of Compliance Monitoring
   S Number of Enforcement Actions
   /Timeliness of Enforcement Responses
   /" Monetary Penalties Assessed
         Measures of Success
           • Environmental Results
           S Compliance Rates
           / Measures of Technical Assistance
                 Compliance
                  Promotion
Figure 9-1. Measures of Success in Compliance Promotion and Enforcement Response
                                 9-2

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               123
       Each of these measures (discussed below) has advantages and disadvantages. Several
measures must be used to gain a meaningful assessment of program effectiveness.  Key questions to
ask when considering which measures to use include:
              How accurate is the measure?
              What resources are needed to obtain the necessary data?
              How frequently should data be collected?
              Who will collect the data?
              How should the data be reported, and to whom?
              Who will analyze the  data?  What will they analyze for?
              Where will the data be stored?
              Will the data be computerized?
       Collecting and processing reliable information on compliance and enforcement can be a
constant challenge.  For example, all  personnel involved in gathering or analyzing data need to clearly
understand exactly what data should be reported.  Problems can arise if different individuals within a
program have different interpretations of what data are needed.
       Another challenge is that different levels of an enforcement program may have different  data
needs. Local personnel, for example, may prefer to focus their resources on data they consider
valuable for evaluating program performance.  Program personnel at a national level may have
different priorities.  National  data systems will benefit if they are designed from  the bottom up.  Since
local personnel collect the data, they  will have a greater incentive to gather accurate data if they
believe the data will be useful to them.
       Mechanisms will be needed to gather and store the data, and to transfer it at appropriate
intervals to other program levels that will analyze the data.  A schedule for issuing reports of the
analysis will also be needed.   Policymakers may also wish to conduct special studies to analyze
program strategy and success, and recommend improvements.  These studies could examine issues
such as:
       •      The effectiveness of various program policies, e.g., which promotional vehicles were
              successful in reaching the regulated community, the policy for identifying  and
              screening violators.
       •      The effectiveness of various enforcement techniques.
Such analysis would be useful when reviewing and refining program priorities and strategies.
MEASURES  OF SUCCESS

       Success can be measured in two basic ways.  One way involves setting goals or targets (for
example: a certain number of inspections should be conducted each year), and then comparing actual
activity to the goal. The second way involves tracking results, i.e., looking for trends and changes in
activities or results over time (for example, a finding that 25% more inspections were conducted this
year than last year may indicate an improvement in this activity).  Tracking can either be routine
(e.g., annually) or periodic.   Tracking can be applied to any of the success measures described below.
The goal-setting approach works only when realistic goals can be set; this is possible and appropriate
for only some of these measures, as described below.

       Environmental Results

       Improved environmental quality is the ultimate goal of any environmental program and
therefore is the most desirable measure of success. The types of environmental results that can be
measured include overall environmental quality, reduction in pollutant releases, and risk reduction.
Unfortunately, these measures have several shortcomings:
       •     There  can be a significant lag time between  the compliance promotion and/or
              enforcement  response activity and the resulting improvement in environmental quality.
       •     It is hard to link changes in environmental quality to specific sources or specific
              compliance actions.


                                               9-3

-------
 124                               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


        •      Other factors, such as changing weather patterns or economic conditions, may affect
               environmental quality and therefore the accuracy of this measure.
        •      Compliance with some environmental requirements does not result in measurable
               improvements in environmental quality.

        Compliance Rates

        Compliance rates are one of the best overall measures of enforcement success. High
 compliance rates are the ultimate goal of most U.S. programs.  Nevertheless, this measure also has
 shortcomings:

        •      Compliance rates rely on  the thoroughness and frequency of inspections and/or on the
               accuracy of self-reported data.  Compliance rates will not be reliable if these data are
               not thorough or accurate  enough.
        •      A lower compliance rate may mean that the program is doing a good job  of detecting
               violations, that the program is using stringent standards for compliance, and/or that
               the regulatory requirements are stringent.
        •      A high compliance rate can be misleading if the most significant pollution sources
               remain out of compliance, or if sources in compliance fail to stay in compliance.
        Because of these shortcomings,  U.S. programs find it difficult to hold managers accountable
 for improvements  in compliance rates.  U.S. programs do, however, use compliance rates to suggest
 specific areas requiring management attention.
        If compliance  rates are used as a measure of success, policymakers will  need to agree on what
 constitutes compliance. For example:
        •      Does compliance mean achieving the required emission levels or meeting  a schedule
               for compliance set forth in an enforcement agreement?
        •      Should the compliance rate  cover any and all requirements, no matter  how minor, or
               just the most significant requirements?
        •      How should repeat violations be reported?  For example,  how should sources be
               reported that are in  compliance during the reporting period, but which are known to
               regularly go in and out of compliance?
        •      What influence should the percentage of sources of unknown status have on the
               evaluation of compliance rates?  For example, if a particular compliance rate is shown
               for 10% of facilities  for which data exist, what assumptions are made about the other
               90%?
        •      What data gathering is needed to ensure that facilities that are in compliance continue
               to stay  in compliance?

        Progress in Returning Significant Violators to Compliance

        Significant violators are those violators that have the greatest impact on environmental
 quality.  Bringing them into compliance will therefore have the  greatest immediate impact on
 environmental quality.  It may also have an important deterrent effect,  since significant violators are
 often relatively large and well known sources within the regulated communities. This indicator is
 appropriate for both tracking and goal-setting.  It is important to remember that this indicator does
 not provide any measure of success achieved in that portion of the regulated community that are not
 defined as "significant violators."
        The U.S. has used this measure since the late 1970s.  It is one of that country's most
 successful management tools. At first, the U.S. program officials identified the  most significant
 pollution sources throughout the nation and proceeded to take action against them. This effort
 brought many large industries into compliance.  However, enforcement activity declined rapidly when
 this initial list was  exhausted.
        In 1985, the U.S. adopted a new system that does not single out particular industries.
 Policymakers developed national criteria for what constitutes a significant violator.  They  also defined
what actions should be taken for particular types of violations.  Program officials must identify

                                               9-4

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                                125
significant violators in their jurisdiction, and make commitments to taking specific actions against a
certain number of significant violators every 3 months.  Sources are tracked until full compliance is
achieved.  Records are kept of the number of significant violators identified, the number and type of
actions taken, and the results of those actions.  Performance is evaluated based on how closely these
goals are met.  The lists of significant violators are made publicly available.
       This approach has several advantages:
       •       It tracks not only actions taken, but results achieved.  Actions and results can be easily
               associated.
       •       The system encourages actions that will have significant environmental benefits.
       •       Enforcement program managers can analyze the data for patterns of compliance
               across industry, companies, and environmental media.
       •       Publicizing the lists of significant violators may encourage other sources to achieve
               and maintain compliance.

       Measures of Compliance Monitoring

       Another measure of success, appropriate for both tracking and goal-setting, is how well an
enforcement program monitors  compliance.  Several measures can track progress in this area:
       •       The number of inspections.
       •       The quality of inspections.
       •       The appropriateness of the targets of inspection.
       •       The quantity of  self-reported data received.
       •       The quality of self-reported data received.
The number of inspections is probably the easiest of these indicators  to track. This indicator provides
a qualitative measure of program  success  in creating an enforcement  presence.
       The United States uses these indicators in its enforcement programs. Program officials set
goals for and report on the number of inspections.  Policymakers develop national criteria for
effective inspection strategies, and program officials evaluate the strategies against these criteria. The
United States also conducts oversight inspections to assess the quality of program inspections.
Oversight inspections are conducted by program inspectors or consultants either separately or
simultaneously with local inspectors.
       One issue in measuring  compliance monitoring is that well-targeted, high quality inspections
will probably increase the number of violations detected and thus lower the compliance rate.

       Number of Enforcement Responses

       Legal action is the ultimate weapon in the arsenal of environmental enforcement tools.
Measures of enforcement responses may therefore be of particular interest to members of the public
and nongovernment organizations that are concerned about environmental  quality.  In the United
States, for example, this measure is viewed by the public and by the U.S. lawmakers as an indication
of program managers' commitment to gain compliance, and it is therefore closely tracked.
       Despite its potential importance in public relations, this indicator has important
disadvantages:
       •       The fact that an enforcement action has been initiated does not mean that compliance
               will be achieved in a timely and effective manner.  The litigation process can result in
               lengthy delayed compliance schedules.
       •       Legal action is the most costly enforcement response. An emphasis on legal action
               may divert attention and resources from other important program activities essential
               to program success.  This may be a particular concern if the regulated sources  are
               small and numerous.
       •       The number of enforcement responses may depend, in part,  on the degree of
               noncompliance.  For example, it may be easier to bring successful enforcement action
               in the early stages of a program when there are many obvious violators,  than at later
               stages when (if the program has been successful) violations  are less dramatic and less
               obvious.

                                               9-5

-------
126                               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
       To use this indicator, policymakers must decide exactly what will be counted:  total number of
legal cases initiated; a breakdown of the types of cases by severity of violation, number of sites
involved, multiple violations, or repeat violators; the number of cases won, etc. These indicators are
not appropriate for goal-setting, because making program managers responsible for meeting quotas
for enforcement response could undermine the objectivity of the  program in evaluating whether or
not sources are in compliance.

       Timeliness of Enforcement Responses

       One of the best indicators of a program's efficiency is the time it takes to either (1) respond
to a violation, or (2) achieve compliance. Ideally, many types of  enforcement  responses should be as
swift as possible so that the source can be returned to compliance as quickly as possible. Timeliness
can be evaluated by monitoring trends and, sometimes, by comparing actual results against
predetermined goals.  For example, monitoring trends is particularly appropriate for measuring time
to achieve compliance, since so many factors influence this result.  Timeliness can  also be measured
by setting goals for different types of enforcement actions.  Success is then measured by comparing
the actual schedules with these timeliness goals.  Goals can only be set for those types of enforcement
actions that consistently take a predictable time to complete.  These are usually the earlier and more
routine enforcement actions.  Enforcement actions involving later stages of legal procedures are
generally too unpredictable to be evaluated in this way.  Also, timely response may not be possible or
appropriate in some cases, such as criminal cases,  that required detailed investigation before an
enforcement  action is filed.  Care may be necessary to ensure that use of timeliness as a measure of
program  success does not encourage enforcement personnel to take simple administrative action
rather than pursuing a more time-consuming enforcement response.

       Monetary Penalties Assessed

       This indicator is simply the total number and/or value of penalties assessed as a result of
enforcement  actions.  Trends in this indicator are used to measure success, since it is not possible  or
appropriate to set goals for how many penalties should be assessed during  a particular time period or
how severe the penalties should be. This indicator may not be a  good means  of holding managers
accountable for successful enforcement activity because there is generally a significant lag time
(sometimes years) between the initiation of an enforcement action and assessment of a monetary
penalty.
       In the United  States,  reports of the total value of monetary penalties assessed for
environmental violations are prepared annually.

       Measures of Technical Assistance

       One measure of success for programs with an emphasis on compliance promotion is the
extent and effectiveness of technical assistance provided by the program to the regulated community
(see Chapter 5). This success measure is appropriate for both tracking  and goal-setting.  Several
measures can track progress in this area:
       •     The number of facilities that have received technical assistance.
       •     The increased compliance achieved by facilities receiving technical  assistance.

       Other Measures

       The search for useful measures of enforcement success is an ongoing and creative process.
Other measures  in addition to those described above may prove useful, such as the rate of recidivism
(i.e., Do  those subject to enforcement response maintain or improve compliance in the future?) and
                                               9-6

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             127
timeliness of the return to compliance once a violation has been detected (i.e., How quickly is
compliance achieved?).
                                           9-7

-------
128                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                       129
            PART III:  IMPLEMENTATION AND EXPERIENCE

-------
130                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              131
                10.  BUILDING AN EFFECTIVE ENFORCEMENT PROGRAM
       This chapter discusses issues involved in building and managing enforcement programs.
While program structure and resources depend greatly on the roles, responsibilities,  and types of
authorities available and appropriate in each situation, some steps and decisions are common to
the development of most programs.
PERSONNEL

       Role of Program Personnel

       Usually enforcement programs draw upon a mix of skills and expertise, including
engineering, scientific, legal, and administrative.  These individuals will need to work together
effectively to identify and respond to violations.
       One key decision in assigning roles to program personnel is the degree to which inspectors
will become involved in following up on violations they have detected.  In some programs,
inspectors focus on inspections, while other technical and legal staff are responsible for taking
action against violators.  In other programs, inspectors play a  major role in enforcement response.
       Clearly defining the roles of the individuals involved in enforcement  provides a basis for
efficiency and cooperation. In many countries, technical and legal personnel work hand in hand
to develop  enforcement  cases. Table 10-1 shows some of the  responsibilities typically undertaken
by technical and legal staff as they work to identify a violator  and develop a case.

       Staffing Level

       Ideally, an  enforcement program will have sufficient staff to meet program objectives.  In
reality, program objectives may be based, in part, on the staffing level  that can be achieved with
available program  resources.  Thus,  staffing and program strategies are often interrelated.
       The program strategy will define the frequency of inspections and the amount of personnel
time required to conduct them. Inspection time includes time for the inspection itself, as well as
time to plan the inspection and follow it up with written  reports and other actions.  The time
required before and after the inspection may be twice as long as the inspection itself.
       Policymakers will also need to ensure a balance of staffing among the various program
functions, to avoid creating bottlenecks due to inadequate staff in a particular area.  For example,
too much emphasis on identifying violations could mean  that many identified violations are not
addressed and, as a result, the program loses credibility and operates inefficiently.

       Training

       Developing the breadth and  depth of expertise needed to run a enforcement program is
challenging. There are no easy answers to obtaining the right skill mix. Enforcement is such a
highly specialized area that some training must occur on the job, either formally,  through training
programs, or informally, e.g., by pairing a new employee with  a more experienced employee
performing the same function.
       Integrated  training (i.e., training designed to develop basic skills in a variety of expertise
areas) is valuable to develop the interdisciplinary skills .essential to enforcement, and also to build
team spirit and a basis of mutual understanding and knowledge essential for future cooperation.
The U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency, for example, is developing a national training
institute that could provide an integrated  training opportunity for inspectors, lawyers, and other
program staff at all levels of government.
                                             10-1

-------
TABLE 10-1. TYPICAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF TECHNICAL AND LEGAL STAFF

                IN ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                                                                                      u
                                                                                      ro
Stage in Enforcement Response
1. Determine whether facility
is in compliance.
2. Determine enforcement
response to a violation.
3. Attempt to negotiate
settlement out of court.
4. Develop a civil or criminal
case.
5. Present the case in court.
Typical Technical Staff
Responsibilities
Gather information about
the nature and cause of the
violation, and what the
violator could have done to
prevent it.
Assess seriousness of
violation.
Prepare formal response.


Appear in court to defend
technical judgments about a
case.
Typical Legal Staff
Responsibilities
Obtain access to facility via
search warrant.
Assess whether the source has
violated the law. Determine
what legal action is possible.
Review formal response.


Appear in court to present
and argue the case.
Joint Responsibilities

Determine enforcement
action.
Negotiate settlement with
violating facility.
Discuss and gather evidence
needed for a civil or criminal
action. Negotiate with
facility. Prepare for hearings.

                                                                                      >


                                                                                      6
                                                                                      O
                                                                                      o
                                                                                      m

                                                                                      O


                                                                                      m
                                                                                      33
                                                                                      o
                                                                                      m



                                                                                      1
                                                                                      JO
                                                                                      o

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              133
       Environmental requirements are changing and complex.  Specialized training is often also
needed to build a depth of expertise in various program areas and to retrain staff as requirements
change or as program strategy is modified.
       Fairness and equity are important elements of an effective enforcement program.
Training program staff in professional standards of conduct provides an important basis for
program credibility.

       Use of Third Parties

       Some enforcement programs use contractors or other third parties to perform certain
program functions, e.g., inspections. Third parties can be particularly  useful:
       •      To compensate for shortages of government personnel.
       •      To ensure adequate staffing during stages of a program (e.g., the first round of
              inspections) that require more personnel than usual.
       •      To work through backlogs.
       •      To provide specialized expertise that is not readily available within  the government
              agency.
Use of third parties raises several issues:
       •      Qualifications.  There may need to be some means to ensure that these third
              parties  are suitably qualified and knowledgeable to perform inspections using the
              procedures established by the program. For example, third parties  can be required
              to complete a particular training course, or to acquire a particular type of
              certification.
       •      Confidentiality. Information acquired during an inspection is generally
              confidential.  Some mechanism will be needed to ensure that the information
              gathered by third parties remains confidential.
       •      Fairness and Consistency.  Information gathered during an inspection forms the
              basis for a decision that a violation has occurred and an enforcement action should
              be taken. Use of third party inspectors may raise concerns about whether decisions
              made based on the results of third party inspections are consistent with  decisions
              made based on information gathered by program inspectors.
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

       As discussed in earlier chapters, information on the regulated community, on violations,
and on program activities is important to program management.  Such information  is used to
develop priorities and strategies to most effectively use program resources (Chapter 4); to monitor
compliance (Chapter 6); to evaluate  progress in meeting program objectives (Chapter 9).
       An enforcement program will benefit by having some system for information
management.  Systems vary in different environmental programs and different countries,
depending on the amount of information to be managed and on the resources available for
management.  Where possible, computerized systems are valuable because they allow rapid and
sophisticated information storage, retrieval,  and analysis.
       Regardless of the kind of system, information management planning is important to
program effectiveness. Basic issues to address in  planning include:
              What information should be obtained?
              Who is responsible for obtaining it?
              Who is responsible for recording it?
              How long should the information be maintained in the files?
              What types of information analysis will be  performed?
              Who will perform these analyses and how frequently?
                                            10-3

-------
134                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
       •      What, if any, information is confidential?
       •      What, if any, information should be released to the public?
       In the Netherlands, the government has embarked on a two-year program to inventory the
compliance status of the 900 companies that hold permits for processing hazardous waste.
Inspectors complete a checklist for each company and transmit the results to a central computer.
The information system is set  up to generate  sector-specific reports on compliance behavior,
permit quality, and environmental impacts. The inspectors have received intensive training,
supported by written materials, about how to obtain, record, and transmit data.  The results are
being used to support policy development  for hazardous waste processing.
PROGRAM FUNDING

       Funding is clearly an important issue in establishing an enforcement program.
Enforcement programs in different countries use a variety of funding sources.  These include:
       •      General Revenues. Many countries fund environmental programs, including
              enforcement programs, by allocating funds from general revenues, e.g., income or
              sales taxes on industry and/or private citizens.
       •      Pollution Taxes or Fees.  Enforcement programs can be funded by taxes levied on
              or fees charged to facilities based on the amount and/or toxicity of their pollution.
       •      Inspection Charge. Some programs obtain income by charging facilities for
              inspections.  This is the approach taken in Sweden.
       •      Permit or License Charge.  Program income can be obtained by charging facilities
              for obtaining a permit or license.
       •      Monetary Penalties. Policymakers will need to decide what will be done with
              monetary penalties collected under the program.  These can either be deposited in
              a general government or  environmental program fund, or used directly to pay for
              enforcement program expenses.  Using monetary penalties to pay program
              expenses is an approach widely  used by states in the United States but not as yet
              by the national government. One concern with this funding source is that it may
              cause the program to lose credibility if it appears that enforcement actions are
              being taken to increase revenue. If the program is funded through penalties,
              certain processes must be defined in regulations and procedures to ensure equity,
              i.e.,  that the program penalty does not specifically target facilities for enforcement
              because of the potential penalty revenue.
EVOLUTION OF ENFORCEMENT PROGRAMS

       All enforcement programs evolve over time. This section gives examples of how some
established programs have evolved. These examples are not intended as models for evolution.
Rather they demonstrate that enforcement can be successful in the early stages of program
development. They also illustrate how enforcement programs do typically pass through many
different stages  in evolution in response to lessons learned and changing conditions.

       Enforcement as a Priority

       The priority given to enforcement by the government is an important factor contributing
to the success of an environmental program. Both the United States and the Netherlands have
experienced periods where enforcement was not a priority and, consequently, the overall
environmental goals were not being met  effectively. In both cases, these deficiencies catalyzed a
new emphasis on enforcement, with substantial improvements in environmental quality.
                                            10-4

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             135
       In the United States during the late 1970s, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
conducted a major enforcement effort to bring the most significant violators into compliance.
This effort was highly successful.  After 1980, however, there was a precipitous decline in the
number of federal civil suits and other  enforcement activities due to a reorganization of the
program and a widely shared perception that enforcement was no longer emphasized by senior
Agency officials.
       In a much-publicized turnaround, a new management team was brought to head the U.S.
EPA in the early 1980s.  Enforcement strategies were reconstructed in 1984, and enforcement was
emphasized repeatedly by the new Administrator and his Deputy. However, this was not
sufficient. So, a new management apparatus was put in place to revitalize  the enforcement effort,
and to systematize and restructure enforcement so that  it would no longer be subject to the whims
of management.  The U.S. EPA now has well-defined strategies, measures, and systems to manage
enforcement to an unprecedented degree.  Enforcement continues to be a priority for the U.S.
EPA. This management emphasis on enforcement has provided an important foundation for the
program to evolve during the 1980s and early 1990s in response  to the new challenges and
changing conditions.
       In the Netherlands, many environmental scandals involving hazardous waste came to light
in the late 1970s and early 1980s.  The  nation's laws regarding hazardous waste  were not being
complied with because there was no enforcement program.  To improve this situation, the Dutch
government made enforcement a priority in 1984 by establishing an extensive Multiyear
Intensification Program (MIP). The program's  main objectives were:
       •     Significantly improve the quality of enforcement at the national  level by improving
             the expertise and skills of MIP personnel, allocating more manpower  and resources
             to enforcement,  improving the internal organization of enforcement resources, and
             fostering cooperation among the different groups that would be involved in
             enforcement.
       •     Involve officials  at the provincial and local levels by developing their skills and
             expertise, and by strengthening the Public Prosecutor, and increasing  the
             availability of the police force for enforcement.
       •     Construct a network of cooperation among all the agencies  involved.
       The program was implemented  over a 6-year period and was instrumental in stimulating
enforcement at both the national and local levels.  During this period, the  national government
also developed a total environmental program, the National Environmental Policy Plan. This Plan
further strengthens enforcement by providing financial resources to  the provinces and
municipalities to enable them to bring their permitting and enforcement activities up to an
adequate level over a 4-year period.  Financial resources have also been made available to the
Public Prosecutor and the police to enable them to devote more attention  to enforcement (under
criminal law) of environmental  legislation.

       Evolution of Authorities

       Table 7-1 lists many authorities that may be of value to an enforcement  program.
Enforcement programs typically begin with a much smaller number of authorities. Additional
authorities are added gradually by revising laws after the need for new authorities becomes
apparent from unsuccessful efforts to address problems.  New authorities are sometimes added
based on creative interpretation of existing laws. Even the more mature programs such as those
in the United States continue to add authorities as previously unnoticed gaps are discovered and
as changes in environmental problems create  a need for new authorities that were not previously
needed.
       In Canada, for example, criminal enforcement has been the predominant enforcement
mechanism at the national level. Canadian laws have evolved to provide some very creative
criminal enforcement sentencing conditions.  However, Canadian officials are now actively
considering the need for a complementary civil enforcement program.  There is some discussion

                                            10-5

-------
 136                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


 about whether existing Canadian laws provide sufficient authority to develop a civil enforcement
 program.
       Until recently in the United States, national enforcement programs were predominantly
 civil in nature, even though certain general authorities could have been used for criminal
 enforcement of environmental requirements (e.g., a general prohibition on defrauding the
 government).  Over time, the amount of criminal enforcement has increased as criminal
 authorities have explicitly been strengthened in each of the U.S. environmental laws.  New
 authorities also have been added so that monetary penalties can now be imposed administratively
 as well as through the courts in virtually all U.S. programs. Consequently, civil administrative
 programs  have significantly increased in importance.
       Several U.S. environmental programs began with insufficient authorities to accomplish
 their goals.  For example, the first U.S. laws concerning hazardous waste  did not provide authority
 to correct past environmental damage at ongoing hazardous waste operations.  This authority was
 subsequently added.  The original Clean Air Act  did not provide the federal government with any
 authority to seek or impose monetary penalties.  Consequently, program officials could only seek
 court-ordered compliance schedules.  An authority to impose monetary penalties was added
 several years later.

       Identifying the Regulated Community and Establishing Priorities

       Enforcement  programs with limited resources and information often begin by focussing on
 the few sources that are causing the most severe environmental or public health problems. In the
 United States, for example, national enforcement programs concentrated  first on a relatively  small
 group of major sources to ensure that basic pollution controls were in place.  Early enforcement
 efforts also focussed on particular industries, such as the power and steel  industries, so  that
 enforcement officials could build expertise and precedents for these key pollution sources.
 Priorities became more sophisticated as the  programs evolved.  More recently, priorities are  set
 based on goals of reducing environmental and health  risk and creating deterrence.  In U.S.
 programs, the need to strike a balance between establishing a broad enforcement presence in the
 regulated community and targeting the most serious violators has been handled differently at
 different times.  Simple formulas, such as "inspect all major sources of air or water pollution at
 least once a year," are being replaced by more tailored approaches that are responsive to local
 priorities and needs.

       Compliance Promotion

       A fundamental issue in structuring an enforcement program is how much  emphasis should
be placed on compliance promotion versus enforcement.  The resolution of this issue  depends
greatly on the culture and particular regulatory  situation.  The U.S. water discharge program
provides one example where compliance promotion alone was not as successful at achieving
compliance as compliance promotion combined with enforcement.  Early efforts promoted
compliance by providing municipalities with subsidies to construct sewage treatment systems in
conformance with standards specified by law. Nevertheless, compliance rates were relatively low.
Major results were achieved in a short time period once significant enforcement actions and
accompanying monetary penalties were imposed (see last section of Chapter 7).

       Compliance Monitoring

       A major issue for enforcement programs is training inspectors. Many enforcement
programs rely on-the-job training, with junior staff learning in the field from senior inspectors.
For completely new programs,  many inspectors  learn by experience with each inspection.  As
experience is gained,  inspection guidelines and checklists can be developed.
                                            10-6

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              137
       The development of reliable self-reporting and self-monitoring systems also takes time.
This generally proceeds in several steps.  For example,  a first step can be to ensure that any
equipment needed for self-monitoring is in fact installed and operating.  A next step can be
comparing results across sources to help target inspections. Another step is often development of
a system to manage the information so that it can be more easily accessed and used  by program
personnel.

       Enforcement Response

       Policies for enforcement response  evolve over time as experience is gained and new
authorities are added. In the United States, some enforcement policies are tested before being
made final.  Some enforcement programs  purposefully delay developing enforcement response
and penalty policies until they have some  experience with the actual types of violations that are
emerging and with the best approaches for bringing sources into compliance.

       Roles and Responsibilities

       Several decisions will need to be made in structuring and implementing an enforcement
program: the degree of centralization versus decentralization; the role of technical staff versus
engineers; whether an enforcement program should cover  several environmental media or focus
on one medium.   Whatever decisions are  made, program responsibilities often shift as a program
matures. For example, some centralized programs are  eventually decentralized to take advantage
of expanded resources at the local level.  Also, it may be appropriate to decentralize when
experience gained at the national level can be effectively transferred to the local level.  Some
decentralized programs are centralized when differences among decentralized programs cause
problems in transboundary pollution or when some local programs may be limiting enforcement
to attract industry to the area.
       The role of legal staff may diminish as programs evolve and clear tested legal language
and procedures have been developed and can be made routine. In the United States, for
example, administrative enforcement of many routine violations can now be implemented with
established policies and procedures and little attorney  involvement.
       Historically, U.S. federal enforcement  programs have been structured along separate
program lines. Now there is greater emphasis on multimedia enforcement. Many U.S. state
programs, however, have always had multimedia programs. The United Nations Environment
Programme  strongly advocates a multimedia approach to inspection.

       Evaluation and Accountability

       Many enforcement programs rely on anecdotal information to evaluate success both
internally and externally.  Evaluating program success may not be  a focus in new programs,
particularly if resources are limited and there  is no public demand for information on
enforcement actions. U.S. enforcement programs  now have a fairly complex system  for
accountability and evaluation.  This system evolved over time in response to the need to
effectively manage a decentralized program that retains centralized responsibility for oversight,
and also because  of the highly  public nature of this oversight process.  Also, as resources for
enforcement have almost doubled from 14% of federal environmental personnel in the early 1980s
to 25% in the early 1990s, more attention is being paid to how well those resources are achieving
results.
                                            10-7

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              139
                    11.  CASE STUDIES:  PULLING IT ALL TOGETHER
INTRODUCTION

       This chapter shows five examples of how the enforcement principles and tools described in
the previous chapters have been applied in real-life situations.  Most of these case studies span
several years and illustrate how programs evolve over time.  In several cases, there was limited
enforcement during the first years of managing an environmental problem.  Enforcement became
a higher priority when substantial  noncompliance was documented.  In all cases, enforcement was
clearly effective in achieving significant  increases  in compliance and improvements in
environmental quality.  The case studies show a wide variety of creative solutions to  challenging
compliance problems.
       •      In the first case study, officials in Allegheny County, USA, developed several
              innovative settlement mechanisms  to help ensure compliance with air pollution
              control requirements  by  facilities with financial limitations.  This study also
              demonstrates how the ability to supplement local efforts with support from higher
              levels of government  can provide the "muscle" needed to overcome  challenging
              obstacles  and clear the way for more effective subsequent enforcement at the local
              level. In  addition, this study is a good  example of how potentially adversial
              relationships in enforcement and dispute resolution can be transformed into
              resources for achieving success by  creating  forums for cooperation and dialogue
              among interested,  affected, and concerned parties.
       •      The second case study concerns enforcement, at the local level, of particular waste
              disposal requirements in the Netherlands. It  illustrates a creative approach that
              enabled Dutch officials to achieve  results despite staff shortages and time
              constraints involved in the permitting process. The study also shows the
              importance of considering social and economic factors affecting compliance.
       •      The third case  study describes an evolving program in the Netherlands for
              controlling disposal of liquid waste from ships. The program has achieved
              significant initial success but still faces  many challenges.
       •      The fourth case study, from the USA, shows how national and state enforcement
              efforts succeeded in bringing local municipalities into compliance with wastewater
              treatment requirements.  With support from the Administrator of the U.S. EPA,
              the states, the public, and the  media, federal and state officials were able to create
              a strong and effective enforcement presence.  A carefully thought-out policy and
              management approach guided the  program from its inception.  The program
              permanently altered the  common attitude that it was too difficult for the federal
              and state governments to enforce against municipalities and that such enforcement
              would not result in environmental compliance.
       •      The fifth  case study concerns enforcement of lead regulations in the United States.
              This example describes an enforcement program designed to achieve compliance
              with requirements  of  an  economic incentives-based approach to reduce the lead
              content of gasoline. Enforcement  seems  to have had substantial deterrent power in
              this case.
       As these five examples illustrate, every environmental management situation  is unique and
requires creative application of the many options  described in this text to design an effective
enforcement program capable of achieving the desired results.  These five case studies
demonstrate a range of possible approaches to enforcement, but are by no means  inclusive.  Many
other approaches exist.  As stated Chapter 1, policymakers must make their own choices within
the parameters of the available resources and local cultural factors  to develop an effective
compliance strategy and enforcement program in any  particular situation.
                                            11-1

-------
 140                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


 CASE STUDY 1:     ENFORCEMENT OF AIR REGULATIONS IN ALLEGHENY COUNTY,
                     USA1

       Introduction

       Allegheny County is located in the state of Pennsylvania and is home to the City of
 Pittsburgh (see Figure 11-1).  Since the early nineteenth century, the County has been a major
 steel production center in the United States. Because of its industrial success, the area
 experienced some of the worst air pollution problems in the country.  The County was one of the
 first areas in the country to try to improve air quality and has been in many ways a model for
 successful air pollution control.  Control techniques and standards  developed in the County have
 become models on the national level.  Air quality has substantially improved and no annual
 standards for particulates or sulfur dioxide are  now exceeded in the County. Violations of short-
 term standards are rare and are usually due to breakdown of control equipment.  This
 improvement in air quality is due to strict controls and to a decrease in steel and coke production
 since the late 1970s.  This case study reviews air pollution control in Allegheny
 County with a focus on the two decades from 1970 to 1990, a period of increased  environmental
 concern and substantial economic change.

       County Profile

       Allegheny County, Pennsylvania, is located in the northeastern United States
 (Figure 11-1). The County is approximately 731 square miles (1,893 square kilometers) in area,
with a  population (in 1990) of just over 1.3 million (down from  1.6 million in 1970). Pittsburgh,
located in the center of the County at the confluence of the Allegheny, Monongahela, and Ohio
Rivers, is the County's largest city.
       The County is located in the foothills of the Appalachian mountains, on a peneplain, i.e.,
an elevated area flattened by glaciers.  Three rivers have carved large valleys into the plain:  the
Ohio River, the Allegheny River, and the Monongahela River.  Weather systems often stall at the
Appalachian mountains to the east of the County, creating periods of stagnation in the spring,
fall, and sometimes  the summer that last for several days. The  area experiences about 170 to 200
inversions each year.
       The area has been a major industrial center since the early 1800s.  The primary industries
have been steel, coke, and related industries. There are also a  few chemical plants in the County.
Coal was burned by residents until the early 1950s, when large gas lines were built to service the
area, and by coal-fired power plants (most of which are no longer operating due to the age of
some of the facilities and a decreased demand for power). Almost all homes and commercial
operations  are now gas-fired.  Industrial plants  are generally located in the river valleys, and
residential sections at higher elevations.  Of particular concern  has been a 25-mile (40-kilometer)
stretch of the Monongahela River valley beginning in  Pittsburgh and ending at the County line.
In the  early 1970s, this section contained seven steel mills, including the world's largest coke plant.
       The steel and coke industries were healthy until the late 1970s, when these industries
began to decline throughout the United States due to the availability of steel substitutes and the
import of coke. Production declined steadily in the late 1970s and early 1980s and has remained
relatively constant since the early 1980s.  In the early 1970s, the County had 28 coke batteries; in
1991, only 19 of these were still operating.  The County had nine steel mills in the early 1970s; in
1991, only four remained in operation.
     'This case study was prepared in conjunction with Charles J. Goetz, Enforcement Division
  Administrator, Allegheny County Bureau of Air Pollution.

                                            11-2

-------
  INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
141
   FIGLRE 11-1
HJ.EGHENY COUNTY
PENNSYLVRNIR USR
         XJ
                                  11-3

-------
142                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       Air Pollution Control Before 1970

       During the nineteenth century, as Allegheny County developed into a major industrial
center, emissions  from industrial and residential sources coupled with the area's frequent, stagnant
inversions caused severe pollution problems.  At that time, the City was  described as "hell with its
lid off." Even up  to the 1940s, the pollution was sometimes so dense that street lights in
Pittsburgh had to be turned on in the middle of the day.
       The first efforts at air pollution control began in the late nineteenth century, but were
ineffective until the late 1940s, when a 1941 Pittsburgh smoke control law was finally enforced.
This ordinance regulated both industrial  and residential combustion sources. One of the main
thrusts of the law was a requirement that both industry and residences burn clean fuels.  Similar
pollution control measures were subsequently instituted in other parts of Allegheny County.
       The Allegheny County Health Department took over the duties of the City Smoke Control
Bureau in 1957 and assumed responsibility for air pollution control throughout the County.  In
1960, the County  passed Article XIII, which established a Bureau of Air Pollution Control under
the Health  Department and created some of the strongest particulate control regulations in the
nation.
       During the 1960s, residents  and leaders in Allegheny County, as in other areas of the
United States, became increasingly  concerned about the state of the environment. The state of
Pennsylvania  authorized Allegheny  County to regulate gaseous pollutants.  The County  passed a
new and more encompassing regulation,  Article XVII, in 1970.

       Authority  for Air Pollution Control, 1970-1991

       On the national level, increasing citizen concern for the environment in the 1960s resulted
in the creation in  1970 of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA), the federal
agency responsible for ensuring environmental quality.  The 1970 national Clean Air Act required
the U.S. EPA to establish health-related  National Ambient Air Quality Standards, and it required
each state to  develop and enforce a State Implementation Plans (SIP) to meet these air quality
goals.
       Because of Allegheny County's long involvement in air pollution  control, the state of
Pennsylvania  granted the County the authority to develop and implement the air  pollution control
program for the County.  The County proposed a program that was approved by  the  state of
Pennsylvania  and  subsequently by the U.S. EPA.  With these approvals,  the County program and
regulations became part of Pennsylvania's SIP and are therefore enforceable by the county,  state,
and federal governments.  This relationship has been in effect since 1972.  The state and federal
governments  have become involved in enforcement only in situations where a state or national
presence was important to achieve results.

       Allegheny  County Air Quality Regulations, 1970-1991

       In Allegheny County, regulations  are  developed by the County Department of Health.
They are submitted to the Air Pollution Advisory Committee  (which includes representatives from
industry, academia, city government, and the public—see below) for review and comment.  The
Board of Health then proposes final regulations to the County Commissioners who either approve
or disapprove the regulations, but may not change them.  Because of the County's responsibility
as part of the SIP for Pennsylvania, County regulations must be approved by both state and
federal governments.
       During the period from 1970 to 1991, Allegheny County has enacted and amended air
pollution control regulations  several  times,  in response to changes in federal requirements and as
a result of lessons learned through implementation  and enforcement of the  air pollution control
program. Article  XVIII was passed in 1972 in response to the 1970 national Clean Air  Act, and
amended several times in the next few years. Article XX was enacted in 1981 in  response to the


                                            11-4

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              143
1977 amendments to the national Clean Air Act.  These regulations (and subsequent
amendments) govern air pollution control in Allegheny County in 1991.
       Following are some examples of how the County regulations have been changed to meet
new federal requirements,  to address newly discovered air pollution problems, and to improve the
enforceability of the regulations:
       •      A mechanism was provided to allow industrial growth in areas that do  not comply
              with air quality standards.  The mechanism allows industrial growth in  such areas
              under certain specified conditions but only if the emissions from the new source(s)
              are stringently controlled and there is a net improvement in air quality.
       •      Emission standards were established for hazardous air pollutants such  as asbestos
              and mercury.
       •      Regulations were adopted to address newly recognized air pollution problems, such
              as emissions from the burning of waste-derived liquid fuels and emissions from
              abrasive blasting to remove old paint (often containing lead) from bridges, water
              tanks and other structures.
       •      Standards were established for particulate emissions from "nontraditional" sources
              such as roads, unpaved parking lots, and storage  piles.
       •      Certain sources were required to install monitoring equipment to continuously
              measure emissions and report the results to the County.

       The Air Pollution Control Advisory Committee

       The Air Pollution Control Advisory Committee (APCAC) was established by Article XIII
in 1960 to recommend changes to County air pollution control regulations and to advise the
County Bureau of Air Pollution Control and the County Board of Health on air pollution control
matters. The APCAC also  provides a forum for citizen opinion about the performance of the
Bureau of Air Pollution Control and a forum where the public can air their general concerns
about air quality in the County.  The APCAC is strictly advisory in nature.  It consists of 19
persons, including representatives from academia, environmental and public interest groups, and
industry.  All members  are appointed by the County Commissioners. Industry representation is
limited to five members.
       The Committee holds six to eight public meetings each year. The Committee  reviews and
comments on proposed new or revised regulations developed by the Bureau of Air Pollution
Control.  The Committee also reviews the County's portion of the Pennsylvania State
Implementation Plan, proposed air monitoring  programs, and other proposals connected with
ensuring ambient air quality. The APCAC has provided an important mechanism for involvement
of the various sectors concerned with and affected by air pollution control.  The up-front
involvement of these sectors in regulatory development has contributed to the success of
subsequent enforcement efforts.

       Standards and Methods

       The County regulations established emission standards and specific methods for
determining compliance. Both the nature of the standards  and the specificity of the methods have
provided an important basis for effective enforcement.
       Two Types of Emissions Standards. The regulations provide two main types of standards:
one type that is based on exact measurements of pollution (e.g., emission standards measured in
pounds per hour) and a second type that provides a more general gauge of pollution (e.g., opacity
of emissions).  The first type is expensive and resource-intensive  to measure, and often requires
some days of analysis before results  are obtained.  Compliance with the second type can be
readily determined (e.g., compliance with opacity  can be determined by one inspector in about
one hour's time).  The second type of standard has provided County officials with an  important
and practical enforcement tool to help ensure compliance.

                                            11-5

-------
144                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
       Specificity of Procedures and Methods.  The County regulations define the procedures for
inspection and measurement. This has helped ensure that regulated industries are treated fairly
and that results are consistent (avoiding a situation, for example, where one method would find a
facility out of compliance while  a different method would find that same facility to be in
compliance).

       Enforcement Mechanisms

       The  County's air pollution control regulations were enacted with the realization that not
all regulated sources would automatically take the steps necessary for compliance.  The County
therefore carries out an inspection program that evidences a real presence at  the sources and that
enables the  County to have a continuing awareness  of each source's compliance status.  In
addition, the County takes appropriate enforcement actions when necessary to ensure compliance.
       The  various regulations established a number of enforcement mechanisms that provided
County officials with the authority and tools they have  needed for successful enforcement. The
broad variety of mechanisms enabled County officials to negotiate  agreements that could
realistically accommodate the technical and financial situation  of a company while still providing
meaningful deadlines and disincentives for noncompliance.
       Variance Board. One challenge of enforcement is often that a large number of facilities
are suddenly in violation when new regulations are issued.  To handle this situation, Allegheny
County regulations established a five-person Variance Board in 1972 to review and approve
compliance schedules with noncomplying industries.  The Board was appointed by the County
Commissioners and had to have at least one attorney, one engineer,  and one  public health
specialist.  Facilities that were suddenly out of compliance when new regulations were passed were
given a certain number of months to file a petition, with the Variance Board,  that defined a  plan
and schedule for coming into compliance.  These petitions were reviewed in public hearings in
which the company would formally present its plan and the Bureau of Air Pollution Control and
the public would comment on the plan. The Variance  Board would then decide whether to
accept  the petition. This proved to be a very successful mechanism for ultimately achieving
compliance with regulations that immediately put many facilities out of compliance when  the
regulations were first enacted.  The Board was discontinued in 1981 because most industries  were
in compliance by that time.  Compliance programs for  the remaining noncomplying sources were
usually established through  the new regulations or by the Bureau of Air Pollution Control through
negotiations or administrative orders.
       Ability to Seek Penalties.  The regulations provide County officials with the ability to seek
penalties through a magistrate's court  and through a Civil Penalty Hearing Board.  In such
actions, the  County presents its  case and industry presents its case.  Decisions can be appealed to
a higher court.
       Ability to Issue Administrative Orders.  County officials have found that the ability to
issue administrative orders has been an important element in the success of enforcement  efforts.
Administrative orders have  proven a valuable  mechanism to circumvent lengthy court proceedings.
Many orders are consent orders, i.e., the facility agrees to the  terms  of the order.  Some orders
have been unilateral. The company can appeal unilateral orders; in such cases,  the County tries
to resolve differences through a negotiation process.
       Ability to Negotiate  Creative Settlements. The County has used several innovative
approaches in consent decrees to help ensure compliance:
       •      Performance Bonds.  Some companies are asked to post a performance bond.
              They forfeit the bond if they subsequently -fail to meet the terms of the consent
              decree.
       •      Escrow Accounts. Some companies were required to establish special escrow
              accounts to ensure that monies would be available to pay any penalties that might
              accrue.
                                            11-6

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              145
       •      Research Requirements.  In some cases, facilities are asked to perform a study to
              determine how they could best come into compliance.
       •      Credit Projects. As a substitute for payment of a penalty, companies sometimes
              agreed to reduce emissions  beyond the levels required by the regulations.
       •      Delayed Compliance Orders.  These orders set forth schedules for pollution
              sources to achieve compliance but protect the sources from further enforcement
              action as long as the sources remain  on schedule with the orders.
       •      Stipulated Penalties.  Some  consent decrees  and consent orders contain provisions
              for the payment of stipulated penalties if the decrees or orders are violated.  Such
              provisions  set forth agreed-upon fixed or graduated penalties for various types of
              violations.
       •      Self-monitoring. Consent decrees often contain provisions for self-monitoring.
              The goal of self-monitoring  requirements is to increase  the company's awareness
              about their state of compliance with the hope that the company will then take steps
              on their own to correct any  violations.  To encourage companies to accurately
              record the data, self-monitoring data are rarely used by the County for
              enforcement.  Companies are required to report any violations they detect and, at
              times, are permitted to reduce the amount of self-monitoring as a reward for, or in
              recognition of, good performance. Self-monitoring,  in effect, extends the limited
              inspection  resources of the County.
       Ability to Consider Economic Factors.  The County  has used several approaches in its
enforcement actions that consider economic conditions or circumstances:
       •      Pilot Projects. In some cases where a company argued that certain measures  were
              not technically or economically  feasible,  the company and the County agreed  that
              the company would implement these measures on one or two of their plants as a
              test of feasibility.  Appropriate measures to bring the rest of the company's
              operations  into compliance were negotiated once the pilot results were obtained.
       •      Phased-in Approach.  Companies are not always required to implement all control
              measures at one time.  Sometimes a phased approach has been negotiated.
       •      Extended Schedules.  When  a company would have genuine difficulties achieving
              compliance with a standard schedule, extended schedules can be negotiated.  In
              one case, the County required installation of expensive controls ($30  to $40
              million) that never really worked effectively.  After a certain period of time, the
              County began to negotiate with the company to install new controls.  In return for
              a commitment by the company to replace the old control systems,  County officials
              allowed the company to discontinue use of the old controls and use a relatively
              inexpensive interim system while taking steps to install more effective equipment.
       •      Maximizing Existing Systems. In cases where a company was on the brink of
              shutdown due to financial difficulties, the County often waived a requirement  for
              installing new equipment  (which would likely  have put the company out of
             business) and instead required that existing control equipment be used as
             effectively as possible.
       •      Deferred Control Expenditures. Certain economically depressed industries were
             permitted to defer air pollution control expenditures for limited periods of time  if
             such  monies were invested in new plants and  equipment.
       •      Penalty Payment Schedules.  Some companies in financial difficulties  are allowed
             to make penalty payments for violations over  a period of time rather  than paying
             the entire amount of the penalty at the time the enforcement action was settled.
       •      Limited Life Policy.  As an alternative to installing expensive pollution control
             equipment,  obsolete,  violating facilities that are scheduled to be permanently shut
             down are permitted to continue  to operate for limited periods of time while using
             interim control measures.
                                           11-7

-------
146                               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
       Resources

       The Bureau of Air Pollution Control's 1991 budget was just over $3 million.  About half
this budget comes from the federal government, $1 million from the County (derived largely from
property taxes), about $0.5 million from permit fees, and over $100,000 from penalties.  A special
High Priority Fund  provided by the  U.S. EPA is set aside for high-priority projects.  Budgeting for
using this Fund does not  have to go through the normal County administrative budget process.
       The Bureau of Air Pollution Control has a staff of 55 (as of 1991). The Bureau is divided
into four divisions (Enforcement Division, Air Quality Monitoring and Source Testing Division,
Engineering and Planning Division,  and Computer Services and Data Analysis Division) and an
Administrative Services and Training Section.

       Monitoring

       Fifteen full-time staff of the  Air Monitoring and Source Testing Division are responsible
for monitoring. The Division measures air quality using both continuous and intermittent
monitors.
       Over the years ambient monitoring has become more sophisticated.  The County now
operates a monitoring network of 39 sites  monitoring six gaseous pollutants and four measures of
particulates. The gaseous pollutants are sulfur dioxide, carbon monoxide, ozone, nitrogen oxides,
hydrogen sulfide, and benzene.  Air quality is measured continuously by the monitors in the field
and collected about six times  per minute by data loggers located at the  sampling sites. A central
computer polls the data loggers once each hour using dial-up telephone lines to obtain real-time
data.  This computer permanently logs the data and processes it for use.  For example,  the
computer processes the data by calculating an Index for sulfur  dioxide, carbon monoxide,  and
ozone that is used for daily reporting of air quality to the public.
       There are four measures of particulates.  Two are continuous and two are intermittent.
One of the continuous methods, the tape sampler, was  developed locally in the 1970s to provide
inexpensive real-time hourly data  and is used to calculate the particulate Index for the public.
The other samples fine (i.e., health-related) particulates, referred to as  PM-10, and is used at  two
sites.  Both types are connected to the central computer in a manner similar to the gaseous
pollutants.
       The two intermittent particulate sampling techniques measure either total suspended
particulates or the finer health-related fraction.  These  require sampling for 24 hours and then
several days for analysis of the filters in the laboratory.  The filters are  also used to determine
ambient  levels of lead, benzo(a)pyrene, other heavy metals, chlorides, sulfates, and nitrates.
       Although the federal standards for particulates are for suspended, fine (i.e., health-related)
levels of particulates in the air, the public  is often concerned about dust falling on their property
from nearby sources.  The County employs an inexpensive technique to help detect and screen
such problems. Dustfall  cans are  set out for 30 days and the dust collected is then weighed and,
often, examined microscopically in the laboratory.

       Emissions

       One important aspect of the Bureau's work involves tracking emissions from sources.
Several staff are assigned to developing and maintaining a computerized emission  inventory.  The
inventory includes data on source names, types, locations, capacity, emission parameters,  and
emission rates for both actual and allowable emissions.  These data are often obtained by stack
sampling. The County usually observes stack tests conducted by industries to assure correctness
and will  split samples with the industries when doing its own laboratory analysis; however, the
County is capable of conducting its  own tests when needed.
                                             11-8

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              147
       The emission inventory data are often used in computerized diffusion modeling.  The
modeling allows the County to predict air quality under various conditions by adjusting
parameters in the model, but modeling is difficult in Allegheny County due to its river valley
topography which is not simulated well by most models.

       Inspection

       Approximately 1,600 permits were issued  to air pollution sources in Allegheny County in
1991. These  include 100 to 150 major sources. About 200 sources are inspected each year.
Other, mostly smaller, sources are believed to be in compliance based on periodic or occasional
inspections, self-reporting, the nature of the operation, or the fact that no complaints have been
received.
       Inspections generally focus on the major pollution sources. Historically, the federal
government has determined priorities for inspection.  In 1991, Allegheny County submitted its
own priorities to the U.S. EPA for approval. The County has three full-time inspectors and one
engineer dedicated to inspecting coke plants; six engineers who inspect other industrial sources;
and four full-time inspectors who respond to citizen complaints.  The number of plant inspectors
has stayed relatively constant  since the early  1980s. Although there are fewer sources in 1991
than earlier, the inspections have become more complicated.
       Most  sources on the priority list for inspections are inspected at least once a year.  A
typical inspection is unannounced, with the inspector spending about one day checking plant
records and control equipment.  Some sources  are inspected on an as-needed basis (e.g., when a
complaint is received). When an inspector finds a potential violation, he or she fills out a form
documenting  the alleged violation, and provides a copy to the source and a copy to the Legal
Section of the Enforcement Division.  The Legal Section determines whether a violation has
occurred and, if so, decides whether and how to pursue the case.  The inspector may be called on
to obtain additional information  and/or testify.

       Role of the State and  Federal Governments

       To help implement Pennsylvania's State Implementation Plan, the U.S. EPA has supplied
funding to Allegheny County.  Allegheny County has used these funds to hire additional staff and
to purchase equipment.  The  County has also received technical assistance from the U.S. EPA.
       Generally, the state and federal agencies approve the County's regulations and air
pollution control program and then let Allegheny County manage and enforce the program.  In
the early 1970s, however, the  state and federal  governments did become involved in a challenging
enforcement situation concerning coke plants.  These sources were very large and difficult  to
control. Because compliance  required substantial emission reductions and investment in pollution
control equipment, the industry was generally unresponsive to initial enforcement efforts by the
County. The industry argued that it was not technologically possible to meet the standards.  This
argument was difficult for the County to counter, since County officials did not have a broad
national or international knowledge about the available technology for reducing air pollution in
this industry.
       The state of Pennsylvania and, eventually, the federal government became involved in a
series of joint actions against  the major coke industry polluters. The national implications  of the
case were another stimulus for federal involvement; effective enforcement in this part of the
country would send a signal to the coke industry in other parts of the United States that the
federal government was committed to taking whatever measures were necessary to  achieve
compliance.  As compliance was  achieved, the state and federal governments reduced their level
of involvement.  Now that most of the coke plants are in or near compliance, the County is once
again becoming fully responsible for enforcement.
                                             11-9

-------
148                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
       Role of Environmental Groups and the Public

       Allegheny County has several environmental groups that have been active and effective.
One of the most active groups, the Group Against Smog and Pollution (GASP), was formed in
1969. The County's progress in air pollution control is partly due to the efforts of environmental
groups to  ensure public awareness and government action, and to their willingness to participate
by serving in a voluntary capacity on the Advisory Committee and its various Subcommittees.
       During the 1970s, enforcement was aided by strong public support for environmental
protection. In the 1980s, the primary public concern in the County shifted to employment and
economic  development, which was sometimes a source of conflict. Nevertheless, concern and
support for protecting the environment remained  strong.

       Role of Industry

       In  the early 1970s, industry was at first resistant to compliance.  Enforcement and
penalties were needed to demonstrate  the government's commitment to achieving compliance.
Industry's  role has reversed since that time. Most industries now recognize the need for air
pollution control, and their approach is to achieve compliance at a reasonable cost rather than
avoid compliance.  Local industries now serve  on the Advisory Committee  and participate in
regulatory development.  Their experience and expertise has been directed toward solving air
pollution problems.
       To the extent possible, industry has been allowed to choose how it will comply. For
example, if more than one type of control system will properly control emissions, industry can
usually choose the system it prefers. Industry  is encouraged to be sensitive to citizen concerns, to
foster good community relations relative to environmental matters and to be acutely aware of the
impact of  their emissions on their neighbors. The County acknowledges that in the final analysis
it is industry that actually reduces air pollution; the County  attempts to provide public recognition
of companies that have exemplary environmental control programs or projects.
       At least one enforcement program in the County encourages increased industry
involvement.  There are three coke plants in the County.  These plants have a combined total  of
19 operable batteries. Each coke battery  is usually inspected at least 30 times a year by County
inspectors. After the end of each calendar quarter,  the County sends each plant manager a
written summary of the inspection results  during that quarter along with an offer to "settle" any
violations  through payment of penalties and/or taking appropriate remedial actions.  County
technical and inspection staff meet with the plant operators during each quarter to review
performances, identify problem areas,  and discuss corrective programs. This program has
contributed to an increased awareness of environmental performance by plant management  and
production workers.  In at least one case,  the program has encouraged the use  of problem-solving
teams in the plant to achieve performances that are significantly better than those required by the
regulations.

       Results

       In  the early 1970s, air quality standards were often exceeded. In one location in the
Monongahela River valley, air quality exceeded the  short-term particulate standard about every
third day.   About 12 times a year the County Health Department issued high air pollution alerts
that required industry throughout the valley to curtail production.
       Enforcement efforts in the early 1970s required diligence. Court action was often
necessary  to ensure that companies would live up to the terms of the consent decree they had
signed.  As a result of the Bureau of Air Pollution Control's enforcement activities, industries
throughout the County began to install control equipment and take other measures to curb
pollution.
                                            11-10

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              149
       By the mid-1970s, particulate emissions had been reduced by 65% and sulfur dioxide
emissions by 57% compared to 1970 levels.  Air quality continued to improve and, by the late
1970s, frequent  air pollution alerts had ended.
       In the 1980s, air quality has improved further due to continued strict enforcement efforts,
improved control actions by industry, and a general decline in industrial activity.  By the late
1980s, there were no excedances of the annual average and only occasional short-term violations
usually associated with the breakdown of control equipment. The three-year average ozone
standard is exceeded about once a year.
       In 1990, all of Allegheny County was in attainment of federal ambient air quality standards
for ozone, carbon monoxide, nitrogen dioxide, and lead, but not for sulfur dioxide and inhalable
particulate  matter. The annual average standards for inhalable particulate matter, sulfur dioxide,
and nitrogen dioxide were met.  However, there were 12 short-term (24-hour) excedances for two
pollutants in 1990, compared with  14 excedances for three  pollutants in 1989.

       Factors  Influencing Success

       Many factors have  contributed to successful air pollution control in Allegheny County
since 1970. County regulations clearly defined the standards and measurement methods. These
regulations also provided a variety of enforcement mechanisms that enabled County officials to
effectively take  action against violators and to negotiate creative settlements that, while strict,
enabled companies to come into compliance within the limits of their resources. Also, the
Variance Board was important in helping County officials effectively manage enforcement of the
large number of companies that were suddenly in violation when the regulations were passed.
       Strong public support for air quality provided a climate that supported enforcement efforts
and created a social pressure for compliance. The establishment of the Air Pollution Control
Advisory Committee created an important forum  for cooperation and dialogue between the
various sectors concerned with or affected by air pollution  control.  This forum has  helped turn
potentially  adversarial relationships into a resource for effective regulatory development and
program implementation.
       The relationship with the state and federal governments has also been an important factor.
Because the County is enforcing a federally sanctioned and required program, the federal
government has provided financial resources and technical assistance that have enabled the
Bureau of Air Pollution Control to hire additional personnel and purchase monitoring equipment.
Also, the involvement of the federal  and state governments enabled the County to successfully
prosecute some particularly difficult enforcement cases, which sent a strong deterrent message to
other members  of the regulated community.
CASE STUDY 2:     RESPONSIBLE PROCESSING OF DERELICT CARS IN THE
                    NETHERLANDS

       Introduction

       Because the Netherlands is so densely populated, environmental problems are often
exacerbated.  With the substantial growth in waste generation during the 1960s and 1970s,
available space for waste dumping was rapidly depleted, and existing dump sites began to cause
serious pollution problems.  Consequently, dumping was no longer considered a responsible
disposal option.
       An increasing number of people in the Netherlands have become involved in dismantling
old cars. As a result, the number of derelict cars has risen sharply, leading to three interrelated
problems:
                                            11-11

-------
150                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
       •      Environmental Problems. Liquids (such as motor oil, coolants, and battery acid)
              have contaminated the soil.  Burning of old cars contributed to air pollution.  The
              large numbers of old wrecks also caused aesthetic problems.
       •      Economic Problems.  Too many people have become involved in demolishing old
              cars as a side line.  Under these circumstances, environmentally responsible
              operations could not be commercially viable.
       •      Social Problems. Many of those engaged in dismantling old cars have little respect
              for authority. The wrecker yards generally operated without a permit and did not
              comply with  environmental requirements.  The government tended to avoid
              intervention  since  these groups could be expected to respond aggressively.
       The environmental problems could be solved only if the economic and social problems
were tackled simultaneously. This case study examines how one province in the Netherlands, the
province of North Holland,  developed  and implemented a plan to solve the environmental
problems associated with derelict cars.

       Regulations

       The Waste Substances Act was enacted in the  Netherlands in the late 1970s. Under this
Act, companies engaging in waste processing are required to have a permit. In judging whether a
company may be granted a  permit, the authorities consider whether it is technically and
economically feasible for a facility to operate in an environmentally responsible manner.  Thus,
this law provided the authority to tackle both the environmental and the economic problems.

       Derelict Cars Plan

       Each province in the Netherlands was asked by the national government to draft a plan
indicating how it would restructure wrecker yard operations.  The province of North Holland had
its first plan ready in 1986.  The plan aimed to  promote:
       •      Efficient and thus  commercially viable  execution of demolition activities.
       •      Compatibility of the wrecker yards with land use plans.
       •      Environmentally responsible operations.
       •      As much recycling and reuse of old car parts as possible.

Implementation of the plan was expected to put many yards out of business.  Reduced
competition would enable the remaining yards to do enough business to finance the measures
needed to protect the environment.  The permit system provided an instrument for achieving
these aims, and subsidies were available to help close  down unprofitable yards and, in some cases,
to take environmental measures.

       Implementing the Plan in North Holland

       The province's first inventory showed 198 derelict car sites. That number has since grown
to 210, partly due to reports by area residents and images on aerial photographs.
       Comprehensive permitting followed by enforcement would have been the most  important
means for realizing the plan's goals. However, a shortage of qualified officials, together with the
problems at the wrecker yards, made it likely that it would be many years before all the yards
were permitted.  To prevent further environmental degradation, the provincial government and
the Public Prosecutor decided to  bridge this period by presc,ribing so-called "rules of conduct" for
the yards (in anticipation of permit requirements at a later date).  These rules prohibited the
burning of wrecks and cables, required that liquids be drained out of and batteries removed  from
vehicles, and mandated responsible storage and disposal of oil. The provincial  government
informed the wrecker yards in writing about the Waste Substances Act, the anticipated permit
requirements, and the rules of conduct.


                                            11-12

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              151
       The provincial government also established an intensive inspection program.  The
manpower and resources needed were estimated, and a computer system was set up to store and
process the results.  The yards were inspected three times in the  first year. The first round of
inspection provided information to the wrecker yards; the second and third inspections checked
for compliance with the rules of conduct.
       Figure 11-2 summarizes the results of these inspections.  When a violation was found, the
yard received a formal warning and the Public Prosecutor and police were notified.  If violations
were found again during the third and following rounds, charges  were brought.  The first
inspections showed that only 50 percent of the wrecker yards were in compliance with the rules of
conduct.  Since  then this fraction has  risen to 75 percent.  Charges have been brought against 40
companies. Appropriate sanctions are being considered.  Closure of the yards with repeated
violations is one option (under criminal law); imposition of fines  for every day a yard is out of
compliance is another (under administrative law).
       Sixty-five wrecker yards have been granted permits, and are being monitored for
compliance with the permit requirements. Thirty-five yards that  applied for permits were refused,
and 70 permit applications are being processed.  Thirty yards were provided with financial support
that enabled them to cease their  activities, and an additional 10 stopped on their own initiative.

       Conclusions

       Dutch authorities have drawn  several conclusions  from this case study:

       •     Environmental  problems cannot be solved in isolation from other social problems.
       •     Solving these problems requires time, manpower,  and perseverance.
       •     Implementation requires a good written plan with attention to permitting and
             enforcement.
       •     The plan must indicate the amount of manpower and resources needed for its
             implementation.
       •     Activities should be planned and monitored; the approach should be evaluated
             periodically.
       •     Phased introduction of the requirements the companies have to meet raises the
             companies'  motivation to comply and allows the manpower available for
             enforcement to be used more effectively.
       •     Clear and consistent enforcement is essential to achieve compliance; successful
             enforcement requires that agreements be made with the agencies involved (the
             environmental department, Public Prosecutor, and police).
       •     Execution of the plan was aided by the availability of financial support.
CASE STUDY 3:      COLLECTION AND PROCESSING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE FROM
                     SHIPS IN THE NETHERLANDS

       Introduction

       Liquid wastes from ships, such as used oil, bilge oil and bilge water, slobs, washwater, and
ballast water, can cause major environmental problems if they are not collected and processed in
a responsible way. In the Netherlands there are 1.7 million tons of wastewater containing oil and
300,000  tons of hazardous waste from both ocean-going ships and ships confined to the inland
waters.  Discharge of these wastes into surface water causes a real environmental burden. Until
recently it was unclear how the ships were getting rid of these wastes.  There were also no clear
regulations that could be used to tackle this problem.  Analysis of the problem showed that:
       •      A large number of companies collected this type of waste.  Consequently,  the
              market was spread too thinly to allow for commercially viable collection in all

                                            11-13

-------
152
                           INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
  CO
  CD
  O
  o
   03
   O)
   ro
  "c
   CD
   O
  0? §
                                                            cr>
 i
o
                                                                  tn
                                                                 "c
                                                                  Q)


                                                                  2  0>


                                                                  Q)  O
                                                                 DC  S
                                                                     co
                                                     o
                                                     c
                                                     o
                                                    ••Ł=  C
                                                    _ro  _ro

                                                    ^  o
                                                                  CO

                                                                     CD
                                                            ^     ro
                                               —    CVJ
                                                                 Ł  §
                                                                  81
                                                     °S
                                                     0)  Z
                                                     O) H_
                                                     .2  o
                                                     "c  CD
                                                     Q)  O
                                                     ŁŁ  .E

                                                     o^  o
                                                        Q_
                                                                     0
                                                     0)  .9

                                                     O)
                                                    L_
              o
              co
o
CsJ
                                   11-14

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               153
              cases. The collection companies did not always have the financial resources to
              undertake the necessary environmental investments.  Bunker ships played a
              significant role in collecting these wastes; they accepted oily waste streams, often
              free of charge, as a service to their customers.  However, it was unclear what these
              bunker ships ultimately did with the hazardous substances they collected in this
              way.  The large number of companies involved made monitoring very difficult.
       •      The ships were required to deliver their wastes containing oil and/or chemicals to
              companies with permits.  However, the permit holders were not required to accept
              the wastes. Only attractive loads were accepted.  High fees were charged for
              acceptance of other wastes. So it was not really surprising that a lot of this liquid
              waste was discharged overboard, secretly, at night and during foggy weather.
       •      The large numbers of ships and their mobility made enforcement difficult.
       •      The ship operators and the government  had different opinions about the danger
              posed by the liquid waste.  Ship operators tended to regard waste with a high  oil
              content as a product rather than a waste.  If the liquid consisted mainly of water
              with just  a little oil, then the ship operators did not see any problem with dumping
              it overboard.

       The Decree on Collection of Wastes From Ships

       A new regulation was developed to end to this situation.  The decree on "hazardous wastes
from ships" became effective in 1985. Its purpose was to limit the number of permit holders
entitled to collect and process ship wastes, so that waste disposal would be more economically
viable and thus collectors and processors could afford to conduct their business  in an
environmentally responsible manner. The regulation also made it mandatory for the permit
holders to accept waste.  The new permitting system made it possible to distribute the collection
companies all around the country so that ships' operators could dispose of their waste legally no
matter where they were. A notification requirement for both the ship's operators and the
collection companies was included as an aid to enforcement.  All these measures were designed to
substantially improve compliance and enforcement.

       Enforcement Approach

       By 1989, the restructuring of the collection and processing system was nearly complete.
The permits had been granted, and the ship operators had been  informed about the new
regulation and had received a brochure with the names and addresses of waste collectors. The
time was ripe for intensive enforcement because:
       •      The regulated community understood the requirements.
       •      Inspections would reveal how effective the new collection system was.
       Two types of inspections were conducted:
       •      Inspections of ships to check for illegal discharges and waste deliveries to
              companies without the necessary permit.
       •      Inspections at the companies collecting and processing waste from ships.
       The shipboard inspections were to be carried out on the water by the river police. The
government decided to hire a private agency to inspect the collection and processing companies
because:
       •      There was not enough skilled manpower available within the government at that
              time.
       •      It was expected that a number of intensive inspection rounds would result in
              radical improvements in compliance, so  that less manpower would be needed  for
              future inspections.
       •      The inspections had to be started in  the near future.
                                            11-15

-------
154                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON  ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       An enforcement program was drawn up. The companies to be inspected were divided into
two categories. One group, the collectors and cleaners, which collect for commercial purposes,
would be inspected three times a year.  Most ship wastes end up with these companies. The other
group, the bunker companies, terminals, refineries, and wharves, would be inspected twice a year.
Collection  is a side line for them, often provided as a service to their clients.
       The inspections were standardized, primarily to facilitate the subsequent transfer of
inspection  activities from the private to the public sector, but also to  help ensure clarity and
effectiveness.  A checklist was developed to ensure standardization.
       During the first year, inspections were performed to promote compliance by increasing
awareness  of the program and informing companies if they were out  of compliance. Companies
received written notice of violations.  It was agreed with the Public Prosecutor that charges would
be brought in the second year. A standard charge has been developed for this purpose.
Ninety companies have been inspected two to three times during the past year.

       Enforcement Results

       A comparison of the first and last rounds of inspections of collectors and processors
reveals a sizable improvement in compliance.  Enforcement has had the  expected effect.  Many
companies have applied for and been granted permits, although they do  not carry out any
activities in this area or, in the case of the bunker companies, perform them only as a service  for
their best clients.  The  fees charged for collection and processing were found to vary widely.
       The situation is not nearly  as good with respect to prevention of  illegal discharges.  Forty
percent of ship operators admit to discharging wastewater containing oil illegally. They still see
no reason to deliver watery waste streams to  processors.  They also believe  that it is too much
trouble to dispose of their waste legally (because of long waiting times, or even detours).
       They have major problems with the prices they have to pay, especially  when they compare
the situation to other countries where waste can be disposed of legally without any charge.
       The collection structure is not yet sufficient to prevent illegal  discharges.  The approach of
information-oriented inspections seems to have resulted in more clarity about  the requirements
after collection. There is reasonable compliance with the rules applying  to collection and
processing.
       The creation of a free waste receival facility in every port would prevent illegal discharges.
The cost incurred for disposing of these wastes could  be covered by the port mooring fees.


CASE STUDY 4:     ENFORCEMENT  OF MUNICIPAL WASTEWATER  REQUIREMENTS IN
                    THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

       Background

       Under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972 and subsequent amendments,  the
U.S. EPA established specific  effluent limitations for municipal wastewater treatment plants. In
general, municipal wastewater treatment plants must provide a minimum of secondary treatment.
During the 1970s and much of the 1980s, the U.S.  EPA provided substantial federal funding (up
to 85% of the capital costs) to municipalities  for construction of municipal wastewater treatment
facilities. Nevertheless, by 1977, less than half of all POTWs were in compliance with the
requirements.  A 1979 program to address this problem was unsuccessful. Two factors
contributing to the failure were:
       •      The U.S. EPA readily extended deadlines for compliance.
       •      The U.S. EPA and the states were reluctant to enforce against  municipalities that
              had not received federal grants to build new facilities.
       Several government studies revealed a severe noncompliance problem.  The U.S. Congress
and the public became increasingly concerned about the problem and, as a result, the U.S. EPA

                                            11-16

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              155
and the states created a work group in 1982 to develop a new strategy for dealing with municipal
noncompliance.  This strategy was a sharp contrast to previous policies:  Enforcement would now
be the key tool to achieve compliance, and all municipalities were expected to comply regardless
of whether or not they had  received federal financial assistance.  This new policy — the National
Municipal Policy (NMP) — became effective in January 1984.
       The policy was backed by amendments  to the Clean Water Act that greatly restricted the
conditions under which extensions could be granted. The amendments allowed no extensions
beyond July 1, 1988.
       Enforcement Activities

       With the initiation of the NMP, enforcement by the U.S. EPA and the states became the
single most effective tool to bring POTWs into compliance. A list of noncomplying facilities was
developed, and the U.S. EPA and the states pursued enforcement against them. By 1987 almost
80% of all NMP facilities (including major and minor facilities) were under an enforcement order,
either administrative  or judicial.  After this point, all POTWs subject to enforcement action that
had not started construction were dealt with primarily by judicial  action, since these facilities
would be incapable of meeting the July 1, 1988, compliance deadline. By the second quarter of
1988, almost 20% of all NMP major facilities were subject  to judicial referrals (see Figure 11-3).
On average, NMP facilities received 1.5 state or federal enforcement actions. This  means that
almost all NMP facilities  have been  under some sort of enforcement action.

       Results

       The NMP was a highly successful program targeted at  1,478 POTWs,  many of which were
very  large. Over 71% of these 1,478 facilities came into compliance by the July 1, 1988, deadline
for achieving required treatment (see Table 11-1). As of that  date, NMP facilities were removing
an estimated 2.325 million more  pounds (1.053 million more kilograms) per day of conventional
pollutants and 15,000 more pounds (6,800 more kilograms) per day of toxic pollutants than in
1984.
       The NMP brought the total population of major treatment plants in compliance to 90%.
Even more impressive were the resulting environmental benefits.   By 1984, 95% of  the total
sewage processed in the United States was receiving secondary or better treatment, affecting 108
million people.
       Some 650 (43%) of the 1,478 targeted facilities contributed to known  water  quality
problems  and, consequently, were required to install advanced wastewater treatment technology.
Of these facilities, 525 POTWs, affecting an estimated 8,000 stream miles (12,800 stream
kilometers),  met the July 1988 deadline because of the NMP.

       Reasons for Success  of the National Municipal Policy

       The NMP owed its success almost entirely to direct enforcement efforts.  Before the NMP
was implemented, municipalities  typically believed that compliance was achieved by acquiring
grant funds.  Permittees believed that the availability of federal funding was a key part of
determining whether the  federal  government and the states would enforce the regulations.
Enforcement actions  did not follow a consistent pattern until the National Municipal Policy was
developed. The NMP program was  successful largely because  of  several  elements in the
enforcement plan:
       •      First, a team of U.S.  EPA managers and staff was  specifically  assigned to make the
              effort  succeed.
       •      Second, the media, public, and the Administrator of the U.S. EPA supported the
              NMP.

                                             11-17

-------
% NMP Facilities Under Enforcement Action
100
 80
      Federal/State Administrative
            Orders (AOs)
        ' Compliance With' AO's
             • m m m m • i
          Judicial Referrals
                            2   3
                             1985
                                  Quarters
2   3
1986
n   r   r   r
1234
    1987
1    2   3
  1988
              Figure 11-3. Enforcement Actions vs. Compliance.
                                                                                           33
                                                                                           O
                                                                                           O
                                                                                           O
                                                                                           m
                                                                                           m
                                                                                           <
                                                                                           I
                                                m
                                                s
                                                33
                                                O
                                                m

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            157
               TABLE 11-1.  COMPLIANCE STATUS OF NMP FACILITIES
                                  (as of July 1988)
                                                             Number
     Percentage

           Total Major POTWs                                3,731

           Not in Compliance by 1984                           1,478        100%
           In Compliance by 1988                              1,055        71%
           On Enforceable Schedule by 1988                     235          16%
                 Judicial                                     195
                 Administrative                               40
           Not on Enforceable Schedule by 1988                  188          13%
                 Judicial - Filed                               60
                 Judicial - Referral, not Filed                    38
                                      11-19

-------
158                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
       •      Third, the media gave wide coverage to enforcement initiatives and penalty results.
       •      Fourth, a unified state/federal policy was established at the outset and the states
              generally supported the strong enforcement measures.
       •      Fifth, the program  established a fixed universe of facilities to target and tracked
              individual  facilities  on a case-by-case basis, continuing to pressure facilities until
              compliance was reached.
       •      Sixth, there was a clear statement and follow-through on the policy that there was
              no link between grant funding and statutory compliance.
       All these factors produced a strong and effective enforcement presence.  The NMP set
examples and precedents through  federal and state enforcement actions and through favorable
rulings on important cases. These cases and the significant penalties associated with them
permanently altered the commonly held  attitude that it was improper for the U.S. EPA and the
states to enforce against municipalities.  For the first time, enforcement actions and penalties
became realistic expected responses to noncompliance, and this created the possibility of future
benefits from deterrence  among municipalities.
CASE STUDY 5:      ENFORCEMENT OF MARKETABLE REDUCTIONS OF LEAD IN THE
                     UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

       Background

       Because of the clear adverse effects of lead on human health, the U.S. EPA embarked on
a program (the Lead Phasedown Program)  to reduce the lead content of gasoline.  Gasoline lead
was first controlled in the United States in October 1979 by limiting the average  concentration
permitted in a refinery's total gasoline pool. As knowledge of the severity of the negative health
effects of lead grew, the U.S.  EPA evaluated the effectiveness of these  regulations, and in
October 1982, created tighter standards and a trading system that allowed refineries requiring less
lead than the standard to sell  their excess to other less technologically advanced refineries.
       In 1985, the standard for lead was tightened further, and a banking system was introduced.
Under the banking provisions, a refiner was allowed to store in a bank account the difference
between the standard and the larger of either actual lead usage or 0.10 gplg  (grams per leaded
gallon).  The banked lead rights were available for use or transfer to other refiners or importers
during any future quarter through 1987.

       Enforcement Activities

       Compliance was monitored through a self-reporting system.  The U.S. EPA checked the
internal consistency of reports and corroborated them with independent reports from
manufacturers of lead additives.  At the end of 1986, the U.S. EPA began conducting the first
full-scale audits of refiners.
       In the Lead Phasedown Program, a  high degree of voluntary compliance could have been
expected because detection was more likely based  on the required self-reporting which could be
corroborated with an outside source of information (manufacturers of lead additives) to verify
refiners' reports.  Further, the regulated universe was primarily large refiners that were
vulnerable to public opinion.  The danger from lead toxicity was becoming a prominent public
concern, which increased the likelihood of public condemnation of violators.   However, two
factors reveal that voluntary compliance was far below a desirable level:
       •      The initiation of the audit program late in 1986 revealed substantial
              noncompliance.
       •      Violations fell sharply after  the audit program had been in place long enough to
              exert a deterrent effect (see Figure 11-4).
                                             11-20

-------
Number of Violations

25
20 -
15 -
10 -
 5 -
                                                Audit Detections

                                                Self-Reported Detections
             1985
  1986

Quarters
1987
1988
                                                     H
                                                     m
                                                     33
                                                     O
                                                     O
                                                                                     m
                                                                                     33
                                                                                     m
                                                                                     O

                                                                                     m
                                                                                     3D

                                                                                     O
                                                                                     m
                                                                                     z
                                                                                     ~n
                                                                                     O
                                                                                     3>
                                                                                     O
         Figure 11-4. Violation Frequency by Quarter of Occurrence.

-------
160                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
       Distribution of violations through time shows that audits uncovered earlier instances of
severe noncompliance while deterring new violations.  In 1985, before the initiation of audits,
violations were at their highest level, probably because of the opportunities for illicit profit
presented by the accumulation period of the banking program.  Most of these violations went
undetected until EPA initiated the audit program in late 1986.
       Many of the violations detected through audits were large, and the enforcement actions
taken against the violators were given wide publicity.  During 1987 when publicity would have
drawn the attention of potential violators,  there was a sharp decline in new violations to a level
about one-third of that seen in 1986 (see Figure 11-4). This pattern suggests that the audits and
the resulting Notices of Violation (NOVs) successfully reduced new illegal activity through their
deterrent effect.2 This pattern occurred even though the audit program had become more
sophisticated in 1987 and therefore more likely to detect violations.
       When audits were initiated, the penalty policy was changed to make violations much more
costly to the perpetrator. This also helped deter violators. For example,  17 NOVs were issued in
1987 after the audit program was introduced.  A total of $54.4 million in penalties had been
issued by the autumn of 1987, 18 times the average of the previous four years.  The largest
settlement during this period was for over $2 million.

       Results

       By the end of 1987, the Lead Phasedown Program as a whole had removed a cumulative
total of 380 billion grams of lead from gasoline production (see Figure 11-5).  Enforcement
actions were responsible  for removing 150 million grams of these 380 billion grams in the form of
lead rights that had been permanently removed from the market.  This reduction represents
health benefits (see Table 11-2) estimated to be worth about $40 million (in 1983 dollars).

       Deterrence

       The principal elements generally considered necessary for deterrence were strongly present
in this enforcement program.  First, there  was a credible likelihood of detection.  Before
regulations became complicated enough to require audits, monitoring was easy because the
number of regulated entities was reasonable and lead manufacturing reports were available  as an
independent source of information on the  extent of compliance. Banking and trading made
detection of violations difficult, which correlated with an increase in violations during this period.
The introduction of individual audits made detection of violations much more probable once
again,  and violations dropped.
       Second, the consequences of detection were serious.  With the initiation of audits for
individual operations, a new penalty policy in mid-1986 that raised penalties, and the resulting
high settlements, the consequences of violating the law became quite significant.
       Third and fourth, the audit program ensured a fair and quick response: audits revealed
violators immediately, using a consistent standard of tests applied to each refinery audited
anywhere in the country.  NOVs resulting  from the audits received wide publicity in both the
public media and trade press.  For an industry dominated by large companies vulnerable to public
opinion,  negative publicity was very effective.  The combined presence of these elements created
the necessary environment for successful deterrence.
     2This drop in detected violations may also be explained in part by the fact that suspected
  violators were targeted for audits first.  As time went on, refineries were more  randomly
  selected for audits.

                                             11-22

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
161
                                                                               CD
                                                                               CO
                                                                               05
                                                                               CD

                                                                               c:
                                                                               o

                                                                              CL
                                                                              Q_
                                                                               E
                                                                               05
                                                                               D)
                                                                               o
                                                                              c

                                                                              o
                                                                              •D
                                                                              CD
                                                                              W
                                                                              03
                                                                              03
                                                                              CD
                                                                              _l

                                                                              CD
                                                                              O
                                                                              CD
                                                                             3=
                                                                             LLI

                                                                              CD
                                                                             ^=


                                                                             in
                                                                              CD

                                                                              Z3
                                                                              D)

                                                                             LL
                                      11-23

-------
162                           INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
         TABLE 11-2.  ESTIMATED HEALTH BENEFITS FROM THE 150 MILLION
             GRAMS OF LEAD REMOVED FROM GASOLINE PRODUCTION
                      AS A RESULT OF DIRECT ENFORCEMENT
                                                          Estimated Number of
                 Condition                                    Cases Eliminated

                 Cases of adult hypertension                         7,417
                 Myocardial infarctions of adult males                    22
                 Strokes - adult males                                   5
                 Deaths - adult males                                  21
                 Children with blood levels of 30 ug/dL                 202
                 Children with blood levels of 25 ug/dL                 674
                 Children with blood levels of 20 ug/dL                2,225
                 Children with blood levels of 15 ug/dL                6,859

     'mg/dL = micrograms per deciliter
                                      11-24

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              163
       Conclusion

       The Lead Phasedown Program forced refineries to reduce lead use in gasoline through a
series of tighter regulations between 1979 and 1985. At the same time, the program introduced
new methods of compliance including trading of lead rights, and later, banking of these rights —
methods of compliance that offered flexibility, but made detection of violations more difficult.
Although the emission reductions from direct enforcement were large, the sharp  decline in new
violations after 1986 suggests that enforcement had an even larger impact through deterrence.
                                          11-25

-------
164                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                                  165
                              12. INFORMATION RESOURCES
The following list of information resources includes references that were used in writing this text, as
well as other references on enforcement that may be of interest to the reader. Additional references
will be added periodically.
INTERNATIONAL SOURCES

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and Netherlands Ministry of Housing, Physical
       Planning and Environment.  1990. International Enforcement Workshop Proceedings.  Utrecht,
       The Netherlands, May 8-10. This two-volume publication contains papers presented at the
       International Enforcement Workshop held from May 8-10 in Utrecht, the Netherlands.
       Workshop participants included environmental officials from foreign countries and
       international organizations.  Papers were presented by these participants  on domestic
       enforcement program strategies, tools and management systems; domestic intergovernmental
       enforcement relationships; international transboundary pollution problems; and enforcement
       of international agreements. Volume I is 349 pages long and contains 22 papers. Volume II
       is 133 pages long and contains additional papers, remarks delivered at the workshop, a
       summary of the discussions,  and a list of speakers and participants.  Copies can be obtained
       from:
       Compliance and Policy Planning Branch
       Office of Enforcement (LE-133)
       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
       401 M Street, SW
       Washington,  DC 20460
       USA
       (Telephone:  1 202 260 7550)
Netherlands Ministry of Housing,
 Physical Planning and Environment
 (VROM)
Hoofdinspecteur
Postbus 450
2260 MB Leidschendam
The Netherlands
(Telephone: 31 70 317 4174)
Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development, Environment Committee.  October 29,
       1986.  Improving the Enforcement of Environmental Policies.  ENV(86)20.  This 53-page
       document focuses on enforcement in environmental quality management and how it can be
       improved.  The differences in environmental enforcement approaches among OECD countries
       are discussed. Three case studies on enforcement in the Netherlands, United States, and
       United Kingdom were also prepared for OECD:

       •      Lee, Norman.  1984.  The Enforcement of Environmental Policies in the  United Kingdom.
              ENV/ECO/84.5.

       •      Suurland, Jan. June  1984. Regulatory Reform of Environmental Policy in the
              Netherlands. Background paper for the OECD International Conference on
              Environment and Economics.

       •      Wasserman, Cheryl E.  1984.  The Enforcement of Environmental Policies in the United
              States. ENV/ECO/84.6.

       Copies of OECD documents can be  obtained from:

              Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
              Environment Directorate
              2, rue Andre-Pascal
              75775 PARIS CEDEX 16
                                            12-1

-------
166                               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


              France
              (Telephone: 45 02 77 00)


International Chamber of Commerce. June 1989. Environmental Auditing.  Publication 468, ISBN
       No. 92-842-1089-5. This 25-page publication gives the ICC's  position on environmental
       auditing, and discusses the meaning of the concept of environmental auditing, the
       responsibility for audits, and the methodology that should be followed when conducting
       audits.  Available in English, French, German, and Spanish.  Copies can be obtained from:

              International Chamber of Commerce
              The World Business Organization
              38,  cours Albert ler
              75008 Paris
              France
              (Telephone: 49 53 28 28)


SOURCES FROM THE NETHERLANDS

Gerardu, Jo J.A. October 1989.  Experimental Projects Development Enforcement Chemical Waste Act.
       This 10-page document discusses the experimental projects in the Netherlands that were
       executed within the framework of the Multi-year Intensifying Programme Enforcement
       Chemical Waste Legislation. (*)

Gerardu, Jo J.A. September 1989.  Enforcement Training.  This 6-page document provides an
       overview of training to improve enforcement in the Netherlands.  Participants have included
       Ministry, provincial, and municipal officials, the police,  and water quality controllers. (*)

van Ommen, Cees  F. October 1989. Compliance Monitoring of National Environmental Legislation.
       This 10-page document discusses monitoring, by the Environmental Inspectorate of the
       Netherlands, of compliance with the Hazardous Waste  Act, the Herbicides  Act, and the Toxic
       Substances  Act.  Three kinds of monitoring are discussed:  visual inspection, sampling, and a
       thorough audit-like inspection. (*)

Ministry of Housing, Physical Planning and the Environment, Chief Inspectorate for Environmental
       Hygiene, Main Department for Enforcement of Environmental Legislation.  April 1989.  Main
       Points of the Third Progress Report on Developments with Regard to the Enforcement of
       Environmental Legislation.  This 24-page document summarizes the Third Progress Report on
       the Development  of Enforcement of Environmental Legislation, presented to the Second
       Chamber of Parliament of the Netherlands in October  1988.  Available in Dutch only. (*)

Ministry of Housing,  Physical Planning and the Environment, Chief Inspectorate for Environmental
       Hygiene, Main Department for Enforcement of Environmental Legislation.  April 1989.  The
       Fourth  Progress Report on Developments with Regard to the Enforcement of Environmental
       Legislation.  This document summarizes The Fourth Progress Report of the Development of
       Enforcement of Environmental Legislation, presented to  the Second Chamber of Parliament of
       the Netherlands  in August 1991. (*)

Lefevre, Hans  B.C. October 1989.  Continued Enforcement Intensification Programme (VHIP).  This 6-
       page document  discusses the so-called VHIP.  In 1984  the government of the Netherlands
       began intensifying environmental law enforcement, starting with hazardous  waste as a top
       priority.  After several years the need was felt to extend enforcement priorities and activities
       to other sectors. The VHIP focuses on improving enforcement (through structuring,
       intensification, and integral multimedia approaches) and setting enforcement priorities. (*)

                                             12-2

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               167


Lefevre, Hans B.C.  September 1990.  Enforcement of Environmental Regulations in the Netherlands, in:
       International Environmental Reporter, volume 13, number 10, pages 401-408.  This article
       reviews the development of the enforcement of environmental legislation  in the Netherlands
       within the context of the present state of the country's environmental problems and policies,
       and the importance of enforcement in the regulatory chain. (*)

National Institute of Public Health and Environmental Protection.  March 1989.  Concern for
       Tomorrow, A National Environmental Survey, 1985-2010.  This 12-page document gives an
       overview  of the national environmental situation in the Netherlands  and an extrapolation to
       the year 2010.  (**)

Ministry of Housing, Physical Planning and the Environment, May 1989.  To Choose or to Lose:
       National Environmental Policy Plan.  This 258-page document describes the Netherlands'
       medium-term strategy for environmental policy. (***)

Ministry of Housing, Physical Planning and the Environment. May 1989.  National Environmental
       Policy Plan Plus. In conjunction with the  National Environmental Policy Plan, this 107-page
       document sets  forth the main lines of environmental policy for the 1990s:  the strategy and
       objectives and, for the period 1990-1994, the measures which are to  be taken to bring
       sustainable development within reach in the Netherlands. (***)

Copies can be obtained from:

(*)    Netherlands  Ministry of Housing, Physical Planning and the Environment
       Chief Inspectorate for Environmental Hygiene
       Main Department for Enforcement of Environmental Legislation
       P.O.  Box 450
       2260 MB Leidschendam
       The Netherlands
       (Telephone:  31 70-3172618)

(**)   National  Institute of Public Health and Environmental Protection
       P.O.  Box 1
       3720 BA  Bilthoven
       The Netherlands
       (Telephone:  31 30-749111)

(***)  Netherlands  Ministry of Housing, Physical Planning and the Environment
       Department  for Information and International Relations
       P.O.  Box 20951
       2500 EZ  The Hague
       The Netherlands
SOURCES FROM THE UNITED STATES

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Enforcement.  May 1984.  Agencywide Compliance
       and Enforcement Strategy and Strategy Framework for EPA Compliance Programs. This 50-page
       document  establishes the U.S. EPA's strategic frameworks for improving environmental
       compliance and enforcement programs.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Enforcement.  February 1991.  Enforcement Four-
       Year Strategic Plan: Enhanced Environmental Enforcement for the 1990s. 21E-2001.  This 77-
       page document is the result of a collaborative effort between the U.S. EPA's Office of
       Enforcement and the Agency's media compliance programs. It provides  a plan for

                                            12-3

-------
 168                               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


        maintaining a strong and successful environmental enforcement program in the United States
        throughout the 1990s and into the next century.

 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Enforcement.  February 1989. Basic Inspector
        Training Course: Fundamentals of Environmental Compliance Inspections. This lengthy text
        discusses the legal, technical,  administrative, and communications aspects of performing
        inspection work for U.S. EPA-administered statutes. It is designed for use with  a classroom
        training course.

 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. October 1990. RCRA Civil Penalty Policy.   This 110-page
        paper discusses the methods that the U.S. EPA uses to assess civil penalties for environmental
        violations under the U.S. Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA).  (Enforcement
        penalty policies and guidance for other U.S. EPA environmental  programs  are available and
        can be obtained from the address below.)

 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Enforcement.  August  25, 1986.   Revised Policy
        Framework for State/EPA Enforcement Agreements.  This 46-page document outlines EPA's
        policy framework for implementing an enforcement relationship between the states and the
        federal government.  It discusses implementing the framework through national program
        guidance and regional/state agreements.

 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Enforcement.  February 25, 1991. Interim Policy on
        the Inclusion of Pollution Prevention and Recycling Provisions in Enforcement  Settlements.  This
        12-page memorandum describes U.S. EPA's policy to encourage  the use of pollution
        prevention and recycling in enforcement settlements.

 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Enforcement.  February 12, 1991. Policy on the  Use
        of Supplemental Environmental Projects in EPA Settlements.  This 13-page memorandum
        describes the U.S. EPA's policy to include, in enforcement settlements, projects that
        remediate the adverse public health or environmental consequences of the  violations at issue.

 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Enforcement.  November 14, 198_.  Final EPA
       Policy on the Inclusion of Environmental Auditing Provisions in Enforcement Settlements.  This 68-
        page document provides guidance on selecting enforcement cases in which  the U.S. EPA will
        seek to include environmental auditing provisions in the settlement terms.  This document
        also includes U.S. EPA's Policy Statement on Environmental Auditing. (Other resource
        documents on environmental auditing are available from  the U.S. EPA at the  address below.)

 U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency, Office of Enforcement.  November 1990. Summary Report:
       Enforcement  Effectiveness Case Studies.  This brief report provides additional information about
        case  studies  4 and 5 described in Chapter 11 of this text.

U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency, Office of Enforcement.  September 1990.  Environmental
        Criminal Enforcement: A Law Enforcement Officer's Guide. This 27-page booklet  explains the
        structure of EPA's environmental law enforcement apparatus, as  well as the methods of
        enforcement and how they function.   It emphasizes the role of law enforcement officers in
        environmental enforcement.

U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency, Office of Enforcement.  March 1990.  Environmental
       Enforcement:  A Citizen's Guide.  This 33-page booklet is similar to the Law Enforcement
       Officers' Guide, described above; however, this document emphasizes  the citizen's role in
       environmental enforcement.

U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency. 1990. Enforcement in the 1990s Project. This report presents
       the findings and recommendations from the U.S. EPA's Innovative Enforcement Work

                                             12-4

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                               169


       Group.  Innovative tools for environmental enforcement, such as environmental auditing,
       alternative dispute resolution, and risk-based pollution preventative enforcement are
       discussed.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water.  19_.  Guidance for Developing Control
       Authority Enforcement Response Plans. (Enforcement response policies and guidance for other
       U.S. EPA environmental programs are available and can be obtained from the address
       below.)

Wasserman, Cheryl E.  1992. Federal Enforcement: Theory and Practice. Pages 21-51 in:
       T.H. Tietenberg, ed., Innovation in Environmental Policy:  Economic and Legal Aspects of
       Recent Developments in Environmental Enforcement and Liability.   Part of Wallace E.  Gates,
       ed., New Horizons in Environmental Economics Series, Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd., Grower
       House, Cross Road, Aldershot, Hampshire, England.  This paper presents a  review (in the
       context of environmental economics) of the theories that local, state, and federal regulators
       and law enforcement personnel use in implementing enforcement programs.  The differences
       between  theory and the reality of implementation practices also are discussed.


For a copy of the U.S. publications or for further information, write to:

       Compliance and Policy Planning Branch
       Office of Enforcement (LE-133)
       U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency
       401 M. Street, SW
       Washington, DC 20460
       USA
       (Telephone:   1 202 260 7550)
                                             12-5

-------
170                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             171


MEMBERSHIP IN THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC COMMUNITY: WHAT IT MEANS FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS AND ENFORCEMENT

RICHARD MACRORY

Denton Hall Professor of Environmental Law, Imperial College, London


          "Community environmental legislation  will  only be effective if it is fully
          implemented and enforced by Member States"(1)


1     THE POLITICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF ENFORCEMENT

      Political attitudes among Member States towards the implementation and enforcement of
Community environmental legislation  currently present  a somewhat confusing and  contradictory
picture. In theory, the implementation of Community obligations should present no greater
difficulties than those experienced with any set of national or regional laws.  Community laws are
not imposed  "top-down" on unwilling or  reluctant national governments. The  governments of
Member States continue to  play the  critical legislative  role  in agreeing to proposed Community
legislation through the Council of Ministers, and nearly all Community legislation in the field of the
environment to date has been agreed by unanimous voting by Member States.   In legal theory,
Community legislation, once agreed, is supreme over national law, and national courts and public
administrations are obliged under Community law to resolve any discrepancies between national
and Community law in favour  of the  latter,  even to the extent of ignoring national law which is
clearly incompatible (2).  Yet it is clear  that the  implementation  of Community environmental
obligations within  Member States falls well  short of perfection. Increasingly in recent years the
European Parliament (3) and the Council of Ministers  have stressed the  importance of ensuring
that Community law is fully implemented within Member States(4).  The Treaty of Rome provides
for particular  procedures aimed at ensuring  full implementation by Member States of Community
obligations which are described later in  this paper, while the European Court of Justice  has
developed its own legal principles aimed  at achieving greater integration of Community law  into
national  legal systems. Various new  institutional and procedural  arrangements in  the
environmental field are now  under active discussion at  political level, pushed as much by
individual Member States as by Community institutions. The motivation for these proposals
cannot always be attributed purely to altruistic  desires to  secure environmental improvements
within the Community - the perception (right or wrong)  by one Member State that ]t is complying
with Community law while  others are not thus leading to possible competitive disadvantages
provides a compelling motive to push for  more effective arrangements to secure compliance
throughout the Community.
       Yet there are contradictions apparent  at present. Member States may  subscribe to the
concept of the supremacy of  Community law and the need for improved  machinery to ensure
implementation, but are often resistant if this implies interference with  national administrative
arrangements for enforcement.   Community enforcement proceedings  taken  against  Member
States in  some areas have been characterized  as interfering with  the "nooks and crannies" of
decision-making at national level.  The Danish  referendum result on the Maastricht Treaty this
year and  the apparent incompatibility between those Member States who wish  to speed up the
expansion of the Community  to include  other European countries  and  those  who aspire to a
deeper union among existing  Members is causing something of a  re-assessment of the role of
Community law and policy.  Under the current Treaty the only explicit reference to "subsidiarity"
as a  principle upon which to delineate the boundaries of Community and national competence
appears  in those  provisions dealing  with the  environment (5), while the  proposed amendments
under the Maastrict agreement would apply this principle to all areas of Community policy  but in a
stricter form (6). In recent months, the environment has been singled out in some circles as an
area  ripe  for  firmer application of this principle, and there has been discussion in political circles

-------
 172                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


 by some  Member States, aided apparently by some quarters of the European Commission,  of
 the need  to repeal a number of existing Community environmental laws, including  those relating
 to drinking water standards and environmental assessment.  Interestingly, these two examples are
 precisely  areas where there have  been some especially rigorous enforcement proceedings taken
 against Member States by the Commission.


 2      THE NATURE OF COMMUNITY ENVIRONMENTAL  LEGISLATION

       The  development of explicit Community environmental policies  begun  only in 1972
 following the Stockholm Conference on the Environment, and the decision  of the then Heads of
 Government of Member States that the Community must develop an  environmental dimension.
 Since  that time, a large  body of Community laws and policies  have been agreed (around 300
 individual  items), and in terms of the sheer amount  of legislation that now exists the programme
 must be considered one of the success stories of the Community.  Until amendments were made
 to the Treaty of  Rome following  the Single European Act, the Treaty possessed no  specific
 provisions relating to  the  environment, and since all Community legislation  must derive  its
 authority  from the Treaty pre-1987 environmental legislation was based either on Art 100
 (approximation of national provisions directly affecting the common market) and/or Art 235
 (residual power to take measures to  achieve one of the objectives of the Community) (7). Despite
 the specific Articles relating to the environment  inserted into the Treaty in  1987,  the choice of
 legal basis for new measures continues to be a significant issue and a source of tension between
 the Commission  and the Council of Ministers  in  certain  areas,  since there are now  critical
 differences  in the legislative process between  measures  based on Art.  130s (environment -
 unanimous voting at Council level) and Art 100A (approximation of provisions to achieve internal
 market - qualified  majority at Council level) (8).
       Community environmental laws cover a broad range of subject areas, and have employed
 a variety of distinct policy approaches. Detailed product standards are found in the field of air and
 noise pollution  (vehicle emission  standards, fuel standards, noise standards for motor vehicles,
 aircraft, construction  plant etc.). Water pollution legislation has largely  been based on three key
 approaches - minimum emission standards for discharges of certain dangerous  substances and
 from specific types of work (e.g. municipal sewerage), environmental quality  objectives for various
 categories of water and water use,  and finally what is essentially a product standard for water
 intended for human consumption.  Air pollution legislation has similarly been based on both  air
 quality standards  for certain substances (including  sulphur  dioxide, lead, and  nitrogen dioxide)
 and the establishment  of minimum emission  standards for certain classes  of industry (including
 new large combustion  plant, and municipal  incinerators).  The  1988  Large Combustion Plant
 Directive  (the  result of a  lengthy political struggle  between  Member States) contained  an
 innovative approach dealing with emissions of sulphur dioxide and nitrogen  dioxide from existing
 power  stations and other large combustion plant.  Member states resisted the Commission's initial
 favoured  policy to introduce phased emission  standards  for such plant, and eventually the
 Directive  was based on  national  "bubbles" with a commitment by Member  States to reduce
 overall ceilings from  1980 levels  in  three phrases until 2003 - but using whatever means they
 considered best (e.g. retrofitting  abatement  technology, fuel change, etc.).   Significantly, and
 unusually  for an international agreement of this nature, the  reductions to be achieved were  not
 equal for  all  Member States - in recognition  of the need to take due  account "of the  need for
 comparable effort, whilst making allowance for the specific situation of Member States" (9).  In the
field of waste disposal, a framework Directive, 75/442, established a broad requirement for the
permitting  of waste disposal facilities by Member States together with the production of waste
disposal plans, but provided little in  the way of detailed  operational standards.  In 1991 the
Commission  proposed a Directive which would  provide minimum, detailed standards for the
disposal of waste by landfill, though this has yet to be agreed, and has caused some controversy.
 Further Directives deal  with procedures for the transfrontier shipment of wastes  and disposal of
 named toxic wastes, and  are essentially based on notification and  manifestation requirements. In
the field of chemicals, early Community legislation, going back to  1967, provided for classification,

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             173


packaging, and labelling  requirements of dangerous substances, but in  1979 these provisions
were  supplemented by important new requirements requiring the detailed prior environmental
testing  and risk evaluation of new substances before they were placed on the market by
manufacturers.   Reciprocal recognition is provided for, in that  manufacturers need follow the
notification procedures in only one Member State before being guaranteed access to throughout
the common market without  the need for undergo further national testing procedures.  This
Directive applies only to new substances (i.e. those not on the market before 18/9/91) but in 1990
the Commission made proposals to  extend the principles to pre-existing substances. The 1980's
saw two important Directives dealing with environmental information - the 1985 Environmental
Assessment Directive  requiring  specific assessment procedures  to be carried out in connection
with national authorization procedures for  proposed projects falling within defined categories, and
the 1982 "Seveso" Directive requiring on and off site emergency plan to be produced for specified
hazardous industries.  Wildlife protection has been the subject of a number of Directives, dealing
both with the control of trade in endangered species, the control and regulation of hunting, and
the protection of  specific  habitats for wildlife. An important new Directive  on the protection of
Community habitats in general has recently been agreed.
       Recent initiatives have showed a greater reliance on new  policy approaches in addition to
the more conventional regulatory standard setting which underlay much of the early  pollution
legislation.  For  example, two important new fields are based on voluntary, market-based
approaches rather than  mandatory standards  (the 1991  Eco-Labelling Regulations,  and the
proposed "Eco-Audit" Regulation).  The success  of these two initiatives rest on the assumption
that industry will find the costs of compliance outweighed by the rewards of  official Community
endorsement in terms of marketing  and corporate image. Citizen "empowerment" underlies the
Freedom of Access to Environmental Information Directive 1990  (to be  implemented by Member
States in 1993), and the principles  of civil liability for environmental damage are the subject of
recent studies and policy  initiatives.   Some Community financial assistance towards
environmental improvements  has been available under various  schemes and  in specific  areas,
and the agreement in December 1991 to  the principles  of the Cohesion Fund and the Financial
Instrument of the Environment (LIFE) implies a significant commitment to providing financial aid to
Member States assist  the implementation  of Community  environmental policies, including
improving internal administrative machinery. Nevertheless, the "polluter pays"  principle continues
to represent a  key underlying  policy and was written into the environmental  provisions  of the
Treaty following the Single European Act.  Finally, the greater  use of fiscal measures as a means
of securing environmental policy aims is likely to form an important element of future initiatives in
selected areas.
       One of the underlying  difficulties associated with the implementation and enforcement of
Community environmental law is the differing structural character of much the legislation that has
been agreed. For those Community laws  dealing explicitly with standards for tradeable  products
(eg motor  vehicles, paint), the pressures  of the market and the  more visible means of verifying
compliance means that implementation does not appear to be a  major issue.  The main problem
occurs with those Community policies which are dependent solely on national action taken within
the confines of  Member States, and do not involve products or services which are sold or traded
across national boundaries. Examples would include the protection of groundwaters, the carrying
out of environmental assessment procedures in connection  with a construction project,  or the
prohibition of hunting  of  protected species of  birds.  These types of obligations, which  form the
majority of Community environmental  measures, have generally take the form of  Directives,
implying that Member States  are obliged to  achieve the stated policy goals but are  left with
considerable administrative  discretion as to how to  achieve  them. Even within this broad
category.there are considerable differences in the nature of obligations placed on Member States
which compound the problem of securing  implementation.  Some Directives prescribe explicit and
precise goals that must be achieved in  a given sector which in theory should be reasonably
straightforward  to  monitor and  enforce (10).  Another class  contains similarly precise  goals in
specific sectors or areas  but leave a large element of discretion to Member States in determining
where they are to apply (11). Examples of  more recent legislation  cut  across conventional
administrative boundaries and sectors, and impose obligations that reach deep  into national

-------
174                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


decision-making at many levels.  This type of "horizontal" Directive,  exemplified by the 1985
Environmental Assessment Directive (12), raises acute difficulties for both Member States and the
Community institutions when it comes to ensuring full implementation.


3      THE ROLE  OF THE COMMISSION AND ART. 169 PROCEDURES (13)

       A key function  of the  European Commission under the Treaty of Rome is to ensure the
effective application of Community law (14). The Commission's  role in enforcement is therefore
one of its institutional duties, but it was  not until the early 1980's, a decade after the initiation of
explicit Community environmental policies, that it began to take its role  seriously in this field. The
European Parliament played an  important part in the process of galvanizing concern.  The
disappearance of  toxic waste  being transported  from Seveso  in 1983 revealed the extent of
defective  implementation of  existing environmental  Directives governing toxic and dangerous
wastes, and the Parliament's subsequent  inquiry and  Resolution criticized both the  Commission
and  Member States  over their failure to ensure  effective implementation  of  Community
environmental legislation  (15).   Since that date, the Commission,  largely through its legal unit
within Directorate-General XI, has concentrated efforts on improving  its enforcement efforts, using
both conventional legal processes available under Community law, and less formal methods.
       The formal legal procedures available to the  Commission in persuading a Member  State to
comply with  Community obligations derive from  Article 169 of the Treaty,  and as such are
common to all areas of Community policy. The terms of Article 169 are interpreted to divide into
three  separate stages: (i) the sending of a formal Article 169 letter to the Member State  (ii) the
sending of a reasoned opinion and finally (iii) referral to the  European  Court. Each  of these
decisions requires a collective decision of the whole Commission, making it an elaborate process,
but one that carries considerable political authority. The first two stages  may, and often do, end in
a settlement in that either the Member States complies with the Commission's requirements, or a
mutually acceptable agreement is reached without the need for intervention by the Court.  As
might be  expected of any complex process  of legal enforcement, these  formal  stages, and
particularly the service of an Article 169 letter are not normally initiated without some considerable
forewarning and  correspondence between the Member State concerned and the Commission.
       Three  main  categories of non-implementation exist:
   (1) A failure by a Member State to  communicate to the Commission national laws and other
       national measures implementing  the Community instruments in  question; each Directives
       prescribe  a  time-limit (normally two or three years) by which date Member  States must
       notify their national laws used or passed to implement the Directive.
   (2) Incomplete or incorrect transposition of  Community obligations into  national law, implying
       that a Member State has communicated the text of national implementing measures but
       that these fail to reflect fully the obligations under the relevant Directive.
   (3) The failure  to apply the Community obligations in practice, whatever the  state of the
       national law.

       The first two categories  are, by their nature, confined to the  implementation of Directives,
and are concerned with what might described as the formal aspect of implementation, ensuring at
the very least that the  "black letter" national law is in place. Monitoring the failure to communicate
national measures  within the time-scale specified in the Directive is a reasonable straightforward,
and quasi- mechanical process ; either communication has been  made  by the specified date or it
has not. In the early 1980s, the Commission standardized the enforcement machinery relating to
non-communication across all sectors of Community  law, and following advance warnings, if no
notification has been made by the date  required, the Commission will generally move straight into
Art. 169 proceedings.  The rise  in the volume  of legal proceedings for non-communication has
been dramatic with  in  1982 just 15 proceedings  begun for  non-communication in the
environmental sector rising to 131  in 1990. Indeed in  1990, proceedings for non-communication
represented  almost 60% of the total commenced in the environmental  sector.  This represents a

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             175
higher proportion of the three classes of actions than for the previous three years, and may in
part simply attributable to a higher volume of legislation agreed in previous years.
       Determining an infringement of the second type, incomplete or incorrect transposition, is a
task that is intellectually more demanding. Communication of national  laws has taken place with
the required time-limits but it is argued that they fail to reflect the obligations under the  Directive
in question.  This requires both an understanding of the legal meaning of the provisions of the
Directive,  itself not always an easy matter, together with the ability and expertise to interpret the
meaning of national  legislation in the  light of the Member State's  own legal and administrative
practice. The position is made more complex because Member States may have relied upon pre-
existing legislation to meet the aims of the  Directive in which case  its detailed terminology is
unlikely to be closely  aligned with that  of the Directive.   Furthermore, some of more recent
environmental Directives which cut across conventionally drawn boundaries of administrative and
legal  responsibility may as a result prevent the Member State from relying upon a single item of
legislation as its means of implementation. Examples exist where a Member State has submitted
something in the order of twenty items  of national law to implement a single Directive, and in
communicating the text of these  measures to the Commission, a Member  State  is unlikely to
mark for attention detailed and sometimes obscurely positioned deficiencies that may exist.
4      FAILURE TO IMPLEMENT IN PRACTICE

       The need to ensure that laws are implemented in practice as well as in formal terms has
been endorsed by Member States,  and in  recent years the Commission has been increasingly
concerned with the failures of this category. This represents  the most difficult and controversial
area of enforcement for the Commission,  and certainly one that can touch a raw nerve of the
sensibilities of Member States who wish  to preserve that national boundaries of discretion.
Examples of  this category include the failure of local drinking water supplies or  particular
stretches of bathing waters to meet prescribed Community standards, the failure of a waste
disposal licence to meet the prohibitions contained in the  Groundwater Directive, and  failure to
carry out an  environmental assessment for  a project falling within  mandatory classes of the
Environmental Assessment.   This  illustrates a further difficulty with this  type of infringement
proceedings. Assuming that the national legislation is in place,  failure to implement in practice
may well be due to the action or inaction  of a local or regional  public authority, or even a  local
court. All such bodies fall within the overarching concept of the "Member State", yet in practice it
is the central Governments of  Member State who must assume the responsibility for being at the
receiving end  of infringement proceedings,  though in some countries, depending on the degree of
decentralization that exists (and which varies considerably within  the Community)  they will
possess very  little legal influence over the way that  internal administrative bodies behave. The
theory and practice of Community law enforcement largely ignores these complexities at  present.
       One reason that may underlie the  failure of a Member State  to implement Directives in
practice may  simply be a question  of economic costs. Some environmental directives  expressly
incorporate an economic criterion  such as "best available technology not entailing  excessive
costs",(16) but others do not.  An important case before the European Court of Justice in 1990
concerned the failure to implement the standards contained in the Drinking Water Directive (17) in
local supplies, and the Court held  that the practical  and  economic difficulties  of ensuring that
water supplies met the required standards provided no defence to a Member State charged with
failure to implement the Directive (18).  This decision  illustrates the very strict approach that the
European Court has generally shown in issues of non-implementation, though it must be stressed
that at  present the European  Court possesses no powers of sanction, relying  instead upon its
moral authority if its judgments are to be complied with by Member States. The political  response
to  a apparently disturbing increase in examples of Member  States  failing to comply with
judgments of the Court is contained in the  Maastricht  Treaty which proposes to give power to the
Court to fine Member States which do not comply with  a judgment.

-------
176                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


5     INFORMATION GAPS AND THE COMPLAINT PROCEDURE

      In the environmental  sector, the Commission has no  real powers of investigation
comparable in any way to those it has been possesses in the competition field (19). There are as
yet no Community  environmental inspectors,although the idea has been suggested in the  past,
and in 1991  the UK Government called for the setting up of a Community "audit" inspectorate to
work  alongside  and monitor the performance of existing national inspectorates.  In 1990, the
Council  of Ministers agreed a Regulation establishing a  European Environmental Agency, though
as yet no location  for the Agency has been  agreed due to  political disputes between  Member
States (20), and initially at any rate the functions of the Agency would be largely confined to data
collection and analysis in conjunction with similar  bodies within Member  States.  Against this
background, the Commission has been peculiarly dependent on its  own complaint system to
enable it to be alerted to possible infringements in  practice.  The procedures, governed by the
Commission's internal rules  of administration, permit any member of the public, including
environmental groups and industries, to notify the Commission of alleged infringements.  No  legal
interest  in the matter complained of need be shown, and no  costs are involved.
      The system  is common to  all  areas of Community  law,  and  was first developed in the
1960's in the context of the internal market. But it is the environmental field that have given rise
to  a spectacular growth in the numbers of complaints  received,  and  they now represent almost
half of all total number received annually by the Commission. A number of criticisms can be made
about the current system. It means that the Commission is initially at any rate playing a largely
reactive  role to the type of issues and subject matter raised, and  its stated commitment to
investigate every complaint received, while a laudable goal of an  administration exercising
enforcement powers, leaves little room for strategic decision-making, especially given the current
limited man-power involved (21). Various suggestions have been  made to improve the efficiency
of  the system, including the establishment of Commission offices within Member States to act as
a first point of referral, or the requirement that complaints are initially  made and filtered through
Members of the  European  Parliament. Yet the ability and right of citizens to by-pass  national
governments and bodies  and make representations  direct to  a supra-national enforcement  body
marks a bold institutional initiative, particularly for  those  countries where  access to domestic
courts and tribunals is not simple, or where traditions in  open and responsive administrations are
not well developed. Certainly, in  its  recent  study  of  the  implementation and enforcement of
Community legislation, the  UK House of Lords Select  Committee recommended  against intro-
ducing radical new filter or other similar mechanisms:

          "...the complaints procedure remains a vital means for  individual citizens to
          bring pressure on regulatory authorities to  comply with Community law. The
          sheer numbers of complaints made and of consequent referrals to the Court
          of Justice are sufficient testament to the need for  such a mechanism." (22)

      The Committee went on to suggest a number of administrative reforms to improve the
handling of complaint investigations,  including  increased  staffing level within DGXI, a clearer
sense of priorities, greater powers of direct inspection, speeding up of decision-making, and more
openness in  the procedures -the initial stages, at least until the sending of a Reasoned  Opinion,
are still dominated  by conventions of confidentiality associated with international diplomacy.
Despite  the  criticisms, it  is  clear that in a number  of sectors the Commission's activities  have
created  considerable pressure on the governments of Member States, and  non-governmental
organizations have  become adept at using the procedures in a sophisticated  manner, though
experience  in this  respect still varies considerably between Member States. In 1990 the
Commission  took the bold step of releasing publicly  figures on a country by country basis of the
numbers of Article  169 letters that had been issued in the  environmental  sector,  a deliberate
political  move to highlight the issue of implementation and one that caused considerable disquiet
among  some  Member States at the  time. An annual  report is  now promised from the
Commission.

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             177


 6     INTERNALIZING COMMUNITY  OBLIGATIONS - DOCTRINES OF THE EUROPEAN
       COURT OF JUSTICE

       Although a primary function of the European Court of Justice is to determine the meaning
 of Community legislation,  it has  never confined itself to  a role of mechanical interpretation, but
 has over the years developed independent legal principles in an effort to ensure the supremacy of
 Community law and  its effective application by national courts. Two key doctrines can be
 mentioned in the context of implementation, though it should be emphasised that these were not
 developed with environmental policies in mind but are applicable to all areas of Community law.
 The first, developed in the mid-1970's at a time when national governments appeared to have lost
 some momentum in developing the  Community, concerned Directives.  Under this doctrine, the
 Court held that, even in the absence of national implementing legislation or where such legislation
 was  defective,  the sole legal remedy should  not lie in  Article 169 proceedings brought by the
 Commission.  For those obligations under Directives which  could be described as precise and
 certain, individual citizens should be entitled to rely upon them  in proceedings before  national
 courts.  But there was an important limitation in that such proceedings must involve governments
 or other "emanations of the State", a broad  concept that  encompasses local government bodies,
 public  agencies, and many other bodies considered to be under the control of the State.  The
 rationale which has limited the  application of the  doctrine to the public rather than  the  private
 sector  is that it is the Member State which has failed  to implement Community law, and it is
 therefore the Member State (and all that this concept entails) which  should not be  entitled to
 benefit from their own failings. In the environmental field it is still quite rare for the doctrine to be
 raised  before national  courts, though in some countries, notably the  Netherlands, there are now a
 fair number of reported cases on the subject.
       The second doctrine which has been developed  by  the Court and sometimes known as
 the doctrine of  sympathetic interpretation requires  national courts to interpret as far as possible
 national laws in such a way as to be consistent with Community obligations,  including  Directives.
 This doctrine can be raised in any proceedings, whether or not involving emanations of the State,
 though again its application in the environmental sector does not yet appear wide-spread. Both
 these doctrines can be seen as  a mechanism to internalize Community obligations even where
 the government of a Member State has failed  to implement, and as the Court's own contribution
 towards the issue.  The doctrines are not intended to supplant the Art. 169 proceedings, and it is
 irrelevant to their application that the Commission may also  be bringing Art.  169 proceedings on
 the same point. While in  theory extremely powerful mechanisms, their practical  effectiveness
 depends crucially on a number of factors. First, the acceptance by national courts and judges of
 their own obligation to apply the doctrines, even in the face of conflicting national law, and this is
 by no  means guaranteed in all  countries, or at all  levels of court. Second, citizens or others
 whose environmental  interests are threatened must have the legal right to raise such  issues
 before  their national courts, and again  the  picture throughout the  Community  is by no means
 consistent.  Substantive rules  on  standing,  particularly as they  relate  to  non-governmental
 organizations, differ in  many countries, as too do the costs of bringing actions, and the expertise
 of lawyers in what is  still seen  within some  Member States as a specialized and somewhat
 esoteric field of  law.
7     SANCTIONS AND REMEDIES

      As a matter of general principle, Community legislation  has not normally prescribed forms
of sanction whether criminal or civil which Member States must implement in order to ensure that
Community policy  is achieved.  Most environmental legislation to  date has taken the  form  of
Directives which, as described above, may contain  obligations involving  product standards,
environmental standards of various  sorts, licensing and  procedural requirements, and while
Member States have an obligation under Community law to achieve the aims of Directives, they
retain a discretion to determine the appropriate national legal and administrative means which will
be necessary to ensure these goals are attained. Whether they employ criminal sanctions, strict

-------
178                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


or fault based liability offences, civil  remedies, or administrative measures is left to their
discretion, and the traditions of their own legal and administrative culture.
      While the European Court of Justice has developed doctrines creating protective rights for
individuals, notably the  direct effective doctrine, they have to  date  largely left matters of
procedural remedies, including the question of standing, to national courts:

          "It is for the national courts in application of the principle  of cooperation laid
          down in Article 5  of the EEC Treaty to ensure the legal protection which
          persons derive  from the direct effect of provisions of Community law."

                 R  v Sec, of State for Transport ex  p Factortame and Others  C-
          213/89 1991 1 AC 603

       Nevertheless, according to case-law (23) of the  European Court the discretion of national
courts and legislation in this context is subject to two limitations:
       procedural conditions  relating to rights under Community law must not be less favourable
       than conditions relating to  equivalent procedures for national remedies;
       such national conditions must not  make it impossible to exercise those rights derived from
       Community law.

       As to sanctions or remedies introduced under national  law, the European Court  of Justice
has hinted  in at least one case that while  Member States may have considerable discretion, they
cannot abuse  this.  For example, where a Member State had a discretion to choose a sanction
under a Directive and chose  an award of compensation,

          "..then in order to ensure  that it  is effective  in  relation to the  damage
          suffered and that  it has a deterrent effect, that compensation must in any
          event be  adequate in relation to the damage  sustained."

                 Case 14/83 Van Colson (1984) ECR 1891

       The implications of this doctrine in likely to tested before the  British courts in the  context of
current legal proceedings taken  by  Friends of the Earth against the Secretary of  State for the
Environment, challenging the validity of undertakings accepted by  him from private sector water
undertakers who had failed to comply with existing Community standards on Drinking Water. It is
likely to be argued that in the context  of  Community principles, such undertakings (which
essentially represent a form  of agreement to upgrade standards over a time period but one which
is on the public record and can  ultimately be  enforced by administrative remedies leading to the
removal of the undertaker's  licence to  provide water supplies)  are not a  sufficiently  rigorous  form
of sanction to  ensure compliance.
       Finally,  in the Frankovitch decision last year  (Frankovitch  v Italian  Republic,  Case C-
6/90.C-9/90 Times European Law Report), the European Court held that in certain circumstances
a remedy  in damages to individuals should  be available against Governments where loss had
resulted due to their failure to implement an EC Directive.  The Court held  that if no such system
existed under national courts it was up to the courts to create such remedies. Again, this can be
seen as an example  of the  Court trying to introduce legal remedies into national systems which
ultimately aim  to bring pressure  on  national governments to comply with Community obligations.
As the Court stated in its judgment,

          "The full  effectiveness of Community rules  might be called Into
          question and the protection of the rights which they conferred would
          be  weakened if individuals could  not obtain compensation where their
           rights were  infringed  by a breach of Community law for  which a
           Member State is responsible"

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             179
8     IMPACT AND APPLICATION OF COMMUNITY ENVIRONMENTAL LAW ON MEMBER
      STATES

      Judging the impact of Community environmental laws within Member States is not an easy
exercise. One  is faced with twelve different countries, often with quite distinct national legal and
administrative cultures, and with distinctive experiences  in the development of national
environmental  law. A simple dichotomy between those countries with a Roman law tradition and
those with a common law system (the  UK and  Ireland)  does not  do justice to the range of
differences that exist, and national experts in each  country could point to a wide range  of different
impacts which  Community environmental law has had on their own national systems. The position
is  made more complex because Community laws do  not  originate from a  straightforward "top-
down" political process, but may often  be influenced by existing developments in particular
Member States, and during negotiations amendments may be sought seeking to  minimize the
disruptive effect of proposed new Community provisions on existing national procedures.  This
means that for some countries,  a particular  Directive may  have  little  impact on its national laws
while the same Directive  may be a significant innovation for  other countries.
      The conventional wisdom is that  for those Member States which already possessed a
reasonably developed set of environmental laws prior  to  the development of Community
environmental  law (eg Germany, Denmark,  Netherlands, the United  Kingdom, and France), the
Community dimension has not  brought about major changes, while the most dramatic effects
have been felt in those  countries with little in the  way  of sophisticated national controls (e.g.
Spain, Portugal, Greece,  Italy).  There is some truth in this,  but on closer examination, the "North-
South"  division is not wholly  convincing.  To take one example,  before the introduction of
Community legislation prescribing air quality  standards, the  only country in the Community which
possessed legally binding air quality standards  was what was then  the Federal Republic of
Germany. The introduction of legal  air quality standards  in countries such as Denmark, France,
and the Netherlands  and the United Kingdom, can be directly  attributable to the need to comply
with Community legislation (24). Certainly,  for a United Kingdom lawyer in both  the  field of air
pollution and  other areas of Community environmental  law, a major structural influence of
Community law has been the extent to which it has proved  necessary to formalize into legislation
and regulations detailed environmental standards - a complete  reversal of what had hitherto been
the dominant  practice of allowing a large degree of administrative  discretion within a broadly
drafted legal framework,  coupled with a reliance upon administrative circulars to transmit detailed
policy intentions (25).  This  in turn is  influencing the way that internal interests, including
regulators, lawyers, and industry, are approaching the  subject of environmental  policy  in the
United Kingdom.
      Two concluding general points can be  made on the subject of  implementation. First, full
and effective implementation of Community law  is  unlikely ever to  be achieved solely by the
institutional mschanisms  implicit  in the Article 169  procedure, involving both the Commission and
the European Court. In the long  run, it requires a genuine internal political will by Member States
to  ensure that Community policies  are implemented within their countries,  and this in turn will
require  improved education and understanding by national officials of the nature of Community
law, together with the development  of more effective national fora allowing oversight of decision-
making.
      Second, judging both  the effectiveness of Community policies  in improvement environ-
mental  protection and the extent and nature of  deficiencies that exist requires  much greater
investment in  reliable and  comparable environmental data  sources. As the UK House of Lords
Report (22) put it: "Without information it is impossible to assess whether compliance has taken
place, the effectiveness of the legislation,  or to guage what  further action needs to be taken"(para
34).  In  this context, the continued failure of  Member States to agree a  location for the proposed
Community Environmental Agency is a  unfortunate reflection on  the  extent to  which national
political  interests can override those of the environment.  The speed and manner  in  which this
issue is resolved will provide some signal of the extent to which Member States are truly
committed to improving implemention of Community environmental policies.

-------
180                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
      REFERENCES

(1)    Statement of European Council, Bulletin of the European Communities 6-1990, 18-21, note
      4.

(2)    This principle may even extend to a national court granting interim relief to  suspend the
      operation of a piece of national legislation until full proceedings take place : Case 246/89
      R v Secretary of State for Transport ex parte Factortame (1989) ECR 312.

(3)    see, for example, Resolutions of the European Parliament of 11/4/84 OJ 1984 C 127/67,
      and of 19/3/90, OJ 1990 C 68/172.

(4)    At an informal meeting of the Council of Ministers on 11-13 October 1991, it was agreed
      that there was a need for both the "further development and enforcement of environmental
      legislation" within the Community and a need to "improve the compliance and enforcement
      structures concerning  environmental legislation and its implementation within the Member
      States." The Council  accepted, as one contribution to this process,  recommendations
      contained in  a report by Environmental Resources Ltd of the need to establish an informal
      network of national enforcement agencies  responsible for the  practical implementation of
      Community environmental policies.

(5)    Art 130r(4): "The Community shall take action relating to the environment to  the extent to
      which  the objectives referred to in paragraph 1 (of this Article) can be attained better at
      Community level than  at the level of the individual Member States."

(6)    Proposed new Art. 3b: "In  areas which do  not  fall within its exclusive competence the
      Community shall take action, in accordance with the principal of subsidiarity, only if and in
      so far as the objectives of the proposed action  cannot sufficiently be achieved by the
      Member States and can therefore, by reason of the  scale or effects of the  proposed
      action, be better achieved by the Community."

(7)    The vast majority of environmental Directives were based on  both  Articles. Directive
      79/409/EEC  on the Conservation of Wild Birds is one of the few measures  of substance
      solely based on Art. 235.

(8)    Although the Maastricht  Treaty amendments would introduce qualified majority voting for
      most environmental measures, the legislative procedures for Art 100A remain different,
      making the  distinction still  one of  importance. Furthermore, the freedom for a Member
      State  to introduce  stricter  national environmental controls  is more  restricted where the
      Community measure is based on Art 100A.  In Commission v Council, Case 300/89, (June
       11  1991), the European  Court  held  that given the distinctive legislative processes,
       measures  had to be  based on one or the other Articles, but that this choice was not  a
       matter of discretion by Community institutions but was a legal question to  be based on
       "objective elements".   In that case,  the ECJ  agreed with the Commission's contention that
       a measure harmonizing pollution  standards in a particular industrial sector was, despite  a
       strong environmental component,  still correctly based on Art. 100A.

 (9)    Preamble, Council Directive of 24 November 1988, 88/609/EEC.

 (10)   for example, Directive 80/779 on  air quality limit values and guide values for sulphur
       dioxide  and suspended particulates; Directive 80/778 relating to the quality of water
       intended for human consumption.

 (11)   for example, Directive 78/659 on  the quality of waters for fish life; Directive 76/160 on the
       quality of bathing waters; Directive 79/409 on the conservation of wild birds.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            181
(12)   Directive 85/337 on the assessment of the effects of certain public and private projects on
      the environment.  Directive 90/313 on access to environmental information is another good
      example of a "horizontal" measure.

(13)   The material for  this section is drawn from a more detailed analysis in Macrory (1992)
      "The Enforcement of Community  Environmental Laws : Some Critical Legal Issues."
      Common Market  Law Review 29, 347-369.

(14)   Art 155 of the  Treaty provides that the Commission shall "..ensure that  the provisions of
      this Treaty and the measures taken by the institutions pursuant thereof are applied;"

(15)   European Parliament Resolution of 11 April 1984 OJ 1984 C 127/67.

(16)   see Directive 84/360 on combatting of air pollution from large industrial plants.

(17)   Directive 80/778 relating to the quality of water intended for human consumption.

(18)   Case 42/89 Commission v Belgium, 5 July 1990.

(19)   see Council Regulation No 17 of 6 February 1962, OJ Special Edition 1959-62, 87

(20)   Regulation 1210/90 OJ  1990 L 120/1.   The  European Parliament wished to give the
      Agency a more explicit inspection and enforcement function,  but this was resisted by the
      Council. Art 20,  however, provides that two years after the  location of the Agency has
      been agreed,  the Council  must decide upon further tasks for the  Agency including,
      "associating in the monitoring of the  implementation of  Community environmental
      legislation in  cooperation with  the Commission and  existing  competent bodies in the
      Member States."

(21)   In 1991, the legal  unit within DG  XI had a staff of  10 lawyers, six of whom were on
      temporary secondment.

(22)   House  of  Lords  Select Committee on the European  Communities, 9th  Report, Session
      1991-92, March 1992, para 128.

(23)   see Geddes "Locus  standi and EEC Environmental Measures."  Journal  of Environmental
      Law Vol4 No  1 1992.

(24)   see Institute for European Environmental Policy  (1989) Report  for the European
      Commission ,  "The Implementation  of  the EEC Air  Directives in  the  Twelve Member
      States." The  Institute has conducted a large number  of valuable country by country and
      comparative studies  of the impact of  Community environmental legislation within Member
      States.

(25)   Although some would argue  that this is a characteristic of a common law country adapting
      to Roman  law systems, the same formalizing influence of Community law can be seen in
      countries such as France ; see Annex to the 8th Report to the European Parliament on
      monitoring the application of  Community law 1991, OJ C 338, 31.12.91.

-------
182                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             183
THE  IMPLEMENTATION OF  ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS BY THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC
COMMUNITIES

LUDWIG KRAMER
Commission of the European Communities, DG Environment, Nuclear Safety and Civil Protection,
34 Rue Belliard, B 1049 Brussels, Belgium
      REFERENCE
      This paper is a reprint from the German Yearbook of International Law (Jahrbuch fiir
Internationales Recht), Volume 34, 1991, printed by Duncker & Humblot, Berlin, 1992.
                              I. Introduction

  Alexandre Kiss, probably the most renowned European environmental lawyer,
concludes his book  Droit international de I'environnement with the following
statement on the implementation of European Economic Communities (EEC)
environmental law:
   It is encouraging to be able to end a book on international environmental law with a
   description of a legislative and  judicial system which presents so many guarantees of
   efficiency. Certainly, one might object that Community law forms already no longer a
   part of international law, since the EEC has set up a quasi-federal system. This objection
   is not without value; however, is the future of international law not progressing towards
   federal forms? Environmental law which reveals so many strong and weak points of legal
   systems, gives, also in this regard, substance for reflection.1

   Along the same line of thinking, the International Environmental Law Confer-
ence (from  12 to 16 August 1990 in The  Hague) which was organised by the
International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN)
discussed, among other subjects, whether EEC  implementation and enforcement
procedures could form some sort of a model for the regional or global implementa-
tion and enforcement of international conventions.
   The importance of EEC implementation rules is also underlined by a number of
statements and resolutions which EEC institutions have adopted during the last
few years. Thus, the  Council Resolution adopting the Community's Fourth
Action Programme on  the Environment stressed  that the Council  attaches
particular importance to the implementation of Community legislation, and called
on the Commission to provide regular reports on the subject so that the Council
and the European Parliament could assess the effectiveness of the Community's
environmental policy.2 The European Parliament in  turn has adopted a series of
Resolutions concerning the implementation of the Community  rules on the
   1 Alexandre Kiss, Droit international de 1'environnement, Paris 1989, 336.
   2 European Council, Resolution of 19 October 1987, Official Journal of the European
 Communities (OJEC) 1987, No C 328/1.

-------
 184                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

 environment.3 In Dublin on 25-26 June 1990 the European Council stressed the
 importance of full implementation and enforcement of Community legislation and
 instructed the Commission  to conduct  regular reviews and  publish  detailed
 reports on its findings.4 Since environmental problems are of growing concern all
 over the  world and in view of the upcoming  United Nations environmental
 conference in 1992 in Brazil, it  seems useful to describe  in some detail EEC
 implementation rules for environmental standards and the way they function in
 practice.

                    II. The Framework  Set by EEC Law

   The EEC, a "Regional Economic Integration Organisation" that undertakes to
 integrate twelve sovereign nation-states into one European Community, has over
 approximately twenty years of environmental policy adopted some 200 binding
 pieces of law, in the form of EEC directives, regulations or decisions. These rules of
 law are adopted by the Council, which acts upon  proposals from the Commission
 and with the participation of the European Parliament. Legal review is exercised by
 the Court of Justice.
   "Community environmental legislation will  only be effective  if it  is fully
 implemented and enforced by Member States".5  At present, the overall situation
 within the EEC is characterised by the late transposal of directives into national
 law, rather frequent legal deficiencies in national legislative implementation and, in
particular, deficiencies in the practical enforcement of rules on implementation of
Community law which were fixed at the national level. EEC law is not present in
national law; local, regional and national administrations are often not  familiar
with it. Its relationship with national rules — direct effect doctrine, superiority of
Community law, significance of the texts of this or that Community rule — are
ignored. In conflicts with economic developments, environmental aspects almost
always are given second place. Thus it looks as if all combined rules of Community
and national  environmental law, adopted  over twenty years, have not managed
significantly or generally to reverse the trend of the slow but continued degrada-
tion of the environment within the EEC.
  The key Articles as regards the implementation of EEC environmental measures
are Articles 130 r (4) and 155 of the EEC Treaty. Article 130 r (4) states with regard
to environmental measures:
  3 Resolution of 10 March 1988 (air and water), OJEC 1988, No C 94/151 and 155;
Resolution of 12 October 1988 (nature), OJEC  1988, No C 290/54; Resolution  of 13
October 1988 (birds), OJEC 1988, No C 290/137; Resolution of 16 February' 1990 (general),
OJEC 1990, No C 68/183.
  4 European Council, Bulletin of the European Communities 6/1990, 18-21.
  5 European Council (note 4), 19.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             185


   Without prejudice to certain measures of a Community nature, the Member States shall
   finance and implement the other measures.
  Article 155 states:
   In order to ensure the proper functioning and development of the common market, the
   Commission shall:
   —  ensure that the provisions of this Treaty and the measures taken by the institutions
   pursuant thereto are applied; ...
  It is generally accepted that Article 155  is not  linked to "common market"
requirements, but institutes the Commission as guardian of the Treaty in general.
  Accordingly, the Commission's work not only prepares environmental legisla-
tion or conceives and pursues an EEC environmental policy, but it also  is obliged
under the Treaty to ensure that all obligations imposed on  Member  States by
Community environmental  legislation are honoured.
  Thus,  Member  States  not only have  to adopt  the  measures necessary to
incorporate Community environmental legislation into their national  laws, but
also have to apply them fully and correctly over all their territory.
  The Court of Justice has ruled that the preservation of the environment is an
essential objective in the interest of the  Community as a whole.6 The unique
feature of  environmental legislation, which distinguishes  it from Community
legislation in other areas, is  that it depends almost  exclusively on  the goodwill of
the national administrations  to implement it. More specifically, Community
legislation  on economic affairs, agriculture, competition, transport, or services
directly affects the vital interests of key sectors  of economic activity in each
Member State. Therefore, special interest groups are quick to mobilise all the legal,
political or media resources at their disposal to enforce the Community legislation
protecting them or combating practices detrimental to them. In contrast to that,
the environment belongs to no one in particular ("the Community as  a whole")
and therefore has no official defender. Virtually nobody can combine the know-
how, means, resources and qualifications needed to protect a biotope, clean up  a
river or save a forest. Apart from sporadic action by environmental  groups, most of
whom are poorly equipped, it is left to the authorities to control  activities which
could potentially damage the environment, and to  accept or reject infrastructure
projects with a definite environmental impact or to  keep track of the movement of
dangerous substances or waste. In practice, they are responsible for enforcing the
regulations  implementing Community legislation  and for bringing proceedings
against polluters. Administrations alone can collect, organize and, where approp-
riate, publish data on emissions into the soil, air or water, environmental pollution,
environmental hazards,  the diversity of flora  and fauna or  the state  of  the
environment in general.
  ' Court of Justice, Case 240/83, ADBHU, (1985) European Court Reports (ECR) 531;
Case 302/86, Commission v. Denmark, (1988) ECR 4607.

-------
186                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

  The fact that protection of the environment, an objective in the general interest
of the Community, is left almost entirely to the authorities singles out environ-
mental legislation and, hence, the arrangements for monitoring the implementa-
tion of this law, as being different from all other areas of Community legislation.
This difference goes  a  long  way towards explaining the  growing  interest in
monitoring in recent  years and the importance attached to it by the Member
States, the Community  institutions, the media and public opinion — an impor-
tance which, in all probability, will grow stronger still in the future.
  Environmental directives have been adopted at the Community level since 1975.
Control of implementation during the first years following that date was focused
on  the question of whether  any national legislation was adopted in order to
transpose the directive into national law. The main push to increase implementa-
tion control was given by the European Parliament.
  In 1983 some barrels  containing highly toxic waste from the Seveso (Italy)-
accident  in 1978 suddenly disappeared  while  being transported. The  incident
caused enormous public concern in almost all EEC Member States. The European
Parliament, for the first time in its history, instituted an enquiry Committee which
was to examine the implementation of EEC  environmental legislation and in
particular Council Directive  78/319 on toxic  and  dangerous waste.7 The final
report of the Committee and Parliament's resolution on the question  were highly
critical of the Commission and the Member States and called for effective measures
in order to improve the implementation  of environmental legislation  by Member
States and control by the Commission.8 This led  the Commission to increase its
activities  in monitoring the implementation of EEC  environmental  law by
Member  States.

                        III.  Monitoring Procedures

  The Commission has a variety of instruments for  enforcing Community
environmental law, with the infringement procedure provided for in Article 169 of
the Treaty as the last resort when all else fails.
  The first point to remember is that wide consultations are held with the Member
States before  the Council adopts a Directive or  Regulation.  As  soon as the
Commission starts  work on a  subject,  it discusses its plans with the national
experts appointed by the Member States and the  economic or political circles
concerned. Since environmental legislation is adopted by the Council — and in
most cases by unanimous vote — it is fair to assume that all the Member States are
fully aware of the commitments they are making.
   7 Directive 78/319 on toxic and dangerous waste, OJEC 1978, No 84/43.
   8 European Parliament Resolution of.ll April 1984, OJEC 1984, No C 127/67.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            187

  When a Directive is adopted, the Commission sends a formal letter to each
Member State, referring to the Directive, the deadlines laid down in it and the need
to adapt national law to the requirements of Community law. Some three months
before the deadline for incorporating the Directive into national law, the Commis-
sion again sends a formal letter to those Member States which have not notified the
Commission of such incorporation. In this letter the  Commission once again
explains the legal  position and points out the Member States' obligations to
comply with the provisions of the Directive.
  Such letters are sent in connection with each Directive adopted. The convening
of meetings of experts or representatives of the Member States  before or after a
Directive has come into  force is less systematic.  While  meetings  take  place
regularly in connection with such fields as chemicals, atmospheric pollution and
flora and fauna, and the opportunity at least exists of discussing jointly within the
Waste Management Committee' the implementation of the Directives on waste in
the Member States, meetings related to water and noise pollution tend to be few
and far between.
  Alongside meetings  with representatives of the Member States, the Commis-
sion carries out its  own  investigations into the execution and  application  of
Community environmental regulations and assesses its findings. In this context
there are numerous formal or  informal, written or personal contacts between
Commission departments and the national authorities responsible for putting the
Directives into effect. Finally, mention should be made of Community Decisions,
which provide for an exchange of specific environmental information.10 There are
likewise regular meetings in connection with  these  Decisions, at which the
application of environmental legislation is discussed.
  Occasionally the Commission conducts informal appraisals of draft legislation
submitted by the Member States before definitive adoption. Although the Com-
mission can give no definite opinion on implementing measures at the draft stage,
it attempts to help the Member States at their request.
   Finally,  in 1990 the  Commission started to organize  bilateral "package" meet-
ings with the national authorities to discuss the facts of the case or legal aspects of
alleged infringements, complaints or measures to implement the Directives on the
environment with all the central, regional or local authorities concerned. Meetings
of  this type have been held in Spain (twice), Portugal, Greece (twice), Germany,
Belgium, Ireland and the Netherlands.
   9 The Committee was set up in 1976 and has the mandate to discuss all matters of waste
 management in the EEC, OJEC 1976, No L 115/73.
   10 Decision  82/459 (air pollution), OJEC 1982, No L 210/1; Decision 77/585 (water),
 OJEC 1987, No L 240/1.

-------
 188                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

   Consequently, the formal procedure laid down in Article 169 of the EEC Treaty
 is the Commissions's last resort for exercising control and enforcing Community
 law on the environment.
   Article 169 reads as follows:
    If the Commission considers that a Member State has failed to fulfil an obligation under
    this  Treaty, it shall deliver a reasoned opinion on  the matter after giving the  State
    concerned the opportunity to submit its observations.
    If the State concerned does not comply with the opinion within the period laid down by
    the Commission, the latter may bring the matter before the Court of Justice.
   Thus, there is a three-stage procedure under that Article:
 (i)   formal notice to the Member State concerned
 (ii)   reasoned opinion
 (iii)  referral to the Court of Justice.
   The  following figures may illustrate the evolution of these procedures during
 the last years."
Year
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
Letter of
formal notice
27
16
35
65
69
134
159
93
101
168
Reasoned
opinion
3
7
1
33
26
11
24
71
26
39
Referral to the
Court of Justice
12
_
_
2
23
10
3
11
21
14
  The letter of formal notice from the Commission does not follow a specific
pattern, though it has by now acquired a more or less standard content. This is, in
part, due to the view held by the Court of Justice that the Commission's letter has
already defined  the object at issue in any subsequent court proceedings. The
Commission is thus unable to include any additional points of complaint in its
reasoned opinion or when bringing the matter before the Court of Justice, even if
the Commission has itself discovered  the infringement by the Member State.

  11 Commission, 7th  annual report  to the European Parliament  on  the control of
implementation of Community law — 1989, OJEC 1990, No C 232/35; the figures for 1990
have not yet been published.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            189

  The rules allow the Member State in question two months in which to reply to
the Commission's letter of formal  notice. However, since — on average — the
Commission discusses and decides on an Article 169 procedure only once every six
months, the time available to Member States to reply is almost always much longer.

  The Commission's reasoned opinion closes the administrative  part of the
procedure. The facts of the case  have  been clarified  and the Member  State
informed of the Commission's definitive stand on the legal issue involved. The
opinion gives  a detailed  account of how Community  law  has been  infringed.
Should proceedings subsequently be initiated with the Court of Justice, the facts
no longer need to be clarified; the dispute can be confined to legal issues.

  A judgment by the Court of Justice pursuant to  Article 169 establishes an
infringement of Community law provisions, unless the Commission's complaint is
dismissed. What conclusions the Member State draws from the judgment and how
it complies with the Court's ruling is left to that Member  State. At all events, non-
compliance with the Court's rulings on environmental issues is not frequent.

  All three stages of Article  169  require an explicit,  formal decision  by the
Commission itself, based on a proposal from the departments concerned. In 1990,
the Commission delegated to the Member responsible for the environment the
power to decide whether to initiate the procedure whenever no details are received
on the national measures taken to implement a particular Directive. In view of the
rather formalised procedures, it always takes a considerable amount of time from
the start of the Article  169  procedure  to  the eventual Court judgment. For
instance, it took 52 months from the date that notice was served to obtain a ruling
from the Court in Cases 339/87 (Commission v Netherlands) and 42/89 (Commis-
sion v France)  and 47 months in Case 182/89 (Commission v Belgium). As the
number of cases  before the Court and dossiers handled  by the  Commission
increases, the procedure may take longer still.
  One way to speed up the procedure is  to start "urgency procedures", in other
words to shorten the gap between the formal decision and its implementation and
the time which the Member States  are allowed to send in their replies. However,
for lack of staff and objective criteria for selecting the right dossiers, such urgency
procedures are rather exceptional. Thus, in 1990,  the Commission exercised this
right only once, against Belgium's provisions  explicitly authorizing an exemption
from Directive 80/51 on aircraft noise.
  The Commission is not empowered to take interim measures against individual
Member States. It is only when a case has been brought before the Court that it can
request the Court to  impose a provisional injunction if it fears that irreversible
damage could  be caused pending the final ruling.  In the  only case decided so far,
Case 57/89 against Germany, the Commission asked for a temporary injunction to
stop work which threatened the habitat of wild birds.  The Court  rejected this

-------
190                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


request on the grounds that the Commission had failed to establish the urgency of
the need to stop the work.12


                          IV. Aspects Monitored

  Three aspects of implementation of Community environmental law are moni-
tored. The Commission checks whether:
(1)  the Member States have adopted and submitted their national measures to
    implement the Directives;
(2)  these national measures fully and correctly discharge the obligations imposed
    by Community law;
(3)  these national implementing provisions are applied correctly in practice.
  The following figures show the developments since 1981, though the repartition
is not always altogether clear:13
                  Letters of Formal Notice Sent to Member States

                                     Incomplete or
            Non-communication          incorrect          Bad implementation
Year            of national            transposal of            of transposed
          implementation measures      EEC law into              legislation
                                      national law
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
27
15
23
48
58
84
68
36
46
131
_
1
10
15
10
32
30
24
17
24
_
-
2
2
1
9
58
30
37
62
  12 Court of Justice, Case 57/89 (1989), ECR 2849.
  13 Commission (note 6); the figures for 1990 have not yet been published. Discrepancies
from the figures on page 14 come from the unpublished Commission document.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            191


           1. Failure to Give Notification of Implementing Measures

  Community Directives contain a provision to the effect that Member States
must adapt their national legislation to the provisions of the Directive within a
specific time period and give notification of these implementing measures to the
Commission.
  Even without such a provision, this obligation for the Member States arises in
any case from Article 5 of the Treaty, to which we have already referred. When this
specified period has expired without the Commission having received notification
of the required implementing measures, the Commission decides without further
ado to initiate a procedure under Article 169. This is justified by the fact that the
Member States have twice been formally reminded of their obligations during the
period of grace, that these obligations are clearly and unequivocally set out in the
Directive, and that past experience has shown that incorporation into national law
of environmental Directives within the fixed time-period is the exception rather
than the rule.
  As a general rule, these non-notification procedures reflect a certain slowness on
the part of the Member States  to implement  new Directives  rather than any
deliberate attempt to evade their obligations to the Community. The Member
States often step into line shortly after the Directive enters into force. As a result,
the Court rarely has to give a ruling. Nonetheless, there are still too many cases of
failure to inform the Commission of the measures taken, giving rise to proceedings
and costs which could be avoided.
  The letters of  formal notice sent to the Member States regarding failure to
notify are of a purely formal nature. If notification is subsequently received from a
Member State, the Article 169 procedure has to be shelved. If necessary, a new
procedure on the grounds of incomplete implementation may be initiated, a most
intricate process.
  If a Member State notifies the Commission that, in its view, its national law
already meets the requirements of the Directive, this is regarded as a formal
notification and the Commission examines the national legislation to see whether
the Member State's claim is justified. If a Member State takes the view that an
internal administrative measure is sufficient for an incorporation into national law,
the Commission again examines the content of that measure to determine whether
formal incorporation is necessary.
  In all, an infringement procedure on the grounds of failure to give notification of
national implementing measures should be seen primarily as a means of pressuring
the Member States into incorporating Community environmental provisions in
their national law within the specified period of time.
  In practice it sometimes takes a very long time to implement Directives on the
environment. For example,  Directive 85/337 on the assessment of the effects of

-------
 192                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

 certain public and private projects on the environment14 entered into force in July
 1988. But Greece, Portugal and Germany took until 1990 to incorporate it into
 their national legislation and even then, from a legal point of view, failed to fully
 comply with the Directive.
  Directives 89/369 and 89/429 on air pollution from municipal-waste incineration
 plants15 entered into force on 1 December 1990. At the end of 1990 notifications
 were received from Germany, Portugal and the Netherlands.
  Finally, it must be added that the Commission is not informed of the national
 measures taken to implement international conventions on the environment, even
 in those cases  where the Community is a contracting party in  its own  right.
 Consequently,  the Commission does  not monitor implementation of such con-
 ventions within the Community. However, if the Community adopts specific legal
 provisions governing fields covered by an international convention, the Member
 States are, of course, required to inform the Commission of the national measures
 adopted to implement these Community instruments. Consequently, these are
 monitored as provided by Article 155 of the Treaty.


                          a)  Nature Conservation

  The general  concern  about the progressive degradation of nature,  despite all
 Community and national measures taken, manifests itself in the great number of
 complaints in this sector, the great number of Article 169 procedures started,  and
 an important number of Court decisions: on 31 December 1990 the Court  had
given 11 rulings, and 6 further cases were pending.
  As regards Directive 83/129 as amended,16  it prohibits the importation of the
 skins of certain  seal pups and products derived therefrom into Member States. The
Commission monitors the conformity of national rules with this Directive. As
regards practical application, the Directive does not require any information to be
passed on to the  Commission. As a result, the latter relies entirely on import/
export figures for monitoring, which are published after months or even years have
elapsed.  Moreover their non-specific nature normally  makes it  impossible to
effectively monitor whether or not the import ban has really been complied with.
  Regulation No 82/3626 on trade of endangered species of wild flora and fauna
applies directly in the Member States. Its application in practice is monitored by
the relevant management committee  which meets regularly and which co-ordi-
  H Directive 85/337 on. the Assessment of the Effects of Certain Public and Private
Projects on the Environment, OJEC 1985, No L 175/40.
  15 Directive 89/369 (new installations), OJEC 1989, No L 163/32; Directive 80/429
(existing installations), OJEC 1989, No L 203/50.
  16 Directive 83/129 concerning the Importation into Member States of Skins of Certain
Seal Pups, OJEC 1983, No L 91/30.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            193


nates the activities of the Member States. The Article 169 procedure is initiated
only in exceptional cases and also because it is difficult to produce evidence of
illegal action.
  The two main directives on nature conservation are Directive 79/409 on the
conservation of wild birds17 and Directive 85/337 on the assessment of the effects
of certain public and private projects on the environment,18 although the  latter
covers other sectors as well as nature conservation.
  With  reference  to  Directive 79/409,  all  twelve  Member  States provide
legislation on the protection of birds. In a number of Member States, however, this
legislation  is hunting legislation  rather than legislation on the  conservation of
birds.
  By 30 December 1990 only Luxembourg had not adopted legislative measures to
incorporate Directive 85/337 into national law. Greece, Portugal and Germany
introduced legislation in 1990, i. e. some two years after the entry into force of the
directive (3 July 1988). The delay means that projects falling within the scope of
the Directive, which were given  the go-ahead  after 3 July 1988 but before the
legislation entered into force, often slip through the net of environmental impact
assessment, depending on the attitude of the authorities.  Portugal, the United
Kingdom and Germany even expressly included  a clause to this effect in their
national legislation, although this  would  appear  to  be incompatible with  the
directive.

                                 b)  Water

  The Community approach to combating water pollution is not uniform and
relies on quality  objectives, reduction c-i  emissions and prior authorization.  In
addition, the vague wording of the Community rules allows the water management
authorities  scope for interpretation which — given the absence  of common
sampling methods, the different frequency of sampling,  etc. — gives rise  to
disparities in results from one Member State to another.
  In the water sector,  as  in other sectors  of environmental law, environmental
protection is largely a matter for the administrative authorities. A number of
Member States have therefore judged it sufficient to issue administrative circulars
in order to incorporate the Community Directives into national law. A judgment
of the Court of Justice19 in a case concerning Directive 76/160 on the  quality of
bathing water, did little to  change the situation and proceedings are still in progress
against several Member States to require them to adopt binding provisions  to
incorporate the Directives on water into domestic  law. These observations  apply
   17 Directive 79/409 on the Conservation of Wild Birds, OJEC 1979, No L 103/1.
   18 Directive 85/337 (note 14).
   " Court of Justice, Case 96/81, Commission v. Netherlands (1982), ECR 1791.

-------
194                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

above all to the Directives based on the "quality objective's" approach which were
adopted in the Seventies.

                              c)  Air Pollution

  Leaving aside the "products" directives relating to air pollution, i.e. Directive
75/716 on the sulphur content of gasoil20 and Directive 85/210 on lead in petrol21
the Community Directives designed to combat air pollution concern two main
areas:
— authorisation of new industrial  plants subject to the use of the best available
   technology not entailing excessive costs;
— programmes to be  drawn up and implemented in order  to  gradually bring
   existing plants into line  with the latest technology. The same approach is
   adopted for areas which are sensitive in terms of limit  values for sulphur
   dioxide, suspended  particulates, lead or nitrogen dioxide.
  As regards the protection of the  ozone layer, Regulation No 3222/88 is directly
applicable.
  Delayed transposal is mainly a problem when it relates to more recently adopted
directives. For instance, as regards  Directive 88/609 on large combustion plants22
the Member  States should have adopted the necessary measures to adapt their
legislation  and draw up emission  reduction programmes by 1  July  1990. The
programmes  were due to  be forwarded to the Commission by the end of 1990.
However, by that date only Germany and the United Kingdom had forwarded
programmes and only a handful of Member States had notified the Commission of
legislative measures to incorporate the Directive into national law.
  Directive 89/369 and 89/429 on municipal waste incineration plants23 came into
force in December 1990. On the date of entry into force only Germany had notified
the Commission of national implementing measures, although by the end of  the
year the Netherlands and Portugal had forwarded legislative measures in respect of
the Directives.

                               d)  Chemicals

  A number of Member States are having problems keeping up with the Directives
adapting Directive 67/548/EEC24 to technical progress, and are  therefore late in
   20 Directive 75/716 on the Sulphur Content of Certain Liquid Fuels, OJEC 1975, No L
 397/22.
   21 Directive 85/210 on the Lead Content of Petrol, OJEC 1985, No L 96/25.
   22 Directive 88/609 on Air Pollution from Large Combustion Plants.
   2J Directives 89/369 and 89/429 (note 15).
   2< Directive 67/548 on the Classification, Packaging and Labelling of Dangerous Substan-
 ces, OJEC 1967, No 196/1. By the end of 1990 this Directive was amended 16 times.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            195

transposing some of the Directives on dangerous substances; it is'true however
that such Directives occur very frequently, almost one per year.
  As regards Directive 88/610/EEC on the prevention of industrial accidents,
which was adopted in the wake of the Basic accident in 1986,25 the Commission has
instituted proceedings against a number of Member States for failure to notify it of
implementing measures by the date of the Directive's entry into force (1  June
1990).
  Finally, mention should be made of the legislative provisions of Directive 87/18/
EEC on good laboratory practice,  which have not yet been incorporated into
national law by all Member States.26

                                  e) Noise

  The Community directives on noise pollution are aimed  at all noise emissions
from products. They lay down emission levels which may not be exceeded by
products placed on the market. Given that these maximum levels apply to new
products, there is little provision for monitoring the day-to-day application of the
Community rules.
  Delays in incorporating directives into national law have given rise to proceed-
ings in a number of cases, although  there are no specific  points which need to be
raised.

                                  f) Waste

  In 1989 the Commission published a report on the application by the Member
States of four directives on waste, namely Directives 75/442/EEC (waste), 7S/439/
EEC (waste oils), 76/403/EEC (PCBs and PCTs) and  76/319/EEC (toxic and
dangerous waste).27 This report was based on the limited information available at
the time, as most of the Member States had not forwarded the three-yearly reports
required by the Directives.
  All the Member States, have incorporated the Directives on waste into  their
national legislation. However, Directive 85/339/EEC on containers of liquids for
human  consumption28 allowed Member States to choose between laying down
rules and concluding voluntary agreements, and did not therefore necessarily have
to be transposed into national law.
  25 Directive 88/160 amending Directive 82/501 on Major Accidents Hazards of Certain
Industrial Activities, OJEC 1988, No L 336/14.
  26 Directive 87/18 on Good Laboratory Practice, OJEC 1988, No L 15/29.
  27 Commission, Document SEC (89) 1455 final of 27 September 1989.
  28 Directive 85/339 on Containers of Liquids for Human Consumption, OJEC 1985, No
L 176/18.

-------
196                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

  Nevertheless, several Member States have failed to lay down rules or draw up
voluntary agreements  on the basis of this Directive. The same applies to the
programmes which were intended to provide a  framework for the adoption of
these legislative instruments or rules, or for voluntary agreements.


                       2. Incomplete National Measures

  The second stage of monitoring by the Commission  is to  check whether the
national rules fully and correctly implement Community law on the environment.
It is not simply a question of making sure that  each Article  of the Directive  is
echoed  by the national legislation submitted. In practice, the entire national
legislative, administrative and regulatory framework, with all its peculiarities and
unique  operating procedures,  has to be  examined to  make sure that  all the
objectives of the Community regulations  are  attained. This examination  is
sometimes further complicated by the interdependence  of national and regional
legislation, which led in one specific case to more than fifty pieces of legislation for
transposing  one Directive into national  (and regional) law.  In  another  case,
legislation was transmitted to the Commission which was adopted at the end of the
19th century and subsequently changed  at regular intervals.
  Special problems  arise if the Community Directive is incorporated  not by
central government, but, for  example, by regional authorities. Lander, autonom-
ous provinces, etc. Each Member State is free to devolve powers in its country as it
sees fit, for  example to delegate the  responsibility for adopting the measures to
implement the Directive to regional or local authorities.39 The Commission must
make sure that the Directive is applied  throughout each Member State's entire
territory. Generally, it can be said that in those Member States where regional
entities are  responsible for  adopting legislative  or regulatory environmental
measures — i. e. in Belgium, Germany, Italy, Spain, United Kingdom — a marked
delay in the transposal of Directives throughout the territory of the Member State
can be observed.
  The Commission has repeatedly  taken action in cases where a Community
Directive on the environment has been incorporated into national legislation by an
administrative circular. Circulars are widely used in environmental law  and prac-
tice. The form of these circulars varies considerably from one Member State to
another. So, too, do  their scope, legal status  and, hence,  compatibility with
Community law. Following the line consistently taken by the Court of Justice, the
Commission is of  the opinion that Directives conferring rights or  imposing
  29 In  Belgium, Germany,  Italy, Spain  and  partly  in the United Kingdom and the
Netherlands there exists the competence to adopt rules which transpose EEC directives,
with entities other than with  the central State.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             197

obligations on private individuals cannot be properly implemented by internal
circulars which can be amended at any such time as the national administration sees
fit. The same applies to unpublished circulars or to published circulars which can
subsequently be amended by unpublished circulars. In all such cases, the public has
no way of knowing the exact law which is applicable. As the Court of Justice
stated,  in  such cases legal certainty commands that  rules with a  mandatory
character are issued.
   II y a lieu de rappeler que la conformite d'une pratique avec les imperatifs de protection
   d'une Directive ne saurait constituer une raison de ne pas transposer cette Directive dans
   1'ordre juridique interne par des dispositions susceptibles de creer une situation suffi-
   samment precise, claire et transparente pour permettre aux particuliers de connaitre les
   droits et de s'en prevaloir. Ainsi  que  la Cour 1'a juge dans 1'arret du 15 mars 1990,
   Commission / Pays-Bas (339/87, non encore public au Recueil, point 25), afin de garantir
   la pleine application des Directives, en droit et non seulement en fait, les Etats membres
   doivent prevoir un cadre legal precis dans le domaine concerne.30
   It  may be deduced from  this case law that, generally speaking,  administrative
measures are not sufficient to incorporate  environmental Directives  in  national
law and that regulations or even laws are needed for this purpose, as soon as these
Community instruments pronounce prohibitions, fix concentrations or otherwise
refer to rights or obligations of individuals.
   Furthermore, these legal measures must  be published in an official  gazette or
some other suitable form, so as to inform all persons subject to  the  law  about
measures to protect the environment and enable them to ensure they are complied
with.
   Another important problem is that of limit values. Sometimes, it is argued that
there is no need to explicitly include the limit values set at the Community level for
the concentration of certain pollutants in the air or  water in the  national
legislation, but that all Member States have to do is to ensure that the values are
observed in practice. The Commission has  always firmly asserted  that the Com-
munity limit values must  be enshrined in generally  applicable  legislation or
regulations. It must be possible to find the limit value set by the Community in the
national rules. The Court of Justice stated  in this regard:51
   Thus, it is clear that legal certainty also requires the specific transposal of individual limit
   values, maximum permissible concentrations and emission values into national  legisla-
   tion. A general reference to Community legislation is not permitted.
   A  Directive is also deemed to  be incompletely incorporated if, for example,
national law allows administrative authorities to make exceptions to  the  provi-
  30  Court of Justice, Case 131/88, Commission v. Germany, Judgment of 28 February
1991, as yet unreported.
  31  Court of Justice, Case 361/88, Commission v. Germany, Judgment of 30 May 1991, as
yet unreported.

-------
198                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

sions of the national law in question, while the Directive does not provide for such
exceptions. The same applies if the definitions of the Directive are not incorporat-
ed in their entirety into national law  — which would alter the scope of the
Directive.
  Another example is that of Directive 85/337/EEC on the  assessment of the
effects of certain  projects on the environment. The measures taken by  some
Member States to implement that Directive leave it entirely to the discretion of
the Member States to decide whether such an  assessment is needed  for projects
covered by Annex  II to the Directive. However, the recitals and the various clauses
of the Directive, particularly Article 2, clearly imply that an environmental impact
assessment must also be made for the projects listed in Annex II, whenever the
nature, scale or site of the project so dictate. Accordingly, the national legislation
must make provision for the assessment of the projects listed in Annex II in such
circumstances. National legislation providing only for environmental impact
assessments  of  projects listed in Annex  I cannot, therefore, be  regarded  as
complete.
  Until now, little has been done to tackle the problem of sanctions provided for
by national legislation implementing the Community rules. Recently, the Court of
Justice ruled that Member States are under an obligation to impose sanctions for
non-compliance with their national provisions implementing a Community Direc-
tive.33  Each  Member State is free to choose  whichever sanctions  it considers
appropriate, as long as they provide an adequate, effective deterrent in proportion
to the offence, and are of equivalent force to the sanctions imposed in  similar cases
by the national legislation.
  Financial sanctions came to Community environmental policy almost through
the back-door. Following  the amendment of the EEC Treaty  in 1987 and  the
implementation of its Article  130 d, the Council,  in 1988 adopted Regulation
2052/88 on the reform of the Community Structural Funds33 or, in more simplistic
terms, on the main instruments of financial intervention of the EEC in matters of
agricultural, regional or social policy. Article 7 of this Regulation states:
   Measures financed by the Structural Funds  or receiving assistance from the European
   Investment Bank or from another existing financial instrument shall be in keeping with
   the provisions of the Treaties, with the instruments adopted pursuant thereto and with
   Community policies, including those concerning ... environmental  protection.
  Thus, according to this provision, measures may not be financed with resources
from the Structural Funds if they  fail to comply with  all the provisions of
secondary environmental legislation and, in addition, the objectives of Communi-
ty environment policy, as set out in Article 130 r (1) of the Treaty.
  32 Court of Justice, Case 68/88, Commission v. Greece, ECR [1989] 2965.
  33 Regulation 2052/88 on reform of the Community Structural Funds, OJEC 1988, No L
185/13.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            199

  Subsequently, on several occasions the Commission suspended payments in the
framework of regional policy which were destined to co-finance projects that did
not altogether comply with environmental legislation. The main areas covered
were the construction of motorways or other infrastructure projects without a
proper environmental impact assessment according to Directive 85/337/EEC. As
evaluated from the echo in the national media, this blocking of funds had a far
greater  impact on  national or regional decision-making procedures  than any
procedure under Article 169 could have hoped to achieve. What is more, the
systematic approach by the European Investment Bank and by the Commission, to
ask whenever a project is submitted for financial assistance whether environmental
legislation is complied with, has a marked, though  admittedly slowly increasing,
preventive effect on local, regional or national administrations, particularly in the
transport, infrastructure, or economic development sectors.
  The threat of financial sanctions is, of course, limited. Until now, there has not
been one single  decision to refuse payment due to disregard of environmental
legislation. And in the  area of large  or important infrastructure projects the
political pressure exercised becomes overwhelming — casting some doubt whether
the threat of refusal to give  financial assistance  really is an  effective  tool in
monitoring implementation. In the end, much probably depends on the determi-
nation to give full effect to Article 7 of Regulation 2052/88.

                          a)  Nature Conservation

  In none of the Member States is Directive 79/409/EEC on the conservation of
birds311 incorporated into national law by a single legislative instrument or set of
rules. For a start, rule-making powers  in the sphere of nature conservation are
often delegated to the regions,  as is the case in Belgium, Germany, Italy,  Spain and
the United Kingdom. Even in  a country like France, the rules governing hunting
are laid down partly at the departmental level and on an annual basis as regards the
hunting periods. Furthermore, the rules incorporating the Directive into national
law relate to nature conservation, the protection of endangered  species and
hunting, and are therefore laid down in legislation which is traditionally separate.
   As a result, the Commission has to scrutinize more  than twenty texts  in some
Member States and study how they relate to one another, and is sometimes unable
to keep track of the frequent amendments which are made.
   In a large number of Member States the rules on hunting, which were introduced
long before the adoption of Directive 79/409/EEC, have not been brought into line
with it,  due partly to the activities of pressure groups. The Commission has
therefore initiated proceedings on the grounds of partial compliance against most
of the  Member States, including the United Kingdom, Germany, Denmark and
   3< Directive 79/409 (note 17).

-------
 200                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

 the Netherlands. In the case of Germany and the Netherlands, the matter was even
 referred to the Court of Justice35 but the necessary amendments still have to be
 made.
   A specific problem concerns certain birds which are sometimes considered not
 to need protection. In its proposal for Directive 79/409/EEC, the Commission had
 suggested to exempt such birds — jays, magpies, rooks and others — from the field
 of application of Directive 79/409/EEC.36 The Council unanimously decided that
 all wild birds need protection.37 When the Commission later tried to enforce
 Directive 79/409/EEC, it met with considerable opposition.  The United King-
 dom, Germany, Denmark, Ireland and  others deliberately  deviated  from the
 Directive's requirements and provided for little or no protection for a number of
 "pest" birds.38 In 1991, the Commission proposed an amendment to Directive 79/
 409/EEC which allowed the hunting of a number of pest birds, thus adapting the
 law to practice.39
  The Directive allows for derogations "where no other satisfactory solution can
 be found" (Article 9). This  very general wording has led to over-generous deroga-
 tions being granted under the national rules.
  As regards Directive 85/337/EEC,40 the task of assessing the compliance with
 Community law of the national provisions giving effect to it is  complicated by the
 fact  that most Member States have only recently introduced legislation. These
 national rules are often very complex owing to their regional nature, do not always
 refer to the  same criteria  as Directive 85/337/EEC  and contain  omissions or
deviations.
  The most serious problem encountered so far concerns the incorrect transposal
of the provisions relating to the assessment of the environmental effects of projects
under Annex II. According to the Commission's interpretation, Articles 2 and 4
 (2) of the Directive  do not allow the Member States complete discretion as to
whether or not to require an assessment of  projects under  Annex II; such an
assessment must be  made when, for instance, the nature, scale or location of a
project so requires. Therefore, the  national legislation must  stipulate  that each
case be examined on its own merits, or must lay down criteria for projects under
Annex II.
  35 Court of Justice, Case 288/88, Commission v. Germany, Judgment of 3 July 1990, not
yet reported, Case C 339/87, Commission v. Netherlands, Judgment of 15 March 1990, not
yet reported.
  36 OJEC 1977, No C 24/3.
  37 Directive 79/409 (note 17).
  38 Of course, each Member State had its own list of "pest" birds.
  39 OJEC 1991, No C 63/19.
  <0 Directive 85/337 (note 14).

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            201


                                 b)  Water

  In applying Directive 74/440/EEC  (quality of surface water),41  a number of
Member States exempt surface water which is "bank-filtered" before being used as
drinking water. In support of such exemptions they invoke a statement -entered
into the Council minutes when the Directive was adopted/2 The Italian legislation
expressly stated that compliance with certain parameters would not be monitored.
  The legislation of several Member States on drinking water (Directive 80/7781
EEC)43 is a cause for concern, either because the maximum authorized concentra-
tions of certain pollutants have not been incorporated in the national legislation,
or because the national rules make express provision for certain concentrations to
be exceeded. Derogations of this kind were provided for in Germany (up until
1989),  Italy, Spain (up until 1991) and Belgium.
  In addition, Germany and the United Kingdom have issued recommendations
for  action  in  the  event of certain values being exceeded: this practice seems
contrary to the requirement to apply the Directive in full.
  The Commission has asked the Court of Justice to give a ruling on the nature of
the  obligation of the Member States to incorporate the details of Directive 80/68/
EEC on groundwater into national law. The Court's  decision, confirming the
Commission's viewpoint, fixed important requirements for the implementation of
Directive 80/68/EEC  and, indeed, other environmental Directives/4

                              c) Air Pollution

  The Commission takes the view that the Directives laying down air quality limit
values  which "must 'not  be  exceeded throughout the territory of the  Member
States" must be transposed into national law in such a way that the limit value laid
down  is incorporated into the national legislative instrument. As there was  a
difference of opinion  on this point between the Commission and Germany, the
Court of Justice, to which the Commission had referred the matter, handed down a
judgment during 1991 with precise criteria as to what may be required of national
implementing legislation/3
  41  Directive 75/440 on the quality of surface water intended for the abstraction of
drinking water, OJEC 1975, No L 194/26.
  42  The Court of Justice has ruled that declarations in the Council minutes, which are not
published, may not be used for the interpretation of a Directive, Case 429/85, Commission
v. Italy [1988] ECR 416.
  43  Directive 80/778 on the Quality of Water Intended for Human Consumption, OJEC
1980, No L 229/1.
  44  Court of Justice, Case 131/88 (note 30).
  45  Court of Justice, Case 361/88 (note 31).

-------
202                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

  The incorporation of Directive 84/360/EEC on air pollution from industrial
installations46 into national law has proved a problem in some Member States, in
particular as regards the clause which stipulates that the authorities must require
new plants to use the best available technology not entailing excessive costs. The
problem is that while this requirement is designed first and foremost to ensure that
the Directive is actually applied in practice, this is not possible in the absence of a
corresponding requirement in the national rules. Furthermore, in the absence of a
consensus determining what the best available technology in a specific sector of
industry actually is,  each Member State interprets this notion in a different way.

                                d) Chemicals

  In the chemicals sector the problem of partial compliance arises above all in the
context of Directive 82/501/EEC on the prevention of industrial accidents and the
subsequent amendments to it.47 The complex  and innovative nature of this
Directive has led to disparities between the national rules on certain points,
particularly where they pre-date the Community rules.

                                  e)  Noise

  As regards the conformity of national legislation to the Directives,  Belgium
granted  exemptions from Directive 80/51/EEC  on aircraft noise, allowing  the
regional airports more time to come into line with the Directive.48 The Commis-
sion initiated an urgency procedure, and at the beginning of 1991 was informed by
the Belgians that the exemption had expired at the end  of 1990 and would not be
extended.
                                  f) Waste

  Monitoring the compliance of national legislation with the Community provi-
sions on waste has proved particularly difficult since the  Commission has been
preparing substantial amendments for a number of years now, in particular to
Directives  75/442  (waste),4' 79/319 (dangerous waste),50  76/403 (PCBs  and
PCTs),51 84/631 (transport of waste)5: and 85/339 (containers of liquids for human
  46  Directive 84/360 on Air Pollution from Industrial Plants, OJEC 1984, No L 188/20.
  47  Directive 82/501 on the Major-Accident Hazards of Certain Industrial Activities,
OJEC 1982, No L 230/1.
  <8  Directive 80/51 on the Limitation of Noise Emissions from Subsonic Aircraft, OJEC
1980, No L 18/26.
  49  Directive 75/442 on Waste, OJEC 1975, No L 194/39.
  50  Directive 78/319 (note  7).
  51  Directive 76/403 on PCB-PCT, OJ 1976, No L 108/41.
  52  Directive 84/631 on the Transfrontier Shipment of Hazardous Waste, OJEC
1984, No L 326/31.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                           203

consumption).53 By now, most of the planned amendments have been incorporated
in formal proposals for  amending Directives.  In  several cases it was deemed
inappropriate, if not impossible, to initiate the procedure under Article 169 against
a Member State if the Community provision in question was liable to be amended
by the Council.
  Here, too, the lack of precise definitions in the Directives has been a problem.
For example,  the definition of toxic and dangerous waste in Directive 78/319/
EEC5* is so vague that it is hardly surprising if Member States adopt many varying
approaches to defining what constitutes dangerous waste.
  Directive 75/442 and 78/319 state that (hazardous) waste must be disposed of
"without endangering human health and without damaging the environment, and
in particular ... without risk to water, air, soil and plants and animals."55 From a
strictly legal viewpoint, a clause of this kind can easily be transposed into a national
rule which, while it follows the original to the letter, may easily be circumvented in
practice in disposing of hazardous waste.
  Furthermore, there is a difference of opinion between the Member States and
the Commission as to whether waste should be governed by Article 100 a or Article
130s. This has led the Commission to ask the Court of Justice for a ruling on the
matter.56 Finally, in spite of the Court decisions in 1990 reaffirming that recyclable
waste should be classified as waste,57 some Member States treat this waste as a
product and therefore  exempt it from the rules applicable to waste.
  These problems, allied  to staff shortages and the fact that the  application of
environmental law has only been systematically monitored since 1984, have meant
that there has been no systematic monitoring of the compliance of the national
rules with Community law. A further contributory factor has been the failure of
the Member States to draw up the waste management plans or programmes which
they are required by the Directives to adopt, forward to the Commission and then
implement.
  The Commission has thus been mainly engaged in examining the compliance of
the national legislation with Community law which is actually being implemented.


         3.  Inadequate Application of Community  Environmental Rules

  National legislation  implementing a Community Directive on the environment
cannot provide automatic protection for the environment. It  must be applied in
  53 Directive 85/339 (note 28).
  54 Directive 78/319 (note 7).
  55 Directive 75/442 (note 49), Article 4; Directive 78/319 (note 7), Article 5.
  56 Case C55/91, Commission v. Council, OJEC 1991, No C 288/8.
  57 Court of Justice, Case 206-207/89, Zanetti, Judgment of 28 March 1990, not yet
reported.

-------
204                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

practice. In other words, plans or programmes must be adopted and implemented,
limit values must be enforced, official licences must be adapted, etc. Even national
legislation copying a Directive word for word will remain meaningless unless it is
applied.
   Every Community Directive on the environment includes a clause requiring the
Member States to inform the Commission of the national rules  adopted to
implement the Directive and  to send the text to the Commission. Consequently,
incorporation of the Directives into national legislation and the compatibility of
this national legislation with the Commission provisions can be monitored by
examining the texts adopted. However, the Community Directives do not nor-
mally contain a clause requiring the Member States to inform the Commission of
the effective implementation  of the Community rules on the environment.
   It is true that many of the  Directives on the environment require the Member
States to submit regular reports on the  measures taken to implement the Direc-
tives or specific aspects of the Community rules. However, not all Member States
systematically  submit  these  reports to the Commission.  Only  a minority, in
particular  Denmark and the  United Kingdom, have fully complied with their
obligations. The Commission mentioned this  in its report to  Parliament on the
implementation of the Community waste Directives.58  In  this case,  as with
Directive  79/409/EEC,59 several Member States failed  to submit their  reports,
making it impossible for the Commission to publish its own three-yearly report on
the measures taken to implement the Directives. A similar situation has arisen in
the case of air quality,60 where the Commission's yearly reports have fallen behind
schedule because the Member States have been submitting their own reports late,
if at all.
  Apart from the submission problem, the national reports on the implementing
measures usually give no detailed evidence of effective implementation of the rules
on  the  environment. Instead, they primarily provide  a brief summary of the
technical and administrative measures already in place or adopted.
  The reports from the Member States therefore are rarely a source of information
on effective implementation of Community environmental rules.
  The Commission has conducted some studies of its own on effective implemen-
tation  of  the  Directives on  the environment in the Member States, although
inevitably only in a limited number.61 An added problem which necessarily limits
  58  Commission (note 27).
  59  Directive 79/409 (note 17).
  60  Directive 80/779 on Air Quality Limit Values and Guide Values for Sulphur Dioxide
and Suspended Particulates, OJEC 1980, No L 292/30; Directive 82/884 on a Limit Value
for Lead in the Air, OJEC 1982, No L 378/115; Directive 85/203 on Air Quality Standards
for Nitrogen Dioxide, OJEC 1985, No L 87/1.
  61  These studies are not systematically published.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
205
the value of such studies is that it has proved extremely difficult to gain access to
the data held by the national, regional or local authorities on, for example, the
frequency and results of the inspections, the firms inspected, the conditions laid
down in the licences granted or the pollution levels recorded.
   Consequently, the Commission's main sources of information are the com-
plaints. The complaints system introduced by the Commission in the late 1960s,
originally to smooth the way for the  completion of the internal market, has
mushroomed spectacularly in recent years where the environment is concerned.
This trend has been boosted by the growing number of written and oral questions
or petitions reporting inadequate implementation of the rules on the environment.
The Commission has decided to treat these in the same way as complaints. The
following figures show the development:62
Number of Complaints and of Cases Otherwise Detected by the Commission's Own Inquiries
Environment

Year

1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990


Air
Chemicals
Water
Noise
Waste
Nature

Complaints

10
8
9
37
165
150
216
465
480








Cases
otherwise
detected
_
-
2
10
32
38
33
60
42
Sectors in
Complaints
26
5
140
6
34
269
All secters

Complaints

352
399
476
585
791
850
1.137
1.195
1.252
1990
of EEC activity
Cases
otherwise
detected
112
192
145
244
293
260
307
352
283

Cases otherwise detected






2
-
22
1
3
14
 (Directive 85/337/EEC on the assessment of the effect of certain public and private projects on the
 environment is included under "nature")
   62  Commission (note 11), 57-59; the data for 1990 have no: yet been published.

-------
206                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

               Complaints and Cases Otherwise Detected l$82-19906i

1 = complaints                                      2 — cases otherwise detected
Country
Belgium
Germany
Denmark
Spam
France
United Kingdom
Greece
Ireland
Italy
Luxemburg
Netherlands
Portugal






1982
1 2
1 -
1
4
1 -
1
2
1983
1 2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
10 0 S
-
: o
1984
1 2
1
2
2
4
9
2
2
1985
1 2
0
3
1
3
11
14
2
3
37
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
10

Country

Belgium
Germany
Denmark
Spain
France
United Kingdom
Greece
Ireland
Italy
Luxemburg
Netherlands
Portugal

1986
1
7
6
1
5
44
32
53
-
13
-
2
2
165
2
3
6
2
-
5
-
3
5
3
2
3
-
32
1987
1
4
14
4
29
16
30
17
9
16
-
4
7
150
2
3
6
3
4
1
3
3
1
6
5
1
2
38
1988
1
6
35
5
51
36
31
13
12
15
1
2
9
216
2
3
3
1
4
2
7
2
2
3
1
5
-
33
1989
1
18
36
-
91
43
192
24
24
22
-
5
10
465
2
3
3
1
10
6
9
11
3
7
3
2
2
60
1990
1
17
56
3
111
47
125
40
19
33
3
7
19
480
2
5
2
-
16
2
2
4
-
9
-
-
2
42
  The fact that individuals are able to register a complaint with the Commission,
can promote the creation of a Community-wide awareness of the environment,
strengthen the accessibility of the institutions of the European Communities for

   63  Commission (note 11), 57-59; the data for 1990 have not yet been published.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            207


the man-in-the-street, and bring home to the individual the fact that he bears part
of the responsibility for his environment and can contribute to its protection and
maintenance. The Commission makes every effort to encourage complaints. Every
letter complaining that Community environmental law — or Community laws
relating to other fields — is being infringed is entered in  a special  register of
complaints maintained by the Commission. The Commission does not require
that  the complainant provides proof of his  contentions, cites  provisions and
Directives or observes other formalities. However, the complaint must be suffi-
ciently specific to enable an investigation to be carried out. Such  vague claims as
"birds are being killed in ..." or "the water in X is undrinkable" are not treated as
complaints.
   The Commission informs the complainant that his letter has been entered in the
register of complaints and, at the same  time,  requests the factual and legal
information from the Member State needed to assess the complaint. The Commis-
sion  obtains its own expert's opinions and, where necessary, requests that docu-
ments be submitted to it. As yet there have been no formal hearings of witnesses of
the parties involved, as part of the process of investigating a complaint such action
would seldom have any practical relevance.
   When the facts of the case have been clarified, the Commission makes a formal
decision within one year of receiving the complaint. If the Commission decides to
initiate a procedure under Article  169, it sends a letter of formal notice to the
Member State in question, which — like all other action taken in the course of the
complaint procedure — treats the identity of the complainant as confidential.  If
the Commission has been unable to discover an infringement of Community law, it
discontinues the procedure and informs the complainant accordingly.
   There is no provision for complaining about the discontinuation of the proce-
dure.6"1 However, a complainant may, of course, advance counterarguments which
can lead to a new procedure.
   Yet  although  these complaints from  members of the public, industry, non-
governmental organisations, and, on occasion, local authorities, embassies or even
government ministers express the concern felt for the environment and the
importance attached  to action by the Community, the current arrangements
display two main disadvantages from an institutional point of view:
   The Commission has to concentrate its efforts on the cases brought to its
attention by the plaintiffs. These are not necessarily either the most serious or the
most urgent cases. Above all, a complaint is a sign that the citizens are willing to
seek  a solution  to the problem facing  them. If the public resigns  itself to a
deteriorating environment, there is virtually nothing the Commission can do.
Secondly, effective implementation of the  rules on the environment depends on
     Court of Justice, Case 247/87 Star Fruit Company v. Commission (1989), ECR 836.

-------
208                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

application at the local, regional or national level, which is more effective in some
places than in others — a situation that runs counter to the principle  that
Community rales must be applied identically throughout the Community. Thus,
when the Commission tackles the non-respect of Directive 76/160/EEC on the
quality of bathing water as regards this or that beach," it does not at the time
tackle the quality of other bathing water in the same Member State or, indeed, in
other Member States.
  Directive 80/778 relating to the quality of water intended for human consump-
tion66  is one example. As the Commission had no data on the quality  of the
drinking water in Greece as a whole it initiated just one procedure concerning one
specific site in that country in response to a complaint. However, after receiving
numerous complaints about the drinking water quality in the United Kingdom,
Germany, France, Spain, Belgium and other Member States, the  Commission
initiated a series of general procedures based on Article 169 against those coun-
tries.
  The Commission lacks the resources to assess the validity and accuracy of the
data or the reports received from the plaintiff. Basically, all it can do is to ask the
Member States for their comments on the points raised by the person lodging the
complaint. With some 500 complaints a year, this generates a constant flood of
requests for information, exchanges of documents, etc., aggravated by the fact that
the central authorities in the Member States themselves have to seek the data from
the regional or local authorities or firms  concerned, a cumbersome  procedure,
although by no means justifying the often lengthy delays before the Member States
reply.
  The Commission has to base its own assessment of the case on the replies which
it receives. However, since the Commission lacks the resources to study each file
submitted to it in depth, there is a danger that any action it takes will  be limited.
What  is more, the Commission  departments are steadily becoming overloaded
with processing increasingly difficult, complex technical complaints.
  One such example is the procedure to assess whether the Member States have
really taken the measure to avoid "any disturbances affecting birds insofar as these
would be significant having regard to the objectives"  of conserving wild birds
(Article 4 (4) of Directive 79/409),67 where some of the dossiers substantiating the
complaints are several thousand  pages long. Similar situations have arisen with
complaints asking the Commission  to examine whether dangerous  wastes are
being disposed of "without endangering human health and without harming the
environment" (Article 5 of Directive 78/319).68 The same applies to environmental

  65  Directive 76/160 on the Quality of Bathing Water, OJEC 1976, No L 31/1.
  66  Directive 80/779 (note 43).
  67  Directive 79/409 (note 17).
  68  Directive 78/319 (note 7).

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            209

 impact assessments, where some plaintiffs submit bulky, highly complex dossiers
 requiring detailed examination to ascertain whether the rules laid down in the
 Directive on the content of the impact assessment have been observed. There are
 numerous examples of this  kind, for instance, the construction of motorways,
 highspeed railways, bridges,  tunnels, dams etc.
   Many Directives call for preparation of a plan or programme designed to bring
 about a gradual improvement in the state of the environment. But since neither
 "plan" nor "programme" is defined in the environmental directives, the Member
 States' interpretations vary widely.
   All too often these plans or programmes are not submitted to the Commission,
 despite the specific requirements laid down in the Directives. For example, the
 Commission's first report on the  implementation of Directive 80/779 on air
 quality limit values for sulphur dioxide and suspended particulates69 stated that
 over 120 sites had been designated as highly polluted by the Member States, which
 therefore  should  have submitted clean-up plans for them.  By the time of the
 Commission's fourth report 56 such sites remained. However by the start of 1991
 the Commission  had received just eight clean-up programmes. Moreover, the
 Commission has  received no clean-up programme for any of the four  sites
 designated by the Member  States under Directive 82/884 on lead in  the  air.70
 Finally, neither has the Commission received a single programme for the 35 zones
 designated under Directive 85/203 on air quality standards for nitrogen dioxide,71
 apart from a  number of general measures from France to improve air quality.

   There is one other reason for mentioning these three Directives. They not only
 stipulate that the  quality objectives which they have laid down should not be
 exceeded within the territory of the Member States but also require the Member
 States to set  up measuring stations to see whether  they are exceeded at the sites
 where the highest pollution levels are suspected. However, the wording says
 nothing about the number of measuring stations required. As a result, Germany
 (excluding the new Lander] has 200 stations, France 85 and the Netherlands 42,
but Spain has just 15 and the United Kingdom only six.72
   It is repeatedly argued  in complaints that nitrogen dioxide levels in the air are
 too high in one Member State or another. But all too often it turns out that no air
 quality measurements are taken at the site mentioned in the complaint. Since the
complaints concerned built-up areas, this leads to the conclusion that in  some
parts of the Community, the limit values are not respected all over the territory of
  " Directive 80/779 (note 60).
  70 Directive 82/884 (note 60).
  71 Directive 85/203 (note 60).
  72  Institute for European Environmental Policy, Control of Implementation of Com-
munity Directives on Air Pollution in Member States (London) 1987.

-------
210                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

a Member State, but rather only at  those places where measuring stations are
installed.73
  Apart from these procedural problems, there is one other major obstacle to
monitoring the practical implementation of the Community Directives:
  The Directives, which are addressed to the Member States,  not to private
citizens or firms, are often imprecisely worded. For example, several stipulate that
companies  emitting pollutants  must use  "the best available technology not
entailing  excessive cost".74 Since the Community has  given no clear, precise
definition of the  implications  of this  concept for individual industries, it is
interpreted differently from one Member State to another, from one industry to
another and, probably, even from one company to another. Article 13 of Directive
84/360 requires the Member States to "implement policies and strategies ... for the
gradual adaptation of existing plants ... to the best available technology ... not
entailing  excessive costs".75 The loose wording of this clause makes  it virtually
impossible to monitor whether  a given Member State has fulfilled its obligations
under Article 13 of this Directive at any given installation.
  Article 3 of Directive 85/210 on the lead content of petrol76 requires the Member
States "to take the necessary measures to ensure the availability and  balanced
distribution within their territory of unleaded petrol from 1 October 1989". The
Commission has initiated  several Article 169 procedures to ensure the effective
implementation of this clause. Nevertheless, the  difficulties hampering rigorous
application of Article 3 are only too obvious.
  Directives 75/442 on waste and 78/319 on dangerous waste77 stipulate that waste
should be disposed of "without endangering human health and without harming
the environment", and in particular "without risk to water, air, soil, plants or
animals". It is submitted, that this clause would be precise enough to oblige clean-
up measures for leaking landfill sites, but obviously gives broad scope for interpre-
tation.
  Article 6 of Directive 76/160 on bathing water quality,78 in conjunction with
Annex V to the Directive, calls for the  monitoring of the salmonella content in
bathing water, "should inspection ... reveal that there is a discharge or a probable
discharge of substances likely to lower the quality of the bathing water". Monitor-
ing can therefore be avoided simply by not carrying out the inspections, which are
left to the discretion of the Member States.
    73  See wording of Article 6 and Annex III of Directive 85/203 (note 60).
    7< Directive 84/360 (note 46), Article 4; Directive 89/369 (note 15), Article 3.
    75 Directive 84/360 (note 46).
    76 Directive 85/210 (note 21).
    77 Directive 75/442 (note 49); Directive 78/319 (note 7).
    78 Directive 76/160 (note 67).

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                           211


  Articles 3 and  4  of Directive  89/428  on waste from the titanium dioxide
industry79 require the Member States to prohibit all discharges of the waste into
water bodies covered by the Directive with effect from the end of 1989. However,
it also allows the postponement of this ban until 1992 or 1994 "if serious techno-
economic difficulties" so dictate. It is virtually impossible for the Commission to
monitor this clause, all the more  so since the Commission bears the burden of
proof that the techno-economic difficulties are not serious enough to require
postponement once  a Member State has invoked it.
  The Commission's efforts to monitor effective implementation of Community
Directives have concentrated on the cases  highlighted by complaints, petitions or
written or oral questions. Each case has been systematically investigated in line
with  the Commission's  internal  instructions for  handling complaints, which
reflect the guarantee given on the complaint form that every case will be looked
into.80 Beyond this, the Commission has almost no  other sources of information
enabling it to assess whether the  Directives on the environment are effectively
implemented. In cases where its investigations into a complaint or a matter raised
by  Parliament reveal a more general problem, the Commission examines the
practice  in each Member State. For example, when the Commission discovered
that Belgium was failing to comply with Directive 80/51 on aircraft noise8' it asked
all the other Member States for information to check whether the aircraft landing
on  their  territory complied with the Directive.
  On rare occasions, the Commission departments visit a place in order to find out
more about  the facts  of a particular complaint. These visits take  place at the
initiative of the Commission, which informs the Member State and the complain-
ant of its intention,  in order to ensure that all facts can be clarified on the site.
Though  the repercussions of such visits are sometimes considerable, they cannot
be called inspections, since  no investigation is carried out.  It would seem more
appropriate to call them fact-finding missions, since their main purpose is to clarify
all the facts of a case in order to allow a proper legal assessment of whether there is a
breach of Community law. The European Parliament has been asking for several
years  for environmental inspectors to  be instituted at the Commission. They
would be charged to  check the implementation of EEC environmental legislation
in and by Member States.82 This request was repeated in 1989 when the Commis-
sion suggested the creation of an  European Environmental Agency. Parliament
wanted this Agency to also be able to make inspections, whereas the Commission
  79 Directive 89/428 on Waste from the Titanium Dioxide Industry, OJEC 1989, No L
201/56.
  80 The internal instructions are not published. See, however, the standard  complaint
form which has been published by the Commission and which gives complainants some
"guarantees" as regards the handling of the complaint, OJEC 1989, No C 28/6.
  81 Directive 80/51 (note 48).
  82 European Parliament (note 3).

-------
212                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


and the Member States preferred to give it the task mainly of collecting, processing
and distributing data on the environment. By way of compromise, an Article 20
was included in the Council's Regulation creating the Agency, stating that the
Council would, within two years, reconsider the question whether environmental
inspection should be one of the Agency's tasks.83
  At  the  Community level, inspectors act at present  in the areas of customs,
fishery, competition and nuclear energy. Furthermore, Community veterinarians,
together with Member States' veterinarians, visit slaughterhouses inside the EEC
and in all other countries which import meat into the EEC, in order to check
hygiene conditions. If Community inspectors can act in all of these sectors, there is
no institutional argument against having EEC environmental  inspectors. The
opposition to this proposal thus seems to be rather ideological.
  The Commission has, until now, refrained in two  areas from systematically
taking action each time  a Member State fails to meet an obligation explicitly
imposed by a  Directive. The first  is the submission of a clean-up plan or
programme. There have been too many such cases. For example, no Member State
has sent the Commission plans, as provided for in Article 12 of Directive 78/319,
relating to the disposal of toxic and dangerous waste throughout its territory.8'*
The same applies to Directive 75/442 on waste.85 The unsatisfactory situation as
regards the clean air programmes has been mentioned above. As regards water
quality, Article 7 of Directive 76/46486 requires the Member States to determine
the level of pollution of surface and coastal  waters by the substances included in
List II of the Directive and to lay down quality objectives in this area.
  The second area  concerns the non-submission of reports on the measures taken
to implement the Directives on the environment. Once again, there have been so
many cases that systematic action was probably considered unlikely to produce any
improvement.
  The failure to submit clean-up programmes and reports on the measures taken
to implement  the  Directives  is a  sign of the weakness of the local, regional or
national authorities' infrastructure for environmental protection. Preparation and
implementation of clean-up plans or programmes calls for constant action entail-
ing the deployment of considerable human and financial resources by the adminis-
trations concerned. These resources are not available in sufficient quantity every-
where in the Community.
  83 Regulation 1210/90 on the Establishment of a  European Environmental Agency,
OJEC 1990, No L 210/1. It should be noted that the word "inspection" is not used in the
text.
  84 Directive 78/319 (note 7).
  85 Directive 75/442 (note 49).
  86 Directive 76/464 on Pollution caused by Certain Dangerous  Substances Discharged
into the Aquatic Environment, OJEC 1976, No L 129/23.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            213

  To try to solve the problems encountered with the reports on implementing the
Directives, the Commission submitted, in 1990, a proposal for a Council Directive
to ensure more rational, systematic preparation of the national reports.87 In
particular, it proposed that these reports should be:
(a)  based on a questionnaire compiled by the Commission;
(b)  written sector by sector (air, water, waste, etc.);
(c)  submitted  at three-yearly intervals.
  This proposal will, once adopted, fill a major gap in implementation of the
Community law on the environment.

                          a) Nature  Conservation

  The practical application of Directive 79/40988 represents the greatest problem
as far as monitoring the application of environmental legislation is concerned. The
Directive requires Member States to designate habitats for birds under particular
threat — listed in Annex I — and to implement  specific conservation measures in
those areas. The designated habitats must form a coherent network throughout
Europe capable of ensuring the conservation and survival of these birds. So far,
some 600 habitats have been designated,  about half the figure estimated to be
necessary. Only Denmark and Belgium have entirely fulfilled their obligations in
this regard.
  The proceedings instituted under Article 169 relate essentially to two situa-
tions, namely an insufficiency of designated areas and the destruction of habitats
— already designated or due to  be designated as areas of importance for the
conservation  of the birds listed in Annex I — as a result of economic activities
(agriculture,  industry, urban development, tourism, transport  systems, etc.),
which in some cases receive assistance from the Structural Funds. Striking a
balance between economic interests and environmental needs is very complicated
in almost all  cases. The  judgment of the Court of Justice in case  57/89 which
involved  a designated habitat in Germany, now  provides  some guidelines to the
Commission and to Member States as regards the interpretation of Article 4.89
  Little information is available about the practical application of the derogations
which are granted.  The annual reports which the Member States are meant to
forward to the Commission either fail to arrive or are couched in  such general
terms that they make it virtually impossible to discern whether the provisions of
Article 9 are being complied with in letter and  in spirit. At the end of 1990 the
  87 OJEC 1990, No C 214/6.
  88 Directive 79/409 (note 17).
  " Court of Justice, Case 57/89, Commission v. Germany, Judgment of 28 February 1991,
as yet unreported.

-------
214                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

Commission published a report "Information sur ['application de la directive 79/
409V0 The fact that until now it has not been possible to publish a single one of
the three-year reports which it is  obliged to publish under Article 13 of that
Directive aptly illustrates the difficulty in obtaining appropriate information.
   In the majority of Member States the implementation of Directive 85/337" is
still in its infancy. Except in very extreme cases the Commission  refrains from
intervening as regards the quality of impact studies and the subsequent assessment,
as the Directive makes no such provision.  The result  is that,  even when the
procedure provided for by the Directive is formally observed, the impact studies
are often mediocre and almost invariably under-estimate environmental effects. In
addition, the opinions expressed by members of the public when consultations are
held are not necessarily  taken into account by the authorities. The impact
assessment therefore frequently takes  on the appearance  of a formal  exercise
designed to justify the completion of a project which has already  been decided
upon on the basis of economic and technical criteria.
   Furthermore, where the realisation of large infrastructure projects is  in ques-
tion, such as the building of motorways, high-speed railways, bridges, tunnels etc.,
the political pressure at all levels is such that the procedural means of Directive 857
337 are often not sufficient to ensure that the environmental impact is properly
weighed against other interests.

                                  b) \\7ater

   The practical application of the water pollution directives represents by far the
biggest problem in the water area.9: With the exception of Directive 76/160," the
Commission receives very little information on the application of these directives.
The main  source of information continues  to be complaints from individuals,
which have been particularly numerous in relation to bathing water and drinking
water.
   As  regards the directives laying down quality objectives (Directives 75/440 on
surface water,94 76/160 on bathing  water,95  78/659  on fish  waters,96  79/923 on
  90 Commission des Communautes Europeennes, Information sur 1'application de la
directive 79/409/EEC, Bruxelles-Luxembourg 1990, EUR 12835.
  " Directive 85/337 (note 14).
  92 See also Nigel Haigh I Graham Bennet I Pascals Kromarek I Thierry Lavoux, European
Community Environmental Policy in Practice, Comparative Report: Water and Waste in
Four Countries. A  Study on the Implementation of the  EEC Directives in France,
Germany, the Netherlands and the United Kingdom, London 1986.
   93  Directive 76/150 (note 65).
   94  Directive 755/440 (note 41).
   95  Directive 76/160 (note 65).
   96  Directive 78/659 on the Quality of Fishing Waters, OJEC 1978, No L 222/1.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            215

shellfish  waters97 and 80/778 on drinking water),98 the Member. States were
required to draw up clean-up  programmes for water which did not meet the
requirements of the Directives, in order to meet the quality objectives within the
time limit laid down by the Directives. In a large number of cases, these were either
not drawn up or not implemented, with the result that the quality objectives are
still not met. The annual reports  published by the Commission on bathing water
show that some 20 % of the bathing waters covered by Directive 76/160 do not
comply with Community provisions.99 Failure to  adhere to the maximum autho-
rized concentrations laid down by Directive 80/778 (drinking water) is a problem
in all the Member States, particular, regarding parameters for nitrates and pesti-
cides. Also, where both directives are concerned, there are cases where not all the
parameters in question are measured.
  Regarding Directive  78/659,10° only three Member States  have  notified the
Commission of fishing waters  which fall within  the scope of the directive; the
figure for Directive 79/923 is four.101
  None of the Member States has forwarded quality objectives to the Commission
for the substances  featured in List II of  Directive 76/464,102 and at least ten
Member States have not forwarded details of clean-up programmes. The forward-
ing of reports on the implementation of measures  in the various sectors contained
in List I is the exception rather than the rule, and does not enable a reliable picture
to be formed as to the extent to which these Directives have been followed by the
Member States.
                              c) Air Pollution

  All the air pollution Directives  call for ongoing  activity on the  part  of the
authorities to ensure application of the protective provisions which they contain.
This applies above all  to Directives  SO/779,  82/884  and 85/203 concerning air
quality, which require measuring stations to be installed in those areas judged by
the Member States to be the most polluted.103 In  addition, programmes are to be
prepared to reduce pollution as quickly as possible in those areas where the limit
values are exceeded or are likely to  be exceeded.
  The very vague wording concerning the  installation of measuring stations has
led to great disparity in the number of stations in the different Member States. It
  97  Directive 79/923 on the Quality required of Shellfish Waters, OJEC 1979, No L 281/
47.
  98  Directive 80/778 (note 43).
  99  The last Report [the  7th] was published in  1990: Commission of the European
Communities, Quality of Bathing  Water 1988, Luxemburg 1990, EUR 12579.
  100  Directive 78/659 (note 96).
  101  Directive 79/923 (note 97).
  102 Directive 76/464 (note 86).
  103  See references in note 61.

-------
216                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

was already mentioned that while there are over 200 stations in Germany (Direc-
tive 85/203), there are only six in the United Kingdom. The clause contained in the
Directive stating that the limit values may not be exceeded "throughout the
territory"  is therefore impossible to monitor. On a number of occasions, the
Commission's  inquiries  as to the level of NO* or SO2 in a specific area have
received the reply that there is no measuring station in that area.
   The problem of pollution reduction programmes  in areas designated by the
Member States has already been referred to. The number of programmes and their
effectiveness in reducing pollution appear to be unsatisfactory. As  the annual
reports from the Member States on the implementation of the Directives are also
late,10* the extra contribution of the three Directives to reducing air pollution
remains limited.
   Directive 85/210 on the lead content of petrol105 requires the supply of lead-free
petrol to be evenly  distributed within Member  States by  the  end of 1989.
Proceedings have been instituted against several Member States which have failed
to ensure a balanced  geographical distribution. Lead-free petrol has been intro-
duced more rapidly  in  those  Member  States where there is  a  marked price
difference between leaded and unleaded petrol.106
   As regards Directive 84/360 on air pollution from industrial installations,107
there is not enough coherent and reliable information on the application to new
installations of "the principle of the best available technology not entailing
excessive costs". Moreover, the Member States have not provided any information
regarding the policies and strategies adopted to bring existing installations  into
line  with technological  requirements.  Any individual case  must therefore be
examined on its own  merits, which proves particularly difficult.

                               d)  Chemicals

   The Commission has been making a special effort regarding the Directives in the
chemicals sector. It organizes regular meetings with  experts from the Member
States to discuss matters of a practical and legal nature relating to implementing
the Directives. These consultation meetings have apparently resulted in fewer
implementation difficulties. The cases which do arise mainly concern access by
individuals to information under Article 8  of Directive 82/501108 or the notifica-
tion of accidents pursuant to the same Directive.
  IM At the end of 1990 the Commission had adopted three reports on Directive
80/779, two on Directive 82/884 and one on Directive 85/203.
  105 Directive 85/210 (note 21).
  106 The Commission suggested a specific article for that purpose, OJEC 1984, No C 178/
5; the Council did not follow this proposal.
  107 Directive 84/360 (note 46).
  108 Directive 82/501 (note 47).

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            217

                                 e)  Waste

  Directives 75/442 and 78/319109 require Member States to designate the compe-
tent authority or authorities responsible for planning operations in a particular
area and the content of the plans being defined by the Directives. Where hazardous
waste is concerned, only three Member States have notified the Commission of
disposal programmes. Germany has forwarded programmes for only some parts of
its territory, and even these do not meet the requirements of the Directive. None
of the other Member States has forwarded plans.
  Directive 85/339"°  requires  programmes to be drawn up and  implemented in
order to cut down the number of containers of liquids for human consumption.
Five Member States have not forwarded any programmes, and of those which did,
some were very late.
  Directives 75/442,75/439, 76/403 and 78/319 require implementation reports to
be forwarded to the Commission every three years.111 Almost without exception
the Member States failed to produce such reports. The Commission therefore sent
out a detailed questionnaire to the Member States on each of the four directives.
Replies were received from seven Member States and  the Commission  initiated
procedures against the others.112  The questions asked related mainly to the
compliance of the national measures adopted with Community law rather than to
the extent to which they were  being applied.
  Two-yearly reports on Directive 84/631 were due in 1987 and again in 1989.113 To
date, none of the Member States has complied with this requirement.
  The Commission has therefore had to  rely on  complaints, petitions and
parliamentary questions, and even on the media, for the bulk of its information on
threats to the environment caused by waste disposal. Very often it is a private
citizen who, for example, is directly affected by the pollution caused by improper
waste disposal, or whose favourite bathing spot is polluted by discharges of waste
and who, failing to get satisfaction  from the  national authorities,  submits a
complaint to the Commission.
  There are clearly very serious problems in most of the Member  States as regards
applying the  Community rules on waste. Most countries  do not appear to have
detailed plans or  programmes for the disposal of waste, hazardous  waste in
particular, and the existing programmes are not always managed satisfactorily. The
  109 Directive 75/442 (note 49); Directive 78/319 (note 7).
  110 Directive 85/339 (note 28).
  111 Directive 75/442 (note 49); Directive 75/439 on the Disposal of Waste Oils, OJEC,
No L 194/23; Directive 76/403 (note 51).
  112 See for instance Court of Justice, Case C-48/89, Commission v. Italy, Judgment of 14
June 1990, as yet unreported.
  113 Directive 84/631 (note 52), Article 13.

-------
218                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

aim of the Directives, i.e. to ensure the disposal of (hazardous) waste without
damage to humans or the transfrontier shipments of.toxic waste, is virtually
impossible in the absence of precise rules and definitions.
  It is therefore hardly surprising that the construction of new -waste treatment
plants is the subject of controversy among local residents, and that the completion
of the internal market is greeted with apprehension as far as waste is concerned.
Accordingly, it is essential for the monitoring of the application of the rules on
waste to be stepped up at the national and Community level, in order to obtain an
integrated Community-wide waste management scheme — which does not exist at
present.


       V. Monitoring Compliance With International Conventions

  As stated above, the Commission does not  control the implementation of
international conventions by Member States, even where the Community itself
has ratified these conventions. An exception is made only in those cases where the
EEC has adopted legislation which thus obliges Member States in their turn to
transpose EEC law into national law.
  It  is submitted that the Commission exercises a self-restraint which is legally
incorrect. An example might help to illustrate the issue: The Berne Convention on
the conservation of European wildlife and natural habitats of 19 September 1979
was ratified by the EEC1M and by  most of its Member States. The Convention
requests the Contracting Parties to ensure the conservation of species of wild flora
and fauna, in particular those species that are specified in Appendixes I and II
(Article 4). The EEC has  adopted  Directive 79/409 on the conservation of wild
birds,115 but has, until now, not adopted  rules  on  the protection of habitats of
Other species. The Commission's practice, based on a recital of the decision to
become a Contracting Party to the Convention, is that the Commission may well
monitor the implementation of the obligations regarding wild birds, but not, for
instance, regarding brown bears.
  The recital in question reads as follows:
   Whereas the Community will take part in such implementation by exercising the powers
   resulting from existing common rules and those acquired by it by virtue of future acts
   adopted by the Council as well as by making use of the results of the Community actions
   (research — exchange of information) undertaken in the areas concerned."6
  1M Council decision 82/72 concerning the conclusion of the Convention on the Conser-
vation of European Wildlife and Natural Habitats, OJEC 1982, No L 38/1.
  115 Directive 79/409 (note 17).
  116 Decision 82/72 (note 114), recital 5.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            219

  Thus, in practice, where the habitat of a brown bear is destroyed in a Member
State, the Commission does not undertake any steps and in particular does not
start proceedings under Article 169 against the Member State.
  This  practice seems doubtful.  It should first be remembered that since the
amendments to the EEC Treaty in 1987, previous disputes about EEC competence
as regards nature protection have disappeared, since  Articles 130r to  130t
certainly give the EEC competence to regulate nature protection questions.
  The main argument follows from the nature of the EEC's obligation under the
convention. The EEC has promised to take the necessary steps in order to protect
the habitats of (amongst others) brown bears. It follows from Article 5 of the EEC
Treaty  that all Member  States are obliged to co-operate to  achieve this  goal.
Article  5 reads:
   Member States shall take all appropriate measures, whether general or particular, to
   ensure fulfilment of the obligations arising out of this Treaty or resulting from actions
   taken by the institutions of the Community. They shall facilitate the achievement of the
   Community's tasks. They shall abstain from any measure which could jeopardize the
   attainment of the objectives of this Treaty.
  By becoming a Contracting Party to the Berne Convention, the EEC has
undertaken to take the necessary measures to protect  the habitats of the brown
bear all over the territory of the EEC. Under Article 5 of the EEC Treaty, Member
States are thus obliged, by virtue of Community law, to take the necessary steps in
order to allow the Community to honour its obligation deriving from the Berne
Convention. Where an  EEC Member State allows the destruction of such a
habitat, it makes it impossible for the Community to respect its obligation. This is
a breach of the obligation deriving from Article 5. Under the general rules of
Articles 155 and 169 of the Treaty, it must be possible for the Commission to call a
Member State to order where a specific attitude of that Member State leads to a
situation which  implies a breach of the Community's  obligations towards other
Contracting Parties under the Berne Convention.
   The general power of the Commission is all the more evident if the brown.bear
example is varied slightly and the case is constructed so that the only habitats of
the brown bear within the EEC are located in an EEC Member State which has not
signed and ratified the Berne Convention. Under the interpretation given by the
Commission, this Member State would be free to completely destroy the brown
bear habitats, since it is neither bound by the Convention nor by any rule of EEC
law, since no Community legislation for bear habitats exists. Under the interpreta-
tion  submitted here,  by virtue  of the Community's  accession to the Berne
Convention, a Member State is obliged under EEC law (Article 5 of the Treaty) to
protect the habitats. The Commission could bring such a case before the Court of
Justice  under Article 169.

-------
220                           INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

   The recital which was quoted above does not contradict this result. Indeed,
when the EEC decided to become a Party to the Convention in 1981, the majority
of EEC Member States were of  the opinion that the EEC had' no  general
competence in matters of nature protection. Since the amendment of the EEC
Treaty in 1987 this EEC competence is no longer in dispute, as Articles 130r to
130t are very broadly phrased and cover virtually all aspects  of environmental
policy. Since at least 1987 the recital of the Decision of 3 December 1981 has thus
become irrelevant.
   Since the protection of habitats is the most serious threat to flora and fauna in
Western Europe, it is to be hoped that the Court of Justice will find occasion to
express itself on the issue of monitoring implementation of international environ-
mental conventions of which the EEC is a contracting party. One such way could
be a preliminary ruling under Article 177 of the EEC Treaty.
    VI. Publication: Participation of Non-Governmental Organisations

  The correspondence between the Commission and Member States on  com-
pliance is not made public. Following some requests made in the United Kingdom,
the European Parliament repeatedly asked for the publication of the so-called
"compliance letters"  i.e. the letters  by which  a Member State  informs the
Commission of measures taken to transpose an EEC directive into national law."7
However, information given to the Commission is most often limited to the
transmission of the relevant piece of legislation.118
  The letters of formal notice and reasoned opinion are not published. Occasion-
ally the Commission publishes a  press  release  on such  cases as  it considers
important. The impact of  these press releases is very great, particularly in the
United Kingdom with its outstanding, highly sensitive journalism. The decision to
refer a case to the Court  of Justice follows the same rules.
  Since 1983 the Commission publishes annual reports on the implementation of
Community legislation, which include a section on environmental legislation, but
which do not reveal details."9
  The whole procedure under Article  169 is thus rather non-public. The reason
why the monitoring of EEC environmental policy has  received so much public
attention these last years is due to two other features: on the one hand there is an
  117 European Parliament (note 3).
  118 The Commission has established a database, CELEX which contains all national
implementation legislation and which is open to the public.
  "' 1st Report, COM (84) 181 final of 11 April 1984; 2nd  Report, COM [85] 149 of 13
May 1985; 3rd Report, OJEC 1986, No C 220/1; 4th Report, OJEC 1987, No 338/1; 5th
Report, OJEC 1988, No 310/1; 6th Report, OJEC 1989, No C 330/1; 7th Report, OJEC
1990, No C 220/1.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                                       221
internal instruction by the Commission that each complainant is  entitled  to
receive an acknowledgement of receipt of his complaint.120 Furthermore, the
complainant is to be informed of any decision which the Commission has taken in
his case. In this way, complainants in environmental cases are informed whenever
the Commission has dispatched a letter of formal notice or a reasoned opinion  or
when a case was referred to the Court of Justice.121 It is up to the complainant  to
decide what use he wants to make of this information; and in Member States where
the media are open to environmental issues, the public debate can have  an
enormous influence on decision-making procedures.
  The second reason for public attention is the watchdog role of the European
Parliament. Not only has Parliament constantly — though until now unsuccess-
fully — urged the Commission to change its internal rules and publish letters of a
formal notice and reasoned opinion.122 Members of the Parliament also keep asking
written or oral  questions on  procedures  under Article 169  enquiring about
advances in the procedures, thus compelling the Commission to inform the public
about pending files.
  In 1990, Mr Ripa di Meana, the member of the Commission responsible for the
environment, presented to the  public a "first Commission report on the imple-
mentation by Member States of EEC environmental  law", in which he gave,
Member State by  Member State, information about  the decisions which the
Commission had taken under Article 169.123 The relevant data published were the
following:
           Decision to Open Article 169 Procedures as of 31 December 1989

Member State

Belgium
Germany
Denmark
Spain
France
United Kingdom
Greece
Ireland
Italy
Luxemburg
Netherlands
Portugal
Absence of
communication
of national
measures
11
4
1
4
1
4
12
5
8
3
4
3
Incomplete
or incorrect
transposition
of national
legislation
10
14
-
16
12
6
2
4
7
4
14
2
Bad
application
in practice

26
11
4
38
28
21
31
9
25
5
6
9

Total

47
29
5
57
41
31
45
21
40
12
24
14
                         60
90
213
                                                                362

-------
222
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
Procedure under Article 169 on 31 December 1989
Letter of Reasoned
formal notice opinion
Belgium
Germany
Denmark
Spain
France
United Kingdom
Greece
Ireland
Italy
Luxemburg
Netherlands
Portugal














27 8
13 8
5
45 9
28 6
18 8
37 5
16 5
17 16
9 2
18 5
10 4
242 76
Referred _
to the Court T°tal
11 46
8 29
5
3 57
7 41
5 31
3 45
21
7 40
1 12
2 24
14
44 362
Sectors
Member State
Belgium
Germany
Denmark
Spain
France
United Kingdom
Greece
Ireland
Italy
Luxemburg
Netherlands
Portugal

Water
11
9
2
12
15
16
10
7
9
5
6
2
104
Air Waste Chemicals
3 18 5
42 3
_
2 10 4
3 2 1
53 3
46 2
23 2
4 10 2
22
22 3
1 4
32 62 25
Noise Nature Total
2 7 46
11 29
1 2 5
29 57
20 41
4 31
3 20 45
7 21
3 12 40
1 2 12
3 8 24
7 14
13 129 362

   120  See complaint form OJEC 1989, No C 28/6.
   121  See previous note.
   122  European Parliament (note 3).
   123  Commission document P-5 of 8 February 1990; it should be noted that the figures
refer to decisions taken, though not necessarily executed (yet).

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            223

  This report produced strong reactions in the media in every Member State124
and from the 12 governments, though nobody seriously contested the points made
in the report that
(a)  Community Directives on the environment are not properly applied by the
    Member States;
(b)  the quality of the environment is deteriorating and the Community legislation
    which should be protecting it is failing to produce satisfactory results.
  Whether, in view of the different reactions, there will be a second report on the
implementation of environmental law in 1991 is, as yet, uncertain. It is not clear
either, to what extent the discussion on access to environmental information will
influence the degree of transparency of Article 169 procedures.125
  There is no specific ruling on the participation of environmental organisations
in the Article 169 procedure, though it is true that many complaints are introduced
by local, regional, national or international environmental  organisations. These
organisations have  specific  means for  selecting complaints and  influencing the
media in order to make the complaint procedure part of their campaign. Their
activity in matters of enforcement is without doubt very seriously hampered by the
limited  transparency of procedures. Geographically, marked  differences exist,
such as  for instance, numerous complaints from Spanish environmental groups
and very few complaints from Dutch organisations.
                         VII. General Conclusions

  The attempt to systematically monitor the implementation of EEC environ-
mental law by Member States had a number of rather important consequences.
Despite the somewhat limited publicity which surrounds the procedures, public
opinion has become aware of the possibility of taking action against environmental
degradation, contamination or pollution. While in some Member States pollution
was, and partly still is, considered to be some "act of God",  the possibility of
sending complaints to the EEC Commission and having a local environmental
problem examined, has promoted awareness and increased sensitivity. The Com-
mission was seen  rather as a central body, capable of even taking a stand against
  12< See for instance: Pietrro Sormani, CEE, i "cattivi" dell'ecologia. La leadership negativa
die Spagna, Belgio e Italian, in: Corriere della Sera, 9 February 1990; Alan Hope, Britain
Heads EC Pollution Culprits, in: The Guardian, 9 February 1990; La Belgique montree du
doigt par  la Commission, in: La Libre Belgique,  10-11 February 1990. In France, a
Parliamentary Committee made a special report to the Parliament on the findings, Assemb-
lee Nationale, Annexe au proces-verbal du 26 June 1990, Doc. No. 1535.
  125 In 1990 the Council adopted Directive 90/313  on access to environmental informa-
tion, OJEC 1990, No L 158/56; the Commission committed itself to making a proposal for
extending these rules on Community institutions.

-------
224                           INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

national administrations — a possibility which the public does not seem to have in
all Member States. The turning of "soft law" into hard law and the application of
Community Directives  as rules  of binding law rather than  as some form  of
recommendation has probably surprised many local, regional and national admin-
istrations. This process of integrating Community environmental law into na-
tional environmental law is far from being completed. Furthermore, many admin-
istrations were not accustomed to  seeing their practice being questioned by  an
outside body and having to justify why this or that authorisation was given, or this
or that habitat destroyed. This challenging of administrative sovereignty was, at
the same time, a monitoring of the EEC environment despite national sovereignty.
Generally, it can be said that Member States accepted the Community monitoring
process, since it also  brought advantages: for instance, central environmental
administration was made aware of imperfect implementation at the local level, or it
was able to successfully argue an environmental case against other, more powerful
departments  of  the  same administration, using  the  Commission's  letters  as
support for its own arguments.

  Other aspects were also important, for instance,  changes of national legislation
in order to adapt it to EEC environmental requirements; or the preventive effect
which a threat to expose the Member State to a sort of a public blame from Brussels
inevitably had. If it is true to say that environmental protection profits most from
public awareness  and public participation, the media echo  brought about  by
decisions from the EEC Commission may have contributed  to avoiding  some
deterioration of the environment.

  The monitoring process went so  far  as to influence the form of environmental
law-making. The most obvious evidence for this is the gradual reduction in the use
of circulars. The  fact that  more  and more regulatory  instruments  are  used
demonstrates  a growing maturity  of  EEC environmental law.  Other notable
changes concern the content of legislation and its application in practice which
became more similar from one Member State to the other than would have  been
the case without the EEC monitoring procedure. Also, the evidence that quality
objectives can hardly be monitored and are, in fact, almost never monitored in
Member States will undoubtedly have some impact on legislators. Lastly,  more
attention is being given at the drafting stage of EEC legislation to how it would be
implemented in practice.

  The specific nature of Community environmental law also creates a number of
problems for  monitoring  its implementation,  some  of which are  enumerated
hereafter. Procedures take a very long  time and all too often  the damage to the
environment is irreparable by the time EEC steps in. Part of the delay is due to the
fact that all correspondance with  Member States has to pass  the  Permanent
Representations of Member States with the EEC. No direct contact with polluters
or local authorities, although it is possible would allow much  quicker action.  In

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                           225

 decentralised Member States this often causes a very serious problem, all the more
 so when relations between central and regional levels are difficult.
   A further major hindrance  to promoting efficiency is that of administrative
 secrecy.  The whole procedure under Article 169 is largely non-public or even
 secret. Since the Commission does not have inspectors  of its own, it must rely
 largely on the complainants' arguments and the administration's reaction. It is
 often doubtful whether these two sources of information are sufficient to assess a
 situation properly.  Mobile measuring stations and inspectors would probably be
 very useful in two-thirds of all complaints. Their absence is felt very heavily.
   To these  problems  must be added that of the absence of sanctions. It is well
 known that a number of Member States quite openly do not respect Community
 law requirements.  In  his first  implementation  report,126 Commissioner Ripa  di
 Meana expressly mentioned implementation of Community rules on waste  in
 Belgium and Italy. Indeed, an important number of Court descisions have come
 out against  these Member States  — apparently without much  success. Other
 Member States  disregard some directives for  years without being  sanctioned.
 Public blame is almost the only sanction, and  even that needs reception by the
 media in order to condemn the action.
   Access to national courts in environmental matters is very difficult in practice
 because of the limited right to bring an action  and the high costs involved. The
 EEC  complaints procedure might  be some substitute for that fact;  however,  it
 remains impossible for the future to properly monitor all upcoming complaints —
 which might well exceed 1000 per year. Some form of decentralisation will thus be
 necessary, for instance, in the form of a national complaints-handling  system.
   The punctual action undertaken by the Commission can be and is successful in
 some cases,  leading to changes in legislation or to changes in practice. However,
 this action is unable to remedy any weakness in the environmental infrastructure of
 a Member State. Where an administration sees environmental impact assessments,
 protection of habitats, reduction of emissions to air, soil or waste as a nuisance,
 which is still sometimes the case, the Commission's intervention under Article 169
 is likewise seen as a nuisance rather than as an opportunity to properly protect the
 environment — and to properly respect legal obligations  under the EEC Treaty.
 And,  while Community intervention might be  supportive to the environmental
 administration at a local or regional level in the discussion with other administra-
 tions, it cannot permanently establish a balance  in the influence of these different
 administrations.
  The implementation procedure does not contribute greatly to the establish-
ment  and implementation of clean-up plans and programmes either. Where  a
national administration is not  able or not willing to honour the corresponding

   126 Commission (note 125).

-------
226                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

commitments under EEC environmental legislation,  it is normally extremely
difficult to change such an attitude.
  This then brings back the question raised at the beginning of this article: Can the
EEC implementation and enforcement procedure contribute some form of model
for other regions in the world?
  All direct or indirect criticism voiced in this article should not let  us forget
several major advantages which the Community's implementation actions in the
environmental sector have brought about and which are essentially the following:

  (1) There is a "central" body which looks into national environmental legisla-
tion and — at least as important — into environmental practice in order to level its
compliance with EEC environmental rules.  Neither  national parliaments  nor
national administrations thus necessarily have the last word on  environmental
issues;
  (2) Controversies are decided by the Court of Justice, which is highly  respected
and  has sufficient authority for its judgment to be accepted;
  (3) Individuals may raise the question of the  compliance of any measure with
Community environmental rules and have a guarantee from the Commission that
their case will be examined. Thus, they no longer regard environmental  pollution
as an "act of God", but become aware  of the possibility  of protecting "their"
environment.
  (4) The European Parliament's activities, the  Commission's own initiatives, as
well as actions from non-governmental organisations contribute to bringing cases
of non-compliance to the attention of the public. This feature, which is linked to
the functions of public opinion within the EEC Member States, is environment's
greatest potential ally.
  (5) Administration in Member States  is gradually accepting that its environ-
mental actions can be questioned by the EEC administration. Thus, not only does
environmental law-making go beyond the nation-State, but so does implementa-
tion control.

   Major deficiencies in the procedure are the absence of inspection possibilities on
 the one hand and of sanctions on the other. Both deficiencies would not be too
 important if, at the level of all Member States, inspection facilities existed and
 appropriate  sanctions were practised — which is the case only in a minority of
 Member States.
   In the competition area the Commission has managed to obtain inspectors who
 control the compliance with Community competition rules all over the  EEC. The
 Commission itself has the power to pronounce sanctions against breaches  of
 competition laws. Should it one day be possible to obtain inspectors and sanction
 facilities to monitor compliance with Community environmental law, then the

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                          227

"Ombudsman role" of the Commission in favour of the environment would be
considerably strengthened. At that moment, the implementation control could
serve as an example for other regional organisations in the world. It seems fair to
say, though, that the EEC has already gone far in its attempt to make environmen-
tal legal rules work in practice.

-------
228                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             229


ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT IN CENTRAL AND EASTERN EUROPE IN TRANSITION

WOJCIECH S. BEBLO

Director  Ecological  Department,  Voivodship Katowice,  25  Jagiellonska  Street, PL-40-032
Katowice, Poland


      SUMMARY

      This paper presents an assessment of the current status of environmental enforcement in
Central  na Eastern Europe  and the challenges  facing those trying to  improve upon  current
strategies and approaches.  The discussion  is based  upon analysis  of environmental law in
Czecho-Slovakia, Hungary and Poland.  Different  approaches undertaken by  those countries are
discussed regarding  institution building and  law making.  The environmental  law and  related
institutional system  is built upon a framework of environmental laws (CSRF and  Hungary)  or from
detailed regulations (Poland).


1     INTRODUCTION

      Environmental enforcement has become of great  importance in Poland during the Solidari-
ty's Round Table Debate with Communist Goverment in Spring 1989. This issue was one of the
most discussed at that time and it was repeated in other countries of Central and Eastern Europe
during their transformations. Central and East European  countries, that for many years were ruled
by communists, now  are struggling  for a new future based on human rights, a market economy
and a modern legal system [1,2].
      Heavy industry, the hearth of the working class, was declared  under old regime to be the
key sector  of communist  economy  and was to be protected at any price [2]. The law  makers
therefore put more  wishful statements into environmental laws than real rules that might disturb
the realization of socialist five year  plans. Environmental law was then  to show, that communist
governments  like others,  after the  series of UN conferences  in early seventies,  care  for the
environment. They did, by setting permissible levels impossible to comply with.
      Information about the state of the environment was to be a secret though no  real use  of it
was possible to enforce obeying the law. The public knew about the state of the environment  and
its influence on human  health only from unofficial sources  - the environmental  groups. After the
democracy revival in  all Central and East European countries environmental  issues  became  one
of the most important political issues. People wanted to know officially as much as possible about
the state of the  environment,  public health and risk caused  by  environmental pollution.  The
information caused great  political pressure  within communities end forced policy makers to set
new environmental laws.  In all countries it opened wide debate about the  set of  rules  and
principles to be adopted within the system of laws:
   -  environmental  liability,
   -  polluter and user pays principle,
   -  prevent before cure principle,
   -  public participation in decision making and public right to know,
   -  decentralised integrated environmental management based upon selfgoverning principles.

      The ways to achieve the goal are different in every country of Central and Eastern Europe.
It is done either by setting general system of principles and  rules, from which  detailed laws are to
be derived (Czecho-Slovakia) or by  synthetizing the general system from detailed described laws
(Poland and Hungary) [1,3].

-------
230                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


2      ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT IN CZECH AND SLOCAK FEDERAL REPUBLIC

       State of the environmental  law  in Czech  and Slovak Republic (CSFR) is  imposed by
recent events and separative tendencies. It may happen,  that there will be two separate countries
in this part of Europe, having separate legal systems.
       In  April  1991 the Federal  Government published a  State  Program  of  Environmental
Protection which defined polices to be adopted at republic and  federal levels. Among others there
were  listed  issues concerning environmental laws and  regulations,  monitoring and  information
systems  and  economical instruments  to  be applied  to achieve reduction  of environmental
pullution. Later on, in December 1991 there was issued  a Federal Environment Act which since
the beginning of 1992 is the framework  for environmental legislation. The Act adopts principle of
sustainable  development and  puts responsibility on  every citizen regarding care  for  the
environment. In the Act there were also adopted other principles like "polluter and user pays".
       Enforcement of environmental law in CSFR is  based  on a  fine  and penalty policy.
Penalties  and fines till  1991  were too low to  make any real reaction of violators. According to  a
new law fines were raised  several times especially regarding air pollution. The Act from 1991
introduced fee instruments to enforce and to encourage actions toward reduction of environmental
pollution. Czech and Slovak republics have established funds for environmetal protection, created
by fee and fine collection.
       The  responsibility of environmental  policy is put on  three  organizations:  the  Federal
Committee for the Environment, the Czech Ministry of the Environment and Slovak Commission
for  the Environment. The Federal  Committee is  responsible  for the  preparation of  law on the
federal level and international harmonization of the environmental policy. The Czech Environment
Ministry acts through the Czech Inspectorate and its district, municipal and community  offices.
The Slovak Commission acts according to the same system. The  republics have the right to
adopt stricter standards. The responsibility for the environment  in Czecho-Slovakia is put on many
other  agencies and   ministries depending upon the  protected component of the  natural
environment. Environmental  law in  Czecho-Slovakia is made according to a systematic approach
regarding institution building which tends toward concentration of efforts and derives the system
from  general framework of law. The legal system is being built  based upon general principles.
The development of the system is made by creating of  detailed regulations on water protection,
environmental  impact  assessment, forest protection, waste  regulation  (management)  and  air
protection.
 3     ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT IN HUNGARY

       Environmental legislation in Hungary has  on one hand a long tradition connected with act
 from 1729 issued by Karl III or act on water protection from 1840 and on the other hand - a rela-
 tively short tradition due to exclusion of environmental  issues from national policy by communist
 rulers. After the replacement of communist government, environmental issues began to play an
 important role in Hungarian policy. In September 1990 the Ministry for Environment and Regional
 Development  issued  a program for environmental protection in which there  were outlines of
 required changes  in the legislation. The  system of laws  regulating environmental protection in
 Hungary now consist of many datailed acts on  air, water, solid  and hazardous waste and land
 use. Environmental Protection Code is under discussion and it is intended to include articles on
 environmental liability, economic instruments, emission tradings, principles and rights.
       Before 1990  enforcement of environmental laws in Hungary was ineffective because all
 responsibilities were put  on  industrial  management.  Nowadays  this responsibility  is  put  on
 National Environment Protection  Directorate, created in 1990, which acts through  its 12 regional
 directorates and local governments.  The  Directorate  is an  agency of Environment  Ministry.
 Regional  directorates are  responsible for issuing permits, imposition of  penalties and  fines and
 the enforcement of  environmental  regulations.  Money that  is collected  by regional directorates
 create a Central Environmental Fund. In Hungary there is a separate administrative structure that

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             231


have responsibilities in water management in 12 regional offices. Environmental  enforcement in
Hungary is in its beginning.


4      ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT IN POLAND

       The first complex environmental law was set in Poland in January 1980. The enforcement
issues  were included in that Act by defining the role for National Inspectorate of Environmental
Protection (PIOS). The  power of then PIOS was  weak and therefore  in 1991  a new  law was
adopted providing POIS with a real enforcement power. The PIOS acts on behalf of the Minister
of Environmental Protection,  Natural Resources and Forestry through the Duputy  Minister - Chief
Inspector  of Environmental  Protection. The PIOS  acts  through Inspectores at voivodship level.
The Inspectorates have the right to stop activities  and operations endangering the  environment,
ban the sale and import of goods that do not meet national standards, act in case  of  extraordinary
environmental threats and is responsible to keep the public informed on the state of the environ-
ment.  To reinforce the action  the  Inspector co-operates with  prosecuting  authorities,  state
administrations, municipal selfgovernment and  public  organizations. PIOS is separated from
viovodship administration. In cases of violation of a given emission permit the Inspector imposes
a fine on the polluter or causes criminal prosecution. Environmental Inspectorate is also responsi-
ble for  environmental monitoring related to country wide system.
       Environmental law in Poland is enforced by fee and fine policy. Every facility must possess
emission  permits  according  to  which the  voivodship administration  imposes  a  fee for use  of
natural resources. The  permits are issued by the Voivodship administration  that collects fees for
use of  natural resources and fines for violating a given permit. The Voivodship administration is
also  responsible for coordination of all efforts relating  planning of investments in environmental
protection, research, regional environmental monitoring  and co-operation  with environmental
authorities and organisations.
       The emission permit is defined during the negotiations at the voivodship administration in
presence  of  facility's  management,  PIOS, representatives of municipal authority, NGOs and
potentially endangered  public. Each permit is given with respect of national  environmental policy
and respective limits. The permit is issued after closure of an administration  proceeding. If during
the proceeding a consensus  hasn't been obtained, every party in the  negotiation, not satisfied
with the result, has a right to appeal to the Ministry of Environmental  Protection and finally to the
Suprime Administration Court. During appeals,  the administration proceeding is suspended. It
happens,  that management  of  given facility utilizes all rights to  appeal  and this  way reaches
prolongation of the proceeding.  After validation of the permit it is possible to impose a fee or, in
case of proved violation of this permit, a fine can be imposed.
       At  the local selfgovernment level the involvement in environmental issues is at present low
although the municipalities  are  responsible for ensuring proper water and  waste management,
heat supply and greens keeping. Present  debate  on regionalization  incorporates environmental
issues  as a right to develop regional environmental policy. This is also the decentralization issue
being discussed in every country of the Central and Eastern Europe  as the reaction to a central
ruling.
       System of environmental  laws in Poland is created from  the opposite side in comparison to
the way it is done in Czecho-Slovakia - from very detailed laws efforts are made to  derive a
synthesis  incorporating  all assumtions and principles.
5      ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS AND THEIR IMPLEMENTATION
       UNDER THE OLD SYSTEMS

       In all countries of Central and Eastern Europe the  official policy regarding environmental
protection was more aiming to  desired economic growth and image creating of the  communist
governemnt than a real action plan for environmental protection.  In such circumstances there was
no place for real enforcement and compliance issues.

-------
232                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       The priorities  of environmental  policy were set  by the  central planing  authority that was
taking  into account the communist assumptions of social development rather than any modern
environmental policy. This led to the environmental policy resembling. This sort of policy making
resulted in environmental  liability and built up industry.
       As it has  been described above, the regulated universe was intentionally made to be
weak.  In  Hungary after  World  War  II it was officially declared, that  there  was no place for
environmental protection because the country had to build economical power by growth. A similar
approach  was obligatory in other countries due to forced symmetry in policy making under Soviet
Union  control [2]. The  system  began  to  change  after  first UN  declaration on environment
(U'Thant). Those  issues were then raised later on  during strikes  in Poland in  1980 - the year of
issuing first complex environmental law. In Poland  enforcement and complioance issues  were
introduced into the law - there were proposed enforcement institutions, legal and financial instru-
ments. In Czecho-Slovakia enforcement was limited by  unclear competence division  between
Federal and Republic's Governemnts and respective ministries [1,3]. It was difficult to determine
who had  been responsible for  what.  In Hungary  the  only actions  undertaken  were related  to
national budget planning  in which there was money reserved for environmental protection as a
grant for  a particular facility. This  money was usually used  for general  inwestments with  less
respect to environmental protection  [1].
       Environmental requirements and related  payments (fees, fines  and penalties) were  set
artificially  low. Low permissible levels were  impossible  to comply with and at the same time  the
payments were set low and created no enforcement feedback. The management of industry was
then mainly interested in  growth of production. Promoting compliance under previous regulation
was difficult,  although in some  cases effective.  The  most effective  instrument  to  promote
compliance behavior was related to issuance of permits and  setting  up allowable emissions
(Poland)  and announced  growth of related  fees. At the beginning there was  no reaction.  From
1990, when fees and fines were raised several times, the users energetically began creating
action  plans.  Nowadays from fee and fine  policy there is derived financial incentive instrument
based  on tax principle: the user declaring  action  toward cleaning the  technology, has right to
utilize their own fee for investment. It is done by separate agreement included to the administra-
tion permit [4].
       The system of compliance monitoring has been based upon routine audits done by  the
governmental administration in Poland  and by respective ministers in Czecho-Slovakia. In Poland
the compliance  monitoring under  previous  regulation was the responsibility of governmental
administration (voivodships) and  PIOS  - the National Inspectorate for Environmental  Protection.
Examples of  environmental requirements and their implementation in reference to each element
of the  general framework identified under  Speaker #1 and the  ability to take action to ensure
compliance, both regulatory and financial.  There  was  no such service  in Hungary under  old
regime [3].
6     NEW CHALLENGES UNDER TRANSITION TO A MARKET ECONOMY

      The system of environmental laws still require improvement regarding permissible levels of
emmision and allowable emission and related fees for  use  of the environment and fines to be
payed after proven violations of given permits. All those values shall be set at levels possible to
enforce  as relates to allowable pollution and possible to bear by users  as relates to  fees.  It is
agreed by all, that fines and penalties shall remain  at its high levels. Wrong values require later
adjustments that spoil the proceedings.
      Environmental policy in East and Central European Countries require modern laws derived
from their national constitutions. The governments of the countries discussed in this paper issued
their environmental policy documents and declared following the sustainable development, decen-
tralization of decision making, set up the priorities and accepted general principles. Rebuilding of
legal systems related to environmental protection shall be done  paralelly to the improvement of
the state organization and require simultaneous action in:

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             233


   -  adjustment of the area of  activity of different environmental administration to the territorial
      division of the country. This will  lead to the concentration of means and  efforts according
      to harmonised policy, facilitate the coordination and shorten the proceedings,
   -  clarification  of environmental administration  system at  all levels and  decentralization of
      decision making, environmental found creating and development of environmental policy,
   -  adjustment of standards relating emissions  and effluents to those which are  applied in
      Western Europe and WHO,
   -  the state policy shall consequently apply pricing policy promoting clean technologies, clean
      fuels (unleaded gasoline)
   -  emission trading shall be taken into consideration and applied primarily in areas of dense
      concentration of industy,
   -  environmetnal health monitoring and risk assessment, - environmental impact assessment.

      International  cooperation and common environmental policy  in Central and East Europe
require:
   -  unification of metrology as applied in environmental monitoring,
      creation of information system on the state of environment,
      joint environmantal studies and programmes like Black Triangle or Silesia.

      The countries of Central and Eastern Europe will not be able to solve their environmental
problems without external  contributions to their action plans. It is therefore required to introduce
incentive instruments that will facilitate privatization, attract foreign capital  and accelerate the
renovation and restructuring processess:
      environmental liability must be clearly defined in law,
   -  taxation policy shall allow tax reduction  for those investing in environmental protection. The
      same shall be applied to the custom policy,
   -  fee  collection shall permit internal  use of part of the  amount due payed  be  the  user,
      according to  separate agreement reached during administration proceeding.

      The general  concern for environment is due to open market competition, privatization and
related  problems with  environmental liability. The  trend related to support  and environmental
concern is growing. Market economy  forces  the managers to evaluate costs when taking into
account a fee and eventual  fine, with  no  financial  intervention  of central government, the
managers became more interested in diminishing the cost and avoding  an eventual penalty. On
the other  hand  some  incentives are  provided  based upon environmental funds, that are the
source of soft loan  for environmental investments.
7     SPECIFIC EXAMPLES OF CHANGING CIRCUMSTANCES.

      After the Round Table  Debate (RTD)  in  Poland in  1989  began a  decentralization of
governmental  system.  The  municipalities  became independent from  the state  goverment
according to Selfgoverning Act. In the field of environmental protection appeared new partners
developing their own environmental policy based on the  own financial means.  The issue of public
participation,  raised  during RTD, resulted  in permanent attendance of the  representatives of
NGO's, municipal selfgoverment and endangered public in the administration proceedings.
      During this transition period there is an observed  process leading to separation of different
regulatory and enforcement bodies in Poland and concentration of efforts within one institution in
Czecho-Slovakia and Hungary. The  process is strongly influened  by the political environment
which in Czecho-Slovakia leads to  a division  of the state, in  Poland leads  to a new regional
division and in Hungary - to problems related to Danube  dam.

-------
234                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


REFERENCES:

1  Environmental Law, International Corporate Law, White and Case, April 1992
2  Andrzej Delorme, Stalin's development paradigm andenvironmental crisis, AURA 1990.
3  E.N. Lisicyn, Environmental Protection in Foreign Countries, Agroizdat 1987, Moscow.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            235


ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT IN HUNGARY - TODAY AND TOMORROW

PROFESSOR DR. GYULA BANDI

Scientific Director, Copernicus Environmental Law Program of the Danube Region


      SUMMARY

      At the time of the present Conference, nearly two years has passed since the European
Council of the European Community released the declaration The Environmental Imperative
signed in Dublin in 1990. The declaration underlined the following among global issues:

   "The environmental situation in Central  and Eastern Europe presents special challenges.
   We endorse the agreement reached in Dublin on 16 June 1990 between the Environment
   Ministers of the  Community and those of Central and Eastern Europe on the steps to be
   taken to improve the environment in Europe as a whole and in  Central and Eastern Europe
   in  particular.   Remedial measures must  be taken by these countries to clear up problems
   which have developed through years of neglect and to ensure that their future  economic
   development is sustainable." (1)

      The above statement is still in force,  and we  in Central and Eastern Europe (CEE) are not
much  closer to the fulfilment of overall or even partial environmental requirements than two years
ago.  If we examine the state of  environment in today's Hungary then - being a bit cynical - the
slightly positive changes are more or less due to the  economic difficulties effecting a number of
polluting facilities.  (E.g. the  use of chemicals  in agriculture is much less than ever before
because of the  great rise of  chemical prices due to the cancellation  of state subsidies to the
chemical  industry.)  The general  political, economic, technical, organizational and legal
background of Hungary is not very favourable to environmental protection interests.  Before going
into the  specifics of environmental enforcement in Hungary, it  is important to examine  some of
these  background issues in  order to get a more complex view of the present  situation.  The
following  is a list  of advantages and disadvantages to environmental protection of these
background issues.


1     INTRODUCTION

1.1    Policy Issues (Past and Present)

Advantages
1.1.1  In developing  a  multi-party  system and a rule of law, there is a better chance for
environmental interests  to be  emphasized.  Some political  parties, movements (and even the
church) can incorporate  environmental demands in their campaigns, which may provide a mutual
benefit to both the movements or  parties and the environment.

1.1.2  The program of the  new Government (2)  was adopted in summer 1990.  Although  it
focuses primarily on economic  issues, Chapter V is dedicated to  environmental protection
requirements.  Based on this Program, the Environmental  Ministry in the same year made  a
detailed plan of action, the majority of which has not yet been fulfilled.

1.1.3  Our international commitments are more and more favourable for the environment.  For
example the convention on transboundary  impact assessment (Espoo,  February 1991) and the
association agreement with the European Communities gives priority to environmental interests.

-------
236                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


Disadvantages
1.1.4  The relationship between economic and environmental priorities in policy-making even
today puts a greater emphasis on economic interests than environmental ones.

1.1.5  A concrete environmental policy and strategy - going beyond a set of mere statements -
is missing both in national or regional policy and also on the party-policy level.

1.1.6  Due to the preceding  point environmental protection in the regulatory  arena has
always been - and in most cases still it is -  mere "show-business".  It declares a concern for
protection rather than creating a real set of political, economic and  legal  requirements.  The
environment became a top issue in international cooperation, so the government had to respond
to this (3).

1.1.7  The transition process has resulted in  numerous political, social and economic problems
especially related to social security and unemployment concerns. These run against the
interests of environmental protection.

1.2    Economic Development

Advantages
1.2.1  For the most part, the  state is no longer  both the potential polluter and the responsible
regulatory and  controlling administration. Thus there  now is a greater chance  for enforcing
environmental requirements.

1.2.2  The market economy and consumer  policy together may have a self-monitoring and
regulating effect (E.g., the prices of raw materials and energy).

1.2.3  There is a greater probability that an environmental - or energy saving, recycling etc. -
industry and services shall be developed as a response to new environmental regulations.

1.2.4  Foreign trading relations have a big impact on environmental protection.  Western product
criteria and environmental requirements may  encourage Hungarian industry to  use for example
EC standards though they are  not incorporated into the Hungarian regulatory system.

1.2.5  There is now a chance to develop market economy  and environmental  protection  in
harmony, which has never existed before.

Disadvantages
1.2.6  There  is a tendency to connect  stricter environmental regulations with a later stage  of
economic development - when "we can  afford it".

1.2.7  A  market economy is not  an absolute self-controlling mechanism in the interests  of
environmental protection. The effect of a market economy is  very ambigous and partly may be
favourable for environmental protection interests  (e.g., shutting down polluting  industries  or
developing market incentives), but can  also  be  damaging to  the environment (e.g., increased
emission also occur together with growing production or  the incapability of former state industries
to clean up polluted  sites).

1.2.8  The necessary economic incentives for environmental  protection are missing from
Hungarian  economy, as well  as an understanding of the role of economic  management  in
environmental protection. To this we  must also add the new prospects in  privatization, joint
ventures,  concession licences and compensation for past nationalizations,  all  representing
primary parts of the  economic program, but all .without reference to environmental impacts.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             237


1.2.9  The involvement of foreign money is  directly connected to the new phenomena  listed
above, especially privatization.  In order to attract foreign money the economic management is
willing to ease environmental criteria.

1.2.10 It is clear that our own resources are  not enough for both pollution prevention and
remediation, so the setting of priorities is an essential requirement at this level also.

1.3   Technological Challenges

Advantages
1.3.1  The development of foreign trade and  the involvement of foreign  capital and  technology
provide  a better chance for the financing and use of cleaner technologies.

1.3.2  A great portion of the present technological infrastructure must be  modernized in order to
make the economy competitive.  This may mean again the use of cleaner technologies.

1.3.3  The relatively inefficient monitoring  capacity is more and more improved due to foreign
assistance projects (e.g., PHARE).

Disadvantages
1.3.4  Hungary's present technological resources are not sufficient enough to meet  the
requirements of environmental protection, and will not be changed substantially in the near term.

1.3.5  The monitoring and information systems in Hungary are less developed - a good example
is the difficulty of our telecommunication system.

1.3.6  The training of special environmental experts is developing.  This is still only on the post-
graduate rather than the graduate level,  so it is less for general environmental  skills than for
specific  ones.

1.4   Environmental Legal Issues in General

Advantages
1.4.1  The legal  system needs overall  restructuring. This does not simply  mean several
amendments, but rather means  to rebuild the  old system from the ground up. There is a great
chance  to incorporate environmental interests while developing the whole system.

1.4.2  The amended Constitution contains the right to environment as an obligation  of  the
state.

1.4.3  The creation of a rule of law state  means a broader sphere of judicial review over legal
regulations (Constitutional Court), and administrative decisions, and a greater role of the judiciary
in general.  All of these serve to guarantee  the constitutional rights.

1.4.4  There  is a separate ministry for environmental protection with a system of national and
regional offices.  This dates back to 1988, but was substantially restructured in 1990. It is now
called Ministry of Environmental Protection and Regional Policy.

1.4.5  The creation of the local (self-) government system offers a greater possibility for  the
protection of local environmental interests and  also can serve as one representative of the public
interest.

1.4.6  There  are  a number of regulations in  the present legal system (discussed later)  which
could serve the interests of environmental  protection  without any  or with only some  minor
adjustments.

-------
238                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


Disadvantages
1.4.7  In spite of the difficulties in developing clean technologies, these technical solutions had
always been emphasized instead of regulation and enforcement, as the latter would have needed
direct responsibility from the state organs.

1.4.8  Due to the total reshaping of the legal system its internal harmony is and will be missing
for a longer period.

1.4.9  The creation of a rule of law state results in a number of  uncertainties as to the
relationship, organizational structure, and division of power of the different actors (4).

1.4.10 Some major environmental elements are governed by central administrative  agencies
other than the environment ministry without the necessary coordination.  In addition, the
environment ministry has a number of other tasks that are sometimes  in contradiction with its
environmental role.  Further, the basic goal of separating the management/use  and the protection
of a given resource is not always met.

1.4.11  Additional difficulties have developed with the division of public administration tasks
between the central, state, and local (or self-) governments.


2      OPTIONS OF ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT - PAST AND PRESENT

2.1    Environmental Enforcement Policy

       The first question is to  find out whether anything  like an enforcement policy or strategy
does exist or not in  Hungary as this policy should govern  the would-be enforcement activities.  If
we examine the  16 years which since the general act on environmental protection (5) was
passed, it is quite difficult to prove the existence of such a policy. The reason lies in the fact that
the manager of the  polluting activity and the organ responsible for environmental protection in at
least 95% of the cases was the same - the state.  No wonder why there was little emphasis on
enforcing environmental regulations. Today the situation is  a bit changed, but  more than 80% of
the  Hungarian economy is still  in state ownership, and  there are also a number of other
competing interests, as was shown in the first chapter.
       The conclusion is that there was and there is no general environmental enforcement
policy in Hungary.  Nevertheless there have to some extent been some attempts towards such
a  policy. The first example is the strategy to save Lake  Balaton.  The establishment of this
strategy dates back to the end of the 1970s, but was mainly active in the beginning of the 1980s.
The  poor water quality of the Balaton area proved to be dramatic, due primarily to three main
reasons: the artificial drying out of the natural filter wetland  area at the  mouth of the main river
flow; the extensive construction of holiday houses without sewage treatment facilities; and also
the widespread use of chemicals in agricultural production.   The steps taken to restore the lake
include the restoration of the original wetland, the construction of  sewage treatment  plants, and
the establishment of limits on building and  farming.  The results demonstrated the effectiveness of
a combined environmental enforcement policy.  The Balaton project has been the only example of
such a complex and successful project up  till now (6).
       Second,  in the mid 1980s the  (so called)  environmental policy  program selected three
major areas of future activity based on the priorities  of environmental  problems: air pollution,
water pollution and hazardous wastes.  These priorities, however, did  not really serve as the
basis of an enforcement program due to the general lack of willingness.  A good example is the
case of investment in one of the biggest  hazardous waste  deposit sites in Hungary  - at Aszod.
Here the new 1988  taxation system  - which did not differentiate according  the purpose of an
investment - increased  the costs of the waste site  by several million forints,  causing a lack of
necessary financial resources for the project.  The harmful taxation system was changed only two
years later.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             239


       A last example  is the obligation of the larger towns like Budapest to develop their own
emergency  plans  and standards for air pollution.  These plans  were not complex enough  -
Budapest would like to adopt a new and complex plan only this year.  In addition, the immission
(ambient) standards were set so high that even pollution exceeding the public health standards
would not be deemed sufficient enough to warrant emergency action.

2.2    The System of legal Measures - Regulation

       One  of the most  important questions of enforcement  is whether the legal  instruments
provide a sufficient basis for enforcement actions.  The relevant legal measures can be observed
in two groups.  The  first is the general substantive law,  containing all the instruments and
measures giving rise to an  enforcement  activity or compliance, and the second represents the
special rules  for the  different environmental elements (7).   The Act No.II.of 1976  on the
protection of human environment lists six environmental elements:  land, water, air, flora and
fauna,  landscape, and settlement environment, where the latter covers all those  possibly  harmful
activities (from waste to noise) which may have an impact  on  the given residential, recreational,
industrial, community etc.  environment.  As the enforcement tools are common  to all the
environmental elements and  are in the first target group, the different environmental elements are
out of our interest now.
       The environmental regulations will set the framework within which the different elements of
environmental enforcement - described  in point 3  -  may find their role and their relationship to
each other and to the  given environmental policy.  The basic concept of environmental regulation
appears  in the right to environment, therefore the following evaluation will  also be  started with
this. The legislation means the higher level of regulation and the executive  rules are manifested
in standard setting - meaning the high level of technical rules - and in the administrative
regulation.  This latter is  discussed under the next part in connection with the other  elements of
administrative law.

2.2.1   Right to Environment

       The best reflection of  a basic philosophy of how to regulate environmental protection (8)  is
the regulation of the right to environment (but of course only if we take human rights issues
seriously). The 1976 Act granted to every citizen the right to live in an environment worthy of man
(9). However, this right has not been interpreted in practice by a court.
       The Constitution was  amended in  1989 with the assumption that constitutional  rights in the
future  would  serve as the basis of legal action. This Constitution regulated the right to
environment in two relatively  different ways.
       Article 18 grants a separate right: "The Hungarian Republic recognizes and enforces the
right to a healthy environment for everyone."
       Article 70/D treats this right as a tool for ensuring the  highest possible level  of physical
and mental health.  In addition to  protecting the manmade  and natural  environment, this right  is
ensured by organizing  a labour safety system, public health institutions and medical care.
       The first of the above mentioned two articles is a direct adoption of a right to
environment,  not only for the citizens but for everyone. This article clearly expresses that the
State  is  responsible for ensuring  the implementation of this right, even within  an international
aspect as it  is the only way to ensure the rights for "everyone".  The Government, however, has
turned  to the Constitutional Court to ask for an interpretation of  this article to determine whether it
really is a primary obligation of the State.

2.2.2   Legislation

       The tasks of rulemaking in environmental protection, as in other continental legal systems,
are divided among the parliament,  the government and local governments.  In  response to the
last 45 years, the new Parliament wishes to regulate  all the important questions of the legal
system itself. This is a great burden if we look at the necessity of reconstructing the  whole legal

-------
240                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


system (see 4.1, above.) This legislative burden can only be alleviated by setting priorities and
regulating according  to these priorities.  Unfortunately, because  of a number of reasons (see,
e.g.,1.7., 2.5. and  4.7-4.11, above), environmental regulation is only a priority on paper.  The
ministry program mentioned above listed a wide range of topics to be regulated in 1991, including
environmental  impact assessment and  the  general  act on the  protection of environment.
However, in 1990 and 1991  there has not been any major environmental regulatory steps.
      In environmental legislation we are now in a very beneficial situation, namely trying  to
formulate an overall and comprehensive environmental  law that covers the  main  legal measures
and therefore also  serves as a basic document for environmental enforcement according to the
newest development patterns in  the Western  region (10).  If one wishes  to outline the major
characteristics of contemporary environmental  law  or environmental legal  process, some
important prerequisites can be identified:

   -  There is a  tendency towards comprehensive general  acts on environmental protection,
      covering the major legal  instruments, the outline of the organizational structure, and the
      spheres of authorities;
   -  The philosophy for regulation beside  the respect of the  peoples' right to a decent
      environment is departing  from the ordinary anthropocentric concept  towards the rights  of
      future generations or even the necessity to protect biodiversity;
   -  The environmental protection  is the major task  of the state, which means the state
      together with  the provincial or local governments has to generate a legal, economic,
      administrative and  cultural surrounding within  which environmental requirements can
      prosper;
      Environmental protection or pollution control as it is called other places must be integrated,
      with regulations of different environmental elements governed  by a general  act;
   -  The main principles of environmental regulation  are prevention,  cooperation and the
      polluter pays principle (i.e., the polluter is responsible and liable);
      Environmental and economic management measures must also  be integrated - with
      environmental conditions  built into economic strategies and economic incentives built into
      environmental measures -instead of running parallel and separate from each other;
   -  The environmental criteria are severe, but with a general environmental policy the phasing
      in of the different standards and measures can provide a chance for preparation;
   -  There is a great emphasis on public participation and all necessary preconditions, ranging
      from access to information to  direct rights of  participation in different  regulatory and
      decision-making processes.

      Most of the countries in CEE are drafting their environmental regulations with  this  kind of
concept in  the mind.  There are two major types of environmental legislation in the region:
framework legislation, determining  only the fundamental rules  and giving room for  further
legislation; and detailed  legislation, covering  as much of the  integrated pollution control
measures as possible.  Both types have benefits and disadvantages and it is up to  a country's
legal traditions and the present legislative trend to determine which is preferable (11).
      The first version  of the Hungarian draft, commissioned by the Parliamentary Committee
on Environmental Protection, was submitted to the Committee  in January  1992.  The draft covers
most of the general legal measures, from permit systems through economic measures to criminal
offenses and among  others also has a separate section on privatization. The draft begins with the
general  and conceptual  questions, then addresses the management of state  and local
government environmental obligations,  together with the  funds  supporting them, and also
addresses  the criteria for legal  regulation from an environmental protection point of view.  The
public participation provisions require a  relatively detailed  regulation.  Among the means of
regulating environmental needs, obligations, fees, permit-systems and incentives are mentioned.
The special procedures  of environmental protection  administration cover among  others
environmental impact assessment and procedures to be followed in the case of bankruptcy. The
detailed liability provisions  address criminal liability, compensation of damages, insurance issues
and environmental fines.

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             241


       Meanwhile, in April 1992 the Ministry of Environmental Protection and Regional Policy also
 completed a draft act,  much shorter and less detailed than the previous one.  This draft is not a
 comprehensive piece of legislation, as it refers in a great number of cases to other legislation that
 would be developed in the future.  The draft does not depart greatly from the existing legal
 provisions.  Among others, it gives less guarantees for public participation and fails to address the
 possible economic incentives.
       When speaking about the situation of  environmental enforcement in our country and also
 that of the region, the present status  and future  possibilities of drafting  and adopting
 environmental laws is very important.  This legislative process determines in  the long run the
 place of environmental regulations within the legal system, as well as those measures to be used
 in enforcing the regulations.  Therefore  in the present situation, the enforcement policy depends
 strictly upon  the state of environmental regulation in general  and  the state of adopting  a
 comprehensive environmental protection act in particular.

 2.2.3  Standard Setting

       Situated  between  legislation and the public administration regulation, standard setting
 presents a challenge of translating  environmental  requirements into a  numeric form  in order to
 make enforcement programs easier.  The efficiency of the standards always strictly rely upon the
 main purpose of standard setting and  the monitoring capacity of enforcement administration.
 Standards can serve a role in prevention or serve as the basis for liability or sanctions.  In  the
 past and today also, the preventive aspect  of standard setting has not really  been the most
 important, except in some cases  such as in the new air-pollution regulation the new installations
 must ask for pollution standards before entering into operation.
       The standards  in  air pollution and  in  theory in water protection are based  on ambient
 (immission)  quality standards.  From these, the emission standards  are formulated. The emission
 standards are generally territorial ones but may also be  established on a factory-specific basis.
 Setting  the  standards  is  usually  the responsibility  of government  ministries.  In  air quality,  the
 ambient standards are set by the Ministry of  Public Welfare and the emission standards are  set
 by the  Ministry  of Environmental Protection and  Regional Policy, with an opportunity for the
 middle level (county  or capitol) local  governments to establish more stringent standards.
 Typically, the size of a country shall effect  the division of standard setting duties. The air quality
 standards in Hungary divide  the country into three levels of protection.
       In practice the violation of national or  regional standards  does not result in the
 limitation or stopping of a polluting activity.  Instead the  national and  regional  standards
 serve as a  basis for fines. In the 1970s and 1980s, it was even difficult to make the judicial
 practice  believe  that a standard  is not a general borderline between lawful and  unlawful activity
 but only a way  for administration to measure and prove pollution.  On the other hand, if the
 standards are not really used as preventive  measures there impact is not really great.

 2.3    The System of Legal Measures - Spheres of Law

       When discussing the system  of  legal measures, the best option is to set up those well-
 known groups of legal regulations,  where the main difference lies in  the  role  of the state  in
 enforcing the rules and  the  essence - balance of rights  and obligations -  of the  legally
 characterized relationship.  These groups are:
   -   public administration measures, covering also the economic management,
   -   civil law or private law,
   -   and criminal law as the most stringent tool.

2.3.1   Public Administration, Administrative Law

       In Hungarian environmental law,  as in other legal systems, public  administration is the
most important in enforcement.   Administrative law controls the everyday activity of the state

-------
242                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


administration, covering  both  the  central and  local governments.  A new but increasingly
important function of the state is to maintain the balance between environment and society.
      The public  administration measures  in Hungary can either  directly or indirectly affect
conduct. In a direct fashion, it can force a party to carry out an obligation as regulated by law or
decided in  an administrative decision.  In an indirect  fashion,  it can influence  the independent
decision of a party  on future activity.

   1. The direct measures can be:

      Regulation, here as a secondary regulation implementing the  legislation  with  the
      authorization of  the Parliament.  This can be a general authorization to the government
      and public administration for adopting  a regulation, or a special authorization to explain
      and enforce the  parliamentary level regulatory  provisions.  Different from this  is how to
      regulate primarily and also in a secondary way issues of territorial and local interest within
      the local (self) governments.
   -  The basic preventive measure  in environmental  protection is the permit or licence,
      hopefully combined in  the  future with the requirements of environmental  impact
      assessment. Permitting today is  a possible method of prevention, but these regulations
      include environmental requirements as  a secondary  element to  the  main permitting
      requirements. The environmental  administration may only give consent to a more basic
      operating permit.  Here the main problem is what kind of environmental preconditions
      are  used in giving  a consent to a  basic permit.  In  most of the cases this environmental
      consent is merely  a collateral agreement to the operating  permit and  its impact on the
      plant operation is greatly connected with the personal enthusiasm of the public servant in
      question. Only in a very limited number of cases - like in nature conservation - is there a
      possibility to introduce first-hand  environmental permits.  The permits could serve  as good
      sources for  compliance instead of further involvement of public administrative authorities.
      Every area  of administrative  regulation contains the possibility of positive or  negative
      obligations. For example, industrial activities causing air, water or noise pollution over a
      certain period of time may be stopped or limited.  In  addition, the use  of arable land for
      purposes other than agriculture without a permit  is prohibited,  if this requirement is
      violated, restoration to the original situation (in integrum restitutio) may be required.  In
      practice, however, one can hardly find examples where these kind of measures are used.

   2. The indirect measures can be:

   -  Administrative  sanctions, the most frequently  used measure being the environmental
       protection fine.  The present act formulates the general rule, stating that all persons  who
      pursue activities contrary to statutory provisions  and  official orders serving the protection of
      the environment or fails to meet his obligations prescribed by the  same,  may be
       (sometimes  must be) obliged to pay a fine for environmental protection according to the
       extent and dangerousness of such environmental pollution,  harm or  damage.  The fine is
       considered  a measure to protect  the general  interests of the environment.  If a polluter
       pays a fine,  he still may be required to pay compensation for  damages or may be subject
      to criminal penalties etc.  These fines are media specific (12).
   -   A different kind of administrative sanction is the administrative levy against a violator for a
       petty offence.   A petty offence is a smaller violation used to penalize the negligent or
       intentional wrongdoings of private persons.
   -   The administrative  agency may enter into negotiations with the polluter, the consequence
       of which can be  a  public administration contract, using the agency's discretionary  right
       to  use measures other  than sanctions. In the  present situation, this contract is rather a
       mere  possibility  than a frequently used method of negotiating compliance with the potential
       polluters.
   -   The present development of a market economy favours the use of economic instruments
       or incentives  (13)  more than even the near past.  The  best method of achieving

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              243


       compliance among the market players should be to use market-friendly measures which
       orientate the possible polluter in the direction of meeting  environmental requirements.  The
       first of this kind of measure was to  introduce a product fee on the price of petrol in the
       spring of this year.

       If we examine the  situation concerning the practical use of all these measures,  one can
hardly find a clear-cut list of priorities in using these measures nor is there even a kind of manual
to introduce these measures to those practising environmental administration or doing business in
environmentally sensitive areas.  The practical situation can be summarized like this: there is less
emphasis on prevention and  more on sanctions, especially on special fines.  The use  of direct
intervention is very rare as are  also in the  case of measures requiring cooperation between the
public administration and the polluter.  Today there  are almost no incentives or other economic
measures used,  although in the longer run these measures can have an  effect  of influencing the
decision-making  process of the  polluting economies.  In short if we ask whether an enforcement
strategy exists based on the use of all these measures, the answer should be not much.

2.3.2   Civil Law  (private law)

       To explore existing civil law measures that offer a prospect for environmental enforcement,
two basic assumptions must be made: first, there is  no need for new special civil law measures,
as the present ones are sufficient to satisfy the interests of environmental  protection; second, civil
law today plays a very limited role in environmental protection.  This situation is partly due to the
past preference  for administrative law, and partly to  the weakness of  the  private sphere and a
lack of willingness to litigate.
       The following are the major  options in the Hungarian Civil Code for safeguarding
environmental protection interests:
       personal integrity rights,
   -   intellectual property rights,
   -   nuisance  (neighbourhood rights),
   -   trespass (possession rights),
   -   private contractual relationships,
       compensation of damages.

       Personal  integrity rights represent a  good opportunity for environmental protection
interests, because they protect the rights of personal life, health and physical  integrity. However,
they are rarely used to express the integrity of the private person against the state or the public
administration. The consequences of the infringement of these  personal integrity rights (as is the
case  with intellectual  property rights,  nuisance and  trespass) could be numerous, ranging from
the simple statement that an activity  is unlawful, to  imposing  conditions upon use, or  even to
stopping the unlawful activity  until compensation is given.  The court may even impose  an extra
levy on the wrongdoer if the  other remedies, particularly compensation, do not fully  redress the
seriousness of the unlawful conduct.
       Intellectual property  rights can serve as preventive  measures  in two ways.   A direct
means  is to  include  environmental  requirements in standards for obtaining  a  license for an
invention. The precondition that  an invention be progressive can include that the invention reduce
(or at least not increase) pollution.  A less direct  means is  to use a label on a product that proves
it is environmentally friendly.
       Nuisance law (or in  Hungarian  terms the regulations  of neighbourhood rights and
obligations) is an easy way to prove the infringement  of rights based on an  environmental
content. Under Art. 100 of  the Hungarian Civil Code, an owner  must avoid those activities which
needlessly disturb others (particularly their neighbours),  or endanger the exercise of the  rights of
others.  Nuisance is not restricted  to the actions of immediate  neighbours.  There is  an
uncertainty as to what conduct is needless,  as  neighbours  must tolerate some  level of
disturbance.

-------
244                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


      Trespass (or in Hungarian terms, infringement of possession  rights under Art.188 of the
Civil Code) creates a theoretical right to undisturbed possession of property.  Like in nuisance,
the disturbance must be examined on a  case-by-case basis and balanced against locally
acceptable levels of disturbance.
      All the above mentioned measures have a common characteristic  that makes them
especially useful in environmental protection.  No negligence  or intent is required on the part of
the offender for any of these measures, which creates a kind of no-fault liability.   In addition,
under the last two measures until last year  could serve as a  basis for indirect judicial review of
administrative decisions, which otherwise was greatly restricted (14).
      Contractual relationships may also embody environmental protection  interests.  This
embodiment  may  weaken contractual  obligations  where there is a conflict  of interests.  For
example in statement No.25 (1980) of the College of Economic Cases of the Supreme Court the
court stated  that a contractor  has  the duty to follow  environmental regulations  even where
responsibilities have been delegated  to others.
      At last we  have to mention the compensation of damages under Civil Code Art.345.  If
the compensation of damages is connected  with endangering  the environment, it shall be subject
to the strict liability provision of  the  Code pursuant  to the rules relating to especially dangerous
activities.   This practice is far from  being satisfactory.  The  cases are  limited to more  simple,
individual cases due  primarily to a  lack of  willingness  to litigate.  The preventive measure of
Art.341  of the Civil Code must  also be mentioned.  This gives authorization  to courts  to order
preliminary obligatory steps (e.g.,  to  stop or limit the damaging activity)  in order to avoid
damages.
      Even if the present situation of labour law relations is not absolutely clear (due to pending
legislation  on the  labour code), reference  should  be  made within  private  law issues on the
potential use of  labour  law regulation.   In many cases, the pollution is the consequence of
some negligent employee's  activity. Labour law has a possible  twofold role in environmental
protection.
      First, environmental requirements could be adopted as  aspects of professional  conduct
      (here  we may also mention professional  ethics, which nowadays  tends to  contain
      environmental elements, although not in Hungary).
   -  Second, labour law could include a  set of disciplinary rules and sanctions, also special
      compensation rules for damages caused to the employer, where the damage could be a
      fine imposed on the company.  Both based  on the new  field of professional conduct but
      also on the general obligation  not to infringe legal  regulations.

2.3.3  Criminal Law

      Criminal law can hardly be included  as an instrument of deterrence in Hungary's
environmental law, as there is no real practice of this kind. Criminal law can only be a last resort
(ultima ratio)  to protect environmental interests, and has no  concrete preventive  element.  An
additional difficulty in  using criminal  law for  environmental protection is the fact that in Hungary
(as in other legal systems of Europe) criminal responsibility cannot be imposed on legal persons
(e.g., corporations).  Only natural persons may  be liable  under criminal regulations, or those who
are acting on  behalf of the legal entities.
      The general environmental protection act includes a criminal provision for environmental
violations, and in 1978 the new  Criminal Code  enacted two special offenses: (1) damaging the
environment,  and (2)  damaging  nature.  The distinction between  these two crimes is based on
whether nature conservation areas are effected.   Both crimes have a version of felony  and
misdemeanour. In addition, some general crimes like bodily harm or even murder could  be used
in connection with  environmental interests.  In  the small number  of practical  cases occurring in
Hungary, the  offence of endangering  life in pursuance of  professional regulations proved to be the
favorite  one.  Of course this crime does not really reflect the special environmental interests.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             245


2.4    Organizational structure of environmental protection

       When evaluating the  present organizational system of environmental protection, the most
important questions to ask are whether this organization may easily serve the interests of
necessary  integrated pollution control,  and whether the  structure follows the basic requirement
separating  the economic use of a natural resource and the protection of the same resource.  One
of the basic problems of the Hungarian environmental protection system was that the separation
of interests could not  be achieved as even  in the broadest level of government, the state
administration and the state owned economy existed hand in hand.  The  other major problem has
always been the  lack of harmonization and cooperation among different organs having a role in
environmental protection, in many cases due to the lack of a clear-cut division of responsibilities.
       In 1990 the Ministry of Environmental  Protection and Regional Policy was established
- the third version for the central environmental  administration within 3 years.  The Ministry carries
the greatest responsibility in  environmental protection.  In addition to environmental protection  its
responsibilities include  regional planning,  building-construction, the  management of  public and
historic monuments, and the  supervision of meteorology services. The environmental tasks of the
ministry include air and  water pollution, nature  conservation, general landscape protection, noise
abatement, waste management, radiation and forest protection.  For environmental
responsibilities, two  centralized administrations have  been  established under the Ministry: the
Chief Inspectorate of Environmental Protection, with 12 regional offices; and the National Office
for Nature Conservation  with  8 regional offices.
       The second most important government  institution for environmental  protection is the
Ministry of Transport, Telecommunication  and Water Management.  This ministry is
responsible for water management and use - but not for the protection of water quantity and
quality, which is the responsibility of the Ministry of Environmental Protection and Regional Policy.
The  Ministry of Transport, Telecommunication  and Water Management has a  National Office  of
Water Management and 12 regional offices.
       Other ministries also have a great number of environmental responsibilities. The Ministry
of Public Welfare and  its Public Health Service is active in  the field of  pollution effecting public
health, the  Ministry of  Land Cultivation with  its centralized system of land offices governs soil
protection,  the Ministry  of Interior protects settlements, the Ministry of Industry is responsible
for mineral  resources and energy  and the National Atomic  Energy Agency is the exclusive
authority for the use and safety of nuclear power.
       The  conclusions  driven from the above short overview: there is a lack of concentrated
environmental administration obligations, and in a number of cases  the  user of the environment
and  the one responsible for the  protection  is  the same  organ.   In  addition, although the
Government is responsible for harmonizing environmental interests, this has not been  realized
because the economic development pressure suppress them. Because of the lack of cooperation
and harmonization, the present draft environmental laws propose to set up consultative bodies for
this reason.
       On the local and territorial level, the greatest power  is in  the  regional  organs of the
different ministries.   The local governments  have much less power, although they are not
excluded from taking over a greater sphere  of tasks, their actual tasks  are determined  by their
narrow financial resources. The officials of the  local governments - the mayors  and the manager
-  also have a number of administrative (including environmental) responsibilities given to them by
the central  administrative organs.   This means  that in these  cases they  are not acting like local
government officials, but as  the  representatives  of the central administration.  The  division  of
powers between the central  organs and the local governments still  remain  a  major  discussion
point.
       From among the other public bodies,  it is worth to mention the public  prosecutor's
offices, which have general legal supervisory powers over the administration and partly over the
economy.   They are also responsible for criminal prosecution.  Although the possibilities of the
prosecutor's offices are great, they in practice have only a minor role in environmental  protection,
much less than is desirable.  The primary reason for this is their lack of experience in the field  of
environment.

-------
246                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


      The judicial system, with the new improved powers of judicial review over administrative
decisions,  will  soon have a much more direct input in environmental law enforcement.   In
addition, there is a growing interest among possible parties,  mainly citizens, to litigate even  using
the possibility of civil law.  In the courts, political and economic pressures have less input. We
may also mention here the special  role of the Constitutional  Court, having the power to judge the
constitutionality of any kind of legal rules.

2.5   Monitoring and Information

      We  examine the monitoring questions also from  the point of view of obtaining and
processing information.  Monitoring environmental pollution  can be the duty of the administrative
organ or may be  an obligation of the polluter (e.g., self-monitoring, as in the case  of air-pollution
or hazardous waste regulation together with self-record keeping and recording).  Both possibilities
require effective  state control, as without it no self-monitoring  will serve the interests  of
information on the state of environment.  The state-administered monitoring  also  must be
harmonized, as it is the responsibility of a number of organs.  Instead of harmonization in today's
Hungary, the different agencies  prefer to take the processed data as their own exclusive property.
This consequently means a lack of effective cooperation among state organs.
      The local governments can participate only in theory in  monitoring activities,  having no real
stock of technical facilities (except  Budapest).  Therefore, they rely strongly upon the  centralized
systems, and consequently the local governments depend upon the given information.
      The information system is a basic condition  of effective  enforcement  from both an
environmental administration point  of view and from the public participation view.  Even with the
existence of a  reliable information  system,  the methods of  obtaining and disclosing the required
information is also a vital part of an effective system. This includes:
      a reliable set of information on the state of environment in general,
   -  the information systems of different agencies are convertible and  accessible,
      there is  an obligation of the government to disclose periodically major environmental
      information,
   -  there is  an obligation of  the government to provide information to the other  government or
      local governments,
   -  there is  access to information on the state of environment in general, and also on specific
      environmental pollution.

       In the case of most of these requirements, the situation in  Hungary is far from satisfactory.
This creates a  major handicap for environmental enforcement  (15).  Some (but certainly  not all) of
these problems shall be  solved with  the creation of a GIS  system supported by the PHARE
project.

2.6    Public Participation

       A great potential ally for serious environmental regulatory and enforcement policies could
be the public itself and  those organizations (NGOs) which have environmental protection as their
main purpose.  The past political history demonstrates an objection  to  public participation,  under
the rationale of socialist harmony  of  interests, represented by the state.  As a follow-up  to the
prior section, an important condition to public participation is public access to information.
       Access to  information, clear-cut terminology of official  and business secrets, and
conditions for participation issues are  missing in general  legal rules.  The general rules of
administrative procedure do not give guidance in this field.  While there  is no "community right-to-
know" rule within the past administrative regulations, a recent law could create a  kind of access
to information.  This law establishes the Public Health Service and requires the Service to monitor
and collect data  related to the  public health effects of pollution.  This  information is available to
the public, and the Service is required to publicize data on the health effects.
       As  a second  question, we move to the rule-making procedures where  the former
socialist requirement  of open discussion of legislative drafts was dismissed as being formal and

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             247


only an alibi of the state  to avoid the real democratic legislation.  According  to the Parliament
today, living in a rule of law state there is no formal need for open discussion.   From the possible
public participation awareness  only an opportunity to call for a referendum prevailed.
       The  Constitutional Court procedure, somewhat more than 2 years old, gives room for
citizens to  ask for the constitutional  review of legal rules without requiring direct involvement of
the citizen in a  case.  The Court's  standing requirements may be  the broadest  in the world,
virtually covering all the cases of post-regulatory supervision and also a great extent of pre-
regulatory control.  (In effect,  the Court is too busy to address all  cases in due time.)  Citizens
may  challenge  the constitutionality of a  regulation serving  as the basis for  a judicial  or
administrative decision affecting their constitutional rights.   The Court may invalidate the
regulation,  but not the individual decision.
       In administrative decision-making procedures such as permitting  or direct orders, there
is  no explicit rule for public participation.  Under the  general rules of administrative procedure,
only "interested  parties" can be involved in  these  procedures.   The term  of  interested party is
interpreted in  a  way  to limit involvement to those "whose rights  or lawful interests are  being
affected".   The interpretation of this  provision today is limited to the narrowest possible sense,
covering only direct and material interests.
       If we speak about  administrative procedure,  we should mention  the  different control
mechanisms where the public participation could be effective.  There are no direct provisions for
public participation in this  control, and no  public disclosure of the control activities.   Information
obtained in a public monitoring action may serve as a basis for initiating a kind of administrative
procedure. However, there is no obligation on behalf of the administrative organs even to answer
the proposal in due course.  (Interestingly, the last general provision for  public control was the
existence  of national and  territorial  "public  control offices", deleted  by the new Parliament as
being only  measures of a fake  democracy.)
       The possible  participation of NGOs  also  requires a kind of standing in administrative
and judicial procedures, which  is missing in Hungary. There are presently no legal rights to bring
a class action.   The EIA  process could  be one to cover public participation  directly,  including
NGO rights, but these rules are still in a drafting  stage. In civil litigation, a serious drawback in
addition to the  lack of procedural solutions (such as to give  standing  to the NGOs) is the
requirement that costs of litigation must be paid in advance.  There  is no statutory exception from
this general rule  based on  the priority of environmental interest.
3      CHANCES FOR BETTER ENFORCEMENT

       Before  any speculations about the future of  Hungarian environmental law, if we  hope to
set up a better enforcement system in the near future, we must have a positive expectation that it
will be achieved.  Hungary already  has mechanisms  to create  a better enforcement system.  The
development  of  such a system  mainly relies upon  the serious and wilful  decision of  the
Parliament and Government to have real  environmental requirements and  strictly execute them.
In addition to  these two  most important  central  regulatory (and in the  case of  the Government
also administrative) organs, we have to add the possible emerging role and responsibility of local
(and territorial) governments in formulating regulations  and decisions and also in executing legal
provisions. The greatest obstacles in the process of developing a new environmental protection
structure,  however, can be  found in the economic and financial resources rather  than  in the legal
system.
       The first option for developing a  better enforcement system  is to review the  present
general legal and environmental protection regulations,  in order to  identify those  elements which
can serve the  environmental protection interests easily  as they stand now.  There are already a
great number  of  useful legal  measures,  and we even may state that the majority of effective
enforcement possibilities  are already existing.  Here we can list such  instruments as the permit
system, strict liability in compensation, criminal liability.   These measures need not be amended
in a hurry, as the revision of selected  elements of the legal system  (instead of the possible
restructuring of the whole system)  could easily  disturb the possible utilization of the otherwise

-------
248                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


relatively effective measures.  While using the elements of the existing system, we can also learn
how to  improve them. On the other hand without this kind of practical improvement there is a
possibility to develop the new system with  similar handicaps of implementation or enforcement.
      As to the overview of  the existing legal instruments,  there are two major ways to bring
them closer to the needs of effective environmental enforcement:
   -  Tailor the existing instruments to the modern  concepts  of market economy  and stricter
      requirements of protection, together with the overall reconstruction of the legal system (for
      example as it has  happened in the case of environmental protection fines there  is no  use
      to make a distinction between natural  and legal  persons, as today both may be the subject
      of any kind of economic activity);
      Formulate the administrative and  judicial  practice in the required direction of environmental
      enforcement (for example, interpret the  constitutional  right to a healthy environment in a
      way that allows  it to serve as a general litigation basis, or  educate judges and
      administrative officials on the specialities  of environmental protection cases).

      These are only two of many aspects of the  present unique environmental protection
system.  These main aspects  will  assist in the creation of a potentially effective environmental
legal system. However, these are only  tools in the carpenter's toolbox and  if there is no skilled
carpenter (or he does not want to work) they are useless.  The effective  use of these tools will
turn  on  the  existence of an  environmental policy and strategy, a part  of which shall be the
enforcement policy.  The essential environmental policy will:
      identify priorities, both between economy and environmental protection, and also within the
      several environmental protection targets;
      establish time limits and deadlines for compliance (i.e. compliance schedules) and also
      outline  enforcement strategies;
      locate the purpose and  means of use  of government financial resources.

      A concrete method for  setting priorities could be to  identify  those areas where the best
result can be realised  with the smallest amount of financial  resources, among others in order to
attract the public.  These  mean in the greater number  of cases simple practical solutions, like the
extended use of bottle deposit and return systems.  In this way we can activate enforcement even
if the environmental financial  resources  are not sufficient to solve the  much bigger  pollution
problems, as the cleaning up of abandoned waste sites.  Together with these practical steps, we
must also identify those great hazards where immediate steps should be taken.
      The necessary reconstruction  of environmental law should come only  after  an
environmental policy  is adopted, which  is  not characteristic of the given  environmental  law
drafting. Without  this the drafting could proceed as if it was policy-making.  In the modern
comprehensive act on environmental protection, we must cover at  least  the following items, in
addition  to using possibilities of the existing toolbox:

   substantive law:
   -  environmental impact assessment and environmental auditing,
   -  public participation, NGO rights,
   -  market elements to be built into the  developing market system  and also  into  the
      environmental law,
   -  funding issues.

   organizational  issues:
      harmonization and cooperation among government agencies and between agencies and
      polluters,
   -  special task forces in prosecutor's and police offices,
   -  local government roles  and responsibilities,
   -  ombudsman.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             249


       Last but not least, as a general condition  we should not forget about environmental law
and enforcement education in a greater context, raising the environmental  consciousness of the
regulators, decision-makers and enforcement officials, and also of the public.


       NOTES AND REFERENCES
(1)    Although the European Community is the one organization most of the GEE countries wish
      to join, more and more countries of the region also could become members of the Council
      of Europe.  It is worth to mention here the  Council's Recommendation 1131 (1990) on
      the environmental policy in Europe  (1988-89), adopted on 28 September  1990.   In
      paragraph 7, it states:

      "At a time when  relations with the countries of Central and Eastern Europe are opening
      up, we  are  also discovering  the scale  of the assaults on  the environment in these
      countries, assaults to which we cannot remain  indifferent  and  which will require
      particular attention from Europe as a whole."

(2)    Program for Transition and Development of the Hungarian Economy.

(3)    As Hilary French states in  Worldwatch Paper 99 - Green Revolutions: Environmental
      Reconstruction in Eastern Europe and the Soviet Union (November  1990): "Though their
      environment do not show it, both the Soviet  Union  and the East European countries have
      stringent environmental regulations  on  the books....Unfortunately, enforcement of these
      laws has been poor."  (p.34.)

(4)    As the  Worldwatch Paper 99 stated at the end of 1990 (being more  or less true also
      today): "Hungary still  has a relatively ineffective environment ministry  that, until September
      1990, was combined with a public-works-style water development agency.  It is too soon
      to tell whether the separation of agencies will enable the environment  ministry to pursue its
      mandate more effectively.  Ominously,  the administration of construction  was  combined
      with the environment ministry. Says environmentalist Janos  Vargha: This could be a new
      fox in the henhouse.'  " (p.39.)

(5)    The present general  act in force concerning  the protection  of human environment is the
      Act No.ll.of 1976.

(6)    The  1992 Environmental Almanac (compiled by the World Resources Institute) also uses
      the example of the lake as a positive one in the country: "Lake Balaton, one of the largest
      fresh-water lakes in Central  Europe and an  important recreational area in Hungary,  has
      been threatened by sharply increased levels of industrial and municipal pollutants. The
      excess  nutrients threaten to overfertilize the  lake and promote the growth  of algae.
      Government  efforts  to  improve water quality, which began in 1983, have helped; after
      updating 10  sewage  treatment plants, the total amount of phosphorus  entering  the lake
      has been halved." (p.490)

(7)    There are more  than  250 different  legal regulations which directly  or indirectly refer to
      environmental protection interests,  but all were  adopted at  different times and under
      different circumstances.

(8)    In this  paper there are at least three basic regulatory philosophies  concerning
      environmental regulation.  The main purpose of regulation  differs  due to  these different
      philosophies. The most general and common philosophy up till now focuses regulation on
      the present state of mankind and takes  man as the main  subject to protect.  The second

-------
250                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       possibility is to focus on future generations also, this requiring greater efforts from the
       present generation, because they are not the only guardians of the environment.  The third
       and broadest philosophy  is the concept  of biodiversity,  where not only the human
       environment must be protected, but also the environment as it is.

(9)     Act No.II. of 1976 on the protection of human environment, Art.2.(2).

(10)   In the past several  years we can present examples for this kind of legal evolution: the
       Environmental Protection Act 1990 (1990 c.43) of Great Britain; Act No.V.of 1991, An Act
       to protect the Environment of Malta; the  Dutch draft of the environmental  protection
       (general provisions) act from  September 1989, still under discussion; and  the German
       general Umweltgesetzbuch  draft from 1991, still in the  process of preparation.  The  latter
       two  reflect a commitment on the part of the drafters to  develop further modern  regulation.
       There are also some trends towards a comprehensive  international covenant on
       environmental law,  such as the draft of the ILJCN - "Covenant  on environmental
       conservation and  sustainable use of natural resources" from  April  1991.  Even in the
       United States, The Conservation Foundation drafted  a comprehensive environmental
       protection act in  1988, primarily written by Terry Davies.

(11)   Bulgaria adopted  a general environmental  protection act in October 1991.  The act is a
       general one and relies greatly on further legal provisions, but covers  the  most important
       legal measures such as impact assessment.

       The Czech and Slovak Federal Republic adopted an act concerning the environment in
       December 1991.  The concept is similar to the Bulgarian act,  namely to give only the
       outline of the regulation. The act tries to  encompass  the conceptual  questions, such as
       principles or guidelines for  future  regulation and practice.  Based on the federal act, both
       the Czech and Slovak Republics are drafting their own environmental laws.

       The Polish draft was also completed last year, but has not been adopted (the act
-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             251


(15)   A concrete example of the general lack of information could be found in a publication,
      sponsored by the Ministry of Environmental Protection and Water Management, titled
      "Studies on  the  National Environmental Situation" (Tanulmanyok hazank kornyezeti
      allapotarol) in the Environmental Policy Series, No 1, page 37 stating:

      "The precise  definition of the present soil pollution situation is a question that has not been
      solved because  of the lack  of a  monitoring  system....To be able  to register, tackle and
      forecast the  soil  pollution  such a monitoring  system, information system  and evaluating
      methodology is necessary which  is capable  to measure separately and  collectively the
      effects  of those  polluting agents having different origin (industrial, traffic, agricultural,
      waste-depository  and communal) and different chemical compounds and so they are also
      good for shaping  and using the different preventive methods."

-------
252                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            253


 DEVELOPING ENFORCEABLE ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS AND PERMITS

 FULTON, S.F. and GILBERG, E.J.

 Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M St., S.W., Washington, D.C. 20460
 (United States of America).


       SUMMARY

       This paper discusses the need to design environmental  regulations and permits to be
 enforceable, and the factors that regulators need to  consider to do so.  The paper assumes that
 the government agency responsible  for environmental protection  has sufficient legal authority to
 develop and to enforce regulations and permits.  This discussion relies heavily on the experience
 of the United States Environmental Protection Agency in  enforcing  its own  regulations  and
 permits.
       This paper  identifies several  elements that are essential for enforceable regulations  and
 permits.  We discuss why each  type of provision is important and give examples of enforcement
 problems that have arisen  when a regulation or  permit did not incorporate these elements.  We
 also discuss  the steps EPA has taken or is now taking  to assure more enforceable regulations
 and permits in the future.


 1      INTRODUCTION

       An effective environmental enforcement program must ensure that the goals  of
 environmental protection are actually achieved.  To do so, an enforcement program should be
 strong, efficient, creative, and fair.
       First,  enforcement programs should be strong enough  to have an impact  on the regulated
 community, to change behavior so  that  environmental compliance becomes standard practice
 among industry.  To accomplish this  objective, the program must reach enough violators to pose
 a credible threat of enforcement against all violators, it must assess sufficient penalties to deter
 future violations, and it must effectively communicate its results to the regulated community.
       Second, enforcement  programs must be efficient to establish a presence within the
 regulated community despite limited  resources.  Enforcement must use all  its available tools --
 administrative, civil judicial, and  criminal remedies.  Where feasible  and appropriate, multi-media
 approaches can address environmental problems comprehensively,  potentially delivering greater
 environmental benefit than would likely be achieved otherwise.  Similarly,  risk-based targeting
 enables an enforcement program to  devote its resources to addressing emissions or discharges
 that pose the greatest threat to public health and the  environment.
       Third,  enforcement  should be creative, by striving  where appropriate for environmental
 results that go beyond compliance.  For example, the government can seek through enforcement
to induce a violator to conduct a pollution  prevention or pollution reduction project, in addition  to
coming into compliance.
       Finally, enforcement should be fair.  If the government treats similar  violators in a similar
way, industry will  have greater confidence  in the government  and  is likely to abide  by the
consequences of enforcement more readily.
       To enable  the  enforcement program  to meet these objectives, environmental regulation
must either apply  environmental  requirements to  a specific  facility through clearly written permits
or ensure that generally applicable rules are clear and enforceable. Imprecise rules and permit
terms hamper good faith efforts to comply and reduce a facility's accountability for compliance
with environmental requirements.
       Environmental agencies  can  increase compliance by developing regulations and permits
that are enforceable. A system which combines enforceable regulations with  the  promise that the
government will  respond  firmly to violations ultimately encourages a high level  of voluntary

-------
254                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


compliance.  When  industry is  motivated  to control  its  own operations in  order to achieve
environmental standards, the need for public expenditure on inspectors and bureaucrats can be
reduced.  Thus, enforceable standards contribute to  efficiency as well as to achievement of
environmental goals.
       Enforceable standards  also focus policy choices.  A regulation that contains  specific
language will gain more serious attention than a regulation written  in general  terms.  Industries
and other affected interest groups will be more concerned about new standards when they know
that the regulation or  permit can and will be enforced.
       Enforceable standards  are fair to industry by clearly communicating  what is required.
Clear standards will enable industry to comply, will reduce the chance for arbitrary treatment by
government, and will  reduce the likelihood of litigation to enforce the  requirements.
       To write enforceable regulations and permits, an environmental agency should integrate
enforceability considerations  into its decisionmaking process.   Consider,  for example, the
regulatory agenda of the  United States Environmental Protection  Agency in  implementing the
Clean  Air Act Amendments of 1990.  The  Agency is  scheduled to develop approximately  100
regulations during the first few years of implementing the new law.  In addition, the States will be
issuing operating permits to an estimated 34,000 major air pollution sources in the next several
years, each of which is subject  to review  by EPA.  The vast scope of this agenda makes  it
essential  that EPA consider enforceability  issues throughout the  regulatory process  and set
priorities for effective  involvement by enforcement personnel.
       A regulatory agency might fail in its basic function if it writes regulations  or permits that are
unenforceable.  As a result, the environmental  goals  established  by  the agency might not be
achieved.
2      GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF ENFORCEABILITY

       There are several criteria for drafting an enforceable regulation or permit.  It must:

       «  Be understandable
       »  Precisely define the sources subject to its requirements
       *  Clearly establish a standard of conduct
       *  Clearly address how compliance is to be measured
       »  Include clear deadlines for compliance
       »  Include self-monitoring and reporting requirements
       »  Be adopted in accordance with correct procedures

       Policymakers need to consider the feasibility of compliance in establishing the stringency
of requirements.  Requirements that are unachievable obviously will result in noncompliance, and
the greater  environmental benefits desired will not be attained.  The most effective strategy for
regulators is to consider  regulatory options which are achievable.  By emphasizing practicability
and enforceability throughout the regulation development process, policymakers will increase the
likelihood of an effective regulation.


3      ELEMENTS OF ENFORCEABLE REGULATIONS AND PERMITS

3.1    Understandable

       The  central  feature of an  enforceable regulation  is that it be clear and  understandable.
Excessively complex regulations can  lead to uncertainty  among government and industry
regarding the requirements of the regulation.  Such uncertainty hampers both industry's efforts to
comply and the government's efforts to enforce.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             255


      Consider the example of the definition of "solid waste" under the Resource Conservation
and Recovery  Act (RCRA).  RCRA is the law that governs the management of hazardous waste
in the United States.  Hazardous waste is defined to be certain types of solid waste.
      The definition of solid waste is so complex that it takes three pages plus a flow chart in the
United States Code of Federal  Regulations.  The United  States Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) receives approximately 1000  calls  per month on  its  telephone hotline, most of which
involve  questions  concerning  the  definition of solid waste.  EPA's own study of the RCRA
program found that the definition was hard to  understand for EPA,  States, and industry.  EPA
further  found that permitting and enforcement were hampered  by the  complexity of the
regulations.
      The consequences of unclear regulations are illustrated by a recent United States federal
court decision that  a company cannot be  penalized for  violating ambiguous, confusing
environmental  regulations.  Rollins Environmental Services (NJ), Inc. v. EPA, 937 F.2d 649 (D.C.
Cir. 1991).  In this case, a company had  been fined $25,000 by EPA for violating regulations
governing  how to decontaminate polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) containers.  The court set aside
the penalty on the grounds of "regulatory confusion."  While EPA  is currently rewriting this rule to
address the  concerns,  this example clearly demonstrates the need for regulators to write clear,
understandable regulations.

3.2    Precisely define the sources subject to its requirements

      An  enforceable  regulation must precisely define the sources subject to its requirements.
The critical first step in determining compliance with environmental requirements is deciding who
is  covered.  The regulation must clearly define the regulated industry, regulated activities,  and
regulated substances.   Similarly, a permit must precisely state which facilities and processes are
covered.
      RCRA regulations illustrate this concern.  RCRA  regulations require that any person who
imports  a  hazardous waste  must comply with certain provisions of  RCRA.  In  particular, the
regulations state that the importer must originate a manifest, the key feature of RCRA's "cradle to
grave" system of tracking hazardous waste.   The  regulations do not on their face,  however,
clearly define "importer."  It is less than clear whether the  importer is  the person who transports
the waste across the  border, the person who  acts as broker, or the person who  receives the
waste.  The absence  of a  clear definition  makes it  difficult for  EPA to decide who to enforce
against for violations of these requirements.
      A similar problem is  illustrated by regulations under  the Asbestos Hazard  Emergency
Response Act (AHERA).  AHERA regulations require that an asbestos management plan be
developed for  schools.  The regulations do not clearly indicate who  is responsible for assuring
that the plan include the required elements.  While EPA has taken  the position that both the
school and the asbestos management planner are jointly responsible for each element  in the
plan, the lack of clarity in the regulation creates  some uncertainty  regarding who EPA can enforce
against for violations of these requirements.
      As  another example, EPA took enforcement action  against a company for violating State
regulations governing emissions from paper coalers.  The  company argued in its defense that it
was  a paper "impregnator,"  that is, it saturated, rather than  coated  the surface of paper with
chemicals.  Even though the rulemaking  record showed that the State  had intended to regulate
this source, a  State court agreed with the company's interpretation of the regulation. A federal
court  then dismissed EPA's enforcement action on the basis of the State court decision.  United
States v. Riverside Laboratories, 678 F. Supp.  1352 (N.D. III. 1988).  In this case,  the regulation,
in the court's view,  failed to precisely identify the regulated activity.

-------
256                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                                      DEFINITIONS

       Does the regulation clearly define who is subject to its requirements? A regulation can
       specify the type of plant, industrial activity, or regulated pollutant.

       Does the regulation apply only to sources of a certain size?  If so, does the regulation
       state how the size of a source is to be determined?  For example, a regulation may
       apply to plants that produce a certain amount of a particular substance per year.

       Are there any exceptions to applicability of the regulation?  If so, exceptions should be
       defined as  narrowly as possible.

       Are defined terms used consistently?  Once defined, a term should be used  only when
       that  meaning is intended.

       Are the definitions and exceptions precise? Definitions should be sufficiently precise for
       enforcement personnel to identify violations.

       Does regulation clearly identify the legal authority for the regulation?
3.3    Clear Standard of Conduct

       A regulation or permit must clearly articulate the standard  of conduct  expected of a
regulated source.   If the  regulation sets forth an  emissions  or discharge standard, it should
establish a numerical standard which can be measured.  Policymakers should consider alternate
ways to express a standard of conduct  and pick the one which is easiest to measure.
       Exceptions or exemptions to a standard should be clearly stated. For example, regulators
may decide as a matter of policy  that periods of startup, shutdown, or malfunction should be
given  special treatment.  In such  case, the regulation should clearly state  how such
circumstances are to be determined, and what, if any, requirements apply in those  circumstances.
Moreover,  the  exemption  should  be stated  in a manner that ensures that a person claiming
entitlement to an exemption has the burden of proving that entitlement in the event of a dispute,
rather than the  regulator having  to prove that the exemption does not apply.
       Examples of EPA regulations that do not establish  clear standards of conduct are
abundant.  For example, EPA's  AHERA regulations require schools to hire asbestos inspectors to
identify the locations of  all "suspected" asbestos-containing building material  (ACBM).   The
regulations do not define the term "suspected," nor does it contain  a list of suspected materials.
As a result, in circumstances where an inspector does not actually identify a certain material, it is
very difficult for EPA to prove that the material should have been considered "suspected" ACBM.
       The environmental agency may not be able to establish emissions or discharge standards
in some instances.  In such circumstances, the agency may adopt "work practice"  standards, that
is, regulations which describe activity which a company must conduct to comply.  Work practice
standards are, by their nature, difficult to enforce and should be avoided whenever possible.
       EPA's Clean Air Act asbestos regulations are a classic example of the difficulties posed by
work practice  standards.  EPA's  asbestos National Emission Standards for  Hazardous Air
Pollutants (NESHAP)  apply to persons that demolish  or  renovate buildings containing asbestos.
The regulations require that such persons "adequately wet"  asbestos that is removed.  This
standard  is clearly subjective  -performance cannot be measured  with any precision.   As a
practical result, enforcing against companies that wet asbestos "inadequately" is extremely
difficult, and EPA usually enforces only against companies that do not  wet the asbestos at all.
       EPA's permit program under the  Clean Water Act shows the  value of clear,  measurable
standards  of conduct.  Under  the National  Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            257


program, a permit holder may discharge pollutants into navigable  waters of the United States.
NPDES permits contain specific effluent limitations, which  restrict the quantities, rates, and
concentrations of pollutants in discharged wastewater.  Having such specific requirements in
permits has greatly  simplified enforcement by EPA and by citizen groups and led to  high
compliance rates in this program.
                    STANDARDS OF CONDUCT OR PERFORMANCE

      Does the regulation or permit require conduct or performance that is measurable?
      Methods must exist to be able to measure whether a source is complying with the
      performance standard set forth in the regulation or permit.

      Are more enforceable requirements available?  In particular, regulators should choose,
      where possible, to set forth an emissions or discharge standard rather than a work
      practice standard. Emissions or discharges can be quantified and compared against a
      standard of performance.

      Are exceptions clearly described? Does the regulation or permit address circumstances
      during which excess emissions are excused, for example, during startup, shutdown, or
      malfunction?  Does the company bear the burden of proving that it is entitled to the
      exemption?
3.4   Clearly state how compliance is to be determined

      In developing a standard of conduct, the  agency must consider how  it will determine
whether the source meets the standard.  Environmental goals will not be advanced if the agency
develops a standard of performance that cannot be monitored.  The regulation  or permit should
state clearly how compliance is to be determined.  Compliance with an emissions standard may
be required at certain intervals, 100% of the time, or it can be determined by averaging emissions
over a specified time period.  Where an averaging  period is chosen, the regulation must be clear
on the timeframe to be used in averaging.  For example, a monthly average  can be determined
by calendar months, or by "rolling" months, that is, each day an average of the previous 30 days
must be used to determine compliance.
      In the case of emissions or discharge standards, the  regulation or permit should state how
compliance is to be demonstrated by the company. Compliance may be demonstrated by various
methods,  such  as an initial performance test, periodic monitoring, or continuous monitoring
performed by mechanical monitors.   Specifying a test method increases the  chance that the
company  and the government  agency will make the  same determination of the amount of
emissions.  The regulation or permit should also make clear  whether monitoring data can be used
to determine compliance.
      EPA's  pretreatment program  under  the  Clean Water Act shows  the problem that can be
presented when a regulation does not specify how  compliance is to  be determined.  Pretreatment
is the treatment of industrial wastewater at an industrial  facility, before its wastewater is
discharged into a local sewer system.  The pretreatment program is designed to protect  Publicly
Owned (wastewater) Treatment  Works (POTWs)  and the environment  from the harm that may
occur when toxic, hazardous or  concentrated conventional  pollutants are  discharged into sewer
systems. This protection is achieved by regulating the nondomestic users of POTWs, commonly
called industrial users (Ills).
      The governmental entity  responsible for implementing pretreatment  controls on IDs is
usually the local municipality through  its  POTW.  Enforcement problems have arisen because
many of the local  and  federal requirements were written in  general terms, with very few  specific
terms.  As a  result, EPA has had difficultly determining whether POTWs were fully and timely
implementing their pretreatment programs.

-------
258                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       In response to the problem, EPA revised the pretreatment regulations to establish certain
minimum actions  POTWs would be  required to perform in  developing and implementing their
pretreatment programs.   For  example, the  revised  regulations require  POTWs to issue local
permits to all of their significant industrial  users (SIDs).   Each  permit will specify  all  of the
pretreatment standards  and  requirements with  which a particular SIU must comply.  The
regulation also specifies the minimum conditions which such  permits must contain. By providing
more specificity  in the  regulations through  minimum requirements,  POTWs would  better
understand  what the minimum federal requirements were for implementing  a pretreatment
program. These regulatory revisions  are expected  to improve EPA's ability to monitor a POTW's
compliance with its pretreatment  program implementation requirements  and make EPA
enforcement easier where appropriate.
       In some instances, environmental misconduct may give rise to multiple violations.  In such
circumstances, it is sometimes helpful  to define the  relationship between such violations and a
facility's exposure to penalties.   EPA's regulations implementing  the Montreal Protocol on
Substances  that Deplete  the Ozone  Layer  include an effective approach to this issue.  These
regulations impose a  limit on the amount of  ozone-depleting substances that can be produced  or
imported annually (in  a 12-month period). EPA has legal authority to take enforcement action  to
seek civil penalties of $25,000  per day per violation. If one considers an annual total that violates
the limit to be 365 days of  violation, the company would be exposed to penalty liability of over
$9,000,000, which might be unreasonable for  a minor exceedance.  On the other hand,
considering  an annual total  as one violation  creates a maximum penalty  of $25,000, which may
not be enough to deter future violations.  EPA resolved this problem by  declaring,  in the
regulation, that each  kilogram above the limit would be considered a separate violation.   In so
doing, EPA  devised an approach that directly relates the penalty to  the amount of ozone-
depleting substances  illegally produced  or imported.
                  DETERMINING AND DEMONSTRATING COMPLIANCE

       Does the regulation or permit specify how compliance is to be determined?  For
       example, is compliance determined by measuring emissions at specified intervals? Are
       emissions averaged over a specified period of time?

       How does the company demonstrate compliance?  Is it demonstrated by performance
       testing, periodic monitoring,  or continuous monitoring?

       How does the government determine compliance? Does the government rely on field
       inspections, review of monitoring records, or review of periodic reports?

       Does the regulation or permit specify a test method for performance tests?

       Does the regulation or permit specify what data may be used as evidence of violations?

       If applicable, does the regulation or permit specify how many violations are created by
       certain conduct?  This is particularly important where the regulation includes an
       averaging time for determining compliance.
3.5    Clear Deadlines for Compliance

       An enforceable environmental regulation or permit should state clearly the time when
compliance must be achieved.  In some instances, it may be useful  to include interim dates by
which  the company must take intermediate  steps to achieve  compliance by the deadline.  For
example, if a permit requires  compliance  in two years, it could also include deadlines for
completing engineering,  entering into contracts, beginning installation of control equipment,  and

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             259


completing installation  of  controls.  Such interim deadlines  allow the government to  enforce
against a company which is behind schedule before the final deadline for compliance.
      The NPDES program under the United States Clean Water Act is again a useful model.
The permits specify dates  for compliance with effluent limitations, including interim requirements,
and
contain compliance schedules when the date for compliance is more than one year from the date
the permit is issued.
      It  is important that  the  compliance deadline be  certain  and not dependent upon  other
events.  EPA New  Source  Performance Standards (NSPS)  under the Clean Air Act illustrate what
can go wrong.  Many of these standards require the source to  comply with emission limits "on
and after the date on which the performance test... is completed."  A performance test measures
emissions to determine that pollution controls are working properly.   The regulations required
such a test to be  completed within 180  days of starting operation  of a new source.  A United
States federal court decided that, if a source did  not conduct a  performance test, there was no
requirement to comply with the emission  limit. EPA has corrected this problem in recent NSPS
by requiring that sources  comply with emission limits  after  the date the performance test is
conducted, but no later than 180 days after starting operation.  By specifying  a certain date,  EPA
eliminated the possibility that a company could avoid complying with the emission limit by failing
to conduct the performance test.
                               COMPLIANCE DEADLINES

       Does the regulation or permit specify the time by which compliance is required?

       Are interim deadlines included?  This is useful where the compliance schedule is longer
       than one year.

       Is compliance required by a specified date?  Compliance deadlines should usually not be
       entirely dependent on another event under the control of the facility, such as completing
       the performance test.

       If compliance is required upon the occurrence of an event, does the regulation or permit
       specify the event clearly so that an inspector can determine whether the event has
       occurred?
3.6   Self-monitoring, Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements

      To avoid  large government expenditures in inspections and monitoring, environmental
regulations can shift responsibility to  industry for monitoring compliance.  Placing the
responsibility on  industry will increase the rate of voluntary compliance.
      To assure that  a source maintains  compliance with  environmental  requirements, the
regulation or  permit  must require continuous or periodic  monitoring.  Merely requiring a
compliance test once a year will not assure compliance.  Most companies can successfully pass
an annual test even if their control equipment is not properly maintained the rest of the year.
Thus, a yearly compliance test may reveal little about the compliance  status of a  source under
ordinary operating conditions.
      The regulation  or permit should be specific regarding what the  source monitors.  The
monitoring should yield data  that relates to the performance requirements of the regulation.  A
source can monitor emissions directly, or,  in some instances, a source  may monitor other
operating parameters which measure the level of pollution control.  If, for  example, an incinerator
is used to control emissions, monitoring incinerator temperature may be useful to ensure that the
incinerator is properly operated.

-------
260                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


      The regulation  or permit should  state whether monitoring done  by the industry  can  be
used as evidence of noncompliance.  Some EPA regulations allow  emissions monitoring data to
be used as evidence of violations.  Other regulations do not. If not, the  monitoring data can only
be used to alert the government that a  problem may exist and that emissions testing should  be
conducted.
      Environmental regulations should require sources to  keep records of monitoring data and
any other information relevant to determining compliance.  This may include records of emissions,
operating conditions,  and operating logs.  The  regulation should clearly set forth the content of
the required records.  These records should be made available for inspection by government
inspectors.
      The regulation or permit should also specify how long the records should be kept.
Generally, EPA has required that records be kept for at least five years. United States law limits
the period of time for bringing claims for civil penalties in most circumstances to five years from
the date of the violation.  If a United States environmental regulation imposed a recordkeeping
requirement of less than five years, it would  allow industry to dispose  of records  that could
otherwise be used as a basis for enforcement.
      Since governments generally do  not have sufficient resources to  rely on inspections of
plants or records  alone to  monitor industry's compliance with environmental requirements, it is
essential that  regulations and  permits require periodic reporting to the government.  Reporting
can include monitoring data, emissions above the standard, and emergency emissions or
discharges.  The regulation  or permit should be  specific about the content of the required reports.
It should also  be clear about when the  reports  are required and to whom they must be sent.  If
authority to enforce has been  delegated to  a local  unit of government, the regulation or permit
should be  clear about whether reports go to the  local unit, the central agency, or both.
      Reporting should be frequent enough to allow the government to  respond to  an
environmental  problem in a  timely way.  EPA regulations require releases of toxic pollutants to be
reported, in some cases, within 24 hours. More routine reporting is typically required quarterly or
twice a year.
      RCRA import regulations serve as an example of the problem associated with insufficient
reporting.  The regulations  require  the owner or operator of a facility that  receives  a hazardous
waste from a foreign source to submit a notice  to EPA once for each wastestream  and for each
foreign source. There is no requirement to submit notice of individual shipments of hazardous
waste. Thus,  the regulations significantly limit EPA's opportunity to take any action  on individual
shipments.
      The NPDES permit  program, on the other hand,  offers a good  example of effective
monitoring and reporting requirements.  The most important is the submission of monthly
Discharge Monitoring  Reports  (DMRs),  which summarize discharge monitoring data and identify
periods of violations.  The  DMRs have  resulted in easier  enforcement for EPA and for citizen
groups  in the  United States.  Generally, citizens have  been far more successful bringing
enforcement actions in such circumstances than where they try to enforce other regulations that
do not include such specific monitoring and reporting requirements.
      To have integrity,  a self-monitoring and reporting program must include  significant
disincentives for false or misleading reporting and the perception that false  reports will be pursued
aggressively.  In the  United  States, false reporting is a criminal  offense, and a significant portion
of EPA's environmental crimes program  is directed at this kind of conduct.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            261
           MONITORING, RECORDKEEPING, AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

      Does the regulation or permit require periodic or continuous monitoring?  Does it specify
      the methods to be  used to monitor?

      Is it clear what activity is to be monitored? Does the monitoring data show whether the
      facility is in compliance?

      Does the regulation or permit specify what information is to be recorded?  Does is make
      clear how long records are to be retained? Are the records available for inspection?

      Does the regulation or permit require periodic reporting to the government?  Does it
      specify what information is to be included in the reports? Is the information enough to
      determine whether the facility is in compliance?

      Is reporting frequent enough to allow the government to respond to a violation in a timely
      manner?

      Is failure to monitor, keep records, or submit  a report a separate, enforceable violation?

      Are exceptions to monitoring, recordkeeping, or reporting requirements clear?

      Are there serious sanctions in place for false reporting?
3.7   Adopted in Accordance with Correct Procedures

      While not often  considered an enforceability issue, a regulation  or permit  may be
impossible to enforce if it is  not adopted under proper procedures.  In the United States,
regulations must be adopted after notice  to the public and an  opportunity for public comment.
Failure to adhere to those procedures may result in a regulation being declared invalid by a court,
making it unenforceable.  EPA's RCRA program is a prime example of the difficulties that can be
presented by  procedural defects in developing regulations.  A federal appeals court  recently
declared invalid two provisions that are central to the RCRA program, the "mixture" rule and the
"derived from" rule.   Shell Oil v.  EPA, 950 F.2d 741  (D.C. Cir. 1991).  These rules defined
hazardous waste to  include any waste that was mixed with a listed  hazardous  waste, or is
derived from a listed hazardous waste.  These provisions were adopted as part of  a  broad
regulation  that implements RCRA, after public notice and comment.  The court ruled,  however,
eleven years after EPA  adopted the regulation, that EPA had failed  to give the public adequate
notice of these particular provisions.  Accordingly, the  court invalidated the rule.
      Because of that court decision, another federal appeals court subsequently set aside  a
criminal conviction for violations of RCRA.   U.S. v. Goodner Brothers, No. 91-2466  (8th Cir.,
June 4, 1992).  A company and two individuals had been convicted of knowingly treating, storing,
or disposing of a hazardous waste without a permit. Following the Shell decision, the court ruled
that the rule was  invalid from its adoption in  1980, and that  the government could not take
enforcement action in this case for illegal handling of waste  based on the mixture rule.  In
response to the Shell decision, EPA reinstated the "mixture" and "derived from" rules, thereby
mitigating the impact of the decision on enforcement.
      Regulators should be alert to the correct procedures in adopting environmental regulations.
A  regulation which includes  all the necessary elements but is declared invalid based on
procedural defects is simply not enforceable.

-------
262                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


3.8   Additional Considerations for Enforceable Permits

      A permit generally regulates either the construction or operation of a facility that is a
source of pollution.  Permit requirements are typically based on requirements established in laws,
regulations, or guidance. The most common  type of permit is a facility-specific permit.  In the
case  of a very large  universe of small sources,  "general" permits  may be  more practical.   A
"general" permit is published  like a regulation and gives operating permission to conduct specified
activities for anyone who meets certain conditions.
      Permits can serve an important enforcement purpose by combining in one document all
the environmental requirements that apply to  a source.   To be most effective in this  regard, a
facility's opportunity to contest a permit's provisions should be  limited to a brief period after  it is
issued.  Accordingly, a permit system  can eliminate disputes in enforcement actions over which
requirements  apply to a particular source.
      Many of the elements that make up an enforceable regulation apply to writing permits as
well.  There  are,  however,  additional  points which  must be considered  in developing a permit
system.  The law or regulation establishing the requirement to have a permit must specify clearly
who must obtain a permit,  and when.  Most importantly, the regulation should address the
consequence of not obtaining a permit. For example, the regulation  may specify that the source
cannot be operated after a particular date without a permit. In  such  case, the government could
take enforcement action against the source for failure to obtain a permit.  Procedures must be
specified for obtaining  a permit, renewing a permit, and revising  a permit.      The permit must
be clear regarding  the length of time for which it is valid, and what requirements apply when an
application  for permit renewal is pending.  It should contain specific requirements  such that the
source's performance can be measured.  If the requirement is an emission limit, the permit should
state the time frame for determining compliance.
      Enforcement problems can  arise if a permit system is poorly designed.   In developing
regulations to set up a new operating permit system under the  United States  Clean Air Act, EPA
was alert to  several  issues that could have  hampered enforcement.  First, EPA included a
requirement that  each source  conduct periodic monitoring of  its  compliance with permit
requirements.   EPA regarded this  requirement as important to assure that industry maintained
compliance with air pollution control requirements.
      Second, EPA required that major increases in  pollution  could be made only if the permit
was modified.  EPA wanted  to assure that the permit continued to reflect the source's pollution
levels and activities, so that it could serve as the primary  basis for enforcement.
      Third,  EPA provided flexibility for sources to make certain changes  in their operations to
meet changing market conditions without obtaining a permit revision.  EPA did not, however,
allow sources to operate  at variance  with compliance provisions, such as monitoring,
recordkeeping, and reporting requirements.
4      SOLUTIONS

       The United States  EPA has  taken or is  taking several steps to ensure  enforceability of
regulations and permits.  First, for several years  EPA has provided training to personnel involved
in writing regulations and permits. A major element of that training has been enforceability.  We
use  a checklist similar to the one presented  in this paper.  In this way,  we hope to sensitize
personnel throughout the Agency,  not just in  enforcement, to the need for enforceable
regulations.
       Second, EPA's Office of  Enforcement has developed a regulation development course
designed specifically for enforcement attorneys,  which should ultimately enhance their
effectiveness in advocating enforceability in the rulemaking process.        Third,   EPA's
"Enforcement in the  1990's" Project made several recommendations to enhance environmental
rulemaking.  Most  notably, the project workgroup proposed  the  use of "field  testing" of
environmental regulations.   Under this concept, before a regulation is adopted in final  form, it
would be subject to a trial  period to  test industry's ability to understand and comply with the

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             263


regulation and EPA inspectors' ability to determine compliance under the regulation. Field testing
can be done as part of the initial information gathering process by the regulatory agency, or it can
be part of the public comment process on a proposed regulation.


5     CONCLUSION

      Regulations and permits will protect the environment only if industry complies with them.
Government can do the most to foster compliance by writing regulations and permits that are
enforceable.  Clear, specific,  and  practical regulations  will promote  a  high degree of voluntary
compliance and will make it easier for governments to respond  effectively to violations  of
environmental requirements.

-------
264                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             265


SWEDISH SYSTEM OF INTEGRATED PERMITTING - WHETHER IT ENHANCES
COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEABILITY

LEIF SVERNDAL

Legal Adviser, Supervision Department,  Swedish Environmental Protection Agency


      The Swedish Environment Protection Act is  applicable to  environmentally  hazardous
activity. This refers to activities that  are operated on  a property or  a permanent plant  or
installation.
      In the  Act the concept environmentally hazardous activity is defined as
      discharge of waste water from land, buildings  or installations  into  a watercourse, lake  or
      other water area;
      use of land, buildings or  installations in a  manner that may otherwise lead to  pollution  of
      land, of a watercourse, lake or other water area, or ground water;
      use of land, buildings or installations in a manner that may lead to disturbance to the
      surrounding environment  owing to air pollution, noise, vibration, light or other such means.

      The Act is not applicable  if the disturbance is wholly temporary.

      Anyone who intends to  perform some kind of  activity  that  is included  in the concept
environmentally hazardous activity must choose such location that can be acceptable considering
environment protection.
      Anyone performing or intending  to  perform environmentally hazardous activity shall take
such protective action, tolerate such restriction of the  activity and take such other precautionary
measures as  may reasonably be demanded for preventing or remedying detriment.
      These fundamental permissibility rules are to be considered by any performer even if there
is no permit required.  When the activity require a permit, theese rules shall be considered by the
permit authority when  examining an application.
      About  7000 plants or installations in Sweden are subjekt to a permit requirement. The kind
of plants and installations that need a permit are to be found in the Annex to The Environment
Protection Ordinance.
      There  are two different levels  of permit authorities in Sweden. The Licensing Board
considers  permit applications  concerning the plants and installations that are supposed to be the
more  hazardous ones. Applications concerning smaller plants and less hazardous activities are to
be examined  by The County Administrative  Board. There are 24 County Administrative Boards in
Sweden.
      A permit application shall contain
   -  particulars,  drawings  and and technical descriptions required for an assessment of the
      nature and extent of the environmentally nazardous activity
   -  an  environment impact assessment
   -  proposals for the protective action or other pecautionary  measures required to prevent  or
      remedy detrimental effects of the activity and proposals as to how the activity should be
      inspected
   -  an  account of  the consultations  that have taken place with central and local  authorities,
      organisations and individuals who may have an  interest in the matter

      The system of integrated permitting means that all the  different kind  of operations and
activities that occur in a plant or an installation are examnined at one occasion and by only one
authority.
      When  examining a permit application, the permit authority takes into consideration all the
diffenrent kind of hazardous activities that may take place within a plant or an installation.
      The permit authority is responsible for carrying  out a complete investigation of the case in
question. The authority makes an assessment of all the  disturbances and detrimental  effects that

-------
266                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


may occur. Operation of an environmentally hazardous activity generally leads to pollution of air,
pollution of water, noise and waste.
      The permit authority also consider what protective  actions or other precautionary measures
required.
      According to Swedish law, an  environmentally hazardous activity is subject to
consideration in each  specific case. The  permit authority shall  in a permit decision specify in
detail the environmentally  hazardous activity to which the permit relates and the conditions apply
to.
      In the Swedish  Environmental Protection Act there are no rules dealing with general limit
values. In this respect Swedish environmental law differ from the  rules of the EC.
      All environmentally hazardous activities  are under the supervision  of a supervisory
authority. Such an  authority has several legal instruments that can be used in purpose of
exercising supervision. Among the legal possibilities, the authority has got  a right of access to a
plant or an other installation and to carry out an investigation of the plant  or the installation and
the area that belongs to it.
      Furthermore, anyone  performing  environmentally hazardous  activity  is obliged to,  on
request, submit to the supervisory authority the information required about the installation.
      In general a  supervisory authority may, because of particular circumstances,  issue  an
injunction concerning such precautionary  measures as  are necessary for compliance with the
Environment Protection Act or with directives issued pursuant to this Act. A supervisory authority
may also issue prohibition of an environmentally hazardous activity if  the  authority consider the
operation not permissible.
      If  a  permit has been granted according  to this Act and if the permit-holder disregards any
condition specified in the permit decision,  the supervisory authority may enjoin him to rectify the
matter.
      Furthermore,  a sentence of fines or imprisonment could be imposed on any permit-holder
who deliberately or through negligence disregards a condition specified  in a permit decison.
      One of the advantages of an integrated permitting is that all the  operations within  an
environmentally hazardous activity are dealed with  at one occasion. The permit authority has got
the possibility of making a comprehensive assessment concerning the hazardous activity and its
detrimental effects.
      The system  of  integrated permitting also implies that there is only one authority dealing
with supervision over the plant  or installation. When  the supervisory authority  exercises an
inspection the authority has got the opportunity to get a general picture  of the hazardous activity.
      On the other  hand  the system of integrated  permitting does not give you a general picture
concerning the whole country or a part of the country. As told before the permit authority makes
assessments of environmental  hazardous activities in each specific case.  That means that the
authority doesn't take  into consideration the total effect of  a number  of different hazardous ac-
tivities.
       I believe that the system of integrated permitting implies more advantages than difficulties.
The system of integrated permitting in combination with  an extended and developed organisation
for supervision  lead to an opportunity to enhance compliance and enforceability.  However, I
believe  that the Swedish  system of permitting and supervision should be completed with rules
about limited values  in specific respects.
       The conclusion is that  the  way to ensure  compliance and enforceability a system of
integrated permitting combined with specific limited  values is required.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             267


ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION  AND ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY IN EAST  GERMANY -
EXAMPLE: SAXONY

D. ANGST

State  Secretary, Saxon Ministry for Environment and Physical Planning, Ostra-Allee 23, O-8010
Dresden
1     INTRODUCTION

      When the State Government assumed office in  autumn 1990,  the environmental situation
in Saxony was marked by a multitude of environmental  burdens of every description. Not only the
classical  environmental burdens,  which are  to be found in other industrial countries,  could  be
noted which include, for example, massive water contamination.  In the  Dresden area, the Elb,
East Germany's largest river, is  almost biologically dead. We should,  however, not  forget to
mention too the extreme air pollution. To date in Saxony alone, emissions of sulphur dioxide were
twice as  high as in  the old Lander counted  together. Damage to forests in the Erzgebirge also
show, however, the massive atmospheric pollutants from the CSFR. In  1989 alone, imports of
sulphur dioxide into  the former GDR amounted to 638,000 t.  As Saxony borders directly  on this
region, it is affected most by this.
      In addition, there are burdens from sites suspected of contamination, above all too from
uranium  mining by Wismut AG, at present  difficult to estimate, the  enormous  burdens  due to
countryside lying fellow as a result of the mining of lignite coal as well as the heritage from the
CIS troops.
      Capital  required  to clean up all this environmental damage will amount to several billion
Deutschmarks  over the next few years.
      The GDR leadership was very  well aware of this damage and preventive measures were
introduced to eliminate the damage but these proved totally inadequate.
      In certain parts of the GDR there was already an environmental administration which was
working,  however, only against a background  of economical and health  objects, that  is to say
environmental protection was not practised for its own sake rather only to achieve economic aims
or meet hygienic requirements.
      For example,  for this purpose  there  were five water resources  boards responsible  for
keeping water  clean  or in  other words taking  care that contamination did not exceed  a certain
level and thus create possible economic damage.
      It  was  the task of  the regional institutes of  hygiene  and  government environmental
inspectors to see that air pollution was kept at a bearable level so that public health did not suffer
too  much.
      The massive  air pollution  was  countered by a comprehensive  legal code and a large
environmental administration but this very administration did not act in the execution of these laws
for  economic  reasons.  In addition,  there  was  no  differentiation  between  specialized and
enforcement administration.
2     ESTABLISHING ENVIRONMENTAL ADMINISTRATION

      Against this background, the newly formed Land government started work and thus too the
environmental administration of the Free State of Saxony which was to be newly established.
      Environmental administration  in the old Lander orientates towards other aspects.  For
historic reasons, environmental administration was established here according to media criteria
i.e. the tasks of environmental authorities are modelled on individual environmental media. There
are water resources boards for prevention of water pollution, trade supervisory offices for keeping
air clean or nature  preservation authorities depending on the importance of an environmental
medium or the respective pressure to solve problems.

-------
268                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


      Towards  which aspects  is  the  structure of  environmental  administration  in  Saxony
orientated?
      First, it was necessary to  establish  an efficient ministry  as  the  supreme Land authority
whose task it was to cover all environmental media and to have a interdisciplinary character. And
as it was the  intention from the beginning  to introduce the ecological assessment in the Land
Planning Act as the basis for Land planning, it was more than obvious also to integrate Land
development in the ministry alongside the  areas general administration, water, waste and soil,
protection against emissions and nature preservation  (see Annex  1).
      In the  environmental administration  in  Saxony  it  is necessary  to differentiate between
specialized and enforcement administration. This is exactly the point which contributed to a large
extent to the failure of GDR environmental policy: the lack of proper enforcement of existing laws.
      In Saxony  a three-tier administrative  structure  has been  selected  (see  Annex  2).  As
specialized authority, a Land environmental  and geological authority was allocated to the Ministry
as supreme Land authority.
      The chief task of this Land  authority is to cover environmental burdens in Saxony and give
information to  the  public. A monitoring network is being operated for  this purpose which covers
and assesses  all environmental media.
      The administrative counties  and towns forming their  own  counties  are  responsible in
Saxony  for  enforcing the comprehensive environmental  legislation at  a lower level. If larger
projects  are  involved or  district boundaries  are  crossed, the  presidents  of  the regional
administration  are responsible as regional  authorities.  It  is,  however, too much to expect the
county office district authorities and presidents of the  regional administration to expertly  assess
environmental effects.
      Therefore, to support  enforcement,  five specialized environmental  state agencies  have
been  established  which  undertake expert valuations, make recommendations  and elaborate
proposals for decision-making by the enforcement authorities (see Annex 3). With the formation of
these specialized environmental state agencies, it was possible for the  first time in the Federal
Republic of Germany to achieve concentration which is not  confined to  one  media  in  one
authority. This means the need for agreement and  coordination at the level of more than  one
authority is avoided and accelerates  ratification procedure.
      Sectoral environmental administration  prevailing in the  old Lander which is organized
according to individual sectors has been  dissolved in Saxony and only one integrating specialized
authority created.  This  model  has  met with approval throughout the Federal  Republic  and
meanwhile attempts have been made in several old  Lander to adopt parts of it and also achieve
concentration.

3     CONCLUSION

      In conclusion,  I would just like to briefly  consider the main substance  of  environmental
policy in  Saxony in order to give you an  idea of the complexity of the tasks. Environmental policy
in Saxony is guided by a  sequence of priority which may be divided into three stages
   -  avert dangers to directly protect human beings and the environment
   -  prevent risks already  before dangers arise so that  risks  for  human beings and  the
      environment are kept as minimal as possible
   -  make provision for the future which gives impetus to new  technical developments  with
      positive environmental impact and is  supposed to demonstrate  the  new possibilities of
      growth  with positive environmental impact.

      The key point by far in mid schemes in the field  of environmental protection was therefore
water management. Water is  the no. 1 provision for  human beings and making available drinking
water meriting that qualification is not always simple. Of public funds  amounting to 556.7 million
DM available in  1991, almost 440 million DM  were applied to water/sewage. Emphasis here was
on projects to  redevelop the Elb.
      However, waste management measures too, which had  to be completely restructured in
Saxony after the collapse of the SeRo (secondary resource) system and the appearance of the

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             269


flood of packaging after the Wende (reversal), were subsidized with approx. 60 million DM. The
"principles of waste management" of the  Ministry  of the Environment, approved  by the  Saxon
State Government in early summer, direct the way back to the economic cycle and  the way out of
the cul-de-sac of one-way products.
       Measures to keep air clean are to  be financed, according to the German federal law on
protection against emissions, above all by the operators  of large power plants which is why the
28 million DM spent was expended above all for community and social demonstration projects.
       With the structure of environmental  management we have selected and the key areas set
it should be possible by the end of this decade to make up the large deficits in certain areas and
reestablish in Saxony an environment worth living in; in other areas, such as sewage clarification,
it will probably take 20 to 30 years until the pace of the western Lander is matched.

-------
270
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
ANNEX 1
i
i
K


Zenlralstclle
Leitcr
Kammerschei
Tel. 206


f. 5
OffenllichlcHs-
arbett
I>r. Bottger
TcL2L5
Z4
Presse
Frau HintzcD
TcL233
Z3
Bundcsrat/
Bundestag/EG
Frau Rcichard
TcL3R4
 Ł
jj
5f t*
3 g|S
n
I 	 1

Staatsminister
Vaatz
TeL 255
Saclisisches Staatsministerium fiir

Hiiro Minister
Frau Hera
TeL 255
Umwelt und Landesentwicklung
Ostra-Allee 23, O8010 Dresden
Telefon; 005H862-0
Telefax: 0051-4862-209



	 1
Staatssekretar
Angst
TeL 208
1

Pcrsonlicher Referent
Dr. Hennig
Tel. 240


1
Parlamentarischer
Staatssekretar
Dr. Reinfricd
Tel 240

Abteilung 6
escntwicklung
torn) TeL 272
3 1
&

Abteilung 5
Naturschutz,
Landschaftspflege
Simpfendorfcr TeL 268

d ~v
a> H
-C
•» e
«>55
3 E"
|3
j &
fcrat 61
ndsatzfragcn, Recht
lammer TeL 232
SI 2
Refcrat 02
IjndschafLwkologie,
Landschflftsentwicklung
KM. Tel
Referat 63
Lander und
Regionalplanung
Dr. Trawnicek Tel. 257
Referat 64
Raumonlnung und
Fachplanungen
Vetter Tel. 251
Referat 65
Landcsstruktur,
Raumbcobachtung
Benedict TeL 272


Referat 51
Grundsatzfragen. Recht
Mielzner (komj TeL 296
. 	 — 	 '

Referat 52
BkXop- und Artenschutz
Hoppe TeL 349

Referat 53
Schutzgebiete,
Eingriffsrtgelung
Vorberger TeL 201

Referat 54
Landschaftspflege,
okolog. Landnutzung
Ballmann Tel 253


Referat 41
Gnindsatzfragen, Recht
Dr. Sangemtedt TeL 237

Referat 42
Inmil-KJonsschutz,
Larmdchutz
Distel Tel 31!
Referat 43
Anlagcnbezogene Luftreiir
haltungilorfallveilneidung
Dr. Drtbtr (kond Tel359

S
:| S
Referat 44
Umwcltradioalc
Strahlenschutz
Dr. E Miiller

Referat 45
Atomrwchtliche Genehmlgyng.
Ubcrwachung von Aniagcn
Dr. Nagcl TeL 245


i
Abteilung 3
Abfall, Aitlasten, Boden
zu llohcnlohe Tel 263
Referat 31
Orondsatzfragen, Recht
r™ Dr. st&tlrflkkU TeL 277

Referat 32
AWaHvwmeMung. AWnBwirt-
schafllkhc nsnung
Baiter TeL 299

Referat 33
Abfalltechnische Anlagen
KowakH Tel 306
S
» 1
Łg Z
ŁS O
Łi &

Referat 35
Bodenschutz. Geologic
Dr. Adam TeL 252


1
Ableilung 2
Wasser
Dr. Jeschkc Tel 762
Refcrat 21
Grundsatzfragen. Recht
Zeppcraick Tel. 239

Refcrat 22
Wasserwirtschaftliche
Planung
Bohme TeL 313

Referat 23
Wasservercorgung.
Grundwasser
RieB Tel 314

Referat 24
GewasserschutT, Abwasser
Dr. Donnerhack TeL 291

Referat 25
Wassermengcnwirtschaft,
Wasscrbau
Dr. Fugncr Tel 273


1
Abteilung 1
Venvaltung,
Grundsatzfragen
Dr. Staupe TeL 266
Referat 11
Organisntion,
Innerer Dienst
Dahlmanns Tel 311

Referat 12
Personal
Aus- und Fortbildung
Gokelmann TeL 261

a
rs
^
m
"S — -c
i| |
W rt J=
CAS ^

Referat 14
Gnindsatzfragen J n tent
ZusammenajbcitForschu ng.
Umwehberatung

Referat 15
Umweltrecht,
Justitiflriat


3 S | f J
i. is p?
•- "5 *
E g°
I al.l ills
f HH IIP
III I *lso
l
i

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
271
                                                                    ANNEX 2
                                                         ID  iJ

                                                         ~  o
/
/
-p
rH
0
3
5
a
:3
esamh f
t!
H
5






O
-rH
Cn i — i cn
O 3 VH
^H O 01
0 X) X!
0 CD -H
o -a CD
CO rJ
•a c; (^
3















CD
:«
T>
a

_^j
H
0
3
c
cu
"u
•H
il
a
B
w


1)
•H
i — 1

:o
0
^ N
Bautze
Cherani











rH
O1 3
•H C CD
N CD X3
Cu 3 CD
•rH ID T3
CD rH tO
J CM a




                                                                             O
                                                                             10
                                                                             fe,
                                                                             c
                                                                             0)
                                                                             T3
                                                                             
-------
272
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
   en
   CD
   p
   in
"
-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             273


A CLEAR APPROACH GIVES FULL COMPLIANCE

HUGO A.M.A. DE VRIES

Regional Inspector for the  Environment in the Province North-Brabant, the Netherlands.


       SUMMARY

       The Inspectorate gives attention  to the enforcement of  environmental legislation.  In this
paper extra attention is given to:
   -   the complicance monitoring visits to the industries, to inform these industries, and  to
       stimulate the authorities to take action in order to comply with the regulations;
   -   the development in licensing and enforcement in the Netherlands, especially  in the
       Province North-Brabant.

       The intensive contacts of the Inspectorate with the authorities and the industries vary from
diplomatic to straight from the shoulder. These different styles are found in this paper.


1      INTRODUCTION

       Many  reports are  published on  Environmental Policy in the Netherlands. I refer for
example to the National Environmental Policy Plan and Plan Plus  (ref. 1, 1989, 1990; references
at the end of this paper) and  the Annual Reports of the Inspectorate  for the  Environment (ref.  2,
1990).  The environmental policy is  developing all over the world (note the United Nations Confe-
rence on Environment and Development  in Rio de Janeiro, June 1992). Much attention was given
to policy planning and legislation, less attention for enforcement.  However for "enforcement" we
now have this second International  Conference.
       The everlasting  work of P.  Winsemius is worth  mentioning here (ref. 3, 1986). He has
shown  two diagrams, which present a clear view of the  environmental policy, namely the "Policy
Life  Cycle" of environmental  problems and  the "Regulatory Chain". This chain  consists of four
links: legislation & standard setting, licensing, implementation and enforcement.  All the links are
indispensible  and are influencing one another (ref. 4, 1990, with the two diagrams, ref. 5, 1990).
       For about 10  years enforcement had been one of the "missing links", but for the last few
years more attention has been given to the enforcement and also to the implementation. With
sufficient facilities, an honest and dedicated implementation of  the legislation can  and must be
demanded from the businesses (see for  the used nouns ref. 6)  and  the citizens. Enforcement is
monitoring this  implementation, is stressing the rules and - if necessary - is amending the rules.
Enforcement can cause adjustments to the Acts (ref. 7, 1991).
      The Inspectorate (for  the Environment) is, together with  the Governments,  the  Public
Prosecutors, the Police and the businesses, working intensively on  implementing and enforcing
(ref.  2,5; ref 8,  1991). Some experiences of the Regional Inspectorate  (i.e. for North-Brabant) are
mentioned in  this paper. The second chapter refers to "Licensing, Implementation  and Enforce-
ment in a broad sense", the third refers to "Enforcement in a more narrow sense", the fourth one
refers to the incentives for the legislation  and standard-setting, caused by enforcement practises
and experience.
      The Inspectorate of the Ministry for the Environment is  an  organisation  with a Chief
Inspectorate and nine Regional Inspectorates. A Regional  Inspectorate is mainly involved  in the
so called "second line" enforcement but also involved in the "first line"  enforcement. "Second line"
enforcement refers to provincial and municipal government. The main tasks of the Inspectorate
are the  testing  and  promoting of the quality of (the execution of)  the  environmental policy. The
Inspectorate makes  products  i.e. reports on  major activity aimed at  passing judgement  on the
quality  of the environmental policy and its execution (ref. 2).

-------
274                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


2     LICENSING, IMPLEMENTATION AND ENFORCEMENT.

      At this moment the Inspectorate is working together with the relevant local governments to
attain permits for all the concerning industries by 1994 and provincial governments by 1995. That
is to say that all the  industries must be granted clear cut understandable permits which can be
checked. The present situation is summarised as follows. Industries under control of the Municiple
Government i.e. mostly less offending industries are listed under paragraph BUGM and FUN.
      Bigger, more polluting, industries which are  under the control  of the Provincial  Government
are listed under paragraph  BUPM (i.e. Industries which come not only under the Nuisance Act,
but also under e.g. the Noise Nuisance Act, the Air Pollution Act, the Solid Waste Management
Act).

2.1    BUGM (Contribution  Decree Implementation of Municipal Environmental Policy)

      By the end of  the 70s only 25% of the industries operated on an adequate permit (ref. 9,
1991). For that reason a program was introduced  in 1982 to implement the Nuisance Act.  There
were no funds for personnel at that time. In 1984 a second program  was introduced with funds for
personnel: the so  called  MIP,  a long-range intensification  program for the enforcement of the
chemical waste legislation, that supported enforcement activities  (ref. 5). In 1990 a third program
was started, the  so called BUGM program with substantial funds for civil service personnel. The
directive  is an "adequate" and 100%  licensing level, attained  1-1-1994.  In the same year the
Inspectorate set  up a study to  look at the quality  of the municipal environmental policy  (ref. 10,
1991). This  study  takes  place in a yearly basis.  The  1990 report on the BUGM program  (a
product) has led to the following important conclusions:
      the permits must be stricter i.e. the  requirements must be stricter;
      the observations were reasonably good;
      the compliance monitoring is insufficient.

      The reasons given for the report were:
      insufficient number of experienced civil servants (municipal inspectors);
      municipalities  did  not liaise adequately with one another (intermunicipal cooperation has
      begun, but municipal cooperatives not in sight);
      the municipalities show a lack of interest in enforcing the regulations.

2.1.1  Improvements  in Licencing

      On 1st. January 1990 in North-Brabant  (ref. 11) the  percentage of adequate permits had
(due to the exertion of the Regional Inspectorate) risen to 55% and the intensity of the monitoring
compliance had trebled to 13%. The manpower (technical personnel) had doubled. By the end of
1991  the number of  adequate  licences had risen to 70-75% (in  the Netherlands as a whole 50-
60%) (ref 12, 1990-1991) (fig.  1). The allocation of annual permits in North-Brabant has  grown
from about 2800 in 1985 to about 4000  in 1991. At this  rate we will have a 90% total by 1995.
This is not good enough. A huge effort is still necessary to ensure that  we achieve our goal of
100% by 1995. Two further studies of 250 permits of complex industries in 1990 and 1991  by the
Regional Inspectorate in  North-Brabant  (Inspectorate N.Br.) have been completed. The only
criticisms to  be found were that the stipulations within the  permits were not clearly defined especi-
ally regarding the measurement of emissions.

2.1.2  Compliance Monitoring

      It is the goal of the Inspectorate that the number of industries under control will be 25% by
1995. This means  15.000 controls per year in North-Brabant alone. The  figure  was 8%  in 1985,
15% in 1990 and 21% in  1991  (18% in the whole of the Netherlands). Therefore a goal of 25% in
1995  is in sight (fig. 1).

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                                                          275
     I00%r
      80% j	75%	—
                                                "controls"
                                                \ non-adaq.permits
      60% h
      40%
       20%-
              1979
         1981
1988      1990
                                                     1991
                                                1995
Figure 1.    Percentages non-adequate  permits and  "controls"  (compliance
             monitoring) in North-Brabant.
      250mln;
      200m In H
     budget BIZa
' HI] NMP
     BUGM
     own contribution
      150m I n,—
        Om I n
      100m In r	
       50m I n j—
                1986      1990
                     1991
           1992      1993
1994
Figure 2.   Financing municipal environmental  policy in the  Netherlands,
            in mln:  million DFL (Dutch florins).
            BIZA: Department of Internal Affairs, NMP and BUGM: see text.

-------
276                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


      During  1990 and  1991 the Inspectorate  N.Br. inspected 500 industries together with
municipal inspectors. The results were:
      the technical execution was conform the Inspectorate N.Br.;
      the findings, however, should have been briefed more rapidly to the industries;
      from  the 250 locations visited in 1991, 23% does not act in compliance with the
      requirements, 65% shows small shortcomings and 12% meets the requirements.

2.1.3  Organization and Personnel

      Owing to the BUGM-program the manpower attributed to licensing  and enforcement has
been increasing considerably in the Netherlands.  In  the province of North-Brabant this amounted
to 210 in 1990 and to 325 person-years in 1991. The intermunicipal cooperation with respect to
environmental  activities has also  been intensified. Though each municipality remains responsible
for the implementation of the national environmental regulation and policy, this cooperation has
caused  a development towards  "Governmental Regions" according to  the Common  Municipal
Regulations  Act (Wgr), but they are not governments yet. The  officials of  each municipality  are
working together and the public  service organization of the  mostly  central-town is  rendering
assistance. This organization has the possibility to tackle complex industries  and regional items.
Experts can be employed,  which was  not possible for the individual municipality.  In time this
organization will have to work for the future regional government.  In  the  Netherlands a few of
these organizations are operational as yet. In North-Brabant the expectation is that in each of the
7  regions (with about 20 municipalities and about 300.000 inhabitants) such  a public service
organization will be in effect, since all municipalities agreed upon structural  cooperation in their
application for  BUGM-funding. A  different type of advantage of having  such efficiently  working
regional environmental centers, is that the province  administration will be delegate part of its
tasks to these well organized and well equipped organizations.  Indeed, this promotes an integral
and regional uniform approach.

2.2   FUN (Financing municipal  implementation of the national environmental plan)

      The National Environmental Policy Plan contains about 80  points  of action  that require
activities from  the municipalities.  The subjects differ  widely. They  might  have connection with:
industries, soil  and groundwater protection, disposal of waste,  land-use planning, housing, traffic
and  transport,  energy, communication, education  and enforcement.  In contrast to the BUGM
program, the adequate level  of implementation of  these points of action is less well defined in the
FUN program. Compliance with the BUGM program, however, is a prerequisite for FUN financing.
In North-Brabant 90% of all municipalities meet the  FUN standards. The amounts involved in
BUGM and  FUN together,  will nation-wide gradually  increase  to about DFL.  100 million in the
year 1994 (fig.  2).

2.3    BUPM (Financing province implementation  of the national environmental plan)

       For provinces  an analogous program to  the  BUGM ruling  has  been  drafted. The only
difference with the  municipal directive is  that the "adequate" level  has  to be  attained one year
later (1-1-1995). The  reason is that provinces have to deal specifically with  large and  complex
industries, as  well with  municipal industries. Nation-wide valid  criteria to test  the environmental
soundness of  industry activities,  are in preparation.  It can be concluded from partial  tests by
several Regional Inspectorates that much has to be accomplished yet in this respect  (ref. 13,
1991).

2.4    Industry

       In  1991 a large  number  of industries were checked in a uniform way by all Regional
Inspectorates. The effectivity of the environmental  policy and regulation  with respect to the

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             277


important target group "Industry" has been investigated. This year the findings on the quality of
licencing, emissions and waste volumes will be reported.
      The first result ("product") on the specific branche of LPG-stations has been published (ref.
14, 1992). Later on this subject will be worked out in detail.
      The Inspectorate N.Br. was the initiator of the  idea to have industries checked thoroughly
with respect to their environmental behavior and side-effects.  This  has provided insight  in the
environmental  acting of the business community in the province. Only  in the  last two years, in
1990 about 1000 and  in 1991 about 800 industries were visited. With  the  BUGM checks as a
basis, specific categories were added such as, extensive air-emissions, big noise sources,
ecotoxic  substances (including radio-active ones),  intensive farmings and chemical wastes. As a
consequence of 65% of the 1990  visits,  more than 1000 actions had to  be taken, the majority of
which in  the form of advices to the authorities and  the company managers. In the year 1991 50%
of the checks gave rise to more than 700 actions. Whenever action was taken in 1991, apart from
the relevant authorities the involved industries were always informed about our findings, aswell in
1990 the authorities were informed, but the companies not in all  cases.
      The specification of the requirements, as laid down in the  permit, often  turns out to be of
low quality, especially when small and medium-sized  industries are involved. Primarily the items
concerning:
      the registration  of the original situation with respect to soil conditions;
      leakproof checking of industrial waste water sewage systems;
      noise level checks; and
      the regulation of air-emissions with the connected monitoring obligations.

      The latter are of importance to enforcement and thus need the attention  in the  near future.
In fact, right at the beginning,  the very early phase  of appliciation for a permit, emission dates and
the environmental activities have to be submitted unambigiously. Only in that case the competent
authority is able to draw  up a licence tailored to the specific situation. In the Dutch legal system
the application for a permit constitutes an integral part of the permit itself.
      To enable medium-sized and small industries to obtain more insight in their emissions
(self-regulation), so called "Corporate company environmental centers" are being set-up, initiated
by and  connected to  the Chambers  of  Commerce. The first one was  established in Tilburg in
North-Brabant. Nowadays almost all regions of this province have such oriented advising centers.
If the proper insight is present with the industries they will be able to apply correctly for a permit.
Furthermore, they will  be able to economize their energy and raw material use.  This will decrease
their costs as  well as  their emissions.  Very convincing examples thereupon can be  presented.
Large emitters, on the other  hand, are stimulated to  publicly present a yearly overview of their
emissions, based on mass  balances. This idea originated in the U.S.A. To  further the develop-
ment of  the so called  "in-company environmental care systems", the industry has to show the
competent authority  that the registered data  are reliable  and  verifiable (environmental
accountacy?). This is  of special  interest since the new Environmental Management Act puts
prevalence to  target-oriented requirements specified in  the permit instead of means-oriented
ones.
      As stated before,  these visits taught us a lot about  the  implementation of environmental
regulation by the industries and the enforcement of it  by the local authorities (ref.  11). Moreover,
insight has been gained on how the developments in  reality envolve in the business  community,
with respect to  their  environmental care and the attention for clean technologies (ref.  15).
However, I prefer to conclude  this  paragraph with two characteristic activities in North-Brabant.


2.4.1  Liquified Petroleum Gas (LPG)-Stations

      During the years 1990 and  1991  nearly all petrol stations (including  LPG) in the Nether-
lands were inspected. At 30% of the  stations serious  offences were discovered. This  figure was
decreased to 11% by  October 1992.  Some 400 out of the total number in the whole country of
2460 are located in  North-Brabant (before 1990 there were 560 stations, but 160 stations closed

-------
278                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


down during the last two years. This was due to various reasons, including environmental-ones).
At the first inspection 45 installations had to be closed down immediately as leakage of LPG was
discovered. Of all stations 30 were inspected for the second time in 1991. In 10 of these cases
official reports had to be made by the Inspectorate  N.Br. and the local police.

2.4.2 Intensive Farming of a Variety of Livestock

      In the  Netherlands 90.000 pig-,  chicken-, turkey- and cattlefarmers exist who have to obey
the rules of the Act of Registration on organic fertilizers (manure). In 1992 60.000 rabbit-, duck-,
fur-bearing  animal-,  sheep- and goatfarmers were added to the range of this Act. We also have
some ten thousand users of organic fertilizers (e.g. agricultural farmers).  For about 70% of the
area  of the  Netherlands  this Act  is relevant. The responsibility for the enforcement of this Act
depends largely upon  the  farmers themselves. Enforcement of  this Act (administrative enfor-
cement  not possible) is mainly by criminal law (with satisfactory results). However the legislation
is becoming stricter (1995!), so it is now becoming more important for the  Inspectorate (ref. 14,  in
preparation).  Therefore, we started an  investigation of 250 farms in North-Brabant in  1992,  mainly
to get an idea about the production  of the organic fertilizers and the way  they get rid  of the
manure (checking of the books and collecting information about their license from the Nuisance
Act);  all participants have been helpful up till now. We expect to report on these investigations
next October.
3      ENFORCEMENT

       Since  1989 enforcement is not only compliance monitoring  and legal action.  It usually
includes the informational visit preceding a compliance  monitoring  visit (also inspections  in
general), negotiations and compliance promotion: a set of actions with all the instruments, used  to
achieve compliance. As to this enforcement - definition  (enforcement  in a broad  sense) this
subject has already been discussed in the former chapter.
       In the more narrowly sensed  enforcement area the three levels of government (national,
provincial, municipal) strengthen their joined cooperation.  In the province the national  represen-
tatives are working together with the provincial and municipal authorities, the water-boards, the
Public Prosecutor and the local police. The compliance monitoring will be integrated.  The core  of
the enforcement implementation is provided on the "regional" scale. In  North-Brabant there  are 7
regions (paragraph 2.1.3). Before  ending this  paragraph with  the  present situation, some
examples of enforment:
       in 1990 close attention was paid to an industry of the waste branch.  Because the permit-
       ting authority  had forgotten to give a definition of the different types of waste the permit
       seemed not to be enforcable. Much time and effort was lost;
   -   a  hydrocarbons-emitting  industry  had a permit  from  1985,  with  the stipulation that the
       emission had  to be cut down  in half. Each year the progress in this reduction should be
       reported on. During 1990 it was obvious that the industry would not be able to  reach the
       goal. Because of the interference of the Inspectorate the industry  was forced  by the local
       authority for a periodic  penalty payment. This procedure  had to  be stopped because  of
       juridical reasons. A good report was sent to the Public Prosecutor by the authority. He
       asked for an  official report. The Inspectorate had  made  a calculation  of the  economic
       benefit of this firm  omitting cleaning-technology. The Public Prosecutor is now at work on
       the follow-up of this case. Meanwhile the local authority has made an even stricter permit;
       a  second calculation of the economic benefit in another situation  did not have any  effect
       because the Prosecutor stopped the case. In this situation as  well, a new permit has been
       granted to the industry.  In this permit the air-emission must be cut down step  by step. On
       condition  that the requirements  are enforceable in  the future. The problem  is dealt with
       well;
       to transport some transformers, containing toxic PCS (polychlorinated biphenyls) from one
       firm to another (that can  break up these machineries under good environmental conditions)

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             279


      a periodic penalty payment, imposed by the Minister for the Environment, came into force.
      The payment did not become operative, because the transformers were removed;
      in  a simular situation at another place  in the province legal transport was possible without
      intervention of the Minister.
      N.B. The transformers were imported as aluminium-scrap!.

      These examples make evident that  sometimes the  administrative, then the criminal  law is
usable (or both).


3.1    Public Prosecutors and the Police

      To encourage the Public  Prosecutions Department and the Police to take more interest in
the enforcement of the environmental Acts they nowadays received substantial funds from the
Department  of the Environment. With  these  funds  more personnel, specially trained in environ-
mental affairs, must be appointed.
      In  the past the cooperation between the police and the Inspectorate was ad hoc. Because
of the MIP  (see paragraph 2.1) the cooperation became structural. In North-Brabant 3  police-
districts have been formed, linked up with the  regions. The environmental  enforcement of the
police is still growing. For technical assistance and insight into the Acts the police cooperates with
the Inspectorate. That will  continue in the future because of many reasons, e.g. the  Inspectorate
looks after the environmental regulations, the above mentioned funds,  and the  Inspectorate can
fulfill the function as a court-expert.

3.2. The Structuring of the Enforcement Organization

      In  addition to the development of the  organization focused on  licensing and  compliance
monitoring in the region (see paragraph 2.1.3) a structure should also be given to  the enforce-
ment cooperation and an  enforcement team  will be formed. In the cooperation  all licensing and
enforcement authorities are participating, i.e. Province, Municipalities, Water-Boards, Departments
for the environment, Public Prosecutors and the  Police.  These cooperations are being formed
now and will make the first planning program for enforcement this year.  In this program  priority
will be given to the more complex categories of industries and to projects on waste  and manure
for example. These projects are suggested by the provincial enforcement committee  (PROM). In
this committee the same participants are representated, under the chairmanship of the provincial
governor. The National Coordinative Enforcement Committee (LCCH), which  was founded  at the
beginning of this year, is a board for cooperation between Departments, involved in environmental
affairs, Department of Justice, representatives of the provinces and the municipalities, under the
chairmanship of the Chief Inspector for the  Environment.  The regional program is  the working
map for the  regional enforcement team. This  team is made up of civil servants and works  intens-
ively together with the local police.  It  is being run by the regional  enforcement coordinator, an
employee of the  region. An information centre is located near this coordinator. The teams are
being built up now and the programs are being formed. It is expected that by  the end  of 1992 the
structure  of the enforcement organization in North-Brabant will be as follows.

-------
280
                                INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
 AUTHORITY
ENFORCEMENT
ORGANIZATION
                                                        CHARACTER
 National Government
 Province
 Region
 Municipality
LCCH (National Coordination for
Enforcement)

PROM (Provincial Coordination
for Enforcement)

RCCH  (Regional Coordination for
Enforcement)
                         Executing the enforcement by
                         the enforcement-team
Triangular consultation with the
Mayor, the Public Prosecutor and
the local police
national policy and annual
programming

policy, programming and
coordination of the actions

regional policy, programming
and coordination of the actions
4     INCENTIVES FOR THE LEGISLATION,  STANDARD-SETTING AND THE  POLICY
      PLANNING

      One point of  Action (A103) of the  National  Environmental Policy Plan (NMP) means that
there should be a selective study made of the existing and forthcoming legislation standards and
requirements, regarding enforcibility.  Regarding  enforcibility of rules it is  of interest to find  the
combina-tion of exact legal instruments working alongside a practical law. Some examples are:
carrying capacity of the target group available and enforcement capacity of the government,
promoting mechanisms for  self regulation, internal  company environmental management,
environmental responsibilities of industries. One can say that the experiences of the Inspectorate
are given  to the main section of the enforcement of the Chief Inspectorate. This body will report
on this by the end of 1992 in the 2nd Chamber. You can think of a better liaison between  the
different laws, better definitions, enforcable rules  in the licences, the insufficient administrative
and penal take-actions, the insufficient instruments  of civil law. There is often insufficient  evidence
to penalise the  industries concerned but there  is also a  discrepancy in the administrative
regulations regarding enforcement of the law.  The final  consequence should be  that  the
legislation that is not enforcable c.q. executable must be withdrawn (ref. 16).
      The recommandations  of the above mentioned experiences of the Inspectorate N.Br. are:
      all the industries must  be granted clear-cut understandable licenses which can be checked
      in  1994 and in 1995 for the big plants;
      the municipalities will liaise adequately with  one another to form municipal cooperatives. A
      cooperative has a well-trained and experienced apparatus at its permission;
      parallel with that apparatus an enforcement-team  is available in the municipal cooperative.
      In  this team all the enforcement personnel of all the authorities will act together;
      "permitting" and "enforcement" functions  should be put  in separate divisions. In  the
      municipal cooperatives there are consequently to be two teams;
      there must be one -coordinated- government for environmental licensing and enforcement;
      for the industries and  the citizens  the rules must be clear  in order to be able to get full
      compliance;
      a systematic enforcement method must be used and annual programs made. Social
      support is a precondition. For that reason publicity is wanted. The public  must be
      implicated in enforcement, because "with honey you will catch more flees than with
      vinegar".

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            281


      In conclusion:  Enforcement is the first and the last link because experience and practice
with  enforcement gives incentives for the legislation & standard-setting, the  licensing  and the
implementation.  If the requirements turn  out to be unrealistic or impossible to enforce,  then
compliance will be impossible. A clear approach as an effort to establish popular and business
relations for the benifit of the environment gives full compliance for that reason.


      ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The author wishes to  gratefully acknowledge the stimulus and discussion received from all the co-
workers of the Regional Inspectorate for the Environment of North-Brabant, in  particular Mrs. M.
Kooijman, Mrs. J. van Dijk and Mr. J. Smits, and extends thanks to Mrs. H. Buyze, Mr. A. Hutten
Mansfeld for helping partly with the translation, Mrs.  M.  Nijweide-Boeije for correcting the text all
over, and to Mrs. C. van Rooij-van Onselen for preparing the manuscript.


      REFERENCES

 1.    National Environmental Policy Plan (NMP),May 25,  1989, the Netherlands. In 1990 NMP-
      plus.

 2.    Inspectorate for the Environment,  1990 Annual Report,  Ministry of Housing, Physical
      Planning and the Environment (VROM).

 3.    P. Winsemius, Gast in eigen huis (beschouwingen over milieu-management), Samson Tj.
      Willink, Alphen aan de Rijn, 1986.

 4.    H.J.A.  Schaap, Small  business Compliance, the role of local Communities; Proceedings
      Intern.  Enforcement Workshop, May 8-10,  1990,Utrecht, the Netherlands. In this paper
      also the diagrams of the "Policy Life Cycle" and "Regulatory Chain" are shown.

 5.    H.E.C.  Lefevre, Enforcement of environmental regulations in the Netherlands, International
      Environment Reporter, 26-9-1990.

 6.    Business,  company, firm, factory and industry are often used synonymes. I  use mostly the
      word business in a common sense for  all sorts of workshops, and industry/company in a
      sense of a manufactory, a technical workshop, that makes  or  manipulates material pro-
      ducts. The Inspectorate mainly pays attention to these industries. Facility is - in my opinion
      - more an  action. When you say that legal requirement must be met by individuals and
      facilities that cause or may cause pollution then  it is not important  if it is  indoors or
      outdoors (including workshops).

 7.    I.  Kleijs-Wijnnobel & M.  Kooijman, Uitvoering en handhaving van milieuwet-  en  -
      regelgeving, Openbaar Bestuur, 1, nr 5, Mei 1991.

 8.    Fourth  Progress report on Environmental Law Enforcement, October  1991,  Ministry of
      VROM.

 9.    J. Smits  en L. van Eijsden,  Met gemeentelijk milieubeleid  in  historisch perspectief,
      Openbaar  Bestuur, 1, nr. 5, Mei 1991.

10.    Landelijk  handhavingsproject gemeentelijk milieubeleid 1990,  Ministerie van VROM,
      1991/52, Staatsuitgeverij/DOP, Leiden.

-------
282                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


11.    North-Brabant is a province in southern Holland (the Netherlands),  borders on Belgium in
      the South. This  province with 15% of the inhabitants, 20% of the municipalities and 15% of
      the industries,  is reasonably representative. The province  has 7 regions (municipal
      cooperatives)  according to the Common Municipal  Regulations Act  (Wgr). The
      municipalities enforce  the Nuisance  Act and the permits of nearly all  of the 400.000
      businesses in the country  (in North-Brabant: 60.000). The provinces have the permitting
      authority for the big plants and the municipal-businesses (in North-Brabant: 1700).

12.    Jaarverslagen inspectie milieuhygiene Noord-Brabant 1990 en 1991.

13.    J.  Blenkers, De gebreken in de milieuvergunning, RIMH Noord-Brabant,  1991  (mei),
      voordracht studiedag Actuele ontwikkelingen in de milieuvergunningverlening te Utrecht
      (Euroforum).

14.    Landelijk Handhavingsproject LPG-tankstations, Ministerie van VROM  1992/53

15.    B. Schilleman en J. Vreugdenhil, Met  milieu, gesprek met een  hoogleraar milieukunde en
      een regionale milieu-inspecteur,  Interface, tijdschrift voor bedrijfskunde, 5e jaargang, nr. 4,
      4-9-1989.

16.    H.J.H. May, Handhaafbaarheidstoets milieuregelgeving - actiepunt A103, tussenrappor-
      tage, eind 1992 naar 2e kamer; in preparation.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                                                                            283
INFORMATION CAMPAIGNS BENEFIT ENFORCEMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS

J.A.M. VAN EKEREN and M. VAN DER VOET

Information and Public Relations Department, Dutch Ministry of Housing, Physical Planning  and
Environment, P.O. Box 20951, 2500 EZ THE HAGUE (The Netherlands)
      SUMMARY

      The  enforcement of environmental legislation  in the Netherlands
mid-1980s.  Although most enforcement officials had no experience at the
suddenly expected of them. Central government has attempted to support
including information campaigns.
      The  Ministry of Environment is       ;
basically pursuing a three-track policy:
   (1) enforcement officials are informed and
      encouraged  in such a way that they
      are willing and able to take the task in
      hand;
   (2) administrators  are  encouraged   to
      accord enforcement priority in policy,
      and
   (3) companies are informed of the law so
      that  they have  no excuse for not |
      complying with it.

      Tracks (2) and (3) facilitate the work of
enforcement officials and expedite the effect
of enforcement. In  a broad  sense,  the
provision of information therefore contributes
to the improvement of the  quality of the
environment.
                                                           was stepped up in the
                                                          outset, a great deal was
                                                          them by various means,
1
HISTORICAL FRAMEWORK
Figure  1. The mass media (television, radio and
the daily newspapers) are  a powerful means of
communication.  The  government  holds press
conferences or issues press releases on important
matters.
      During  the  1950s  and  1960s  the
population  of  the  Netherlands  expanded
rapidly. There was a corresponding growth in
economic  activity and  prosperity. The other
side of the coin only became obvious after a time, as waste mountains grew and the soil, air and
water became polluted.  Environmental  scandals which directly  threatened public health sent
Shockwaves through society in the 1970s. It was agreed that something had to be done about the
situation, and the government accordingly came up with plans, agreements, levies and subsidies.
      In the 1980s it tightened up existing environmental laws and regulations and drew up a range
of new regulations.  It soon became clear that these measures were not enough. Laws were drawn
up on paper and published, but no one was sufficiently acquainted with the rules and regulations and
there was  virtually no monitoring  of compliance.
      It was in 1985 that the first serious attempts were made at enforcing environmental law, and
this year also saw the launch of the first information campaign.

-------
284
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
2      ENVIRONMENTAL LAW INFORMATION CAMPAIGNS

       The system of environmental law in the Netherlands is fairly complex - ask any lawyer. There
are 25 pieces of sectoral legislation and a host of regulations and decrees. The situation is expected
to improve  somewhat in  1993 when the  Environmental  Management Act  comes  into force,
encompassing a number of the existing sectoral acts.

2.1     Obligatory openness in government

       Nevertheless, the legislation itself and the means of informing the public about it are relatively
simple. Only the minister, a handful of civil service lawyers, a number of external advisory bodies and
parliament are involved in drawing  up legislation.  As soon as an act has entered into force, the
government  is obliged to inform the  public about it, under the terms of the Government Information
(Public Access) Act.  A copy of the act is published in the Bulletin of Acts, Orders and Decrees, which
contains  proclamations, acts of parliament, decrees and announcements of  other government
measures. It will be clear that the Bulletin is no great work of literature, but it is available to everyone.
2.2    Putting the law into action

       Large  industrial companies generally have in-
 Figure 2. The  Nuisance  Act  is based on  the
 Factories Act of  1875 and  is the Netherlands'
 oldest act of parliament. Over the past few years,
 various   categories  of companies  have  been
 subjected to orders in council, which are published
 in special booklets.
                house lawyers who keep a close eye on the
                contents of the Bulletin of Acts, Orders and
                Decrees and work out the  consequences of
                government  measures  for  the  company.
                However, the average printer or  baker has
                little time for this, and it is for this reason that
                the government does more  than just produce
                publications  containing  copies  of  acts of
                parliament.  The ministry responsible issues
                press releases and holds press conferences
                on matters of importance. Of course, this
                does not guarantee publicity,  but the greater
                the  consequences  for  society,  the   more
                interest journalists will show.
                    The government almost always ensures
                that acts of parliament, which  are couched in
                complicated legal terms, are  translated into
                language  which   is   understandable  to
                everyone. This may take the form  of a leaflet
                which is distributed amongst  those affected.
                Trade associations also play an important role
                in  informing  the  public.  These  umbrella
                organisations,  which  are  funded  by the
                individual branches  of  industry, provide all
                kinds  of services.  They follow  closely the
                activities of the government and inform their
                members of anything they need to know.
2.3   Forgotten target group

      Legislation always has two target groups. The primary target group consists of the public,
companies and/or institutions which have to observe the law. Government information campaigns in
the Netherlands have traditionally focused on this group. There is, however, also a secondary group:
the competent authority which is responsible for implementing the legislation. This authority issues
environmental  licences to companies and  institutions and is obliged to ensure that the conditions

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                                            285
attaching to these licences are observed.
      It  will be  clear that this secondary target group  needs to  be equally well  informed  of
environmental laws, a fact of which the government was for a long time not sufficiently aware. While
companies were  inundated with colour brochures full of information, the authorities charged with
enforcing the law were left completely empty-handed. It was only when enforcement was first taken
seriously that the provision of information to administrators, licensing authorities and enforcing
authorities improved - and it is in fact still improving.
                                jrenwereld gelooft in industHele verwerking mest
                                                              Tl*irihf
                                                                                .
                                                                              varkens
3     MEETING THE NEED FOR INFORMATION

      Let us look back to the Netherlands in 1985. Imagine yourself in the shoes of the enforcement
officials. Suddenly, central government wakes up and wants environmental legislation to be better
enforced. Where do you begin? Which environmental laws should be given priority? What is your
area of authority? What are your tasks and responsibilities? How can you ensure that your activities
do not overlap those of other authorities? What is expected of you? How should you approach the
public and companies? How are you going to tackle shortcomings and contraventions? How are you
going to report on progress,  carry  out evaluations? How do you know if you are making progress?
Where are you to find the answers  to all these questions? How are you to get hold of the information
which you need  to do your job well or, at any rate, adequately?
      Now let  us  look  at
things from the point of view
of central government. How
is this  huge enforcement
machinery  to  be  set  in
motion? And how can it be
kept moving? Of course the
necessary steps have now
been taken.  Funds  have
been released to pay for the
required  personnel.   An
organisational structure has
been set up in order  to
enable enforcing authorities
to work in collaboration with
each other.  Courses have
been  devised   to    train
prospective   enforcement
officials in the environmental
and   legal   aspects   of
enforcement  and  provide
them with  the   necessary
skills. Pilot  projects  have
been carried out under the
supervision of  central go-
vernment to enable  every-
one to become accustomed
to the work of enforcement.
      A  great deal   of
thought  has also gone into
the provision of information.
How can you  make  sure
                                        'I itstoot animoniak
                                        kail snel UTiiiinderen'
                            KoJenvi
                        terug W <

                              JMBUHG
-ergassing  voor  schone' str
                                                                              'oom
                           Figure 3. Enforcement activities  can attract the attention  of the
                           national, and even international, press. Publicity can be used as a
                           means of prevention, since companies are generally very concerned
                           about their image and are reluctant to throw away their reputation,
                           Press reports  of  measures  taken  against  companies  found
                           contravening environmental  laws  also  tend  to  prevent other
                           companies from committing the same misdemeanours. However, not
                           all administrative officials and public prosecutors are keen  on
                           publicity - out of court settlements, for instance, are almost always
                           agreed  behind  closed doors,  although there have  been calls for
                           more publicity.
that   relevant   information
reaches those involved with enforcement? How do you meet the enormous demand for information?
More generally, how can the work of the enforcing authorities be supported by information campaigns?

-------
286
     INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
4      POSSIBILITIES AND LIMITATIONS

       When enforcement was tightened up in 1985, a lot of thinking  had to be  done.  Matters
addressed  included, what do you want to achieve and what can you  achieve  with information
campaigns? Information campaigns are  not a cure-all. In general it is assumed that they can have
a certain effect on the knowledge, attitude and behaviour Q\ the members of a target group, informing
them, motivating them and probably to a certain extent spurring them into action.
       In practice things tend to be viewed from the opposite angle, starting with behaviour. Say that
the behaviour of the enforcement officials leaves much to be desired. They are achieving  too few
results, are perhaps carrying out  too few surveys within companies and are not devising  enough
concrete measures. Such  a situation must of course be rectified, and this can only be done by
looking for the causes, which can be legion. It could be that the problem lies in insufficient manpower
- a capacity problem. It could be that there is a lack of facilities for taking samples. It will be clear that
in situations like this, little can be achieved by spreading information. The person responsible must
ensure that enough staff and facilities are available.
       However, the  root  of the problem  could lie in the fact that enforcement officials have
insufficient  knowledge of environmental laws or that they are unwilling to enforce them. Gaps in
knowledge  or a negative attitude are problems which can be remedied by an information campaign.

4.1     Objectives of information campaigns

       Taking into account the possibilities and limitations, the objectives of information campaigns
targeted at enforcing authorities can be summarised as follows:
*  to keep enforcing autho-
   rities informed of every-  t*|l
   thing relevant  to  the
   performance   of   their
   duties (information cam-
   paigns   can   increase
   their knowledge);
*  to increase their willing-
   ness to  carry out their
   enforcement  duties
   (information campaigns
   can be used to  promote
   a positive attitude).

4.2    Target group

       Besides formulating
objectives,  it is important to
any  information  campaign
that  the target  group  be
analyzed. Who  is  actually
responsible   for   enforce-
ment? This type of analysis
is  no  easy  task  in  the
Netherlands. One complica-
ting  factor  lies in  the fact
that  responsibility  for the
implementation of  environ-
mental policy does not rest
Figure 4. Since  1991  the Netherlands has also had a Zakboek
Handhaving Milieuwetgeving  ('Environmental  Law  Enforcement
Manual'), which the environment minister Hans Alders is presenting
here  to  an enforcement official.  The  Manual  contains  basic
information  on environmental  laws, methods of enforcement and
security measures and  contains a  glossary,  a summary  of  all
organisations involved in enforcement and their addresses,  and a
number of annexes.
with one individual or body.
For example,  the  environment  minister does not bear sole  responsibility at government level.
Although he is responsible for overall environmental policy, the Minister of Transport, Public Works

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             287


and Water Management is responsible for the Pollution of Surface Waters Act, and the Pesticides
Act and Nature Conservancy Act fall within the remit of the Minister of Agriculture, Fisheries and
Nature Management.
      There are also several levels of government in the Netherlands: the provinces  (12),  the
municipalities (650) and the water authorities (40).  And this is  only the administrative  side, for
enforcement also involves the judiciary, including the public prosecutions department, the police, fire
service, customs authorities, Royal Military Constabulary, railway police and numerous other special
investigation agencies. Some 30,000 people are involved in enforcement in the Netherlands, and that
figure does not include those involved in civil proceedings.

4.3   Strategy and methods

      After analyzing the target group and formulating his objectives, the information officer will
examine how he can achieve those objectives. This process results in a strategy, accompanied by
proposed  methods.
      In the case of enforcement it soon became apparent that simply informing and motivating
informers would not be enough. In order to perform their duties, these people are largely dependent
on other people: their superiors, the authority for which they work, policymakers in general,  the
legislature which draws up environmental laws and regulations, courts which try environmental cases,
the companies they monitor, and even the general public and the value it places on enforcement of
these laws.
      The strategy devised to expedite the enforcement of environmental legislation therefore covers
several  tracks.  Besides informing and motivating enforcement officials (track 1), priority has been
given to:
*     motivating administrators (track 2), and
      informing companies (track 3).
One matter which  has  not  been discussed here  but which is  nevertheless very important is
communications with the legislature and judiciary.

4.3.1  Administrators

      Studies  have shown that the attitude of the  administration strongly affects the success of
enforcement. An administrator with a negative attitude will  be unwilling to  equip the enforcement
department  of  his organisation with  the power  it requires. He is also unlikely to impose  many
administrative sanctions (recognizance,  closure).  In short, an enforcement official  may work as hard
as he likes, but without the support of the administration, he will achieve little.
      Information campaigns can be used to improve commitment on the part of administrators. The
environment  minister (through the  Environmental  Protection  Inspectorate)  regularly  reminds
administrators  of their responsibility for the environment  and  sets  an example with  his own
enthusiasm for the subject. Information officers use publicity and special campaigns to carefully steer
public opinion. The role of the public must not be underestimated; in a democracy the public forms
the basis  of society. If it feels that something is important, administrators  and policymakers also
consider it important - after all, they work in  the interest of the public.

4.3.2 Companies

      When an enforcement official goes to visit  a company, the staff should ideally be aware of all
laws, regulations and standards with which  the company must comply. This makes the job  of the
enforcement official much easier. In the  past, enforcement officials have arriving at a company and
finding an environmentally unsound situation, tended to be unwilling or unable to do anything about
it,  since such a company would  offer the defence that it was unaware of breaking the  law. The
enforcement officials would then do everything they could to provide the company with the necessary
information. When they came for a second time, they would  be pleased with the slightest progress.
      Luckily,  this situation  has changed,  partly  due to  the  fact that central  government, in
collaboration with a number of trade associations, has provided industry with more information. A pilot

-------
288
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
project carried out in the framework of the Chemical Waste and Waste Oil (Regulations) Act showed
that the three-track strategy works. Each individual branch of industry was provided with information
on the Act,  in a series of colourful booklets. Those responsible for the enforcement of the Act
                                                               benefitted greatly from this
     Booklet
                                               Circulation
     Environmentally safe handling of general
     chemical waste/National list of licence-holders 155.000

     Environmentally safe handling of chemical waste:
     - Electrotype companies                       8.000
     - Painters                                   10.000
     - Dentists                                   10.000
     - Printers                                   15.000
     - Photochemical waste                       17.000
     - Garages                                   32.000
     - Car sprayers                               20.000
     - Anti-rust treatments                         14.000
     - Inland shipping                            15.000
     - Chemical waste: obligatory notification        40.000
     - Dry cleaners                                5.000
                               project, taking the booklets
                               along with them when they
                               went  to visit  companies,
                               should  they  be  needed.
                               There  would be  no  mercy
                               for  those  who  had  not
                               complied with the law by the
                               second visit!
        MIUIUVIIUG OMGAAN
         MET CHEMtSCM AFVA1
                               EEN BETCR MitlEU
                              j«U'STV«N
                                  CHEM1SCH AFVAL
                  Figure  5   and   6.   The  multi-year
                  intensification  programme  (1985-1991)
                  focused  on  the  enforcement  of  the
                  Chemical   Waste   and   Waste  Oil
                  (Regulations) Act. To assist enforcement
                  officials the government has published a
                  series of booklets which set out how each
                  sector can bring its production process in
                  line  with  the Act. The  effect  of the
                  booklets was tested, and no reason was
                  found for altering the strategy.
4.3.3   Enforcement officials

       What about the enforcement officials themselves? What has the government done for them
by way of information?
       Firstly, there is the magazine HANDHAVING ('Enforcement'), which comes out once every
two months and of which we are justly proud. This magazine, which is 100% government-funded and
therefore free of charge, has been going for eight years and now has more than 12,500 subscribers.
In view of the fact that readers pass the magazine  on to their colleagues, the total readership is

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
289
 somewhere in the region of 30,000.
       HANDHAVING aims  to inform enforcement officials in the field and to motivate them by
 providing background information on environmental policy, specific information on laws, regulations
 and standards, suggestions for dealing with situations which are bad for the environment, information
 on the operation of administrative, criminal law and civil law enforcement instruments, examples of
 collaboration between enforcement authorities, relevant training courses and publications, readers'
 letters and questions (complete with answers), and a host of practical examples.
       For central government,  the great  benefit of the magazine  is  that  it approaches all
 enforcement officials, working in  a large number of organisations, as one group. A survey of the
 readership has shown that officials value the magazine highly. They regard the information it contains
 as useful and reliable, and the presentation (writing and design) meets with resounding approval. This
 is due to the fact that, while the government funds the magazine, it has never tried to stamp its mark
 on it. From the outset, HANDHAVING has been a magazine forenforcement officials by enforcement
 officials.  The editorial board and permanent staff - a number of prominent environmental journalists
 - are  supported by a rotating advisory committee of ten enforcement officials from the field. This
 guarantees feedback from the grassroots.
       The magazine is not entirely free of flaws.  It spends a long time in production (writing, design,
 printing), since articles are drawn up with the greatest care. In deviation from standard journalistic
 practice, they  are  always
 checked and corrected  by
 those  involved.  However,
 the magazine can never be
 entirely up-to-date. It is also
 disappointing that it is read
 by very few administrators.
 Perhaps it is targeted too
 directly at the grassroots.
 The  fact   is   that  the
 magazine does not offer an
 effective method of drawing
 administrators'  attention  to
 environmental laws.
sector no. of average
readers reading
time
no. of report
times number
consulted
(minutes)
police
municipalities
administration &
judiciary
provinces and public
works department
customs & fire service
total/weighted average
2,298
3,338

1,219

,994
1,314
9,163
82
80

80

71
67
77
4.4
2.5

3.3

3.6
3.6
3.4
7.6
7.5

7.4

7.3
7.2
7.4
   Figure  7 and  8.  Some figures from  a
   readership  survey of  the  two-monthly
   magazine  HANDHAVING  (April  1991).
   The figures in the last three columns are
   based on responses  from a representa-
   tive sample; 235 readers were selected
   for in-depth interview.  The most important
   sectors  were  included  in  the  survey.
   There was a further sector comprising
   readers from other organisations.
       HANDHAVING is not the only  publi-
cation which is aimed at enforcement officials.
Central government  produces  a number of
other  publications   containing   information
which is important to those who enforce envi-

-------
290
                               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
ronmental laws. The Handhaving Milieuwetten ('Environmental Law Enforcement') series contains
more than fifty information packs with the results of surveys, evaluations and reports. All kinds of
theoretical and  practical information can be  found  in the Zakboek Handhaving Milieuwetgeving
('Environmental Law Enforcement Manual'). Enforcement officials can consult this book when they
want to know something about a particular environmental law, and there is also a chapter containing
the addresses of all organisations involved in enforcement. The Manual was drawn up  under the
auspices of the environment ministry, which also funded it.  However, it is published by a commercial
publisher, who also determines its price, and is responsible for any profit  or loss. This type of
                                                public-private  partnership   is   becoming
                                                increasingly common.
                                                     Enforcement   officials   are   not  only
                                                inundated  with written material. Meetings are
                                                also  held where ideas and information can be
                                                exchanged. Conferences were recently held in
                                                the regions (between a  number of municipali-
                                                ties,  water authorities,  the province,  police,
                                                public prosecutions department and Environ-
jf___                                           i mental Protection  Inspectorate).  By  getting
•f"                            ,              * everyone together, it was hoped that regional
                                                collaboration  could be improved. The confe-
                                                rences were  subsidised by the government,
                                                but it was  up to the regions to  decide on form
                                                and  content.  Some of the conferences were
                                                designed as a way for people to get to know
                                                each other, while at others specific procedural
                                                agreements  were  reached and annual pro-
                                                grammes  of enforcement  activities  in  the
                                                region were drawn up.  Information meetings
                                                are also held occasionally on specific themes.
                                                A round of such meetings will be held when
                                                the Environmental Management Act is intro-
                                                duced in 1993.

Figure 9. Various volumes containing information
for those who enforce environmental laws have
appeared in the  Handhaving Milieuwetten series.
These relate to  different types of institution  - a
useful guide for on-site visits - and there are also
guides to the enforcement of different laws and
regulations. The results of enforcement campaigns
and studies (such as those on the  delay in  the
administrative enforcement of environmental laws,
interaction  between  different  authorities,  and
collaboration between the administrative authorities
and the public prosecutions department) are also
published.
5      IDEAL BEHAVIOUR

       For information officers, an adequate (ideal) situation will have been reached if all the following
objectives have been achieved:
       The legislature should attempt to integrate sectoral environmental laws and take into account
       the practicability and enforceability of new laws. It should also communicate regularly with the
       enforcing authorities.
       The judiciary should handle environmental cases as fully-fledged criminal cases. Attention
       should be drawn to the environment by means  of information campaigns. The more the
       seriousness of environmental crimes is realised, the stricter the penalties will be.
       The  administration should  hold  the  environment  in general  and the  enforcement of
       environmental laws in  particular in very high regard. Motivated administrators will be more

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                                       291
      likely  to  ensure that  enforcement  programmes  are  implemented  and that sufficient
      enforcement capacity is provided and be more prepared to cover the costs of enforcement.
      Information campaigns can help to motivate administrators who, once convinced of the
      importance of the environment, will not hesitate to penalise companies and institutions for their
      shortcomings in this area. The policy of condonernent, whereby a blind eye  is turned to
      environmentally damaging situations, will then be a thing of the past.
      Companies should  be aware of the
      environmental  laws with  which  they
      must comply,  and will no longer be
      able to plead ignorance. They should
      be  aware of  the consequences  of
      noncompliance and have a healthy
      respect for the enforcing authorities.
      The trade associations must recognise
      the need for compliance and communi
      cate directly  with  the  government.
      Those ahead of the field should exert
      pressure on those who lag behind.
*     The public should provide support and
      thereby  influence political  priorities.
      Environmental information campaigns
      will  increase   their   environmental
      awareness,   and   environmental
      problems should be at the top of their
      list of priorities. They should value the
      work of those  who enforce  environ-
      mental laws.

      What  of  the  enforcement  officials
themselves? In an ideal situation such as that
described above their work would  be plain
sailing for them, and they would be welcomed
and  respected wherever they went. Their
efforts would quickly bear fruit and they would
be able to go home satisfied at the end of the
day.  One of the  essential preconditions for
such  a  situation is  the  effective use  of
information campaigns.
   EEN  BETER MILIEU
   BEGINT  BIJ  JEZELF
Figure 10. In September 1990 a huge information
campaign was launched in the  Netherlands with
the motto "A better environment begins with you".
The public's attention was drawn to environmental
problems  using   television  and   newspaper
advertisements and posters. Emphasis was placed
on the fact that everyone can do their bit for the
environment.  The  campaign  seems  to  have
worked;   environmental  consciousness  and
willingness  to act are on the increase  in the
Netherlands.
6     CONCLUSION

      When in 1985 the Dutch government stepped up its enforcement activities,  very little
information was available to enforcement officials. This situation soon changed, when the need to
inform and motivate them became apparent.
      The information campaigns will continue, and even be intensified, until the 'ideal' situation has
been achieved. The government has decided that an adequate level of enforcement must be reached
by 1 January 1995. If this has been achieved by this date, the thrust of information campaigns can
be shifted to ensuring that the situation is maintained, and activities can be reduced somewhat.

-------
292                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            293


ALTERNATIVE ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURES FOR A COMPLIANCE AND
ENFORCEMENT PROGRAM

WILLIAM M. EICHBAUM

Vice President, International Environmental Quality, World Wildlife Fund, Washington, D.C. USA


      SUMMARY

      This  paper  is  about issues  associated  with  the  problem of organizing  government
institutions to carry out effective enforcement and compliance programs. Compliance is essentially
that  condition when all  legal  requirements are met  by a particular member  of the regulated
community.  Enforcement is the set of actions taken, primarily by government,  to  achieve
compliance. This paper is  about organizing  for enforcement.  It is  not about  how to  do
enforcement, or when  to do enforcement,  or the  legal tools necessary to do enforcement. Also,
since government structures are widely variable from  one  country to another,  the ideas in this
paper are not meant  to be absolutes. Rather, they are meant to suggest broad  answers  to
several  organizational  questions as  the problem of  organizing for enforcement is considered
within the context of particular governance systems.
      Finally, it must be  remembered that  enforcement  is  a strategic  process  designed  to
advance the environmental  objectives of society.  It must  be planned, resources allocated,
preliminary  actions taken,  and  follow up sustained — often over long periods of time. Proper
organization for this endeavour is crucial to its long term success.
      This paper provides  a summary discussion of the primary objectives of an  enforcement
program and the qualities necessary to assure that the program achieves  those objectives. The
paper then  identifies and briefly discusses the basic  functions of an enforcement program and
sets forth several different approaches for organizing to  accomplish those functions. The paper
discusses the success with which these approaches maximize achievement of  the qualities and
objectives of an enforcement program  and also discusses several external factors which can
influence these outcomes.
      The  observations and conclusions  in this paper are largely based on the author's own
experiences. These include nearly  twenty years  of state  and federal  government  work  in
enforcement related activities, including the creation of several new environmental  enforcement
organizations. Recently, this experience has included consulting with several foreign governments
and international organizations on enforcement matters.
1     OBJECTIVES AND QUALITIES OF AN ENFORCEMENT AND COMPLIANCE
      PROGRAM

1.1    Objectives for Enforcement

      There is great diversity in the subject matter of environmental regulatory programs and the
strategies  they embody to assure compliance with substantive requirements. Thus, the subject
matter can range across land, water, air, public health,  and natural  resource protection. Similarly,
techniques for protection can include a range of activities extending from economic  incentives or
disincentives, to permit conditions, to denial of the privilege to do business through revocation of
permits.
      Whatever the subject matter  or the  enforcement  strategy, a  reality of environmental
governance is that there must be a base-line system for compliance and enforcement. This base-
line is established  through  the  enactment of statutes which  set  norms of behavior  and also
establish mechanisms designed to assure  compliance with those  norms. The mechanisms  by
which the norms (standards) of environmental  behavior are established can be complex and
subject to  a confounding mixture of scientific opinion and public policy objectives. In  contrast, the

-------
294                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


purposes of the  compliance and enforcement components of environmental  protection programs
are comparatively easy to define. There are essentially four objectives for a compliance  and
enforcement program:

   1.  Deter and persuade — One  of the most important  purposes of an effective  enforcement
       and compliance program is to affect the behavior of the regulated community through the
       imposition of sanctions. There are multiple dimensions to  this objective. First, government
       seeks to  assure that the object of the enforcement  action does not violate the law in the
       future. Second, government seeks to assure that others either voluntarily correct violations
       before they are discovered by government  or achieve a high level of compliance,  i.e., do
       not violate the  law. This deterrent function is vitally important simply because government
       will never have enough resources to actually take enforcement actions against a very high
       proportion of violators at any given moment in time; thus, voluntary compliance is crucial to
       successful protection of the environment.

   2.  Correct non-compliant conditions — Importantly, legal processes can be employed to seek
       administrative or judicial  orders  directing the cessation  of environmental law violations
       and/or the correction of related  adverse  impacts. In the  United States legal system, the
       use of equitable relief mechanisms is an effective device to assure specific performance to
       protect  the environment.  In  addition, these mechanisms can,  at least, assure that the
       actions of private parties which have a potential to damage the environment are restrained
       unless in  conformance with applicable law.

   3.  Punish  violators — While closely  related to  the  deterrent  function, punishment  for
       violations of the law has  its  own independent purpose. Simply  stated, those who violate
       the law incur an obligation to society. A violation of environmental law is usually not some
       abstract event  but involves a direct or indirect reality or threat of harm to the environment
       or public  health. Punishment can have a variety of forms ranging from specific corrective
       actions,  to monetary  penalties,  to actually serving a prison  sentence.1  In general an
       enforcement  and  compliance program will  reserve  this objective  for  more  serious
       violations.

   4.  Create  a  norm of expected behavior — An important function  of enforcement is that the
       collected  body of enforcement actions, taken over a period of time, define the level of
       behavior  which is expected of the regulated community and the consequences when that
       level is not met. In fact, this norm of expected behavior is an elaborated statement of the
       more general requirements that  may be set forth in duly enacted laws. This system of
       interpretation  is not meant to be a mechanism  for weakening  statutory  or regulatory
       requirements, but rather for filling in the blank spaces which these abstract words often
       leave. In  addition,  to  the extent  that the  enforcement process actually produces written
       interpretations  of law and regulations, such as in a judicial decision, these have important
       precedential value and therefore serve as important guides for behavior.

       A well designed compliance and  enforcement program can achieve each of the foregoing
objectives. This  is particularly important since they normally  reinforce  and  complement each
other.  However, the evolution  of  strategy  over time will undoubtedly suggest  reasons to
emphasize  one set  of  objectives  over another given  the particular  status of  the  overall
environmental protection program. In summary, the bottom line expectation is that compliance
and enforcement activities are carried out in order to maximize  the rate of voluntary compliance
by utilizing resources of an agency with maximum effectiveness.

1.2    Qualities  Associated with a Successful Enforcement and Compliance Program

       There are  several  qualities  which ought to be  maximized through  organizational (and
other)  decisions  in order to help achieve the suggested objectives of  an enforcement program.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             295


Each  of  these  is quite subjective and  the  specific steps which  might  be taken to achieve a
particular quality might be quite  different in  one  governance system as  compared with another.
However, they do provide one useful check-list against which  organizational decisions ought to be
measured.

   1.   Strategic — Because enforcement actions cannot be brought against every violator, there
       must be a strategic design to the enforcement  program. For example, program  managers
       must assess:  which  kinds of enforcement actions will maximize deterrence; what are the
       most important threats   to the  environment which  need  correction;  and  which legal
       remedies will  be most effective. The strategic use of scarce  resources is  essential to
       achieving the  objectives of enforcement, especially that of deterrence and persuasion.

   2.   Efficient — The use of always scarce government resources must be efficient. Wasted
       inspections, or laboratory  tests, or endless conversations without results simply  mean that
       fewer effective  enforcement actions  are taken. Inefficient  use  of resources  will tend to
       lower the  volume  of  successful enforcement actions and therefore  lower  the rate of
       voluntary compliance.

   3.   Swift — Enforcement actions should be swift. In essence, the time between discovering a
       violation and  final imposition of  the appropriate enforcement sanction  must  be made as
       short as possible through the rapid and effective deployment of the various  enforcement
       elements.  Long delays diffuse the deterrent  impact of enforcement both  in the mind of the
       violator as well as in the minds of those who are similarly situated.

   4.  Visible —  The  hidden or invisible conduct of enforcement serves to defeat several of its
       most important objectives, namely, deterrence  and  the creation of a norm of behavior. In
       addition, wide visibility for enforcement actions  is one of the most important ways in which
       the  public develops confidence that government agencies  are responsibly and effectively
       carrying out environmental protection duties. A vigorous enforcement program focused on
       major violators, communicated through  the media, and  endorsed by  important political
       figures,  strongly contributes to visibility.

   5.  Fair — The overall perception  of an  enforcement program  must be that it is fair.  Fairness
       not only means that individual matters are handled within the norms of legal propriety, but,
       even more importantly, that over time similar violations are handled in essentially the same
       fashion. For example, penalties for comparable violations ought to be equivalent.  Fairness
       also means that there must be enough resources within the environmental agency so that
       a reasonable  number of  actions can  be  taken  within  a given period of  time. This
       perception of fairness must be held by the  regulated community  in order to maximize the
       deterrent  and persuasive effect of an enforcement  action; otherwise,  the  perception of
       arbitrary enforcement does little to help mold norms of behavior.
              Additionally,  if an enforcement program which  is strong is, at the same  time,
       thought to be arbitrary and capricious by the regulated community or the public, then it is
       likely that the political support necessary to its continuance will evaporate. In fact, to the
       degree that fair, but strong, enforcement creates the reality of a "level playing field" for the
       entire  regulated community,  then that can  be a  source of  support for  the program.
       Increasingly,  certainty or predictability is an  attribute of environmental  regulation which is
       highly valued by the regulated community.2

    6. Balanced  —  It  is axiomatic that an agency must have a sufficient level of resources before
       it is able to carry out  the full range of its mandated responsibilities. From an enforcement
       perspective, it is important that these resources be balanced in their distribution throughout
       the agency in  order to  form the full range of activities necessary to  enforcement on a
       mutually supportive basis. For example, it does little good to have a very large inspection

-------
296                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       force if available laboratory  facilities cannot process samples in a fashion which produces
       timely results for enforcement actions.3

       Each of the foregoing qualities or attributes is somewhat subjective in nature. There are no
rigorous rules for assuring that a particular set of decisions will maximize achieving one or several
of them. However, organizational decisions  can help  an  enforcement  and compliance  program
achieve these qualities. The last part of the following section discusses how this is so.


2      INSTITUTIONAL FUNCTIONS AND ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURES FOR AN
       ENFORCEMENT AND COMPLIANCE PROGRAM

2.1    Institutional Functions

       The following discussion sets forth  a generalized set of functions which are the component
parts, or basis, of an  effective compliance and enforcement program. It is possible  that in some
circumstances not every one of these  needs to be present;  however,  experience suggests that
the most effective programs will have the capacity to perform each function. It is clear that  there
can be a great deal  of variety in the specific design of a particular function in  a given  program
setting. Where  these variations  are   important  from an  organizational  perspective  they are
discussed in this section. However, the  purpose of the following discussion is not to proscribe that
design but  rather to suggest the role the function plays within the overall  context of  enforcement
and compliance. From an organizational perspective, it  is important that each of these functions is
mutually supportive and integrated one with another.

2.1.1   Clear and Applicable Standards of Conduct

       The regulated  entity must be aware of the standard of conduct to which it is expected to
adhere. In  general this standard of conduct  is set forth  as  a set  of qualitative or quantitative
requirements applicable to  the  entity and designed to achieve  a specific  measure of
environmental or public health protection. There are a variety of mechanisms by which this can
be achieved.  Individual facilities can  be issued permits  which contain  discharge  or emission
limitations designed for the particular facility. In  the alternative,  orders can  be administratively
issued which impose specific obligations. Finally, standards of conduct can be imposed by statute
or implementing regulation without further administrative  action by an agency. However,  most
often  it is the permit,  or equivalent document, containing standards developed by the technical
staff of the  environmental agency  which  will be the  instrument which, when violated,  sustains
subsequent enforcement actions.
       To supplement this process of applying standards to particular entities, agency staff  must
often  develop the  technical  basis  for the standards,  provide appropriate interpretation, and in
some  instances provide  a  range of  technical  or financial assistance.  These functions are
essentially beyond the permit;  however, they may  often be necessary precursors to its issuance
or helpful to  assure compliance, especially in the  case of smaller  organizations. As suggested
below, while it is desirable that there is  effective communication between the developers of permit
requirements and the  enforcement and  compliance staff, it is not essential that these  functions be
actually integrated within the agency.

2.1.2   Inspection and  Monitoring

       There are a  variety of ways  to  determine that  facilities are in compliance with the
requirements  set forth in permits or otherwise.  Generally speaking,  these  inspection  and
monitoring functions fall into two broad categories. There are those  which are carried out by the
facility itself and those which are carried out by government.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             297


   • Facility managed inspection can be that which is done for internal management to assure
   that compliance is being achieved. Facility managed inspection or monitoring can also occur
   as a result of government mandates. The  government can require inspection and reporting of
   the  results as a regular measure to  assure that the facility  is complying with  legally binding
   requirements as set forth  in a permit. However, the government may also merely require the
   reporting of information so that  it is publicly available, such as is the case with the Toxics
   Reduction Inventory in the United States. The requirement to report is the only legally binding
   obligation.

   • Government inspections of facilities are primarily for the  purpose of assuring compliance.
   The nature, frequency,  and style of these inspections can be quite variable depending on a
   very large number of  factors. A  complete  discussion of the topic is beyond the scope of this
   paper but several points need to be emphasized. First, these  inspections should always  be
   carried out with the expectation that the  results might lead to a formal enforcement action.
   Therefore they should be carried out so that all applicable legal requirements for an inspection
   are met. Second, in  order to be efficient and  to  avoid missing violations, it  is increasingly
   important to  assure  that inspections are  carried out on  an  integrated  basis. That  is,  all
   regulated discharges, whether to the  land, air or water, are inspected at the same time, at
   least to an extent which allows preliminary screening regarding compliance status.

      In addition to facility inspection,  the  conduct of ambient environmental  monitoring  by
government  or others, such as  citizens or  academic organizations, can  occasionally provide
information  which  leads  back to  a source or facility which, through  a violation of  legal
requirements, is causing some form  of environmental degradation.
      An often  overlooked component  of effective monitoring  is the requirement for  adequate
laboratory facilities  to analyze samples which are obtained during the inspection process.  Long
delays, inaccurate results, and inability to analyze for important pollutants must be avoided.

2.1.3      Administrative  Enforcement Authority

      The hallmark of administrative enforcement  action is that it can  be initiated through the
administrative action of the environmental  agency. That is, the issuance of an  order or some
similar action  is sufficient  to trigger enforcement action without the intrusion of external formal
judicial  or other authorities. While there are  wide variations  in the type of administrative
enforcement actions which  might  be available  in  various  legal  systems,  there are several
characteristics which are desirable  components of  a given system. Administrative enforcement
should be able to take a  variety of forms including: permit revocation or modification; issuance of
administrative orders requiring specific performance;  or actions imposing  penalties. Also,  since
the substantive objective  of administrative law enforcement is importantly connected to the policy
objectives of  the environmental agency, the  process,  while  it must  be fair,   should  not  be
independent of the agency.

2.1.4      Judicial Enforcement Authority

      Based  on  my experience, often the final arbiter of compliance with  the requirements of
environmental statutes will be the external judicial system, even if only in an oversight or review
role. However, in  many national settings the more pro-active use of the judicial system appears to
be a relatively under-used component of the enforcement system which is ready for development.
The nature of judicial practice within a particular country's national legal system is so variable that
it would appear overly ambitious to offer particular  principles in this paper. There are, however,
several  judicial  enforcement authorities which raise an important  organizational  issue. The
authorities relate to the following:

-------
298                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


   • Violations of environmental requirements may be subject to prosecution under criminal law
   provisions. Generally, these prosecutions must be before some branch of the formal judicial
   system and are relatively independent of the environmental agency.

   • The courts may often be available for relief in the nature of specific performance, especially
   where the environmental agency seeks a quickly enforceable order directing the defendant to
   either perform a specific action or to desist from some course  of activity.

   • There may be non-environmental provisions  of a  country's legal system  which are  not
   applicable through the administrative  powers of an environmental agency but can nonetheless
   be a  useful remedy for an environmental harm. They may only be applicable through, and
   enforceable by, the judicial system upon appropriate application by the government.

      In each of the above instances,  successful use of the judicial  authority will necessarily
depend upon careful coordination and utilization of resources.

2.1.5  Oversight

      Oversight  and  evaluation  allow the  public and  the regulated community  to assure
themselves that there are existing  mechanisms which  contribute  to the achievement of effective
and fair  enforcement.  Oversight  can be  provided  through a variety  of  approaches  such as
legislative hearings, judicial review  of agency actions as indicated above, agency accountability to
the national executive,  and the media.4 How these entities exercise their oversight functions can
also be an important aspect by which the enforcement program achieves visibility.
      It  is always necessary to assure that oversight does not become  a barrier to  effective
enforcement through  inappropriate  intrusion into agency operations or  relations with the regulated
community.

2.2   Organizational Options

      The  purpose of the following discussion is to consider several options for organizing an
enforcement and  compliance program and to evaluate those options from the perspective of the
issues which have been laid out in the foregoing discussion, that is, enforcement objectives and
qualities  and  enforcement functions.    There are also  some  observations about  options for
overcoming the weaknesses of particular organizational models.

2.2.1  Initial Considerations

      However, before entering into a detailed consideration of organizational models, it is useful
to consider two larger organizational issues which are important to compliance and enforcement
programs. First is the question of  the location of the  environmental functions within  the overall
government. Second  is the question of the  range of substantive environmental issues which  ought
to be included within  the  agency, whatever organizational model for the agency  is  followed.
Again, these two issues will be considered only from the perspective of enforcement objectives,
qualities,and functions.

2.2.1.1    Location within the Executive

      The essential locational question  is  addressed through two considerations:  1.) whether the
environmental agency  is at the  ministerial level;  and  2.) whether it  is the part  of some  larger
government organization, for example, a public works or public health agency.
      There are a number of important  factors  which,  when  viewed from the perspective of
effective  enforcement,  suggest that the environmental  agency ought  to be given ministerial or
cabinet status. First,  effective enforcement requires a high degree of  political commitment to the
substance of environmental protection and the reality of enforcement. Ministerial rank can be an

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             299


important  symbol  of that commitment.  Second,  again  from  a compliance  perspective, other
agencies of government  are often  the direct or indirect  agents of environmental  harm. Cabinet
status  allows the head  of the environmental agency to confront those  other agencies  from  a
position of  equality. Third, enhancing the status of an agency within  government can often be  a
means of improving its political independence, and thus its will to carry out effective enforcement
by allowing greater opportunity to develop a  strong public constituency. Finally, cabinet level
agencies may often have greater success both within the executive branch of government  and vis
a vis the  legislature  in  competing for  the  financial resources so  essential  to  build effective
enforcement capacity.  The  United States  is  one of the few major countries  where  the
environmental agency does not have cabinet status. This issue became  a significant part of the
environmental debate  between  the  two  candidates for President during  the  1988 election.
Subsequently, legislation was introduced into the Congress to elevate the agency but it has not
yet been enacted into law. Enforcement issues, as discussed  above, have not been among the
reasons for this failure. It is also interesting to note that  one of the apparent purposes behind the
current evolution  of  environmental organization in  the United  Kingdom  (combining water
regulatory,  the integrated inspectorate, and  local waste authorities)  is to establish  a strong
environmental protection agency at the cabinet level.
       Many of  the foregoing considerations also lead to  the conclusion  that it  is rarely
advantageous from an environmental perspective for  environmental functions of government to be
merged with  relatively unrelated programs. In fact, such  integration can often serve the cause of
enforcement  badly because the nature of the work of the other agency (for example, public
health) is  not primarily  regulatory in nature.  In  some circumstances,  such  as for small
governments where consideration  of economies of  scale may be a factor,  it  may be useful to
consider such combinations. For example, an environmental agency and a public health  agency
could usefully be combined in order  to share common  laboratory facilities which  it might not be
possible to otherwise duplicate.  Of course, this  same sharing  activity could take  place through
agreement between two independent agencies.

2.2.1.2    Range of substantive issues

       Consideration of the  breadth  of  substantive  issues which ought  to be  placed  within an
environmental protection agency  is a complex matter, and its resolution will depend upon both the
prior experiences  about government organization and the  expectations of various  interests  in
society. As a theoretical proposition, two  thoughts about the  nature of environmental  programs
are  useful.  The  first  has to do  with  the  way programs  operate.  Many  programs  can be
characterized as  largely management  in nature;  that is, the programmatic responsibility to
manage a resource which is in the public domain such as  parkland or wildlife. Other programs
are  largely regulatory in nature.  That is, regulatory  systems are  developed for directing activity
which may affect adversely a public value,  such as the discharge of  pollutants to a water body.  In
fact, these distinctions are often very imprecise because, for  example, successful management
may  require  regulation  and  vice versa. However, when this  question is  viewed  from  the
enforcement perspective, it then becomes apparent that at least those environmental  programs
which are primarily regulatory in nature,  and therefore have a strong enforcement potential, ought
to be within the same agency. A second basis for distinguishing among programs  is whether they
primarily relate to problems associated with  pollution discharged to the environment or to the
protection  of natural resources.  Again,  those  programs which relate primarily to pollutants will
tend to have a  stronger regulatory  component  and therefore  ought to  be organized  together.5
From the enforcement perspective, unifying the organization  of those regulatory programs relating
to pollutants also makes sense because it  allows for a more integrated and therefore efficient use
of  enforcement  resources. For  example,  an  inspection of a  manufacturing  facility  which  can
examine the full range of possible  pollutants whether discharged to  the air, water,  or land will be
much more  efficient and effective than would  a series of  fragmentary  inspections  focused on
particular media, water,  or only a narrow class of pollutants, for example toxics.
       This  discussion  suggests  that  the  following general organizational  decisions would
maximize the effectiveness of an environmental compliance and enforcement program.

-------
300                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


   • The environmental agency should be located at the cabinet level of government;

   • The environmental agency should stand alone and not be combined with relatively unrelated
   programs; and

   • The environmental agency should at least include all of those programs which  are primarily
   regulatory in nature and which relate to the management of pollution.

2.2.2      The Three Organizational Options

       Initial examination  of the environmental organizations of  a number  of countries would
suggest that there is a bewildering range of possibilities. While the variety is, in fact, extensive,
there are two major options which can be thought of as functionally defining the extreme ends of
a spectrum across which can be arrayed most of the various existing organizations. At one end of
the spectrum  is the environmental agency  which contains  essentially all of the management
functions6 as  well as  all  of  the  enforcement functions (in the  following discussion the  term
"unitary agency" will be used to describe this option). At the other end  of the spectrum is the
organizational  structure  where the  enforcement and compliance functions, including compliance
inspection activities, are  located  in  an organizational  unit completely  separate from  the
environmental  management agency, such as within the state law enforcement  agency (this will be
referred to as  the  "divided  agency"). A third option, located  in the  mid-range  of the  spectrum, is
that where essentially all  environmental management functions, including enforcement related
inspections, together  with  the lawyers  necessary to carry out administrative  enforcement are
located within the environmental management agency while the judicial enforcement functions are
within the law enforcement agency (the "traditional option").7

2.2.2.1    The unitary agency

       The unitary agency option  offers a series of distinct advantages which are obviously
derived from the fact that all enforcement, compliance, and regulatory functions are located within
one agency and managed under the  direction of a common authority. These functions include
permit  writing,  inspection,  and  the conduct of administrative and judicial law enforcement. A
notable example of this option  is found in  the Department of  Environmental Resources of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.  This agency was created in 1970 and, pursuant to  specific
statutory language, embodies all functions relating to enforcement and compliance activities. This
agency also exists at the cabinet level of government and has within its authorities the full range
of environmental pollution and resource management functions.
       The advantages of the unitary agency include the following:

   1.   In principle, all of the resources of the agency (particularly those devoted to  enforcement
       and compliance)  are directed at the same  set of strategic  objectives.  Directing resources
       according to a common set of objectives strengthens the  likelihood that a coherent  and
       persuasive environmental strategy will be achieved.

   2.   A further advantage of deploying the  management and enforcement resources pursuant to
       a  common  strategy is that it gives  a clearer external  picture  to  both the regulated
       community  and the general public, thus advancing the sense of  a "level playing field" and
       public confidence.

   3.   Communication opportunities between different functions which must contribute to effective
       enforcement are potentially maximized.  For example, effective  enforcement is  often
       dependent  on  permits  which  are  written  in  a way  which  facilitates enforcement.
       Understanding the nuances of this issue and assuring that appropriate permits are written
       is maximized if the  permit writers, field  inspectors and enforcement staff are  in the  same
       agency.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              301


   4.  A unitary agency will often have relatively significant resources available and can therefore
       have greater flexibility in directing these resources at the most crucial problems, including
       the needs of enforcement. Conversely, resources within  the agency will not be diverted to
       non environmental issues.

   5.  The results which are agreed to in negotiated settlements of enforcement actions are often
       critical to defining the agency's strategic and tactical objectives. The unitary  agency can
       assure  that  negotiated  settlements embody  principles  which  are  supportive of those
       objectives and, even more importantly, that results are not reached which are in conflict.

   6.  In an effective enforcement program, the relationships between its various functions needs
       to be carefully coordinated. Thus, agency administrative  actions  ought to be considered in
       the light of the bearing which they will  have on subsequent possible  criminal enforcement
       actions  or lawsuits  seeking  specific  performance.  Designing  and carrying  out this
       complicated set of relationships is most effective when the task is not divided between two
       agencies.

   7.  A unitary agency can  have a well developed capacity to bring additional resources, such
       as technical  or financial  assistance, to help regulated entities with limited  means achieve
       compliance.

2.2.2.2   The divided agency model

       In the divided agency  model, the environmental management functions are located  in one
agency,  while activities focused  especially on enforcement and compliance are carried  out  in
another  agency.  As a  theoretical proposition this  option could include  all  enforcement related
inspection  activities  in  the  law enforcement  agency. This  would  be quite analogous  to the
investigative  functions associated with traditional  criminal  law being  located  in  the law
enforcement  agency,  as  is  the  case with the  Federal Bureau  of Investigation in the  U.  S.
Department of Justice.  In  fact,  it does not appear  that this approach is followed  with respect to
environmental enforcement.  There are some examples,  such as the Attorney General's office in
New York State, where  there are investigative resources in the law enforcement agency but these
are supplemental to the extensive  inspection resources located  in the environmental agency.
Accordingly, typically  the  law enforcement agency will  exercise administrative and judicial law
enforcement functions through a staff predominantly composed  of lawyers and will depend  on the
environmental management agency  for most supporting services such as inspection or laboratory
work. However, as suggested, a specialized investigatory staff may be ideally associated with the
law enforcement agency. Advantages of this model  are:

   1.  Environmental law enforcement will be likely to be associated with more of the attributes
       and tools of  routine law  enforcement. Thus, for example, the  use  of criminal prosecutions
       may tend  to be  more common where  appropriate or  specialized surveillance techniques
       may be more readily available.

   2.  In many settings, the  government's law enforcement functions, as carried out by  a high
       level prosecutorial  office, are  relatively insulated  from political or  other inappropriate
       influence, and  therefore  the  possibilities  of  an effective environmental  enforcement
       program may be  maximized.

   3.  The state's law enforcement  officials may have more ready access to the judicial system
       and therefore to the extent that environmental enforcement is a priority for the  law agency,
       those cases may be more likely to advance rapidly within the judicial setting.

   4.  The law enforcement agency can serve as a coordinating mechanism for bringing to bear
       in the enforcement  process resources of government which might not be readily available

-------
302                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       to the environmental agency. For example, government information in the securities or tax
       area might be  used  in  coordination  with  environmental  data to advance compliance
       actions.

2.2.2.3     The traditional option

       The traditional option locates all  environmental management functions,  together with the
staff (which may or may not include lawyers, depending upon the nature of the administrative law
system)  necessary to  carry  out any relevant  administrative enforcement activities within one
agency. This option essentially reserves to the law enforcement  agency the authority to carry out
judicial  enforcement. As with  the divided agency option, the lawyers in the  law enforcement
agency are generally dependent on the environmental  agency staff for  carrying out  all of the
functions relating to determining standards of conduct, issuing permits, and inspection activities.
However, they will have  the  capacity  to utilize  the  resources pecularily associated with  law
enforcement activities. The relationship between the U. S. Environmental  Protection Agency and
the Department of Justice is typical of this traditional approach.
       This option carries  with it most of the advantages of the  unitary option except that in the
case of judicial enforcement the  problems of coordination between two distinct agencies become
paramount. These problems can result in slow and somewhat inefficient use of the judicial system
and perhaps some divergence  in strategy between the  two  agencies. One of  the most  notable
examples of this divergence occurred when the Attorney General of a state in the United States
sued the environmental agency in order to prevent it from taking certain enforcement actions.

2.2.3   Supplemental  Organizational Strategies

       Over the years there have been attempts  to develop  new organizational  tools which
address  the problem of effective enforcement by adding  new elements  to the approaches set
forth in the foregoing discussion. One of these is the so-called "Environmental Strike Force" and
the other is the recently developed idea of the integrated  inspectorate.

The Environmental Strike Force
       The environmental strike force is  an idea which builds on the concept of law enforcement
strike forces which have been used in other regulatory areas, such as organized  crime and  drug
enforcement. The  core of the idea is the establishment of  a small, independent unit primarily
made up of lawyers clothed with substantial authority to  carry out the full range of environmental
investigation and enforcement functions — a unit which can act quickly and with a high  degree of
publicity. The creation of such units in states such as Pennsylvania and California during the early
nineteen-seventies reflected a growing social  and political commitment to enforce environmental
statutes.
       The creation of a strike force often results from the action of a senior level political figure,
and, as a result, a strike force rarely outlasts the tenure  of that individual.  It also usually is highly
dependent on the  field and laboratory investigative resources of the traditional  agencies  as well
as the body of permitting or related actions which it has taken. It  often can  call upon extraordinary
law enforcement assets and can  command special  attention  in  the courts.  Accordingly,  the
environmental strike  force can  be a way of merging the positive attributes of the  two extreme
theoretical  options discussed above. In this regard, it can greatly enhance  the visibility and reality
of effective environmental law enforcement. The strike force is, however, ultimately dependent on
the environmental  agency for the routine work which provides the base for all  enforcement and
compliance. Its somewhat elite  character and  transitory  nature  does not  make  it a long  lasting
mechanism by which to achieve effective environmental law enforcement.

Integrated Inspectorates
       Integrated environmental inspectorates  are a more recent  development which,  it is  argued,
can contribute to more effective  enforcement. They have  received the greatest attention  in Europe
and variations on the theme are  being developed in at least England, Sweden, and  Holland. The

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             303


most fundamental conceptualization of an integrated inspectorate is based on the idea of focusing
government resources on regulated facilities on a unified basis. Thus, when permits are written or
inspections  are carried  out, all  potential  avenues  by which  pollution  can  enter  the  larger
environment are considered and all pollutants of concern are evaluated at the  same time. It is
suggested  that in  an ideal  integrated inspectorate, the permitting process  and the  inspection
process of the agency would be carried out on a unified basis.  That is, the  same  individuals
responsible for permit writing would also be involved in  the inspection process.8
       In  theory  an integrated inspectorate can go far,  through  enhanced  efficiency and
consistency, to advance the objectives and  achieve  the qualities of an effective enforcement
program. However, the actual experience with these organizational options is sufficiently new that
whether practice will produce the  benefits  remains to be seen. In any case, the utilization of
integrated inspectorates should not be allowed to go forward in a vacuum. The inspectorate  ought
to be  an  integral  part of the environmental  agency  so  that it is closely tied  to  the  strategic
planning and standard setting functions and does not begin to create a whole  new set of strategic
objectives. There must be effective coordination with actual  law enforcement staff if compliance
objectives are  to be met. This may actually be achieved by making the enforcement staff such as
lawyers part of the  integrated inspectorate  teams.9 The  noted organizational  changes  in  the
United Kingdom seem to be  responsive to this need for effective coordination.

2.2.4   Discussion

       Experience  suggests that,  in considering which  end  of the spectrum  ought  to define the
best option, most  often the advantages of the unitary agency approach  outweigh those  of the
divided agency or traditional agency approaches.10 The  listed  advantages of  each  are  real;
however, those associated with the unitary agency go far to advance the earlier stated objectives
and qualities of an effective enforcement and compliance program. Especially  important  in  this
regard are the enhanced ability to achieve a common strategy, maximize communication, and
efficiently  deploy resources. These  advantages are  very  hard,  if not impossible, to achieve
routinely over  time in the divided agency setting. On the other hand,  many of the advantages of
the divided agency  model,  such  as  its high visibility or speedy  access to  the courts, can be
achieved  either within  the unitary agency through management decisions or by agreement and
cooperation with the  law enforcement agency.
       While the traditional agency approach  goes far to overcome the divided agency problems,
it does not easily do so for judicial enforcement activities. And, as suggested  in the discussion of
the judicial function,  there is  a growing  need  to  use  these authorities in environmental
enforcement and compliance programs. Unfortunately, the  effectiveness of so doing may be
compromised  by the organizational  limitations of the traditional  agency approach. While the
traditional agency approach is a common compromise between  the two extremes, other than as
dictated by tradition, there seems no substantial reason to be bound by this compromise and the
opportunities afforded by effective judicial enforcement  argue  that it be avoided, if possible.
       While the strike force variant may be ephemeral, it can achieve a few  important objectives
which  are primarily to correct serious  violations and project high visibility. On the other hand, the
integrated inspectorate is likely to become a much more substantial component of an effective
environmental agency. As  such,  it may well be a vehicle  for also providing a greater level of
effectiveness to environmental enforcement and compliance.
       For each of the approaches  discussed —  unitary, divided, and traditional — questions
remain about  how close the routine activities of environmental  management can, or should, be
associated with enforcement and compliance activities. The following are examples:

    •   Should  field  inspectors be  authorized to take enforcement action,  i.e.,  issue  an  order
   directing corrective action, in the course  of routine inspections?

    •   Should  the writing  of permits or the establishment of standards  be  constrained by
   enforcement and compliance considerations?

-------
304                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


   •  Should environmental data which is  reported by a facility  be  the basis of enforcement or
   compliance actions where violations are disclosed?

       An affirmative  answer to the above questions, and  to  similar  ones,  will  advance  the
capacity  of  the environmental  agency  to  achieve  the qualities associated  with  an effective
enforcement  program because they enhance effective use of scarce resources. While such
questions are  not  usually fundamental,  in an  organizational  sense,  they  exemplify tactical
advantages for enforcement  which can  be  achieved through even modest organizational
decisions. These kinds of decisions can  also often be most easily implemented in the context of
the unitary agency.  Where various  responsibilities  are divided among agencies the management
problems  begin to  grow significantly.  However  senior officials should  be aware that  simply
creating  a unified  agency does not fully  address compliance and  enforcement organizational
matters.  It is equally important  to  assure,  as the  foregoing  issues  illustrate, that the agency is
effectively managed for the objectives set forth at the beginning of this paper.

2.2.5   Factors Relating to Decentralization

       The size or regional diversity of a  country and the general  nature of how  it is governed  can
strongly influence how organization for effective enforcement might take place.  A large country or
one with great  regional variation may chose to organize its  environmental agency  with a strong
regional makeup. Similarly, in a country with a system of federal government, where states have
effective  and often independent  powers  and authorities,  there  are  important  problems in
rationalizing federal authority with  that  of  the states.11 Both of these situations  create some
similar problems for effective  enforcement  and, to a  varying degree, some opportunities for
improvement in enforcement.
       Decentralization poses serious problems  for consistency of enforcement. Where
decentralization exists because  of  size or  regional considerations, the problems  can,  at least in
theory, be overcome through strong management. In addition, variations  in enforcement which
are positively responsive to local conditions can enhance the overall effectiveness of the national
enforcement program. In addition to the general management question, there is also the issue of
how many of the enforcement functions ought to be  de-centralized. Should  they include initiation
and settlement  of lawsuits, as well  as the permitting  and inspection functions. Answers may vary
in particular settings, but  as decentralization  includes  more  elements the larger  is  the
management problem.  Resources  must  be  devoted to it. In addition,  to the extent  that
responsibilities  are divided among a  number  of  agencies at the national level, then  the
management problem is even further confounded.
       In a federal system, the problem is not whether to decentralize (that is a functional given)
but how to coordinate in an effective way. This situation  can offer an enormous  advantage for the
overall  conduct of enforcement.  The  addition  of  state resources  to  those of the national
government can substantially  increase  total  resources devoted to  enforcement.  This can be
powerful when  the resources are  deployed pursuant  to  a common strategy. While detailed
consideration of managing this relationship  is beyond the scope of this paper  and, in any case,
can only be resolved  in the experience  of  each  country, there are some observations that are
useful. In essence  the  problem for the federal  government  becomes one of  defining  how  it
exercises coordination and oversight of state authorities  and actions in a way which  advances the
objectives of effective  enforcement. Performing  this function consists of  the establishment of
overarching  policy  and a defined  set of authorities  at  the  federal level.  At the  same time, the
federal authority should seek those  opportunities which will maximize the effectiveness of the
state  authority within those overarching  policies. These actions can take the  form of standard
setting, training, providing  specialized  resources,  such  as aerial  surveillance,  and financial
support.  While  often difficult,  the federal structure  can  offer one of  the  most  rewarding
opportunities for a national environmental agency to reach  out to  others to multiply  the
effectiveness of enforcement and compliance programs.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                                              305
3     CONCLUSION

      The  fundamental  objectives of environmental enforcement are deterrence,  punishment,
and correction of violations.  To achieve these objectives, enforcement activities  need to be
characterized as efficient, visible, fair, and subject to oversight. Below  is a chart which sets  forth
one interpretation of these relationships. The reader may have others.
      How government  is organized can affect its  ability to meet some  of these qualities and
objectives. There is  an optimal model  of organization  which  integrates all of the  enforcement
functions in one agency which operates  them in recognition of possible roles for other participants
including local units of government, industry and the citizenry. An integration of  all of these values
and functions in a particular national  setting will yield one of the ideal models for organizing for
compliance and enforcement.
QUALITIES
FOR
ENFORCEMENT
                                         ORGANIZATIONAL MODELS
                      UNITARY
TRADI-
TIONAL
DIVIDED
STRIKE
FORCE
 INTEGRATED
INSPECTORATE
Strategic
Efficient
Swift
Visible
Fair
Balanced
INSTITUTIONAL
FUNCTIONS OF
ENFORCEMENT
Standards
Inspection
Administrative
Judicial
Oversight
+ = Positive; - = Negative; o = Neutral

-------
306                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       ENDNOTES
       1.  The mention of penalties raises the entire question of where penalties ought to
       go and the related issues about how to fund agency program activities. Organizing
       for enforcement is enhanced if penalties are able to  be utilized directly by the
       agency for increasing its resources.  There are other sources  of funds which can
       also be used in this way such as permit fees and special  purpose taxes.

       2. The idea of fairness does not mean that every violator has to  be  the subject of
       an enforcement action.  This is often patently impractical. It does mean that those
       subject to enforcement action  ought, on the  whole, to be treated in  approximately
       the same way.

       3.  Of course, if this is unavoidable then there are enforcement strategies which can
       maximize the effectiveness of inspectors who are not backed up by analytical
       results from laboratories.

       4.  While media oversight is the most informal mechanism  because  it usually
       cannot be structured through government  policy, it may be  the most powerful
       because of the direct linkage to the public.

       5.  It is important that these distinctions not be overstated.  Obviously many
       resource oriented programs have major regulatory components  such  as is the case
       in protecting endangered species.  However,  the distinctions  are useful at least as
       organizing principles for purposes of decision making.

       6.  For purposes of this discussion,  environmental management functions include
       such tasks  as scientific review or research,  strategic planning, standards setting
       and permit issuance.

       7.  Of course, in neither model will the actual conduct  of the  judicial function be
       within the agency.  The administrative review authority may or  may not be located
       in the  unitary agency.   It  is rarely,  if ever,  located within  the  law enforcement
       agency of the divided model but may  be in the environmental  management agency.

       8.  In  some legal systems it  is necessary to insulate  criminal investigators from
       those who carry  out the routine tasks of the agency, and an integrated inspectorate
       would have  to be modified to take this into account.

       9.  A further example of the efficiency associated with  the integrated inspectorate
       relates to the use of monitoring data which is  supplied by the regulated community.
       In an integrated inspectorate this data might be supplied to the  inspection staff and
       is,  on the one hand, easily verified against permit requirements  and on the  other
       readily available to enforcement personnel where appropriate.

       10. A recent report of the Administrative Conference of the U. S. reaches a similar
       conclusion.  The report is entitled "Report on the Federal  Administrative Judiciary."

       11. In some nations municipalities can play just as important a  role as do states or
       provinces.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            307


DEVELOPING AN EFFECTIVE COMPLIANCE MONITORING CAPABILITY

MARBETH E. BiERMAN-BEUKEMA TOE WATER

Regional Inspector, Regionale Inspectie Zuid-Holland, Huis te Landelaan 492, 2280 HH Rijswijk
P.O. box 5312, the Netherlands


      SUMMARY

      This paper deals with the developing of an effective compliance monitoring capability in
the Netherlands.


1     BETWEEN DREAM AND ACTION

      When  we are talking about enforcement in  the Netherlands, it's in the context of a small,
crowded and polluted country.Fifteen million people are living and  working on  37.000 square
kilometers.  Quite aside from a high population density we  are dealing  with a concentration  of
activities which burden  and  pollute the environment like extensive chemical industry and equally
extensive arable and livestock farming.  The environmental impact of our polluting and polluted
delta makes itself felt in all parts of the world.
      The Netherlands has a clear interest  in  comprehensive environmental  measures at a
European, if not mondial level.
      It's high level of environmental  "stress", however, obliges  it to  aim at  a  high level  of
protection, nationally, regionally and locally.


2     ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY

      In May 1989 the government presented its Environmental Policy  Plan "To  choose or to
loose" setting out  reduction targets of  polluting  emissions  up to 80-90  per cent  from existing
levels,  for the mid-term.  In  order to achieve the ambitious objectives of this  National
Environmental Policy  Plan,  regulations need  to be strengthened and expanded  and  certainly
better implemented. This means an  extra challenge in enforcing those  regulations.In connection
with the Plan substantial financial means were  given by the Government to the municipalities,  the
provinces, the Public Prosecutors and the Police.
      In the  NEPP the following instruments are formulated:
    -  legislation
      voluntary agreements formally laid down
    -  financial incentives
    -  public information, education, communication
      enforcement, including sanctions

      Although the emphasis of this paper  lies on enforcement it is important to stress the merits
of having such an overall policy plan.  It clarifies the roles and expected actions of all parties
concerned and it facilitates the setting of priorities for enforcement.

3     ENFORCEMENT; WHO DOES WHAT?

      In the Netherlands the implementation of environmental policy is highly decentralized. The
authority responsible for implementing a given statute or other legal requirement, including  the
granting of permits, is entitled to enforce  - administratively or civilly - that law. The  levels of
government are as follows:
      14 ministries

-------
308                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       9 regions for the Inspectorate for the Environment
       12  provinces
       27  water(quality)managementsboards
       643 municipalities
       59  intermunicipal regions
       26  police districts

       The municipalities  are, roughly speaking, responsible for enforcing the  regulations and
permits of nearly all of the 400.000 businesses  and plants in the country.The 12 provinces are
entitled to enforce the permits for approximately 3000 bigger plants, including  landfills. Only a
comparatively minor part of the enforcement activities is carried out by  the national government
(Inspectorate for the Environment): the Pesticides Act, the Toxic Substances Act, the Nuclear
Energy Act and parts of  the  Hazardous Waste Act, Clean  Air Act and Water Pollution Act.The
police, the Public Prosecutors, and a number of compliance  monitoring officers of various authori-
ties are appointed by the Minister of Justice as special detectives for environmental crimes. They
are entitled to enforce all standards, regulations  and permits, where  criminal  enforcement  is
appropriate.
       At  this moment the environmental monitoring and enforcement is executed by a taskforce
of around  1500 fulltime equivalents:
       Municipalities and intermunicipal groups: 800
       Provinces:    250
       Public Prosecutors: 40
       Police (regional coordination): +100
       Environmental Inspectorate (first line): 50
       Waterboards: 100, etc.

       Allthough the numbers of municipal and provincial officers are  expected  to  grow
substantially in the coming years, due  to the financial boost mentioned before, the  most
spectacular increase is planned for the police. Up  to 2000 police-officers will get additional
training in the near future to enable the police to  play an adequate role in environmental enforce-
ment.

3.1    Inspectorate for the Environment

       Organized in a central office and 9  regional offices  the 300 employees of the Inspectorate
for the Environment  carry out the enforcement activities (first line), that are the  responsibility  of
the Ministry. They also monitor and promote the execution of licensing and  enforcement  activities
by other  authorities (second line). The  Ministry  is advised by the Inspectorate on matters
concerning enforcability and feasibility of proposed laws and  regulations.

3.2    Police

       What is the role of the police in environmental enforcement? The  administrative authorities
have  first  responsibility  in compliance monitoring and administrative and civil enforcement.
Generally  speaking  the police has a supportive  role when,  and in sofar, the need for "stronger
measures" arises. Being on the streets around the clock, the police however do a competent job
of detecting environmental violations. They are supposed to look for such violations, whether they
concern national law, provincial law, or a municipal bylaw, or violations of the legal requirements
of an  environmental permit.
       In addition to the efforts of the central government the police have developed a number  of
initiatives  in recent  years  at  both regional and local  levels, with the intention of giving greater
substance to their  environmental duties.  These include the establishment of environmental
departments  in a number of  municipal police forces and appointing district  coordinators in the
National Police Force.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             309


3.3    Public Prosecutor

       In most districts one or more Public Prosecutors are involved  in the enforcement of
environmental legislation, at least for part of the time.  In order to allow the high  priority being
given to a cleaner environment to be manifested in an effective criminal policy, a new consultation
structure has been created within the  Public Prosecutions  Department to coordinate policy
relating to the enforcement of environmental legislation. In 1990 19 additional personnel positions
were created to reinforce the staff at the district offices.
Public  prosecutors have the exclusive authority to bring cases to court where there is a criminal
code violation, which is the case for violations of most of the environmental regulations.
       They participate in a tripartite system of consultation involving the police and  the mayor,
that is  set up in three-quarters of the municipalities.While maintaining their own responsibility in
relation to criminal code violations,  public prosecutors appear willing to adjust their actions as far
as possible  to the enforcement activities/priorities of the administrative authorities. Exchange of
information between these parties develops rapidly.
4     THE ROAD TO ADEQUATE COMPLIANCE MONITORING AND ENFORCEMENT

      In the  Netherlands enforcement became effective from the mid-1980s onwards; especially
after a number of scandals concerning the illegal dumping and discharging of hazardous waste.
Politically  it became obvious  that something had to be done about the existing backlog in the
enforcement area. A program  was set up by the  Ministry to intensify the  enforcement of
hazardous waste regulations.  This was the Multi-Year  Intensification Program for the Enforcement
of the Regulations on Hazardous Waste (1984-1990). The  program intensified enforcement where
the Ministry itself was responsible, and stimulated and financially supported enforcement activities
to be carried out by other authorities.
      Hazardous waste was given priority under the program because of its great risks to the
environment.
      The Multi-Year program  was also used to encourage the  local police and the Public
Prosecutors  to take a  greater  interest in the enforcement of environmental  legislation. A
conscious decision was made  not  to  set up a separate environmental  police force in the
Netherlands:The government was convinced from the  outset that the  local police, being on patrol
24  hours  a day and well-versed in  criminal  law, could play an extremely  important role in the
enforcement of environmental legislation.
      In retrospect the approach of the Multi-Year Program made sense in more then one way:
   -  Local  authorities reacted positively to the  financal incentives In the so-called  "dime-
      projects"
   -  Proposals to participate in and benefit from the  program had to be specific on parties to be
      monitored, and method of  monitoring and enforcement in a step by step approach.
      It also improved the cooperation  between all parties involved  in these  projects: Officials
      from municipalities, Inspectorate,  police etc.  learned to work together in a way that was
      systematic and lead to visible result.
   -  Due to this  program, the setting up of a  network has been partially achieved.  The
      involvement of the police and the Public Prosecutors Department increased considerably.

      Particular attention has been paid to the training  of officials responsible for enforcing
environmental regulations. Courses have been arranged not only for the staff of the  Inspectorate
for the Environment, but also for local government officials.
      Network-building and distribution  of essential knowledge and information have benefited
from the magazine  "Handhaving" (Enforcement),  that appears  monthly and has a circulation of
13.000 copies. It is attractive and appeals to enforcers because they can report themselves about
their field-experiences.

-------
310                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


      Brochures have been drawn  up in recent years for the benefit  of companies which,
together with informative visits, have resulted in a improved compliance with the Chemical Waste
Act and other environmental legislation.
      When the Multi-Year Intensification Program was about halfway to  its term(1987) a need
was felt to extend  the attention to  enforcement in  other sectors and  a project was started that
contained  an extended and multimedia approach. The main elements of this program (VHIP) are:

   1.  Improvement of enforcement through:
   -  structuring: Enforcement must become an ordinary, acknowledged, non-negotiable duty for
      the authorities concerned.
      Intensification: The compliance monitoring must be increased; businesses must be visited
      at a certain  frequency and in a systematic way. Violations  must be dealt  with using
      standard methods that lead to timely and appropriate action.
      Integration:  Measures  that are aimed at sources of pollution are  as much as possible
      drawn  up as multimedia measures aimed at one industrial branche and applicable  to all
      individual firms of that branche.  Multi-media approach seems  preferable to an approach
      targeting  each environmental  sector separately. It makes  compliance monitoring  more
      efficient and effective.

   2.  Setting of priorities:
      Everyday practice and the limited staff and  means necessitate the  setting of priorities for
   enforcement in the Netherlands. Enforcement priority should be given to businesses and bran-
   ches of Industrie where compliance  monitoring  and enforcement activities  yield the greatest
   environmental benefit. In this  manner the major environmental violators will receive the
   greatest attention.
      Comprehensive documentation has also been  produced  for most  relevant  areas for the
   benefit of provincial and municipal  officials. To allow a uniform and, more important, represen-
   tative method to be employed in sampling and  analysis for instance, the Inspectorate for the
   Environment  has drawn up a guideline "Sampling and the Chemical Waste Act".

5     STRUCTURING THE ENFORCEMENT

      Due to the substantial financial means given by  the  goverment to the
municipalities,provinces, police and Public Prosecutors to achieve the  ambitious objectives of the
NEPP there is a growing capacity in the enforcement area. Connected with this growing capacity
the need for more cohesiveness also grows.
      At  the initiative of the  Inspectorate for  the  Environment,  a  model was  designed in 1990
together with  representatives  of all agencies and  ministries, including the police and the Public
Prosecutors. The main elements of  this model are as follows:
   -  annual planning of enforcement activities by  all agencies, including the police, on the three
      levels of government national, provincial and regional;
   -  use of  municipal cooperatives as the  core of the enforcement implementation; five  to
      fifteen  municipalities working together on the regional level;
   -  financing  the cost of enforcement on the basis of performance commitments (business-like
      partnerships);
   -  establishment of structural deliberative bodies (groups concerned with enforcement
      matters) at the three levels of  government (civil servant platforms as well as platforms for
      elected administrators).
   -  in dealing with common environmental  offences,  the Public Prosecutor should, as far as
      possible and without prejudice  to his own responsibility, work with the priorities set by the
      administrative authorities;

      The "elected administrators"  platform  on  the national  level  is formed by the National
Coordinating  Committee for Environmental Law Enforcement (LCCM). The  main target of the
LCCM is monitoring and stimulating the  implementation of the enforcement structure as described

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             311


above, at all three  levels of government.  The LCCM also seeks  to detect bottlenecks and to
provide solutions (e.g. making an Enforcement Structure Manual).
       The main targets of this enforcement structure, which should be implemented and working
before 1995, are:
   -   all  participants marching together in planning  and executing compliance  monitoring and
       enforcement;
   -   realization of an integrated multi-media approach;
   -   the administrative  authorities on  the one hand and the police and the Public Prosecutors
       on  the other marching together (not two separate circuits!)

       * Note that in the Netherlands, in or rather after compliance monitoring by civil servants, in
most  cases a decision can be  made either to  choose the administrative, the civil, or the criminal
option of enforcement. It  is important to note that in the Netherlands most compliance monitoring
and enforcement activities do not result  in lawsuits. People in the  Netherlands, generally
speaking,  are not particularly fond of suing people  and/or businesses and most cases are solved
before they would have been taken to court.
       Administrative tools for enforcement are:  administrative penalty,  (partial) closure,
administrative coercion and revoking of permit.
       Civil tools, based on tort law, are: damage recovery claims
(soil-cleanup), cases against companies to prohibit  or demand certain activities.
       Criminal tools (mostly based on the Economic Offences Act): imprisonment, fine, payment
of financial equivalent to the economic advantage derived from illegal conduct, obligation of resto-
ration/preservation,  closedown for a maximum of one year. Moreover certain provisional and
coercive measures can be taken immediately.

       With respect to the place of Criminal Law  in the enforcement of environmental law, the
following distinction is made in  the Netherlands:
       serious ( sometimes organized) environmental crime;
    -   frequently occuring, less serious environmental crime;

       Obviously the  police and Public Prosecutors  are  predominantly involved in  cases of the
first kind. In cases of the second kind primary responsibility rests  with the administrative
authorities. If administrative  possibilities are non-existent, inadequate and/or exhausted ,
prosecution is to be considered; the penal provision functions as the "gorilla in the closet".
       It should be mentioned the  gorilla on occasion  leaves  the closet when administrative
authorities are lax or unwilling to insure compliance by adequate measures.

6      WHAT HAS BEEN DONE?

       The approach used by the Ministry of Housing, Physical Planning  and Environment and its
Inspectorate for  the Environment to define and implement environmental policy can be caracteri-
zed as THINK BIG, ACT  SMALL.
       The Ministry produced its environmental  policy plan (shortly followed by NEPP+) and
initiated the designing of an organizational model for the enforcement  structure in  the  Nether-
lands. While" thinking  big" it visualised a large and  ambitious concept for the short and mid-term.
Given the fact that traditionally the implementation of  environmental policy(like most  other
policies) is highly decentralized, there is an obvious need for the government to:
    -   insure that both the central and local levels of government build the necessary  capacity to
       assess compliance;
       provide financial incentives;
    -   support with training, information and every facility needed;
    -   promote the sharing of succesfull experiences;
    -   introduce a practice of business-like relationships between the government and  other
       authorities;

-------
312                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


   -  to monitor the quantity and quality of progress made towards the goals set in the  NEPP+
      and enforcement model;
   -  to increase the efficiency  in permitting and inspection work by developing standard
      regulations for many standard types of small industries;

      In short: there is a need for many different small actions and  initiatives to pave the way
towards the envisioned targets.
7     1992: WHERE DO WE STAND?

      As a result of a tremendous effort during the last decade to shape conditions for an
adequate compliance monitoring and enforcement capability a respectable forwards momentum
has been achieved;
   -  among the steadily growing ranks of officials involved a  sense  of "common
      professionalism" prevails;
   -  two-way communication has been set up, resulting in positive feedback and open criticism;
   -  working in a systematic way with uniform enforcement methods is becoming  the rule rather
      then the exception; at least in theory;
   -  with the  achievement of clear results there is a growing sense of enforcement being
      exciting, which in itself is culture-building.

      However, a lot still  remains to be  done. In  many  cases enforcement  activities are
frustrated by one or more of the following causes:
   -  There is a backlog  in licensing: About half of the plants/industries in  the Netherlands is still
      functioning without a permit, without an adequate permit  or has not even applied  for a
      permit.
   -  Laws and regulations change constantly and some badly needed regulations are produced
      at snails-pace  on  account of heavy lobbying and pressure: In  one province alone about
      7000 plant- and fruitgrowing greenhouse-industries function without the necessary permits.
      Integrated  regulations for this branche have  been on the agenda for years, but final
      decisions are put of time and again.
      In some cases permits can only be issued on the basis of an approved (by the Minister)
      Provincial Plan; for instance a waste Disposal Plan. Individual plants can not be blaimed
      for the fact that a Provincial Plan is lacking!
   -  About 30 environmental laws exist in the Netherlands, with a multitude of  provincial and
      municipal regulations based  on these laws.  This makes compliance monitoring and
      especially  using a multi-media approach extremely complicated at times: Six formal
      procedures are prescribed for instance  to monitor the handling of  chemical  waste;
      "standard", "shipping", "small", "EEC", "residual oil" and  "low-risk export". They are all
      based on the Hazardous Waste Act and have their own forms and procedures.

      A clear choice has  been made to concentrate the programming and execution of
enforcement of environmental laws on the regional  level. The appears to  be a viable  choice IF
and  IN  SOFAR the officials responsible for the regional enforcement task will  have enough
mandate to steer clear of the daily hassle caused by conflicting economic interests.


8     EPILOGUE

      From practically nothing  a great deal has been achieved in  one decade. Compliance
monitoring  and enforcement are firmly on  the political agenda as  necessary instruments for
implementing  the strategy. A start has been made on building up enforcement structures;  more
actual enforcement  is occuring and money and  manpower have  been made available. A
tremendous amount  of work remains to be done  to develop solid standards for compliance

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             313


monitoring work and enforcement. What constitutes an adequate monitoring visit? How frequently
should certain categories of plants be visited? The guidelines in use  leave a lot to be desired.
Practical tools should be developed to enable  the setting  of essential priorities: less "bean
counting" and greater  benefit for the environment. A target has been set for the realisation of an
adequate  level of performance for licensing, monitoring of compliance and  enforcement, for
January 1995. A terrific effort is still to be  made  to meet this target. This is a challenge, but a
challenge that has to be met, since the environment cannot afford failing experiments.

-------
314                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            315


INTEGRATED LICENSING, IMPLEMENTING AND COMPLIANCE MONITORING

JACQUELINE ALOISI DE LARDEREL

Director  Industry  and  Environment Programme  Activity  Centre United Nations  Environment
Programme UNEP IE/PAC


1     INTRODUCTION

      As stressed  in  the  UNCED  Agenda  21,  the ability  of  a country to follow sustainable
development paths is determined to a large extent  by the capability of its people and its institutions
as well as by its ecological and geographical conditions. Agenda 21 thus calls for strengthening
national capabilities in order to enhance countries' abilities to devise sustainable development policies
and strategies.
      Development of a legislative framework is certainly one element of  the overall  capacity
building. However, it is far from being enough, and constant follow-up of the implementation of those
regulatory measures must be ensured, leading eventually to their improvement.
      In this presentation, I would like to focus on  the promotion of sustainable industrial activities,
and raise 3 main points:
   1. The need for an integrated approach.
   2. The need for a permitting scheme based  on environmental and risk assessment studies.
   3. The need for compliance monitoring.

      These comments are based on a report, "From Regulations to Industry Compliance : Building
Institutional Capabilities"*, based on examples from both developed and developing countries, which
the UNEP IE/PAC has just published.


2     THE NEED FOR AN INTEGRATED APPROACH

      All too often environmental laws have been designed to tackle a single medium problem such
as water pollution, air pollution, solid waste. But this division of the environment into separate media
fails to recognize that pollutants move from one medium to another. A very successful air emissions
reduction programme, for example, can merely transfer the pollutants to another media. Successful
measures to treat  water discharges could  simply result in the creation  of sludges  that are
subsequently landfilled, causing soil contamination and underground water pollution, not too mention
health and safety hazards.
      To enforce single medium laws, authorities naturally respond by developing a system of single
medium enforcement. Inevitably, this causes a situation where those enforcing air pollution laws are
at odds with those enforcing water pollution laws. Compliance with air pollution  standards,  for
example, might lead to reduced air emissions but increase effluents for water authorities to deal with.
A non-integrated  approach also tends to  encourage traditional, end-of-pipe  controls (e.g. filters,
scrubbers, cooling towers, electrostatic precipitators) which  not only tend to transfer pollutants from
one medium to another, but which, despite considerable investment costs, bring  no  economic
payback. An integrated approach, on the other hand, encourages at-source, cleaner production
measures,  reducing the amount of wastes to be disposed of, minimizing energy and raw material
consumption, and preventing pollutants from appearing in any medium.
      A single medium approach also means that  different agencies are inspecting the same plant,
requiring facilities to fill our forms and provide much of the same information. This can cause
confusion for a company not to mention added paperwork, duplication of effort and disregard for
public authorities' administrative complexity and  inconsistency.
      To avoid these problems, the development  of an  integrated approach is indispensable. The
single medium focus needs to be shifted to a multi-media focus on all releases  of pollution from their
source, namely industrial facilities. Such an integrated approach allows pollutants to be followed from

-------
316                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


one medium to another. One integrated permit can then be issued to each regulated facility, and
integrated inspections  can be  conducted by a  single agency  - or  at least real and effective
coordination between media-specific agencies.
       Even if the laws themselves are still developed on a single medium, the inspection (and the
inspectorate organization) should take into consideration the total environmental impact of a facility
and ensure that the overall damage to the environment is minimal. Corrective  measures within the
single permitting system should ensure minimum integrated environmental damages  as the plant
manager is stimulated to minimize the plant's overall releases.


3      PROPOSAL FOR A PERMITTING SCHEME, BASED ON ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND
       RISK ASSESSMENT STUDIES

       Once environmental policies and standards have been defined, a permit should be seen as
a legal prerequisite to do business. Without it, or in  violation of it, a facility should not be able to
operate legally. In many countries, potentially polluting facilities now must receive from government
an environmental permit (also called licence or authorization) before they are permitted to operate.
The purpose of the procedure is to ensure a minimum impact of the activity on the environment.
       Depending on their culture, their historical background, their overall legal and administrative
context and their financial resources, different countries need to set up different types of permitting
(licensing) procedures. But although the approaches may be different, they must all  address the
same questions: who should be required to have a permit; which government  body should receive
the permit application and which should ultimately issue and monitor the permit; what is the process
by which a permit is decided upon; and what should  be in a permit.

3.1     Permitting

       Most laws contain licensing or permitting provisions for potentially polluting facilities.  As all
human activities are, in fact, potentially polluting,  from a restaurant or garage, to a metal finishing
plant or a chemical plant. Government has to set priorities  using criteria to assess the importance
of threats to public health or the environment such as industry sector, or type of activity,  processes
and chemicals used, size of the facility, location etc.
       Depending upon the degree of potential threat to public health or the  environment, two levels
of licensing procedures have often  been established:
       large and medium-sized companies, or other facilities with potential high environmental impact
       e.g. those handling hazardous or toxic materials.
   -   facilities with minor pollution discharges. These may not be required to obtain permits as their
       pollution levels are considered low. But they are generally required to notify the authorities of
       their activities.

       The permitting authority may be at the national, regional or local level, reflecting the country's
structure of government. In some countries the licensing authority may be the national  Ministry of
Environment, in others it may be at the  provincial or municipal level, and in  others it might be a
specialized board, outside of the government. At any  level, however, the permitting authorities need
to be  independent  of political influences.

3.2    The permitting procedure

       Based on the experiences from some countries, one can define essentially six steps in the
permitting procedure:
   (1)    planning - when industrial developers should contact the appropriate authorities to explore
          the environmental implications  of their project
   (2)    application submission
   (3)    examination of the application by the authorities  and consultation with the public
   (4)    issuing the permit

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             317


   (5)     notification of the permit decision to the applicant
   (6)     publication of the permit

      The permit should include the following elements:
   -  a description of the corporate environment policy;
   -  a general description of the plant a detailed map of the site and of the surroundings;
   -  a detailed description of the manufacturing process which will be used (in some cases, part
      of this information will be considered as confidential);
   -  the environmental impact assessment (EIA) which is the core of the application.  It is on the
      basis of the content of the study that the measures to control emissions will be defined, and
      the emission levels set up.
   -  the risk assessment study;
   -  pollution prevention measures the company intends to take;
   -  the proposed emission levels
   -  hazardous waste treatment and disposal measures (including the name of the waste handling
      firm if the waste is treated outside the company);
   -  schedule of the implementation of the  measures to be taken, in case of existing facilities;
   -  the emergency response plan in case of an eventual accident (per environmental sector in
      detail);
   -  future developments as a logical consequence of the application.
   -  proposed monitoring procedures to  be used by the company, parameters to be monitored,
      frequency of analysis, methodology  for monitoring a laboratory where the analyses  have to
      be performed, book record keeping;
   -  reporting procedures (how and to which particular authority);
      the signature of the responsible officer;

      Let me underline at this point one of the problems faced by developing countries authorities
in  checking EIA  and  risk assessment studies. Efforts  are  currently  being made to  transfer
environmentally sound technologies. Schemes to provide decision-makers in developing countries
with the necessary information are being set up such  as the OzonAction  Information Clearinghouse
within the UNEP  IE/PAC OzonAction  programme and the International Cleaner  Production
Information Clearinghouse (ICPIC).  Both are aimed  at providing examples of currently available
cleaner  or CFC-free technologies, names  of experts, list of organizations, and other  sources of
information.
      Also, guidelines are being developed  such as the OECD  "Guiding Principles for Chemical
Accident Prevention, Preparedness and Response", which are being reviewed in UNEP  to broaden
their scope to the whole world. But this is not enough; polluting technologies are being transferred
between countries, resulting in polluting facilities. To avoid this, should not we promote a scheme for
the export of technologies adopted from the Prior Informed Consent principles in the field of export
of  chemicals? This would help  authorities in developing countries in  issuing their permits and
controlling their plant operations.
4      MONITORING COMPLIANCE

       Once a permit is granted, it is essential that the government checks to make sure emission
levels, hazardous waste disposal measures and other aspects of the permit are being complied with.
Systematic inspection of industrial facilities is essential to ensure that the pollution limits stipulated
in the permits are being complied with. If they are not, the government must then have the will and
ability to take timely  and  appropriate steps best suited to its country (e.g. education, persuasion,
fines, possibly jail) to see that its laws are enforced.
       Verifying compliance involves systematic inspections to ensure that permit requirements are
being  met and  that measures prescribed  by  authorities are being  implemented. Integrated
inspections, or at least coordinated  inter-agency inspections, help to ensure that pollutants are not
simply transferred between air, water  and land.  Inspections offer  authorities an educational

-------
318                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


opportunity to help companies develop integrated  environmental management systems. The first
inspection is usually unannounced to determine the willingness of the plant to comply. Once a plant
has established good standing,  advance notice of inspections might then  be  given to facilitate
information gathering  (in  some  countries, however, all inspections are unannounced, although
companies in good standing may  be inspected less frequently). Some degree of organizational
independence from the government body issuing the permits is necessary to ensure unbiased and
effective monitoring of compliance.
      Overall tasks performed by an inspectorate differ from country to country but may include all
or some of the following:  advising  companies on permit requirements, in some cases issuing the
permit (although not by the same  department which does the  inspections), making inspections,
follow-up to ensure that post-inspection requirements are met, keeping records, providing regulatory
and technical information, involving  the public in  monitoring the performance of local facilities,
promoting sound environmental  management, taking and/or developing systematic enforcement
actions when necessary.
5     CONCLUSIONS

      At the Earth Summit, there was a consensus that environment should be seen as a production
factor, not as a  burden  to the economy. As Dr Tolba, the Executive  Director often underlines,
development will  not last  unless it is built on firm ecological foundations. "Cleaner Production" is the
key cornerstone  in  reconciling economy and ecology. "Cleaner Production" is the continuous
application of an  integrated preventative environmental strategy to processes and products so as to
reduce the risks to humans and the environment. This approach brings financial gains resulting from
the savings on raw materials and energy which end-of-pipe treatments do  not.
      Certainly,  proper integrated control of industrial facilities is one of the  tools to promote cleaner
production through the use of better environmental management practices and cleaner techniques.
      This is why we at UNEP believe that these efforts should be extended to all parts of the world,
including developing  countries.  I  congratulate US/EPA,  the  Commission  of  the  European
Communities and the Dutch Ministry of Housing, Physical Planning and  Environment in organizing
this conference for East and Central European countries and for enabling  a few representatives from
developing countries to also participate.
      We hope  that we  can look forward to their support to UNEP in cooperating with developing
countries to strengthen  their  institutional  abilities  to  meet the  needs of  sustainable  industrial
development.
   "From Regulations to Industry Compliance", Technical Report Series N°11 (1992). Available
   from UNEPIE/PAC, Tour Mirabeau, 39-43 quai Andre Citroen, 75739 Paris Cedex 15,  France.
   Fax (33-1) 40 58 88 74.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             319


COMPLIANCE MONITORING IN NORWAY

GRO R0DLAND

Head of Department, State Pollution Control Authority, Norway, SFT.


      INTRODUCTION

      This paper covers how the work of monitoring industry's compliance with  environmental
legislation  is organized in Norway.  Development in, methods used and results gained by,
compliance monitoring are described.
1     THE STRUCTURE OF INSPECTION SERVICES - CENTRALIZED AND LOCAL
      ACTIVITIES

      The monitoring of compliance with rules and regulations is carried out by the body that is
given the authority to do so in the respective laws and regulations. The authority that grants the
permit also exercises supervision and control to ensure that any conditions imposed in the permit
are complied with.
      In Norway this means  that  compliance monitoring in  industry  is centralized to one
authority, SFT, which is also responsible for all reassessment/review of industry's self-monitoring
activities.
      The local county pollution control authorities are responsible for compliance monitoring in
aquaculture, agriculture, sewage treatment, municipal land fills and so on.
      The local municipalities are responsible for health and for land use.
      In SFT the responsibility for environmental enforcement in industry is divided between two
departments. The Department  of Industry issues discharge permits to various industrial
enterprises or companies.  The  Control Department is responsible for  determining the industry's
compliance with the terms of  the  permits. In  1992 a total of  22 persons are occupied with
monitoring the industries compliance.
2     SFT'S PROGRAMME FOR MONITORING COMPLIANCE

      In Norway 1500 enterprises have been granted discharge permits. The permits are usually
multimedia, and cover water, air, noise, industrial waste and hazardous waste. This means that it
is possible for the  inspectors to monitor compliance on a multimedia basis during  one and the
same visit to the enterprise.
      It is not adequate nor necessary to inspect all the 1500 enterprises at the same frequency
or with equal thoroughness. In order to get the  best possible effect from our limited inspection
capacity, enterprises that have been granted permits are divided into four control classes.
      The classification is based on the potential emissions from the enterprise and their toxicity.
The  environmental sensitivity (air and  water quality) of the surroundings are also taken  into
account.
      The most polluting  enterprises are placed in class 1, which includes 50-60 enterprises/
plants (e.g. chemical industry, pulp  and paper industry, aluminium industry, ferro alloy  industry,
large foundries, off-shore  oil installations).  Small enterprises producing  only a limited amount of
pollution are placed in class  4 (e.g. small dairies, slaughterhouses and small asphalt plants).
      SFT monitors compliance by  means of:
   *   reports submitted by the enterprises
   *   inspections
   *   environmental auditing
   *   source testing

-------
320
               INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
   A schedule for compliance monitoring for the enterprises depending on control class has been
worked out. This is outlined schematically in Table 1.

Table 1    Schedule for compliance monitoring in facilities with discharge permit
Class
1

2

3

4



No. of facilities
50

100

350

1000



Reports to SFT
once or twice
a year
once or twice
a year
once a year





Inspections
frequency
(minimum)
annually

once every 2nd
year
once every 2nd
- 3rd year
depending of
type of
discharge and
complaints
Audit frequency
source testing
(minimum)
once every 3 years

once every 6 years

depending of type of
discharge




      TOTAL
1500
3     COMPLIANCE MONITORING

3.1    Self-monitoring

      In the case of large enterprises (classes 1 and 2) the permit includes a requirement to
establish and maintain a well defined self-monitoring programme. Smaller enterprises (classes 3
and 4) are usually required to have a less comprehensive self-monitoring programme.
      A self-monitoring programme will usually contain :
   *  a source testing programme
   *  record keeping
   *  written procedures for important activities that can effect the discharges
   *  routines for submitting reports to the authorities

      All major  enterprises also have to submit a report on emissions to SFT, usually once or
twice  a  year. This provides information on  emissions from the enterprise (seen in relation to the
requirements and emission limits) and on waste.  This  self-monitoring  is  indeed the backbone of
the programme to monitor compliance and the reports are used to help to set priorities for the
inspection programme.
      During 1992 SFT will examine and revise the self-reporting system. The reports submitted
by enterprises are to  be standardized in order to simplify processing and use.
      In case of violation the report is to  include a description of the corrective action taken to
avoid recurrence.
      From 1. January 1992,  all enterprises have to meet the requirements in a new regulation
concerning internal control.
      This  regulation places an increased emphasis on the  responsibility of  the  enterprise/
company management for controlling pollution.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             321


3.2    Inspections

       Inspections are unannounced and last for 3-8 hours in the field.
The total workload per inspection is 3 - 5 days.
       The objectives of an inspection are :
    *   To check whether the enterprise is in compliance or not
    *   To collect evidence in the case of non-compliance, to ensure the necessary
       enforcement action.
    *   To ensure high quality of the self-reported data
    *   To demonstrate that the authorities take compliance seriously

       Inspections may focus on one or more of the following :
    *   Does the enterprise have a valid discharge permit ?
    *   Has the  required  pollution monitoring or control equipment been installed ?
    *   Is the equipment  being  operated correctly ?
    *   Are records of self-reported data properly prepared and maintained ?
    *   Is the enterprise conducting the required sampling and analysis properly ?
    *   Does the enterprise management plans and practice support the required
       compliance activities ?
    *   Are there any signs of willful violation of regulations and/or tampering with data ?

       A written report  is always sent to the enterprise following an  inspection. The inspector
presents findings from the inspection supported by, monitor readings, copies of files, photographs
and other material of importance for enforcing the regulation. Any collected samples are sent to
an approved laboratory for analysis.
       The Control Department carries  out 300-400 inspections annually.

3.3    Environmental auditing and source testing

       Until 1988 compliance  was monitored only through  the reports submitted by the enter-
prises and through inspections.
       It was then decided that a more thorough inspection was needed for enterprises in control
classes 1 and 2. The first year these inspections had the form of emission source testing only,
but already in 1989 SFT started to include an element of auditing.
The extent of environmental  auditing has  since  increased gradually.  In 1992 all the thorough
inspections contain elements of auditing.
       Source testing is still used to a large extent, but  mainly to verify findings in connection
with the audit.
       Through inspections and reports submitted by  the enterprises we have learned that  the
continuous discharges and the most elementary  problems  in  pollution control are reduced.  But
violations often  occur in connection with accidents, irregular production, or poor maintenance.
       By performing audits SFT does not only monitor whether the facility is in compliance,  we
also often find  the  reason for non-compliance.  Often  non-compliance is caused by inadequate
management and the lack of control systems.
       Auditing  also  gives us  a possibility to  underline the  managements responsibility towards
better housekeeping. A follow  up of the  audit from authorities is quite often  a demand for better
preventive actions and systems.
       The main parts of an audit cover:
       interviews with personnel at all levels of the enterprise (from management to operators on
       the production floor)
   *   reviewing files and documents
       verifying  that procedures are  followed,  e.g. by  source testing,  reviewing records and
      watching operations.

-------
322                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


      These inspections are usually carried out  by 2 or 3 inspectors who stay in the field/at the
enterprise for 4-5 days. The total time involved in  an audit varies from 3 to 7 weeks.
      In 1991, 39 audits were carried out by SFT. The number will be increased to 50 in 1992.


4     FUNDING

      SFT's control activities are financed by fees (imposed since 1986), based on the principle
that the  pollutor must pay. In 1992 the fees were  as follows :

Table 2    Fees
Control class

1
2
3
4
Per inspection
US Dollar
2,200
1,600
1,200
500
Per source test/
environmental audit
US Dollar
23,700/15,000
15.000/ 9,000
5,000

1)





5      RESULTS

       In one third of the unannounced inspections compliance is found. For the remaining two
thirds,  more or less severe violations are found. Approximately 10% of the inspected enterprises
have what we consider serious violations. These percentages have been  relatively constant
throughout the years, but the cause for violation have changed.
       The development in types of violations from 1987 till 1991 is given in the following table.

Table 3   Violations revealed during unannounced inspections (in %)
Violation
Exceeding production limits
Acute Pollution
Defective or insufficient technical
equipment
Insufficient maintenance
Insufficient self-monitoring
Exceeding discharge limits
Insufficient/illegal handling of waste
or chemicals
1987
11
1
22
5
22
22
13
1988
6
4
13
10
21
26
11
1989
6
2
13
7
21
21
18
1990
3
4
9
7
27
20
19
1991
9
7
17
11
29
22
24
       From 1987 till 1991 we inspected mainly enterprises in control classes 1, 2 and 3, and an
improvement with regard to technical equipment was found. There  are also fewer  cases of
violation of production limits.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             323


      The increase in number of violations concerning the handling of waste and chemicals are
probably due to intensified control in this field. Increased attention and a demand for better quality
from the authorities explains the development with regard to self-monitoring.
      During  1991 we carried out an inspection campaign for enterprises  in control  class 4. The
inspected enterprises  had seldom or never been  inspected before. The results are suggestive.
The  causes for violation are mainly the same as for enterprises in the  higher control classes
several  years ago.
      This  campaign is the reason for the  increase in  violations uncovered  due to exceeding
production limits and insufficient/defective technical equipment found in the  reports from 1991.
      The results from the campaign clearly demonstrated  : Inspection is necessary in order to
gain compliance.
      The results from the audits carried out in 1991 are given in table 4.

Table 4   Violations and observations revealed during audits in 1991


                                                    Number of
                                                 enterprises with

  Cause                            violations                 observations

  Insufficient control/
  management system                    26                          35

  Insufficient system for
  self-monitoring                          21                          21

  Exceeding discharge limit                 15                           3

  Insufficient reports to SFT                 13                           4

  Insufficient/illegal handling
  of waste/chemicals                        8                           8

  Insufficient prevention
  against accidents                          7                          13

  Defect or lack of technical
  equipment                               4                           3

  Total  number of audits: 39
       Findings from an audit are reported either as violations or as observations. Findings which
can not be considered as non-compliance, but where SFT finds it necessary to point out a possi-
bility for improvement are defined as observations.
       The pattern of violations are to a great extent the same for audits as for the unannounced
inspections.
       The audits, however, give us a better possibility to reveal non-compliance and possibility/
need for improvement in the control/management system.

-------
324                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             325


US EXPERIENCE AND  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN CIVIL AND CRIMINAL  INVESTIGATIONS
AND USE OF CENTRAL ELITE FORCE TO SUPPLEMENT LOCAL INSPECTORS

WILLS, CARROLL G.1 and GIPE, DONALD C.2

1Deputy Director, National Enforcement Investigations Center, Office  of Enforcement, United
States Environmental Protection Agency, Building 53, Denver  Federal Center, Denver, Colorado
80225 (United States of America)

2Chief, Technical and Training Support Branch, National  Enforcement Investigations Center,
Office of Enforcement, United States  Environmental  Protection Agency,  Building 53,  Denver
Federal Center,  Denver, Colorado 80225 (United States of America)
      SUMMARY

      The United States' environmental enforcement program relies  on well trained technical
field inspectors at the Federal, State,  and local levels.  Field inspectors perform a variety of
compliance inspections and investigations1' to  identify civil and criminal violations  of the
environmental  laws and  to support resulting litigation.  At the  Federal level, the decentralized
inspection force is supplemented  with a central elite inspector corps located at the  National
Enforcement Investigations Center  in Denver, Colorado. This paper briefly summarizes the U.S.
experience in  environmental inspections, discusses the unique features of providing technical
support  to civil vs. criminal  investigations and the role of a central elite  corps to  supplement
Regional inspectors and identifies inspector training  activities within the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency.
1     INTRODUCTION

      The Environmental Protection Agency  (EPA) was established in December 1970 and
consists of ten Regional Offices located throughout the United States. Each Regional Office has
a broad range  of responsibilities in carrying  out Congressional mandates for environmental
protection  by the vigorous enforcement of Federal environmental  laws and regulations.   These
Regional Offices are supported by an EPA headquarters infrastructure consisting of program
offices which provide policy guidance.  Figure 1 shows the EPA organizational structure including
the relationship between EPA headquarters and the ten Regional Offices.
      Since its beginning, EPA's enforcement authorities have  increased steadily, both through
strong enforcement  provisions in  newer environmental legislation and amendments that provide
greater  enforcement powers under the older laws.  EPA and  the States, under programs
delegated  or  approved  by EPA,  carry out comprehensive programs to  promote  high levels of
compliance by  conducting compliance monitoring activities (including  inspections) to  detect
violations.  Firm, but fair, enforcement action may be taken against violators to correct violations
and create a strong enforcement presence.
      Personnel conducting compliance inspections and field investigations play an  essential and
key role in the success of the national enforcement programs.   The vast majority of compliance
inspections and field investigations are  conducted by a well  trained and decentralized field
inspector cadre  from either the ten EPA Regional Offices or from  State and local organizations.
Most inspections are conducted at the State level (1).
 The terms  "inspections"  and "investigations" are comparable except that investigations involve
broader issues than inspections and typically require more  in-depth  evaluations  of facility and
operating procedures.

-------
\
 UJ
 O
 T
                         ADMINISTRATOR
                             DEPUTY

                         ADMINISTRATOR
                                                                                 CO
                                                                                 ro
                                                                                 o>
             ASSISTANT  ADMINISTRATORS
    Air and
   Radiation
 Research &
Development
Policy Planning
 & Evaluation
Water
External
 Affairs
    Pesticides

     & Toxic

    Substances
    Solid Waste

   & Emergency

     Response
    Administration

     & Resources

     Management
    Enforcement
                                                 National Enforcement

                                                  InvestigationsCenter
                   REGIONAL  OFFICES
Region 1
Boston
RegionVI
Dallas
Region II
New York
Region VII
Kansas City
Region III
Philadelphia
RegionVIII
Denver
Region IV
Atlanta
Region IX
San Francisco
Region V
Chicago
Region X
Seattle
                                                             (O
                                                             C

                                                             3
m
TD
>

O
co
w

N'
w

5'
                                                                            O
                                                                            IT
                                                                            0)
3D
Z
>
H

O
z
>
i—

O
O

Tl
m
3D
m
z
O
m


i

m
                                                                                 3D

                                                                                 O
                                                                                 m


                                                                                 I


                                                                                 m

                                                                                 ~n
                                                                                 O
                                                                                 3D
                                                                                 O

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            327


      The decentralized field  inspector capability is supplemented by a central elite inspector
corps organizationally situated in the EPA Office of Enforcement and physically located  at the
National Enforcement Investigations Center (NEIC) in Denver, Colorado.  The organization of the
Office of Enforcement is shown in  Figure 2.  The  NEIC supports the Agency by conducting
special investigations for both the civil and criminal programs.


2     COMPLIANCE ACTIVITIES

2.1    Field Inspection Program

      The field inspection  program within the  environmental program is  conducted  by
environmental inspectors who are located throughout the governmental environmental  community
at the Federal,  State, and  local level.   Within the  Environmental  Protection Agency, there are
approximately 1850 personnel performing compliance inspections. Of these, about one sixth are
new and about five sixths are  experienced (2); however, even the experienced Federal inspectors
have relatively limited experience with an average of only about two years on the job.  In contrast,
NEIC technical inspectors average approximately 15 years experience.
      inspectors have a variety of backgrounds. The majority of EPA inspectors are scientists or
engineers (1)(3).   State  inspectors  have been observed  to have approximately the same
backgrounds as the EPA inspectors.
      There are  extensive demands on the environmental inspectors' time with  a minimum
number of mandatory inspections required each year  as well  as  the need  to inspect targeted
facilities.   Approximately  250,000 inspections  are conducted annually.  The States conduct
approximately 85 percent of  all inspections, EPA conducts about six percent, and contractors
conduct the remainder (1)(4).  In addition to  conducting the  inspections, the inspector must also
develop information and devote the time necessary to support any subsequent  enforcement
action.
      Inspections and subsequent case preparation frequently require  a team  approach.
Analytical  support  from  either a government  or contract laboratory is often needed.   Each EPA
Region2",  most States,  and NEIC have laboratories which support the field work.   In addition,
many Regions and States rely on contract laboratories  to handle analytical work loads in excess
of government laboratory capacity.  Legal staff, information specialists, financial analysts, etc., are
also necessary to  support the field  inspector during all phases of the  inspection.  The support
team will  provide  legal  guidance and  information on  processes,  compliance  status, products,
ability to pay, etc.
      The States shouldered  a significant  share of  the nation's environmental  enforcement
workload;  in  FY 1991, over 10,000 civil judicial and administrative actions were taken by States.
At the Federal  level, in FY 1991 there were over 1600  civil judicial and administrative cases
reflecting action under twelve environmental programs (5).
      Only a relatively small  number of Federal inspectors,  estimated at 25 percent,  perform 80
percent of the  inspections;  the rest of the inspector's time  is taken up by various program
activities (1).  Furthermore, the vast majority of EPA inspectors specialize in only one program
area (e.g., air,  water, hazardous waste) and are not  cross-trained in  multiple programs.  The
demands  on the  Regional  inspector's time frequently  prevent  the inspector from spending the
time necessary to  learn  and conduct the more thorough complex multi-media investigations.  As
the trend continues towards multi-media investigation and the holistic approach it offers, however,
the demand will increase for more inspectors with multiple program training and experience.  As
of late 1990, nearly all  of NEIC inspectors,  but only approximately 15 percent of the Regional
inspectors, had training  with a multi-media perspective (6).   Information on  the  status of  multi-
media inspectors at the State  level is not readily available.
  Region 9 laboratory is currently under construction.

-------

                                                                                              CO
                                                                                              K>
                                                                                              00
 Compliance Analysis
& Program Operations
      (CAPO)
   National
 Enforcement
Investigations
Center (NEIC)
 Denver, CO
       Office of Enforcement (OE)
   Office
  of Civil
Enforcement
   (OCE)
  Office of
  Criminal
Enforcement
   (OCE)
Office of
 Federal
Activities
  (OFA)
   Office of
Federal Facilities
  Enforcement
    (OFFE)
                                                                        O
                                                                        m
                                                                        O
                                                                        (Q
                                                                        CJ
                                                                        5
                                                                        N
                                                                        Ł1
                                                                        5
                                                                        15
                                                                        (U.

                                                                        O
                                                            z:
                                                            —I
                                                            m
                                                            z
                                                            H
                                                            O
                                                            z:
                                                            >
                                                            i—
                                                            O
                                                            O
O
m
O

m
z:
                                                                                              >
                                                                                              I—
                                                                                              m
                                                                                              -z.
                                                                                              -n
                                                                                              O
                                                                                              o
                                                                                              m

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             329


      Environmental compliance inspections and the multi-media approach have evolved over
the years. Prior to the late seventies, each inspection was program specific and concentrated on
determining compliance with only one environmental law or  one aspect of an environmental law
(e.g., an inspection to determine compliance with the waste discharge permit requirements of the
Federal Clean Water Act). By the end of the seventies, NEIC had determined that it was much
more effective and efficient to combine  inspection objectives to include  more than  one
environmental law, and thus developed the procedures for "multi-media" inspections.  The multi-
media approach, which has been strongly endorsed by EPA  management (5), was determined to
have several advantages over a program-specific inspection including:

      A  more comprehensive or holistic  and reliable assessment of a facility's
      compliance status with fewer missed violations
      Better  assurance that pollution is not transferred from one medium to another
      A  higher probability to uncover/prevent problems before  they occur or before
      they manifest an environmental or  public health risk
      Ability  to respond  more effectively to non-program specific complaints, issues,
      or needs  and develop a better understanding  of cross-media problems and
      issues, such as waste minimization,  pollution  prevention, and control of toxic
      materials
      Better  focus senior management in the regulated community on the broad range
      of environmental compliance issues,  better ensuring  that they do  not overlook
      significant environmental problems
      Better  potential  for enforcement

   2.2    Criminal Enforcement Program

          Concomitant with the development of  the multi-media approach, the EPA
   recognized the need to be  more vigorous in its pursuit of criminal sanctions for violations of
   environmental laws.   On January 5,  1981, the Deputy Administrator directed the creation
   of the Office  of Criminal  Investigations in Washington, D.C., and the hiring  of a trained
   investigative  staff.  Also in  January, 1981,  the Attorney General of the United States
   confirmed the authority of EPA to initiate, or assist  in, investigations into potential violations
   of the criminal provisions of the environmental  statutes that the Agency administers.
   Among the program's responsibilities were supervision of all Regional criminal case
   development  and referrals, development of Agency-wide  training and policy,  coordination
   of the Agency's joint investigative  program with the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI),
   and liaison with the Department of Justice (DOJ) and outside law enforcement agencies.
          The criminal  enforcement program hired an in-house staff of 23  experienced
   criminal investigators which had expanded to over 70 by 1992.  Most of the agents were
   formerly with such law enforcement agencies as the FBI;  Drug Enforcement Administration;
   Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco  and Firearms; or the Internal Revenue Service.  The agents
   were  deputized by DOJ as Special Deputy United  States Marshals, giving  them full  law
   enforcement authority to execute search warrants,  make arrests, and carry firearms.
          The Pollution  Prosecution Act of 1990 recognized  the benefits of the criminal
   investigation program  and  the need to expand the number of criminal investigators up to
   200 by Fiscal Year 1995.   The current number of investigators is inadequate for several
   reasons.   The  Congress  has placed  an increased emphasis on criminal enforcement by
   upgrading many offenses from misdemeanors to felonies.  Additionally, as public
   awareness of environmental  crimes has increased, the public has become more willing to
   provide "tips" concerning  environmental crimes which have substantially increased  the
   workload  of the investigators.   States are now requesting help in developing their  own
   criminal investigation  programs which  also puts a growing demand on the Agency's
   criminal investigators.  Finally, the current number of  criminal investigators forces  the
   Agency to use  its prosecutorial discretion in  many cases and develop a civil case rather
   than an enforcement case  (7).

-------
330                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


   2.3    Civil Investigation Program

          Inspections/investigations are  continuing  to evolve with  the addition  of  civil
   investigators to the inspection arsenal.  The Pollution Prosecution Act of 1990 authorized
   50 civil investigators by recognizing that  the Agency's technical inspector/investigator corps
   would benefit from the addition of a expertise presently not readily available  to the media
   programs.  Civil investigators have received in-depth training  and have specific skills and
   abilities in the areas of interviewing and records  evaluation which enable them to assist
   technical and legal staff by locating corporate and  personnel assets, determining corporate
   structures and ownership,  locating witnesses, etc.
          The NEIC is piloting the civil investigator program  to develop and demonstrate the
   contributions  that civil  investigators can make to Agency enforcement programs and  to
   define  potential roles  of civil  investigators in  multi-media  investigations. This information
   will be  used as  a basis for Office  of Enforcement policy decisions concerning full
   implementation of the civil investigator  provisions of the Pollution Prosecution Act.

   2.4    Technical Support

          From a  technical standpoint there is a high  degree of similarity between civil and
   criminal cases although more stringent procedural  aspects are  followed in the development
   of criminal cases.  Substantially  more  interaction is also required between prosecutors,
   investigators, and technical  personnel in the development of a  criminal case.  The
   technical personnel supporting a criminal case must fully understand  precisely what the
   criminal investigators  and the prosecutors  need to  support the case.  Furthermore, and
   perhaps even  more important, the technical personnel  must  fully understand all legal
   constraints surrounding the criminal investigation and must rely heavily on the prosecutor
   and criminal investigator for guidance.
          While the States  conduct most  of  the civil  investigations, most of  the technical
   support for the criminal enforcement  program comes  from EPA inspectors  and from the
   NEIC3"". Generally, technical support for case development can be broken  down into six
   different areas which are discussed below.with civil/criminal technical support contrasted:

   2.4.1   Development of background information

          A civil investigation will  include extensive background research and may often
   expand the background research to obtain  detailed  information  about  process operations.
   The  investigator on a civil investigation is  interested in developing  an in-depth technical
   understanding of facility operations to  enable the investigator to better identify areas where
   a facility operator may  have unknowingly failed to  identify or properly handle waste
   streams. The criminal investigator is looking for willful violations.
          During this phase  of a criminal  investigation, NEIC assists by  providing financial,
   regulatory, and  historical information on the target industry or individual.  This is
   accomplished  by  accessing the extensive computer data  systems available through NEIC
   Information Services.   Research may also  be done on the target facility's  manufacturing
   processes to determine the probable  waste streams the industry is likely to  generate and
   under which specific Federal statutes these  wastes are regulated.  When necessary, covert
   samples are collected from the target  facility to  provide  additional support for probable
   cause  of a  criminal search warrant.  The  civil investigator rarely has a need  for covert
   sampling, as entry is usually consensual.
'" NEIC piloted the criminal  investigation program during the 1980's and,  in cooperation with the
criminal investigators,  developed the procedures for  providing technical support to the  agents
during the conduct of a criminal investigation.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              331


2.4.2   Preparation of an investigative plan

       No matter how large or small  the investigation,  up front planning is necessary to
assure success  and the accomplishment of objectives.  Generally, a written  investigation
plan is desirable.  For large scale investigations and for investigations involving  more than
one organizational  element (e.g., criminal  investigation),  a formal written  plan is almost
essential. A written plan  serves two  purposes: (a)  it assures that all investigation team
members know the needed investigation activities, required standard operating procedures
and protocols, unique procedures, and team member responsibilities; and (b) it provides all
interested parties with  a clear understanding of the extent of  the technical support to be
provided.

2.4.3   On-site field investigations

       The  technical investigator  is responsible for  the  collection,  documentation,  and
maintaining  chain-of-custody of physical evidence.  All aspects of these activities are done
in a manner which at some future time are fully defensible and accountable in the Federal
court  system.  Although civil cases require  documentation, it is usually not to  the extent of
a criminal case.  Additionally,  entry under civil  authorities  is usually consensual while site
entry  under  a criminal case is usually with a warrant.
       The technical conduct of the investigation is also different between a criminal and a
civil case.   During a criminal investigation, the investigators  are limited in what can be
sampled or evaluated  to that which is  precisely listed in the  criminal  search warrant.
Furthermore, on-site investigations under a criminal search warrant are usually limited  to a
specific number of days (typically ten days).  During  a civil investigation,  the investigator
has substantially more latitude to sample or evaluate anything they desire  within  the very
broad guidance  of the environmental laws and the only  limitation on time  is the  availability
of the investigator.
       Prior to  1990, most criminal cases were  media specific (8); however,  consistent
with  the Agency's emphasis on multi-media enforcement, by  FY  1991  the  criminal
enforcement program also emphasized the  multi-media approach (5).

2.4.4  Analytical support

       Ideally, a laboratory representative will assist in determining the analytical needs of
the investigative activity. On a civil investigation,  samples may be  analyzed at a Regional
or State laboratory, the NEIC  laboratory, or a non-government contract  laboratory.  Most
samples collected in support of criminal  investigations are analyzed  by EPA laboratories.
Approximately 40 percent of the samples collected for a criminal case are analyzed at the
NEIC laboratory, which  is the Agency's primary forensic laboratory.   The Regional
laboratories analyze another 40 percent  and State and  local  laboratories analyze the
remaining 20 percent.

2.4.5  Preparation of a technical report

       Perhaps  the most obvious difference between technical support in  civil and criminal
cases is evidenced in the technical  reports.  A technical report for a criminal case contains
only  the specific facts  observed during  the  investigation and the specific results of the
analytical work.  The report contains no conclusions or interpretations.  On the other hand,
a civil report contains extensive information about the background of a facility, the process
operations,  discussions between the investigator and employees, and the conclusions and
interpretations resulting from the investigation.  Neither the civil nor criminal report will not
identify areas of noncompliance, however, such  observations may be made in separate
correspondence.

-------
332                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


2.4.6  Case preparation and litigation support

       During this time period critical review is done of all data and known facts relating to
the investigation.  Technical personnel work closely with the case agent and the assistant
U.S. attorney aiding in the interpretation of sample data and determination  of  how the
information supports witness and  informant testimony.   Decisions are made at this time,
supported  by witness testimony  and physical  evidence,  as to  which  specific  Federal
regulations have been violated.   This information is then  used  for the  preparation of a
Federal  indictment.  Once the case is brought to trial, all personnel  involved  in the
investigation must be prepared to  testify in court as government factual or expert
witnesses.   All documents,  records, and  evidence are preserved throughout the case
preparation and litigation phases of the enforcement activity.  This procedure is very similar
in both civil and criminal cases.
       For  a specific investigation, each time period is variable and the activity required to
achieve each of the four segments of the investigation can vary from days to six months or
more.  It should be recognized that, on the average, a  successful environmental criminal
investigation will take approximately  18  months; a successful civil case  may take  more
time.
3      CENTRALIZED INVESTIGATIVE TEAM

       For the  last twenty years, EPA and other Federal and State organizations  have
been aided in the enforcement of environmental laws by a centralized investigatory center
known as the  National Enforcement Investigations  Center (NEIC) located in  Denver,
Colorado.   Founded in  1970, the NEIC was originally known as the National Field
Investigations Center-Denver. It was an operations unit of the enforcement program of the
Federal Water Quality Administration in the U.S. Department  of Interior.   The early
responsibility of the Center was to  perform water pollution studies for administrative
enforcement actions and  public hearings under the Clean Water Act.  In December 1970,
the Center was transferred to the newly established EPA and began reporting to the Office
of Enforcement and General Counsel (now Office of Enforcement) at EPA Headquarters.
In July 1975, the  Center became  the National  Enforcement Investigations Center, with
responsibility for conducting pollution investigations and preparing administrative, civil, and
criminal enforcement cases under all Federal environmental laws.
       NEIC serves as a principal source of expertise involving civil and criminal  litigation
support for complex investigations  having national and/or significant  Regional impact  on
EPA and State regulatory programs for air, water, toxics, pesticides, radiation, and solid
waste pollution  control. The  major  function of the NEIC is to gather evidence and provide
information for  case preparations in support  of EPA enforcement actions.  This  includes
litigation support for complex investigations in all environmental programs.  The  Center's
investigative teams normally become involved in situations where large scale investigations
exceed the  resources of the Regional Offices  or where special technical expertise or
investigative skills are required.  Whereas Regional and State level investigations are
usually conducted with only a limited  number  of  personnel over a one or two  day period,
investigations  conducted by the NEIC typically include more people over an extended
period  of  time.  Five to  30  or more technical staff may be involved  in an  NEIC  level
investigation, and time on-site  usually takes  one to two weeks with  some  investigations
requiring several months.
       The NEIC's case  preparation activities are unique in  that these  investigations are
performed full-time in contrast to Regional Offices who have other ancillary responsibilities.
As a result of  this full-time commitment, probably more litigation experience exists at the
Center than at the Regional Offices combined.  Emphasis is placed on  NEIC's quick
response,  which often  includes short notice field investigations of activity such as waste
dumping or emissions that potentially endanger public health or welfare.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             333


       The Center has about 120 employees, of which approximately 35 are highly skilled,
senior level, investigators with extensive experience in conducting field  investigations.  In
addition, about  90 contractor employees perform a variety of services  related to the
Center's function.   The professional disciplines of the Center's  employees include civil,
sanitary, environmental, chemical and industrial engineers; civil  investigators; biologists;
microbiologists; geologists; hydrologists; information  management specialists; physicists;
and chemists.  An  attorney staff provides litigation support to EPA and/or the United States
Department of Justice in prosecuting environmental offenders in  formal  regulatory or
judicial proceedings resulting from NEIC investigations.
       NEIC is  a  nationally-managed source for investigative, technical, scientific,
administrative, and information management support that  is  necessary to the preparation of
almost every significant environmental case.  The Center  is  frequently called upon by other
Federal and State agencies to  provide expert advice,  consultation, and  assistance for
pollution control and remedial actions and may also support other Federal or State  actions
by conducting  overflow chemical analyses.   The Center  has  had extensive  experience in
the development of environmental investigatory techniques and has gained national and
international recognition through  participation in many of  the Agency's most important civil
and criminal enforcement cases.  As noted earlier,  NEIC has been the lead in developing
new compliance monitoring  approaches and has developed the multi-media investigation
techniques and strategies.  One  of the Center's most recent initiatives is the development
and piloting of the  new Civil Investigator program.
       More specifically, the Center's primary responsibilities include:

       Conducting thorough,  multi-media investigations of  the most complex facilities
       nationwide  using the special expertise developed in  conducting  complex multi-
       media investigations
       Assuring  the adequacy and  validity of scientific and technical evidence, including
       data collection  and analyses, and review and development of  analytical  techniques,
       methodologies,  and computer information systems
       Providing training and specialized technical assistance to EPA Headquarters and
       Regional Offices in support of criminal investigations
       Providing expert testimony on a wide variety of specialized subjects in support of
       enforcement actions
       Providing expertise and guidance to the Office of  Enforcement for the development
       of multi-media enforcement strategies  and evidence management
       Providing national expertise to Headquarters and  Regional Offices of EPA and the
       Department of  Justice in evaluating a broad range of waste disposal and emission
       problems, and  monitoring technology and remedial programs not normally available
       on Regional staffs
       Developing  the  emerging  Civil Investigator program and providing technical support
       to that program

       Cases  are  referred  to NEIC by the Office of Enforcement at EPA Headquarters,
Regions, or the  DOJ  (including the FBI).  Cases are usually referred to  NEIC in writing
after  preliminary discussions between NEIC and the requestor; however, in  emergency
situations  requiring quick response, a telephone call  may be all that is required.   By the
time a case is referred to NEIC for investigation, it has already been through a number of
preliminary steps.  Regional Office case screening procedures assist in identifying potential
enforcement cases for NEIC support.  If a State or EPA Region is  aware that a serious
environmental  problem exists and has concluded that there is no likely resolution short of
enforcement action, the situation is already fairly  complex.   An investigation is  usually
required, questions of  motivation arise,  and  identification of  other potentially  responsible
parties and environmental impacts must be considered.
       The NEIC works very closely with the  referring organization in  responding to a case
preparation  request.  To accomplish efficient case development and management, core

-------
334                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


teams are established for the purpose of close and continuous communications among the
investigative participants throughout the entire case development process.
      The core team normally consists of representatives within  the  investigative,
technical, and legal  fields,  including  appropriate representation  from  the  United  States
Attorneys' Office or the Department of Justice.  The initial functions of the core team are to
discuss  the  statutory and regulatory provisions suspected to have been violated and to
determine what evidence must be obtained to ascertain whether the violations have
occurred.  If criminal  activity is suspected, the core team will include NEIC staff who have
received special training  in  the conduct of criminal  investigations as well as appropriate
representatives from EPA's Office of Criminal Enforcement and/or the FBI.  Given  the
areas of expertise represented,  the core team has  the ability to minimize potential
problems before they arise during  an investigation.  For example, decisions can be made
and  modified as necessary regarding sampling and testing, including what should be
sampled, how many  samples should be taken, and what analyses should  be performed.
NEIC case investigations include activities identified  in the section Technical Support.  To
assist in  understanding the general scenario in the  use of  a centralized  team to
supplement decentralized inspection capabilities, several case studies are presented:
      One  example where the resources and expertise of the centralized NEIC were
required was the National Hazardous Waste  Ground-Water Task Force initiative.   This
national  Task Force was formed  as a result of concerns over whether hazardous waste
treatment, storage, and disposal facilities were complying with the  ground-water monitoring
requirements issued under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA).  Prior to
the mid  1980's, the purity and safety of ground-water was taken for granted.  That
assumption was shaken when preliminary EPA studies found that many facilities had not
complied with the ground-water monitoring requirements of RCRA  and thus did not know if
contaminants were entering  and contaminating the ground-water.  The massive goal of the
Task Force was to  perform a comprehensive evaluation  of all commercial hazardous waste
treatment, storage, and disposal facilities  nationwide to determine (a) whether or not the
facilities were in compliance with the regulations and (b) whether or not  contaminants were
entering the  ground-water.
      The Task Force, national in scope and transcending Regional boundaries,required
expertise  in conducting large scale technical investigations and an extensive resource
commitment.  The  centralized elite force  already in  existence immediately filled the need.
NEIC's  role  in the Task Force was to develop  and implement field  protocols and
procedures to  assure a nationally consistent approach to identifying  ground-water
monitoring compliance problems.   This role could not have been assumed by any single
region.
      NEIC initially  provided training for the Regions and States (and contractors  who
assisted  in the  sample collection) involved on the Task  Force on  proper procedures for
evidence collection and handling,  including the handling of confidential business
information.  To establish consistency nationwide, and  to provide "on the job" training to
each Region and involved State, NEIC led the investigation at the first facility investigated
by the Task  Force in each of the ten Regions.
      Although contract laboratories  were  used extensively  during the  Task Force
activities, the NEIC laboratory personnel provided expertise to the Task Force in evaluating
facility laboratories.  The purpose of the  laboratory evaluation was to determine  if the
laboratory had the appropriate personnel and equipment to perform the required analysis
and  to determine  if the  facility laboratory was following the correct  procedures.   This
expertise is not normally found  in the Regions.  Additionally, the NEIC laboratory provided
a duplicate analysis of select samples from each NEIC lead investigation to confirm that
data from the contract laboratories  met EPA quality requirements.
      In  keeping with  the Center's mission of  gathering evidence and providing
information for case preparation,  NEIC approached  each Task Force investigation as  an
enforcement case.  As a  result, most NEIC Task Force investigations resulted in follow-up

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            335


enforcement action.  One investigation ultimately developed into a  criminal case  which
culminated in an 18.5 million dollar criminal penalty, the second largest to date.
      Another example where the centralized team approach was necessary involved an
on-going investigation of the Department of Defense (DOD) and their contractors charged
with  the  disposal  of DOD generated hazardous wastes nationwide.   NEIC was initially
requested to evaluate  contractor performance and  compliance in  the  disposal of the
wastes.  NEIC  expanded the evaluation to include  multi-media issues involving DOD
generation and handling of wastes through contractor transportation and ultimate disposal
(i.e.,  cradle-to-grave). Wastes were tracked from generation in one Region to disposal in
another Region, frequently passing through multiple Regions.  This national  effort, like the
Hazardous Waste Ground-Water  Task Force, could not have been assumed by a  single
Region.  The centralized approach identified patterns of conduct  and the  need for
substantial changes to  the way DOD disposed of hazardous wastes.   As a result of this
national effort, approximately 40 DOD installations and over 100  contractors were
evaluated; almost  400 environmental violations were found.  Both civil and criminal actions
were taken  in response to almost all violations,  and approximately ten percent of the
contractors were ultimately determined to be ineligible to receive further contracts.
       NEIC resources  have also been used for protocol development and piloting of new
Agency initiatives  or regulations,  implementation of Agency strategies such as company-
wide investigations of  multi-regional companies,  and training.  Some  specific recent
examples of NEIC's projects include investigations of the United States' two largest multi-
regional hazardous waste disposal companies, implementation  of the  toxics  in air initiative
(in response to the new Clean Air Act Amendments), development and  implementation of
protocols for enforcing the RCRA  Land Ban restrictions, and implementation of multi-media
investigations at Federal Facilities.  All of these examples demonstrate  the  efficiency and
cost  effectiveness of utilizing a centralized elite force  with broad ranges of  expertise and
experience to implement large scale inspections and  investigations to determine
environmental compliance.
4      TRAINING

       Achieving and maintaining a high level of compliance with environmental laws and
regulations is one of the most important goals  of the EPA.  Personnel  conducting
compliance inspections  and field investigations play a key role in the success of the
national  enforcement programs.  Given the relative inexperience of inspectors, the
increasingly complex  laws and regulations being enforced, and the  need for national
consistency in  the way the laws and regulations were being enforced,  a need  for a
systematic, agency-wide,  compliance  inspector training program was identified.  In  June
1988, the Administrator of the EPA issued a policy entitled "Agency-wide  Program to Train,
Develop  and Recognize  Compliance Inspectors and Field  Investigators".   EPA  Order
3500.1 was adopted.  This order required basic and program-minimum inspector training.
EPA's compliance  programs developed program-specific curricula, combining self-study,
classes,  and on-the-job  training; total training  hours  vary for  each program and  range
upward from approximately 150 hours (including  on-the-job training), depending upon the
complexity  of the program (9).   The Office of Enforcement designed the basic inspector
course, "The Fundamentals of Environmental Compliance Inspections".  This basic course
is  required of all inspectors regardless of program assignment.  The  Inspector Training
Advisory  Board, composed of Regional and Headquarters compliance program managers
and  led  by the Office of Enforcement, oversees  implementation of the program. The
primary  goal of this  program is to  foster quality compliance  inspections and field
investigations as critical components of the EPA's compliance monitoring and enforcement
functions. The training identified under this program is required of all EPA inspectors and
investigators.

-------
336                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       As noted earlier,  State and local personnel conduct the majority of environmental
compliance inspections and investigations  under delegated or approved programs.  While
the EPA cannot require  that State and local personnel take part in this training program,
EPA is working  with these agencies to encourage State and local training  programs to
identify and meet training needs for their compliance inspectors/field investigators.  These
agencies are welcome and encouraged to use all relevant Agency training materials and to
participate wherever possible in the training opportunities offered by EPA.
       One of the most fruitful EPA initiatives to build stronger environmental enforcement
programs at the State  and local level has been the  establishment of four regional
environmental projects,  that is, the Northeast Environmental  Enforcement Project, the
Midwest Environmental Enforcement Association, the Southern Environmental  Enforcement
Network, and the Western States Hazardous Waste Project, funded by the Office of
Enforcement.  The training programs provided  by  these  State  organizations provide
training to the regulatory, investigative,  and  prosecutorial components of State and local
governments.  In FY 1990, these organizations offered a dozen courses and trained over
500 State, local, and Federal members of the enforcement team.
       On November 16,  1990, the President signed the "Pollution  Prosecution Act of
1990"  which  mandated the establishment of the  National Enforcement Training Institute
(NETI) within EPA's Office of Enforcement.  EPA  Administrator Reilly formally established
NETI on November 8, 1991.   The primary function of NETI  is to train  Federal, State, and
local lawyers, inspectors, civil and criminal  investigators, and technical  experts  in the
enforcement of the Nation's  environmental laws.  To carry out this function, NETI
personnel,  with the assistance of other EPA, Federal, State and local personnel, are
developing core curricula for all categories  of enforcement personnel;  providing basic
enforcement  training with a multi-disciplinary, multi-media  perspective;  developing  and
delivering generic enforcement skills  training; and coordinating  with all EPA program
offices in the development and delivery  of enforcement specific training.
       To assist in the delivery of courses, two NETI training facilities will be established:
NETI-West in Denver, Colorado, and NETI-East in the Washington, DC, area.   NETI-West
began  operations in July  1992, with  a small management staff provided by NEIC and
faculty provided by  NEIC, other EPA Offices, and various other  agencies.  The training
facilities will reach far into providing the needed knowledge, skills, and abilities  to promote
team approaches to environmental enforcement.
5      CONCLUSIONS

       A centralized  investigative center has  proven,  through over twenty years of
experience, to be an  invaluable supplement to Regional  inspectors in enforcement case
preparations.   In cases where large scale, complex investigations may exceed Regional
resources or require  specific expertise not normally available in Regional Offices, a
centralized team can provide the personnel and resources  for quick responses and
detailed case preparation activities. This is particularly true in the conduct of multi-media
compliance  investigations for enforcement purposes.  When an enforcement team  is
available to conduct case preparation on a routine basis, the necessary procedures and
legal  safeguards are  in place to  effectively and efficiently carry out Agency regulatory
responsibilities.  This  type of  centralized team would be  useful at all levels of
environmental enforcement, including State and local governments,
       The centralized team has proven to  be particularly useful with the increased
emphasis on the use of criminal  enforcement authority  contained in  the environmental
statutes; many of the criminal cases investigated  involve multiple environmental laws.  The
cross-training of team members has provided an excellent mechanism to achieve the
Agency's multi-media objectives.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                           337


      REFERENCES

1  Wasserman, C.E., "Overview of Compliance and Enforcement in  the United States:
   Philosophy, Strategy and Management Tools", prepared for the  International
   Enforcement Workshop, May 8-10,  1990, Utrecht, The Netherlands.

2  United States  Environmental Protection Agency, "Building  the Enforcement
   Infrastructure: Compliance Inspector Training", Compliance Policy and Planning
   Branch, Office of Compliance Analysis and  Program Operations, Office of Enforcement,
   October, 1990.

3  U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Human Resources Management, "EPA
   Workforce Snapshots", October 1991.

4  U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency, Office of Information Resources Management,
   Facility Index System (FINDS).

5  U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency, Office of Enforcement, "Enforcement
   Accomplishments Report FY 1991",  300-R92-008, April 1992.

6  United States Environmental Protection Agency, Memorandum from James N. Strock,
   Assistant  Administrator, Office of Enforcement, Subject: Training Status of Multi-Media
   Compliance Inspectors, January 10, 1991.

7  Pollution Prosecution Act of 1990,  101st Congress, 2d Session,  Senate, Report 101-
   366.

8  United States Environmental Protection Agency, Letter from James N. Strock, Assistant
   Administrator, Office of  Enforcement, May  28, 1990, to the Honorable Joseph I.
   Lieberman, United States  Senator.

9  United States Environmental  Protection  Agency, Agency-wide Program to Train,
   Develop  and Recognize Compliance Inspectors/Field Investigators:  A Program
   Description", June 1988.

-------
338                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            339


UK EXPERIENCE IN ESTABLISHING AN  INSPECTORATE  FOR INTEGRATED POLLUTION
REGULATION

I. HANDYSIDE

Head of East Division, HMIP, Howard House, 40-64 St Johns Street, Bedford, England MK42 ODL


      SUMMARY

      Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Pollution (HMIP) was formed in  1987 by bringing  together
separate pollution inspectorates covering air, water, waste and radioactive substances into a fully
integrated environmental protection inspectorate.  HMIP  is responsible for implementing
integrated pollution regulation of industrial  processes under  the Environmental Protection  Act
1990 (EPA 90)1  and also discharging responsibilities under the Radioactive Substances  Act
I9602,  the Water Act 19903 and the Health & Safety  at Work Act 1974".  HMIP also has
responsibility for overseeing  waste regulation and ensuring  greater  public involvement in the
regulatory process.
      When formed in 1987,  HMIP  had a staff of 177 which is now 301 and is planned to rise to
458 in the next few years.
      This paper describes  some  aspects of development  of HMIP, its  current mission and
experience to date in implementing integrated pollution regulation.


1     INTRODUCTION

      One of the most significant changes  in the UK in  the past decade has been the  dramatic
increase in public concern about the environment.
      Central to the strategy for environmental  protection is  the principle of stewardship which
arises from the acknowledgement that we do not inherit the earth from our parents, we borrow it
from our children.  We must pass  on our  environment to future generations in  a  state which
allows them to meet their own needs. This lies  at the heart of a second  principle  of sustainable
development which is widely accepted by governments around the world as a foundation  for living
with our environment.  This does not mean zero growth  or an end to consumption.  Economic
growth  is essential if we are  to maintain  and improve living standards around the world and to
afford the care for the  environment  that sustainable development demands.  Industry's role is to
provide the technological innovation and advances needed to meet the goal of  sustainable
development.  But this must be done with full public knowledge and an openness  that gains the
full confidence of the public.


2     ENVIRONMENTAL PARTNERSHIP

      It is important to emphasise the roles to be played by industry, the public, as citizens or as
members of  environmental pressure groups and of regulators such as  HMIP in protecting and
preserving our environment for future generations.  There exists an  inter-relationship  between
Government, industry and the  public, with  HMIP  sitting  in the middle with important  two way
relationships with each one.
      The UK Government formulates policy on environmental protection and issues regulations
and sets standards which  HMIP must administer  in regulating industry.
      Industry in its turn must operate  efficiently and  effectively using clean technologies to
ensure that no harm is done to  the environment.  This has not always  been the case in the past.
Indeed  the first major piece  of environmental legislation in the  UK,  the Alkali Act5, came into
force in 1864 to  control discharges of hydrochloric acid because they had turned once verdant
countryside  in North-West England  into an industrial wilderness.  There can  be few more

-------
340                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


important areas in which industry and the business community  need to raise, and to be seen to
be raising, standards than the environment. For this to happen  however, far more companies will
need to pay rigorous attention to  the quality of their environmental management.  This will be
particularly important as environmental  pressures  continue to rise in  the  years  ahead.   The
business community  will need to pay heed to three dynamics:  setting standards,  understanding
markets and managing environmental performance.  Those who get these  right will find
environmental pressures enhancing rather than hindering their  competitiveness. Those who get
them wrong will be losers.  The message  to industry  is clear.  Good pollution control goes hand in
hand with technical  excellence and business, rather than being an obstacle and  a drain on
resources.
      The public for its part is increasingly playing the role  of "green watchdogs".  When a
member of the public, either as an individual or as a member of a pressure group,  suspects that
a problem is occurring in the environment, HMIP welcomes  being alerted to  suspected pollution.
We are  developing a much closer and responsive relationship  with the  citizens of England and
Wales.
3  HMIP'S MISSION FOR THE 1990s

       HMIP's mission  is to protect the environment by regulating industry to prevent pollution.
To do this HMIP carries out the following activities:-
i)      authorises, enforces, inspects and monitors under the relevant legislation;
ii)      consults openly and widely and reports on its performance;
iii)     provides expert advice to Government;
iv)     initiates research and development and disseminates results;
v)      works cost effectively and to the highest professional standards.

       HMIP has set itself the following objectives:-
i)      Integrated  Pollution Regulation  (IPR) and Integrated Pollution Control (IPC)
       implementation;
ii)      preventive  approach;
iii)     high profile regulation;
iv)     demonstrable effectiveness; and
v)      proactive research.

       None of this is completely new.  HMIP and its predecessor  inspectorates  have done a
good job and the benefits can be found in any industrial town in the UK.  The current challenge is
to  do  all of this  even better  and in doing so, show that HMIP is at the leading edge of
environmental regulation.

3.1     Integrated Pollution  Regulation

       With the bringing into force of Part  1  of the Environmental Protection Act in April  1991,
HMIP's regulatory framework became  based on a truly cross-media philosophy.  IPC and HMIP's
other main  regulatory functions are  being carried out in  accordance with the  philosophy of
integrated pollution regulation.
       First it  involves a systematic approach to  regulation, which means developing  the
appropriate systems to ensure that HMIP's  responsibilities are discharged efficiently, effectively
and consistently in  a consistent manner  across all of the Inspectorate.  Second,  to implement
these  systems needs  adequate guidance  to  inspectors and third,  comprehensive training.
Training helps maintain the  level of professional expertise that is  so vital to  the effective
functioning of the  Inspectorate.
       With a  range of different, but integrated  regulatory functions to perform, it is essential for
HMIP to have the necessary range of expertise available.  For this reason we have developed a
team approach to field regulation.  This is  the  fourth strand of the IPR approach.  Teams  are

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             341


made up of "professionals" each with their own specialist background and experience such as
waste management, air pollution  control,  radioactive  substances, administration etc.   Each
member will have the same basic training but will continue to develop his specialism and  make
this expertise available to colleagues.  In this way, HMIP is able to take an expert and balanced
view of pollution as it affects all media.
      HMIP's field operation  is divided into 7 geographic Regions as shown in Annex 1.  Each
Region has 5  to 6 inspection teams who are responsible for  ensuring that all HMIP's regulatory
functions are discharged in that Region.

3.2   The Preventive Approach

      From an environmental standpoint, prevention is better than cure.  For operators it is cost
effective to reduce the creation of waste at source and much less disruptive to design effective
controls and  operating procedures into a  plant,  rather than face later  remedial  action.   Any
remaining wastes which are necessarily produced should  be disposed of  in the  most
environmentally acceptable way.
      The three elements of the Inspectorate's  approach are:-
i)     guidance on  process design and  operation, in particular,  through  Chief Inspector's
      Guidance [IPR] Notes;
ii)    avoidance of pollution  risk by rigorous  scrutiny and process design and operating
      arrangements,  and reduction of waste creation at source, through the authorisation
      process; and
iii)    deterrence, by using authorisations to set up monitoring regimes which will bring lapses in
      performance quickly and reliably to the attention of the  operator, HMIP and the public; and
      by effective monitoring, inspection and enforcement regimes.

3.3   High profile Regulation

The history of the  Inspectorate can be traced back  to 1864 when the first Alkali Act was
introduced. Since that  time the  Inspectorate has grown in size and in the areas of responsibility it
covers.  Regulation  has been carried out  effectively  in the past,  but the current public concern
about environmental  issues means that HMIP must demonstrate explicitly that it is doing its job
effectively and be fully  responsive to public concerns.  HMIP will be  seen to  be active in
inspections, audits, securing improvements  and also prosecutions where appropriate.  HMIP will
also show a rapid and flexible approach, particularly to  concerns  raised by the public which will
be dealt with in a systematic manner and with the  minimum of delay.
      But what does this mean in practice? The  Environmental Protection Act provides for  much
greater public  involvement in the regulatory  process.  For example, by requiring the  Inspectorate
to keep public registers available at our regional offices.  We  now have public registers available
for Integrated Pollution Control,  radioactive substances,  atmospheric and water pollution
regulation.  But  HMIP  must go much further than simply meet legal obligations, by being pro-
active in making the public more aware of our day to day activities. HMIP must present a human
face to members of the public, we must be credible and above all, accountable.
      We  have taken steps recently to  ensure  that the regulatory systems  we operate yield
information that  is available to  and comprehensible by  the public.   For example, in future, the
Inspectorate's  annual report will be used to review our  activities and our findings, to review our
self-auditing procedures, our enforcement activities and the results  of out monitoring strategy.

3.4   Demonstrable Effectiveness

      It is not good  enough that HMIP simply  discharges its  regulatory responsibilities, we must
also seek ways of  verifying  our effectiveness by using appropriate performance indicators.
Monitoring of the environment will play a key role here.  Proposals are already in hand to  carry
out national  monitoring of key parameters so  that trends in levels of contaminants in  the
environment can be ascertained. Certain parts of UK industry are also planning to develop and

-------
342                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


use their own environmental performance figures.  This is just one way in which we can check
the effectiveness of our work.
      To aid work planning, HMIP has developed a comprehensive  system of  "norms" for the
time  to  be spend on  inspecting and  overseeing each sector of industry so as to  ensure fully
effective regulation.   These norms can  be varied upwards or downwards, depending on the
pollution  potential of individual factories in the light  of the  size and frequency of operation or the
competence of the operator.  HMIP is also currently testing systematic procedures for Operator
Competence Assessment (OCA) and the Pollution Risk Potential (PRP) of their processes.
      In assessing the  competence of  operators,  HMIP inspectors will  be  examining their
performance against set  criteria which include compliance with authorised limits, plant
maintenance,  records, plant instrumentation,  managerial competence and commitment  to
environmental matters. Pollution Risk Potential will depend inter alia on an assessment of the
toxicity  of substances being  handled, the scale of  operation, incident history, complexity  of
operation and the potential for non-routine  releases.
      These assessments are currently the subject of field trials and results should  be available
towards the end of this year.
      HMIP will also  carry  out internal checks on the quality of our operations and procedures.
The  introduction of quality  assurance systems is vital to demonstrate the  high and improving
quality of the Inspectorate's  activities.  To this end we have recently adopted  a Quality Assurance
Programme which has the aim of achieving accreditation under British Standard 5750.

3.5   Pro-active Research and Development Programme

      There is not only a need for short-term technical  answers  to today's pollution problems,
but also for strategic forward  planning in the long term.  This particularly applies to  HMIP's
research programme.  The main objective  of the research  is to provide necessary support for our
regulatory activities.  Research  needs  to be pro-active and have definite long-term goals which fit
in  with regulatory requirements.  For example, HMIP is  developing assessment  methodologies
necessary for making judgements on the impact of harm caused by releases to each
environmental medium and for ensuring that authorisations are fully consistent with the concept of
Best Practicable Environmental Option (BPEO).   We shall be looking increasingly at how risk
assessments  can play a role here. There is also an important need to keep abreast  of
developments  in process technologies and techniques so that the guidance to inspectors can
have the benefit of thorough reviews of available techniques.


4     INTEGRATED POLLUTION CONTROL

      As most of the  industries HMIP regulates are aware by now, the statutory basis for IPC is
provided in Part 1 of  the Environmental  Protection Act 1990.  IPC requires that no prescribed
process can be operated without a prior authorisation from HMIP.  The prescribed processes to
be controlled under IPC and the timetable for their introduction into the new systems as well  as
the prescribed  substances are set out in detail in the  Environmental Protection  (Prescribed
Processes and Substances) Regulations 19916 and are summarised in Annexes 2 and 3.
      The Environmental Protection  (Applications, Appeals and  Registers) Regulations 19917
outline the procedures for applying to HMIP for authorisation,  the information required by HMIP,
the bodies which HMIP must consult and requirements for advertising the  applications  and for
placing relevant information  on a public register.
      The requirements for involving  the  public in  the authorisation procedure are a key aspect
of  IPC.   They  reflect  our philosophy  that the public has  a right to know about  pollution  issues
(subject to safeguards where essential,  for confidentiality).  HMIP is required either to grant  an
authorisation, subject  to any conditions which the Act requires or empowers it to impose, or to
refuse it.  HMIP must  refuse it unless  we consider that the applicant will be able to carry on with
the process in compliance with the conditions in the authorisation.
      In setting the conditions, the Act places HMIP under a duty to ensure that:

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            343


   -   The  Best Available Techniques (both technology and operating practices) Not Entailing
      Excessive Cost (BATNEEC) are used to prevent or, if that is not practicable, to minimise
      the release of prescribed  substances into the medium for which they are prescribed; and
      to render harmless both  any prescribed substances which are released and any other
      substances which might cause harm.
   -   Releases do not cause, or contribute to,  the breach of any direction given by the Secretary
      of State to implement European  Community or international obligations relating to
      environmental protection,  or any statutory environmental quality standards or objectives, or
      other statutory limits or requirements.
      When  a process  is likely to  involve releases into more  than one  environmental  medium
      (which will  probably be  the case in  many processes prescribed for IPC), the  Best
      Practicable Environmental Option (BPEO) is achieved, ie the releases from the  process
      are controlled through the  use of BATNEEC to give the least overall effect on the
      environment as a whole.

      The concept of BATNEEC contains an inbuilt dynamic towards higher standards  because
as available techniques improve,  environmental protection standards be raised.
      Process operators, and indeed the public, will require  an  assurance that BATNEEC  is
applied in a rational and consistent way.  BATNEEC standards for each class of IPC process will
be set out in  published guidance notes which will be issued to inspectors.  In preparing the notes
HMIP will review available techniques internationally as well as tapping industry's own expertise
and experience.  Right at the outset, industry, through its various representative bodies, will have
an opportunity to offer views on the  factors that will need to be covered in  each note.  And before
a note is finalised  it will be issued in draft for comment and discussion by all interested parties.
5      CHIEF INSPECTOR'S GUIDANCE NOTES

       The aim of the Notes is to provide guidance to inspectors on the main emission standards
for prescribed  substances arising from each process.  They also outline the minimum standards
that are expected to  be attained by existing plant, and what constitutes BATNEEC for new plant
and processes.
       In preparing the Guidance Notes8 HMIP takes into consideration  the results of BAT
research reviews that we  have commissioned.  Over  thirty reviews of BAT have so far been
commissioned.
       This procedure will  continue until around  180 Guidance Notes are issued and plans are
already in place for the revision of the first Guidance Note on Large Combustion Plant. As more
up-to date information, proven technology and standards come to light,  others will also be
updated.
6      IPC IMPLEMENTATION - EXPERIENCE TO DATE

       IPC came into force on 1  April last year with the first tranche  of processes being
introduced.  These  included all new or substantially changed processes and all existing large
boilers and furnaces.   As with all innovatory and complex new systems, the implementation  of
IPC has involved tackling a number of difficult issues.  Although  HMIP has considerable
experience of dealing with  applications under other statutes,  a considerable amount  of
preparation was required in advance of the April start date.  This included  an extensive training
programme for all HMIP inspectors and key administrative staff. We also carried out a series  of
six trials involving key sectors  of industry to test the proposed application and determination
procedures.
       To coincide with the introduction of integrated  pollution control  (IPC), the Department  of
the Environment published: "IPC - A Practical  Guide"9 to assist both ourselves  and industry  in
meeting the requirements of the legislation. In addition, HMIP has published five Industrial Sector

-------
344                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


Guidance Notes.  In conjunction with the issuing  of an extensive range of guidance
documentation, each Region  of the  Inspectorate  has invested a considerable amount of time in
publicising the regulation  procedures by attending numerous technical conferences and by
holding a series of regional seminars on IPC which representatives from industry were invited to
attend.
       Even with the extensive preparations carried out by HMIP and industry, there have been a
number of hiccups in the early stages of IPC implementation.  First we were very disappointed at
the quality of the majority of IPC applications, although some were more than adequate, requiring
only minor additional pieces of information, the majority fell below what was necessary, some well
below.  In particular, some applications did not provide  sufficient  information to enable HMIP to
carry out the environmental  assessments necessary to determine  IPC authorisations.  As a
consequence, HMIP had to write formally to many applicants specifying extra information that was
required and this  has, in turn, caused some delay in determining  authorisations.   However,
processing of the first tranche of applications is now more than 90% complete,  except for those
where the applicant has appealed against HMIP's decision not to allow the applicant's  claim for
confidentiality.
       In  the light  of our experience with the first tranche of IPC applications,  HMIP inspectors
have visited  most operators  who are due to apply  for authorisation  of the second  tranche of
processes (due 30 June 1992) to encourage operators to improve the quality of their applications.


7      CONCLUSIONS

       The introduction of IPC has  brought about a more structured relationship between  UK
industry and  HMIP. Industry  must be the provider of comprehensive information on which HMIP
determines authorisations - a point  emphasised by our  going back to industry  to request  more
information.   Industry  must also demonstrate compliance  with authorisations by carrying out its
own monitoring, instituting quality assurance procedures and generally providing information that
assures the Inspectorate that the conditions in an authorisation are complied with.
       HMIP  will, of course, carry out  inspections and conduct independent monitoring surveys.
In future HMIP's inspections will  be  more intensive than in the past and we will be looking  not
only for compliance with authorisations but also to ensure  that the industrial techniques used  are
of the required standard, ie  that they are consistent with BATNEEC.  This  includes quality
assurance, training and related aspects.
       But HMIP will not squeeze British industry to death by generating paper mountains and
seeking infinite detail about processes.  There is a balance to  be struck here so that industry can
operate efficiently and effectively, using clean technologies to ensure that no harm is done to  the
environment. However, HMIP will take a very  serious view if potentially polluting plant is
operating without complying with the  pollution control  legislation. We are committed to  ensuring a
safe and clean environment and enforcing the legislation.  If necessary, we will  demonstrate  our
determination to tackle polluters by using the sanctions available in the legislation including,
where appropriate,  prosecution.
       HMIP  must  be  efficient in  determining applications  and enforcing authorisations.  We  will
ensure that our systems are  publicly accountable and will not be any hindrance to companies
who can demonstrate that they are environmentally responsible.


       REFERENCES

1. Environmental Protection Act 1990, chapter 43, London, HMSO

2. Radioactive Substances Act 1960, chapter 34, London, HMSO.

3. Water Act 1989, chapter 15, London, HMSO.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            345


4.  Health and Safety at Work etc Act 1974, chapter 37, London, HMSO.

5.  Alkali Act 1863, London, HMSO.

6.  Environmental Protection (Prescribed Processes and Substances) Regulations 1991, Statutory
   Instrument No. 472, London, HMSO.

7.  Environmental Protection (Applications, Appeals and Registers) Regulations  1991, Statutory
   Instrument No. 507, London, HMSO.

8.  Chief  Inspector's Guidance to Inspectors, Process Guidance Notes, IPR series, London,
   HMSO.

9.  Integrated Pollution Control - A Practical Guide,  Department of the Environment and the
   Welsh Office, London, 1991.

-------
346
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
               HMIP REGULATORY REGIONS
                                                              ANNEX i
                                                HMIPHQ
                                             ®  Regional HQ
                                             ffl  Sub-Regional Office
                                             —  Sub-Regional
                                                  Boundaries
                                             r"=  Regional Boundaries

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                                                                            347
TIMETABLE FOR IMPLEMENTING INTEGRATED POLLUTION CONTROL
EPA
SCHED.
REF

1
1
1
1
1

5
5
5

3
3
3
3
3

.3
.1
.2
.3
.4

.1
.2
.3

.1
.2
.3
.5
.6
PROCESS
1
Fuel & Power Industry
Combustion (>50MWth)
Boilers and Furnaces
Gasification
Carbon i s a t i on
Combustion (remainder)
Petroleum
Waste Disposal Industry
Incineration
Chemical Recovery
Waste Derived Fuel
Mineral Industry
Cement
Asbestos
Fibre
Glass
Ceramic
COMES
WITHIN
I PC

1 .4.
1 .4.
1.4.
1.4.
1 .4.

1 .8.
1 .8.
1 .8.

1.12
1.12
1.12
1 .12
1.12

91
92
92
92
92

92
92
92

.92
.92
.92
.92
.92
APPLY
BETWEEN

1.4.
1.4.
1.4.
1 .4.
1 .4.

1 .8.
1 .8.
1 .8.

1 .12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1 .12

91
92
92
92
92

92
92
92

.92
.92
.92
.92
.92

& 30.
& 30.
& 30.
& 30.
& 30.

& 31 .
& 31 .
& 31 .

& 28
& 28
& 28
& 28
& 28

4.91
6.92
6.92
6.92
6.92

10.92
10.92
10.92

.2.93
.2.93
.2.93
.2.93
.2.93
ANNEX 2
CHIEF
INSPECTOR ' S
GUIDANCE
NOTE ISSUED*

1 .4
1 .2
1 .2
1 .2
1 .2

1 .4
1 .4
1 .4

1 .6
1 .6
1.6
1 .6
1 .6

.91
.92
.92
.92
.92

.92
.92
.92

.92
.92
.92
.92
.92
            Chemical  Industry






   4.1       Petrochemical




   4.2       Organic



   4.7       Chemical  Pesticide
1.5.93    1.5.93 & 31.7.93   1.11.92



1.5.93    1.5.93 & 31.7.93   1.11.92




1.5.93    1.5.93 & 31.7.93   1.11.92

-------
348
                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
 EPA      PROCESS
 SCHED. 1
 REF
COMES
WITHIN
IPC
APPLY
BETWEEN
CHIEF
INSPECTOR'S
GUIDANCE
NOTE ISSUED
 4.8      Pharmaceutical           1.5.9,3

 4.3      Acid Manufacturing       1.11.93

 4.4      Halogen                  1.11.93

 4.6      Chemical Fertiliser      1.11.93

 4.9      Bulk Chemical Storage    1.11.93

 4.5      Inorganic Chemical       1.5.94


          Metal Industry


 2.1      Iron and Steel

 2.3      Smelting

 2.2      Non-ferrous


          Other Industry


 6.1      Paper Manufacturing      1.11.95

 6.2      Di-isocynate             1.11.95

 6.3      Tar and Bitumen          1.11.95

 6.4      Uranium                  1.11.95

 6.5      Coating                  1.11.95

 6.6      Coating Manufacturing    1.11.95

 6.7      Timber                   1.11.95

 6.9      Animal and Plant
          Treatment                1.11.95
          1.5.93 & 31.7.93    1.11.92

          1.11.93 & 31.1.94   1.5.93

          1.11.93 & 31.1.94   1.5.93

          1.11.93 & 31.1.94   1.5.93

          1.11.93 & 31.1.94   1.5.93

          1.5.94 & 31.7.94    1.11.93
1.1.95    1.1.95 & 31.3.95    1.7.94

1.1.95    1.1.95 & 31.3.95    1.7.94

1.5.95    1.5.95 & 31.7.95    1.11.94
          1.11.95 & 31.1.96   1.5.95

          1.11.95 & 31.1.96   1.5.95

          1.11.95 & 31.1.96   1.5.95

          1.11.95 & 31.1.96   1.5.95

          1.11.95 & 31.1.96   1.5.95

          1.11.95 & 31.1.96   1.5.95

          1.11.95 & 31.1.96   1.5.95


          1.11.95 & 31.1.96   1.5.95
 * Target date

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                          349



                                                                    ANNEX 3



PRESCRIBED SUBSTANCES

Release to air: Prescribed substances

Oxides of sulphur and other sulphur compounds
Oxides of nitrogen and other nitrogen compounds
Oxides of carbon
Organic compounds and partial oxidation products
Metals, metalloids and their compounds
Asbestos (suspended particulate matter and fibres),  glass fibres  and mineral
fibres
Halogens and their compounds
Phosphorus and its compounds
Particulate matter

Release to water: Prescribed substances

Mercury and its compounds
cadmium and its compounds
All isomers of hexachlorocyclohexane
All isomers of DDT
Pentachlorophenol and its compounds
Hexachlorobenzene
Hexachlorobutadiene
Aldrin
Dieldrin
Endrin
Polychlorinated Biphenyls
Dichlorvos
1,2-Dichloroethane
All isomers of Trichlorobenzene
Atrazine
Simazine
Tributyltin compounds
Triphenyltin compounds
Trifluralin
Fenitrothion
Azinphos-methyl
Malathion
Endosulfan

Release to land: Prescribed substances

Organic solvents
Azides
Halogens and their covalent compounds
Metal carbonyls
Organo-metallic compounds
Oxidising agents
Polychlorinated dibenzofuran and any congener thereof
Polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin and any other congener  thereof
Polyhalogenated biphenyls, terphenyls and naphthalenes
Phosphorus

-------
350                         INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
  Pesticides, that is to say, any chemical substance  or  preparation prepared
  or used for destroying any pest,  including  those used for protecting plants
  or wood or other plant products from harmful organisms; regulating the growth
  of plants; giving  protection  against harmful or unwanted effects  on water
  systems,  buildings or other  structures,  or on manufactured products;  or
  protecting animals against ectoparasites.

  Alkali metals and  their oxides and alkaline earth metals and  their oxides.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            351


COMPLIANCE MONITORING IN POLAND: CURRENT STATE AND DEVELOPMENT

JERZY JENDROSKA

Research Group on Environmental Law, Institute of Law, Polish Academy of Sciences, Wroclaw


1     INTRODUCTION

      Communist governments were notorious for their fallacious development policies and poor
environmental records.  It is less known however, that - at least in Poland - environmental
problems were not caused by the absence of environmental laws, but first of all by the fact that
these laws were not enforced.
      When the communist government collapsed in 1989, there were no doubts that a new
environmental policy was badly needed, and that this new policy, in  order  to be implemented,
required not only new  laws, but first of all an effective enforcement, based on  a comprehensive
system of monitoring  compliance. A significant progress in this area was  made  in 1991, the
reform however is still far from being completed.(1)
       Bearing in mind that sufficient organizational arrangements  are  a  prerequisite for  an
effective regulatory scheme, before describing more in  detail the current state and perspectives of
monitoring  compliance, it will be useful to  present an overview of the organizational
arrangements, emphasising their shortcomings and the  attempt to remedy  these shortcomings
made in 1991.


2      ORGANIZATIONAL ARRANGEMENTS

2.1    The overall structure and its shortcomings before 1991

       Responsibilities for monitoring compliance with environmental  laws are divided  between
public health  and environmental  authorities. As a public health authority acts the State Sanitary
Inspectorate.
       The Inspectorate  is a central  agency, with the Chief Sanitary Inspector at  the  top, and
regional inspectors (at  the voivodship level) as well as  district inspectors (at the  municipal or local
commune level). The  number of the Inspectorate's employees  totals several thousends. The
Inspectorate has a well established system of area monitoring and inspectors have  broad
inspection and  enforcement powers. In carrying out its  activities,  however, the Sanitary
Inspectorate is interested in compliance with environmental standards only insofar as the public
health or occupational safety and health issues are involved. Therefore, despite the fact that its
area monotoring  data  provide a valuable input to monitoring compliance, the role of the Sanitary
Inspectorate in environmental law enforcement is of secondary importance, as compared with  the
role of environmental authorities. And here, the division of  powers between environmental
authorities was a very  controversial issue for years.
       In the  communist government's  environmental regulatory programme, the most significant
authority and responsiblity for administering environmental laws  resided with a governor (the chief
of the governmental  administration in a  voividship). Governors were made responsible not only for
issuing permits, setting individual allowable  emmission and discharge  levels, and collecting fees
for use of natural resources but also for monitoring compliance and enforcement. Governors, in
carrying  out their functions as  environmental authorities, were assisted by their environmental
officers,  and their Environmental Survey and  Monitoring Centres (commonly referred to  as
OBiKS). Altogether, in  49 voivodhips, the number of environmental officers in 1989 totalled 1325,
whereas the number of OBIKSs' employees totalled 2422.
       The Environmental Protection Act of 1980 (EPA  1980) supplemented  the framework of
environmental authorities with a central government's monitoring compliance agency:  the  State
Environmental Protection Inspectorate (commonly referred to  as PIOS).  The organizational

-------
352                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


structure of PIOS, as provided by the  EPA 1980, consisted of the Headquarters and 6 Regional
Offices. PIOS was a relatively small  agency (about 400 employees) reporting directly to the
Environment Minister. PIOS did not have any enforcement powers. The  major  shortcomings of
the above described organizational  arrangements were: lack of  clarity as to the roles  and
responsibilities of various agencies involved in monitoring compliance and enforcement, and  lack
of coordination of their efforts. They  used an assortment of methods and procedures,  which
prevented any comparison of results.  There was  no system  of checking the  calibration of
instruments, and  no certification of laboratories. The agencies were  understaffed  and equipped
with absolute, manually operated measurement devices(2). Bearing in mind the size of regulated
community (more than 40.000 registered  stationary sources of air pollution, about 3.000 industrial
plants discharging effluents directly to watercourses)  , there is nothing surprising that inspections
were  to no avail.
       PIOS was  meant to be an "environmental watchdog", that  was however a watchdog
without  teeth: it had neither sufficient tools to coordinate monitoring  efforts nor any enforcement
powers. Polish law provided that only individuals could  be held criminally liable, but prosecutions
against  directors of polluting companies were rarely brought to courts by public prosecutors(S). As
an equivalent of criminal liability of legal persons, the  EPA 1980 established special administrative
sanctions. Governors were empowered to halt  activity endangering  the environment and to
impose  non-compliance  fines. Governors however, being primarily responsible for the economic
development of  their voivodship, were  extremely reluctant to halt any  economic activity  and
limited themselves to imposing fines.  Bearing in  mind  that non-compliance  fines were very low
and offered a cheaper option than  compliance, there is nothing surprising that environmental laws
were  in  practice unforceable.(4)

2.2    Improvements: the State Environmental Protection Act of 1991

      The 1991  Act is an attempt to remedy the above described shortcomings by strehghtening
the role of PIOS. The Act gives PIOS enforcement powers previuosly  carried out by governors
and provides it with the sufficient status and resources to cope with its new
responsibilities.
      The 1991  Act  incorporated OBiKSs to the structure of  PIOS,  which  now consists of the
Headquarters and 49 branches at the voivodship level. The number of its employees totals 2.500.
Inspectors have  the  power to impose non-compliance fines, to halt  activity endangering the
environment, and to ban the sale  and import of raw materials, fuels,  machinery and other
technical appliances and goods which fail to meet environmental requirements. No  new facility or
activity which may cause harm to the environment, may start operation,  until  PIOS is notified  and
satisfied with the application of mitigation  measures (this powerful new tool has  prooved  itself
recently, when the new Warsaw Airport,  an investment worth US$ 2 billion, having been formally
opened by the Prime Minister, was prevented from starting operation by a  PIOS inspector). Apart
from  enforcement powers and inspections,  PIOS is responsible also  for  assessing the risk of,
preventing and combating the accidents (ecological disasters), as well as for management of the
nationwide environmental data system.  To this  end it has some coordination powers, as for
example: tocertify that laboratories apply good laboratory practice or  to provide  guidelines as to
the methods of  measuring, sampling  etc. All agencies involved in monitoring  compliance are
bound to cooperate with  PIOS by coordinating plans of inspections and exchanging information.
PIOS cooperates  also with the police, customs officers and border officers.
3      FORMS OF COMPLIANCE MONITORING

3.1     Inspections

       Inspections are conducted only by government inspectors. They may notify the facility prior
to inspection or arrive unannounced. Inspectors plan inspections, gather data in and/or around a
particular facility, record and  report on their observations, and - if there  is a direct danger to

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             353


human health or life, or direct and significant danger to the environment - have the right to issue
decisions as to  preventing the risk, which are to be realised immediately.
       Inspections may be routine (those  usually planned on the monthly base) or "for cause"
(usually as a  result of citizens' complaints, police reports or the request of a governor).
Inspections may also be either complex ones or  single-media oriented. In case of the first  ones,
usually  there are 10-12  inspectors  involved, and their task  is to examine entire environmental
performance of a plant.  In case of the latter ones, there are only  1-3 inspectors involved, focusing
on a  single issue (for example:  water  management within a plant). The average capacity of a
PIOS's  voivodship  branch is 3-4 complex inspections  or 20-30 single-media inspections.The
recent PIOS's policy favours complex inspections.
      The inspector has the right to enter facilities (with experts or whoever else he needs),  to
interview facilities' personnel, to  have access to all files, documents and records, to observe
operations,  and to  take samples for analysis.  The  inspector  has  to provide the manager  of
inspected facilities  with  his  report. The manager has the right to  introduce  to the report his
comments or reservations.
      The report is a basis either for issuing a decision as to applying some new  mitigation
measures or for enforcement measures (non-compliance fines or halting harmful activity)  to be
imposed by the chief of the  respective voivodship branch of PIOS.  It is worth mentioning that
PIOS is entitled to recover the costs of inspecting facilities if the  inspection resulted in findings  of
non-compliance.

3.2   Self-monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting by the regulated community

      Self-monitoring,  recordkeeping  and reporting are required by regulations in  relation  to
water pollution,  air pollution and storage of  waste.
       In case  of self-monitoring and  recordkeeping, the general regulatory requirements are
usually being translated to facility-specific requirements via permits. Only air pollution regulations
provide for specific  requirements in certain cases (for example, a  plant in  which a stationary
source emits within  an hour more than 12000 kg of SO2 or 800 kg  of dust, is  bound to monitor
emmision from each emitor  permanently). In case  of  reporting, the detailed requirements are
provided by the regulations  themselves.  Reporting is not related to permits but to a scheme
providing special fees for the  use of natural resources (for use of water, for discharge effluents  to
water, for air emmission and for storage of waste)  (5). The regulations provide for detailed
requirements as to reports and set 31 of January as a deadline for producing  an annual report. If
a plant fails to meet the deadline or requirements as to the report, the fee  is charged  upon
discretion and applied are fee rates of the  day (this provision  is very  important because fee rates
are being increased usually every year).

3.3   Environmental auditing

      The EPA  1980 authorises governors to  require from managers of existing  facilities  to
provide  an  environmental impact assessment concerning their facilities. The assessment is  to be
prepared by the expert  indicated by the governor, but costs are to be borne  by the  manager  of
facilities. In case of not providing the assessment within  the fixed time,  the governor may
commission an expert to prepare it on the expense of the  manager of facilities  at question.
Experts can be drawn  only  from the list  of verified EIA experts, which is  carried out by the
Environment Minister. The 1990 regulations on the EIA provides for  detailed  requirements  as  to
the content of  ElAs concerning  existing facilities.(6) Besides the requirements established for
project-related  ElAs, ElAs concerning existing facilities should: 1) refer to information about the
state  of the environment gathered prior to  construction, and during operation  of a given plant  or
facilities, 2) take into account the  quantitative data as  to the water consumption and all kinds  of
pollution, gathered during operation  of a  given  plant  or  facilities, 3) estimate the  present and
anticipated  impacts on particular elements  of the  environment and on human  health.  In 1990 the
Environment Minister prepared a list of the top 80 industrial  polluters in  Poland, and requested
respective governors to require ElAs from  their managers. These ElAs were not meant to serve

-------
354                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


primarily as enforcement tools, but to serve  as foundations for establishing special pollution
reduction programmes, to implementing which they were obliged over the next three to five years.
The same scheme is  being applied currently at  the voividship level, where the top polluters for
given  areas have been recognised (there are about 800 those locally significant polluters).

3.4   Citizen complaints

      There are no special  programmes that encourage  citizen  involvement in monitoring
compliance or help educate and train citizens to detect and report problems. Nevertheless, citizen
complaints  are  estimated to be a significant source of detecting violations  (PIOS's inspections
resulting from citizen complaints are estimated about 100 a year). Very important role play here
members of non-professional guards (Nature Protection Guard and Angling Guard) which are the
"mailed  fists" of nature conservation NGOs (7).  Though they are trained to  assist governemtal
agencies onlyin enforcing nature conservation laws, they often  reports also  on  non-compliance
with pollution standards.

3.5   Area monitoring

      Area monitoring does not use as yet sophisticated methods  and is based  on  stationary
stations of ambient monitoring. Well established  networks of such monitoring stations are
maintained  by the State Sanitary Inspectorate and hydrological and meteorological services. PIOS
only  recently is trying to supplement these network with  some more sophisticated monitoring
techniques. The above mentioned national environmental data base system (commonly refered to
as Monitoring  System) is being created now by PIOS with  a  significant foreign financial
assistance.
4     PERSPECTIVES

      The improvement in  monitoring compliance, though significant, does  not seem  to be
sufficient. First of all, the existing regulatory scheme has to be redesigned in  relation to
environmental  auditing. Under the existing scheme,  companies  may reasonably  argue that
monitoring compliance is that what they are paying taxes for, and as long as their non-compliance
has been proved, they should not be made responsible  for the  costs  of performing audits.
Moreover, governors  designate auditors, but that is a company which pays additional costs if an
EIA has to be corrected.
      The new law must choose  between two options: either environmental auditing treated as
an element of building  credibility of companies or treated as an element of enforcement.  In the
first case new  environmental auditing scheme in  Poland would be similar to  the eco-auditing
scheme currently being considered by the EC. There is still to be  decided whether this kind of
scheme should be voluntarily or obligatory, but there are no doubts that companies should be
free to choose auditors (perhaps from the list of veryfied  auditors) and that  should be  some
incentives for building credibility in  this form (perhaps an eco-label).
      If, however, auditing  is to  serve as  an element of enforcement, there  is no doubt that
companies should not  be made paid for audits and be responsible for the mistakes done by
auditors.
      It  must be mentioned.that  in course  of  law-drafting works, two new forms of monitoring
compliance are being considered.
      The first form  is  aiming to get the public involved in monitoring compliance by redesigning
the institution of public environmental wardens provided by  the EPA 1980. In  the new design,
wardens, being nominated from the well-qualified and responsible citizens, would have almost the
same rights  to  inspect  facilities  as PIOS inspectors have. Wardens would be assisting PIOS in
monitoring compliance  and  have the right to institute enforcement  proceedings similar to  public
prosecutor powers.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            355

      The second form being considered is reforming decision structures within corporations.
The aim is to link (following German (8) and Japanese (9) experiences) corporate's environmental
control with  governmental  control  and to have a kind of publicised environmental control within
corporations. To this end, the top  polluters (listed by the Environment Minister) would be obliged
to establish  a separate "environmental service" with an environmental director at board of
directors level. The environmental director would have some statutory duties and powers within
the company.  There should be also defined qualifications of those legally charged with
environmental responsibilities (for example: with self-monitoring, recordkeeping or reporting) in the
companies listed as top polluters,  and a special procedure in which their nomination or dismissal
would need to be consulted with PIOS.
       REFERENCES

1      Jendroska, J., Environmental Law in Poland in a Transition Period: Recent Development of
       Legislation, Tijdschrift voor Millieu & Recht, in press.

2      Nowicki, M., Environment  in Poland. Issues and Solutions,  Ministry of Environmental
       Protection, Natural Resources and Forestry, Warsaw, 1992.

3      Radecki, W.  and Rotko, J., Entwicklung des Natur- und Umweltschutzrechts in Mittel- und
       Osteuropa, Nomos Verlag, Baden-Baden, 1991.

4      Jendroska, J.,  Integrated  Pollution  Prevention Through Licensing  Procedures in  Poland,
       submitted for publication.

5      Jendroska, J. and Radecki, W., in: Z. Bochniarz  and  R. Bolan (Eds.), Designing Institutions
       for Sustainable Development: A New Challenge for Poland, Hubert H. Humphrey Institute,
       Minneapolis, 1991, pp. 57-76.

6      Jendroska, J., State  of Environmental Law: Poland, submitted for publication.

7      Jendroska, J. and Nowacki, K. in: M. Fuhr and G.  Roller (Eds.), Participation and Litigation
       Rights of Environmental Associations in Europe, Peter Lang,  Frankfurt am Main-Bern-New
       York-Paris, 1991, pp. 39-56.

8      Rehbinder, E., Jahrbuch fur Rechtssoziologie und Rechtstheorie,  12(1988)

9      Bothe, M., Auslandisches Umweltrecht IV.  Umweltschutz in Japan, Erich Schmidt Verlag,
       Berlin, 1975, pp. 184-189.

-------
356                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            357


ENFORCEMENT  OF THE  ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY IN  THE  FIELD OF THE MONTREAL
PROTOCOL IN THE CSFR

MIROSLAV KOTASKA, VLADIMIR REHACEK


1     INTRODUCTION

      Environmental questions currently form one of the most  important internal  as well  as
international political problems calling for an increased attention of any state.
      One of the most important problems of the environmental protection is the protection of the
atmosphere. Adhering to undertakings of the Montreal Protocol concerning substances damaging
the ozone layer and to its London refinement presents a basis for minimizing damages resulting
from the reduction of the thickness of the ozone layer.
      Already in  the period of the directive political and economic regime, Czechoslovakia as a
relatively advanced industrial  country with its own production and  consumption  of  compounds
damaging the ozon layer, followed the development concerning  the  Vienna Treaty and Montreal
Protocol  and implemented  certain,  though if limited,  porvisions necessary to prevent further
damages to the ozone layer.
      It is for example possible to remind that already since 1981, in Czechoslovakia, the use of
carbon dioxide  as a driving gas for aerosol  products  has been started.  Mechanical spraying
pumps have also  been developed and patented in Czechoslovakia on the basis of own research
results and their production  has been started. Thus, the concumption of Freons in Czechoslovakia
did not exceed 0,5 kg per citizen annually up to the end of the 1980's.
      A specialized working site of the Czech Hydrometeorological Institute has also paricipated
for 30 years in  the observastion and  research  of the ozone  layer within  the  scope of the
monitoring  project of  the  world  Meteorological  Organization  (WMO).  The  solar  and ozone
observatory of this Institute in  Hradec Kralove is a part of the global monitoring network and it
performs daily measurements of the total ozone amounts in the atmosphere.
      All these activities, however, occurred without a deeper co-ordination  by the state policy.
      The attempts to co-ordinate  these  approaches can be  observed only after  1987 in
connection with the Vienna Treaty and Montreal Proctocol.
      From  the  standpoint of the central  planning  system,  an apprehesion was,  however,
encountered  that  by signing these documents, guaranties  will originate, which could be hardly
fulfilled by the  central  authorities. Thus, the works carried  out for providing  the  Czechoslovak
approach  to  the  problems  mentioned, were particularly aimed at the investigation of economic
results.
      A complex technical and  economic analysis  was  elaborated, which  indicated  impacts
particularly in the  foreign  currency and  investment  regions.  The possibility of adhering to
requirements of  the Montreal  Protocol  was shown to be  quite realistic, of course with high
requirements for  centrally  assigned financial  means for investments. On the other hand, the
positive approach to the Montreal  Protocol was shown to be more advantagenous than accepting
of the hazard of negative economic impacts resulting from disregarding it.
      Together with  the  approach to  the Protocol,  requirements  occurred for  introducing a
number of subsequent provisions of the  co-ordination, organization, research and production
nature in the field of the state sphere as well as in particular organizations, since without their
implementation,  the  production  capacity of a  great  variety of  goods containing  substances
damaging the ozone layer  would  be reduced  by at least several milliards  of  Kcs  annually.  The
state authorities,  however,  ever hesitated to implement the approach to the  Montreal Protocol.
Only the change of the political situation  in the CSFR in the November 1989 essentially accelera-
ted the attempts for the international cooperation  in the field of ecology and also facilitated more
rapid accepting of a decision concerning the approach to the Montreal Protocol.

-------
358                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


2     THE  ORGANIZATION  OF  FULFILLING  THE VIENNA TREATY AND  MONTREAL
      PROTOCOL

      Even under new economic conditions, the importance and need of the role of the state in
solving the regulation of the production and  comsumption of substances  damaging the ozone
layer was shown.
      In the CSFR,  in accordance with the valid Constitution and Constitutional Laws,  the
formulation of the state ecological policy from the organinzation, legislative and international-law
standpoints falls into the competence of the Federal Committee for Environment.
      This central authority currently  replaces the Federal  Ministry  of Environment  from  the
standpoint of the international law and it organizes the fulfillment of tasks resulting for the CSFR
from the internationally accepted treaties and documents. This  particulary means the determinati-
on of further procedures  in the relevant region of the time schedule of preliminary  works,
treatment  of regulation schematic  diagrams  with  respect  to  specific features  of  particular
consumers of  Freons in the CSFR, and preparation of legislative provisions with  a possible
consideration of legislative provisions with a possible consideration of economic tools for adhering
to this international undertaking.
      In the preparation of relevant provisions,  the Federal  Committee for Environment tightly
cooperates with  Republic authorities for environment -  Ministry  of Environment of the  Czech
Republic and Slovak Commission for Environment.
3     THE PRODUCTION AND CONSUMPTION OF SUBSTANCES DAMAGING THE OZONE
      LAYER IN THE CSFR

      The CSFR does not belong to the group of the most important producers and consumers
throughout the world: in spite of this, the production and consumption of compounds damaging
the ozone layer is of importance.
      The production  of regulated Freons  (types  11,  12 and  113) was of about 2 000  ton
annually in 1986 to 1991, that of tetrachloromethane was of about 5 000 ton annually.
      The consumption of Freons in the initial year of the regulation (1986) was  about 7 000
ton/year  and its portion of about 70% was covered by the import. Halones  (20 to 50 ton/year)
and methylchloroform (of about 250 t/year) are imported to cover the complete volume of their
consumption.
      The distribution  of the consumption  is similar to that  in  the other industrially advanced
countries (driving gases for aerosols, coolants, blowing agents, cleaning means and solvents).


4     THE APPROACH TO PROVIDING THE MONTREAL PROTOCOL IN THE  REGION  OF
      THE STATE SPHERE

      After joining the Montreal Protocol, a problem was encountered of implementing provisions
necessary for fulfilling duties resulting from this document.
      We believe that there is no uniform  method for a  further continuation in the  signatory
countries for  providing  the fulfillment of the Montreal Protocol.  The provisions adopted  should
concern the economic as well as state sphere.
      In the  economic sphere, the producers,  users and importers of the substances damaging
the ozone layer will  be forced to face technical problems and  simultaneously  to provide  the
economically  most advantageous solution. In the market system, this duty will be  imposed onto
the organizations themeselves,  in spite of the fact that a possibility of state subventions cannot be
precluded in  certain cases.
      The task of  the state  authorities  should parrticularly  be the  formation of  legislative
provisions, of the system for following and checking the undertakings accepted, the elaboration of
basic data within the scope of the international co-operation, the mediation of the technical help
and the assistance during its organization, the control of fulfilling undertakings, etc.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             359


      The policy of the state authoristies must be, of course, in argreement with the activity in
the economic sphere.
      We  have primarily  encoutered the requirement for the system approach, which  could be
employed to  obtain a program including basic concepts considering the  method of fulfilling the
duties imposed by the Montreal Protocol.
      The basic task of the system approach include the processing of the following items:
    -  system of the program management (managing and executive authority)
    -  legislative provisions
    -  economic tools supporting the regulation
    -  regulation plan
    -  methods of providing and checking the settled regulation (in connection to the legislative
      accepted)
    -  proposals of replacement for the regulated substances
    -  method  of keeping  records and balances of the production, consumption and foreign trade
      with the regulated substances ( montoring system)
    -  project of the collection, recovery and recycling of used coolants
    -  program for the information  and involvement of  the public in favour of replacing the
      substances damaging the ozone layer.

      Particular points are stepwise being implemented in  accordance with this concept.
      A top  controlling authority was established  as  an advisory board of the Federal Committee
for Environment including  representatives of the Committee and of further Ministries  interested in
this topic (particularly Republic Ministries  of environment, industry, agriculture  and economy),
producers and  big consumers, which is supposed to co-ordinate the whole problem in direction of
the domestic  as  well as foreign  economic  sphere.  It  assigns  relvant tasks,  considers the
provisions proposed and provides methodic guiding of the exucutive authorities.
      The focus of interest is in the territory of the Czech  Republic, where all the production and
of about 80 to 85% of the  Czechoslavak consumption are concentrated.
      As the executive authority, we consider as purposeful  establishing of  two national  centres
providing the recording, balancing, regulating, controlling and informational activities.
       Besides this, for  solving the  complicated  replacement  of  Freones  and  halones in the
cooling  and anti-fire technique, we considered a proposal  of establishing  expert groups including
specialists working  in these branches as reasonable.
       The group  of specialists  in  the cooling  techique  also  deals with  the problem of the
collection of  coolants, of  their recovery and recycling  (including training of service technicians,
issuing  of licences for this activity, etc.).
       We assume the following problems to be treated by the executive authority:
    1.  Following of the production,  consumption,  import and export of compounds damaging the
       ozone layer.
    2.  Processing  or possibly control of these data,  processing  of summarizing  balances  for
       domestic  central  as  well as foreign authorities  (Federal Committee for  Environment,
       UNEP).
    3.  A cooperation in forming the regulation plan in accordance with the London Supplement to
       the Montreal Protocol.
    4.  The informational activity concerning newly accepted undertakings and the supplement to
       the Montreal Protocol.
    5.  Following  of replacement for the compounds damaging  the  ozone layer and further data
       concerning this problem from foreign  data bases.
    6.  A program for informing the public  about  the danger resulting from  the damage to the
       ozone layer and about provisions for avoiding the daily  use of substances damaging this
       layer.

       When treating the legislative, we considered different variants of approaches. Last, with
respect to the  association of the  CSFR to the EC countries it was shown that the Czechoslovak
legislative tools should be obligatorily prepared in agreement with the EC countries. At the end of

-------
 360                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


 1991 a proposal of the Law concerning compounds damaging  the ozone layer of the Earth was
 prepared., which was based on the COUNCIL REGULATION (EEC) No. 594/91 dated 4.  3. 1991.
       The regulation in the CSFR accepts the term as well as  volume restrictions of compounds
 damaging the ozone layer, identical with those in the EC countries.
       A regulation plan  has also been elaborated with  respect to  these  conditions. First,  the
 regulation of the production and  use of aerosol products  is included, after that the regulation of
 expanding agents  for producing the expanded materials,  of cleaning products and  solvents and
 last, the replacement of coolants  and limited use of regulated compounds for medical purposes is
 presented.
       There  was  a considerable  discussion  concerning the  methods  of implementing  the
 regulation. Possibilties were considered either of introducing a certain quota system for particular
 consumers or of implementing the  regulation  solely on the basis of  legislative provisions and
 related Regulations.
       After taking into account all the advantages and disadvantages with respect to the existing
 development  of the consumption  of substances  damaging the ozone layer  under  the  new
 economic conditons  in  the  CSFR, we achieved a  conclusion that the  regulation solely with  the
 help of suitable legislative  provisions will be  sufficient.  Thus, the  method is  similar  to those
 employed in the EC  countries - see e.g. a Regulation  concerning the prohibition of  using certain
 halogenated hydrocarbons damaging the ozone layer, dated 6.5.1991, issued in the FRG.
       We do not deny the  possibility that the method  used e.g. in the  USA, co-ordinated by the
 Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), where production and consumption permits  are issued
 for the predetermined  amounts,  could also be  used in our  country. It  would be, however,
 impossible to  control particular directions of the use in the same  manner due to unreadiness of
 our refrigeration industry to introduce a replacing  coolant, so that resulting regalatiom scheme
 would  be the same as in the first  case. It would be, however, achieved in a much  more complica-
 ted manner.
       Even  in the  use  of procedural regulations, it  will  be  necessary  to consider  possible
 exceptions, e.g. in  the case  of sprays for asthmatic patients.
       The following  and  control of the  obligatory  regulation of  compounds  damaging the ozone
 layer is anchored  in the  legislative. The producers, importers and consumers are  due to  keep
 relevant records and to submit relevant reports.
       These reports are accumulated and evaluated by the executive authority, which elaborates
 on the  basis of them summarizing balances for domestic central authorities and for the UNEP
 secretariate in Nairobi.
       The data aubout the  import have  been yet obtained in the monopolistic importer Chemapol
 joint-stock Co.
       With the degradation of the  central management  and  with making  possible the foreign
 trade activity  for many furhter subjects it will be necessary to use custom authorities similarly as
 they are used in  abroad.  This approach  was partially also  recommended  at  the session  of
 signatory countries of the Montreal  Protocol in  London in June 1990,  where a conclusion was
 approved that the compounds damaging the ozone  layer should occur in the statistical nomencla-
 ture as soon as possible.
       Thus,  the regulated  substances  should be  included into the  custom tariff of  rates in a
 detailed classification according to Attachments to the Montreal Protocol.


 5      A RECAPITULATION  OF  THE  PROBLEM AND  EXPERIENCE WITH  INTRODUCING
       THE MONTREAL PROTOCOL IN PRACTICE

       On Juni 21, 1990,  the Government  of the CSFR has approved the Montreal  Protocol and
since Dec 30, 1990, the CSFR officially became a  party of this proctocol. On June  4, 1992, the
 Federal Government  approved the Supplement to  the  Montreal Protocol, accepted in  London  in
June 1990 and appointed  the minister of the  CSFR  Government J.  Vavrousek to  implement
provisions connected with accepting the changes and the Supplement  to the Montreal Protocol, to
elaborate a program of reducing the use of compounds damaging  the  ozone layer and to present

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              361


reports to the Government about the implementation of  this  program. In  addition  to the above
mentioned  program, a  proposal  of the federal  legislative was  also  prepared, which already
considered new regulations of EC  countries  concerning  compounds damaging the ozone  layer
issued in 1981 with respect to  the association  of the CSFR to EC countries.
       During the elaboration  of principles  of the state policy concerning the Montreal  Protocol,
requirements were manifested  for  a  cooperation and  acquiring  of  experience  in  advanced
signatory countries.
       For this purpose, thanks to the Netherlands, which  was willing to help very much, a project
of the Czechoslovak-Holland  cooperation wa  established. Within  the  scope of this project, the
Czechoslovak concept of the CSFR approach was conculted and the experience with introducing
the Montreal Protocol in practice in different branches of the economy as well as in  the  state
sphere was acquired.
       The first practical experience with the approach of Czechoslovak organizations  interested
in fulfilling the Montreal Protocol can be considered as positive.
       The enterprises altogether undrestand the need of the regulation of  ecologically harmful
substances  and they prepare reserve  solutions  within  the  range of  their possibilities. This  is
hindered by insufficient investment  financial  means, which  were  formerly assigned for similar
cases by  central state authorities,  it is  most simple to  replace expanding agents  and cleaning
products, where the technology solution is  not connected with high investment requirements and
is being performed in a cooperation with a foreign supplier of the relevant technology. There  is
also a positive  effect of the privatization process,  during which the state enterprises change their
owners in favour of the foreign particpation.
       The replacement in  the refrigeration industry will be complicated, since the introduction  of
new coolants is connected  with high investments. The solution should  be obviously also found  in
a cooperation with foreign partners,  possibly also with granting a credit.
       Nevertheless, with  the beginning  of  the  transition  to the new  economic conditions,
particularly since 1991, in  the CSFR,  there  is a strong  decrease of the consumption of  com-
pounds damaging the ozone  layer. As  an  illustation, it is possible to  mention that in 1991, the
consumption of the regulated Freons dropped to 42% of the initial value in 1986.
       This  was mostly  due   to the restructuralization  of the production  and market  problems
connected  with  the economic stagnation.  However, thanks  to an increased openness of the
Czechoslovak economy to  abroad, the Czechoslovak enterprises have already started to actively
implement  substitution  methods,  as e.g.  the production of aerosol products with  replacing
propellents (propane-butane, air, etc.).
       It is considered that the state policy in the regulation of substances damaging the ozone
layer (as indicated  in preceding chapters) will be  completely implemented  since the beginning  of
1993. It will undoubtedly contribute to providing duties imposed by the Montreal Protocol.

-------
362                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            363


DEVELOPING AUTHORITIES AND LEGAL ENFORCEMENT CAPABILITIES TO RESPOND TO
ENVIRONMENTAL VIOLATIONS

VICKI A. O'MEARA

Acting Assistant Attorney General,  Department of Justice,  Environment  and Natural Resources
Division, 10th & Constitution Ave., N.W., Room 2143, Washington, D.C. 20530 (U.S.A.)


      SUMMARY

      This paper provides an  overview  of over twenty years of U.S. experience  in designing
effective  authorities to  enforce our environmental laws and policies. The  effort draws  on our
legislative,  executive and judicial  branches. Section 2 surveys the roles of federal, state and
citizen enforcers.  Section 3  looks to  various legislative authorities  underlying  our  enforcement
program. Section  4 considers specific executive  branch enforcement policies  and procedures,
particularly  as they relate to proceedings  in our courts. Section 5 concludes with some ways the
U.S. has devised to ease the enforcement burden.
1      INTRODUCTION

       Over twenty years of U.S. experience have shown that two elements are vital to ensuring
a clean environment: (1)  a sound and comprehensive set of environmental laws and standards;
and (2) swift and certain enforcement for those choosing to ignore those laws and regulations.
       Generally, U.S. enforcement is designed to correct non-compliance, remove the profit
reaped by the illegal pollution, impose additional penalties -- including  the possibility of imprison-
ment - to deter more violations by the actual polluter and others in the regulated community,  and
to redress the actual damage done. In the recent past, enforcement of U.S. laws has resulted in
billions of dollars in  cleanups and new pollution control equipment, and tens of millions of dollars
in civil and criminal penalties.
       Many  nations, like the U.S., have enacted strong environmental laws. The U.S., however,
may use different means of  enforcing  those laws than other countries. In Mexico, for example,
with an extensive body of environmental law and regulation, enforcement is almost exclusively the
province of the executive  branch. Rarely does the judicial branch of the Mexican government ever
enter the enforcement picture.
       In the U.S., by contrast,  while relying  heavily  on administrative authorities  ourselves, the
use of the judicial branch by the executive to enforce environmental laws is at the heart of our
enforcement  system and  philosophy. As we enter our third decade of enforcement, the lesson in
the U.S. is clearer than ever:  bringing civil and criminal prosecutions against  environmental
offenders ~ and the threat of prosecution for those tempted to violate the law - is the surest  way
to make the  regulated community adhere to environmental  standards  and employ responsible
environmental practices.
 2     OVERVIEW OF U.S. ENFORCEMENT

 2.1    Powers of the Federal Government

       Enforcement by the federal government of environmental laws and standards may take
 several forms: (1) administrative (handled within the executive branch agency); (2) civil; and  (3)
 criminal. The latter two are pursued in federal courts by the Department of Justice on behalf of
 federal agencies, primarily EPA.

-------
 364                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


 2.1.1  Resource Specific Statutes

       Federal enforcement is governed by federal  law, and  in  the U.S.  system, unlike that  of
 many countries, federal environmental law is  usually broken down according to the media  or
 resources affected. Unlike many nations, we do not have a single overarching environmental law.
 For example, we have  enacted the Resource Conservation and  Recovery Act to regulate trans-
 port, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous waste. The Clean Air Act and Clean Water Act
 regulate discharges into those media.
       Our Superfund law, which forces cleanup of abandoned hazardous waste  sites, and  holds
 private parties liable for cleanup costs  and damages to  natural  resources, takes enforcement a
 step  beyond other laws. Building on principles  of common  law tort, Superfund provides for strict
 joint  and several liability. Superfund also provides for recovery  of triple damages if responsible
 parties refuse to clean up after being ordered to.  Thus, Superfund's enforcement clout is a
 powerful deterrent to polluters.

 2.2    Powers of the States

       Federal enforcement authorities often  work side-by-side with State authorities. Many
 federal environmental laws (e.g., Clean Water  Act, Clean Air  Act) encourage States to develop
 their  own regulatory and enforcement programs to parallel federal  law. If States do so, and their
 programs are approved by EPA because they are consistent with  national pollution standards and
 policies,  States may be given "delegated"  authority to issue  permits and take enforcement
 actions. Moreover, States are free to enact environmental laws  more stringent than federal laws.
 2.2.1  Scope of State Enforcement

       In  practice, States with "delegated" authority  issue the vast majority of  all  permits and
 bring the  largest number of enforcement actions against violators.
       Depending on the state legislation, state enforcers may be able to  impose administrative
 penalty orders for violations, and bring judicial actions for civil,  and sometimes criminal, penalties
 in state courts. In recent years, State  authorities have been particularly active in enforcing their
 laws against illegal dischargers of toxic substances.

 2.3    Role of Private Citizens in  Enforcement

       An additional piece in the U.S.  enforcement picture is the  role of private citizens, including
 groups or organizations. In some circumstances, and  consistent with U.S. constitutional "standing"
 principles, many federal environmental  laws give private citizens the right to go to court and seek
 to enforce those laws  against violators.  Depending on the law, citizens  are entitled to  seek
 injunctive relief or civil penalties, payable to the U.S. Treasury.

 2.3.1   Relationship of Citizen to Federal Enforcement

       When a citizen sues a private violator,  and the case concludes through a settlement (not a
 formal judicial determination), the terms of the settlement are not binding on the  federal govern-
 ment. We are still free  to bring our own enforcement action on the same violation if we believe
 the settlement in the  citizen's case to be inadequate.

2.3.2  Review of Citizen Enforcement by Federal Government

       Under  most  environmental laws which permit suits by citizens, the  federal government
 must receive notice of the suit  60 days before the citizen can  file it in court. This allows federal
authorities the opportunity, if they choose, to bring the case instead of the citizen. Moreover,  if the
citizen does proceed with the case because  federal authorities  have not filed their own action,
federal authorities may "intervene" in (i.e., join) the citizen  suit.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             365


      Lastly, if federal authorities do not bring the case, and do not intervene in it, they are still
entitled  to review any proposed  final settlement of the case.  If they believe that the proposed
settlement is not adequate, they will try to persuade  the parties  to change the terms of the
settlement.  If this fails, federal  authorities may try to persuade the court not to  accept the
proposed settlement.
      At each step along the way, our citizen suit laws are designed with a firm purpose in mind:
to allow the federal government to ensure that  all environmental enforcement -- even when  a
private citizen, not government, is the enforcer -- be conducted in  as uniform and consistent  a
manner as possible.


3  U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT PRINCIPLES AND CAPABILITIES

3.1   Administrative, Civil or Criminal

      To most Americans,  environmental  violations are not  all  equal. Measured according to
such standards as harm to the environment or to human health, some are relatively  minor. This
public perception of a sliding scale  of environmental violations --  least to most severe -- has
prompted  our Congress, typically with the support of the executive branch, to design laws with
levels of punishment corresponding to the magnitude of the violation.
      Beyond linking the severity of the  punishment to the  severity of the violation, practical
reasons also underlie the sliding  scale approach  in U.S. law. If administrative sanctions were not
available to  tackle the vast  majority  of violations, and  our federal courts and federal enforcers
were pressed to handle all violations, large  or small, the burden  on the  courts and the govern-
ment would be immense, and beyond our present capabilities.
      Generally, on the bottom end of the scale, the least serious offenses are subject to
administrative sanctions only. In  the middle are civil  judicial sanctions. On the top end, offenses
carrying the greatest risks to society  and which society  deems the most worthy of harsh punish-
ment, such  as dangerous illegal acts undertaken knowingly and willfully,  are prosecuted as
crimes.  For individuals, criminal prosecution  means one of the stiffest penalties in the U.S.  legal
system  - the specter of imprisonment. In practice, the  vast majority of enforcement  actions are
administrative. Criminal prosecutions represent the fewest.

3.1.1  Who May be Prosecuted

      Not only individuals and companies, including owners and operators of facilities, may be
charged with violations of environmental law.  Municipalities and  other political subdivisions are
also subject to enforcement actions.

3.2   Range of Enforcement Actions

      Administrative, civil and criminal actions usually carry the following range of sanctions:
   o  Administrative: orders to comply with law by a specific date which are enforceable in court,
      and usually  the possibility of monetary  penalties (law usually sets cap on maximum
      penalty) (1);
   o  Civil: monetary penalties (with  no  maximum level set by law and up to $25,000 per day for
      each violation), injunctive relief (e.g., orders to  comply with environmental  law, cease
      operations), and litigation costs;
   o  Criminal: monetary penalties (no maximum level  set by law and up to  $25,000 per day of
      violation) and, for individuals, imprisonment.

3.2.1  How Civil Penalties are Calculated

      The amount  of civil  monetary penalties a court  may impose is usually designed by law
(e.g., Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1319(d)) to reflect several factors:

-------
366                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


   o  Seriousness of the violations;
   o  Economic benefit resulting from the violation;
   o  Prior history of such violations;
   o  Good-faith efforts of defendant to comply with law;
   o  Economic impact of penalty on the defendant;
   o  "Such  other matters as justice may require".

   Executive branch  policy  statements  may also  be employed to help determine  the penalty
amount.

3.2.2  Other  Forms of Civil Relief

      Beyond monetary penalties, a remedy sometimes available administratively, or under the
court's power to issue injunctions,  is a so-called "environmental project." Environmental projects
are becoming increasingly used to redress environmental violations, and can be ordered in cases
brought by the government  and in  cases  brought  by private citizens. Generally, there are five
categories  of projects: pollution prevention  and reduction,  environmental audits and restoration,
and enforcement related public awareness projects.  (2) and (3)
      An environmental project is an undertaking by the violator to either restore the resource it
injured or destroyed, or to preserve the resource from such effects  in the future. In any event, a
critical requirement is that there be a "nexus," or connection, between the violation and the
project. This generally means, at a minimum, two things: the medium polluted must  be the
medium  restored or preserved by the environmental project;  and the project must benefit
resources affected by the pollution. The following hypothetical case helps illustrate the point:

   o  Suppose  a company admits to discharging illegal amounts of  pollution into the
      headwaters of a river, violating the Clean Water Act. While settlement of that  case
      should entail  a substantial monetary penalty to the U.S. Treasury,  U.S. law and
      practice also might permit the company to agree to fund an  "environmental project"
      which  replaces fish  stocks killed by the  discharges. Or, the company might be
      permitted to buy and preserve wetlands adjoining the river which are downstream
      of the  discharges and were undoubtedly polluted by the discharges.  Both environ-
      mental projects appear to have a "nexus" to the illegal discharges.

3.2.3  How Criminal  Penalties are Calculated

      The amount of criminal monetary penalties a court may impose is usually designed  by law
(e.g.,  Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1319(cj) to reflect several factors:
   o  Whether the violation was "negligent" or "knowing" (defendant subject to $25,000 penalty
      per day for "negligent" violations, and $50,000 penalty per day for "knowing" violations);
   o  Whether the violation "knowingly" placed another person "in  imminent danger of death or
      serious bodily injury" (defendant subject to $250,000 penalty per day);
   o  Guidelines of the U.S. Sentencing Commission.

3.2.4  Other  Forms of Criminal Relief

      Our criminal laws contain a rough equivalent to civil "environmental  projects." Under the
principle  of "restitution," courts may, as a condition  of probation, require that criminals restore the
fruits  of their  crimes. This means that, besides being subject to a monetary  penalty and possible
imprisonment, the criminal must, as a condition of probation, make restitution for the offense.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             367


3.3 Whether to Prosecute Violator Civilly or Criminally

      Civil charges are far more common than criminal  charges. For the government to bring
criminal charges, compelling circumstances must be  present. Among the factors we consider
when contemplating bringing criminal charges are the:
   o  Nature  and extent of the harm, or threat of harm, to human health or the environment. The
      more serious the harm, the more likely criminal prosecution will be justified;
   o  Violator's history of compliance with the law. A  long history of violations  may suggest the
      need for criminal prosecution;
   o  Violator's degree of cooperation with regulators and law enforcement officials, including full
      and prompt disclosure of violations  and steps taking corrective action;
   o  Impact of the  conduct on our  regulatory program.  Have records  been destroyed or
      falsified?  Since the  integrity of our regulatory scheme is heavily dependent on accurate
      and timely reporting, we take very seriously  any reporting violations that undermine our
      regulatory scheme;
   o  Deterrent value of prosecution. How likely is it that others  in the regulated community will
      be motivated by learning of this  prosecution to stay within the law? Given limited govern-
      ment resources to police environmental crime, deterrence is always a major consideration.

3.4   Prosecutions of Corporate Officials

      Many U.S. environmental laws  allow for prosecution  of "responsible corporate officers."
This means that if a high-level company official knew about dangerous conditions, or  deliberately
closed his or  her eyes to  such knowledge, and consciously decided to do nothing in his or her
power to remove or  avoid the dangerous conditions, the official may be subject  to criminal
prosecution.

3.5   Natural Resource Damage Claims

      When it is air,  land,  water or wildlife that is injured, and that resource or  resources belong
not to a particular person,  but to  the public as a whole, traditional civil enforcement methods may
fall short. For  one thing, exactly who can bring  a civil lawsuit for such broad and diffuse damage?
For another, how can  a price tag  be put on, say, the myriad ramifications of a large
oil spill?  U.S.  law has designed a way  to deal  with large scale environmental damage, while still
preserving the twin objectives of all our  enforcement -  compensation and deterrence. This  is
done through natural resource damage  claims. Under several  of our environmental statutes,
natural resource damage claims work as follows:
   o  The government (national, state  or Indian tribe)  is made a trustee on behalf of the public.
      The government then brings  an  action,  for example, against the owner of the ship which
      spilled  large amounts of oil into a bay. When the government recovers funds as a result  of
      the natural resource damage claim, it spends the funds to restore or rehabilitate the
      injured land, water and wildlife resources.
   o  As appealing  as natural  resource damage claims are to address episodes  of massive
      pollution, they  do present federal enforcers with considerable challenges. Measuring  and
      assessing environmental damage can be enormously  complex. Giving a dollar value to a
      single dead bird after an oil spill is difficult, much less multiplying this task by hundreds  or
      thousands of times for all  affected fish and wildlife species. Add to this task the difficulty  of
      assigning values to water or land, and some  idea is had of the challenges facing the
      government trustee seeking natural resource damages.

3.6   Parallel Civil  and Criminal Proceedings

      Many U.S. laws authorize both civil and criminal enforcement for the same illegal conduct.
This  poses potential  problems for federal enforcers. If two prosecutions, civil  and criminal, go
forward  simultaneously, investigators  and attorneys  may begin overlapping one another  and

-------
 368                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


 undermining the other case. Therefore, enforcement officials must be careful to avoid duplicative
 enforcement. Several years ago,  EPA and the Department of Justice fashioned policies to deal
 with such circumstances.
       Generally, when both civil and  criminal  prosecutions are possible for a single pollution
 incident, a criminal proceeding should be brought and resolved before a civil action.  In part, giving
 priority to the criminal case reflects the fact that criminal penalties are more  severe than civil
 penalties, and violators should face these severe penalties as quickly  as possible. However, if
 danger to public health or the environment is imminent, needing speedy corrective  action,  a civil
 proceeding to bring "injunctive" relief may precede the criminal action.


 4      STRUCTURE AND PROCEDURES OF U.S. JUDICIAL ENFORCEMENT PROGRAM

 4.1    Role of Department of Justice

       By federal law, the Department of Justice is the litigating arm of the  executive branch of
 government. Department  attorneys thus represent federal agencies in court.  Most judicial
 enforcement of our environmental laws, civil  and criminal, is handled by the  some 300 attorneys
 in  the  Department's Environment and Natural Resources Division, headquartered in Washington,
 D.C. The Department's ninety-four U.S. Attorney's  Offices throughout the  nation also  enforce
 environmental laws for violations (particularly criminal ones) within the jurisdiction of the individual
 Office. When the case is handled  by a U.S. Attorney's Office, that Office coordinates its litigation
 decisions with Environment  Division officials in Washington.  In this way, we ensure  as uniform
 and consistent an application of environmental laws as possible.

 4.2    Relationship of Department of Justice with other Agencies

       The critical  task of conducting the initial  investigation and fact-finding  necessary to bring
 the case is handled by the Department's "client" agencies. These agencies possess the technical
 expertise to gather evidence and undertake  often sophisticated  analyses necessary  to assess
 whether environmental violations have occurred. The primary client agency of the Department of
 Justice on environmental matters is EPA. (4)
       Because of the close working relationship between EPA  and the Department of  Justice,
 we hold monthly high-level meetings which track the  progress of cases,  confer on resources and
 case loads and discuss other policy matters.
       When  EPA  has completed an investigation, and  documented environmental violations it
 believes are  serious  enough to warrant prosecution in  court, (not merely through EPA's own
 administrative powers), it sends a  "referral package," containing all necessary factual information,
 evidence, proposed case strategy and settlement terms, and its recommendation for prosecuting
 the case, to the  Environment Division of the  Department  of Justice or the U.S. Attorney's Office.
 In  FY  1991, EPA  referred 393 civil judicial cases and 81 criminal  cases to  the Department of
Justice. (During that same period, EPA took 3,925 administrative enforcement actions). (5)

4.3    Considerations for Bringing  Judicial Enforcement Actions

       Department of Justice attorneys review the referral  package from  EPA. Attorneys examine
the referral package with  two main considerations in  mind: (1) whether  the facts provided
constitute a violation of law; (2) whether, even if the facts provided might technically constitute a
violation of law, Department policies or other considerations militate against bringing the case, or
against bringing  it on  the grounds recommended by  EPA. A hypothetical example illustrates the
point:
   o   The Clean Water Act generally requires that  anyone wishing to  fill wetlands,  such as  a
       swamp, obtain a federal permit before doing so. EPA investigators have learned that a real
       estate development company has filled in four acres of year-round swamp -- a wetland --
       on its property. EPA  has also uncovered many additional facts.  The  company president

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             369


       knew that a permit was required. He  had in fact approached federal  officials, but was
       angry to learn that the permit process would take many months. The president wanted to
       fill immediately in order to turn the quickest profit. The company also knew, EPA found,
       that its swamp had particularly valuable ecological values. Company officials had been told
       by their employees that it was the only remaining swamp in many square miles. Numerous
       species of migratory birds  used the swamp to nest and feed, and the swamp was also vital
       to help purify the drinking water of nearby residents. Knowing all this, EPA found,  the
       company nevertheless proceeded to fill the swamp to build a parking garage.
   o   The referral package  describing  such facts to the Department of Justice would  appear to
       present a good case for prosecution. The case could be civil or, given the apparent open
       and willful disregard  for the law, perhaps even criminal. The land  was protected wetland
       under the Clean Water Act, a permit had not been sought,  the land  had unusually valuable
       ecological characteristics and the company openly flouted the law. If Department attorneys
       were satisfied that such facts would be persuasive to a jury and judge in the judicial district
       where the swamp was located, and  that witnesses, documentary and technical evidence
       could present a convincing case, the Department might well take the case to court.
   o   On the other hand, consider one or more  somewhat different facts. The swamp was  not
       under water more than a few months each  year. The judicial district in which the swamp is
       located has in the past been a  hostile forum to  such government actions. In three such
       earlier cases, either  judges or juries found the  charged landowner not  liable. Mindful of
       such circumstances,  and given the already high  demands on Department resources,  the
       Department might decide that  its enforcement  priorities  should be  directed  to  other
       environmental violations.  Thus, while the referral package might possibly establish a
       violation of the Clean Water Act, other strong considerations might convince the  Depart-
       ment to decline to bring this  case in court.

4.4    General  Enforcement  Policies

4.4.1   Publicity

       When  one facility learns that another facility in the same industry or in the same  general
area has been  prosecuted,  the first facility  will, in all likelihood,  take steps to  avoid committing
violations of its own. This principle is at the core of an  important objective of all enforcement -
deter future violations  by making  the enforcement a widely known fact. It does little good to
prosecute an industry  here  and  an industry there without alerting all industry to  the fact that
prosecution possibly awaits any  who break  the law. Government does not have  unlimited
resources. It gets the most "mileage" from those prosecutions it is able to  bring  by showing all in
the regulated community examples  of violators who have been forced to pay substantial monetary
penalties or even go to prison.  Thus,  the federal government often accompanies  the filing  of
administrative, civil and criminal actions  by simultaneous, detailed  press releases telling the public
and the media.

4.4.2   "Multimedia" and Special Enforcement Initiatives

       As all know too well, when a waterbody,  forest or city is assailed by pollution,  that pollution
usually comes from more than a single source.  Pesticide runoff from farms, and acid rain caused
by nearby industry, may both contribute to degradation of a bay. Urban areas are often  burdened
with combined industrial, automotive and other discharges into air, water and land.
       Increasingly, we  are using  multi-media considerations in priority setting and taking enforce-
ment actions. We are also using special enforcement initiatives to  package cases for maximum
impact. (6)
       For example, recognizing the occasional shortcomings in targeting a particular pollutant in
a particular medium, when an entire region  suffers from multiple  pollution sources, the U.S. has
begun to  confront environmental damage  on  a region-wide scale.  It does this through
"multimedia"  enforcement initiatives. As the name suggests, these initiatives may consist of

-------
370                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

4.5.6  Assessing the Case

   o  After a substantial investigation has been completed, does the case still hold up, or should
      prosecution be declined because the case now looks weaker than it originally did?
   o  Should certain new charges be added or old charges dropped?
   o  Have negotiations been  attempted as a way to settle  the case without going through the
      time, trouble and risk of having the case decided by a judge?

4.5.7  Having the Court Decide the Case

   o  If negotiations to settle the entire case fail, can time  and  effort for all concerned still be
      saved by settling or eliminating some of the issues to be resolved?

4.5.8  Structuring a Settlement

   o  If it will take a long time to meet the terms of the agreement, what interim milestones may
      be established to track performance, and what penalty schedule might be employed in the
      agreement to set consequences for failure to meet the  milestones?

4.5.9  After the Case Concludes

   o  Assuming the charged violator has been found liable, what penalties should the govern-
      ment recommend? Have all relevant factors required by law  and government policy been
      considered in  recommending the penalty?
   o  If the government loses the case, is there a right to appeal the result to a higher court?  If
      so, should an  appeal be taken?


5     EASING THE ENFORCEMENT LOAD ON FEDERAL AUTHORITIES

      While enforcement will always  be the  cornerstone of ensuring compliance with  environ-
mental laws and standards,  we should not expect  that administrative or judicial actions alone are
the exclusive means of ensuring environmental compliance. Even if they were, enormous execu-
tive and judicial resources necessary to police  compliance with environmental laws, particularly in
times of budgetary pressures, would take a high toll.
      Fortunately,  the U.S. has successfully employed certain policy tools to encourage industry
to reduce pollution  outright, with the additional advantage  of saving industry substantial costs
along the way. The consequence of  less illegal  pollution is, of course, less  need for federal
government enforcement. Moreover,  when enforcement is necessary, we are promoting  ways to
simplify and streamline the judicial process.

5.1   Incentives to Industry to Comply with Regulations

      Market-based, economic incentive approaches to environmental compliance are becoming
progressively more intertwined with U.S. technology-based command and control regulations. The
essential idea is quite simple: give industry the encouragement and flexibility to harness its free-
market, creative energies, and it can achieve cost-effective, overall levels of pollution control that
equal or exceed command and  control results.
      To date, air pollution has been the main arena for use of market-based incentives. Under
the amended Clean Air Act, EPA has  created a market to trade units of allowable emissions. A
business can shift  emission units among different  sources within its plant, so long  as the plant
does not exceed its overall  emission limitations. A new emission source is allowed to open in an
area otherwise barring new  emissions if the new source obtains more than offsetting decreases in
emissions from other sources in the area. This scheme not only can  save industry tens of millions

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             371


of dollars, it causes no increase in aggregate emission levels. Just such a program of tradeable
emission credits has been quite successfully used to phase out lead in gasoline.
       Emissions trading is also the  heart of the amended Clean Air Act method for controlling
emissions of sulfur dioxide, a key precursor of acid  precipitation. The  Act  requires an overall
reduction in the amount of sulphur  dioxide emitted by U.S. power plants.  It then allocates a
limited level of emissions to power plants. Utilities that can cost-effectively reduce their emissions
below their allocated level can sell the resulting credits to power plants that find it more expensive
to reduce emissions to allowable levels.  It  is estimated that this program will reduce  sulphur
dioxide emissions by 40 percent over ten years. Anticipated savings are estimated at about $800
million per year over the amount that  would be spent on traditional regulatory controls.
       A market-based  incentive of a somewhat different cast than trading is information
disclosure. Here, the incentive  to comply is not a government-set pollution level.  Rather,  the
incentive is consumer  pressure. If, for example, the public  knows that  a nearby company has
transported or released certain toxic  substances from its facility, company sales might well suffer
as a  result  of public alarm. This is  precisely the  thrust of  the 1986  Emergency Planning and
Community  Right-to-Know Act.  42 U.S.C.  11001. Under that statute, companies  are  required to
divulge the nature and  extent of toxic chemical transfers and releases.

5.2    Environmental Audits

       Department of Justice policy offers an  industry a way to reduce the chances that it will be
criminally prosecuted for environmental violations. (7)  If  an industry will audit and police its own
environmental activities, then voluntarily disclose to the government any  environmental violations
it discovers, the Department will take  this cooperative attitude into account when deciding whether
to bring  a criminal prosecution in a particular matter.  More specifically, we ask whether  the
industry has:
   o   Made a voluntary, timely and complete disclosure  of the matter under investigation;
   o   Cooperated with the government fully and promptly;
   o   Taken measures to bring its harmful activities into compliance with the law, and adopted
       procedures to identify and prevent future noncompliance.

5.3    Simplifying Judicial Enforcement

       It is an axiom in the U.S. legal system that  it is better to settle a  legal dispute than  to try
the case in court. Taking a case all the way to civil  or criminal court is invariably  more expensive,
time consuming and unpredictable for all concerned than when the parties to the dispute  settle
the case between themselves.  In practice, fortunately, the vast majority of cases settle without the
need for a judge or jury decide them.
       The U.S. judicial system, and the rules  under which it  operates, give strong  encourage-
ment to settlement of cases. Our federal judges are burdened with many cases, and usually try to
do all they can to ensure  that parties explore every possible avenue of settlement before
proceeding  into the courtroom.  In practice, settlements between  federal authorities and private
parties are reached as they are in most other nations - by means of negotiation. The parties sit
at the table and work through their differences toward a mutually agreeable solution.
       One  new method of relieving  the enforcement burden on parties and courts alike is alter-
native dispute  resolution  (ADR). A recent law  (Administrative Dispute Resolution Act of 1990)
encourages disputing  parties to employ such techniques as mediation and arbitration. ADR has
one great virtue - it avoids the kind of protracted, expensive litigation that has come to burden
the American legal  system the past  several decades. By easing the time and costs  of enforce-
ment, ADR, as any successful  negotiation, frees up federal  resources to take on wider enforce-
ment  responsibilities.

-------
372                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

5.4    Curbing Litigation

       Litigation  in the  United States has swollen to such a point that it now exacts exceedingly
high costs on our society. Each year, approximately $80 billion is spent by individuals, businesses
and governments on direct litigation costs and insurance premiums. Acutely aware of this burden,
President Bush recently ordered all federal attorneys to conduct their litigation in ways designed
to reduce the time and expense  for all litigants. (8)  The President ordered attorneys  to avail
themselves of methods designed to settle cases, to take steps to streamline the often enormously
taxing "discovery" process, and to keep  "expert" theories out  of our courtrooms that  are  not
widely accepted. By employing these and other measures, the President hopes to set an example
private attorneys will follow in conducting their own litigation.


       REFERENCES

1  Reich, E.  and Shea, Q., in: A  Survey of U.S. Environmental Enforcement Authorities, Tools
   and Remedies, Proceedings of  International Enforcement Workshop, Utrecht  the Netherlands
   May 8-10, 1990.

2  Policy on  the  Use  of Supplemental  Enforcement Projects in  EPA Settlements, February  12
   1991.                                                                  -        y    •

3  Interim Policy on the Inclusion of Pollution Prevention Conditions in Enforcement Settlements,
   February 25, 1991.

4  Regional Enforcement Management:  Enhanced Regional Case Screening, December 3, 1990.

5  EPA FY 1991 Enforcement Accomplishments Report.

6  Enforcement Four Year Strategic Plan, EPA Document 21E-2001, February 1991.

7  Factors  in Decisions on Criminal Prosecutions for Environmental Violations in the Context of
   Significant Voluntary Compliance or Disclosure Efforts by the  Violator (Department of Justice)
   July 1,1991.

8  Executive Order 12778, Civil Justice Reform, October 23, 1991.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            373


THE PUBLIC PROSECUTOR OFFICE OF HUNGARY AND ITS DEVELOPMENT

SANDOR FULOP

Public Prosector Hungary


      INTRODUCTION
      According to our Constitution,  Hungary's Chief Public Prosecutor is  elected  by the
Parliament of Hungary for a six year term on the proposal of the President. The two deputy is
appointed by President on the proposal of the Chief Public Prosecutor. The further prosecutors
are nominated by the Chief Public Prosecutor. They are working on three  levels, following the
structure of our court system: the first instance /towns/, the second  instance /counties/,  and the
Chief Public Prosecutor's Office, besides our Supreme Court, actually placed  in the same building
in Budapest, the Capitol City.


1     THE FUNCTIONS OF THE PUBLIC PROSECUTOR OFFICE

      The main functions are delineated  in the Constitution itself, under the section 51,  and are
detailed in the amanded Act V. of  1972, about the Public Prosecutor Office /PPO/. In general, the
Chief Public Prosecutor and PPOs protect the civil rights of citizens  and consequently prosecute
all the offenses that are harmful or perilous for the  constitutional order, the  safety and indepen-
dency of  the Country. The prosecutor surveys the police investigation or himself investigates,
represents the criminal charge side on the courts. The  other area of our work is also involved in
the Constitution: the prosecutor  assists in  the law compliance of the organisations and citizens in
the country. In the case of noncompliance he is supposed to make legal steps in the protection of
legality.
      The Act about prosecutors gives more detailes  of the function.According to this,  there is
three main branches of our work: criminal  law, civil law and administrative law functions.

1.2   The criminal  law function

       In  our criminal procedure, the Police has an  independent role in the investigation.
Following the practice of the past decades the investigation has been divided  into two parts: the
so called  operative  phase, and  the investigation in its narrower  sense. The  operative phase has
not been  the subject of the criminal law regulation at all, but it has had some administrative law
rules and otherwise has fallen out of the scope of legal supervision.  The forthcoming new Police
Act is going to change this highly debated situation.
      The prosecutorial supervision now actually begins only from  the second phase of the
investigation, when the Police communicates the so called well founded suspicion  to the
defendant, allowing him to protect himself and to  hire a defence attorney.  From this stage the
police prepares official records on the investigative steps, and these are open to the prosecutorial
supervision. Nevertheless, the supervision has not taken place in all the cases. It is definitely
mandatory when the defendant  passes a complaint against the communication of the suspicion,
when the defendant is under arrest or in the  cases of highest importance. The supervision of the
police investigation  is made through the overview of the files, or accomplishing some investigative
actions, such as the survey or hearing witnesses. One of the strongest tools of the supervision is
the supplementary  investigation. The prosecutor may order it if the facts of the case have not
been discovered properly or the  rules of procedure have been violated in a way considerably
imparing the settlement of the case. In the evaluation of the work of  a policeman the supplemen-
tary investigation represents a bad trait,  so he tries to avoid it by frequent consultation  with the
prosecutor on the  evidence or  legal  matter of the cases. There are some  crimes, such  as the

-------
 374                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


 offences against adminstration of justice or crimes committed by or against policemen, which are
 totally investigated by the PRO. In the draft of the New Crimninal Procedure Act it is proposed to
 bring to this group  of crimes the environmental crimes, too, because their investigation  requires
 special expertise and they are often difficult from legal side as well.
       When the investigation is  finished,  the prosecutor examines the records coming from the
 Police /in the overwelming majority of the  cases/ and may prepare the  indictment. This phase of
 the criminal procedure is a clearly prosecutorial one, where he is the only decision making official.
 The prosecutor fulfills here the filter role, not  leaving  inproper cases to go further to the court. So
 he can order a  supplementary investigation,  and  he can suspend the  investigation or even can
 abandon  it, too. It  does not mean that we  have  a  discretionary right, because the Hungarian
 criminal procedure accepts the principle of legality, that is every case has to  be passed with an
 indictment,  only the obstacles of punishability can  exclude it, or the  case where  the  suspect
 cannot be identified and no result may be expected from the continued procedure.
       On the trial  stage  of the criminal  procedure,  the judge,  as the  president of the  division,
 shall conduct the evidence process, striving to clarify the material truth.  In the continental criminal
 procedure system the prosecutor and the  defence attorneys have less  deciding role in the  court
 proving process as in the  clearly adversial systems. Nevertheless the prosecutor could  have  a
 deciding role in  a mainly negative way: the withdrawal  and the  modification of the charge binds
 the court.
       Our  prosecutors have not any bargaining position with the defendants. After the
 sentencing phase the function of the prosecutor in the criminal process is to supervise  the due
 accomplishing of the imprisonments or other punishments.

 1.3    The civil law function

       In  general the Act about prosecutor says under the section 4, par 121,  point e./,  that the
 prosecutor takes part in  the maintaining of the due process in the Civil Procedures. The amanded
 Act  II. of 1952,  under the section 2/A gives the  rights to the Public  Prosecutor to institute  a
 lawsuit out of important  state or social  interest, or if the person  entitled thereto is for any reason
 unable to defend his rights; he may also take action  in any phase of the lawsuit in the interest of
 observing legality.  In the course  of taking action  in  a lawsuit and in a lawsuit instituted by the
 prosecutor he shall  be entitled to all rights which are due to  a party in a lawsuit: but he may not
 come to terms of arrangement, may not waive rights, may not acknowledge  rights respectively.
 Although  this function was given to the  PPO in  the last political  regime with  a quite different
 purpose,  it  seems to be tailored to the tasks of the environmental protection, where  there is
 always a strong social  interest,  and the  entitled  persons usually are not in the position that
 enables them to defend their rights, and even the exact circle of the plaintiffs can not be defined
 easily. Using the famous section  2/A, the prosecutor could solve one of the main problem in our
 recent early environmental cases, the question of the capacity to sue.  I have to add to this survey
 of the  funtions of the PPO that it is not in practice yet to begin civil law cases in the name of  a
 concerned community, although the legal possibilities  are given in a fortunate legal situation.

 1.4    The administrative law function

       The third  branch of our funtion  is,  as  usually called "the general supervision" that is the
 overview of  the processes and the administrative law and labour law decisions in the centralised
 state organisations,  municipialities, and other  organisations /associations etc./ of the society. This
 function has been very popular,  the citizens has  turned to the PPOs with several  complaints
 about  administrative law decisions, and  the  PPOs  themselves have  run regularly preplanned
supervision programs at the several  organisations.  In the vaste amount of cases the
 administrative law prosecutor can solve  the  legal problems by advising proper legal steps  or
clarifying the legal situation itself. If it is not enough for the maintaining the due process,  he can
warn the leaders of the concerned organisation, or ask for further data,  or an inward survey. The
storngest  tool of the administrative law supervision is the protest on  legal ground against an
enforcable decision. The PPO could propose in his paper the suspending of the execution, too.  If

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             375


the organisation does not agree with the protest, it has to pass it to its superior organisation. The
confrontation  takes place  rarely,  our administrative law prosecutors have extremely broad
connection system in the whole range of the administrative organisation, and this PPO function is
widely accepted  and appreciated. Yet, the administrative law function together the civil law one
seems to  lose its position in comparison with  the criminal law functions. On the theoretical level
many experts object the maintaining of the previous regime's overal legal supervisor organisation.
Others agree that in the new democratic political system there has  to be balances against  the
governmental power. They  say, that together  with the President,  the Ombudsmans /not elected
yet/, the Constitutional  Court and  even the free Press, the PPO can  be one element  of this
balance system through its civil and administrative functions, too. Without wanting to decide  the
theoretical and political debate, I  could insist on the meaintaining  the "not  only  criminal  law"
prosecutional system, from the special viewpoint of handling of the environmental cases.


2      WHY IT IS CRUCIAL TO HAVE THE POSSIBILITIES FOR THE PARALELL
       PROCESSES?

       According  to the centuries  old  practice,  our continental criminal  law can not handle  the
enterprises, associations,  etc, as  to whom criminal liability  is imputable. This point can make
extremely difficult to use the criminal liability for the so called corporate committed environmental
crimes, because the decisionmaking structure  in a big corporation can be so sophisticated, that it
is almost  impossible to  find the responsible persons.  But once you have found them, and let us
say punished them strongly, the corporation  probably will continue  its  environmentally harmful
practice just with  an other management. Naturally the  criminal procedure can leave a message to
the new staff, but the economic enticement for the noncompliance could be  enormous, and the
new leadership can  put their hopes to the reorganisation of an extremely deceiving  decision-
making structure. It seems to be the only succesful environmental enforcement solution to begin a
strong civil law case against the firm  in the same time with  the criminnal one. The coordinated
fight against the wanton  noncompliant, big sized  corporation requires a law  enforcement
organisation  with authorities in  the field of  criminal, and civil law as well. As far  as  the
environmental noncompliance cases usually have their previous history  in the administrative law
enforcement, it is also  useful  if the organisation in issue has a certain adminstrative law input,
too. The only organisation which fits to this requirements is the PPO, in its recent form.


3     THE STAFF OF  THE PPO

       According to  the functions, our  staff  is divided to  criminal,  civil and  administrative  law
departments. Out of the roughly 1000 prosecutors in the  Country, there is  not more  than  200
prosecutors on the charge  of the  civil and administrative  law cases. Their number used to be
more than one third of the whole, and is diminishing continually. They are uncertain about the
future of  their deparments  because of the strong plans of "clarifying  the profile"  of the PPO,
although  there is not any definite  decision yet concerning their position.  The retaining of these
highly experienced and professional administrative lawyers is essential from the viewpoint of the
environmental enforcement. They will  not be  easily superseded later by other administrative
lawyers, because this work in the  PPOs needs a special experiance and training. The losing  of
the adminstrative law staff is specially painful because of  their widespread connections towards
the several levels of the administrative system.  It seems  to be urgent to make clear for  them that
they have a sound future  in the PPOs, as environmental protecting specialists,  amongst other
important tasks.
       Besides,  the  criminal law staff has also very important specialities useful to the
environmental enforcement. Being the largest part of the PPO, their departments are divided  to
several subdivisions, as the investigation supervision, the representation of the charge at the
courts, the supervision  of the accomplishing  of punishments, juvenile  delinquency cases, traffic
 crime cases and some  others. The separation of tasks are more definite on the level of the Chief

-------
 376                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


 Public Prosecution Office, and the bigger County Prosecutor Offices,  and less definite on the local
 level. Because of the specialisation, our criminal lawyers have advances in comparison with other
 professionals. The criminal law staff also has a good possibility to build up oood work connections
 towards the Police which  , as it was seen, tends to use the  prosecutor's  technical and legal
 advises frequently.


 4     TRAINING

       The  Hungarian educational system  does not  contain colleges, but after the secondary
 school, the students can go to  universities immediately. The  Law School takes four  and half
 years, and  the graduated can look  after jobs in Courts,  PPOs,  Private Attorneys' or elsewhere
 After at least two and half years practice and further  learning he/she passes the bar exam, and
 gain his/her appointment as judge, prosecutor, etc. The PPOs put stress on the high level training
 in their postgraduation system. The future prosecutor visits all the departments on the  first and
 second instances in the PPOs. Their workload is nearly equally  divided between the  learning the
 law  materials of the  Bar Exam,  and resolving practical  legal problems in the  cases. There  is
 nearly  150  young colleagues on legal Practice at PPOs, and  taking the avarage  three years
 period before their exam, it means  at least 50 appointments of new prosecutors per year. This
 number is hardly enough to fulfill the positions in our  offices becouse the state salary never can
 compete  with the private firms offers, and a couple  of  years practice in  the  PPOs is a good
 background for getting a job in the private sector.


 5      THE  CONSTITUTIONAL POSITION OF THE PRO

       In  the short introduction of the PPO of Hungary, I  could  not  avoid to  mention this  highly
 debated issue.  Although the theoretical opinion tends to decline to that direction that  PPO has to
 belong  to the Government and to the Department of Justice,  the  recent situation  is  different.
 There is an  independent PPO in  our system, and only the Parliament excercises the right  of the
 contrail  over the PPO through the person of the  Chief Public Prosecutor. This independency can
 cause some difficulties, too. Because of being a politically neutral organisation, the  PPO  in the
 Parliament in the most of cases can not  gain  any aim  from any parties,  and even it means
 frequently an easy victory for a party to challenge the  Chief Public Prosecutor, who tends to lose
 the final votings. On  the other side in the civil life,  and from the  Press, the PPO gets better  and
 better appreciation, sometimes only  from the reason of being  independent from the government.
 In reality the PPO is trying to avoid any confrontation with  any political problem, and restricts itself
 to the legal  issues in  the strictest sense. Oterwise there is little  possibility for the change in our
 highly debated constitutional position  because  of the need  for a two-third  majority in  the
 Parliament for  any amandments in  the Constitution. The leader parties have only a simple
 majority, and the opposite parties  are consequently  objecting  of bringing the  PPO under the
 Government.
6      POSSIBILITIES OF A BROADER PARTICIPATION OF THE PPO IN THE
       ENVIRONMENTAL LAW ENFORCEMENT

       As we could see,  the PPO has got in a paradox situation: in the ever changing political
situation  it is remaining unchanged. Yet we are experiencing that the stress in  our work is shifting
to the  criminal law side, and we are losing our best civil  and administrative law experts.  I have
tried to clarify that even in this recent situation the PPO has a fortunate position for becoming the
key organisation in the  environmental  law enforcement.  We could undertake the task of the
developing sound, paralell cases  against the environmentally  noncompliant big sized
corporations, too. On the  other side, this undertaking could provide an  opportonity to retain many
of the non criminal law experts, offering them a long run, valuable prospect.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             377


      Finally I  have to call attention to a basic difference between  the  operation of  the legal
programs in Central Europe and in America or Western Europe. It has definite historical basis that
in our region nobody can accomplish a legal program unless determines its structural details, not
only the material ones.  Here is not enough to delineate the aim of an Act and to set out the legal
orders and prohibitions. We  have to build up or point out the executive structure, with  an exact
hierarchy in the decisionmaking, with the . . elements of the process and with the deadlines. And
that is the very  problem in our Environmental Enforcement. Since 1976 we have had a first class
Environmental  Legal  System, which has reached the world  standards in itself. But  the
responsibilities for the execution are not clearcut enough, and in reality Hungary's environmental
status is deteriorating with  high speed. The civil  law and criminal law enforcement are missing
totally, because of  lack of any departments in the Police and PRO, lack of a legal practice of the
beginning and developing the cases. The draft of the new overall environmental code has to  pay
more attention to the structural side of the enforcement, and has to give definite authorities to the
Police and PPO as well. The leadership and the staff of PPO have commitment to this work,  and
the Public, the  NGOs have been urging us to get more involved  in the environmental  law
enforcement.
      I would like to thank for his professional advises to Mr. Steghen Stec.  our CEELI liason.
Special  thanks to Mrs.  Erzsebet Kazsmer and  Ms Judit Hornung for their indispensable technical
assistance.

-------
378                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             379


DEVELOPING EFFECTIVE ENFORCEMENT PROGRAMS AT THE STATE LEVEL

LEE PADDOCK

Assistant Attorney General, State of Minnesota, United States of America


1     THE CONTEXT

      The federal  nature of the political system, the size of the country, the number of regulated
facilities and the pervasiveness of environmental regulations all dictate that the states play a central
role  in  environmental programs in the  United  States.  (1,2)  Congress has  delegated the
implementation and enforcement of  most federal environmental laws to states. (2,3) In addition,
states have adopted their own environmental laws which, in some cases, are much more
comprehensive than  federal environmental laws. Because of the important role of  states in the
environmental programs in the United States,  the experience  of states may be  useful to  other
countries in designing their environmental  enforcement programs.
      This paper focuses on the development of environmental  enforcement programs in the State
of Minnesota. Minnesota is a mid-sized state with a land area of 218,600 square kilometers and a
population of  about  4,200,000.  The State's  economy  is based  on technology, light industry,
agriculture, tourism and timber. There is  some mining and oil  refining  but otherwise little heavy
industry. Minnesota consistently has been  one of the most innovative states over the past 25  years
in addressing environmental problems. It was among the first states to authorize citizens to initiate
lawsuits to prevent pollution of the environment, to enact a state  hazardous waste disposal site
cleanup (Superfund) law,  and to  require  companies to undertake  pollution prevention  planning.
Minnesota was the first state in the United States to adopt an acid deposition standard.
       Until  the mid-1980s, both national and state environmental  programs tended to focus on
discharges from larger industrial facilities and on  publicly-owned  sewage  treatment works. The
number of regulated facilities was relatively small numbering in the tens of thousands nationally and
in the thousands in Minnesota. (4,5) Beginning in 1986 with the expansion of hazardous waste
regulations to small quantity generators (those who generate between 100 and 1,000 kilograms of
hazardous waste in a month), the number of regulated facilities in the United States and in  Minnesota
dramatically increased. The scale of the enforcement problem  is demonstrated by the  number of
facilities now subject to environmental regulation in Minnesota. There are nearly 20,000 small quantity
hazardous waste generators, 33,000 regulated underground storage tanks, more than 10,000 facilities
subject to community  right-to- know reporting requirements, 6,000 infectious waste generators and
in excess of 17,000 regulated public drinking water supplies. (8,9)
       In addition, thousands of other facilities are subject to toxic water pollution requirements under
the Clean Water Act and hazardous air pollutant and chlorofluorocarbon restrictions  under the Clean
Air Act. Finally, thousands of companies and individuals are affected by bans on landfill disposal of
waste tires, lead-acid  and nickel-cadmium batteries, old appliances and waste oil. In total, far more
than 100,000 facilities are now covered by environmental laws in Minnesota. (4,5) Many of these are
small businesses and government facilities.
       Enforcement programs in most states were originally designed to deal with the relatively small
 number  of larger  facilities that were the focus of the  environmental regulation in the 1970s.
 Enforcement authority tended to be centralized in a single state agency  and the range of
 enforcement tools was usually limited. The two primary enforcement tools were notices of violation
 (warning letters) and civil judicial enforcement involving penalties and injunctive orders that could be
 imposed by a court. While this approach to enforcement may have been adequate in the  1970s and
 early 1980s, it has proved to be inadequate in the context of rapidly expanding environmental
 programs in the late 1980s.  For example, an audit  of environmental  enforcement programs in
 Minnesota conducted in 1990 found that the centralized inspection staff of the state hazardous waste
 regulatory office would be able to inspect small quantity hazardous waste generators (drycleaners,
 automobile repair shops, printers, etc.) once every 100 to 300 years. (6) The same  audit also found
 that notices of violation were often an ineffective tool in gaining compliance with environmental laws

-------
380                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


and that civil judicial enforcement was too time  consuming and expensive to address the large
number of violations in the state. (6)


2      OBJECTIVES IN REDESIGNING MINNESOTA'S ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM

       The rapid  expansion  of environmental  programs, the limited number of enforcement tools
available to governmental officials and the limited financial and personnel  resources available for
environmental enforcement necessitated substantial reforms in the enforcement system in Minnesota.
To build a more effective and more efficient system, several steps had to be taken. These included
expansion in the range of enforcement tools, introduction of enforcement techniques that would more
effectively deter violations, increased reliance on a team approach to enforcement, expansion of the
universe of regulators, increased enforcement  funding and  promotion of voluntary compliance. The
actions initiated by  the Minnesota Attorney General's Office and the Minnesota  Pollution Control
Agency in the period of 1987-92 to meet these objectives are discussed below.

2.1    Expansion of Enforcement Tools

       The principle focus of reform efforts has been on the expansion of enforcement tools available
to regulators. Several new enforcement tools have been authorized by the legislature since 1987
including field citations, administrative penalty orders and criminal enforcement. The expanded range
of tools permits regulators to more closely tailor enforcement actions to the nature of the violation.
Tools such as field citations and administrative penalty orders minimize the procedural requirements
that are needed prior to assessing a penalty thereby allowing enforcement officials to handle a much
higher volume of cases. At the other end of the  spectrum, criminal cases are expected to deter
serious violations. Thus, while the criminal cases may require more time and effort to prosecute, they
are seen as a cost effective part of an overall enforcement strategy.

2.1.1   Field Citations

       Field citations are enforcement documents issued by inspectors in the field, just as a police
officer might issue a traffic ticket. Field citations are typically used to address  clear-cut violations,
requiring the violator to correct the violation and  pay a small penalty. The administrative appeal
process is usually simplified to  avoid long legal proceedings. (1)
       Minnesota is  using field citations in a two-year pilot project to try to deal more effectively with
illegal disposal of used appliances, waste tires and batteries and refuse along roadsides and in state
parks.  Under the program, staff from the state's Pollution Control Agency (the state's  principle
environmental regulatory agency) and Department of Natural Resources (the agency that manages
state parks and regulates hunting and fishing) are authorized to issue field citations based on the fine
schedule set out in Table 1.

       TABLE 1
       Field Citations Fine Schedule

       Appliances             -   $ 100 per  appliance up to a maximum of $ 2,000

       Waste tires             -   $ 25 per tire up to a maximum of $ 2,000

       Lead acid batteries     -   $ 25 per battery up to a maximum of $ 2,000

       Other refuse           -   $ 1  per pound of $  20 per  cubic foot up to a maximum of $
                                 2,000


       An expedited hearing  before an administrative law judge  is the only method for challenging

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              381


a field citation.
      Experience in the first five months using field citations has begun to demonstrate that they can
be an effective tool in addressing smaller environmental violations. Thirty-nine citations averaging
slightly over $100 were issued during this period. A significant increase in the number of citations is
expected as enforcement personnel become more familiar with the citations process.
      Should the field citations pilot project prove successful, the program will likely be expanded
to other minor violations of state environmental laws. In addition, local law enforcement agencies that
deal with  solid waste disposal  problems have expressed interest in the field citations  program
because it may be more efficient than the misdemeanor criminal (maximum jail term of 90 days and
maximum fine of $700) sanctions that are currently used by local law enforcement officials to deal
with these violations. The burden of proof is higher for the government in criminal proceedings and
if a misdemeanor citation  is challenged, the court procedure typically is much more time consuming
and expensive than an appeal of a civil field citation.

2.1.2  Administrative Penalty Orders

      Administrative penalty order (APO) authority allows an administrative agency (rather than  a
court) to order violations to be corrected and to assess civil penalties. Typically, the penalty order
may be appealed  either  to an administrative law judge  or to  a court.  The U.S.  Environmental
Protection Agency has used APOs in some of its programs for several years. The maximum penalty
that may be assessed in an APO is usually significantly lower than the maximum penalty that could
be imposed by a court. The tradeoff is that an APO frequently takes far less time to prepare than  a
civil case filing and the appeal from an APO often involves an expedited process. APOs are normally
issued by a central or regional office of an environmental  agency rather than by an inspector as in
the case of field citations. About 30 states now have  authority to issue APOs.
       In  Minnesota, APO authority was first granted to the Pollution Control Agency's hazardous
waste program in 1987. The use of APOs proved very successful  in returning hazardous waste
violators to compliance. (6) Because APO's in Minnesota were designed to substituted for the use
of notices of violation (NOVs) in many cases, penalties assessed for violations  that are not repeat
or serious violations are forgivable if the violator corrects the violation within 30 days. During the first
three years  of issuing APOs, the number of NOVs issued by  the  Pollution  Control  Agency
dramatically decreased (6), while the number of APOs has increased to close to 100 per year. The
forgivable feature of Minnesota's APO law has been controversial. Some feel the approach gives
violators one free violation. Others feel that the use  of forgivable orders as  a substitute for NOVs
(which do not include any threat of penalties) is a more effective way of achieving compliance with
environmental requirements.
       The ceiling for penalties in APOs in Minnesota  is  $10,000. The ceiling in  other states and
under the federal law is often higher. Under the Clean Air Act, for example, the maximum penalty that
can be  assessed by the U.S. EPA Administrator is $200,000. The ceiling for APOs in Minnesota was
based on the time necessary to negotiate settlements of civil enforcement actions. An analysis of
enforcement actions indicated that almost no penalties were being assessed for violations that would
warrant penalties of $10,000 or less because the time needed to negotiate a settlement of a potential
civil enforcement case was too great. The result was  that, prior to 1987, only NOVs were issued for
less serious violations. In Minnesota and most other states, civil enforcement cases are usually
settled  before a civil court action is actually filed. These settlements are referred to as stipulation
agreements or consent orders.
       A summary of the use of administrative penalties under Minnesota's hazardous waste program
is set out in Table 2.

-------
382                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       TABLE 2
       Hazardous Waste Administrative Penalties 1/1/88-4/8/92


       Total APOs issued                       232
       Percentage with forgivable penalties       76%
       Average penalty                         $2,562
       Average nonforgivable penalties           $5,353
       Based on the experience with APOs under the hazardous waste program, the legislature in
1991  extended the authority to issue APOs to any violations of programs administered by the
Minnesota Pollution Control Agency. Appeals from APOs are heard before an administrative law
judge or in state court. Fewer than five percent of the APOs issued in Minnesota are appealed and
only one has been appealed to district court. The use of APOs has allowed the Pollution Control
Agency to initiate far more formal enforcement actions at far less cost and using much less staff time
for each case than the previous approach of relying on settlements of potential civil judicial cases.

2.1.3  Criminal Enforcement

       While state and federal environmental statutes have  included criminal sanctions for several
years, criminal enforcement was not utilized extensively until the mid-1980s. Criminal enforcement
became more prominent for several reasons.  First, it was  becoming clear that some companies
viewed civil penalties simply as a cost of doing business, refusing to change underlying practices that
violated the law. (5,8) Second, because  of the high cost of disposing of hazardous waste, some
traditional "criminals" became involved in the hazardous waste disposal business. Third, public views
changed making some environmental  violations such as disposal of hazardous waste so socially
unacceptable that legislatures adopted criminal statutes to help prevent the activity. Over 30 states
have  adopted felony (a felony is  a crime punishable by more than one year  in prison) criminal
statutes for illegal disposal of  hazardous waste. Finally, the  large number of  regulated facilities
necessitated the use of enforcement tools such as criminal prosecution that could effectively  deter
some of the most egregious environmental violations. (5,8)
       Minnesota adopted its first environmental felony law in 1983. That law covered illegal disposal
of hazardous waste. The law was  expanded significantly in  1987 to cover illegal storage, transfer,
treatment, transportation and disposal of hazardous waste. In 1990 and 1991, additional crimes were
added for failure to report spills  of hazardous substances, submitting false statements, discharges
of air or water toxics in excess of limits established in a permit, illegal disposal of medical waste, and
disposal of solid waste at an unauthorized location in
return for a financial benefit. The Minnesota environmental crimes are set out in appendix A. Criminal
enforcement is now one of the routine options considered in enforcement cases where a person is
believed to have knowingly violated the environmental regulations covered by the criminal law.  Even
though less than five percent  of  all enforcement actions will be criminal  cases, the cases are
increasingly seen as an  important  part of the overall enforcement program.

2.2     Deterrence

       Because of the rapid increase in the number of regulated facilities beginning in the late 1980s,
techniques that not only  punished individual violators (specific deterrence) but deterred others from
violating environmental laws (general deterrence) became increasingly important. (7) In Minnesota,
general deterrence efforts have been focused in three areas: targeting industries or geographic areas
of particular concern, better communication about enforcement actions and increased use of criminal
enforcement.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              383


2.2.1   Targeting

       Targeting of specific industries, pollutants or geographic areas can be an effective method of
deterring violations beyond the specific cases developed as part of a targeted enforcement initiative.
(1, 7) Minnesota has worked with several states in the central part of the country on two initiatives
that involve both geographic and industry targeting. The first effort involved used oil facilities. Several
facilities in four states were targeted for simultaneous inspection and sampling to determine whether
hazardous wastes were being  illegally mixed with used oil.
       The second  effort  involves the coordinated filing  of several enforcement actions  against
hazardous waste  transporters in six states. Hazardous waste transporters have been the subject of
isolated criminal enforcement actions in several states, but hazardous waste  transporters had not
been a priority for inspections or enforcement  actions. The  purpose of the  targeted action  is to
establish a strong enforcement presence among hazardous waste transporters in the central part of
the United States to deter illegal conduct.

2.2.2  Communicating about Enforcement Actions

       Enforcement  actions against  individual  companies can  be leveraged to generally deter
environmental violations by better publicizing the enforcement actions. Over the past two years, the
state has increased efforts to regularly inform the print and electronic media through press releases
and  press conferences about  key enforcement actions.  The media in Minnesota is particularly
interested in environmental crimes cases.
       A second vehicle for achieving general deterrence through communications about enforcement
actions is through newsletters directed to regulated facilities. The Pollution Control Agency publishes
newsletters for facilities subject to solid waste, hazardous waste and underground storage  tank
regulations. The Agency staff is currently considering increasing the coverage of enforcement actions
in these publications to increase the impact of the cases.
       One of the key elements in designing the hazardous waste transporter initiative discussed
earlier was communication about enforcement actions  to achieve general deterrence results. Several
cases  will be filed simultaneously to  help garner regional  press coverage. The participating states
also hope that the initiative will be significant enough that the transportation trade publications will
write about the enforcement actions.
       Finally,  one  interesting  development  in  the Minnesota has  been the  publication  of
environmental newsletters by  corporate law firms.  These  newsletters often highlight  important
enforcement cases, thereby enhancing the deterrent effect of the cases.

2.2.3  Criminal Enforcement

       Criminal enforcement of environmental laws appear to be particularly  effective in generally
deterring violations. As one commentator noted:

       "The deterrent effect of the environmental statutes is enhanced . . .if responsible
       individuals within the corporation know that they may not sanction or participate in
       illegal  activities without subjecting  themselves  personally  to the  possibility of
       substantial fines and/or imprisonment." (8)

       Although  Minnesota has not  attempted  to   measure  the  general  deterrent  effect  of
environmental crimes cases, experience over the last five years indicates that the effect is significant.
Perhaps the best indication that criminal enforcement has a general deterrent effect is the large
number of seminars for corporate officials that are now being offered on the issue of environmental
crimes and the increasing  coverage of environmental crimes issues in trade and legal journals. This
trend was particularly noticeable in Minnesota shortly after the state concluded  a high  profile criminal
case against a large manufacturing company that employed over 3,000 people in a rural area of the
state.

-------
 384                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


 2.3    Enforcement Teams

       Criminal enforcement of environmental laws often involves the expertise and  resources of
 several governmental agencies. Because of the technical nature of the violations and  the relatively
 small number of cases, it is difficult for state and local agencies to assign staff to do environmental
 crimes work on a full-time basis. Further, it is difficult to marshall these resources on an ad hoc basis.
 To  address  this  problem,  the  Attorney  General's Office  in  1989  created an  interagency
 "Environmental Crimes Team" (E-Team).
       The E-Team is  made up of two attorneys and two investigators from the Attorney General's
 Office, personnel from the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency who conduct inspections and provide
 technical  support, a representative from the Department of Transportation (the Department of
 Transportation is responsible for regulating hazardous waste transporters), a representative of the
 Department of Agriculture (the Department of Agriculture regulates pesticides) and representatives
 from the Department of Natural Resources which has over 170 conservation officers throughout the
 state and the  capability to do aerial surveillance with light aircraft.
       The mission of the E-Team is to provide centralized support services for the investigation and
 prosecution of environmental crimes cases statewide. The E-Team serves as an  investigatory
 resource for, and provides technical assistance to local prosecutors who are interested in handling
 environmental crimes  cases.  Prosecutors  from  the  Attorney  General's Office are  available to
 prosecute cases if  a local prosecutor chooses not to handle a case. The E-Team also is responsible
 for training state agency staff and local environmental and  law enforcement staff (including local
 police officers) about criminal enforcement issues. Finally, the Team works with federal officials to
 help coordinate federal and state criminal enforcement activities in Minnesota.
       The E-Team has proved to be a critical part of Minnesota's environmental crimes enforcement
 effort.

 2.4    Expanding the Universe of Regulators

       One of the  ways of responding to the rapid increase  in the number of regulated facilities is
 to expand the number of enforcement personnel. Tight budgets in most states in the United States,
 however,  have precluded significant expansion  of state enforcement personnel. One method of
 addressing this problem is to  involve personnel from other  agencies or units of government who
 traditionally  have not been  directly involved in environmental enforcement activities. (1,9) This
 approach will only succeed, of course, if the other agencies or units of government see clear benefits
 from their involvement.
       The field citations program discussed earlier is an example of expanding the universe of
 regulators. Under the pilot  program, Department of  Natural Resources conservation officers are
 among the persons authorized to issue citations. While these conservations  officers had  some
 involvement with enforcement of solid waste disposal laws in  state parks and forests prior  to the
 creation of the field citation program, the new program provides a much more effective and efficient
 tool  for these conservation officers. As a result, the officers  are more  interested in solid  waste
 enforcement. The involvement of the 170  conservation officers in the state will greatly expand the
 personnel who are enforcing solid waste violations in the state.
       A second major initiative to expand the universe of regulators is a study of the role local units
 of government could play in environmental  enforcement. The Dutch government is a leader in
 developing local governmental environmental enforcement capability. (10). Based on this model,
 Minnesota is now assessing which enforcement programs could be most effectively enforced at the
 local level and what resources are needed to support local governmental enforcement. (1,11) Local
 units of government could be  involved in  enforcement-related activities in  several ways including
 observing  and reporting violations, educating regulated facilities, assisting state  officials with
 enforcement actions, permitting facilities and directly bringing enforcement actions.
      The study is examining 16 programs to assess whether  local  governmental units  could
assume a greater role in administering these programs. A set of 12 factors are being used to analyze
whether greater local involvement would be appropriate. A list of the programs being examined and
the evaluation factors are attached as appendix B. The final report from the study is to be submitted

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            385


to the state legislature in November 1992.

2.5     Expanding Financial Resources

       Enforcement funding in Minnesota  and in most other states has not increased  nearly as
rapidly as the enforcement workload has expanded. (4,6) Finding new sources of funding,  therefore,
is important to the success of enforcement programs. This new funding is coming from two principle
sources: fees and penalties.
       Over the  past  five years, the reliance on permit, license and  emission  fees to support
environmental programs including enforcement has increased a great deal. (5,6) At the national level,
the  best example of the use of fees is the Clean Air Act which requires states to impose  a $25 fee
for each ton of emissions to support the state air pollution control programs including enforcement.
Minnesota also places significant fees on  the  sale of pesticides and fertilizers, hazardous waste
generators, underground  storage tanks and facilities that release hazardous substances into the
environment, a portion of which is used for enforcement. The increased use of fees reflects a greater
emphasis on a "polluter-pays" philosophy, as well as the need to look to other  sources of funding
as state budgets have become tighter over the past few years.
       A second approach to increasing enforcement funding that Minnesota has pursued is the
dedication of a percentage of the funds collected as penalties to additional enforcement activities.
The Environmental Enforcement Act of 1991 appropriates about $700,000 to the  Attorney  General's
Office, the Pollution Control Agency and the Department of Natural Resources for environmental
enforcement  activities. The $700,000 is about one-half  of  the expected annual environmental
enforcement penalties for fiscal year 1992.
       The use of penalties to support enforcement programs was controversial. Some opponents
asserted  that the use of penalties for funding enforcement would encourage the imposition of
excessive penalties. The legislation protected against this result by dedicating  only about  half of the
penalties expected to be assessed in a year to enforcement. In addition, the legislature appropriated
the funds to the agencies based on specific budgets submitted by the agencies. Using penalties to
support enforcement is a growing trend in the United States.


3     INCREASING VOLUNTARY COMPLIANCE

       Voluntary compliance has always been critical to the success of environmental programs in
the United States.  However, because of the rapid expansion in the number of  regulated facilities,
voluntary compliance  is  even more  crucial now. The state  is promoting voluntary compliance in
several ways. The first is through education of persons subject to environmental  regulations. The
Pollution Control Agency  conducts workshops,  distributes newsletters and prepares regulatory fact
sheets in  connection  with many of its programs.  Unfortunately, while many  people subject to
regulation feel  these  efforts  are a  key  to  increasing  compliance, these programs tend to  be
underemphasized and underfunded.
       Another approach to increasing voluntary compliance is through providing technical assistance
to businesses. Minnesota is among the national leaders in providing technical assistance to facilities
to help them minimize emissions and reduce waste generation. The Minnesota Technical Assistance
Program (MnTAP) was created in the early 1980s and operates through the University of Minnesota.
MnTAP's original emphasis was on hazardous waste issues, but it now focuses on a broad range
of pollution problems. To  help maintain credibility with industries it works with, MnTAP is not part of
the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency, the state's environmental regulatory agency. Part of the
funding for MnTAP comes from emissions fees.
       The Attorney General's  Office is working  on  two  new programs to  promote  voluntary
compliance. The first is a  pilot program to train managers of small and medium-sized businesses on
how to develop and implement better environmental management systems for their companies. The
Dutch government, as part of their National Environmental Policy Plan, is promoting the development
of environmental management programs by businesses in the Netherlands. (10) These  programs
include the adoption of company environmental policies, compliance and emissions reduction goals,

-------
386                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


internal monitoring and reporting procedures, internal training programs and periodic auditing of the
system. (10) Many large companies in the United States have adopted systems of this type. The pilot
project is designed to  build on the Dutch concept and the experience  of larger U.S. companies to
help small and medium-sized companies improve their environmental management programs.
       Finally, Minnesota is beginning to assess how its enforcement policies can be best designed
to promote voluntary compliance with environmental laws and to promote emissions  reductions.
Issues that will be part  of this assessment include the structure of penalty policies,  the use  of
information obtained from environmental audits conducted by businesses in enforcement actions, and
the issue of whether companies who have committed to programs that achieve environmental results
well beyond what the law requires should be dealt with differently in an enforcement proceeding than
companies that has not made such a commitment.


4      CONCLUSION

       The rapid increase in the number of  regulated facilities in Minnesota has required a dramatic
redesign of the environmental enforcement  system in a period of only five years. Results are not yet
in for all of the initiatives, but early indications are that the reforms have  produced  a more efficient
and more effective enforcement program.


       REFERENCES

1.      United States Environmental Protection Agency Office of Enforcement, Enforcement in the
       1990s (October 1991).

2.      United Nations  Conference on Environment and Development, United States of America
       National Report (1991).

3.      National Association of Attorneys General, State Attorneys  General Guide to Environmental
       Law (1990).

4.      Humphrey  and  Paddock,  The Federal and State's Roles in Environmental  Enforcement: A
       Proposal for a More Effective and More Efficient Relationship, 14 Harvard Environmental Law
       Review 7 (1990).

5.      Paddock, Environmental Enforcement at the Turn of the Century, 21 Environmental Law 1509
       (1991).

6.     Office of the Legislative Auditor,  Pollution Control Agency (Jan.  1991).

7.     Office of Enforcement, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  Principles of Environmental
       Enforcement (Feb. 1992).

8.      McMurray & Ramsey, Environmental  Crime: The Use  of Criminal Sanctions in Enforcing
      Environmental Laws, 19 Loyola Los  Angeles  Law Review 1133  (1986).

9.     Netherlands Ministry of  Physical Planning and Environment, Environmental  News  from the
      Netherlands 1991-4.

10.    United States Environmental Protection Agency and Netherlands Ministry of Physical Planning
      and Environment,  International Enforcement Workshop Proceedings (1990).

11.    Conerton and   Paddock,  The Need  for a  Principled  Expansion  of  the  Role of Local
      Government in Environmental Enforcement,  16 William Mitchell  Law Review 949 (1990).

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                                                                                     387
APPENDIX A

Minnesota Environmental Crimes
Crime

Illegal disposal of hazardous
waste

Illegal storage, treatment,
transportation or transfer of
hazardous waste

Discharge of a toxic
water pollutant in violation
of a permit limit

Illegal sewering of a hazar-
dous substance

False statements

Illegal disposal of infectious
waste

Failure to report spills of
hazardous substances

Discharge of a hazardous
air pollutant in violation
of a permit limit

Disposal of solid waste at an
unauthorized location
5 years


3 years



3 years



3 years


2 years

1 year


2 years


3 years



1 year
$50,000


$25,000
$50,000/per day
of violation
$50,000/per day
of violation

$25,000

$10,000


$25,000
$50,000/per day
of violation
$15,000

-------
388                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

APPENDIX B
Local Government Study

MPCA Programs/Activities forpotential local delegation
•     Hazardous waste generator education
•     Complaint investigation and resolution
•     Open burning
•     Storm water permits for industrial uses and construction sites
      Pretreatment permits for industrial facilities
•     Used tire management and enforcement
•     Permits prior to construction
      Special waste management (batteries, lamps, etc.)
      Used oil compliance and enforcement
      Nuisance complaints (odor, dust,  litter, etc.) and support
      Underground disposal (e.g., community independent septic systems)
•     Permits for very small quantity generators of  hazardous waste
•     Coordination  for small volumes of hazardous waste
•     Feedlots
      Municipal sludge disposal management and permits
      Industrial permits (Federal  and State  Pollution Discharge Elimination Systems)
      EVALUATION FACTORS
      Number of facilities
      Importance of access to the regulator
      Interest of the local government
      Size of the local government
      Capacity of the local government
      Need for local government to design a special program
      Amount of state oversight needed
      Legal issues involved
      Expertise required
      Availability of training
      Availability of funding
      Relationship to existing programs

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            389


SYSTEM TO SUPERVISE ENVIRONMENTAL DUTIES AND TO PURSUIT INFRINGEMENTS
TAKING CLEAN AIR MANAGEMENT AS EXAMPLE

PROFESSOR DR.-ING. MANFRED PUTZ, Ministerialdirigent


1     THE LEGAL SYSTEM OF IMMISSION CONTROL IN GERMANY

      The Federal Republic  of Germany is a federal state and consists of 16 states ("Lander")
itself. The Federal  parliament possesses the legislative power, as  far as the Constitution
("Grundgesetz") does not concede the right for legislation to the states ("Lander").
      The environmental laws, belongs to the  competing legislation in the Federal Rep. of
Germany. In order to establish rules which are  valid within the whole Federation, the federal
parliament ("Bundestag") has used its rights and has proclaimed,  inter alia, the "Federal
Immission Control Act" (FICA).
      It is the purpose of the Federal  Immission Control Act to protect human beings, animals
and plants, water, the atmosphere as well  as cultural assets and other material  goods against
harmful effects on the environment.
      The provisions of this Act shall especially apply to the establishment and operation of
industrial installations. Furthermore the  Act contents requirements on the nature  of installations
and chemical or technical products.
      At  least  the Act contents  special regulations concerning instruments protecting certain
areas.
      Industrial installations shall be established and operated in such a way that harmful effects
on the environment are be  prevented. According  to installations not  subject to licensing the
requirements given by the Act and the ordinances issued hereunder are similar but  less strictly.


2     ORGANIZATION AND STAFFING IN NORTHRHINE-WESTFALIA (NRW)

2.1    Legal framework of supervision

      Environmental legislation  of  supervision  operators duties, given by  the  environmental
legislation are the first step to reach environmental protection.  But as important as  these duties is
the supervision  by the authorities.
      I would  like  to give  you an introduction which instruments  by law are given to the
competent authority.

2.1.1  Article 52 Federal Immission Control  Act (FICA)

      According to Art. 52 FICA the competent authority shall supervise the  implementation  of
this  act and of any ordinances  issued  hereunder. This means that  the implementation and
acceptance of this act is guaranteed not only as an operators duty but also within special  tasks
given to the authorities.
      Therefore Art. 52 FICA says,  that owners  and operators  shall undertake to grant the staff
 members of the competent authority free access to such premises and to enable such persons to
 carry out tests and,  finally, to furnish  such information and produce any such  supporting
 documents as are needed by such persons  to perform their duties.

 2.1.2  Article 17. 20, 21 Federal Immission  Control Act

       Besides  the  possibility of getting infirmations according  to Art.  52 FICA, the  authority is
 able to influence the operation of installations.
       In  order to perform the obligations resulting from the FICA or from any  ordinances issued

-------
 390                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


 licence. And, following Art. 17, Para (1),  if after the issue of such licence the protection attended
 to the general  public or the neighbourhood against harmful effects  on the  environment or other
 hazards, considerable disadvantages and considerable nuisance turns out to be inadequate, the
 competent authority shall give such subsequent order.
       Art. 20 gives  the  authority the instruments of prohibition and  closure. If the operator of an
 installation subject  to licensing does not comply with  an additional condition imposed, and
 enforceable subsequent  order given  or a conclusive obligation ensuing form an  ordinance  issued
 under the PICA the competent authority may prohibit  all or part of such operation  pending
 compliance with  such condition, order on obligation ensuing form such ordinance issued under
 the PICA.  The competent authority shall give orders to close down or dismantle an installation
 established, operated or  materially laterad without having been licensed to do so.
       Even after having become final, a licence duty granted under the PICA may be revoked  in
 its entirely or in part for any future operation.
       This is possible under Art. 21, for  instance, if the licensing authority were entitled by virtue
 of facts having occurred subsequently to refuse to grant such licence and  non-revocation might
 be of prejudice to the public interest.

 2.1.3  Finally under  Enforcement Administration Act of Northrhine-Westfalia the authorities have
       the task  to make sure that the operators realize their orders. Therefore  the authorities
       have the opportunity of forced payments or that their orders will be done by other persons.

 2.2    Liability of contravenes

       Beside such orders, shown above, the German Law is able to punish contravenes against
 environmental legislation.

 2.2.1   Art. 325 ff Penal Code (PC)

       Under Art. 325 PC anyone should  be punished who  makes wilfully on negligently
 incontrary to duties given by the authority air pollution and noise, which  liable  to cause harmful
 effects on the healthiness of anybody or important objects.
       Operating an  installation which not have been licensed is  under Art.  327  PC also not
 allowed as doing the same thing within a specific area.

 2.2.2  Finally Art. 62 PICA contains a lot of Administrative Offenses which shall be liable  to
       payment of a fine  up to 100.000,=  DM.

       According to the constitution,  the execution and enforcement of most federal laws,  in this
 context of the  PICA, is  the responsibility  of the federal  states ("Lander"). They establish the
 authorities and control the administration.
       Taking the state of Northrhine-Westfalia as example, the enforcement of the  PICA and  of
 the ordinances issued hereunder is the duty of 22 state inspectorates. The state  inspectorates are
 lower state authorities according to the organisation structure of the state. They are supervised by
 five so called "Regierungsprasidenten" (Presidents of provinces),  department "inspectorates", as
 middle state authorities. The  top state authority for  air  pollution control is the ministry  of the
 Environment, Regional  Planning  and Agricultur (MURL)  at Diisseldorf,  which  superintends the
state inspectorates, the Presidents of the  Provinces and the state agencies.

The  state inspectorates  in their function  as authorities for  air pollution control supervise wether
the operators of installations are compliance with legal  prescriptions. They inspect the plants,
perform measurements and pursue offences  against the  laws. If the state inspectorates find out
an administrative offence, they impose fines. Serious cases are reported to the public prosecutor,
who carry out the criminal procedure.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             391


ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT BY MUNICIPALITIES IN THE NETHERLANDS

DRS. P.PH. DORDREGTER

director of the Association of Netherlands Municipalities, VNG.


       ENFORCEMENT: Collaboration and persistence

1      GENERAL REVIEW OF THE ENFORCEMENT SYSTEM IN THE NETHERLANDS

       Enforcement is the ultimate test of environmental  policy - in fact, of every area of policy.
Enforcement involves forcing the regulated society to conform to the rules. The fact that there are
various means for doing this will be discussed a little later.  Above all, enforcement is the final link in
the policy cycle, and thereby the prelude to the first policy-making link.
       Confronted with the regulated society, and thus the practical situation, the new policy-making
requirements  imposed by everyday  practice become clear.  I should mention  now  that the
effectiveness of the instruments used certainly forms part of this feedback, which has the character
of an evaluation. Enforceability and public acceptance are important assessment criteria in this test.
       In the Netherlands, municipal authorities bear primary responsibility for environmental policy.
These authorities are responsible for  supervising the vast majority of the country's companies;
400,000  in all. This enormous number of companies includes  many organisations which place  a
limited burden on the environment. As an example, I can cite the combined residential and office
buildings,  or which  50,000  are  subject to  licensing requirements.  Provincial authorities  are
responsible for about another 3,000 companies, either because of the complexity of the  industrial
processes used or because of their high external impact.
       The Netherlands covers an area of some 35,000 km2, has a population of 15 million, and is
divided into  12 provinces and  649 municipalities. The provincial authorities, and the municipal
authorities in particular, have an  open administration in which a large number of tasks are carried out
within an integrated policy framework. The municipal tasks may  be strictly autonomous duties, such
as responsibility for drains and sewers, or duties  imposed by national legislation, which can allow
municipalities a greater or lesser margin for independent policy-making.
       The entire territory of the Netherlands is also divided into water authorities. These are directly
elected,  functional regional organisations, which bear responsibility for  water  management and
purification of waste water.
       Naturally, the municipalities not only concern themselves with the companies within their
boundaries, but also ensure that everyone in their territory complies with the relevant environmental
regulations. They supervise moped  noise levels, for instance, and discharges of chemical wastes
into sewers (cleaning agents, paint remains,  medicines etc.) or the street (from lubricants when
engine oil is changed, to dog  dirt etc.); they also monitor the composition and presentation of
domestic refuse (compulsory separation of organic wastes, building and demolition wastes, domestic
chemical wastes etc.).
       In view of the enormous number  of potential polluters and actual  transgressions, formal
enforcement can never cover the entire  population in full.  Priorities must be  set,  and a mix of
 instruments must be applied.
       Municipal authorities are not the only enforcers: a multitude of different  organisations  may
 concern  themselves with  the same company. In addition to the general environmental licenses
 issued by local authorities under the Nuisance Act, many of the 400,000 companies are required to
 hold special licenses under other legislation. The water quality  inspector may, for instance, call on
 certain  companies to conduct checks  of  water quality  control. In  addition to  the general
 administrative bodies, the police and the public prosecutor have  their own powers of investigation for
 the enforcement of criminal law and could, in  principle, operate  independently  of  municipal
 administrative enforcement activities.
       Environmental policy is made at different levels. Legislation and the  relevant standards and
 directives provide the framework within which other tiers  of government must operate. The aim  is

-------
 392                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


 allow the greatest possible amount of local policy-making freedom, in order to ensure a customised
 approach. Naturally, the margins of freedom vary from one area of policy to another.
        Unlike many other countries, central government in the  Netherlands  does not, barring  a
 handful of exceptions (e.g. for nuclear power), perform first-line supervision of compliance with
 legislation. Central government inspectors supervise the ways in which  other tiers of government
 perform their duties. Controls  aimed at certain branches of industry can cut across municipal
 priorities in  extremely  aggravating ways.  Coordination of the  actions of different government
 agencies is urgently needed. For a company, it is incomprehensible and exceedingly annoying to
 have a succession of different enforcers moving in.


 2      POSITION OF MUNICIPAL AUTHORITIES IN ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY IS NOT SELF-
        EVIDENT

       The fact that municipal authorities have an important environmental task has not always been
 self-evident.  Despite their statutory duties, municipal authorities have allowed  many companies to
 operate without licenses and have certainly not conducted enough inspections. For more than  a
 century, these authorities have been able to avail themselves of the  Nuisance Act, which affords
 them responsibility for controlling local disturbances by companies.
 When real environmental policy was developed, the government did not opt to extend the Nuisance
 Act, but introduced new legislation, with stringent rules, for each new approach laboriously agreed
 in Parliament. Consequently, each compartment was regulated separately in law and, moreover  the
 provinces were made responsible for the majority of the new tasks, rather  than the municipalities.
 Responsibility for purification of waste water and the relevant installations was actually withdrawn
 from the municipalities by law.
       With each  new piece of legislation,  new financial resources  were generated  to fund its
 implementation.  In an  era of  stringent  austerity measures, this became  increasingly  difficult
 (municipal authorities receive about 75% of their income from central government). Licensing also
 became increasingly expensive, due to the tighter requirements imposed in response to increasingly
 complex processes and the use of more hazardous substances.
       For a time,  municipal authorities were unpopular with the environmental  movement and with
 many politicians, as they were felt to be too close to local industry to be able to take  an independent
 view  in the field of tension between economic  and  environmental interests.  Gradually, the idea
 gained ground that environmental policy needs to be as close to the public as possible, and must be
 formulated in  direct correlation with  other areas of  policy.  In fact, it was precisely the political
 approach, rather than the technocratic one, which proved to be the most effective.
       Relationships between  municipal and central  government, originally confrontational and
 marked by scepticism, has now changed into a partnership: tasks are undertaken jointly, using the
 strengths of both partners. Research established the number of officials required at each level for the
 different municipal environmental tasks,  and the costs. The studies showed that a population of
 70,000 is the minimum needed to carry a proper official apparatus. Collaboration between municipal
 authorities is therefore essential.  Central government made financial resources  available on a
 structural basis,  issuing  instructions that  within five years, all companies falling  under the
 responsibility  of the municipalities should be properly licensed and should be inspected with the
 proper frequency. To encourage collaboration, a 25% bonus was offered over and above the basic
 amount in case of collaboration. At national level,  the operation was led by a steering group in which
 the Environment Department, the  inspectorate and the Association of Netherlands Municipalities
 (VNG) worked together.
      The National Environmental  Policy  Plan Plus (NEPP-Plus) has since  been  published
 operationalising national policy in a large number of action programmes. To clarify what is expected
 of municipal authorities in the execution of this plan, all the objectives  have been translated to the
 municipal level, assigning priorities and the relevant official action. This document is known as the
 Framework Plan of Approach and is the pride  of the Department and my own organisation  All
municipal authorities use the Framework Plan to define their own situation and to prioritise action
With the help  of the Framework Plan, they have all prepared their own environmental  policy plans,

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              393


interpreting the points for action in terms of their own situation. This document serves as a basis for
discussions with industry and environmental organisations and is included in the regional talks of the
municipal authorities working in partnership. Local communities now know what they can expect of
their municipal authorities.


3      REGULATION SYSTEM

       Before  continuing with the theme of enforcement,  I must first  explain the regulations
themselves. In a large number of branches of industry, licenses are no  longer required. Instead,
these branches are subject to General Terms and Conditions. Individual companies themselves must
ensure that they comply with the requirements. Plans to form, expand or change a business must
be reported to the local authority. The municipal authorities do still  conduct inspections to check
compliance with the General Terms and Conditions.
       The repeal of licensing requirements was a result of central government deregulation efforts.
The branches  concerned consist of small, fairly uncomplicated businesses of a homogenous nature:
butchers, bakeries, LPG stations, etc.
       The NEPP-Plus laid down a large number of target reductions in emissions, which must be
realised within a specific period. The plan  also names the branches of industry which must make a
particular contribution to the reductions, known as the  policy target groups.  Target reductions are
agreed with industry for individual substances and are laid down in a declaration of intent, which is
then elaborated in a covenant. The three tiers of government hold joint talks with representatives of
the branch of industry concerned, and each sign the covenants. A covenant has already been
concluded with the basic metals industry and one with the graphical  industry is almost complete.
       Covenants  are  a national 'bubble':  they  show total national volumes of pollution levels
considered admissible for emissions of a specific substance. This makes  clear what is expected of
a branch of industry. The municipal authority is given some indication of the standards which can be
imposed in a license. The distribution of pollution control measures will have to be considered within
the branch of industry itself. Clearly, this will demand a considerable amount of consultation. Industry
feels that covenants should, in fact, serve as a package of standard conditions and that therefore,
there should be no scope for further development by a municipal authority. The municipal authorities
adhere to the  target group policy, because this means that environmental  policy is internalised in a
branch of industry and is developed in a corporate environmental plan by  the individual companies.
This plan serves as the basis for negotiations with the local authority. However, municipal authorities
explicitly want a considerable margin of policy freedom in order to tailor final licenses to the situation
required locally.  In the enforcement situation, that could lead to problems  in  future.
       The licensing and enforcement situation is complex, as I have already shown. There is every
reason for concerted action.  Different parties  in society must help to create a desired situation
through coordinated action: a system of countervailing power. Strictly formal enforcement,  on the
basis of administrative  and  criminal  law, is only one  option within a wide spectrum of different
instruments. An orchestra does not always want to use only its heaviest instruments, like the
kettledrums and tubas: the same applies in government.
 4     CONDITIONS FOR ENFORCEMENT

       A  number of conditions must be  met in  order to  realise effective  implementation of
 environmental policy, and thereby, its enforcement. Firstly, a municipal authority must clearly define
 what it wants and  must make this visible  in a proper document. Secondly, the policy must be
 discussed as far as possible with the different target groups, in an open procedure.
       The partners must be told what has and has not happened to their contribution, and why.
 Where possible, the partners' requirements must be satisfied. This can mean adaptation of the policy
 itself, or changes in the phases of execution. Standards and figures often seem extremely hard  and
 fast, with  a scientific basis, but on closer inspection, are ultimately a political compromise.

-------
 394                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       Operating in  this way can  sharply  increase public  support  for policy.  General  public
 information must complete the process. The public, too, must be able to see how any compromises
 are reached and must be shown that high environmental returns have, nevertheless, always taken
 priority. In the negotiations with  industry, the creation of a basis for sound control must be agreed:
 this could be a corporate environmental  plan, but also a certain method of supplying information,
 together with the appropriate monitoring system.
       I have depicted support for policy as a fairly harmonious process: in reality, of course, this is
 not always the  case. A government organisation needs  partners in  order to pursue its policy,
 certainly in industry, where economic gain can quickly gain  the upper hand. It can be made clear to
 banks and insurance companies that the government will not only bring licenses up to date, but that
 enforcement action will follow. Experience shows that the RABO Bank is by far the  best enforcer if
 a guarantee is needed for a company loan. Trade unions have an interest in ensuring high standards
 of environmental hygiene in companies, both  for the health of their members and for the continuity
 of the company. Finally, the public can be asked to keep a watch and to inform local authorities or
 the police if environmental transgressions are suspected, or  to institute civil proceedings themselves.
       Publicity is needed to let the public know the municipality's environmental plans. It can also
 be used to promote desirable environmental  conduct. Some directors  of municipal environmental
 services use publicity as a weapon to make reluctant companies conform more quickly to licensing
 requirements.  Press announcements of targeted campaigns in a certain area or branch of industry
 markedly improve collaboration from the companies concerned. In any action against a company,
 the presence of the press, tipped off in advance, can make it clear to other potential transgressors
 in  the same branch that the steps are being taken in earnest.


 5      PRIORITIES ARE UNAVOIDABLE

       I have already mentioned the enormous number of potential enforcement situations and the
 fact that it  is impossible to pay the same  level of attention to all of them, everywhere. A  set of
 priorities will have to be drawn  up for inspections, based  on the potential burden  which different
 companies can place on the environment. In other companies, unannounced random checks must
 be introduced. The enormous amount of work involved makes it obvious that butchers and bakers
 could mostly be left to their own devices and that one should rely on external tip-offs  in these cases.
 Self-regulation should be encouraged as far as possible. I have already described how this could be
 done.
       It must in any event be made clear to everyone that action will be taken if violations are
 discovered. An obvious  step would be to require restoration of the former situation, for instance in
 the case of discharges into the soil by compulsory cleaning, or compulsory replanting, in the case
 of  unlawful felling of trees.  If no appropriate response is made to the detection of a violation, action
 must  be systematically  pursued,  in escalating stages. Ultimately, criminal proceedings  may  be
 necessary. Naturally, these will be required where criminal activities are involved, and the closure of
 the company will be the obvious step. But Dutch law does  not make matters easy for enforcers. If
 a  municipal authority announces a company closure, the  company concerned can appeal to the
 Council of State. If the company has been operating for a long time without a license, or in violation
 of  license terms, the  Council will tend to overturn the closure decision. Tolerance of a violation is
 then interpreted  in the transgressor's favour:  which  is a  rather remarkable situation. After all, a
 company should comply with the law, but it is  not the company, but the supervisory  authority which
 is  held liable for  such compliance. These roles urgently need reversal. A company which operates
without a license, or in contravention of license terms, should be charged for the economic benefits
 it has illegally enjoyed. This would have a considerable effect as a preventive  measure.
      Enforcement is a difficult task,  and it  requires training. It is certainly  not always an easy
 matter to identify the regulation which has been contravened from among the multitude of central
government, provincial, municipal and water board regulations which simultaneously apply to one
and the same company. The method of action and of gathering  evidence also requires precision. It
can cost officials a fair amount  of difficulty to act in  a company which confronts them with large
amounts of  counter-knowledge.  The right attitude  also has  to  be taught. To  assist municipal

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              395


authorities in this area, the Association of Netherlands Municipalities (VNG) has published a Guide
for Supervision and Action on Environmental Legislation, describing the successive phases.


6      COLLABORATION IS ESSENTIAL

       Inter-municipal  collaboration is  essential in  order  to formulate and  implement  effective
environmental policies. The whole of the Netherlands is, by now, covered by partnership areas. In
the first instance, these involve joint use of sufficient official capacity. In time, collaboration grows
towards a regional environmental service and a policy-making body. Ultimately, the absorption of
these regions by genuine regional administrative bodies, which are directly elected, is inevitable.
       Enforcement involves a variety of different administrative organisations: municipal authorities,
provincial authorities, inspectorates, the police force and the public prosecutor. The Environment
Department encourages the formation of enforcement regions.
       We already have tripartite consultation between Mayors, in their capacity  as heads of the
police  force, their local Chiefs of Police and the public prosecutors for the districts concerned, in
which  public order and investigation are discussed in general terms.  In some cases, the municipal
Alderman responsible for  Environmental Affairs will take part in the talks, in order to  coordinate
enforcement of environmental policy.
       A major reorganisation of the police force  is currently on  its way in the Netherlands. The
country is  divided into 23 police regions,  which  are  far larger than the environmental regions.
Separate enforcement regions, corresponding to the environmental regions, will now operate within
the police regions. The enforcement regions will reach  agreements on priorities, methods of action,
where more than  one local  authority is involved,  publicity and coordination of the action to be
pursued. In many cases, persuasion is tried first when violations are discovered, followed by official
action, with criminal proceedings as a last resort, or as additional action. However, where existing
organisations are involved, the inspectorates and environmental organisations do tend take the view
that matters have gone beyond the information  and  persuasion stage!
If necessary, the different stages of the enforcement  process must be organised and followed in
ways  which ensure that procedural errors  or  inaccuracies  in  one  phase cannot jeopardise the
success of a later one. The use of standard procedures wherever possible, and the creation of a
joint computerised data base, can be a great help here.
       Environmental offenses do not always involve malicious intent. This is why information  is so
important.  Many contraventions are inadvertent. Here again,  information or a different organisation
of the process should be used reduce the margin of error as far as possible. Where there is lack of
interest, information will not be enough and corrective action will be needed, with or without a degree
of publicity. In the case of criminal offenses, a mix of instruments should be used, including criminal
proceedings. Sometimes the  possibilities for official and criminal enforcement overlap. For instance,
the judiciary can require significant  improvements  in environmental quality as part of a settlement.
       Generally speaking, criminal law is not yet adequately geared  to handle environmental
offenses. The penalties are usually exceptionally light and  as a result, limitation periods are short.
 In the Netherlands, many environmental offenses are still not covered by the Economic Offenses Act
and even when they are, do  not rank  very  high.  Consequently, the instruments for tackling
environmental offenses and the accompanying  penalties are equally weak.

-------
396                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             397


CHOOSING AMONG  CRIMINAL, CIVIL JUDICIAL,  AND ADMINISTRATIVE  ENFORCEMENT
OPTIONS

A COMPARATIVE DISCUSSION OF UNITED STATES AND NETHERLANDS EXPERIENCE

VAN ZEBEN, D.J.1 and MULKEY, M.E.2

1 Directorate-General  for Environmental  Protection, VROM,  P.O.  Box 450, 2260 MB
LEIDSCHENDAM (The  Netherlands)

2Region III, EPA, 841 Chestnut Building,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 19107 (United States of America)


       PRELIMINARY NOTICES

       Mr. van Zeben is currently Head of the Environmental Crimes Department  and Criminal
Assistance Team  for  the Environmental  Inspectorate  in  the Directorate for Environmental
Protection for the  Ministry of Housing,  Physical Planning, and the Environment of the  Nether-
lands.  In that position, he manages the group  of people who are responsible for the inspectorate's
criminal information system as well as a range of technical and investigative experts who provide
assistance for the prosecutions of environmental crimes. Prior to taking this position,  he was a
public  prosecutor located  in the Hague  with responsibility for a variety of environmental  criminal
cases.  Ms.  Mulkey is Regional Counsel  for  Region  III of  the  United  States Environmental
Protection Agency.  Her office is responsible  for providing legal support to EPA's civil, criminal,
and administrative enforcement activities in  the five-state region which includes Pennsylvania,
Virginia, Maryland, West Virginia, Delaware,  and the  District of Columbia.  The views expressed
here are  those  of  the authors and do not  necessarily  reflect the  views or  positions  of their
respective agencies or governments. The  authors wish to acknowledge the assistance of Bob
May, a senior lawyer in the Environmental  Inspectorate of the Netherlands, Elisabeth Schippers,
one of the state's  attorneys who represent the Dutch government  in the civil courts, and Martin
Harrell, the Regional Criminal  Enforcement Counsel for USEPA Region III.
       For convenience, the United States Department of Justice and the Netherlands Ministry of
Justice are here  collectively called the Justice Ministries. The Directorate  General for Environment
of the  Netherlands  Ministry of Housing, Physical Planning, and the Environment and the United
States Environmental  Protection Agency are  collectively called the environmental agencies.  For
ease of reading  and because this is not intended for publication under academic standards, we
have chosen not to include  formal legal citations to the various  provisions of the laws of the
United States and  the Netherlands  or  to written legal authority for the conclusions of law we
include here. We have provided a list of references which we believe will be more or less readily
available to the reader upon request from the  source of the publication referenced.
       SUMMARY

       This  paper presents  a discussion of the  considerations  involved in  choosing  a formal
 enforcement response from among three options: criminal prosecution; cases brought in the civil
 courts;  and administrative  enforcement  actions.  The  paper assumes that the enforcement
 program making these choices has decided that there  is  an important role for  formal coercive
 actions and has available a legal framework that provides at least some opportunity to bring legal
 action in  criminal  courts,  in civil courts, and  under  administrative or executive  governmental
 authority.  The discussion draws  extensively on the experience of the enforcement programs of
 the United States and Netherlands, both of which  have enforcement programs and  legal systems
 which fit these assumptions.
       This  paper discusses four primary factors  which  affect the choice of formal enforcement
 options, beginning with the factor of the principal  purposes or goals of enforcement. We identify

-------
398                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


five such goals and evaluate how  each of the enforcement choices fits within the framework of
this set of purposes/goals. The additional factors  which are described  and evaluated are the
factor of legal characteristics and  limitations of the applicable laws, the  factor of the facts and
circumstances of each particular  case or violation, and the factor of practical realities  and
considerations. Within each of these sections, the laws and experiences of the United States and
the Netherlands  are  used to  illustrate how each factor can influence and affect the process of
choice among the three types of formal enforcement options.


1      INTRODUCTION

       Societies who value environmental protection and governments who have chosen to adopt
policies and  enact  laws  to  promote environmental protection must evaluate and  address the
questions relating to  enforcement of environmental laws  if the goals of environmental protection
are to  be converted into  actual results. This fundamental role for enforcement considerations in
any system aimed at environmental protection provides the background and basis for discussion
of a number of aspects of enforcement. Among those potential topics is the area of specific legal
instruments  for the implementation of  enforcement in  specific  circumstances or  cases.  While
those legal instruments may take a number  of forms, three of the most fundamental in western
jurisprudence  systems are criminal enforcement, civil judicial enforcement, and administrative
enforcement.
       The purpose of this  paper is to discuss both the ideal and the actual processes  and
factors influencing choice among available enforcement instruments for  use in  any given  case
and for various types of cases or circumstances. We recognize that a discussion of choice among
criminal,  civil judicial, and administrative enforcement involves certain assumptions that may not,
in fact, be present in the practical  circumstances in which  decisions about enforcement are
actually made.
       For example, a free choice  among these three options requires, in the first instance, that
all three  be  available.  In  fact, in the Netherlands, the civil judicial option  is  available only under
limited circumstances and for limited purposes, as we will discuss more fully later. Briefly, the
limitation arises  from  the fact that the  Dutch  environmental laws  do  not  specifically  authorize
access by the government to the civil courts  for the purpose of enforcing  the statutes. Therefore,
the government may use the civil  courts only under some general  legal  theory available to any
private party, such as tort or  contract. However, a wide range of situations can be addressed in
this manner, ranging  from recoupment of the costs of government  response to pollution to
emergency  actions to prevent  pollution events.  Similarly,  under  certain  U.S. environmental
statutes,  the civil judicial option  is not available for penalty actions (Toxic Substances Control Act
and Federal  Insecticide,  Fungicide and Rodenticide Act). We should also note here that the
ultimate recourse at the end of all administrative proceedings in the United States is to the courts,
either by appeal taken  by the enforcement target or by action taken by the government to enforce
the final administrative  action. In that sense there is no purely administrative  option.
       A discussion limited to choices among these three options implicitly rejects the choice of
informal  enforcement  options which  invoke  no specific  legal process. In fact,  all  enforcement
programs make at least some use of informal mechanisms to effectuate enforcement,  and both
the United States and the Netherlands have experienced periods of time  and circumstances
where  there  has been  fairly extensive  use of informal  types  of responses  to  enforcement
situations. However,  both countries have adopted clear  national policies favoring  formal  legal
response for significant enforcement matters, and we have made a conscious decision here not
to include informal actions among the choices covered by this paper.
       Another implicit assumption is any discussion of free choice among these options is that
the same persons or institutions can control  decision-making and implementation of all three. In
fact,  in both  the  United  States and the  Netherlands, the cast of players  and decision-makers
changes somewhat depending on which option is being considered. In both systems, for example,
a  case that  is declined  by  the prosecuting authorities  within the  justice  ministries cannot be
pursued  as  a criminal case  even  if the enforcement decisionmakers within the environmental

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            399


agencies would choose the criminal  option for that case.  On the other hand,  the  prosecuting
personnel in the justice ministries are not likely to be involved at all in the dialog and decision-
making as between civil judicial and administrative authorities.
      Further, it is important to bear in mind throughout that practical realities may override the
theoretical  reasons  to  prefer one option  over another. If  one area is  hampered by seriously
inadequate resources, disinterest or hostility from key persons or institutions, for example, it will
obviously  be a less  palatable choice regardless of its apparent correctness for the facts and
circumstances of a particular case. We think  that practical limitations are so important that we
discuss them below as one of the factors influencing the decision among enforcment options.
      Finally, it is  important to  acknowledge that the handling of  any one  case does not
necessarily involve the simplistic choice  of just  one of these three  options.  In fact,  it  is not
uncommon at all that a criminal case may  also require some use of civil or administrative process
to address ongoing environmental hazards or recoupment of governmental  costs expended to
address environmental damage. Similarly,  as noted above, administrative enforcement may have
to be combined with activity  in the courts to make it effective in the face  of continuing resistance
on the part of the enforcement target. During the course  of  civil judicial proceedings  as well,
administrative  authority may be properly  used in some circumstances,  although  that approach
would be extremely rare in the Dutch system. The specific strategies and rationales for integrating
multiple use of these options in a given case is beyond the scope  of this paper.
      In spite of these complexities, we believe  it is possible to  improve the implementation of
environmental enforcement through careful consideration  of how choices among enforcement
options are being and should be  made in both the United  States and the Netherlands. We will
discuss  in turn the primary criteria or decision factors which we  see as  relevant to the  decision
about which enforcement option(s) are  best for a given set of circumstances, using information
about actual  practice  in the two countries throughout to illustrate these  principles and general
ideas.
2      PRIMARY FACTORS INFLUENCING CHOICE OF ENFORCEMENT OPTION

       The primary factors affecting choice among enforcement options, which we will discuss in
turn, can be identified as follows:

1. Purposes or philosophy of the enforcement program; goals, results sought, and the like.
2. Legal characteristics, qualities, aspects, and limitations of each type of proceeding under  the
   applicable law.
3. Nature  of the facts, evidence, and  surrounding circumstances of each particular  case  or
   violation.
4. Practical realities or limitations affecting the implementation of each option.
3      THE FACTOR OF PURPOSE OR PHILOSOPHY OF THE ENFORCEMENT PROGRAM

3.1    Elements of Purpose and Goals of Enforcement Programs

       Although the very idea of an enforcement program implies something about the purpose -
to enforce the law - it  is possible to identify a number of aspects of enforcement purpose and
philosophy which are  likely to affect the way enforcement is implemented,  including the  ways
choices are made among available enforcement tools. In general, the purposes behind the choice
to pursue any specific case will be one or more of the following:

1. Achieving compliance by the target of the enforcement action.
2. Promoting deterrence by "sending a message" to this violator and other violators to encourage
   compliance now and in the future.
3. Addressing environmental emergencies or hazards of immediate concern.

-------
400                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


4.  Reducing overall environmental risks over the longer term.
5.  Promoting fairness and even-handedness, and  enhancing fair competition through a  "level
    playing field".

       There may also  be certain subsidiary purposes, which are usually considered because
they  bear some  relationship  to  the  primary  purposes  identified  above. For  example,  the
enforcement  authorities  may want to test new or unused legal theories in an effort to strengthen
overall enforcement.  It  may  be important to obtain  experience  in  a  certain area  or type of
proceeding.  Certain types of cases may be brought to maintain the credibility of an enforcement
agency or even  of specific enforcement instruments  or  tools.  Each  of the three types of
enforcement  instruments can be evaluated in light of how well it achieves these purposes.

3.2.1   Deterrence and Criminal  Enforcement

       The criminal option appears to us to be best suited  for promoting deterrence, as it is
generally  regarded as the most severe sanction available from the standpoint of actual conse-
quences (possible loss of liberty and/or severe fines) and public perception (stigma). It may also
carry  additional consequences, as in the  provisions of the  United States  Clean Water (Section
508)  and Clean  Air  (Section  306) Acts  requiring the barring  of a facility subject  to criminal
conviction from participating in government contracts until  it is  removed  from  the  list of such
facilities.  Under  the Dutch  criminal  law, conviction  for  economic crimes  (which include
environmental crimes) can result, for example,  in the  loss of  certain  civic  rights, required  labor,
and/or the stoppage of some or all business activities at the location of the offense for up to one
year.  The existence of a  record of a criminal offense  also has a  lasting impact on any violator.
The criminal  enforcement process  is likely to send a potent message to any violator, and  if it is
accompanied by  enough  publicity to assure that other violators know of the action, it is also a
powerful  message to  them as well. Even  in the deterrence  area, however, the criminal sanction
may not achieve the desired purpose if there is  a more significant likelihood that the case will be
lost or dismissed, or if the sanctions imposed are too light. For example, if the criminal fine does
not recapture the economic gain obtained through violation  and if there is  also no imprisonment
or other consequence, a violator may be willing  to calculate that it is advantageous to violate the
environmental law even  if  there  is a likelihood of criminal enforcement.

3.2.2   Environmental Compliance and Criminal Enforcement

       The idea of environmental compliance should not be entirely separated from deterrence, of
course. The  whole  point of deterrence  is to  prompt  compliance by  not only  the target of
enforcement  but by others who  learn the lesson that violations do not pay.  In this sense, criminal
enforcement  is well suited to the compliance purpose.
       Criminal enforcement can also be an effective tool for  achieving specific  compliance at a
given facility  and for addressing environmental  emergencies where the legal system  provides a
mechanism for the prosecutor to use legal options to govern  the behavior of the violator.  In the
Netherlands,  for  example, both the  prosecutors themselves  and the criminal courts have  the
authority  to  impose  so-called  preliminary  measures during the  period  prior to trial.  These
measures can impose restraints on certain activities and/or require proper storage of materials.
The preliminary measures authority of the judges entends to orders to partially or completely stop
operations or order an outside administrator be put in control of the business or operation. These
authorities are set forth in articles 28  (for prosecutors) and 29  (for judges) of  the  Economic
Crimes Act,  which applies to  environmental offenses,  among other economic crimes.  These
measures are limited to six months duration, and do  not survive  the conclusion of the trial. As
part of the  final  decision in  a criminal proceeding, Dutch judges can require  total or  partial
stoppage  of business activities for a one year period, appoint  an administrator to the business of
the convicted person, or impose an obligation to perform the  acts required by the  environmental
laws or to refrain from the acts prohibited by those laws.  By contrast, the United States courts
generally  do  not hear petitions  for injunctive type orders in the context of criminal proceedings,

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             401


and U.S. prosecutors do not have any comparable  authority to the preliminary measures under
Dutch  law. There is some potential for  environmental  compliance  requirements in sentence
conditions,  but that requires waiting  until the end of the  criminal enforcement process, perhaps
including appeals. Bail conditions may also provide  some limited opportunity to indirectly govern
compliance behavior  in some cases. Other than limited orders directly related  to the criminal
case,  such as to preserve evidence, court orders for environmental compliance activities and to
address environmental emergencies require the initiation of civil proceedings in the United States.

3.2.3   Risk-based Planning and Criminal Enforcement

       The use of criminal enforcement as a tool to  address the areas of greatest environmental
risk requires  planning and targeting criminal investigative  resources  and/  or  the allocation of
resources to  the development of  criminal cases on the basis of  areas  which pose the  more
serious risks.  In general, a  criminal  enforcement approach that relies on more or less random
identification of criminal violations, such as through tips or incidental to police patrols, may not be
well suited to promoting the goal of directing  enforcement toward the highest  risk targets or
industries. In  both the  United States  and the Netherlands, criminal enforcement has experienced
a  period  during  which criminal  cases were identified  outside the  process of  targetting  of
enforcement priorities developed for use by the  environmental enforcement agencies. When that
type of approach dominates, the criminal  enforcement program  will  fit  fully  with  risk-based
planning only to  the  extent that  compliance monitoring  activities targeted  by the enforcement
agencies are  able to identify criminal  cases and  to  have  those cases included with  cases
identified through the more random approaches and/or to the extent that the randomly identified
cases are in the  priority areas.
       The existence  of a disparity between  the way criminal cases had been identified and the
priorities set by the enforcement  agencies has been  a concern in both the United States and the
Netherlands,   and both  governments  have introduced some  mechansims  to  enhance  the
integration of criminal  enforcement  with  overall enforcement priority-setting.  Given  the
independence of  the prosecuting authorities  from the environmental agencies, this has generally
taken  two  forms, coordination  and the  selective  supplementation of  resouces for criminal
enforcement  consistent with  the  goals of the environmental agency.  In  the first instance,  the
environmental agencies and the  prosecuting authorities  can develop dialogs  and coordination
mechanisms  to foster joint planning and common  understandings about what  kind  of criminal
cases  should be pursued  and  why.  This  process of  integration  between the Ministry  with
environment  responsibility  and  the Justice  Ministry  is  particularly  well developed in  the
Netherlands,  where a  wide variety of mechanisms are  employed to effectuate coordination and
joint planning. These  include regional and national groups who meet frequently and  involve not
only the environment ministry and public prosecutors (justice ministry), but also the national police
force  (interior ministry,, organized  into 25  police regions)  and provincial  (12 provinces) and
municipal  (>600  municipalities)  officials, all  of  whom  have important  roles in  environmental
enforcement in the Netherlands.  Coordination occurs among officials are all levels, ranging from
the highest elected officials, through senior civil service management, to working-level networks.
       The United States has also seen a number of mechanisms for such coordination between
the Environmental  Protection  Agency (EPA)  and prosecutorial  authorities  in the Justice
Department,   ranging  from  joint participation  in  national enforcement  conferences,  joint
participation in environmental crimes task forces  in selected areas, sustained  coordination by EPA
criminal attorney and  investigative personnel with  a large  number of the  ninety-three United
States Attorneys'  offices, to coordination between the highest levels of environmental enforcement
management  at the Environmental Protection Agency and  the Department of Justice.
       The environmental agencies also control significant aspects of the resources necessary to
support often complex and  technically difficult  environmental  crimes  cases.  They  have both
investigatory  and legal personnel available to identify, develop, and support the prosecution of
these cases.  They are also often the best or only source available to prosecutors for technical
assistance  in  areas  like sampling and analysis  or  disciplines like  toxicology, hydrogeology,  or
biochemistry.  By  exercising  decision-making  authority over  how such resources are used,  the

-------
402                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


environmental agencies can  significantly  influence  the  nature  and direction of environmental
criminal enforcement. By this  combination of coordinated  planning and  resource  support, risk-
based enforcement planning can be a key factor in the criminal enforcement choice.

3.2.4   Fairness and Criminal Enforcement

       Criminal  enforcement  also has  an  important  role in ensuring  fairness  and  even-
handedness. A fair  system  should  have  some way to  differentiate  between degrees  of
seriousness of violations and  culpability of violators. The use of the criminal option for the more
serious and  more  willful  violators helps  establish an  over-all  sense  that the  governmental
response  is appropriate to the circumstances.  For this  factor  to be properly served, however,
cases that are similar should  be  handled similarly. This can be a problem if local prosecutors in
different parts of the country have significantly different views about which cases are  appropriate
for criminal prosecution, or if the approach to  levels of imprisonment or fines is very different. This
latter issue has been tackled  in the United  States  by  the  publication  of sentencing guidelines
applicable to  environmental cases and applicable for judges in all federal courts. Judges may only
depart  from the guidelines for good cause stated in the record of the proceedings, and departure
from the guidelines can form the  basis for an appeal by either prosecutors or defendants.  In both
countries,  the central office  of the Justice Ministries maintain a role in management and oversight
of the  overall nation-wide  docket  of criminal  cases as a mechanism  for  some control  over
consistency.  In the  United States Department of Justice,  the Assistant Attorney General for
Environment  and Natural Resources  maintains an environmental crimes  section which provides
assistance to United States Attorneys for criminal  cases  and supports  the Assistant Attorney
General's  role in docket oversight for environmental  crimes. Perhaps because of the  central role
played  by criminal enforcement  in the overall environmental  enforcement program,  the
Netherlands  Justice Ministry  has  developed  extensive planning and management programs
specific to environmental crimes. These include the development of guidelines  imposed by the
advocates general,  who are senior to public prosecutors and who work  in the  appellate courts.
These  guidelines from the advocates general  cover  the  methods  of prosecution,  appropriate
sentences, settlement provisions,  and  the  like.  If  a  given  prosecutor does not follow  the
guidelines, the  deviation must be justified.  In addition, the public prosecutors,  including  the
advocates general, all report to one of the five  regional  Prosecutors General, each one of whom
also specializes in one or more types of criminal enforcement, and there is a  Prosecutor General
responsible  for environmental  crimes.  There  is  also a  full-time  national   coordinator for
environmental enforcement within the Justice Ministry who provides a mechanism for the sharing
of information about on-going cases  through  informal  and formal  written  communications and
meetings.  Finally, in both countries the efforts of the environmental agencies to participate in
environmental criminal enforcement through assistance and coordination  with  the  prosecutors
also  provide  a  mechanism for some impact on consistency and common  approaches to these
cases.

3.2.5   Summary of Relationship Between Purposes of Enforcement and Criminal Enforcement

       In  summary,  the criminal enforcement  option is  normally the  most effective choice for
maximizing the deterrent impact of enforcment, but its effectiveness for promoting compliance,
addressing environmental  emergencies,  or  supporting  longterm planning  objectives like  risk
reduction  depends on a number of factors that may not be present in all criminal enforcement
programs. Proper exercise of  criminal enforcement authority fully supports the principle of overall
fairness of an enforcement program.

3.3.1   Environmental Compliance and Civil and Administrative Enforcement

       Civil judicial and administrative enforcement appear to be somewhat similar to each other
in their relationship to the basic purposes of enforcement, but there can be important  differences.
Both types of authorities permit the  issuance  of  orders for compliance  and orders to  address

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             403


environmental emergencies. However,  if an administrative  order does  not  achieve  its  intended
result, then the enforcement authorities must begin the process of obtaining  judicial assistance in
enforcing  the  order or obtaining  the  necessary actions. By  contrast,  when  a judicial order is
issued for compliance or to address environmental emergencies, violations of  that order become
contempt  of an order  of the court, and the full authority  of the system to enforce court  orders is
immediately available. This availability of oversight by a  court can be particularly important when
the compliance activities are to occur over a significant period of  time, and it is  important to
assure that interim milestones are met. In the United States, court orders are  generally  preferred
for compliance orders involving  the installation of major pollution control equipment, for  example.
These orders  are  often  entered by  the court  on  consent  of the  parties  after settlement
agreements are reached. Assuming the ready availability of both civil judicial  and administrative
order authorities and  comparable  ease of  use, it would appear that the judicial option is often
preferable for the purpose of obtaining effective compliance. However, as we discuss  below, there
may be legal  and  practical limitations that make these options  not equally  available or similarly
easy to use.

3.3.2   Deterrence and Civil and Administrative Enforcement

       Where the administrative and civil judicial options both provide for adequate  sanctions in
the form  of  civil  penalties or similar  burdens, they can  both be  effectively used  to promote
deterrence. Since a principle point of deterrence is to motivate the regulated  community to comply
before the government identifies  them  as violators,  it is important for this purpose that the
government be able to  assure  that violators  are worse  off for being caught by the government
than they would be if they had complied without government involvement. Therefore, both the civil
and administrative sanctions must be capable of imposing penalties in excess of the economic
benefits  from  non-compliance  plus some  additional  amount  necessary  to  ensure  adequate
motivation to choose  compliance over  the  potential  consequences of  enforcement.  For  this
purpose, it may be necessary that the sanction exceed the amount of damages  caused by the
violations and it is definitely necessary that the  sanction not be  limited to violations that continue
after  detection by the government.  (Otherwise, all violators could simply halt violations upon
detection  and escape  all  consequences.) For both of  these  considerations,  there are currently
limitations of  the  civil  and administrative sanctions  under  Dutch  law. Dutch civil courts are
available  for use by the governmental enforcement authorities only when  the government  can
identify a cause of action based  on private law, such as tort or contract. Therefore,  the primary
monetary sanction available  in  the  civil  courts  is the  recovery  of  costs  expended by the
government in response to a negligent or otherwise tortious act by a polluter.  Where the costs of
responding to pollution are significant, the requirement to  pay these costs  can have a profound
deterrent  effect. However, many  types of violations do not lead to the  expenditure of significant
governmental response funds. Very significant air and water pollution, for example, may move so
quickly in the  environment  that the government  could  not undertake  clean-up activities.  Other
important types of  violations, such  as  those relating to  the proper  documentation  of the
movements of hazardous waste, may  not be directly associated with environmental pollution at
the point of the violation. Dutch  administrative law currently has  no  mechanism for  imposing
penalty sanctions  for past environmental violations, although Dutch administrative  enforcement
tools  like license  revocation and facility shutdown can  provide significant  sanctions for past
violations. Under certain of the Dutch environmental laws, the competent governmental authority
can impose an administrative compliance order which includes an economic compliance incentive
of significant sums for each day of continuing violation. For types of violations that can  be  halted
immediately, this mechanism does not provide a deterrence effect or message to  other violators.
However, for violations which cannot be quickly corrected, this kind of administrative  economic
sanction has deterrence potential, depending on the levels of sanction for each day of continuing
violation,  the period of time necessary to achieve compliance, and the relationship  of the resulting
sanction to  the economic benefits enjoyed by the  violator from  the period  of  prior violation. This
administrative economic sanction, called a Dwangsom, is discussed in  more detail in section 4.3
below.

-------
404                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       The availability of comparable civil judicial and administrative penalties varies among U.S.
environmental statutes.  In the Solid Waste Disposal Act (Section 3008, also known as Resource
Conservation  and  Recovery Act and  generally  identifiable as  the principle law  regulating
hazardous waste) and the Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act (Section 325),
the provisions for administrative and civil judicial penalties are  essentially identical, with the same
amounts set for each  violation per day and with  no  absolute caps set on  the total penalties.
Under the Clean Air and Clean  Water Acts, the  same  amount for each violation  per day  is
provided,  but the administrative  option  may be  selected only  up to a limited total penalty
($125,000 for the Clean Water Act, Section 309 and, absent Attorney General  approval, $200,000
for the Clean Air Act, Section 113). On the other hand, only administrative penalties are available
for violations of the Toxic Substances Control Act and the pesticides law.
       Because there are circumstances where the  judicial and administrative  options are roughly
comparable  in terms of the  scope of sanctions, we can consider  whether one has any greater
inherent capacity to  promote deterrence. One could speculate that  the greater formality and the
additional  burdens  of  appearing  in  the  courts might serve  to  promote  deterrence.  Because
publicity is so essential to the  message-sending aspects of deterrence, it is also possible that
judicial  actions are  more likely  to be newsworthy  or otherwise to become more widely known.
Recent United States experience with administrative cases involving very substantial penalities
appears to support the conclusion that these differences in deterrence potential may not be very
great.  Big or  otherwise  interesting cases obtain  publicity in  both forums, and the higher the
stakes,  the more likely the process is to be taken seriously,  regardless of forum.

3.3.3  Risk-based Planning and Civil and Administrative Enforcement

       To  the extent that civil and/or administrative enforcement are available and effective to
achieve compliance and deterrence goals,  they can  also be  managed  to  maximize  the
effectiveness of an environmental  enforcement program in terms of risk-reduction. To achieve this
goal, the enforcement program  must have mechanisms to  channel  its investigative efforts to the
areas of highest risk-reduction potential and  must also be able to choose which cases to pursue
and how to  pursue them at  least  partly on the basis of risk-reduction potential. In circumstances
where  the civil  or   administrative approach  has   proven  effective in achieving environmental
compliance  at specific  violating facilities,  the use  of this kind of enforcement at facilities which
pose high risks would  have a direct and immediate impact on the risks which  compliance can
affect.  For this reason, both the  United  States and the  Netherlands make  use of a  range of
emergency and  longer-range civil and administrative  authorities to focus  on compliance  goals
whenever  a facility  or  situation presents conditions of high  environmental risk. When  there  is
evidence of imminent potential  hazard from  pollution,  both systems are well-equipped  with civil
judicial and administrative enforcement responses.  Under the Netherlands Clean  Air Act, there  is
express administrative  authority  for short  duration orders to prevent or control air pollution
emergencies. (Chapter  5).  Under most  Dutch environmental  laws, however,  the administrative
tools to address emergency  conditions are the dwangsom  already  discussed  and  the
bestuursdwang or administrative force whereby the government can, after proper notice, perform
the necessary actions to halt violations and recoup the costs afterwards.  Several of the United
States environmental statutes contain provisions for administrative  orders to  address conditions
involving imminent and  substantial endangerment  to public health  or the environment or similar
language.  (CERCLA, Section 106;  RCRA, Section 7003, Clean Air Act,  Section 303). Under
CERCLA,  also known as Superfund,  the government may also expend monies to respond to the
release of hazardous substances and seek reimbursement from  responsible parties.  The civil
courts  are  available  under  Dutch law upon a showing  of negligence or unlawful act and the
imminent  threat  of  damages  to the government,  as,  for  example,  the  prospect  that  the
government  will be required  to expend response funds. The court procedures provide for a short
proceeding and  immediate determination by the president judge based on  a balancing of the
interests of the parties. Following  such a procedure (called  a kort geding),  either  party may file a
case for a full adjudication of the merits of the claims, may appeal the decision, or the emergency
decision may stand without further proceedings. United States environmental laws make  express

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             405


provisions for institution of civil proceedings to obtain court orders to prevent or mitigate actual or
threatened imminent and substantial endangerment to public health and the environment. (See
Section 4.2 below).
       Both  countries are also attempting to improve the targeting of investigative efforts so as to
improve  the effects of overall  enforcement  in areas  of higher  environmental risk. Both have
underway a systematic effort to target certain industries,  processes, or pollutants for specific
emphasis and study. For example, in the Netherlands, specific targetting of enforcement activities
has been designed and carried out for several important industrial sectors, such as  LPG stations
and pesticide depots. In addition to these nationally planned efforts to focus  on certain industries
or activities, the regional coordination process has  led  to special  efforts based  on  regional
problems. In the area  between the Hague  and Haarlem, for example, there has been emphasis
on enforcement of the  Pesticides Act as it affects the flower bulb industry centered in that region.
Public prosecutors have worked out "project sessions"  in some of the courts, where a number of
similar cases  are  dealt with together. Various of the regional  inspectorates have emphasized
specific  sectors,  ranging  from  grain  drying facilities  to  hospitals.  The  factors  considered in
selection of industrial  sectors included the extent of potential  environmental threat as well as
extent of activity of that sector, and other matters.
       Similarly, in the United  States, there have  recently been a series  of national  targeted
enforcement initiatives, such as the 1991 filing of a large group  of cases under several laws all
relating to the pollutant lead (Pb) and the multi-media enforcement efforts  related  to the Great
Lakes, the Chesapeake Bay, and the  Mexican border. All of these initiatives were selected partly
on the basis of risk considerations. Region III of  EPA is now in the second year of an effort to
develop  enforcement responses at sites which were  chosen for  their risk-reduction  potential and
which  are studied  and characterized on the basis of a risk  analysis as a part of  the process of
determining  whether and how to pursue enforcement. These  sites were generally not identified for
attention through the normal process  of detection of violations but were initially targetted  on the
basis  of  apparent significance of environmental  risk based   on  available information  about
emissions, toxicity, and exposure potential. Enforcement actions have been  pursued at several of
these sites,  include a steel plant and two chemical manufacturing facilities.
       In sum,  the  close  relationship between  the planning  and  priority setting by the
environmental agencies and their ability to make or affect decisions  about civil and administrative
enforcement makes possible a close relationship between these enforcement options and risk-
based enforcement goals. Which  of these options is better suited  for this purspose will  largely
depend on which  fits better  with the  compliance or  deterrence  purpose, and on  which is more
practically available and effective.

3.3.4  Fairness and Civil and Administrative Enforcement

       An enforcement system is likely to provide  for greater fairness if the enforcement agencies
have a range of options to permit a  more tailored response to each situation. For that reason
alone, the use of  civil  and  administrative responses for appropriate cases can promote  fairness.
The issue of fairness and the perception of fairness can be  important in the choice  between civil
judicial and  administrative  enforcement.  Civil judicial enforcement usually  involves  a  more
complex and  burdensome  process,  but also a  process  which provides the opportunity  for
determination  of the outcome by courts which are independent from the enforcement agency. By
contrast, administrative enforcement is generally  more informal  and efficient for all participants,
but the adjudication  of disputes  (that is, the conduct of any  hearing or appeal) is, at least in the
first  instance, under the control of the  environmental agency  which  initiated  the  enforcement
action.
       Administrative enforcement mechanisms are generally structured to address the possible
concerns about fairness by providing for  administrative procedures  designed  to assure some
separation between  the agency as enforcer and the agency as adjudicator. In  the  Netherlands,
the  administrative measures must be  preceded by a warning.  If violations continue, the
administrative order can be initiated by the enforcement agency, and the recipient of the order
may appeal the order and may seek a stay of its effect pending appeal. The stay request and

-------
406                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


appeal are heard by an administrative court which has the final determination authority without
further appeal. This administrative or executive court is an independent entity within the national
government, which hears administrative cases arising not only in the environment ministry but in
other ministries and at other levels of government. In the United  States, the provisions of the law
that establish administrative order and penalty assessment authority also provide for mechanisms
to insure that there are procedural rights for persons against whom such actions are directed. For
compliance orders, it has been determined by the United States courts  in most instances that the
opportunity to challenge EPA action is available when EPA (through the Department of Justice)
brings a civil judicial action to enforce the  orders. State of Alabama v. EPA, 871 F.2d 1548, I557-
60 (11th  Cir.) cert denied, 110 S. Ct. 538 (I989) (CERCLA orders); Southern Pines Associates v.
U.S.,  912 F.2d 713 (4th Cir 1990) (Clean Water Act). For administrative  penalty assessments
(and  for  compliance orders  under the Resource  Conservation and  Recovery Act),  the U.S.
environmental statutes  provide for the right to administrative  hearings which  are  conducted  by
administrative law judges  or presiding  officers  located within the  Environmental  Protection
Agency,  but  under requirements  which  include  a bar  on  mixture of  functions  between the
enforcement personnel and the adjudicating personnel  as  well  as a  bar to communications about
the merits of any case between agency enforcement and decisionmaking personnel, except in the
presence of all parties to the administrative proceeding. Depending on whether the  administrative
hearing  in conducted  under the  adjudicatory hearing  requirements of the Administrative
Procedures Act, there  may be other safeguards to independence  of the administrative  judges,
such  as  independence within the  general  personnel  system.  In  the United States,  there  is
recourse  to the civil courts at the end of the administrative appeals process, so that the  particular
action can be challenged on the grounds of lack of fairness, among other things.
      In general, there is no good reason why administrative enforcment need be any less fair
than   enforcement  which  invokes independent courts at the  outset. Because  administrative
procedures can be  less burdensome, potentially less  costly, and somewhat more  informal and
perhaps,  therefore, less harsh in tone and atmosphere, they may even be perceived as promoting
fairness.  There is also the fact  that agency administrative judges can develop  considerable
expertise in the environmental laws and related technical areas and may,  therefore, be able  to
determine the issues in a more informed and efficient manner and be more likely to  render similar
results in similar cases. This potential for greater consistency  in results for similar  cases can  be
further enhanced where there is  a process for internal agency appeal of the result from the first
level of agency hearing, as is the case for the administrative hearing procedures under the U.S.
environmental laws.

3.3.5  Establishing Legal Precedent Using  Civil and Administrative Law

      On occasion, it will be important to the enforcement agencies to obtain certain results on
key legal issues  in  order  to strengthen   the overall  compliance,  deterrence,  or  risk-reduction
effectiveness  of enforcement. If,  for example,  there is is difference between the environmental
agency and much  of the regulated community about an interpretation  of regulations or permits,
this  can  lead  to  widespread failure  of  regulated enterprises  to  comply with  the  agency's
interpretation  until the matter is resolved by one or more cases in which the agency interpretation
is upheld. Similarly, if there are issues about whether certain entities can be held liable, such as
individuals who engage in certain activities within the  context of employment by corporations, it
may  be important to establish the answers to  such questions through  decisions in enforcement
cases. In evaluating the civil judicial and administrative enforcement options for this purpose, it is
important to know how  much weight a decision in either forum will carry, as well as  how likely the
matter is to have a favorable outcome from the point of view of the  enforcement purpose. It may
also  matter how quickly a result is likely to be obtained. Although it generally appears to  be
accurate  to say that decisions  of the  courts carry somewhat more weight than  administrative
decisions, it is important to remember that United States  administrative decisions can also wind
up in the civil courts, and those decisions  are determined by  the courts  under a standard  of
review that involves considerable deference  to the  agency. Whether the civil courts are more  or
less likely to render decisions to the liking  of the enforcement authorities may vary  depending  on

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             407


the type of issue or even on the particular part of the country where the case is initially heard. For
technically complex issues or those requiring specialized environmental expertise, it may be more
suitable to attempt to adjudicate the matters in the administrative forum.
       In general, the selection of the right set of facts and circumstances for cases designed to
test legal  issues may be more important than the choice  of civil judicial or administrative  forum.
We have  not  emphasized this enforcement purpose in our  discussion of criminal enforcement
because,  as discussed below, it is generally desirable in criminal cases that the issue  of whether
there  is a clear violation be as well established as possible. However, under laws where there are
significant restraints  on the circumstances  under which civil or administrative  cases can  be
brought, as is to some extent the situation  in the Netherlands, it may be necessary to consider
the use of criminal enforcement proceedings to resolve difficult legal issues that are of particular
importance to  an enforcement program.

3.4    Summary  of  Enforcement Purposes  and Choice  Among  Criminal,  Civil  Judicial, and
       Administrative Enforcement

       An enforcement  program can evaluate the use of various enforcement options on the
basis of how well each option will promote the basic purposes of enforcement. In both the  United
States and the Netherlands,  the  criminal,  civil judicial, and administrative  options have the
potential to promote the principle goals of enforcement, although it is difficult to generalize about
which types of mechanisms  are always  best suited to  which  enforcement purposes. As we have
discussed, the particular design of  each option  under the  law of  each country often makes a
significant difference  as to  how well suited that option  is  for a  particular purpose. Excellent
examples of  those differences are  seen in the  greater flexibility of the Netherlands criminal
procedures in their  ability to  obtain environmental compliance  and the  greater availability  of
sanctions in U.S. civil and administrative provisions with the  resulting improvement in  deterrence
potential.  The availability of all three  options and their careful and strategic use will maximize the
ability of  an environmental  enforcement agency to accomplish all  of the primary purposes  of
enforcement that are important to the agency.


4      FACTOR OF LEGAL CHARACTERISTICS, QUALITIES, AND LIMITATIONS IN CHOICE
       OF OPTIONS

       As we  have indicated in a number of specific instances above, the specific terms of the
applicable criminal, civil,  and  administrative  laws  can make a great deal of difference  in the
reasons for selecting  one  over the other for any particular case. In this section, we identify some
of the key legal or structural characteristics of each of the  three options under U.S.  and Dutch law
which are significant for purposes of  considering choices among the options. It is not our purpose
here  to provide a comprehensive or detailed explanation of the legal structure of these three
enforcement tools as set forth  in U.S.  and  Dutch law, but rather fo use  examples drawn from
these two systems to illustrate the role  of such considerations in the choice among enforcement
options.

4.1    Important  Legal  and  Structural Characteristics of U.S. and Dutch  Environmental Criminal
       Law

       The criminal provisions of U.S. environmental laws are specifically set forth in  each of the
environmental statutes, and there  is some significant variation among them. All of the statutes
contain provisions for criminal prosecution of knowing  and/or willful violations  of all or most
requirements, but only the Clean Water Act (Section  309)  and the Clean Air  Act (Section 113)
contain provisions for criminal prosecution of certain types of negligent (careless) violations.
Generally, the government can prove that a violation is  knowing or willful by showing that the
violator knew what he was  doing and did so voluntarily, not accidentally. There are some very
limited provisions for strict criminal liability in U.S. environmental laws, as for failure to give notice

-------
 408                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


 of  spills of  hazardous substances  above  a designated  quantity  (Section 103 of the
 Comprehensive Environmental Response,  Compensation  and  Liability Act). Under the various
 U.S.  environmental  laws, criminal sanctions also vary considerably.  Contrast,  for example, the
 maximum $50,000 fine per violation and one year imprisonment for convicted pesticide registrants
 and producers under the Federal Insecticide,  Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act  (FIFRA) (Section
 14) with the maximum  $50,000 per day of violation and three  years  imprisonment for knowing
 violators of the Clean Water Act (Section 309), with double these limits for  second offenses.
 (These two examples do not include either the lowest maximum criminal  sanction found in U.S.
 environmental laws or the highest.) Some  of the statutes provide for increasing the sanction for
 second offenses and for knowing endangerment of persons;  others do not. The Criminal Fines
 Act also provides a  mechanism for increasing maximum fines in environmental cases in certain
 circumstances, such as where the death or serious  injury of a person  resulted  from the violation
 or where the violator is  a corporation. In environmental crimes, as in  all  other crimes, the U.S.
 government must prove the guilt of the defendant beyond a reasonable doubt, and the defendant
 has the right to a jury trial.
       Under  the Dutch environmental  laws,  each specific  law also contains  specific penal
 provisions, although  some of these are limited  to defining the  violations so that  they come under
 certain  sections of the Economic Crimes Act.  (See, for example, Section 28 of the  Pollution  of
 Surface Waters Act  and Section  77 of the Soil  Protection Act.) Under the Dutch  environmental
 and criminal laws, there is generally strict criminal liability, that is, the prosecutor need only prove
 that the offense was committed by the accused and is not required to establish that the defendant
 did so knowingly or willfully. However,  the level of sanction  can usually  be increased  upon a
 showing that the offender knew or had serious reason to suspect, for example,  increased risk  to
 the health of others  (Air Pollution Act, Section 91) or of the pollution of the soil (Soil Protection
 Act,  Section  78). Similarly, under  the Chemical  Waste Act  (Section  55),   acts  performed
 intentionally are defined as serious offences in contrast to  minor offenses when performed other
 than intentionally. The Economic Crimes Act, which  applies to most types of violations under all
 the environmental laws , distinguishes between  intent crimes and guilt, or strict liability crimes.
 The  maximum  penalty  for  intent  crimes  is  two  years  imprisonment  and   Dfl. 100,000 for
 businesses, in contrast to maximum sentences of six months and Dfl. 25,000 for the lesser, strict
 liability offenses. (All fines may be added to a  sum sufficient to  recapture the economic benefits
 obtained from the violations.) A few types of environmental crimes are covered under the Penal
 Code, where significantly higher prison terms, up to 12 or 15 years, may be available for knowing
 endangerment to the public health and threats to life, respectively. Other legal aspects of criminal
 sanctions under both systems are discussed above, in sections 3.2.1  and 3.2.2, ranging from
 economic consequences like  limitations on government contracting  opportunities and  loss  of
 control  over  business  operations  to  personal consequences  like  loss  of rights  to  civic
 participation.  Where some of  these  sanctions are  available only under certain  of  the
 environmental laws, as, for example the government contracting provisions found only in the U.S.
 Clean Air Act (Section  306) and  Clean  Water  Act (Section  508), then the choice of criminal
 enforcement for violations of those laws may also differ.
      In addition to  the  matter of available sanctions and  the issue of whether the government
 must prove knowing or willful behavior, the legal aspects of criminal law that can affect when and
whether it is a preferred choice include such considerations as the period covered  by the statute
of limitations (how long  after the  commission of the crime the government may prosecute), the
 limitations and mechanisms  affecting  investigations of criminal activity,  and  the nature and
constraints of the procedural requirements governing criminal trials. One example of the effect  of
these factors on choices is the longer statute of limitations period available under  Dutch law for
persons who knowingly and  willfully discharge pollutions  to the soil, air, or surface  waters where
they  know or  should  have  known that it may cause danger  to the public health (Penal Code
Article 173a). Another example is significant differences in investigative tools available under the
Economic Crimes Act and the Penal Code. For economic crimes, investigators  have available  a
number of tools particularly  designed for the investigation of  business operations, such as the
authority to impound administrative records  and operations, open and sample packages, access
to all  places of  business operations. Penal code investigative authorities do not  include these

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              409


specific tools,  but violations carrying longer prison terms (currently four or more years), most of
which are now included in the penal code, open up the use of investigative techniques like wire-
tapping, emergency searches, and preliminary detention of suspects. These differences can  lead
a prosecutor to focus  an investigation on  non-environmental aspects  of a case which  involves
both environmental crimes and other violations which carry longer potential prison terms.
       In  the  United States,  investigative  techniques  and tools are  significantly affected by
whether the investigation is for civil/administrative or criminal purposes. Once the investigation
has  focused on potential criminal  liability,  a number of  safeguards for the  rights  of  accused
persons are in effect,  ranging from  the role of the grand jury  in determining whether and  how
testimony of  witnesses is  to be  considered in felony cases  to  the specific  Constitutional
requirements relating to interrogations, searches and seizures, and right to counsel.
       Finally, it is important to note in this section that the criminal law and criminal procedures
may be very  different in their ability to  directly  impose requirements relating to  environmental
compliance. As we discuss in section 3.2.2 above,  the Dutch  environmental criminal law does
provide significant  mechanisms for environmental  compliance requirements, while the  United
States system leaves that task largely to civil  and  administrative  law.

4.2    Important Legal and Structural Characteristics of U.S. and Dutch Civil Judicial Law

       There are a number of fundamental and  significant differences between the civil judicial
systems of the United States and the Netherlands which combine to help explain some of the key
legal and structural  differences  in how  these two systems  can  work  for  environmental
enforcement.  In the first instance,  the  United  States system is in the English  common  law
tradition, where the decisions  of higher courts are binding  on lower courts and the  notion of legal
precedent (stare decisis) is  accorded formal authority. The Netherlands  has a  code system,
where each judicial decision can theoretically be  issued without regard for prior determinations in
other cases. In  practice, this difference is not nearly so profound as it might seem. Civil judicial
decisions in the Netherlands are widely reported  and prior decisions are relied on by advocates
and judges. Lower courts accord full deference to the determinations of higher courts,  and higher
courts are unlikely to reverse their own earlier outcomes. On the other hand, United States judges
can and do distinguish current cases from  prior  cases in ways that permit some  variation  from
ruling decisions, and higher courts may  on rare  occasions abandon prior decisions by  reversal.
Consequently, this  apparently dramatic difference between the  two systems  does  not appear to
be particularly significant in the current context of  environmental  enforcement.
       Other historic differences, however, do appear relevant in  the environmental context. The
first involves a fairly complex matter of legal history in  the two countries which we risk severely
oversimplifying, but which  basically relates to the role  of the government  as litigant  in the  civil
courts.  At this point in  American jurisprudence,  it  is  a long accepted concept that  the  United
States government will  appear as civil plaintiff for the enforcement and implementation of  a wide
range of governmental  funtions. The jurisdiction of the civil courts over such  actions is expressly
provided in many federal laws, including all of the environmental laws. Compare, for example, the
language of the Clean Water Act (Section 309), where "the Administrator [of EPA] is authorized to
bring a civil action. . .  for any [specified] violation . . .in the district court of the United States",
with the langauge of the Toxic Substance Control Act (Section 17),  where "the district courts of
the  United States shall  have jurisdiction over civil actions to. . .compel. . .the  taking of any action
required by [the Act]."  In general, the U.S. environmental statutes also provide for  access by the
government to the  civil courts in environmental  emergencies, whether or not there is a specific
violation of the environmental laws. See,  for example, Section 303 of the Clean Air Act, Section
504 of the Clean Water Act,  or Section 7003 of the Resource Conservation and  Recovery Act.
There is no comparable history of access by the  Dutch  executive  authorities to the civil courts. In
general, the Dutch legal system has established a clear distinction between governmental (or
administrative) law  on the  one hand and  civil or  private law on the other. While the government
can and does appear as a litigant in the civil courts, it enters them largely as  a private party, with
claims  which  are  the same  as or analogous to claims  available to private litigants,  such  as
contract or tort claims. The notion of effectuating  uniquely executive authority  in the civil courts is

-------
410                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


mostly alien to the history of civil jurisprudence in the Netherlands.  Nevertheless, the Dutch civil
courts do recognize the special nature of the interests which government is entitles to protect and
the special manner in which  the  potential  or actual  experience  of damages occurs to the
government.  Further, there are certain express statutory provisions for the government's use  of
civil courts to obtain reimbursement of pollution response costs, such as set forth in Article 21,
paragraph 11 of the Soil Cleanup Act.
      As a result of this important historic difference of the role of the courts, U.S. environmental
statutes  have routinely provided an enforcement role for the  civil  courts  while Dutch statutes
make no such express provision for use  of the civil  courts. Consequently, the Dutch government
(national, provincial, or municipal) may seek action from those courts only when  it has a cause  of
action like those available to all private  litigants, such as  for recovery of costs  expended as the
result of  the  negligence  (tort)  of  another or to prevent the  commission of  a tort, i.  e.  for
emergency action to halt a dangerous  situation which,  if left  unchecked, could result  in the
government's  being  damaged through having  to expend funds to  respond to the situation.  In
these kinds of cases, the key  issue is  not  whether there is  a violation  of the environmental
statutes, but whether there is an action in the nature of a tort by which the government has been
or appears about to be damaged.  Of course, evidence of violation is  relevant to  the issue  of
whether  there is negligence, but it  is not necessary, and  it is  not sufficient in the  absense of a
showing  of damages or the threat of damages. There have been a number  of cases successfully
pursued  in the  Netherlands using  this  approach,  primarily  to recoup  costs  for soil cleanup
activities. State vs. Philips Duphar (Volgermeerpolder) (Civil Court, May 31,  I989); State vs. Akzo
(Civil  Court, December 12, I990); State vs. Aaprunol (Civil  Court, November  10,  1989). There has
also  been some use of the  emergency  order authority of the civil courts.  State vs. Benchiser
(Supreme Court, April  14, 1988). However, the availability of the civil courts for environmental
enforcement remains limited.
      Because  of the  more extensive role  provided for civil judicial  enforcement under U.S. law,
it is possible in that system  to  identify  other  legal  structural  factors relating to the  civil judicial
option which are relevant to the choice among  enforcement options.  For example, there are some
important differences among U.S. environmental laws relating to both injuntive (compliance order)
authorities of the courts and to penalty provisions. Under the Toxic Substances Control Act,  for
example,  there is no express provision for  administrative orders for compliance, so that there  is
only the  choice  of the court for obtaining a clear legally binding order to comply.  However, the
penalty  authority of  TSCA is  limited to  the administrative forum.  This  creates the  dilemma  of
either choosing  a solely penalty enforcement approach, a solely injunctive action  enforcement
approach, or  pursuing  enforcement  in two different forums, even though the issue  of  liability will
be the same  for both. Although TSCA is the only statute that presents this particular scheme, the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act  provides  the other extreme:  complete injunctive and
penalty authority in both the judicial  and administrative forums. Under this statute and most of the
others, the enforcement authorities are generally presented with the issue of  whether to seek
compliance orders directly from  the courts  or whether to first issue  such orders administratively,
with  the option  of seeking  to  enforce the administrative orders in the  courts  in the event  of
violations of the administrative order. This decision is usually affected by the extent to which it is
important to seek penalties for past violations at the same time, the complexity and duration  of
the compliance tasks to be  addressed by such orders,  the anticipated likelihood of compliance,
and other strategic considerations.  However,  the choice  of whether  to invoke  the civil judicial
option must be informed by  a careful analysis  of the specific legal provisions for judicial enforce-
ment  contained  in the  environmental laws that are relevant to the facts of the case.  Indeed, the
differences in such provisions may also affect that choice of which environmental statute(s) to rely
on in  circumstances where the facts of the case permit a choice  among statutes.

4.3   Important Legal and Structural Characteristics of U.S. and Dutch Administrative Law

      In  general, administrative enforcement  authorities  can  be divided into injuctive or  order
authority and  penalty authority. Both U.S.  and Dutch law contains elements  of both types  of
administrative enforcement,  although the current Dutch  environmental  statutes do  not  contain

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             411


provisions for administrative penalties for past violations. The administrative order authority under
both sets of laws, however, is generally very broad and clear.  For the same historic reason that
has separated Dutch governmental/administrative law from civil/private law, the
laws of the  Netherlands provide for extensive  administrative  powers to implement and  enforce
executive  authority. Therefore, under both the General Environmental  Act  (overall coordinating
environmental law) and the specific environmental statutes, there are provisions for withdrawal or
revocation of licenses  (permits) (e. g. General  Environmental Act, Chapter 8,  Title 8.1, paragraph
8.1.2, section 8.22-8.26;  Chemical Waste Act, paragraph 10, section  13-14; Air Pollution Act,
Chapter IV,  paragraph 2,  section 33-37) and for closure of facilities (e. g. Nuisance Act, Chapter
VII, section  28; Air  Pollution Act, Chapter IV, paragraph 3, section 39.) These authorities are in
addition to  the  dwangsum  (order imposing  economic incentives for future  compliance) and
bestuursdwang (order for governmental implementation of the  compliance action), which can be
imposed after warning and are subject to the right of appeal to the administrative court.
       U.S.  environmental laws do not expressly provide for all of the specific actions detailed in
Dutch law, but most of the statutes do provide for issuance  of  administrative orders to compel
compliance  with the law  and implementing  regulations as well as orders to prevent, control, or
respond to  environmental emergencies.  In a few  statutes,  this is very limited. The absence of
express administrative order authority in TSCA is discussed above. The FIFRA also lacks  express
order authority except for the unusual and strong  mechanism  of the stop sale order provided in
Section 13 whenever a pesticide  is believed [by EPA on the basis of inspections or tests]  to be in
violation of  the  Act. The  Emergency Planning and Community Right to  Know Act also  lacks
express administrative order authority. Most of the other U.S.  environmental laws do provide for
the issuance of compliance orders (e. g., Section 309 of the Clean Water Act, Section 3008  of the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, Section  113 of the Clean Air Act) and/or orders to
address environmental emergencies (e. g. Section 1431 of the Safe Drinking Water Act, Section
7003 of the  Resource Conservation and Recovery  Act, Section 303 of the Clean Air Act, Section
106 of the Comprehensive Environmental  Response, Compensation, and Liability Act). There are,
however, some important legal differences among these provisions. Specific legal and/or factual
findings must be made under the terms of each  provision. Of particular interest to the issue of
choice of enforcement option is  the provisision of the Clean Air Act emergency order authority
limiting  its use to circumstances where "it is not practicable to  assure prompt protection of public
health or welfare or the environment by commencement of. . .a civil action."
       Administrative provisions for the  asssessment of  penalties  for violations  of  the
environmental laws are available under  most of  the  U.S. environmental laws,  but  are limited
under the Dutch laws to  the dwangsom provision  applicable to the primary  environmental  laws,
which provides for the imposition of economic incentive sanctions for a specified sum  per day for
violations which continue after the  imposition of  the Dwangsom  (General Environmental Act,
Chapter 18, section  18.7-18.16). The legal  nature and  limitations  of both U.S.  and  Dutch
administrative penalty provisions are discussed at some length in sections 3.3.2 and 3.3.4 above,
and will not be repeated here.  It is important to repeat  in this area  that there are  significant
differences  among  the various U.S. environmental laws containing penalty provisions, and that,
therefore, any choice among criminal, civil judicial, or administrative options must be informed by
a careful analysis of the specific provisions that may be applicable in any given case.
 5      THE FACTOR OF THE NATURE OF THE FACTS, EVIDENCE, AND SURROUNDING
       CIRCUMSTANCES FOR EACH CASE AFFECTING CHOICE OF OPTIONS

       There are vitally important policy considerations that enter into the choice of enforcement
 options, as discussed above under the factor of the purposes or goals of enforcement, and there
 are also essential considerations relating to the legal and structural characteristics and limitations
 of the various enforcement options.  Nevertheless,  it is  also  important to remember that  the
 specific  facts and  circumstances of each case  will  have  a great deal  to  do with which
 enforcement option  is  best suited to the particular case at  hand. One of the  lessons that
 enforcement experience teaches is  that  every  case much be considered  in  light  of  all  the

-------
 412                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


 information  available about that specific case  and that enforcement cases cannot be sorted into
 general categories with any  ease. We recognize, therefore, that any discussion of the kinds  of
 case-specific factors that affect enforcement will also be too general  for immediate application  to
 specific new enforcement cases. This paper does not attempt to provide any kind of exhaustive
 list of facts or circumstances that would determine whether a case  is better suited for criminal,
 civil judicial, or administrative enforcement.  Instead, we try  to identify several examples of  how
 the factor of case-specific facts, evidence,  and surrounding circumstances can affect that choice.

 5.1    Facts and Circumstances Affecting  the Appropriateness of Criminal Enforcement

       In general, the fact  that the criminal sanction is the most  severe also means that criminal
 cases need to be clearer and easier to prove in order to succeed. Both prosecutors and judges
 (and juries)  are reluctant to threaten someone with the stigma of criminality or the threat of loss  of
 liberty if the legal obligation at issue  is unclear or if the evidence of failure to meet that  obligation
 leaves significant open questions. Consequently, ambiguously worded regulations or permits can
 make  it very difficult to pursue criminal enforcement even  if the acts  committed by  the alleged
 violator are  offensive and cause environmental harm. If the requirements of the applicable law are
 unclear and it is also not obvious that the acts involved caused specific environmental problems,
 then the case  is even less well  suited to criminal enforcement. This  problem  of poorly written
 standards, actual or apparent loopholes in permits, and similar uncertainties about the obligations
 of alleged violators has presented problems with enforcement, including criminal enforcement,  in
 both  U.S. and Dutch experience. As a  result, both countries  have  increased their  focus on
 improving  the enforceability of laws, regulations,  and  permits.  Extremely  complicated or
 sophisticated legal requirements can also  present a problem for  criminal enforcement, where the
 judge and/or jury may feel that the requirements  were sufficiently difficult to understand that the
 criminal sanction  seems  unduly harsh.  A  related problem  arises  when  there  are  significant
 disputes between the government and the alleged violator about the proper interpretation  of the
 applicable law. Although the  existence of disagreement in  legal position between the  enforcing
 government and defendants  in criminal cases  is  likely to occur in many cases, some  of these
 disagreements will represent  more difficult issues where the position  of the defendant has some
 significant chance of prevailing in the  courts.  When the  disputes over interpretation  are of  that
 type, the case may be better suited for civil judicial  or administrative enforcement.
       A problem related to the enforceability  of the applicable  law is the matter of whether the
 evidence gathered  in investigations  is properly aligned with the applicable legal standard.  For
 example, are samples of emissions or substances at issue taken in the manner and using the test
 methods which match the definitions and  specifications set forth in the law or permit?  Does the
 evidence establish  not only that  certain acts occurred or failed  to occur, but that the potential
 defendant is the person whom to law requires to  act in the required  manner? Under both  Dutch
 and  U.S.  laws, certain requirements relating to  both  the  obligation to obtain  permits and to
 substantive  requirements depend  on the size of the operation or the volume of materials involved.
 Consequently,  proof of the total volume of emissions, the  amount of waste handled, or similar
 facts  may be  as  essential to the  case  as  proof that  actions  were  taken  in  violation of the
 emissions standards or permitting  requirements.  If there is   uncertainty  about whether  the
 evidence clearly establishes  all of the elements  of the offense, then the  case may be poorly
 suited for criminal enforcement, where the  burden of proof for the government may be greater as
 a matter of law, and where, in any event, the risk of the government's losing the case is probably
greater because of the general tendency of criminal judges to  exercise additional caution where
 criminality and/or loss of liberty are at stake.
       One  of the types of circumstances  which can affect the suitability of criminal enforcement
 is the prior history of the involvement of the government with the  potential defendant. On the  one
hand, a clear pattern of governmental interpretation and actions which  should have assured  that
the violator  knew  of the  requirements can  be very helpful. On the other hand, a pattern of
governmental awareness of the violations without definitive enforcement action or with only limited
and variable enforcement  response allows potential defendants  to present an argument that the
government actively condoned, either explicitly or implicitly, the violations. Whether  or not  this

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             413


argument is a sufficient legal defense,  it certainly can make the case less appealing, especially
for the imposition of significant criminal sanctions. As discussed in section 4.1 above, the ability
to prove knowing or willful behavior may have legal significance for  whether a  crime has been
committed and/or for the scope of available  criminal sanctions. Even  where this kind of proof is
not specifically required,  evidence of  such  behavior  is helpful,  especially in  criminal  cases.
Generally, the legal standard for proving intent in environmental crimes in both the United  States
and the Netherlands is whether there was general intent, that is, intent to do the forbidden acts,
rather  than  specific intent to violate the law at issue.  However, the case  is strengthened by
evidence that the violator formed the intent for some personal or business gain, such as to make
money or to obtain some  favorable treatment. It  is further strengthened if there  is evidence that
the violator was,  in fact, aware of the  legal  requirements at issue. The  strongest type  of intent
evidence would include  evidence of specific  intent, that is, premediated action for the purpose of
evading the  known legal requirements.
       Finally, the choice  of criminal enforcement  may  be  affected by the extent to which  the
activities have caused and are  continuing to cause environmental harm.  The seriousness of  the
consequences of criminal acts  is  generally  important in determining whether a case makes a
good criminal  case. In fact, where there are particularly serious  consequences,  other concerns
relating to such things  as clarity of the legal standard  or prior governmental involvement may
become  less  important. However, continuing environmental harm can  present a  problem  for
criminal  enforcement in  legal  systems  where  the  criminal law  is  not designed  to  fashion
injunctions or other requirements relating to  on-going environmental compliance. The differences
between Dutch and U.S. criminal law in this regard are discussed in section 3.2.2 above. Where it
is necessary to  bring civil  or  administrative enforcement actions  to  address  on-going
environmental problems,  the issue of whether  to also  pursue criminal enforcement  must be
considered.  The  result  could be  parallel civil and  criminal enforcement, which introduces a
number of complications  into the  exercise of enforcement choices.  Decisionmaking about and
management of parallel  proceedings is  beyond the scope of this paper, but, as we warned in  the
introduction, it is always important to bear in mind that enforcement choices can  and sometimes
should involve combining two or more enforcement options.

5.2    Facts  and  Circumstances Relevant  to Differentiating  Between  Civil Judicial  and
       Administrative Enforcement

       All of the  specific  facts and circumstances discussed above relate to whether criminal
enforcement is appropriate for  cases involving certain issues. If those  issues point away from
criminal enforcement toward  civil  judicial and/or administrative enforcement, there  may  still be
important case-specific facts or  circumstances that favor one of these  remaining options. Many of
these will be closely tied to the legal characteristics of these two options, as discussed in sections
4.2 and 4.3. For purposes of this section, assume that we are comparing  these two options under
a system like that in the United States  Resource Conservation and Recovery  Act, where  the
administrative and  civil  judicial options are  fully available  and provide  an essentially identical
range  of authorities and sanctions. With that assumption, it is possible to identify  certain kinds of
facts that can be significant in choosing between them.
       Where the violations at issue  are all in  the past and there  is  no  need for specific or
detailed  requirements  for compliance activities, the simplicity  and  relative efficiency  of  the
administrative approach has  great appeal.  Under these circumstances,  considerations like  the
speed  at which the matter can be resolved  may not be as  important as the overall transaction
costs necessary to  accomplish the government purpose, which is usually  general deterrence, and
in any event the  administrative approach may also be faster. By  contrast, a case involving  on-
going  violations by a stubborn or intransigent violator may be much better suited  for the civil
courts, where the powers  of contempt and/or general credibility and authority of the courts within
the society may be  necessary to alter the violating behavior.

-------
414                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


6      THE FACTOR OF PRACTICAL REALITIES INFLUENCING THE CHOICE OF OPTIONS

       Although  the policy  framework,  the  legal  provisions, and  the case-specific facts  and
circumstances all  influence the choice  among enforcement options, these factors  cannot be
considered in  isolation from the very practical realities of the enforcement system  in which the
choices  are  being  made.  For example,  a  system  cannot practically  choose  the  criminal
enforcement option with any frequency  if there are not enough criminal prosecutors  or criminal
courts to handle  the cases. Similarly, no  system will want to make use of an enforcement option if
the decisionmakers  (i.e.  courts) who will hear the  cases  under that option do  not generally
support the use  of that option for environmental violations. Often these practical realities can be
identified and addressed over the longer term. For example, the Dutch government has expanded
the number of prosecutors so that both the existing and additional public prosecutors can devote
more effort to environmental crimes. Both U.S. and Dutch enforcement authorities have worked  to
provide the courts with the cases and information in those  cases which will  allow the courts  to
understand the importance and suitability of such cases for enforcement in the courts.
       One area of practical consideration  which merits some  further discussion here  is the
impact on choices which comes from the involvement  of multiple agencies or institutions in the
enforcement process. In  both the United States and the Netherlands, civil judicial  and criminal
enforcement require the involvement of  institutions outside the environmental agencies.  In both
systems, criminal enforcement decision-making and  implementation is under the control  of the
justice ministries. In the United States, civil judicial cases are also referred to the Department  of
Justice, which provides the litigating attorneys who serve as  lead counsel for the United States  in
the civil courts for environmental cases. In the Netherlands,  the government must retain private
counsel to represent  it in the civil courts. These  attorneys,  generally referred to as  the state's
attorneys, are retained (and paid) in much the same way that private parties secure  counsel  to
represent them in the civil courts. The involvement of these additional institutions and persons will
increase the transaction costs of the enforcement choices which require their involvement. On the
other hand, the  use  of these choices will  provide for access to the additional  resources  and
specialized expertise that these  institutions  and persons bring to the enforcement process.  The
effect of these considerations will tend to encourage the choice to limit the criminal and/or civil
judicial option to  the more significant or complex cases, although that is definitely not a necessary
result. Indeed, there are  currently a significant number of relatively  minor  environmental crimes
being prosecuted in the Netherlands, probably because of the involvement of the regular police  in
environmental enforcement  and the resulting high  volume  of  direct enforcement activities
originating from police  and  prosecutors,  sometimes with little  or  no involvement  of the
environmental agencies.  Similarly, where U.S.  environmental statutes do  not provide a viable
administrative  option for minor cases, as was until recently the case under the Clean Air Act, a
number of  civil judicial cases have been brought for  relatively straighforward  past violations and
more modest penalties than is otherwise  typical in civil judicial cases.
       Resource constraints in  general  is the other  practical consideration which  merits some
further discussion here. If the resources favor one  type of option over the others, that factor alone
will tilt the  enforcement system  toward that  choice. If the resources to investigate  or otherwise
identify violations exceed  the resources to follow through with enforcement responses, the system
may respond by choosing the easiest or least costly  option  wherever possible. Alternatively, the
availability of more cases than can be readily pursued may actually enhance the role of decision-
making about  enforcement choices  because  of the awareness that, when every case cannot be
pursued, the choice of which to pursue and how becomes more important. In  talking about
resources,  it is important to consider not only the number of persons or the amount of money
which  is directed toward  each enforcement option,  but also the nature of  the  skills,  training,
motivations, and experience of the personnel who are available. Again, if these elements of the
resources tend to be  significantly stronger for one option, there may be a  tilt toward  that option
within the system. Finally, the relevant resources  are not only those for enforcement personnel
and institutions,  but also for the courts or administrative processes where the enforcement cases
are presented and resolved.  If there  are  major delays caused by these  kinds of resource
limitations,  an otherwise desirable enforcement option  may be rejected.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            415


7     CONCLUSIONS

      The process of making choices among available enforcement tools or procedures involves
several complex factors. An enforcement program seeking to effectively manage  the process of
choice among criminal enforcement, civil  judicial  enforcement, and administrative  enforcement
must prepare for such choices with a clear understanding of what goals or purposes govern the
enforcement program.  Based on  that  decision, the choices must also be  informed  by a full
understanding of the legal and structural charactistics  and  limitations of each of  the options  as
well as by an analysis of the facts and circumstances of each particular case that is the subject of
the choice.  A weighing  of the impact of all these  factors  can  result  in  the  choice of the
enforcement option(s) that are best for achieving the desired purposes and best for the case at
hand, so long as any additional practical  realities are also  taken  into  account. This paper has
identified the possible goals of enforcement and discussed how the choice of enforcement options
is  affected by the choice of goals. We  have also attempted  to illustrate the role played by legal
structure, case-specific facts, and practical realities, drawing from enforcement experience in both
the United States and the Netherlands. Although the actual process of  such choices in  other
governmental systems will involve different legal structures and other differences,  the analysis
provided here for these two  systems illustrates the complex process of enforcement choices at
work. We hope that it will be useful to the  enforcement programs of these two countries and that
it will provide a basis for consideration of enforcement choices in other nations as well.
       REFERENCES

1      Principles of Environmental  Enforcement,  USEPA Office of Enforcement (February 19,
       1992).
2      Fourth Progress Report on Environmental Law Enforcement, Netherlands VROM (October,
       1991).
3      1990 Annual Report, Inspectorate for the Environment, Netherlands VROM.
4      U.S. Sentencing Commission, GUIDELINES MANUAL, Section 2Q (November, 1991).
5      Enforcement Four-Year Strategic Plan,  USEPA Office  of  Enforcement,  21E-2001
       (February, 1991).
6      Enforcement Accomplishments Report FY 1991, USEPA Office of Enforcement 300-R92-
       008 (April, 1992).
7      Enforcement Accomplishments  Report Fiscal Year 1991,  USEPA Region III  (February,
       1992).
8      Marzulla,  R.J., National Environmental Enforcement Journal,  (Dec. 87-Jan 88)3-10.
9      Lefevre, Hans,  Enforcement  of Environmental Law in the Netherlands, Netherlands VROM
       (May, 1992).

-------
416                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            417


THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROSECUTOR: THE EXPERIENCE OF A "CENTRAL COMMAND"
THEORY OF ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

STEVEN J. MADONNA

Assistant Attorney General/New Jersey State Environmental Prosecutor, 25 Market Street,
CN 118, Trenton, New Jersey  08625 (United States of America)


      PERSPECTIVE

      The State of New Jersey,  like most states in the United States, has a significant
commitment of  manpower and resources within the three primary components of its environ-
mental enforcement effort.  These  include the  administrative  enforcement  elements within the
Departments of  Environmental Protection and Energy (DEPE),  Health and  Labor, which are
designed to secure broad-based  compliance with reasonable  and realistic  regulatory programs
through the use of  easily administered fines and penalties;  the civil enforcement area of the
Environmental Protection Section  of the Division of Law (DOL), which brings to bear the general
civil remedies available in  the state court system in the form of prohibitory  and mandatory
injunctive orders, as well as civil trial  and penalty proceedings;  and  the criminal  investigative
section within the Environmental  Prosecutions Bureau of the Division of Criminal Justice (DCJ),
whose presence and efforts are  most  effective  in deterring the repeat offender, the syndicated
criminal, or others who engage in  crime for profit or otherwise consider civil penalties as a cost of
doing business.  Additionally, the  New Jersey State  Police Marine  Services Bureau and the Solid
and Hazardous Waste Unit  each  have responsibilities which overlap the three primary enforce-
ment components.
      Each of these enforcement components  utilize resources of varying  degrees of intensity
depending on the nature, extent and timing of the appropriate initiative or response.  While  each
enforcement mode has the  potential to be effective when used properly, each can be grossly
ineffective and even counter-productive if  used in an untimely or  uncoordinated manner.  In an
effort to maximize the State's  utilization of these resources, on January 24,  1990, Governor Jim
Florio of the State of New Jersey, USA issued Executive Order #2 establishing the Office of the
State Environmental  Prosecutor (OSEP).  The State Environmental Prosecutor (SEP) was
charged with the responsibility for  coordinating the use of these enforcement  resources in order to
maximize their efficiency and effectiveness and to create and  integrate them into a compre-
hensive Statewide  environmental  enforcement program.  Additionally,  the SEP  was required to
personally prosecute those enforcement cases which involve  either chronic environmental
offenders, or situations which pose a serious threat to public health or the environment, as well as
ensuring that these "priority cases" receive enhanced and expedited handling.
      Steven J. Madonna was  designated an Assistant Attorney  General  by  New Jersey
Attorney General Robert J.  Del Tufo and  appointed by Governor  Jim Florio as  the SEP.  State
Environmental Prosecutor Madonna  and Attorney General Del Tufo organized the Office around  a
management core concept.   Rather than attempt to  create an  additional bureaucracy in the
enforcement effort, it was deemed  more efficient to establish  a management core to supervise
and manage the existing resources of State Government in a more effective,  coordinated fashion.
       Housed in the State's Hughes Justice Complex, the office, totaling sixteen individuals, is
staffed with the SEP,  seven Assistant  State Environmental Prosecutors, three Investigators, an
Executive Assistant; and four support personnel.  Thirteen of the sixteen staff positions were filled
through reallocation of staff from other State agencies.
      The remarks of Attorney General Del Tufo  in the Foreword to  the  State Environmental
Prosecutor's Second Annual Report summarize  the unique role of the  Environmental Prosecutor
concept:
       "...the Office of the State Environmental Prosecutor is as unique and innovative a
      concept as  it is new.  Just  completing its second  year of operation, the office's

-------
 418                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       experience demonstrates quite clearly that State Government can be more  efficient
       and effective by simply being more resourceful.
       ...with the mandate of the  Executive Order that all departments and agencies
       cooperate fully with the State Environmental Prosecutor, the Office has been set up
       to function as a management core.  It operates through, and in coordination with,
       the numerous State, county and local agencies, divisions and departments involved
       in the criminal, civil and regulatory environmental enforcement effort.  Acting in this
       fashion, the Prosecutor not only oversees the  prosecution of "priority cases," but
       also works to insure the coordination of  initiatives, information exchange, and day
       to day enforcement  activities.  The  Prosecutor has also overseen the creation  of
       environmental units in County Prosecutors' Offices and works closely with  them  in
       enforcement matters. The Prosecutor is not restrained by the arbitrary limitations  of
       the resources or jurisdiction  of any given agency,  division or department,  nor has
       he any vested interest in highlighting  or using  the tools or resources of any
       particular  agency,  division or department.  Herein  lies the true uniqueness of the
       concept of the New Jersey  Environmental Prosecutor.   Faced with a significant
       'environmental  incident,' the  Prosecutor has the unfettered discretion to coordinate
       the nature and timing of the most appropriate, efficient  and effective enforcement
       response.  Whether it be criminal, civil or administrative,  or any  combination
       thereof, whether it be State,  county  or local, the Prosecutor is free to  exercise his
       judgment  as to the nature and timing of the preferred response or responses. The
       ability to proceed  in this "holistic" fashion avoids duplications of effort, contradictory
       theories of  enforcement, and insures the  full  and proper utilization  of our  State
       Government resources, irrespective of the division  or department in which they
       formally reside.
       As described, the New Jersey  Environmental  Prosecutor is a position unique in  the
       ranks of environmental enforcement."
1     COMPREHENSIVE STATEWIDE ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT PROGRAM

1.1    State Agency Coordination

      The first step in creating a comprehensive Statewide environmental enforcement program,
one of the primary responsibilities of the SEP, was establishing a system of coordination of the
initiatives, personnel,  and resources of the various environmental  enforcement Divisions and
Departments of State Government. The SEP initiated the appointment of representatives within
each  of the Divisions and Departments to act as liaisons with the OSEP.  Assistant State
Environmental Prosecutors were likewise assigned to  coordinate and manage the relevant
enforcement activities of these various Divisions and  Departments.   They  have also  been
instrumental in establishing working  protocols of  operation with their  respective liaisons and
agencies.  The coordination of the  use of the resources and personnel within these State
agencies  by the SEP is designed to maximize the efficiency and effectiveness of the State
environmental  enforcement program  as a whole.  This effort is being supported by a project to
provide for computer linking and data access between the various Divisions and Departments of
State  Government.
      In furtherance of this comprehensive program, coordination and supervision by the OSEP
occurs daily in the context of the selection of the appropriate action and agency in a given case
and in other non-case oriented initiatives. These include:

1.1.1  Voluntary Audit/Compliance Program

      In an effort to  instigate  more  responsible environmental practices within the State's
business and industry community, the SEP has proposed a Voluntary Audit/Compliance Program.
Drawing upon widely accepted environmental principles,  the SEP, working with the Division of

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             419


Criminal Justice, the Division of Law, the  Department of Environmental Protection and Energy,
and  the County Prosecutors, and with comments from various responsible practitioners and
members  of  New  Jersey business and industry groups, has drafted a checklist of desirable
business practices which experience has shown will have a positive  impact on the pollution
prevention  effort.   The program provides that the implementation and responsible operation of
these business practices could benefit and assist a business in the event of an unforseen
environmental "incident" which may normally carry criminal ramifications.  These business
practices  are to be incorporated  as factors to be promulgated by the State Environmental
Prosecutor, the Attorney General,  and the Director of the Division of Criminal Justice, as a
guidance  document to be considered by the State's prosecutors when making decisions  on
whether or not to charge an  environmental crime, the nature of the charges, and the identity of
the defendants.
       It is the belief of the State Environmental Prosecutor that broad-based implementation and
operation  of such programs are essential components of a successful pollution prevention effort
and the protection of our natural resources.

1.1.2  Clean Harbors and Rivers Task Force

       The upgrading of offenses relating to  crimes impacting  on the waters of the State of New
Jersey along with  the inclusion of  the  new statutory concept  "significant adverse environmental
effect," are key components of the recently enacted New Jersey Clean  Water Enforcement Act.
With these new tools, the SEP has established a multi-agency task force dedicated solely to
coordinated criminal enforcement of New Jersey's clean water statutes.  This task force has, as
its primary responsibility,  the coordinated investigation  and prosecution of alleged incidents of
criminal water pollution in a manner which will insure the diligent, but reasoned and uniform,  use
and  interpretation of the new statutory provisions.

1.1.3  Solid Waste Enforcement Initiatives

       The OSEP organized a joint effort by the State Police and DEPE  for a one week period in
April to pursue forfeiture  actions against solid waste transporters hauling solid waste from a solid
waste transfer station in Newark in violation of State licensing  laws.  During the around-the-clock
operation, would-be transporters were informed that they were subject to possible vehicle seizure
and  forfeiture actions if they hauled the  waste in violation  of A-901  screening  procedures  and
truck licensing requirements.  As a direct result, the gypsy haulers ceased their illegal operations.
       The OSEP continued to coordinate  efforts on  behalf of the New Jersey State Police
Hazardous Materials Unit and the Solid Waste Division of the  DEPE to insure the safe,
environmentally sound and legal movement of solid waste over the State's highways.  Through a
continuing series  of vehicle checkpoints  in  different  areas of  the State,  approximately 2,300
violations have been detected.  Appropriate citations were issued and approximately  35 solid
waste vehicles were placed out of service since the implementation of this initiative in 1990.

1.1.4  Scrap Tire Initiative

       The OSEP continues  to pursue an initiative designed to address the blight of used tires
that  are piled up  at various sites throughout New Jersey.  The impetus for the initiative resulted
from a tire fire that raged at a site  in Jersey  City, New Jersey, in 1991, sending acrid smoke into
the air for hours and interrupting the flow of traffic on a major north/south interstate highway.
       DEPE, at the urging of the SEP, has  undertaken  a survey of the  locations, quantities,  and
site  characteristics of the worst tire dumps in the  State.  To date, eleven sites have been
identified and inventoried, accounting for more than 7.5 million tires.  The majority  of these
abandoned tires are located on lands situated over the pristine Cohansey Aquifer  of  the Pine
Barrens.  The results of the survey will serve as the basis for the development by the State of an
enforcement/remediation strategy with respect to these sites.  The OSEP is  working with the DOL
and  the DCJ to review the facts and circumstances which gave rise to the tire site accumulations

-------
420                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


and to consider enforcement actions against those responsible for creating this menace.  Further,
the OSEP has notified State  and local law enforcement authorities of the  potential fire  problem
inherent in tire site accumulations and of the need for increased vigilance.

1.1.5   Pinelands Initiative

       The OSEP  has recently joined  forces with the Pinelands  Commission in an enforcement
initiative designed to protect and preserve the natural beauty and  resources of the Pinelands. An
Assistant  State Environmental Prosecutor has  been assigned  with the primary responsibility to
assist the Pinelands Commission in  the development and prosecution  of civil and  criminal
environmental cases occurring within their jurisdiction.  This Assistant  State Environmental
Prosecutor will meet  on a regular basis with  staff of the Pinelands Commission to prioritize
enforcement matters and insure that they are given appropriate attention. In furtherance  of these
efforts, the OSEP is working closely with the county prosecutors  and  State and local law
enforcement authorities in the seven counties in which  the Pinelands Reserve  is located to
prosecute environmental crimes.

1.1.6   Racetrack Initiative

       As a result of continuing problems with water quality in waterways adjacent to horse
racetracks in New  Jersey,  the OSEP initiated discussions  and efforts aimed at  instituting interim
procedures and permanent solutions regarding racetrack manure  handling practices.  The aim of
this process has been to have appropriate temporary and  permanent pollution  control strategies
implemented by the racetracks.   This will minimize, if not eliminate, the  contamination of the
adjacent waters by manure-contaminated runoff.

1-1.7   Direct Sewage  Discharge Initiative

       The OSEP continues coordination of the  efforts of the Marine Services Bureau of the New
Jersey State Police, various County Health Departments and the  DEPE to end  direct discharges
of business and household  sewage  and waste into various waterways,  bays,  and shellfish
breeding areas of  the State of New Jersey.  Since the implementation of this  initiative in 1990,
399 summonses have been issued by the Marine  Police to cease such discharges.  Efforts are
likewise underway  to address remediation alternatives with local  sewage authorities  and county
and local health officials.

1.1.8   State Agency Compliance

       The OSEP  initiated a  project that will inventory and make recommendations regarding
compliance problems at State facilities. This project will include  the distribution of a request for
information to all agency heads to inventory known environmental problems  along with proposed
solutions.  The resultant information will provide the basis for a complete analysis of the scope of
this problem.  With this information available, it is expected that the Administration will be in  a
position to define the measures necessary to result  in the State becoming a model of
environmental compliance.

1.2    County Coordination

       One important component of the SEP's Statewide environmental enforcement program is
an increased emphasis on  county agency enforcement. (The State of New Jersey is divided into
twenty-one regional units of government called counties.)   The county prosecutors'  offices  and
county health departments have  been  designated  as the  core of the  county component of this
network.  They are looked  to as the catalyst  in each  county for  the formation of county
environmental  enforcement task  forces, consisting  variously of county Hazmat Teams, county
sheriff's departments, departments of public works, emergency services departments and  the like.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            421


As the focal point of county level enforcement activity, they will be the immediate point of contact
and coordination with  the  OSEP.  As  currently operating, information and case referrals move
routinely between the OSEP and the county components.
       In 1991,  the  OSEP completed the training of  at least one assistant prosecutor  and one
investigator from each county,  and has since begun  training newly assigned personnel with
classroom and  field instruction.   Likewise, in  1991 the OSEP arranged for a four day County
Health Inspectors Training Course to sensitize these  individuals to the relevant procedures and
operations of the criminal justice system, and the signs and symptoms  of criminal conduct.
Although all twenty-one counties have basic environmental  enforcement capability, eighteen
counties are effectively operating environmental crimes units, twelve coming into existence in the
last year. Two Assistant State Environmental Prosecutors have been assigned to work exclusively
on the operation and further  development of these  county environmental  enforcement
components.  They are responsible for providing the county prosecutors with assistance, including
the necessary technical  and legal support to properly  investigate  and prosecute  environmental
crimes cases; designating and assisting with the investigation and prosecution of county level
priority cases; and providing complementary civil and regulatory support when necessary.

1.3    Local Component

       Local agency involvement in the overall environmental  enforcement  effort is critical to its
success.  It is  the everyday responsibilities of the local  police officer, fire inspector, code and
health enforcement  officers that provide the opportunity to observe the  signs and symptoms of
unlawful environmental practices.  In order to identify the proper agencies to  make up  the local
enforcement component, the  SEP has been and continues to  meet with various agencies of local
government,  as well as organizations such as the Association of New Jersey Environmental
Commissions, North Bergen Volunteer  Health Officers, the Passaic River Coalition, the Statewide
Association of County Health Officers, the Morris County Safe  Neighborhood Group and  the New
Jersey Environmental Federations to review and evaluate the possible options.

1.4    Federal/Interstate Coordination

       A Statewide comprehensive environmental enforcement program will invariably have
aspects of enforcement that must be coordinated with adjoining states and various federal
agencies.  In  this regard, the SEP was  designated by  Executive Order #2 to be the State's liaison
to other states and federal  agencies  and accordingly  has routine discussions with the  United
States Attorney, the EPA  Headquarters and Regional Administrator, and representatives of the
adjoining states and their representatives in the Northeast  Hazardous Waste Project.
       The SEP serves  as a member of several national level environmental  committees and
working groups - the  EPA Steering  Committee on Federal/State Enforcement Relationship, the
EPA  Advisory  Council of the National Enforcement Training Institute and the Environmental
Committee of the Council of State Governments.  The SEP, working with  the  United  States
Attorney and the EPA  Regional Administrator, are forming the New Jersey  Federal/State
Environmental Task Force.  This unique project is proposed  to include  representatives  from the
Federal Bureau of Investigations, the United States Environmental Protection Agency, the United
States Coast Guard, and  the United States Attorney's Office and New Jersey representatives
including the  SEP, the DCJ,  the DEPE and other State  and county support agencies, as needed.
It  is designed  to provide a forum for the coordination and investigation of environmental
enforcement cases that have a national or regional significance.

1.5    Public Education and Outreach

       The SEP  considers  public involvement  a critical component of the comprehensive
statewide  environmental  enforcement network both in  terms of detection  and prevention.  For this
reason, the OSEP has placed a high priority on the need to  respond  to requests  for information
and invitations from citizens, community groups and business/professional organizations to

-------
422                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


participate in various  events.  These events have provided the OSEP with  opportunities to
promote more responsible personal and  business environmental practices and to familiarize
individuals and groups with the consequences of irresponsible environmental practices, the need
for public involvement in detection  and prevention, and the role and strategy of the OSEP in the
New Jersey environmental protection effort.
       To facilitate formal  citizen  involvement and to underscore its importance, the Governor
and the State Environmental Prosecutor announced on September 19,  1990, the implementation
of the Information Awards  Program.   This program was  designed to provide a cash award to
citizens for information that result in fines or penalties from the illegal disposal or ocean dumping
of solid, medical, hazardous, or low-level radioactive waste, disposal or ocean dumping.


2      ENVIRONMENTAL TRAINING PROGRAMS

       In  addition to training courses sponsored for  county prosecutors'  attorneys  and
investigators, and county health inspectors, the OSEP planned and sponsored training programs
throughout the year for Marine Police personnel, the then Board  of Public Utilities investigators,
sheriffs officers, and  local  fire, police and health officials.  Additionally, a program  has been
initiated by the OSEP with the  Police Training Commission and the Division of Criminal Justice to
incorporate an environmental crimes component within the  police training academies.


3      STATE PRIORITY CASES

       One  of  the primary responsibilities of the SEP is the identification, investigation  and
prosecution  of  civil, criminal and administrative priority cases.  Whether identified on the State,
county or local level,  priority  cases are,  by  definition, those which have an  unusually great
potential  to adversely impact on the health and  safety of  our State's citizens, and the quality of
our environment.  For this reason, the SEP is charged with the  responsibility to  handle,  or
oversee  the handling of,  these priority  matters and to insure that there is  the necessary
commitment of personnel  and resources to  exact an expeditious  and  conclusive  resolution.
Working with and through the DCJ, the DOL, and the DEPE, the OSEP's efforts have resulted in
indictments,  convictions, sentences,  administrative enforcement actions, civil actions, Court
orders, penalties, fines, assessments, and debarments, the highlights of which follow:

3.1    Ciba Geigy - Ocean County

       After more  than seven years of litigation, the SEP successfully coordinated a record
breaking  global resolution of the Ciba-Geigy litigation, highlighted by criminal pleas to violations of
the New Jersey Clean Water  Enforcement Act by the corporation and the two  indicted  middle-
level managers. This criminal/civil/administrative  resolution package of not less than $63.5 million
could  easily become a $75 million  package over the next ten years.  Resolving the  indictment,
civil penalty action, and other issues involving  the disposal of hazardous/chemical wastes in  Cell
2 of their lined  landfill, Ciba-Geigy will pay  a $5.5 million civil fine, $3.5  million criminal fine, $2.5
million contribution to purchase wetlands in the Toms River basin, reimbursement of the State's
expenses in excess of $2 million, and the  establishment of a $50 million cleanup fund. In what
are yet unliquidated costs to the company,  Ciba-Geigy has agreed to  install a state-of-the-art cap
on Cell 1 to reduce leachate production to a virtual zero; increase the monitoring wells and testing
at Cell 1; remove and dispose of the Cell 2 liner as a hazardous waste,  and close  Cell  2;
continue  pumping, treating, and re-injecting the  Cardinal  Drive pollution plume in perpetuity  or
until the  pollution is  removed; all  of this to be  accomplished under the paid oversight of the
DEPE.  This resolution represents a landmark coordinated criminal,  civil, and administrative
environmental enforcement package.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             423


3.2    Exxon Company, U.S.A.

       The SEP successfully coordinated the global  resolution of the  criminal  and outstanding
civil issues involving the January 1, 1990 Exxon inter-refinery pipeline rupture. Culminating a 12-
month criminal investigation by the SEP and the  Division of Criminal Justice, Exxon, the world's
largest corporation, pled guilty to a criminal negligence violation of the  Federal Clean Water Act
on March 20,  1991.  Concurrently, a civil agreement  was reached, also culminating  the lengthy
mediation process by the  SEP and  the Division of Law.  The direct efforts  of the SEP working
with the Divisions of Criminal Justice and Law resulted in the payment of an additional $15 million
in criminal and civil fines and penalties, as well as reimbursement for natural resource damages
to the States of  New Jersey and  New York  and  the Federal Government ($5 million in criminal
fines  and penalties and approximately $10  million to natural resource damage).   This was in
addition  to the prior recoupment  of $18  million  for containment  and spill cleanup costs,  $25
million for a Marine Operation Study and the  costs of the implementation of the preventive
recommendations, and $661,000 for a preliminary natural resource damage  study thus bringing
the entire resolution package to $59 million.   Additionally, the  agreement imposed  strict controls
over  the reopening and reuse of the pipeline  and required  training  and procedures incident
thereto.

3.3    White Chemical Co. - Essex County

       In April of 1990, this Office learned of potentially catastrophic conditions at the facilities of
White Chemical  Co.  in Newark, including the presence of approximately  8,000  rusting drums of
hazardous chemical on site.  The  execution of search  warrants in May of 1990, developed
evidence which  resulted in the State Grand  Jury returning a five  count indictment  in December,
charging White Chemical Co. and its president and owner, James W. White,  each with crimes of
the second, third, and fourth degree. The case is currently pending trial.
       As a result of information gathered at the scene,  the SEP was able to expedite the
issuance by the  DEPE of  a Spill Fund Directive which allowed the State  to begin the immediate
stabilization of the most  dangerous threats at the site.   During the  next  five months, DEPE
removed, repacked and/or segregated significant quantities of the most dangerous substances.
DEPE's actions  taken pursuant to the initiative of this  Office resulted in  a substantial reduction in
the risk posed by conditions at the site.  EPA has taken over final remediation of the site.

3.4    HUB Recycling, Inc.

       The OSEP, operating with the Division of Criminal  Justice, returned a 19 count indictment
charging HUB Recycling,  Inc. of Newark and its operators and affiliated companies with a range
of environmental and financial crimes  arising from the operation  of an illegal dump at the  HUB
site in Newark.  Purportedly a recycling facility, HUB allegedly accumulated over 105,000 tons of
debris under Interstate 78, which was  ignited into a fire that raged through the materials, and
resulted  in the intense heat warping the  girders  of the overpass.  A civil suit to recoup  money
damages was subsequently initiated by the OSEP in cooperation with the Division of Law.

3.5    Hagaman Site - Ocean County

       After more than five years of  futile  litigation by Lakewood Township municipal enforcement
authorities who  attempted to halt and remediate hazardous accumulations of solid waste at the
Hagaman site, this case was declared a priority by the SEP in  1991. The SEP promptly obtained
an initial injunction in the  Ocean  County Superior Court prohibiting Hagaman from operating at
the site, and allowing the DEPE exclusive possession of the  site  for the purpose  of conducting
site stabilization  and cleanup.

-------
 424                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

 3.6   Warren County Garage

       Information referred by the OSEP to the DCJ and the Warren County Prosecutor's Office
 resulted in  the  initiation of an  investigation  into allegations that 55 gallon drums  of hazardous
 waste were buried by county employees at the Warren County Garage.  The SEP designated the
 matter as a priority and coordinated the joint agency investigation which  culminated with the
 return of an indictment against a supervisor in the Warren County Road Department on March 12,
 1992, charging  him  with Release and Abandonment of  Hazardous Waste and  Toxic Pollutants!
 The same Grand Jury also prepared and released a presentment which reflected the general
 principle  that government should set the  example for  private industry in the environmental
 protection effort.  It expounded the simple but innovative recommendation that county government
 should establish the  position of "Environmental Compliance Officer" with the primary responsibility
 insuring that  county government facilities,  operations  and personnel are functioning in rigid
 compliance with all applicable environmental statutes and regulations.  It also noted that the first
 responsibility of this new officer should be to conduct a  county-wide environmental audit, including
 an inventory of the historic and  present  environmental  compliance  status of  all facilities,
 equipment, operations, and employee practices for purposes of remediation and budgeting.

 3.7    National Waste Disposal - Mercer County

       In  a case that resulted in the  largest penalty awarded after an Office of Administrative Law
 hearing, the OSEP  took the lead  in prosecuting four administrative complaints by the DEPE
 against National  Waste Disposal, Inc., a solid waste  and hazardous waste collector based in
 Mercer County.  The claims against National Waste involved the operation of several illegal solid
 waste facilities, unlawful storage and transfer of asbestos, violation of State waste flow directives,
 and failure to transport hazardous waste to the appropriate disposal facilities.
       Following thirty-one days of evidentiary  hearings in the Office  of Administrative Law,
 Administrative  Law Judge  Joseph Fidler found  that  National Waste violated the  Solid  Waste
 Management Act on over three hundred occasions.  Judge Fidler recommended an assessment
 of $6,000,000 in  penalties against National  Waste,  a revocation of National  Waste's licenses to
 collect solid and hazardous wastes,  and a debarment of  the owner from future operations  in the
 solid and hazardous waste industries.

 3.8    Northeastern Recycling - Bergen County

       In  response to numerous complaints  from the Borough of Hillsdale in Bergen  County
 regarding  an unlicensed solid waste facility operating under the guise of a recycler,  the OSEP in
 cooperation with the  DDL, drafted and coordinated the issuance of an Administrative Order by the
 DEPE against Northeastern  Recycling  Co.,  assessing  $3,750,000 in  penalties and ordering
 cessation  of operations. When Northeastern ignored the Administrative Order, the OSEP filed a
 complaint in the  Superior Court which resulted in the entry of  a judicial consent  order, which
 permanently barred the defendant's operation of the unlicensed facility.  The Order'further
 provided that the  DEPE could continue to prosecute in  the Office of Administrative Law the claim
 for penalties for the unlicensed solid waste facility operation.

 3.9    United Wood Recycling - Hudson County

       United  Wood Recycling of Jersey City was a sham wood recycling operation, which
 accumulated a  mountain of wood and other ignitable wastes stretching approximately 900 feet
 long, 100-125 feet wide and  20-25 feet high.  The local fire officials had declared it an imminent
fire hazard and had tried unsuccessfully on numerous occasions  to shut down the operation and
stabilize the fire  hazard.  The  OSEP, noting  the futility  of the State  and local administrative
enforcement efforts, declared the matter a priority case and, working in cooperation with the DOL,
initiated a civil  injunction action  in  the Hudson County Superior Court. The Honorable Robert
Tarleton ordered  the facility closed, and  the  operators and property owner to  take immediate

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             425


steps to stabilize the site and remove the  accumulated waste material.  The waste materials at
the site have since been removed and sent to authorized facilities and the operation has been
permanently shut down.  In a separate administrative proceeding, the DEPE in conjunction with
the OSEP, issued an Administrative Order and Notice of Civil Penalty Assessment wherein United
Wood was assessed a civil administrative penalty of $140,000.  This matter will be prosecuted in
the Office of Administrative Law.

3.10   Diamond Hills Estates Sewage Treatment - Warren County

       The OSEP  received information that the Diamond Hills Estates sewage  treatment plant
located in  the Township of Mansfield consistently discharged pollutants  into the Hance's Brook in
violation of the terms and conditions of its permit. The OSEP working with the DEPE, not only
initiated enforcement  actions seeking a total of $1,657,062  in penalties from the  corporate
operator, but has also  initiated a search for a viable alternative  to the continued operation of the
plant by this corporation.

3.11   Debarments

3.11.1  Solid Waste and Recycling Industry

       Six principals and three employees of five New Jersey solid waste carting firms were
debarred,  in most  cases permanently,  from engaging  in the solid waste collection/disposal and
recycling industries in  New Jersey as a result of settlement agreements finalized in conjunction
with the OSEP. Concluding some seven years of litigation  in this restraint of trade prosecution
originally initiated  by the Board of Public Utilities, this resolution of the case underscores the
commitment of the SEP to remove  undesirable elements from the State's waste/recycling
industry.

3.11.2 Jersey Carting - Bergen County

       The OSEP  declared as a  priority and successfully litigated in the OAL an administrative
prosecution initiated by the former Board of Public Utilities against Jersey Carting and  its
principals.   Administrative Law Judge  Diana Sukovich issued  an Initial  Decision in this matter
recommending that the owners of Jersey Carting be debarred from the solid waste  industry and
pay a  civil penalty of more than $100,000, and that their license to haul solid waste be revoked.
Judge Sukovich's decision was based on Jersey Carting's repeated violations of State solid waste
flow directives  requiring certain billing disclosures to  customers.  The  Initial Decision has been
forwarded to the DEPE Commissioner for Final Decision.

3.12   Interstate Recycling, Inc. -  Union County

       In October 1990, the OSEP, working with the DOL, successfully secured from State
Superior Court Judge Frederick C. Kentz, Jr., a permanent injunction closing down  a solid waste
facility in Hillside, operating as a sham recycling center. During the latter part of 1991, the OSEP
litigated the penalty portion of the proceeding for  nine days in the Superior Court of New Jersey,
Chancery Division  and successfully secured the award of a $175,000 penalty to the DEPE for the
illegal  operation.

3.13  Standard Tank Barge Cleaners - Hudson County

       Over the past several years, Standard  Tank  of Bayonne had gained notoriety  as a
persistent and recalcitrant polluter of the State's waterways.  In actions initiated by the OSEP with
the  DOL in  the New Jersey Superior Court last year, Standard Tank was enjoined from further
violations of its NJPDES permit  and from illegally storing  millions of gallons of  contaminated
wastewater in four  barges at Standard Tank's  Bayonne facilities.   In June 1991,  under the

-------
 426                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


 direction of the OSEP, the DEPE issued to Standard Tank a final termination notice of its water
 discharge  permit and  a  denial of air permits for boilers  used to incinerate hazardous waste.
 These additional steps further solidify the position of the OSEP and the DEPE that this  formerly
 blatant polluter will not be allowed to  continue to operate in New Jersey in disregard of the
 environmental laws.  As  a result of these enforcement initiatives, Standard  Tank is currently
 operating  under severe restrictions, which prevent  it  from discharging anything into the
 waterways.

 3.14   Engineered Precision Casting Company - Monmouth County

       The OSEP became involved in a matter in which Engineered Precision Casting Company
 and its two principals  were assessed $4,450,000 in an Administrative Order  by the  DEPE for
 numerous  violations of the company's water discharge (NJPDES) permit. This matter  is of
 significance in that it is the first action brought by the DEPE seeking to hold responsible corporate
 officials liable for the violations of the company.  Working with the DDL, the OSEP was
 successful in arguments to the Administrative Law  Judge, later confirmed by the DEPE
 Commissioner, that the Water Pollution  Control Act allows for responsible company individuals to
 be held liable for the environmental misdeeds of the company.

 3.15   CPS and Madison Industries - Middlesex County

       Longstanding industrial  activities by CPS Chemical Company and Madison Industries in
 Old Bridge Township  resulted in pollution of the aquifer underlying the  Runyon Watershed,
 ultimately threatening the Perth Amboy  water supply wells.  As we reported last year, the SEP,
 within six months of his involvement, was able to end ten years  of maneuvering and technical
 delays and secure the implementation of the first phase of the cleanup - the initiation of pumping
 Throughout 1991, the OSEP, the DEPE, and the City of Perth Amboy have continued  their
 concerted efforts,  this time aimed at  preserving valuable  water supplies by the implementation of
 a  groundwater recharge  program.  At  the same time,  their efforts have been directed at the
 companies to  undertake soil studies designed  to identify any lingering  sources of contamination
 and the ultimate remediation of the condition.

 3.16   Noble Oil - Burlington County

       Noble Oil Corporation, located within the Pine Barrens of Tabernacle Township, is  a waste
 oil  processor with  significant  illegal  discharges,  on-site  contamination and ongoing operational
 problems.   Enforcement efforts against this company have been undertaken by the State in
 various forums without  significant success for over a decade.   Designated a priority case of the
 OSEP, a joint State/local enforcement action brought in  the New Jersey Superior Court against
 this waste oil dealer resulted in a judicial liability determination and an interim injunction against
 the use of certain facilities, and a Court  Order requiring the company to pay for a cleanup study.
 A temporary shutdown of the facility was ordered by the Court pending Noble's posting  of a bond
 to  pay for an investigation of pollution at  the site.  The study and litigation continue.

 3.17  Texas Eastern Transmission Pipeline Company - Various Counties

      The OSEP working with the DEPE, brought to a successful resolution a cleanup/penalty
 action initiated against Texas Eastern  Transmission Pipeline Company with respect  to PCB
 contamination  at its three  compressor stations in New Jersey  (located in Hanover, Linden and
 Lambertville).  The penalty action  was  resolved  in September 1991  for $1 million  dollars
 ($850,000 in penalties  and $150,000 in administrative costs) payable in three  installments  over
two years.  Likewise, the  clean up of the contamination was undertaken by Texas Eastern at its
expense pursuant to an ECRA Administrative Consent Order.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            427


3.18   Cardile Property - Cape May County

       In the Spring of 1991, the OSEP learned that numerous enforcement actions taken over
the past three years by no less than  three separate  Divisions within DEPE had failed to deter a
chronic offender from continuing illegal solid waste dumping and coastal wetland filling activities in
an area directly adjacent to the Grassy  Sound in Cape May  County.  The OSEP quickly brought
the various enforcement staffs together, consolidated all the violations and obtained a permanent
injunction  in the Superior Court, not only restraining this offender from further violations, but also
requiring the defendant to  develop a plan of remediation and to implement the terms of the plan
at his expense.  Penalty aspects are pending.

3.19   Saudi Diriyah -  Cumberland

       The OSEP was notified by the  State Police Marine Bureau that they had retrieved a plastic
bag of  solid waste from the Delaware  Bay, which  was directly traceable to  a  Saudi Arabian
registered vessel which had recently  passed through that area.   After researching the best legal
sanction for this type of violation,  the  OSEP contacted  the Coast  Guard  and proposed a
cooperative prosecution  under the  MARPOL Protocol which  implements the  "International
Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships." On the basis of the evidence secured by
the State  Police Marine Bureau, the Coast Guard was able  to assess a civil penalty of $20,000
against the  owner of  the vessel - the first such MARPOL prosecution undertaken by the  Coast
Guard operating out of the Philadelphia Port.  As a further part of the  resolution package, the
owners equipped  the  vessel with an incinerator, gave written warnings to the subject vessel and
master that reoccurrence of the violations will  not be tolerated, and sent letters regarding
compliance with MARPOL regulations to all of their other vessels.

3.20   Secaucus Municipal Utilities Authority

       A series of illegal connections to  the Secaucus Municipal Utilities Authority ("SMUA") made
by a variety of high-usage commercial developers who were  improperly sanctioned by the SMUA
were brought to the attention of this office.  The OSEP expended significant hands-on efforts  to
resolve the  matter in an expedited  fashion.  This  resulted, on August 31, 1990, in the entry of a
consent judgement by Judge  D'ltalia,  Hudson County, settling the matter. Fines in the amount of
$1.52 million (the largest penalty ever collected in a single  action  under the New Jersey  Water
Pollution Control Act) were assessed  against the SMUA for allowing  illegal  connections  and
against the illegal connections.  The fines are scheduled to be paid over the next three years.  In
addition,  sewage  system  improvements in the $400,000  range will  be performed by Hartz
Mountain, Inc. as a result of the settlement.  This case highlights  the effectiveness of the SEP
concept.  By being able  to marshall  all of the appropriate  information  and devote a significant
amount of time to a case over a short period  of  time, a very large penalty  was obtained.
Furthermore, the resources of the NJDEP and the Division of Law,  while used extensively during
the negotiations of the settlement, will not be required in lengthy litigation.

3.21   Criminal Sentences

       Working with and  through the Division of  Criminal Justice,  and  the  County Prosecutors'
Offices, the OSEP has meted out almost 27 years of incarceration  against 17 defendants during
the first two  years of  its existence, yielding an  average of over  1 and 1/2 years  of jail time per
defendant.  Examples of particular  sentences include the following:  the president and vice pres-
ident of a New York international trading company were sentenced  to three years each in State
Prison for the illegal storage and abandonment of hazardous waste; a laboratory employee was
sentenced to thirty days in the county jail  and three years probation for the abandonment of bags
and boxes of medical waste; a company executive  was sentenced to two hundred days  in the
county jail and  three years probation  for the unlawful discharge of  oil based products containing
PCBs, which could have flowed into  the State's waters; an  owner  of a surplus supply company

-------
428                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


was sentenced to 180 days in jail and  five years probation for his role in the  release,
abandonment and storage of hazardous wastes (toluene, ethyl, benzene,  mercury, lead,
chromium, etc.), along with creating the risk of widespread injury; the owners of an auto salvage
company were sentenced to 300 days and 150 days in the county jail, respectively, for their roles
in the dismantling of an oil tanker containing petroleum residue and other pollutants which were
discharged into the ground; the owner and employee of an auto body shop were sentenced to
nine months and  six months in the county jail, respectively, for  their  roles in the illegal
transportation  and  disposal of hazardous waste;  an unlicensed hauler was sentenced to five
years in State Prison after being  convicted of the unlawful transportation and  disposal of
hazardous waste; the  President and an employee of a graphics company were  sentenced to a
year less a day and 6 months in the county jail, respectively, for their roles in abandoning drums
of hazardous waste in adjacent counties; and  a property owner was sentenced  to five years in
State Prison for releasing a toxic pollutant, illegal landfilling, and illegally operating a solid waste
collection business.
4     CONCLUSION

      The appointment of a State Environmental Prosecutor in New Jersey has had a significant
positive impact on the environmental enforcement effort in the State.   The utilization  of this
"central command" theory of enforcement  has replaced  the uncoordinated and often times
ineffectual efforts of the past with calculated  and coordinated enforcement initiatives.  No longer
are the components of the New Jersey enforcement effort uninformed or ill equipped to respond
to day to day challenges.
      The coordination  of the various enforcement arms of the State agencies into  one
command  has permitted the State to maximize the use of its personnel and resources in the form
of joint agency initiatives and diligent and effective prosecutions.
This has  led to previously unparalleled successes in the enforcement of New Jersey's
environmental laws. Chronic polluters and offenders have been systematically neutralized to the
end that compliance is the rule and not the exception.
      The State  Environmental Prosecutor has methodically molded the numerous State,
County, and local enforcement elements into a comprehensive  environmental  enforcement
"machine", with institutionalized  lines of  communication and protocols of operation.  Relevant
information is introduced into the system  and allocated to appropriate levels and components  of
the program.   Civil, criminal and/or regulatory responses are informed, measured,  and
coordinated to insure the most effective and efficient response.
      Priority cases are prosecuted from a position of strength, with the necessary complement
of information and  resources.  Potentially volatile environmental  issues are moved through the
courts with the dispatch necessary to avoid a repetition of the, at times,  "catastrophic"
consequences  of the past.  Reasoned, diligent, and effective prosecutions  are the hallmark  of
New Jersey's new "centralized command" approach to environmental enforcement.   Responsible
environmental practices within the regulated community are the result.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             429


THE APPLICATION OF CRIMINAL LAW  INSTRUMENT  IN  THE ENVIRONMENTAL  LAW
ENFORCEMENT

HAMZAH, A.1 AND SURACHMAN, R.M.2

1 Public Prosecutor for the Republic of Indonesia

2Senior Public Prosecutor for the Republic of  Indonesia


1     INTRODUCTION

1.1    Indonesian Environmental Legislation

      The Stockholm  Declaration  on Human Environment (1972) also triggered the Indonesian
government  to  develop  an  environmental management policy and to  materialize  the
environmental protection programs in line with the policy. Nevertheless, it was not until 1978 that
the Ministry  of  Environment  came  into being.  Four  years  later the  1982  Environmental
Management Act was promulgated. This Act is intended as the "umbrella provisions" under which
the future Indonesian environmental legislation will be drafted.1
      It does  not mean, however, that prior to  1982 there were no legislation dealing with  the
environmental protection, environmental management, and environmental  enforcement.
      Munadjat Danusaputro, the first Indonesian Professor of Environmental  Law, divides  the
Indonesian environmental legislation into the classical type  and the modern one. Whereas  the
classical  type consists of laws and regulations promulgated during the  Dutch colonial time,  the
modern type consists of laws and regulations enacted after getting the independence.2
      The first type is rigid, sectoral, and consumption  oriented.3 such as reflected inter alia in
the 1920 Fishery Conservation Ordinance, the 1926 Nuisance ordinance, the 1931  Wild Animal
Ordinance, the 1936 General Water Regulation, and the  1941 Nature Protection  Ordinance.
      The second type  is flexible, integrated, and environmental oriented,4 such as found inter
alia in  the 1948  Cities Planning Ordinance,  the 1960 Health Basic Act,  the 1964 Atom Energy
Act, the  1973 Continental Shelf Act,  the 1982  Environmental Management Act, and the 1990
Conservation of BioNatural Resource Act.
      Equally important, criminal provisions relating to environment have been  sporadically
prescribed in the  1915 Indonesian Penal Code. For example, articles 202, 203, 204,  and 205
stipulate  the protection of human health; articles 172 and 502 stipulate the nuisance; and article
302 and  540 stipulate the  protection of animals. Still, in case of these penal code  offences  the
attention  is focused  on  the  offender  or  the  sanctioned conduct not  on the  interest  of
environmental protection or environmental management.5

1.2   Environmental Law: Revisited

      Since the time  of Hammurabi men have searched  the  meaning  of law. Yet what Kant
indicated not less than two hundreds years  ago remains unchained: "Noch suchen die Juristen
eine Definition zu ihrem Begriffe von Recht."6
      It  is not easy indeed to find a definition of  law that would  meet the satisfaction  of all
jurists. The same is true of formulating the  meaning of environmental law. For the purpose of
writing this work paper only one definition has been chosen. It says that environmental law is
part of the law dealing with physical environment and it is applicable to prevent or  to overcome
the problems of environmental pollution, environmental exhaustion, and environmental damage.7
      According  to this  definition,  the environmental  law  deals only with  the  physical
environment, or the physical surroundings of men. It does not deal with  the social environment,
or the relation between men and their surroundings.8 Hence, the Indonesian environmental  law
does not deal, for example, with the so  called "cultural pollution" of Bali Island  caused by  the
continuing influx of foreign tourists.

-------
430                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


      The meaning of environment for men, on the other hand, may be found in the quality of
environment. This  environmental quality has some relations with the environmental value for
human health and  safety, with the environmental value for a variety  of utilizations,  and with the
environmental values themselves detached from particular utilizations.9
      Also, we should mention environmental  problem. This problem is a social phenomenon
too and not mere a natural science one.  As a result, the environmental problem deals also with
social phenomena  such as population growth,  migration, and social behaviour in  the forms of
producing, migration,  and recreating.10
We may say that the environmental problem is the deterioration of  environmental  quality. This
deterioration may be seen in the forms of environmental pollution, environmental exhaustion, and
environmental damage.11

1.3   The Function of Environmental Law

      Functionally, the environmental  Law  provides the norms for  the  positive side of social
behaviour.   The  norms may directly command  or  prohibit the  society. However,  the
environmental law often provides norms indirectly. That is quite true when it gives a  ground upon
which the authorities  provide norms to the regulated persons.12 In the meantime, the existence
of a good environmental  law is  not a guarantee for a good environmental quality. Some more
factors such as education, technics, and financial incentive are needed to gain that quality.13

1.4   Environmental  Oriented Development Concept

      Within the context of Indonesia  the  function  of  environmental law is  to guard  and to
champion the policy of the environment  oriented development concept,14 or to  stimulate further
economic growth without permanent damage to environmental  quality. The time is due for the
Indonesian people  to reach the goal of "sustainable development",  or  "the development that
meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of  future generations to meet
their own needs. 15
2     ENVIRONMENTAL LAW ENFORCEMENT

2.1    Cross Section of Legislations

      Despite its modern characteristic, the present environmental legislation also proofs to be
an intricate one. Environmental legislation is indeed a cross section of a variety of laws,16 such
as constitutional law, administrative law, civil law,  criminal law, and tax law as well.
      The constitutional law describes the  public organizations and its powers to apply and to
enforce  the environmental law. The administrative law regulates the  environmental policy and
environmental  standards such  as the system, the procedure,  and the control  of licensing. The
civil law provides remedies  for obtaining compensation  for environmental damage. The criminal
law provides coercive  norms under which the people obey the environmental  law. And the tax
law may be violated  in case  there is  any  infringement  of environmental  laws  motivated by
economic but illegal goal.

2.2   Environmental Regulatory Chain

      The environmental  law may be enforced by two methods. Monitoring compliance through
negotiation, licensing,  and  control is the preventive method. On the  other hand,  sanctioning
against  violations  through  administrative  law, civil  law,  or  criminal  law  instruments is the
repressive method. 17
      Thus, environmental law enforcement may be understood as:18

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             431


      to mean  the observance of the  environmental  law through  supervising  and
      inspection, as well as the detection of violations of that law, the reparation  of the
      environmental damage  it  has  caused  and  taking  legal  action  against  the
      offender(s).

      Enforcement is generally the weakest  link  in the regulatory chain of any government
environmental policy plan. The process  cycle of the plan consists of legislation, standard setting,
licensing, implementation and enforcement.  The movement of the cycle is continuing and the
feedbacks of enforcement become beneficial inputs for the legislation process. To  tell the truth,
adjustment and correction of environmental legislation would be more successful if it is based on
the experience obtained  in the enforcement process. 19
      Particularly,  in Indonesia factors  like geography, education, technic, instrument,  and
finance have a great impact upon the present situation of environmental law  enforcement.

2.2.1  Geographical factor

      Indonesia consists of five big islands and about 13,600 small islands and  the population,
which is pluralistic  in nature, has reached over 180  million.  Due to its different background  in
culture,  tradition, value,  and religion, it is not unusual if they have  different  insight too.  Some  of
them  need special  protection of the Government with special treatment and even with special
laws  and regulations.  And to  reach  the  people  living in remote and  isolated areas, the
communication system should be improved and an information network should be  installed.

2.2.2  Educational factor

      Actions and  measures should be taken systematically to help the people become more
aware of law and more familiar with ecological matters. And it is  necessary for the people  to
realize, that the ignorance of law is not a good defence for not obeying the law.

2.2.3  Technical factor

      Generally the law enforcement agents lack of experience, sound  knowledge, and  technical
skill in  handling environmental offences with  effective and efficient.  Therefore, intensive but
comprehensive training  on  environmental law  enforcement  should be organized for groups  of
civilian  investigators,  police,  public prosecutors, and local as  well as provincial government
officials. The next step  is public prosecutors specializing  in environmental  problems should be
appointed to be  involved in every stage  of environmental law enforcement.  Likewise,  the judges
should be familiar with the environmental laws and regulations.

2.2.4  Instrumental  factor

      A regulation  on environmental impact assessment was promulgated in  1987. It  is followed
by setting the standards of surface  water, effluent,  liquid waste, ambient air,  and emission. Yet
some more  legal  instruments  should  be  provided  to  implement the  1982  Environmental
Management Act. For example,  there are no regulations to compensate victims of environmental
damage; to assign activities for which "strict  liability" principle be applied in case of environmental
damage occurs;  and to prosecute the corporation because of its criminal liability in committing an
environmental offence.20

2.2.5  Financial (actor

      In addition to technical know how and managerial skill, adequate financial incentives are
needed  for the success of  environmental protection programs. Likewise, big budget and funds
must be available if the role of environmental law enforcement will be intensified.

-------
432                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       In spite of those factors, the Government is now more firm in stressing the increasing role
of enforcement. What is more, the year of 1991  was declared by the Minister of Environment,
Professor Emil  Salim, as the Environmental Law Enforcement Year of Indonesia.

2.3    Instruments of Enforcement

       Legal norm and legal instrument are the two sides of a coin. Legal instrument is the tool
to maintain, to control, and to enforce the norms.
       The environmental law may be enforced by administrative instrument, civil instrument, and
criminal  law  instrument. This order does not  reflect a preference of applying  each of those
instruments. All of them are of the same importance. For example, it is possible to apply criminal
law instrument  as the first choice, especially if the norm has been intentionally violated or if the
violation is committed by a repeater or if the environmental damage is serious and irreparable.
       Again it  is not unusual in some jurisdictions (e. g. in the Netherlands, in the United  Sates,
and  in Canada)  that environmental law is enforced through the parallel proceedings,  where
administrative actions or  civil actions are pursued simultaneously with criminal actions.21

2.3.1   Administrative instrument

       It is proportionally effective, however, to apply the administrative instrument if the offence
is trivial and the environmental damage is reparable. Mostly the government officials having local,
provincial or  sectoral jurisdiction  are  vested with powers to  apply  this instrument. They have
authority to stop environmental standard; consequently, they have authority to  stop violations of
the environmental  standard.  Whereas  criminal  law  instruments are  designated to impose
sanctions on the violator, administrative instruments are focused on the violation.22
       In the Netherlands the administrative sanction may be in the form of bestuurdwang,23 and
in Indonesia it is called paksaan pemeliharaan hukum.24 Both are the same: action taken  by the
administrative authority without the intervention  of the court. In the United States it is known as
administrative  action.25  Some of the  administrative actions  are  known  as "police powers" in
administrative law. The  actions are  used only in exceptional circumstances and known in many
countries.26
       Next, there is penalty for noncompliance. In the Netherlands it is called dwangsom,27 or
"administrative  daily fine" and it  is almost  similar  to  administrative fine  known  in the  United
States.28 Again,  there is the  sanction of revoking  the permit or the  license.  This is the most
severe  administrative action  and known in most countries of the world.29  In  Indonesia this
measure is provisioned inter alia in the  1926  Nuisance Ordinance.
       Last year Indonesian  administrative courts  just began to operate under the Act No.  5 of
1986 concerning the Administrative Justice System. It means it is possible now for any person or
a private legal person  to ask administrative judge  to test the  validity and the  legality of an
administrative action taken against the person.30
       In  the  Indonesian administrative  law,  any administrative  action  taken in  the form  of
ketetapan which is the same as beschikkinq in the Netherlands administrative law is a juridical
decision. Therefore,  any  government authority taking such action should adhere to "the principle
of good administration". The administrative court may annul his decision otherwise.SOa

2.3.2   Criminal  Law and  Civil Instrument

       Particularly, in Indonesia people like to resort to criminal law since civil proceedings will
take years. And equipped with  coercion powers, public prosecutor in Indonesia will enforced the
final judgment of criminal court in  an expedient means. The  enforcement of final judgment  in civil
proceedings will take longer time. Other factor for the choice is the possibility of  imposing more
severe  criminal sanctions on  some  offenders.  For the committing  of  certain environmental
offences the suspect is detainable in Indonesia.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             433


      Civil instrument will be the first choice when there is no sufficient evidence for criminal
proceedings.  Legally and practically,  in civil proceedings the onus of proof is less strict than in
criminal proceedings.
      In Indonesia, public  prosecutor as lawyer of the  State may appear in  civil proceedings
when the state is the party. In the future civil instrument will be increasingly importance for the
enforcement of environmental law in  Indonesia. The instrument will be  possibly applied to  claim
compensation  of a serious  environmental damage in particular. Also it will be  applied widely to
secure injunctions or in  case  criminal  prosecution  can  not  be  instigated due to the  lapse  of
time.SOb

2.4   Factors of the Enforcement

      As has been noted,  all of the  legal instruments are of the same importance. In  practice,
the choice of the appropriate instrument to  be applied will depend  on some  factors of the
enforcement.
      Therefore,  it  will be  more effective and efficient if the enforcement agents proportionally
consider the following factors,31 such as, whether:
   (1) the offence is a dolus (not a culpa)
   (2) the offence is very serious
   (3) the offence is very sensitive because of publicity
   (4) the offence is not willing to cooperate in securing compliance
   (5) the offender is a repeater (recidivist)
   (6) the offender is a corporation (not an individual)
   (7) the proof of guilt needs sophisticated evidence
   (8) the environmental damage is irreparable
   (9) the cost of administrative sanction is not recoverable because of e.g. bankruptcy(IO) the
      reaction of the local community as the victim of environmental violation is strong

      If the answers to those  questions are positive, it is appropriate  to apply the criminal law
instrument at the earliest stage of enforcement.
3     ENVIRONMENTAL LAW ENFORCEMENT THROUGH CRIMINAL LAW INSTRUMENT

3.1    Ultimum Remedium

      As has  been noted,  the  order  of the legal  instruments,  viz. :administrative,  civil,  and
criminal law instrument does not reflect a preferential  order.
      At the same time,  in some countries criminal law has played only a supporting role in  the
enforcement of environmental law. Criminal  law  instrument, moreover, in  the past regarded
traditionally as the last resort, or ultimum remedium. Within the context of the  adage, criminal  law
proceedings will not be pursued, unless administrative action or civil action has been  taken  but
failed to reach  the desired results.32

3.2    Current Trend

      That traditional view has gradually changed. This is  due to the fact that the role of  the
criminal law relating to environmental offences is of  increasing importance. For example, in  the
Federal Republic of Germany some efforts have been done to extent the sphere of criminal  law
by formulating  new offences and changing the nature of delicts.33 And then  in  1980 a new
section under the  heading of "Offences  Against The Environment" was inserted into the German
Penal Code.  One  of  the reasons  is to expose the socially harmful  nature of environmental
offences to the attention  of the  public.34  What is more, at the  Eighth  UN Congress  held in
Havana,  Cuba  (September,  1990)  Germany  called upon the member states inter alia "to give
more effective  shape to their criminal law relating to environmental offences."35 Earlier, Germany

-------
434                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


had been successful in strengthening  the criminal law to protect environment at the Federal as
well  as Lander  level.  Hence, some regulatory statutes (Ordnungswidrigkeiten) relating  to  the
environment have provisions referring  to Penal Code.36 Further, the Seventeenth Conference of
European Ministers of Justice held in  Istanbul, Turkey (June, 1990) gave a positive  response to
the proposal of  Germany on the harmonization of  the criminal law of each participant states
relating to environmental offences.37
       In the Netherlands,  the adage of ultimum remedium within the context of  criminal  law
instrument has been left. The reason is it often led to discussions between  administrative officials
and the public prosecutor about the question if the last resort situation had been  reached.38

3.3    Other Efforts and Measures

       The experience of several countries has revealed that compliance may be easily secured
only when the promotion or the enforcement is backed by criminal sanctions.
       Some  industrial  countries and  a few  developing countries  have followed German path.
They  have reshaped their criminal  law relating to environmental offence inter alia by introducing
new section dealing with crimes against the environment in their penal code.39
       In some  European countries such as  Portugal, Spain, Hungary, and, before  1992,  the
Soviet Union, serious environmental offences have been part of penal code.40 The situation is
the same in the Netherlands, moreover, a great number  of  environmental offences have been
categorized there as economic crimes.  Accordingly, the criminal proceedings of such offences
are ruled by special procedure stipulating in the WED (Wet Economische Delicten, or [the 1950]
Economic Crimes Act).
       This categorization has some advantages. For example, the investigators have greater
power; the public prosecutor can  apply provisional measures and has more opportunities to settle
the case out of  court;  and the judge specialized in  economic crimes  can impose  a variety of
special sanctions and measures.41 And  although there is no suspicion of any offence, inspection
is permitted, and search as well as seizure are more  possible. In short, police power  under Dutch
environmental law  are somewhat more extended than under general criminal procedure.42 This
practice derives  from the rule under the Dutch penal code, which is in harmony with the legal
maxims: lex specialis derogat legi generali and generalibus specialia deroqant.

3.4    The Role  of Public Prosecutor

       Generally, public prosecutor has more privileges then the police  in relation with the court.
He is, in any event, the filter of the criminal justice system, since in committing criminal cases to
trial, the court is dependent on the decision of the public prosecutor whether the prosecution  will
be conducted or not. Even in jurisdictions where the decision of public prosecutor in dropping  the
case  needs confirmation of the court,  most of the time the court will give a positive  response to
the demand of the public prosecutor.43
       To  be sure,  in countries  where the police have a very limited  discretionary power,  the
prosecutorial discretion of the public prosecutor is of great importance,  especially if he holds  the
powers of investigation  as well  as  the  power of directing any other  law enforcement agency.
Within this context, the  public prosecutor of Japan or of the Netherlands is  the right model of  the
public legal officer holding the key position in the administration of criminal justice.44
       In Japan, the prosecutorial power has long been monopolized by the public prosecutor.
And the suspension  of prosecution  system, which has gained public acceptance in Japan, has
been  practised widely,  by which  the public prosecutor is allowed to suspend the prosecution of
an offender, if he deems the prosecution appear unnecessary "because  of the character, age
and environment of the offender,  the  gravity  and  the circumstances of the  offence,  or  the
conditions subsequent to the commission of offence."45 As a result, more than 50 per cent of  the
property cases (e. g. theft) committed by very old offenders are practically  dropped by the public
prosecutor.46
       In the Netherlands,  the  dropping of  the procedure is exercised  widely by the  public
prosecutor  and has long been recognized as the "normal" decision and is independent  on  the

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             435


consents of the court. As a result, less than 50 per cent of the cases delivered to the prosecution
service end up in court.47

3.5   Opportunity Principle Versus Legality Principle

      The prosecutorial discretion practised in Japan or in the Netherlands has its roots in what
is  known as the "opportunity  principle", or "the principle of discretionary prosecution. "Under the
opportunity  principle, the  public prosecutor  may decide  not to  prosecute  the  case if the
prosecution is  inappropriate,  undesirable, or if  it  poses  greater  harm  to the public or the
government than to nonprosecution decision. In contrast to this, under the "legality principle",  or
the principle of mandatory prosecution, the public prosecutor almost always has to  commit any
case to the court for its adjudication.48
      France has applied the opportunity  principle since the years of the revolution.  It was  then
followed  by several  continental  countries  such as  the  Netherlands,  Belgium,49  Norway.50
Sweden and later adopted in Japan, Republic of Korea, lndonesia,51 and  Israel.  Italy, Australia,
and Germany, on the other hand, have chosen the legality principle. In Italy and Austria only the
court  may drop the  procedure  at the request  of the  public prosecutor  after considering the
circumstances of the offence or the offender.52 Whereas Germany, after having  applied this
principle  very strictly, eventually gave room for the exceptions as  can be seen  in articles  152,
153153e,  154154e of the Strafprozessordnung.53
       In Germany, for example, the public prosecutor,  may drop the cases (including of house
breaking,  white  collar offences and  nonviolent sexual assault on children, saves those serious
crimes such as murder, robbery, arson, and rape), if "he thinks that the degree of guilt is  low and
that public interest does not require a prosecution."54 In the event that the  dropping of procedure
needs confirmation of the  court, the court will almost always give it.55
      Within the context of environmental offences, practically the public prosecutor of Germany
has wide  discretion too.  It is interesting enough that most of environmental offences,  economic
offences  and  not serious  offences  (petty  offences, or  contraventions)  are stipulated  in
Ordnungswidrigkeiten; consequently, the public prosecutor of  Germany may drop such cases. In
other words,  German  prosecutors  may  apply  discretionary prosecution,  or the opportunity
principle  in handling nonpenal code offences.56
       In the jurisdictions of common law, the decision to prosecute or not to prosecute (including
the decision of  choosing  either  summary procedure or indictment procedure) is the domain  of
Crown Attorney,57 which  in England, for example, is called "Crown Prosecutor". To some extent
he applies  a  variation  of the opportunity principle  even though  the  principle  is not  officially
known .58
       In  the  United States,  the district  attorney is  almost  always autonomous in exercising
prosecutorial discretion.59 He may drop the procedure or use  "pleabargaining" to  dispose
cases.60  In many jurisdictions, generally American prosecutor even "determines the  level  of
punishment in nonjury and nontrial cases."61

3.6    More Measures of Diversion

       European prosecutor (e.g. in  Sweden, Denmark, Norway, and the Netherlands) are vested
with power to levy the maximum amount of fines for settling of cases out of court; and especially
in Sweden, the  payment of fines is a legal alternative to a six month prison sentence.62 In the
Netherlands, this procedure  is called transactie, or "transaction",  and may be used  in settling
even  serious cases,63 since  fine as criminal  sanction  is available for all penal  code offences.
This diversion measure is also used widely in Denmark and is increasingly used in Norway.64
Again in  Norway prosecutors may dispose penal sanction without court intervention, called  as
patale unnlatese: the approval of the Attorney General is not necessary, unless the measure is to
be used for disposing more serious offences.65
       As has been noted, the opportunity principle has been practised in the  Netherlands for a
long period of time. The Officier van Justitie, Dutch prosecutor, may decide to prosecute or not to
prosecute with or without  conditions.66 The dropping of procedure by Dutch prosecutors may be

-------
436                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


based on three ways. First,  charges are dropped  for reasons of policy (trivial offence, old age,
damage  settled).  Second, charges are dropped for  reasons of technicality  (over 90 per cent
usually due to lack of evidence). Third, the case is combined with other case of the defendant
already being prosecuted.67
      Those three ways of  disposing cases are used widely in  Japan too. We have discussed
earlier the role of Japanese  prosecutors in relation with the opportunity principle.68  As a matter
of fact, diversion measures are known in every stage of criminal justice administration  in Japan.

3.7    Police Discretion

      In several jurisdictions discretion  is  even used at  earlier stage of enforcement.  For
example,  the  police in  the  Netherlands  may  offer transaction  for violators of minor  traffic
offences. In  Sweden, the police may impose fines for minor  offences.69 Ticketing procedure  for
minor traffic offences is practised by the police in Japan, Singapore, and Indonesia as well.
      These kinds of diversion will  be  appropriate to be extended  to minor  environmental
offences too. It has been a practice in Canada where the environmental inspectors may institute
a ticketing procedure.70

3.8    Indonesian Experience

      The opportunity  principle has been the law in  Indonesia for a long period of  time,71 and
yet in practice, it is very rarely exercised by the Attorney General. In Indonesia, only the Attorney
General may drop cases for reasons of policy.72 As a result, the public prosecutor who wants to
drop a case for reasons of policy has to ask the Attorney General to exercise the power. We are
of the opinion that Indonesian prosecutors should be equipped with the same  power, especially if
the offence is trivial, the offender is very old, and the victim is cooperative. Unless  the case to be
dropped  is serious or sensitive, the consent of the Attorney  General is not necessary either.
      It  is interesting to note, that diversion measure known as  transaction in several European
countries was used widely by public prosecutors in Indonesia during the 1950s and the 1960s.
That practice was  used under the  1955  Economic  Crimes Act. It will be  appropriate if it is
extended to  less serious environmental offences too.
4     INCARCERATION SANCTION AS THE ULTIMUM REMEDIUM IN THE ENFORCEMENT
      OF ENVIRONMENTAL LAW

4.1    Alternatives to Incarceration

      Since  its inception the United Nations has showed its global interest  in motivating all
nations of the world to enhance the prevention of crime. Its impacts may be seen, for example, in
many efforts done by several  countries and pursued by some conferences and  seminars at
international and regional level  focusing on the  treatment of offenders, e. g.  the alternatives to
incarceration as criminal sanction.
      As Fogel pointed out, fines (as alternatives to incarceration)  are  still  dominant in the
Continental  system  as well as  in  the Anglo-American  system.73  Next,  probation  plays  a
significant role even though it shows  a great variations.74 Some innovative diversions in the post
Word War II should  also be  mentioned, inter alia in the forms of suspension of prosecution,75
declaration  of  guilt, suspension  of  sentence  pronouncement  and guilt pronouncement,  no
declaration of a sentence,76 and even the abolishing of incarceration.

4.2   Fines as Criminal Sanction

      Within the context of environmental  law  enforcement, there are a variety of fines, viz.  :
conventional fines, daily fines, day fines, and conditional fines.77

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             437


      Conventional fine is the  one known for a long period of time. They are fixed mainly in
penal codes of many countries.
      Daily fine may be imposed by criminal court "as a lump sum or for every day the offender
delays in performing its obligations (i. e.  operating in violation of relevant permits)."78 The longer
the violator delays compliance with  the court order, the bigger the financial sanction pay.  It has
been stipulated in France,  Belgium, and with variation  in England.79
      Day fine is the one determined by using a multiplier factor based on the monthly income
of the offender and on the gravity of the offence.80 It has been the rules in Germany, Austria,
Sweden, Denmark, and Finland.81
      Conditional fines  is the one which  may be combined with particular conditions, viz.  :the
reparation of environmental damage and  the payment of victim compensation.82 It has been
known in Germany,  Sweden, and with  certain modifications in the  Netherlands,  Belgium,  and
France.  The fine will not be enforced  unless the violator  commit another offence during the
probation period.83
      In theory, conditional fine can be  applied also in  Indonesia pursuant  to  general  rules
stipulated under the Book  I of the Indonesian Penal Code. In practice, it is almost never used.

4.3   Probation System

      Probation in the Continental System followed the Belgian model. In  Belgium, a conditional
sentence called in French  sursis has been stipulated since 1888.84 It is then adapted in France,
Italy, Germany, Austria, Sweden, Norway,85 and  the  Netherlands; later it is  adapted in Japan,
Republic of Korea, and Indonesia.
      Again in  Belgium,  there  is a probation system before  trial and it is imposed by  public
prosecutor.  This prosecutorial probation is adapted  in  Germany, to be  instituted by German
prosecutors by refraining  from  prosecution relating certain  offences.86 These kinds of pretrial
probation are widely used  in the United States, and it is called "diversion".87
      In the  Continental  system of probation the determination  of guilt is essential and the
imprisonment  sentence  is not executed under certain conditions. The convicted  is put in the
community during the probation  period with or without supervision.88 On  the other hand,  in the
Anglo-American system  of probation, especially in  most American jurisdictions, probation is not a
penal sanction, and  the guilt determination is not essential. If the offender is  found guilty, the
pronouncement of sentence will  be  suspended. Since  the penal sanction is not yet pronounced,
the offender is at liberty supervised by  a  probation officer with or without conditions.89 And in
both systems probation is  of course  revokable.
      In the  meantime,  some  efforts  have  been taken  to abolish incarceration  as  criminal
sanction. In  Finland, for example, the use of imprisonment was  reduced through decriminalization
of offences, reformulation of criminal rules for other offences, and  further development of the
alternatives to penal sanction.90

4.4   Incarceration as Ultimum Remedium

      After all the alternatives  to be  applied to a particular case have been explored, but the
enforcement agent fails to find the most appropriate one, the case should  be  committed to court
for adjudication. If the guilt then is found it is for the judge to consider the most appropriate
sanction for the offender.
      There are a variety of criminal sanctions to be  chosen, e. g.  conventional fine, daily fine,
day fine, and conditional fine. The next choice is suspension  of guilt pronouncement or sentence
pronouncement with conditions.  If the sentence  is  pronounced,either fine  sanction or
incarceration sanction or both may be suspended with conditions.  With regard  to environmental
offences the possible conditions are inter alia, the  restoration of environmental  damage, the
payment of victim compensation, or the posting of deposits.
      In any event, imprisonment or incarceration  as criminal sanction, especially in relation with
environmental offences, should be the last  resort, or the ultimum remedium.91

-------
438                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


      Within the context of Indonesian penal system, alternatives to incarceration as criminal
sanction for  the environmental  offences  may  be elaborated through conventional fines  and
conditional fines, and mainly through conditional imprisonment with or without supervision. Under
a probation scheme a special condition may be imposed with a suspended sentence. The special
condition is the restoration of environmental damage.


5     CLOSING REMARKS

5.1    More Severe Penal Sanctions

      The trend  of  industrial  countries  has  indicated the  moving  towards  more  severe
incarceration  as penal sanction for offences relating to environment.92
      Still,  innovative  alternatives to incarceration are  more and more available  in  the
Continental system and  in the Anglo-American system as well. David Fogel's study or Skoler and
Sullivan's report for example, mentioned about court warning, punitive warning, no declaration  of
a  sentence,  community service  order,  abolishing of  incarceration,  posting  of  deposits,
conventional  fines, daily fines, day  fines, conditional fines, application  of funds from fines  to
restore  environmental pollution, prohibition on  the  practice  of profession, disqualification of the
offender, or declared as being ineligible for government grant,  loan, and contracts, closing  of
firm, publication of conviction that may damage the  reputation of the relevant enterprise.93

5.2   Prosecutorial Discretion

      We have seen in both opportunity and legality principle that it is not impossible  for public
prosecutor to exercise his discretion in disposing  cases. In many criminal justice systems the
public prosecutor is indeed a semi judge. Accordingly, he may drop the charge or the procedure
with  or  without  conditions; he may  offer transaction,  the waiver of prosecution,94 and pretrial
probation, or  prosecutorial probation;  even he may imposed penal  order with  or without the
consent of criminal court.
      Those  diversion  measures will be of great significance  in terms  of  effectiveness  and
efficiency when they are applied to environmental offences.

5.3   Some  Notes On Indonesia

      Unfortunately, the role of  Indonesian prosecutors  in using the  opportunity  principle is not
very dominant.  In the future, the power to drop cases for reasons of policy should be  vested  to
all prosecutors.  Some are at the  same time even  trying to  end the prosecutorial discretion  and
suggesting that  Indonesia adhere the legality principle. Most  of them do not know, however,  that
even  in  the  legality principle  there is room for prosecutorial discretion as  we  have seen  in
Germany. Moreover, many of them are confused  about  the legality  principle under procedural
criminal law and the legality principle under substantive criminal law.95
      There  are some more legal hampers yet to be overcome in Indonesia. For example, under
commune crime rules the corporate criminal liability is still de lege feranda, or Jus contituendum.
As  a result,  according  to  Indonesian  criminal  law a legal  person is not punishable unless it
commits  economic  offence.96  Therefore, some are  advocating  the  efforts to corporate
environmental offences into the  1955 Economic Crimes Act, like it  has  been  the law in the
Netherlands.  Within the  next five to ten years, when the draft of new penal code is enacted,
corporations  will be also punishable in Indonesia.  In  fact it is  possible to insert new article into
the present penal code stipulating the liability of legal person.97
      In addition,  there  are some environmental provisions which are too abstract in terms  of
definition  and sanction  as well.  The role of judges is  of  decisive  importance to avoid multi
interpretable  situations.  Therefore, workshops  and discussions on innovative sanctions for the
Indonesian judges should be organized too. The  Indonesian legal drafters, on the other hand,
should be more aware of not prescribing ambiguous or abstract provisions and definitions.98

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            439


      Finally,  lack of good laboratories is another problem in  Indonesia and it has  resulted  in
several  dismissal and acquittal judgments for very serious or sensitive  environmental cases.
Thus, scientific evidence plays a very  important role to answer whether or not pollution has
occurred.

5.4   Conclusion

      The  adage  of ultimum  remedium is not relevant to the criminal  law instrument  as a
response to a particular environmental law violation, but  to the imposing incarceration  as a
sanction to  the particular environmental law violation.98a
      The  enforcement  of environmental law needs expertise  and special technical skills. It is
only natural if the  office of public prosecutor has special department  relating to  environmental
offences staffed by special trained public prosecutors, like those offices in the Republic of Korea,
the Netherlands, Canada, and in the near future may be in Indonesia.
      Again, a good enforcement of environmental law needs good legislation, good knowledge
of law, good administration, and enough capacity of infrastructure. Notes/References
      REFERENCES

 1     Kusnadi  Hardjasoemantri, Environmental  Legislation in  Indonesia,  2nd ed. (Yogyakarta:
      Gajah  Mada  University Press,  1989), p.  7; cf. Siti Sundari Rangkuti, Hukum Lingkungan
      dan  Kebijakan Lingkungan  Dalam  Proses  Pengembangan  Hukum  Nasional  Indonesia
      (Surabaya: Airlangga University Press,   1987),  p. 117; see  also  Act  No. 4 of  1982
      concerning Basic Provisions for Management of Living  Environment, general elucidation.
 2    Munadjat Danusaputro, Environmental Legislation & Administration in Indonesia (Bandung:
      Alumni, 1972), pp. 3640; also Munadjat Danusaputro, Hukum Lingkungan, Buku II, cet.
      ke2 (Jakarta: Binacipta, 1985),  p. 38.
 3    Danusaputro, Hukum Lingkungan, p. 38.
 4    Ibid.
 5    cf.  Compliance and Enforcement of  Environmental  Law: Sanction  and Strategies,
      mimeographed (1989), pp. 12.
 6    L. J. van Apeldoorn,  Inleiding tot de studie van net Nederlands recht, rev. J. C. M. Leyten,
      17th prnt. (Zwolle: W. E. J. Tjeenk Willink, 1972), p. 1.
 7    Th. G. Drupsteen, "Inleiding," in  Milieurecht, eds.  W. Brussaard et al. (Zwolle: W. E. J.
      Tjeenk Willink, 1989), p. 4.  8 Ibid. , p. 2.
 9    Ibid. , p.  3
 10    Ibid. , p.  4.
 11    Ibid. , p.  3
 12    Ibid. , p.  5.
 13    Ibid.
 14    cf.  "Foreword [of] Professor Emil  Salim [(Minister of  Environment of  the  Republic  of
      Indonesia)], "in Promoting  Environmental Study  Centres  in Indonesia in Support  of
      Sustainable Development, Mohamad Soerjani (Jakarta (?) : n. p. , 1989),  p. v; also cf.
      Edwin W. Tucker, Text, Cases and  Problems on  Legal Regulation on the Environment (N.
      p. : West Publishing Co, 1972), p. 1.
 15    As formulated in  Bruntland  Report;  see  WCED,  Hari  Depan Kita Bersama, trans.
      Bambang  Sumantri  (Jakarta:  PT Gramedia,  1988),  p.  12; and also VROM, National
      Environmental Policy Plan ('s Gravenhage: SOU Uitgeverij, 1989), p. 7.
 16    cf. J. Schreurs et  al. , Environmental  Law, Course Module, trans.  M. A. G. Wennekers
      (Rijkshogeschool Usselland,  1990),  p. 4.
 17    C. J. Kleijs-Wijnnobel, "Handhaving van Milieurecht," in Milieurecht, eds.  W. Brussaard et
      al.  (Zwolle: W.  E. J. Tjeenk Willink, 1989), p.  399; H. E.  van Helten, "Environmental
      Enforcement and the Police," in Proceedings II: International Enforcement Workshop, the
      Netherlands VROM and the  United States EPA,  p. 25; and cf. B. Ter Haar, "International

-------
 440                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       Inspections: The Example  of  the  Chemical Weapons Convention,"  in  Proceedings  I:
       International Enforcement Workshop, the Netherlands VROM and the United States EPA
       p. 321.
 18    G.  E. Tulp et al, "The Phases of Enforcement Process," Course Module, trans. M. A. G.
       Wennekers (Rijkshogeschool Usselland,  1990), p. 3.
 19    Hans J. A. Schaap,  "Small Business  Compliance, the  Role of Local Community,"  in
       Proceedings  I:  International Enforcement Workshop,  the  Netherlands VROM  and the
       United States EPA, pp. 8891.
 20    cf.  Gustaaf Bieseveld and Emiel van den Berg, "Priorities For Environmental Legislation  in
       the Republic [sic] Indonesia," Expert Report, VROM, 1990,  pp. 2427: see infra pp. 3536.
       21  For the Netherlands, see G. E.  Tulp and J. Schreurs, "Instruments for  Environmental
       Law  Enforcement,"  Course Module,  trans.  M. A.  G.  Wennekers  (Rijkshogeschool
       Usselland, 1990), p. 28 and for  the United States, see Edward E. Reich and Quinland  J.
       Shea III, "A Survey of  U. S.  Environmental Enforcement Authorities, Tools and Remedies,"
       in Proceedings  I: International  Enforcement  Workshop, the Netherlands VROM  and the
       United States EPA, p. 65. For Canada and other  countries, see Compliance, p. 38 and  p.
       t?u
 22    cf.  Tulp and  Schreurs,  p.  26; also  cf.  Hans  Fangman,  "Criminal Enforcement  of
       Environmental Legislation,"  in Proceedings  I:  International Enforcement Workshop, the
       Netherlands VROM and the  United States EPA, p. 131.
 23    Kleijs-Wijnnobel, pp. 410411; see also the Netherlands Municipality Act (Gemeentewet),
       arts. 152 and 210 as well as the  Netherlands  Province Act (Provinciewet), art. 116.
 24    See Act No. 5 of  1974 concerning Basic Provisions for Regional  Administration  [in
       Indonesia], art. 42 and its elucidation.
 25    Reich and Shea III, p.  67.
 26    Compliance, pp. 4344.
 27    Kleijs-Winnobel, p. 418.
 28    Reich and Shea III, p.  72; "criminal daily fine", see infra n. 78. 29 Compliance, p. 44.
 30    Budiarti et al. , "Terjemahan UndangUndang  Nomor 5 Tahun 1986 tentang Peradilan Tata
       Usaha Negara. " (Jakarta: Badan Pembinaan  Hukum Nasional, 1988).
 30a    cf.  Indroharto, Usaha Memahami UndangUndang  Tentang Peradilan Tata Usaha Negara.
       (Jakarta: Pustaka Sinar Harapan, 1991), pp. 307312.
 30b    Similar to the present practice in  the Netherlands;  see Fangman, pp. 130131.
 31     Compliance, p. 52. Also see Tulp and Schreurs, p. 29.
 32    For the Netherlands, see Fangman, p.  131; for  the United States and other European
       countries, see Daniel  L. Skoler  and Katherine McG. Sullivan, "Criminal Enforcement  of
       Environmental   Laws  European   Experience and Perspective,"  in  Environmental
       Enforcement,  eds.  Katherine   McG. Sullivan (Washington,  D.  C.  : American  Bar
       Association, 1978), pp. 2829.
 33    Wilhelm Schneider, "Criminal Law  Relating to Environmental Offences," in  Prevention  of
       Crime and Treatment of Offenders, Bundesminister der Justiz, 1990, p. 19.
 34    Schneider, p. 19.
 35    Ibid. , p. 21.
 36    Ibid. , p. 19.
 37    Ibid. , p. 21.
 38    See Fangman, p. 131.
39    Compliance, p. 31. In fact, the proposal of Germany to strengthen the criminal law relating
       to environmental offences is not in  contrast with  the general opinion of the delegates to
       the Seventy First UNAFEI  International  Seminar  on Promotion of Innovation in Criminal
       Justice Administration  for the Prevention of  New Criminality held in  Tokyo, Japan (Feb.
       March, 1986) stating that in addition to narcotics and drug offence, economic crime, white
       collar crime, corruption, computer crime, and international terrorism, environmental offence
       is identified as  a new dimension of criminality; see UNAFEI  Report  No. 30  December
       1980, pp. 105106; pp.  111 112; and pp. 118119.
40    Compliance, p. 22.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             441


41    Tulp and Schreurs, p. 18.
42    Fangman, p. 130.
43    For Germany, see Hartmuth Horskotte, "Decision Making  by  the  Police, the Prosecutor
      and the Court," Lecture 1, UNAFEI, 1980, p. 31; for the United  States, see Delmar Karlen,
      Geofrey Sawer,  and Edmond M. Wise,  Anglo-American Criminal Justice (New  York and
      Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967), p. 28.
44    R M  Surachman, "The  Prosecutorial  Discretion," work paper submitted  to the Cairo
      Conference on the Law of the Word (1983), p. 6.
45    Takeshi  Satsumae,  "Suspension  of  Prosecution: A Japanese Long  standing  Practice
      Designed to  Screen Out Offenders from  Penal Process,"  UNAFEI  Report  No. 15,
      November 1978, pp.  100115; cf. Japanese Code of Criminal Procedure, art.  248; see also
      infra n.  68.
46    Koichi Miyazawa, "Crime  and Victimization of Elderly in Japan," paper submitted to Bali
      International Conference on Criminology (1990), p. 3; see also infra n. 68.
47    Horskotte, p. 29  and  p. 32.
48    Satsumae, p.  101 and Horskotte,  p. 29. It is noteworthy that the legality principle is also
      known in substantive criminal law. Within this context, the legality principle means that no
      one  will be pronounced  guilty of any criminal  offence for  his actions which did not
      constitute a criminal offence  at the moment of his actions. This rule is in harmony with the
      maxim of nullum delictum, nulla poena,  sine  praevia lege poenali.  In other  words, it is in
      contradiction with ex post facto laws. Whereas within  the  context of criminal procedure,
      the legality principle  (mandatory  prosecution  principle)  is opposed  to  the  opportunity
      principle (discretionary prosecution principle); see also infra  n. 95.
49    Although it  may  be true,  Mulder pointed out that the opportunity principle is not officially
      known in  Belgium and France. The prosecution service of  both  countries, however, may
      drop  a case  as what they call  it in  French  as classer sans suite; see  A. Mulder,
      "Doelstellingen en middelen van strafvervolging," in Tussen  Misdaad  en Straf, eds. H.
      Bianchi et al. (Nijkerk: Uitgeverij intro, 1991), p. 45.
50    In Norway,  the opportunity principle, which has  been  the  law since 1887, provides the
      Norwegian public prosecutors with very wide  discretionary powers more than those of the
      Nether  lands or  of Japan; see Helge Rostad, "Criminal Law,  Crime and Punishment in
      Norway A Brief Sketch," UNAFEI Report No. 30, December  1986, pp. 143145.
51    See Surachman, p. 8; and infra nn. 7172.
52    Surachman, p. 8; see also Horskotte, pp. 3032.
53    As discussed by Professor Koya Matsuo in his lecture at UNAFEI, Tokyo, Japan, on  June
      8, 1982; see also David Fogel, On Doing Less Harm (Chicago: UIC Office of International
      Criminal Justice, 1988), p. 238: see also infra n. 86. 54 Horskotte, p. 30; see also infra n.
      86.
55    Horskotte, p. 31.
56    Mulder, pp.  4445; also cf. Fogel, p. 196; and infra n. 86.
57    Compliance, p. 31.
58    cf. John Wood, "Prosecution Policy in England and Wales," The Asian Journal of Crime
      Prevention and Criminal Justice No. 8, 1990, p. 41, p. 43, and pp. 4647.
59    James  L. LeGrande, The Basic Processes of Criminal Justice  (New York and Beverly
      Hills: Glencoe Press, 1973), p. 74.
60    Ibid.  , p.  73;  see also  Paul B. Weston and Kenneth  M.  Wells,  The Administration of
      Justice, 2nd ed. (Englewood  Cliffs: Prentice Hall, Inc.  , 1973), pp. 7980.
61    Fogel, p. 237.
62    Ibid.
63    Ibid. , p. 116 and p. 238.
64    Ibid. , 237; for Norway, see Rostad, p. 147.
65    Fogel, p. 237.
66    The Court System in the Netherlands (N. P. : Ministry of Justice, 1990), p. 4.
67    Ibid. , pp. 45; also cf. Fangman, p. 129.
68    Supra nn. 4546.

-------
442                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

69     Fogel, p. 40.
70     Compliance, p. 19.
71     Prior to 1961  Indonesian prosecutors  like  their counterparts  in  Japan  and in the
       Netherlands were vested with  power to drop cases for reasons of policy i.  e. if the
       prosecution would harm either the government, the state or the public; cf. Surachman,  p.
       7 and p. 25.
72     The 1961  Prosecution Service Act, art.  8 and the elucidation of art. 77 of the 1981 Code
       of Criminal Procedure. The power was  endorsed recently under art. 32 (1) c of the 1991
       Prosecution Service Act.  Still, the elucidation of that article implies that the power will not
       be used widely.
73     Fogel, p. 12.
74     Ibid. , p. 13.
75     In Japan, it is practised since the preWorld War I. 76 Fogel, p. 13.
77     Skoler and Sullivan, p. 30 and p. 32.
78     Ibid. p. 30.
79     Ibid.
80     Ibid. ; see also Fogel, p. 203.
81     Fogel, p. 203.
82     Skoler and Sullivan, p. 30.
83     Ibid.
84     Fogel, p. 13.
85     See Rbstad, pp. 142143 in relation to Norway.
86     Fogel, p. 238, p. 196 and p. 199; see also supra nn. 5356.
87     Fogel, p. 238.
88     Ibid. , p. 13.
89     Ibid. , p. 12 and p. 119.
90     Professor Matti Joutsen, of the Research Institute of Helsinki, credited the neo classicists
       with such efforts; see Fogel, p. 33.
91     For example, the  Italian court imposed prison sentence upon the five Icmesa executives.
       On appeal,  however, four of the sentences were overturned and the fifth sentence was
       suspended; see  Ved  P.  Nanda  and  Bruce Bailey,  "Challenges for International
       Environmental Law," work paper submitted to the Seoul Conference on  the Law of the
       World (1987), p. 6.
92     Whereas efforts have  been done to abolish incarceration in relation  with most offences,
       severe penal sanctions have been introduced in many countries (e. g. Swiss since 1976).
       Other efforts covered  the introducing of corporate criminal liability (the  Netherlands,  for
       economic  offences,  since  1950  and  for  commune offences,  since  1976); and
       "criminalization" of culpa offences exposing human life  and health to danger (Hungary,
       since 1976). Again, severe penalties stipulated in Federal environmental Protection Act  of
       Germany (since 1974) introducing  fines  of up to 100,000 DM and prison  sentences of up
       to ten years; and in the 1990  Conservation of BioNatural  Resources Act  of Indonesia
       introducing fines of up to 200 million rupiahs and prison  sentences of up to ten years; cf.
       Skoler and Sullivan, p.  31 and p. 32 and Loebby Loqman, "Pertanggungan Jwab Pidana
       Bagi Korporasi  Dalam Tindak Pidana Lingkungan Hidup," in Prosiding (Jakarta:  Skrep  &
       Walhi, n. d),
93     See Skoler and Sullivan, passim; and Fogel, p. 13.
94     For the "waiver of prosecution" in Scandinavia,  see  Fogel, p. 30, pp. 4445, and p.  238; the
       practice in Norway, see stad, pp. 144145.
95     See supra n. 48.
96     See Andi Hamzah, Hukum  Pidana Ekonomi, rev. ed. (Jakarta: Penerbit Erlangga, 1986),
       pp.  2628;  and  Andi  Hamzah, "Tanggung Jawab  Korporasi  dalam  Tindak  Pidana
       Lingkungan Hidup," in Prosiding  (Jakarta: Skrep & Walhi, n. d. ), pp. 8283.
97     It can be inserted  into Chapter III (Book I) of the present Code.
98     These phenomena also exist in relation  with  economic crimes  acts and regulations  in
       general "leaving much discretion to  those trying to enforce the law"; see Matti  Joutsen,

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             443


      "'Civilizing the Control  of Economic Crime: Alternatives to the Criminal Justice  System in
      the Prevention and  Control of  Economic Crime," UNAFEI  Report No. 31, April 1987, p.
      160.
98a   cf. Joutsen, p. 171 and passim in relation with economic crimes.
99    As discussed by  Professor Th. G. Drupsteen in his lecture at the Attorney General's Office
      in Jakarta, Indonesia, on 27 October 1990.

-------
444                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            445


ENFORCEMENT OF CANADIAN  LAWS OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION  AS APPLIED
TO FEDERAL FACILITIES

PAUL CUILLERIER

Director Office of Enforcement Environmental Protection Environment Canada


1     INTRODUCTION

      In Canada, The Federal Government  is the largest single player in the Nation's Econony. It
employs  more workers than  any other organization. It maintains facilities to administer Federal
Prorgramms and house the employees who  run them, to carry out research and other laboratory
work, and to store the goods that it needs to carry out Federal activities of many different types.
Each year, Canada's Federal Government purchases some 10 billion Dollars in both goods and
services. Also, inevitably, Federal Facilities Release  Emissions and effluents into the environment
and must deal with the waste that the facilities and their activities generate.
      Canada's national government takes the position  that the environment is everybody's
business.  Solving  Environmental problems will take considerable time and effort. The federal
government recognizes that  it must do  its  part to  achieve a healthy  environment and a pros-
perous economy for all Canadians, now  and in the future.  One part of the federal government's
role  in meeting  that commitment is  compliance by federal facilities with  federal  Environmental
laws.


2     CANADIAN ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ACT

      Environment Canada is  responsible for enforcing the Canadian  Environmental
protection act that became law in July 1988.  The full title of the legislation is "an act respecting
the protection of the environment and of human life and human life and health". The title  clearly
defines the purpose of the statute.  Also, the declaration or preamble of the Canadian Environ-
mental protection act states that "protection of the environment is essential to the well-being of
Canada". That  phrase underscores the  importance placed by the government  of Canada  on the
concept of Environmental protection.
      In a summary of a few words, the act provides a comprehensive approach to Environmen-
tal protection, covering activities that could result in pollution affecting land,  inland waters, the
ocean and the atmosphere.  It gives the government of Canada powers to set national regulations
for any  substance that threatens  to  harm the  environment or the health  of Canadians.   Those
regulations may encompass the entire  life  cycle of substances - from their  development and
manufacture through transportation, distribution, storage, use, and ultimate disposal as waste.
      It  is significant that section 4 of the Canadian Environmental protection act states that
the act is binding on her majesty in right of  Canada --  in other words, the federal  government of
canada must comply with the law.  In addition to the full act applying to government as well as to
the private sector, cepa has a special part,  which is targeted specifically to federal departments,
boards, agencies, and federal crown corporations, which are corporations of the state, as well as
federal lands, works and undertakings.  That part allows the creation of regulations specific to
federal departments and the federal entities listed  above, to control emissions, effluents and
waste handling practices.


3     FISHERIES ACT

      In addition to the Canadian Environmental protection act, environment Canada enforces
the pollution prevention  provisions of the  fisheries act.  That act is probably  Canada's first
Environmental statute, and has been in force since 1868.  The purpose of the statute is to protect

-------
446                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


fish, fish habitat and human use of fish. One of the strongest provisions to achieve that statutory
objective is the prohibition against the deposit, into waters where fish are found, of any substance
that is  harmful to fish.  Like cepa, the fisheries act states,  in section 2, that the federal govern-
ment is subject to the act and all its  regulations.
       So,  the concept of federal law applying to Canada's federal government is not  new in
Canadian  law.  But what is new is that in  1988 the minister of environment announced the
intention of his department to treat the public sector, that is government, the same way as the
private sector in terms of enforcement of Environmental law.  The minister believed that the
federal government must be exemplary in  its  Environmental behaviour and specifically committed
the government of Canada to that goal.
       Consequently, in July 1988,  environment Canada published its enforcement and  compli-
ance policy for the Canadian Environmental protection act which provided equal treatment in
enforcement  to both government and non-government regulatees.  The soon to be published
compliance policy for the habitat protection and pollution prevention provisions of the fisheries
act takes the same approach.
4     COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT

      The basic principles of the enforcement and compliance policy for the Canadian Environ-
mental protection act are:
   -  compliance with the act and its regulations is mandatory;
      enforcement officials will be fair and consistent in their application of the law, and use
      rules and processes securely founded in law;
      enforcement officials will  apply the act with an emphasis on prevention of damage to the
      environment; and
   -  enforcement officials will encourage the reporting to them of suspected violations.

      These principles are repeated in the soon to  be published fisheries act habitat protection
and pollution prevention provisions compliance policy.
      A fundamental difference between the two  policies, however,  is that the cepa policy
commits enforcement officers  to examine every suspected violation and to take action consistent
with the policy; and the  fisheries act requires enforcement  officers to respond to  suspected
violations, giving priority to those that result in or pose the  greatest harm  to fish, fish habitat
or to human use of fish.
      The cepa policy requires  examination of every suspected violation, while the fisheries act
policy requires priorization of suspected offences for investigation.
      You  might think it strange for an enforcement and compliance policy  to  state, as  basic
principles, that  compliance with  the law is mandatory and that enforcement officers "will only use
rules, sanctions and processes  securely founded in  law".  They may seem to  you to be "givens"
or self-evident truths.
      But, in the  past, environment Canada's approach to law enforcement had shown to  regu-
latees that the  department was  flexible  on compliance.  Regulatees had experience with  officials
who were prepared to use rules and processes that were  not provided for in  federal  Environ-
mental laws and that were  not even enforceable civil contracts.  These were  measures such as
letters
      Acknowledging and  tolerating  non-compliant behaviour for specified lengths of time, or
giving commitments not to enforce the law if Environmental studies were done.
      The negotiation of compliance and the  use of tools not provided for in legislation did not
work - hence, the need to stipulate as basic, general principles that "compliance with the  act and
its regulations is mandatory" and that only rules, sanctions and processes founded in law would
be  used. The  government of Canada wanted to signal that its previous reliance on negotiation
had ended and that it was returning to the philosophy that the law applied to everyone equally.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             447


      So,  within environment Canada, which officials enforce the Canadian  Environmental
protection act and  the pollution prevention provisions of the fisheries act?  In both cases,
enforcement officials  are individuals designated as inspectors.
      It  is inspectors that have  the most frequent and regular contact with government depart-
ments and other federal bodies affected by the legislation.  Inspectors have three principal roles.
They can:
      carry out inspections to verify compliance with the law;
   -  direct  that preventive or corrective measures be taken in  an emergency when there  is
      danger to the  environment, human life or health, caused when the  unauthorized release  of
      a  regulated substance has occurred or is about to occur; and
   -  conduct investigations to obtain evidence of violations.

      They can also review options for preventive and corrective  action  generally, explain legal
requirements, including warning of potential  violations, in order to assist government agencies as
well as individuals and companies in meeting their obligations under the Canadian Environmen-
tal protection act and the fisheries  act.  That  activity by inspectors must be  undertaken  with
great care in order  to ensure that inspectors who are, after all, enforcement officials do not
inadvertently assume the role of a technical consultant.
      Inspectors normally have training in engineering  or sciences like biology, chemistry,
geology  or Environmental  sciences.  It is this background that enables inspectors  to understand
fully and enforce regulations such as those that deal with liquid effluents,  atmospheric emissions,
limits  for releases to the environment of toxic substances,  and storage of toxic substances such
as polychlorinated biphenyls or pcbs.
      Some inspectors may specialize strictly in the investigation of offences.  Those investi-
gation specialists have expertise  in areas such as:
      investigative techniques;
      gathering of evidence and procedures to  ensure  continuity in  the control and custody  of
      evidence;
   -  taking statements and soliciting information from witnesses;
   -  securing and  execution of search warrants;
   -  court procedures;
   -  preparation of special reports for crown  prosecutors  who  bring  charges laid under the
      Canadian Environmental protection act and the  pollution prevention provisions of the
      fisheries act  to trial; and
   -  appearing as  witnesses in court proceedings.

       Investigation specialists may be scientific personnel  having the same background as other
inspectors, may be former Environmental investigators for a provincial or territorial government,  or
former police officers.
       But what do these  statutes  and the inspector and investigation functions described above
mean in the  day-to-day world of the operations of Canadian government departments?  It means
that the government of Canada  is serious about "going green".  It means that, under the
Canadian Environmental protection act and the pollution prevention provisions of the fisheries
act, inspectors will verify  compliance at federal  facilities.  And they will  be every bit as serious
about the  need  for  those facilities  to comply with the  law as if they were inspecting  a private
company.
       Under cepa and the fisheries act, federal government employees are  personally respons-
ible for  unlawful  acts done by them  in the course of  carrying out their duties.  This principle
applies to everybody - ministers included:
       Federal employees can be personally liable if:
    -   they knowingly violate a regulation under cepa or the fisheries act;
    -   they are  unaware  that a regulation exists and they  violate  it (this  is because federal
       employees are responsible for knowing the regulations under the Canadian Environmen-
      tal protection act and the fisheries  act that apply to their work);

-------
448                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


   -   they know that a regulation is being,  or will be violated, and  they do not report to their
       supervisor;
   -   they falsify information or neglect to provide full information  about a violation or suspected
       violation when requested  to do  so by the minister of the environment  or a cepa or
       fisheries act inspector; and
   -   a cepa or fisheries act inspector has directed the employee to  take preventive or remedial
       action when there  is a release or potential release to the environment of a regulated
       substance that will violate the law,  and the federal employee does not obey the direction.

       In keeping with the  1988 commitment by the government of Canada to be exemplary in its
Environmental behaviour,  federal departments and  their employees have a  moral obligation to
show leadership by practicing sound Environmental management.
       Sound Environmental management involves three basic things:
       preventing violations before they occur;
   -   reporting violations; and
       reducing the harm and correcting any damage caused by violations.

       One of the best  ways to prevent violations before they occur is to  know the law and
accompanying regulations.  Environment Canada believes that promotion of compliance through
information and education  is essential.  Promotion is an effective tool  in securing conformity with
the law.  Accordingly, environment Canada undertakes  public education and information transfer,
through distribution of publications, activities  such as seminars for both government  and private
industry, technology development and technology transfer programs, and consultation during the
development of new regulations and the amendment of existing ones.
       Under its public education and information program, environment Canada distributes upon
request:
   -   copies of the Canadian Environmental protection act and of the fisheries act and their
       accompanying regulations;
       Environmental quality guidelines  and objectives, guidelines governing the release of
       substances to the environment, and Environmental codes of practice;
   -   the enforcement and compliance policy for cepa and, when it is published within the next
       few months, the  compliance policy for the  habitat protection and pollution prevention
       provisions of the fisheries act;
   -   a list and short description of court decisions related to the statutes and their  regulations;
       and
   -   fact sheets, handbooks and reports on relevant subjects.

       Environment Canada does not want to see any surprised looks on the face of officials who
work elsewhere among the federal family of departments, boards and agencies.  While environ-
ment  Canada's role  is to  protect the environment in accordance  with federal  laws,  it is  in the
department's  interest to  help meet the Canadian government's overall commitment  to Environ-
mental protection  and to exemplary behaviour by federal institutions.  After all,  we don't want to
see violations anywhere, and knowledge of the law and regulations is the first step to  ensure that
regulatees comply. Also, since 1988, environment Canada has held  over 26 major  educational
and information sessions with other federal government departments, boards, commissions,
agencies and federal crown corporations.  This figure  does not  include the  numerous  smaller,
informal sessions  that have  been held  or the technical sessions for discussion of items like
specific pollution control  technologies, testing protocols, sampling techniques  and Environmental
effects monitoring.
       Environment Canada believes that, during regulation development or amendment, consul-
tation with both regulatees and the beneficiaries of regulation results in better and more effective
Environmental protection instruments.  The  department also recognizes that  compliance with
regulations is more likely when  regulatees have been  involved in regulation  development.  For
those reasons, environment Canada regularly consults with affected parties:

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             449


   -  at the stage of determining whether an Environmental problem  exists that requires
      resolution;
   -  at the stage of choosing the appropriate tool for control, including codes  of practice,
      guidelines for release to the environment of toxic substances, as well as regulations; and
   -  during the development of the regulation itself.

      Canadian federal regulations must be published  in a national register called the Canada
gazette.  Regulations  are  first published in part of the  gazette  and there is a comment period
during which anyone -- companies, Environmental groups, Environmental law specialists from the
private sector, and ordinary citizens -- may send comments to the government of Canada.  The
government's regulatory policy calls for a  comment period of at least 30 days.  Therefore, for
regulations under the  pollution prevention provisions of the fisheries act, the minimum comment
period  is 30 days.  However, the Canadian Environmental protection  act provides for a longer
period, namely a minimum of 60 days.
      The consultation with affected parties and the public reduces  the annoyance and anger of
regulatees who will likely be antagonistic if they believe  that government is "springing"  something
on  them with no opportunity for them to  have their say.  That doesn't  mean that grudging
compliance is avoided, because most of us don't like rules - but at least again, no surprises.
      When a cepa  inspector carries out  an  inspection  for the first time  at a facility, whether
government or private sector,  he or she brings a copy of the Canadian Environmental protect-
ion act, the relevant regulation and the cepa enforcement and compliance  policy.  This ensures
that the  person in charge of  the facility has in his  or her possession copies of the legal
requirements and the  policy under which cepa inspectors operate. The same conduct applies for
inspections under the  pollution prevention provisions of the fisheries  act.
5      RESPONSES TO VIOLATIONS

       Now, I wish to talk about the responses to violations used by inspectors and investigators
under the Canadian Environmental protection and fisheries acts.  If an  inspector or investi-
gator is able to substantiate that a violation of cepa or the fisheries act took place, they will take
action consistent with specific criteria and choose the appropriate enforcement measure from the
different types that I will review shortly.
       First, the criteria -- when  inspectors discover a violation, they will  apply the following
factors when deciding what enforcement action to take:
   -   nature  of  the violation -- this includes  consideration of the seriousness of the harm or
       potential harm, the intent of the alleged violator, whether this is a repeated occurrence and
       whether there are attempts to conceal information or otherwise subvert the objectives and
       requirements of the act.
       Effectiveness in achieving the desired result with the violator -  the desired result is
       compliance with the act, within the shortest possible time and with no further occurrence of
       violation.
       Factors  to be considered  include the violator's history of compliance with the act and
       regulations, willingness to co-operate with  enforcement officers, evidence of corrective
       measures  already taken, and whether other federal, provincial or territorial authorities are
       taking enforcement action for the same offence under another statute.
   -   Consistency In enforcement - enforcement officers intend  to be consistent in their
       handling of violations.   Therefore, they will consider how similar situations were handled
       when deciding what enforcement action to take.

       The Canadian  Environmental protection  act  and the pollution prevention provisions of
the fisheries  act, administered by environment Canada have  a limited range of enforcement
measures that inspectors can use.  Those measures are:
   -   warnings, used  under both statutes;
       directions by inspectors, provided under both statutes;

-------
450                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


   -   ministerial directions under  the fisheries act allowing the minister to request regulated
       facilities to carry out monitoring or to provide the minister with certain data, measurements,
       or other information;
   -   ministerial orders  under the fisheries act  to restrict, change or close down a polluting
       operation, but only with approval of the federal cabinet;
   -   remedial orders, only available under the Canadian  Environmental protection act, that
       enable the minister to  Recall, from the marketplace,  toxic substances or products
       containing toxic substances that violate the law;
   -   prohibition orders,  also only available under the Canadian Environmental protection act,
       that enable the minister to prohibit manufacturing, importing,  distribution,  use, processing,
       sale and so on for substances that are new to the Canadian marketplace and that have
       been manufactured or imported in violation of the law;
   -   injunctions to stop  illegal activity or to prevent it from taking place, available under both the
       fisheries act and the Canadian Environmental protection act;
   -   prosecution, of course; and
   -   civil suits  to recover costs such  as funds spent to clean  up toxic or harmful substances
       released illegally into the environment or into  water where fish are  found, funds spent by
       inspectors to  prevent  illegal releases, or spent to publish  information  that individuals,
       companies  or government agencies had failed to publish when  ordered  to do  so by the
       courts.

       While both  statutes provide authority to  issue  tickets, similar to tickets for speeding or
parking fines,  cepa and  fisheries  act  inspectors  do not have that tool available to  them yet.
However,  under the federal contraventions act, which will likely be in effect by  January 1, 1994,
environment Canada enforcement officials will be able to  issue tickets  for certain violations.
Because tickets  are designed to be issued for offences where  evidence is immediately observ-
able,  environment Canada has limited  ticketable offences  to those that involve failure to file
reports by the  prescribed  date, failure to  include all required  information  in reports, failure to have
identifying labels on containers of chlorobiphenyls or pcbs, and other similar offences.
       All these  enforcement tools can be used against  individuals,  private  companies and
government bodies that violate federal  Environmental  laws.  But there are  difficulties  that we
encounter when  environment  Canada inspectors inspect and investigate, and from time to time,
bring  charges  against other federal departments and agencies.   In  Canada, it is still a relatively
new thing for  one federal body to prosecute another for violating  federal Environmental laws.
Many federal departments still do not fully realize that they are subject to the law.  And they tend
to feel almost hurt by the notion that another department would hold them to  account for their
actions.  They sometimes express the view that  all federal departments  are part of the same
family  and should  protect each other from punitive action.   The cases described below give  an
idea of these problems.
       An inspector  under the Canadian Environmental  protection  act observed a dredge
operated by a federal department which  appeared  to be carrying  out work  in violation of a permit
granted under the ocean dumping provisions of cepa.  The dredge was operating in June when its
permit obliged  it to operate three months later in the month of September.
The inspector  investigated and confirmed that the  dredging  violated the permit.   He detailed the
nature of the violation and began to prepare evidence in order to apply for a search warrant. The
search warrant was executed  at two locations belonging to the department  - at the dredge and a
regional office of the federal  department.  All the evidence gathered led  to  charges  being  laid
against the federal department.
       This was the first time that a federal department  was charged  under the Canadian
Environmental protection act.  And because it was a matter of one government body charging
another, that is the queen vs. The  queen, environment Canada used a prosecutor who was not
an employee of the federal department of justice but was in private practice, to avoid problems of
conflict of interest for the department of justice who acts as solicitor to all federal  departments.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             451


      Environment Canada's objective in this case was  a significant penalty and  a finding of
guilty to deter other departments and managers from neglecting their obligation to comply with the
law.
      The court decision rendered on June 4, 1992 was  more punitive than either environment
Canada or the defendant expected!  The sentence was a fine  of $1.00 Without costs.  But the
court also imposed an order directing  Environmental restoration work at a landfill site to a value of
not less than $100,000, to be carried out on  or before June 4,  1993.   The presiding judge also
stated two important things:
   (1) while the actions of the defendant were not malicious or premeditated, they could not be
      forgiven; and
   (2) that government  employees must  be held to the strictest standards because  the public
      entrusts them with protecting the environment.

      Another case may also be of  interest to you.  In 1988, there was a disastrous fire at a
warehouse where  a toxic substance, namely chlorobiphenyls or pcbs, was stored in  enormous
quantities.  About  3,000 people were evacuated from their homes for  nearly three weeks while
the fire  was brought under control and cleanup of toxic  residues took place. The environment
minister then proclaimed,  under the  Canadian Environmental protection act, an  emergency
order setting out stringent requirements for storage of pcbs to avoid another such incident.
      After the order was in effect, a cepa inspector carrying out a routine inspection at a federal
facility discovered  pcbs stored in contravention of the order.  He issued  an inspector's direction
under section 36 of the Canadian Environmental protection act.  But the federal facility refused
to comply, saying that it had no budget to store the toxic substance in accordance with the order.
Further  inspections continue to reveal a failure to comply. The manager for the facility even
offered inducements to the cepa inspectors to close their eyes and forget about the violations.
      This all led to environment Canada seeking  a search warrant to gather evidence against
the federal facility.  Environment Canada  inspectors  executed the search warrant and found
evidence of continuing violation as well  as evidence of the quick attempt  to store some of the
pcbs as required under the emergency order.
      Charges were brought by environment Canada against the federal  facility and its manager
for violation of the order made under the  Canadian Environmental protection act.  Faced with
the amount of evidence submitted against the facility and  the manager, both agreed to  plead
guilty.  The court levied a $25,000 fine against the federal facility and,  in  return for a guilty plea,
gave a conditional discharge to the  manager  which directed him to pay $5,000 to an
Environmental fund and to undergo six months' probation.
      A third case involves deposit of a deleterious or harmful substance to water where fish are
found.   Under the pollution prevention provisions of the fisheries act, it  is prohibited to deposit
substances that are harmful to fish to any water where fish are found, or to  any place from which
the substance can enter water where fish are found, unless the deposit is authorized by regulat-
ions under the fisheries act or another federal law.
      At one of its regional offices, a federal department violated the prohibition contained in the
pollution prevention provisions of the fisheries act.  Apparently, over a 12 month period, gasoline
and  diesel oil  leaked from tanks into storm sewers and then into fishery waters.  Gasoline and
diesel oil are substances that is known to be harmful to fish, and there  are no federal regulations
authorizing the deposit of gasoline and diesel oil to water where fish are found.
      The department had developed policies and  procedures to deal with  Environmental
hazards.  Environment Canada's evidence showed that those  policies  and procedures were not
followed in this case.
       In view of  the nature of  the  offence  and the seeming  lack of due care, environment
Canada brought charges against  the department for the  illegal discharge.  There have already
been two weeks  of trial on this matter,  and, in September 1992, the trial judge will hear the
department's argument  that one federal  department cannot charge another with a  violation of
federal law.
      As I  mentioned earlier, section 2 of the fisheries  act states specifically that the federal
government is subject to the statute  and  all its regulations.  With that  clause and after the June

-------
452                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


1992 judgment that found a federal department guilty of charges brought by environment Canada
for a violation of federal Environmental law, you might think that the validity of the queen bringing
charges against herself would be  established.  But the defence lawyers intend  to pursue the
argument anyway.  We will see what the courts decide  in September.  But, while we are not
complacent, we are not worried.  Environment Canada is  confident that the principle of federal
law applying to federal departments is well founded.
6     CONCLUSIONS

      Environment Canada hopes that these cases and others currently under investigation will
help drive home the notion that the federal government must comply with its own laws.  But we,
in Canada, are still feeling our way through the legal and policy matters surrounding one entity of
the  queen charging another with violating federal Environmental law.   That has  not, however,
weakened our determination  to set the federal house in order and  ensure that federal depart-
ments and agencies comply with Environmental law.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             453


THE 'ECOLOGICAL SEMAPHORES' FOR FOURTEEN PATHS OF OWNERSHIP CHANGES IN
POLAND

PIOTR SYRYCZYNSKI, Ph.D.

Chief Inspectorate  for Environmental Protection,  Control  Department,  00-922 Warsaw, 52/54
Wawelska Str., POLAND


      INTRODUCTION

      The paper deals with the experience of the last year in coordinating the environmental law
enforcement with the process of privatization of the formerly state-owned enterprises.  In view of
tremendous growth in the number of sale deals and liquidation proceedings,  environmental
protection agencies are currently preparing new methods which will  establish  revised operating
policy. These  methods will consist of various so called 'ecological semaphores' - the  law or
administrative  check - points for supervision  or steering this process. The above  solutions were
worked  out by  a  comparatively narrow staff of  lawyers,  economists, people  involved in
environmental protection  and  those  having industrial  experience.  These  solutions are  the
inconspicuous attempt to settle ecological problems, set or left during  stormy, involving  millions of
people process of ownership transformations in  Poland. It is necessary to add that the solutions
presented in this article are being fought against by a considerable group of people involved in
this process. Even some foreign specialists are against them because they create difficulties  and
modification of invented by them "the only just" solutions. As an  example,  during one sectoral
privatisation programm only 3% of funds has been used for evaluation the present environmental
condition of the enterprises.
1      THE REVIEW OF THE EXISTING SITUATION

       To accomplish its aim  of  improving the condition of the environment, the  Polish State
Inspectorate for Environmental Protection (PIOS) participates in the process of the  ownership
changes. Whenever the most  environmentally detrimental state-owned factories  are prepared to
the above - mentioned process,  PIOS utilizes a wide array of tools to enforce the desirable
direction of technological changes. Prompt and effective action on the part of  PIOS depends
deeply on the quick selection of the appropriate legal decisions issued during this  process.
       In order to put this discussion in the proper context, there  must be an understanding of the
present situation within which we are working. The privatisation process goes  independently from
an enforcement action. This process has its own laws and regulations which does not contain the
relevant ecological clauses. On the other hand Polish ecological law was created in the  different
industrial, economical and   political situation. This law has  not yet adjusted itself  to the quick
ownership  changes. On both sides we can find the insufficient knowledge of many legal acts and
the practice of their implementation. The typical examples are following:
   -   undersigning the privatization contracts which infringe the ecological acts or
   -   fixing the ecological taxes  and rules which slow down the privatization process  of some
       Polish industrial sectors.
       Any  established  practice is hard to change. In  recent months at least the  four centres
       inside the administration in Poland have increasingly taken the biggest responsibility for
       the  implementation of the privatisation process:
   -   Ministry of  Finance, which  supervises the state-owned banks  and makes big deals, in
       which part of debts guaranteed by the government is being taking over.
   -   Ministry of  Industry  and Trade,  which supervises the majority part of  Polish  state-owned
       industry, especially the heavy industry, and participates in  the joint-venture  deals.
   -   Ministry of Ownership Changes, which represents the State Treasury and sells the stocks
       of the previously state-owned plants or the assets remained from liquidated enterprises.

-------
454                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


   -   The vojevods (district governors), who are responsible for issuing permits (decisions) and
       represent the State  Treasury  in the process of privatisation of small and medium sized
       enterprises.

       The ownership changes occur by fourteen different ways. The given  amount  of various
methods  is  approximative,  in  fact  there are  many  modifications, non-typical  means  of
transformations, which sometimes are on the edge of the law. The process of transformations is
not static, some paths are temporarily more predominant  and there are "rush hours"  because the
considerable amount of enterprises pass them at the same time. Some time later new  paths take
the leadership.
       At  the beginning of  this process at  least three kinds of state-owned enterprises can be
found. These are so-called  normal  enterprises,  acting on  the basis of general rules (i.e. common
enterprises, making about 70% of  a whole), state-owned enterprises joined (many   years ago)
into the big groups  ("copper", "sulphuric", "air", "pharmaceutical" etc.)  and enterprises acting on
special rules (railway, airports, harbours, banks, defensive industry etc.).
       The final result of this process  are numerous compositions (joint-stock companies, limited
liability companies, cooperatives, societies, foundations involved in economic activity, agencies or
firms  with foreign capital  etc.).  They possess the mixed ownership structure, they often produce
something  different from their predecessors. In  addition, they are not always full  legal successors
of firms, from which they originated. Sometimes on the basis of property of one previously state-
owned firm several (in extreme  cases several  hundred) firms came  into  existence. They profit
together from the remnants of  the former plant.  Some investors try to cut out the most profitable
part of the factory (usually  the newest unit) and to let loose the remnants (eg.  old  power plant,
land with accumulated wastes,  old unit with the  majority of workers etc).
       Rapidity and spontaneousness  of this process cause that the environmental protection
agencies have problems with  proper  identification  of economic entity which is a party  of legal
proceedings. The examples of such cases are the following:
   -   joint use of one chimney by  many new economic entities, emitting substances from similar
       production processes,
   -   delivering  of  dangerous  wastes to the area rented from  other  company,  financially
       dependant on parent company, the producer of those wastes,
   -   complicated forms of renting (leasing) of technological installations, sometimes even the
       parts of one production line.
       taking over the management of the state-owned enterprise by other companies or persons
       (liquidator, syndic, commissioner-manager etc.).

       Past experience  indicates that  at present  we deal with  continuum of various forms of
ownership  from full state ownership  to private  ownership. The only common characteristics of
those subjects is that in their  activity they aim to maximize their profit.  When a  state-owned
enterprise is concerned its aim  is to maximize earnings of the staff. In those enterprises the board
of management is under the strong  influence of the Council of Workers.
       Not all  of  the legal  instruments of  enforcement produce  effect in case  of such  instable
process like the  process of ownership transformations. The rudder sufficient for steering a long
Viking boat would be useless for steering a catamaran.
       In order to show how different are the processes of ownership transformations a dozen or
so typical examples are given below:
   -   commercialization of the state-owned enterprise into so-called "one man company of State
       Treasury" and then offering its stocks to the  new owners,
   -   liquidation  of the enterprise  and lending  (renting,  leasing)  of its property  to  a new
       company, at which at least 50% of owners are the  previous workers of the enterprise,
   -   liquidation with selling the  assets to many new owners,
   -   giving  the management  of a state-owned enterprise to a group of managers appointed by
       another company, sometimes with the participation of the former board of directors,
   -   giving the management  of a state-(100%)owned joint stock company to other  company for
       indemnity in a form of a  part of  stocks,

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             455


   -   giving  the part of property of a state-(100%)owned company in exchange   of the debts,
      which were encumbered with the former enterprise or State Treasury,
   -   creating on the basis of one unit (producing department) a joint-venture  company,  using
      the infrastructure of all the remaining enterprise,
   -   simultaneous transformation and possible sale of several enterprises with similar range of
      production to various investors within one branch of industry,
      programme of grouping of a dozen or so enterprises within national investment funds (so
      called  mass privatization programme),
   -   disposal of the property of  the former enterprise on the basis of insolvency (bankruptcy)
      law,
   -   setting  the  new  enterprises on  the basis of taking  over licences (concessions) for
      excavating minerals,
      increasing of equity capital of existing state-owned company by a new investor,
      division and uniting enterprises within existing law.

      Please note  that some of these processes are connected with signing by a new owner
various obligations.  The examples  of these obligations are the  obligations to create new jobs or
to invest the  agreed amount of money. As  it  was mentioned earlier, under the terms of many
bills, the  different organs of state administration i.e. vojevods or ministries have the right to act
on behalf of State Treasury.


2     ENFORCEMENT TOOLS VERSUS PRIVATIZATION PATHS

      It  was established that some  enforcement tools are not  effective  for some privatisation
paths or they give  the opposite effects for  them.  Some important examples are given  below, I
hope they will carry this point.

2.1   Charges or ecological  taxes

      The existing system of financial tools consists of collecting charges from (mostly state -
owned)   enterprises  in  order to finance capital  investments of protective  equipment  in other
enterprises. Charges are paid for the amount  of emission which is within the  range of the
obtained permit. In  practise it is the considerable redistribution of capital which can be allocated
to various  aims. At present  substantial  part of foreign investors,  which want to take over the
enterprises, demand temporary releasing from  charges, usually until  they recover the  invested
capital. Previous payers, i.e. the big state-owned firms which are in the difficult economic position,
cannot bear  the due charges.  This situation puts slowly  the  whole system  out of order.  New
payers, which are small private enterprises, are numerous but very little, sometimes  the expenses
of obtaining the charges exceeds their value.
      The only privatisation path, on which  charges gave the significant result  is the capital
privatization method. Potential investors  stated  that the existing  level of charges is an  effective
encouragement to modernize technology  quickly. The charges stimulate to  build proper protective
installations. Pulp and paper industry and heavy chemistry industry can be the examples.

      Conclusion:

       The imposition  of charges for the  using  of the environment is the appropriate tool for
achieving the desired direction of restructurization in the capital privatisation process. This tool is
not valid for the paths where numerous little firms  are converted.

2.2    Monetary fines and other administrative penalties

       It was established that the  penalties inflicted for single  offenses areas a rule much  more
low  in value  then existing obligations among enterprises. These debts exceed many times those

-------
 456                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


 inflicted fines. Additionally the biggest debtor of the enterprises is often State Treasury. The debt
 of the Treasury and the mutual debts of the enterprises disturb the influence of fines. Some debts
 of the state-owned firms are, at the moment of transformation, taken over by the Treasury.  Some
 of the enterprises know it, they do not even appeal against fines but they do not pay them.
       The  powers of the enforcement agencies are defined  by law. There  are some other
 administrative tools among them, too. The agencies  can order the firms to install new sampling
 and monitoring devices or to design and to build new, proper waste  collecting facility. The firm
 managers can be compelled by additional fines to  meet the obligations. Ministry of Ownership
 Changes hold sway over the managers of the firms. During the preparing to the sale deal the
 managers cannot to undertake to start new big investments. For example the managers of the big
 pulp facility  has obtained the  written ban on starting the new waste water treatment plant  until the
 sale deal is  over.

       Conclusion:

       The imposition of monetary fines is not the useful tool during ownership changes  process
 when there  exists the big amount of mutual debts between State Treasury and the state-owned
 enterprises.  The administrative orders for new environmental protection units are not the  efficient
 tools if this firm is going to be sold recently.

 2.3    Strict administrative prohibitions, among them bans on some kinds of imports, exports and
      the preferential customs duties

       In Poland many administrative rules concern the materials and products in aim to achieve:
   -  the better sanitary control,
   -  elimination of products which contain environmentally dangerous substances,
   -  suppressing the production of some kinds of wastes,
   -  concessions for firms dealing with some kinds of substances.

      All this bans are easy to impose. The practice shows that the  majority of work is for the
 customs  officers  not  for  the environmental  protection  agencies.  This type  of ban would be
 advantageous if the customs were without of job  but it is hard to achieve when there are  many
 neighbour countries with different economic situation. The customs must prevent the smuggling of
 more important items eg. arms, narcotics etc.
      Those bans have the strong influence on the industrial practise, not only on the ecological
situation of our territory. The ban on import of wastes deteriorated the economic situation of  paper
 industry but  its influence on the ecological situation in the whole was small. So  far this ban has
 not given the  stimulus for collecting the  paper wastes. The  ban on import of all kinds of  scrap
gives the job for little smelting factories abroad. The ferrous and nonferrous scraps are processed
into bars or  plates before  entering Polish territory. The lifting of this ban would give much more
cheap metal in our market and the  bigger unemployment in the Polish  mining industry, too. The
diminution of customs duties on  coal  tar (for  stopping its production  in Poland) has caused the
overproduction in Poland.  Polish coal  factories have  not been able to sell  their  tar, which  every
day was produced as an  additional by-product during the production  of coke. The  diminution of
customs duties on asbestos  - containing products (for stopping their production in Poland) has
caused that  the prices of imported asbestos-cement pipes were lower than the other iron  or PVC
pipes. The administrative  bans or preferential customs duties can  be  applied  only for simple,
clear  situations. At the process of ownership changes majority  of  foreign  investors attacks this
system. It does not give them the feeling of stability although their investment would be good for
ecological situation. All administrative bans are unpredictable, they depend on the political  ideas.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             457


      Conclusion:

      Bans against the import of selected items or preferential customs duties have achieved the
results only in some cases. The abuse of the bans gives many bad side results, especially during
the ownership changes process.

2.4   Suspending of some types of production or decreasing its scale

      Stopping of the unlawful production activity is possible but very rare.  Usually it concerns
only little and  unimportant  units or machines. All the processes  of ownership changes  are
connected  with  the  painful  process of conscious  changes. Millions  of  people have found
themselves in the market  economy  for the first time in  their  life. They try to  preserve their jobs.
Their protests grow stronger and more desperate.  In such  circumstances instead of the direct
stoppage of production there can be used some other indirect methods.The  best example is the
situation  of one southern district (vojevodship).  In  this area at least 60%  of  all workforce is
connected  with mining and  smelting industry. For the  economic  reasons at  least half of them
ought to  be made redundant. For the  ecological  reasons  the output of  this mine and  smelting
enterprise ought to be reduced  by  half.  Approximately 70% of  the  workforce in this enterprise
ought to  be dismissed because of the economic and ecological reasons.  This would leave 42 %
of the working  population temporary unemployed in this area. Such decisions would cause  high
political instability.

      Conclusion:

       The stoppage of the production by administrative orders is not the best method against the
big state-owned enterprises.

2.5   Indirect methods

      The first indirect method has  been applied. The representatives  of  environmental agencies
(PIOS, Ministry  of  Environmental  Protection) has  participated  in the committees preparing the
restructurization programmes for  some industrial branches.  Such  programmes are connected with
liquidation of some enterprises and  assigning  credits for some other ones. Such  participation can
be much more efficient now.
      Our agency possesses as detailed information as Ministry of Industry about the  present
situation  and production of the industry.  At present, on the  basis of new act, passed in August
1991, the new, centralized and  efficient structure of the  State  Inspectorate for  Environmental
Protection  has been  established.  It consists of  49  inspectorates  with the laboratories  and
inspection teams. The  regular inspections of the biggest industrial enterprises give the possibility
to evaluate the  basic economic and ecological  changes  in  the   various industrial branches.
These data, aggregated in the computer system of the Chief Inspectorate,  can help during the
discussion with the Ministry of Industry and Trade and other governmental and non-governmental
agencies. The only problem is the implementation of  our opinions in the final decisions.
      The second indirect  method has been proposed  quite  recently. It is cooperation  with
banks, especially the banks which analyze the credits for new industrial activities. At present the
nine biggest banks make the "restructurization" of their credit portfolios. They want to stop credits
to the worst enterprises and they need the most detailed information in this subject. The stoppage
of the credits for the old enterprise  is sometimes  the good, quick and efficient method of fighting
against pollution.  It is the better method than the  imposition of   administrative orders  done by
environmental agencies.  There  has been organized the first course  for the credit department
employees recently.  They have  been informed about  the  new rules  and  their  future
implementation.
      The third indirect method is  considered now. It  would be the cooperation with the State
Commission for Securities. This agency controls all the documents of the  firms, whose stocks will
be in the public trade. This commission can suspend its decision until the firm will obtain all the

-------
 458                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


 needed environmental decisions and agreements.  If any firm try to sell its stocks, it will be obliged
 to show the proper environmental  audit. The sale of stocks to the public ought to be connected
 with the proper information for the potential buyers. This method can be applied to the minority of
 privatisation paths only. Not all of them go through this public sale of stocks. This method is  the
 most efficient on the path  named "manager contracts", where the reward for the managers is paid
 as an agreed percentage from the value of the sold stocks. It can be applied for the paths named
 "the employees in  a leveraged buy-out" and "mass privatisation", too.
       The  fourth indirect  method  originated  after  the agreement between  Ministry  of
 Environmental Protection, Natural  Resources and Forestry  and Ministry of  Ownership Changes
 had been signed. This agreement proposed to organize the  Constant Interdepartmental Team for
 solving  the problems  on the border between the privatisation and ecology. This team will help to
 exchange the information and it  will propose the  changes  to the  existing  privatisation  and
 ecological acts. At present majority  of potential foreign investors wants to obtain the information
 about the ecological situation of the enterprise which is put out for sale. This  information ought to
 show some kind of "compliance schedule" for every part of this enterprise.

       Conclusion

       There are many indirect methods which can be applied by environmental agencies during
 the ownership process. They can give the desired results if the appropriate tools are chosen.

 2.6    Compliance schedules

       Compliance schedules would be supervised agreements between environmental agencies
 and  enterprises. There are some practical problems which  suppress the implementation of this
 tool:
   -  The Polish  administrative code does not give the permission for the government agencies
      to sign the agreements with the firms or  private  persons. The agencies can  only give
      administrative orders, although some  of these decisions can  be more flexible with data of
      their implementation. No agency can give the permission for temporary repealing the law.
       It will be possible if the parliament changes  this above mentioned act.
   -  The multi-year experience of Polish ecology is against the above mentioned agreements.
      The managers of  Polish enterprises have  not  taken into  consideration some of the
      previously signed agreements.  They are under influence of  workers, Ministry of Industry
      and Trade  and the deteriorated economic  situation of their  factories. There is  a lack  of
      efficient fines for not executing this schedules.
   -  The Polish  ecological law  is  based on administrative law.  It gives high possibility  of
      political influence  on  decisions. The agreed  schedules would  be  opened to  influence
      during the course of their implementation. The civil law is usually much  more independent
      from political changes.
   -  Every schedule must give the permission for not paying the fines and charges  during its
      implementation. It gives the  economic entity involved better situation than the  other ones.
      It can be very important factor during the sale of the whole industrial branch for the foreign
      investors. The privileges for one enterprise  will be  the reason for  obtaining this same
      privileges by  others.  The  whole  system  of  collecting the fines and  charges can  be
      destroyed.

      Conclusions:

       The implementation of the compliance schedules needs the  changes in Polish ecological
 and privatisation law.  It gives much more power into the hands of negotiators but it will decrease
 the amount of fines and charges paid by  enterprises. This  money has been used for new pro-
 ecological investments. The compliance schedules ought to be done with some  kind of judicial
procedure and the agreements ought to be signed under the civil law. In  this way they would not
 be susceptible to the political influence.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             459


2.7   The other underestimated tools

      There are  many provisions in Polish law which gives the possibility to implement some
enforcement decisions.
   -  Article 432 of Polish Commercial Code gives the opportunity of increasing the capital of
      joint stock company. It has been used as a tool for investing into new protection unit for
      one zinc and lead processing plant.
   -  Article 21 of Polish Privatisation Law gives Ministry of Ownership Changes the power of
      the  enforcement of  organizational  and  technical  changes in state-owned  joint-stock
      companies. PIOS tries to achieve  the substantial  technological change in  one  of  the
      biggest Polish  non-ferrous metal processing plant.
   -  Article 20 of this Privatisation Law gives Ministry of Ownership Changes the power to state
      the scope  of economic and technical reviews of state-owned enterprises. It can be used
      for implementation of the environmental audits for every privatisation path.

      The State  Inspectorate for Environmental Protection aims to implement the environmental
audits for all  privatisation paths.  It is needed especially for liquidation path, where some wastes,
buildings and ground  are left. Although environmental impact assessment exists in  the  Polish
law, it is not suitable for application in all privatisation paths.
      The lack of  the special  provisions impedes the judicial enforcement of the privatisation
mistakes. I think that  civil judicial enforcement is the last  and only way  for "liquidation" route
connected  with  the dissolution  of an  enterprise. After the liquidation  or bankruptcy  of  the
enterprise only the fines against the last managers of this firm can give the desired effect.

      Conclusion

      It is imperative  to change the Polish bankruptcy and liquidation law and to implement the
solutions known from other countries. At present bankruptcy law is from the year 1934 and it has
no ecological provisions.
3      ENVIRONMENTAL AUDITING

       Polish  environmental protection  agencies  have proposed  the  method  of  environmental
audits for the privatised or proposed for  privatization enterprises. It is based partially on "Generic
Protocol for  Environmental  Audits  at Federal  Facilities" from  USA and on  the  basis of  own
experience of its authors. This instruction has not been implemented yet. Ministry of Ownership
Changes  has  not agreed yet for implementation of the audits. Only one path (so named "capital
privatisation")  is connected with environmental audits.
       This  is  partly due to  the  fact that the  use of  the Privatisation Law has  brought some
deficiencies to  light, on the other hand problems are caused by the fact that some  political forces
try to speed up the whole process.
       There are the problems of money for those audits and finding the specialized  teams.
These technicalities can be solved with  cooperation with many Funds  and Programmes for  Help
for Central and Eastern Europe.
       I think that the environmental audits during  the privatisation ought to answer the five or six
questions:
   1.  What is the present ecological situation of the firm?
   2.  What ought to be done for achieving the  compliance with the  Polish (and EEC) rules?
   3.  What kind of the administrative decisions are needed?
   4.  How much will the whole restructurization process cost?
   5.  Who will be responsible for implementation of the results of the audits  (new owner,  State
       Treasury. Ministry of Privatisation etc.)?
   6.  What kind of legal tools ought to be implemented during the sale deal?

-------
460                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       The majority of audits gives only the answers to the first question. The audit of the  Polish
oil and gas industry is the best example of this type of audit.
       The answer to the second question needs collecting the environmental requirements from
various involved parties.  The answer for the third question is crucial for new investor who  wants
to have the stable situation. The answer for the fourth question is important during the sale deal
of the firm or the assets.  The fifth question is connected with the problem: 'Who will announce the
inevitable shut-downs?".  The sixth  question  can be  answered  by the  legal advisors to the
government of Poland.
       The more complicated issue  is the implementation  of the results  of those audits. Their
results give the big job for Ministry of Ownership Changes. It must restructurize these enterprises,
to divide them or/and to clean their area.  It must change  the  normal way  of their sale and
negotiate the special  contracts. Nobody likes having more work. If you  want  to sell the car you
ought to repair the tyres,  to adjust the engine and to wash the body.  Ministry of Ownership
Changes would achieve  the better prices  if it made  this effort on the basis of the  results  of the
audits.
       Environmental  audits would give the  new  requirements for these enterprises.  Ministry of
Ownership Changes would be obliged to consider them during the sale.
       Environmental  requirements will  be  put forward by:
   -   firms performing these audits,
   -   inspectors carrying out normal controls of these facilities,
   -   voivodes and environmental division subordinate to them,
   -   independent ecological organizations,
   -   other law entities,  which are personally interested in this matter.

       Environmental  requirements will  be  determined before the consent for a particular stage of
ownership transformation is given. In many cases environmental requirements will be a matter of
negotiations with potential investors. I am  convinced that such an approach will be approved  by
those who  want to understand the obligations they will have  to fulfil, as well as by banks  which
prefer to avoid granting  credits for  investments,  whose accomplishment, for ecological reasons,
will not be possible.
       The examples of determination of those requirements are:
   a)  For  plants  operating  on  the  basis  of old-fashioned technology, with  a  lot of  "past
       contamination" cases, there can  be  imposed the following conditions:
       -   until a deadline, eliminating past pollution which still endanger people.
       -   sharing  of costs for eliminating  other kinds of pollution which do not directly endanger
          people  can be negotiated  if  by  a  certain  deadline the  plant  will  modernize  its
          technology  to the level meeting the environmental standards.
   b)  The plants overexploiting natural resources will for sure have to limit their production  to the
       level ensuring reasonable management of those resources.
       -   the deadlines  for recultivation of degradated  areas and waste  disposal sites can  be
          negotiated.
   c)  For  the plants  whose  legal situation would qualify them to be closed (due to the lack of
      water  permits or exceeding the  standards  for emission to  the air), the main requirement
      will  be the deadline  to  satisfy legal  requirements.  This date will  be  determined  as
       technically  possible and comparable with  deadlines  imposed in such  cases in EEC or
       USA.
       -   ways of clarifying the legal situation will  be the  matter of interest  of the given  plant.
          However, in Poland it is not possible to grant a water permit if the plant does not have
          environment protecting equipment.
   d)  For  plants  whose difficult  economic situation results from high  penalties for  violation of
       environment protection rules it  is possible to postpone the date of payment if they are
       accomplishing the investment that would eliminate reasons for that penalty.

      The fulfilment of the obligations  included in  privatisation contracts  will be controlled and
executed by State  Inspection for Environmental Protection.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             461


      The ownership process in Poland needs the  environmental audits. The decision is in the
hands  of  Ministry  of  Ownership Changes. Now the majority of foreign  investors demand the
proper audits or they do them themselves. The cost of an audit is shared by the  Ministry and the
investor.

      Conclusions

       The sale deals need the proper evaluation of the firms. The environmental audits ought to
be  the  basis  for the  desired restructurization or the  sale of the firm. Somebody ought to be
responsible for the implementation of their results.  The price for the enterprise with complicated
legal, environmental and economic situation is lower than for the  other one. The idea of "quick
privatization" would give more troubles with ecological problems
4      EXAMPLES OF 'ECOLOGICAL SEMAPHORES'

       There are eight examples  of "ecological semaphores" shown in  this chapter. They cover
the majority of existing ownership paths. I think, that every new  path ought to have its own point
of ecological supervision.

4.1    Improvement of efficiency of financial penalties paid by enterprises.

       It would reasonable to establish a new kind of fines for enterprises that are subsidised by
the State Treasury. Normal financial penalties  are  not effective against  such firms because  they
obtain from Treasury a fixed amount  of money which is  bigger than their fines.  I think that the
Environmental Protection Act ought to  be changed by adding one sentence:
       "If  economical  entities  obtain  (indirectly  or directly)  subsidy for  its activity from State
Treasury and encroach beyond the  limits of emission  the additional financial penalty is  imposed
on the  responsible manager of this firm. This supplementary penalty, equal to the amount  of
single average monthly salary of this director  (president) is paid by him.  The fine is announced
twice in the regional newspaper covering the area of firm activity."

4.2    Reinforcement of protection against leaving  the ecological damages during privatization  of
       the state-owned enterprises

       Recently, a proposition  has been put forward, to add one sentence to the Council Ministry
Decree on  the  register of the state-owned firms. The vojevodship inspectorates for environmental
protection will be able to oppose the enrolment (registration) of the liquidation, division or joining
of the state-owned firms. They will be able to demand the additional reviews if they  suspect that
this decision would be detrimental to the environment. The most important  is obtaining the answer
to the question who will be  responsible for the accumulated wastes on the ground of the former
state-owned firm.
       The  second method of the strengthening of this  protection will  be  incorporation of  new
sentence into the Geology and Mining Law. This sentence will make "the recultivation  fund"
compulsory. At present many  state-owned mines are in very bad  economical situation.  They do
not accumulate capital for recultivation and this situation is highly dangerous for the environment.
There ought to be done special provisions for  the  bankruptcy law which can be used during the
special situation of the mine bankruptcy.

4.3    The protection against the import of the  "dirty technologies"

       The act on the establishment of the office of Ministry of Environmental Protection, Natural
Resources  and  Forestry gives this  Ministry  the  task  to verify  the  technologies which  are
implemented in Polish industry. There are no other special acts on this subject.  I think that this

-------
462                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


office  will  organize the special group for implementation  of this task. This group ought to define
the rules and scales for verification.
       It seems proper to add two sentences to the  act on the limited companies with foreign
partnership. This act would state the supplementary rules for the creation of this firms.
       "The formation of the firm,  which will produce wastes in the  amount bigger than 10 tons
per year or the dangerous wastes  in the amount bigger than  1 ton per year, ought to be done by
special additional  permission. The use of the  technologies  which are  forbidden  in  any  EEC
country needs the special permission, too."
       This proposition will be considered soon.

4.4    Environmental  audit as an indispensable  part of the documents for the application to the
       Stock-Exchange  Commission

       It seems to be useful  to add to the "Law  on Securities Trading  and Mutual Funds" a new
item  needed  from  an  emitent  (i.e.  a  person  initiating offering stocks).  This supplementary
information ought to be  render accessible to the public and it ought to  contain financial situation,
profits and losses,  economical prospects for this firm  and the results of ecological  audits of its
factories and area."
       This proposition will be considered soon.

4.5    Supervision over the liquidation process of the state-owned enterprises

       It seems to be  useful to add to the  article 37  of "Privatisation Law for  State-Owned
Enterprises"  (i.e.  so  called   "liquidation  article") a  sentence  which will  explain accurately the
transfer of ecological liabilities during this process.
       The second supplementary item  ought to guarantee that the decisions regarding the
stoppage of the ecologically detrimental production are  valid against new economic entities, too.
       The  new  Council Ministry Decree on the method of liquidation  of the  state-owned
enterprises ought to explain  hitherto existing  problems with the remained contaminated  areas,
rents  for the ill workers,  unpaid fines and charges, the costs of demolition and recultivation.

4.6    "Ecologization" of the mass  privatization process

       It seems to be useful to  impose  the obligations on the investments funds created within
"mass  privatization"  process.  These  funds  ought to  take  into  consideration  the aims  of
eco-development. It can be achieved by simple financial stimulus which is usually better than  no
matter which persuasion.
       "The agreement  between a fund and a  managing firm  should include the obligation to
perform ecological audits and use  its results in companies, in which  a  stockholder is a fund. The
salary for  the management of the fund  is reduced  beginning  from  the second year  of
management by the amount equal  up to  10% of the value of financial penalties paid for breaking
the environmental  regulations by the companies, in which the main stockholder is  a  fund. The
value is calculated with regard to the share of this fund in the total capital of the firm."
       This provision was proposed in April 1992. Since that time Ministry of Ownership Changes
and the group  of foreign advisors  have tried to block  the incorporation of this provision into the
"Law  on Mass  Privatization of State-Owned Enterprises". Instead  of this they have  incorporated
at least several enterprises with  bad ecological situation into this process.

4.7    Ecological items for Bankruptcy Law

       It seems to be  useful  for the organisations interested in protecting environment to bring  on
the amendments  of the article 204 of "Bankruptcy Law". The  ecological debts  (payments and
penalties and the cost  of recultivation) ought  to be included among  preferential claims.  These
debts should be estimated by the means of an  audit.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             463


4.8 Ecological tools in management contracts

       It seems to be useful to impose a little ecological provision on the management contracts
signed in  a virtue of the article 45  of the "Law on the State-Owned Enterprises". Such clause
would be connected with the method of calculating the earnings of those managers.
       "The criterions of estimation the effectiveness of  management are  established with regard
to the results and changes in environment which has been done during the contract. Payment of
the agreed amount of shares, mentioned earlier, can take place  only after proving that in duration
of the contract the reduction  of  the  value  of an  enterprise   for the reasons  connected with
environment have not occurred."
       The  Polish environmental protection  agencies    have  numerous  examples  when  the
managers of the  firms (state-owned, private,  cooperatives etc.)  achieved quite  good economic
results by the method of accumulating wastes on the territory of their firms. The wet  method of
production of titanium dioxide with producing ferric sulphate is the biggest one.
5      OBJECTIVES FOR THE NEAR FUTURE

       The most important task in the near future is introducing to the privatization the ecological
provisions. I hope that these provisions will give the positive results.  It will make possible to avoid
some mistakes which has been done in this process before.
       Next task  is to convince all  the foreign investors that without proper approach to  this
problem they would not achieve the results.  We observe positive changes in this approach in a
form f.e.  declaring  a considerable  part (even to  30%)  of the value of future  investments  for
investments improving ecological situation of the enterprises which are being taken over.
6      CONCLUSIONS

       This paper, prepared for the panel speech #19, examines the remedies available to the
various ownership changes processes. The author hopes that the presented solutions are not the
only effective steps. The privatization process is so swift and alternating (like a mountain  river) so
not all  "good  advices" can  be used. PIOS negotiates with  the   representatives of Ministry of
Ownership Changes  the  most appropriate approach to the above-mentioned problems. The
implementation of the environmental auditing for the capital  and liquidation paths  is one of the
desirable results. The information for the supervisory boards deals with the inevitable changes of
permissions and their results (new charges and fines).
       The conclusions and suggestions put forward  in  this material are  being  prepared or
accomplished  at the moment.  We hope that common action  of many people will make  possible
their effective application.
       The opinions expressed in the present article are individual opinions of the author and they
are  not necessarily  correspond  with  official,  being in force   direction  of activity of Polish
government agencies.

-------
464                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             465


ENFORCING THE LAW AT GOVERNMENT OWNED OR OPERATED FACILITIES

HOMONNAY, DR. A.

Director, Enviromark Ltd, P.O. Box 27, H-1453 Budapest, Hungary


      SUMMARY

      Under the circumstances of the command  economy the interests of environmental
protection  were pushed into the  background because of considerations underlying the socialist
model of economic  development. State decisions were enforced practically without opposition,
which lead to a catastrophically high level of environmental pollution.
After the  transformation  of the economic and political system the necessary democratic
procedures required for the settlement of conflicts between state, regional and local  interests
have not been formed yet. The  enforcement of environmental  protection  interests is  still very
difficult because of the delay in the re-creation of the  relevant legal regulations inherited from the
previous regime, real or seemingly important sociological considerations and the still significant
proportion of state owned companies.
      The transformation of environmental  legislation, its adjustment to EEC guidelines, and the
establishment of the funding of environmental protection independently of the state budget are
urgent necessities.


1     INTRODUCTION

      In the West it has frequently been assumed that under the circumstances of a command
economy and the dominance of state ownership it is extremely easy to harmonise interests and to
enforce the law.  Our experience  however has proved that the exact opposite is the case.  The
merging of the state's economic and administrative functions in most cases resulted in the state's
economic policies being  based  on  ideological  and  strategical considerations, which led the
national economy to disastrous consequences  in the short term, while with  regard to
environmental protection it  led to compromises which are now endangering our natural resources.
In Hungary, which was the first country in Europe to pass strict laws on environmental protection
(the Law on Water Resources), as well as regulations concerning the protection of the quality of
water resources of 1961, which could have provided  up-to-date legal guarantees in this respect,
these laws nevertheless failed to fulfil  their  function  because the state's political and economic
structure did not allow the consistent enforcement of these regulations.
      In fact,  legal  regulations were mercilessly  enforced against private individuals, sometimes
even overstepping the  law's own  limitations, while organisations owned by or  entrusted to the
state were to all intents and purposes above the  law, as a  result of the political  standing of their
leaders: they alone enjoyed all the advantages of the state's protectionist policies.
      In order to be able to assess the impact of the changes that have recently taken place in
the Hungarian proprietary  system it is  necessary to give a brief  summary  of the history of the
environmental legislation which is  still in effect today.


2     ENVIRONMENTAL  LEGISLATION

      The 'buds' of environmental legislation  were present as early as the Law on Water
Resources which was prepared in the last century. This law assumed its up-to-date form in Law
IV of 1964. One  of the first legal  regulations in Europe on  the protection of the quality  of water
resources came into being  in 1961. This regulation set the maximum limit for the issue of various
types of sewage and prescribed a penalty fee for  those exceeding these limits. This was  modified
several times later on,  but an exclusive right of decision in these matters has always remained in

-------
466                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


the hands  of the Chief  Authority, governed in  accordance with political (economico-political) or
other considerations.
       The first  law  on  the  protection  of the environment, regulating  the management of the
individual elements of the environment  as well  as the utilisation of these overall, was passed in
1976. Separate laws regulated the protection of the quality of the  air (1986), the conservation of
the environment (1982), the management of  dangerous waste (1981)  and noise prevention
(1983). Between  1964 and 1988 more  than a  hundred laws, including  national standards,  were
indirectly concerned with environmental protection  issues.
       It was characteristic of the party state legislation system that laws on the same subject,
but passed at different levels of the legal hierarchy, contained ambiguous or even contradictory
regulations. In order to put an end to this a major overhaul began  in 1987 and still remains to be
completed.
       It was characteristic of all legal regulations passed  under the command economy system
that they allowed not only legal and other necessary exceptions to the  law, but also some which
were dependent  upon the economic and political leadership then in power.
       A classic  example of  the above,  in fact the subject of longstanding practice, was that the
Head of the Hungarian Office of  Water Affairs was  entitled to  reduce the amount of the penalty
fee established by a court (he could in fact completely abolish it) if the penalty fee was more than
the relevant company could afford to pay.
       Another example  of such anomalies, although in this case  lacking any legal justification, is
that drains owned by or entrusted to the state, even  though they heavily polluted the environment,
were for many years  exempt from penalties, and when a legal process was initiated against them,
the court established an  unrealistically low penalty fee.
       Similar cases could be cited from the area of legislation concerning the  protection of air
quality, too. The management of dangerous waste remained legally unregulated  over a long
period of time, and even when the relevant  legislation was finally passed,  it was not enforced
against Soviet and Hungarian military and national defence organisations. The discovery of
dangerous waste by external institutions was hindered by the fact that several of these
establishments were  managed under  conditions of tight security.  This  meant that even  if it was
suspected that dangerous waste was not being managed in accordance with the relevant  legal
regulations no legal process  or investigation could be initiated and consequently no penalty could
be imposed on these establishments.
3     THE PRESENT SITUATION

      After  the  commencement of the transformation of the political and economic system in
Hungary the legislative system has also undergone both formal and  substantial modification. In
accordance with  the legislative practice of parliamentary democracies;  along with the fact that the
range of Parliament's authority has significantly increased, codex type laws have now come to the
forefront. 40 years of communism  distorted all legal institutions, and thus virtually all legal
regulations - from  standards to  laws  - must  be either modified or completely transformed. It is
understandable that the supervision  of legal  regulations related to environmental protection has
not yet been carried out and the new law on  the environment has  not been prepared despite the
fact that the overall concept of the new law has already been worked out.
      In the new situation establishments operating  under the circumstances of a market
economy and polluting the environment are subject to legal regulations established for a
command economy, something which inevitably leads to  a number of difficulties in the
enforcement of the law. As a result  of the transformation of the proprietary system ministerial
decrees, formerly applied exclusively in relation to state owned  legal entities (or legal regulations
of a lower category) need to be extended and interpreted accordingly, which may occasionally
raise the question of the legitimacy of these regulations. The preventive power of presently valid
legal regulations has decreased, the  system of environmental financing has not yet been formed
and the financial situation of potential  polluters - especially in  the case of companies in which the

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             467


state is still a majority proprietor  - significantly  hinders the enforcement of financial sanctions
against them.
      Those polluting the environment may be divided into three main groups in accordance with
their form of ownership. The first group still continuing to cause the greatest amount of pollution
are manufacturing and service providing companies in majority state ownership.
      The second group  consists of companies transferred  and to  be transferred into local
council ownership. The range of companies in majority ownership is increasing. It is hardly at all
possible  to enforce environmetal requirements on the first  group for which there are two main
reasons:
   1. Most manufacturing  companies utilise out-dated technology, their sites are overloaded and
      they cannot afford to install the approapriate environmetal protection eqiupment.
   2. Most state owned enterprises do not produce substantial profits,  as a consequence of
      which they cannot  accumulate resources and therefore they cannot afford to  invest in
      nonprofit making activities.  Because of their lack  of their solvency financial sanctions
      against these companies remain inefficient. Despite of the above the maintenance of these
      companies is necessitated by certain other considerations.

      Sources of pollution belonging to the second group are in a similar situation as those in
the first  group with the only difference that they are less subject to state  preferences and
therefore the enforcement  of environmental requirements seems to be more  likely for them.  It
must be  noted however that the transfer of  certain  manufacturing and service companies into
local council ownership began only a year ago and has not been  completed yet. Consequently,
certain extra legal considerations justify a certain period of moratorium  with regard to them, with
exception of outstandingly damaging sources of pollution, of course.
      No sociological obstacles stand in  the way of the enforcement  of the law with regard to
enterprises in majority private ownership because the state  operating its administration  does not
have to take into consideration extra legal factors. It must be noted that newly formed  private
enterprises seldom utilise outdated technology. Most of them try to  meet EEC standards from the
commencement of their  operations. In the case of a number of enterprises  however  the
company's transformation into  private ownership does not bring about the transformation of the
relevant  company's structure  and  technology in which case  the polluting of  the environment
continues to take place. In  such cases as these the taking of measures is perfectly feasible.
4      LEGAL MEASURES IN THE SERVICE OF THE ENFORCEMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL
       INTERESTS

       The only measures presently available for the enforcement of environmental requirements
are those left behind by the previous regime.

4.1     Standards

       The working out of standards serving the enforcement of environmental requirements has
already begun but this  activity is at present restricted  mainly to emissions and methods of their
measurement. Technological standards concerning individual branches of industry and the service
sector  have not yet been worked out. The adoption of EEC guidelines is in process.

4.2    Criminal law

       The Law  on Environmental Protection and the Criminal Code contain the notion  of
environmental crime but the legal  elements of this crime have yet to be given a detailed
interpretation. With the  exception of a number of outstandingly  serious cases institutions dealing
with criminal matters have not reported on such cases officially.  In order to be able to enforce the
law the offence must  be specified by the legislator in detail in order to  make  possible its

-------
468                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


prosecution if serious damage has been  caused to the environment even if no harm has been
inflicted upon human life, health and property.

4.3    Licensing

       The most  important measure  serving the enforcement of environmental requirements is
licensing which looks back upon a relatively long history in Hungary. Activities influencing the
natural condition of water resources could not be conducted without a license after the Law on
Water Resources was adopted in the last century. Later the Law on  Environmental  Protection
made licensing obligatory for the utilisation of air and soil too. The requirement of a license in
order to be able to  conduct activities  influencing the condition of the environment however failed
to improve it.  Deviation from  the practice and  unlicensed activities were sanctioned only by the
imposition of penalty fees. It was also difficult to control the  fulfillment of conditions laid down in
these  licenses. In  several cases the establishment of sewage purifying or smoke filtering
equipment was prescribed by the environmental  authorities  and although these were either not
installed at all or  their quality failed to meet the relevant standards. The authorities did not take
further measures against these manufacturing or service activities.
       In the course of the updating of the system of  legal regulations concerning environmental
protection the rules of sanctioning will presumably also be modified.

4.4    Penalty Fees

       The most  efficient legal measure serving the enforcement of environmental  protection
interests has  been and  still  is administrative penalties despite all the defects related  to this
measure . The most important penalties are for air pollution and sewage emission.
Penalties  for sewage emission  were  first regulated in 1961. This regulation has been modified
several times  since then and at present  this  regulation prescribes 30 various limitations in this
respect regulating the quality of sewage which may be emitted. The limit values prescribed by the
regulations depend on the  protection category of water resources and  the penalties to be
imposed may be increased or decreased by several modifying factors.
Despite the classification  of emission limit values as described above local circumstances and the
level of 'saturation' of the environment were taken into consideration hardly at all and this system
failed to  promote  the transformation  of technologies used by  companies  polluting the
environment.
       Basically the same can be said in relation to penalties  for air pollution.
It is  certainly  true that as a  result of the imposition of penalties the increase of the level of
environmental pollution came to  a halt.  This  process was  noticeable primarily in the case of
industrial companies.
Organisation
       Until the 1970s the protection of  the  environment had been basically restricted to the
protection of  the quality of  water resources. The  Hungarian  Environmental Council, later
Environmental Office, commenced its activities as an independent organisation.  Later,  having
merged with the  Hungarian Office of  Water Management, the Hungarian Environmental Office
continued its activities until 1989 as the Ministry of Environment and Water Management, when,
as a  result of the transformation process, water management affairs were  transferred to the
Ministry of Transport, Telecommunications and Water Management. Regional development was
transferred to the  Ministry of Environment.
       The separation of water management affairs from the Ministry of Environment seems to be
a mistake, because  it has resulted in ambiguities with regard to executive activities as well as the
distribution of the  range of authorities  belonging to these two  spheres. Parallel ranges of authority
and procedures have been formed as a result of this decision, which has led to an increase in
administrative  expenses related to environmental protection and water management, significantly
increased staffing levels, and at the same  time, because of the division of authorities between the
two spheres, brought about the decrease of the efficiency of their activities.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             469


      Before the transformation of the economic and political system public opinion could not be
enforced with regard to the licensing of industrial activities affecting the environment as a result of
the lack of organisational conditions necessary for the enforcement of local interests. The attitude
of the command economy was the reason behind such a situation,  because it did not allow the
enforcement of alternatives  different from  the considerations of  central planning. After the
transformation process the situation has fundamentally changed. It is a well known  fact that under
the previous regime the  opposition's  first activities were centered  around the issue  of
environmental protection. Similarly,  after  the completion of the transformation process signs  of
democratisation first became  evident in the course of  public debates concerning  environmental
protection. Despite this, because of the lack of a proper organisational framework  as well as the
underdevelopedness of democratic procedures in  local councils, the general public has
participated  in the actual effective decisionmaking  process only with great difficulty and in many
cases, unfortunately, with a negative effect.  It is especially true in  relation to cases where the
state tries to implement investment serving the interests of the country as a whole against  local
interests, including the storage of dangerous waste, the planned locations of which could not be
established because of the opposition of the local population.

-------
470                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            471


THE U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY'S INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT
STRATEGY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE BY THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT

MCCALL, T.W.L

Deputy Assistant Administrator For Federal Facilities Enforcement,
Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street, S.W., Washington, D.C. 20640
(United States of America).


      SUMMARY

      The  US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) uses integrated management strategy to
promote sound environmental practices among  federal agencies. This  strategy integrates
enforcement,  cooperation, and rewards in a  continuum  of relationships with the other federal
agencies.
      EPA's  challenge in federal facilities enforcement is substantial. The federal  government
employs over 2.5 million people, and occupies 387,000 buildings.  It has 27,000 installations and
is landlord of  729 million acres.  This expansive presence requires that EPA regulate thousands
of federal facilities and assist them in their environmental planning.  (Appendix A)
      The  bedrock for the integrated management strategy for federal  facilities is reliable data
which identifies environmental performance at  each governmental installation. EPA's data bases
provide the information needed to target enforcement, cooperation, or rewards, as appropriate, to
achieve reduction of environmental risk and to maximize pollution prevention.
      Cooperation  with other federal agencies is the normal mode of interaction, but regulatory
sanctions will  be applied when required to achieve environmental compliance.  Specific
enforcement  initiatives complement other EPA initiatives whenever feasible to enhance  the
environmental benefit of both  efforts.   For example,  achieving  a  high rate of environmental
compliance and significant pollution prevention efforts at the many  military installation fringing  the
Chesapeake  Bay  has been a significant part of EPA's geographic initiative to emphasize
environmental protection of the Bay.
      EPA is working with other federal agencies  to develop a reward system which recognizes
exemplary environmental protection, and again the Chesapeake Bay is providing an opportunity
to tout federal environmental achievement. Last fall the Deputy Administrator of EPA  and I  toured
the giant Norfolk Naval Base and gave  a press briefing,  praising the pollution prevention  efforts
there.
      EPA encourages public awareness and participation as essential aspects  of EPA's  efforts
to foster public confidence in the federal government's environmental record.  The public needs to
be aware of the federal government's environmental record in order to have  sufficient knowledge
to influence federal  environmental decisions through publicity (adverse/adulatory) and  participation
in federal agency environmental planning.
      U.S. Public confidence in the federal government's environmental record has been low  but
is improving now, and cleanup  of hazardous waste at federal facilities is a major item of public
interest in the U.S.   EPA is certain that involving the public in the federal  agency environmental
process will  improve the  environment  decisions made by the  federal  government, and  the
public's confidence  in government.
1     INTRODUCTION

      This paper will examine the elements that comprise the U.S. EPA integrated management
strategy for environmental performance by the federal government.  The goal  of this strategy is
that the federal government shall meet or exceed compliance with all applicable environmental
law and regulations.  The ultimate objective is to have the federal government set the  standard
for the entire Nation in environmental behavior.

-------
 472                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       To reach these lofty goals two fundamental things have to happen.  First, governmental
 agencies must incorporate environmental goals into the performance of their governmental
 missions.  Second, government employees must believe it is  their duty to comply with
 environmental laws.  In order for these aspirations to materialize as good environmental
 performance, certain irreducible elements of sound administration must exist.
       The  first element is  that there be  a body of law and regulation that sets forth
 environmental standards.  In  the United States, this consists of  local, state and  federal
 environmental statutes and federal regulations to which the federal government must  adhere.
 These laws and regulations need to be written in a manner which specifies that the federal
 government is included as a member within the regulated community.
       Although certain immunities or exemptions from the law for the federal government may be
 necessary to allow the exercise of the federal function, these immunities and exemptions must be
 narrowly drawn.  The scope of immunities and exemptions must be limited to protecting only that
 activity which is essential to the accomplishment of the missions of the federal government and,
 when possible, further limited  to shielding  only activities which are uniquely governmental.  For
 example,  an exemption from vehicle air emission standards should  be drawn tightly enough to
 exempt military tanks and other combat vehicles, but not exempt general purpose automobiles
 used in the  Department of Defense (DOD) Headquarters motor pool.  The governmental  mission
 being protected is  national defense, and only so much Department of Defense activities as are
 uniquely military (e.g. vehicles used for combat) should be shielded from compliance
 requirements.  In the U.S., overly broad sovereign immunities often have led to friction between
 the federal  government and the public because they appear to allow  the government to go
 unpunished  for violations of environmental  law which are essentially the same violations that are
 punished when committed by anyone else.
       The second element is  that there be an  agency or agencies responsible for regulating the
 behavior of the rest  of the government.  The  U.S. EPA is one such agency.  Other federal
 agencies regulate other aspect of environmental law.   State governments have analogous
 agencies.
       The third  essential element is technical assistance and training.  The regulator and the
 regulated  community share responsibilities to develop curricula which go beyond merely teaching
 employees how to achieve technical compliance, and which promote an  environmental ethic.
       Fourth, regulatory agencies must assess environmental performance and advise the
 regulated community on how well they are doing and  where environmental  performance  can
 improve.  The regulated community should be encouraged  to establish  auditing and  analytical
 capabilities for internal use also so that they can assess their own environmental strengthens and
weaknesses, and improve their performance without the assistance of the regulatory agency.
       No amount of  inspecting, reporting,  monitoring  and self assessment, or other monitoring,
will be successful, however,  unless there is a plan by which  environmental requirements
 uncovered by monitoring  can be programmed for and funded.  In the U.S.  Government,  there is a
process by which the federal agencies can identify their capital  construction and other
environmental requirements, so  that those items can be properly accounted for in the federal
budget.  The U.S.  EPA plays  a  role in  this fifth element of sound environmental administration.
 EPA has the opportunity  to review and evaluate the other agencies' proposed plans prior to their
budget submissions.  Theoretically, this process provides a mechanism for the proper  allocation
of resources to achieve, maintain, and even exceed, environmental compliance.  In practice, this
process has been  cumbersome, resource  intensive, and has not always identified and funded
projects in a timely  manner that avoids noncompliance with environmental law.
      The final  element to a successful  compliance strategy is enforcement.  Enforcement
response is  appropriate in  instances when for some reason  the other  elements of a successful
compliance program have failed to yield compliance.  In these instances,  a coercive response is
necessary to convey the  gravity of the failure to achieve  satisfactory environmental performance.
Enforcement action further establishes  the benchmark from which a compliance agreement or
consent order can be  fashioned which will eventually bring the federal facilities into environmental
compliance.  EPA's enforcement options against other federal agencies are limited to
administrative orders issued only after the opportunity is provided for the other agency to  contest

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             473


the order within the Executive Branch.  As discussed below, however, the enforcement available
against federal facilities include  enforcement by States and localities  and by citizen suit.  Taken
together, the full range of civil judicial,  criminal, and administrative options are available, except
as limited by the sovereign  immunity of the federal government and a almost  never exercised
possibility of a short duration Presidential exemption from law.


2      THE INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT STRATEGY

2.1     Legal and Regulatory Authority

       Major federal environmental  statutes require  environmental compliance with  specific
criteria and standards established for different environmental media: air; water; and land.  Other
federal statutes prescribe  compliance requirements for specific  substances or classes of
substances such as toxics or pesticides.  One federal statute, the National Environmental Policy
Act (NEPA), establishes a process which the federal government must use to analyze its actions
which may affect the environment. Taken in combination, the federal government is thus  required
by statute to act in a environmentally conscientious manner. The statutes are then implemented
by regulations and executive orders which require  acceptable environmental performance. State
laws generally have similar applications.
       In the U.S. Executive Branch,  Executive Order 12088 requires each agency of the federal
government  to comply  with environmental law and cooperate with  and consult with EPA, state,
interstate, and local agencies in achieving  compliance.   Each agency is required to  request
adequate funds to comply with "applicable pollution control  standards".  The request for funds is
submitted through  EPA to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).  Agencies are then
required to spend the funds for the environmental purposes  for  which they were requested.
Executive Order  12088  authorizes  the Administrator of U.S. EPA to resolve environmental
conflicts  between federal agencies, but  if unable to resolve  such controversies, the Administrator
is to request the Director of OMB to resolve the conflict.
       Permits, compliance agreements, and cleanup agreements  are  the primary mechanisms
for translating  statutory and regulatory authority into environmental  performance and compliance
standards for specific federal installations. These devices are what actually establish many of the
environmental requirements which federal agencies must meet to comply with law, regulation, and
Executive Order 12088.

2.2    Regulatory Agency Responsibilities and Organization.

       There  must be a repository within government that is charged  with encouraging, assisting
or coercing federal  agencies to comply with the statutory and  regulatory authorities.  The U.S.
EPA is one  such repository agency.   State  governments have similar regulatory agencies  and
many municipal and county agencies also  have regulatory enforcement responsibilities.  This
paper will focus on the federal level; specifically on  U.S. EPA.
       The U.S. EPA has found it essential to aggregate authority within the agency for regulating
federal facilities on  environmental issues.  This has been  done by forming two offices  dealing
exclusively with federal facilities.   These offices are located within  the Office of Enforcement,
headed by the Assistant Administrator for Enforcement.  Under the Assistant Administrator is a
Deputy Assistant Administrator (DAA) for Federal Facilities  Enforcement.  Reporting to the DAA
are the Office of Federal Activities  (OFA)  and the Office of  Federal Facilities Enforcement
(OFFE).
       U.S. EPA could  have chosen to  replicate a  microcosm of itself inside OFA and OFFE by
giving these  two offices authority to administer all aspects of all  environmental laws at all federal
agencies. Frankly,  U.S. EPA lacks  personnel and monetary resources for such an elaborate
structure without sacrificing other valuable environmental programs.  Further, an attempt to

-------
474                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


create such a structure at the expense of other bureaucracies  within  EPA would  have created
unbearable intra-institutional friction.  Neither the expense nor the fight could justify such empire
building.
       Consequently the offices responsible for overseeing the environmental performance for the
entire federal government number just about 60 people total between  them.  Translating this to
dollars and national agenda, OFFE (with less than 30  people) is responsible for overseeing the
federal governments's approximately $9.5 billion cleanup budget for fiscal year 1993.  OFFE will
receive $30 million to fund its oversight of the $9.5  billion effort.  To stretch $30 million of
oversight over $9.5 billion of effort requires that  OFFE carefully choose  when to become involved
in specific  regulatory  disputes.  These limited  resources are most suited  to formulating policy
providing policy advice.  Even its policy role must be confined to applying policies  developed by
other programs to federal facilities, except when  the matter is unique to  the federal government or
involves program  administration.  For example,  OFFE will rely on the Office of Solid Waste  and
Emergency Response and the RCRA (Resources Conservation  and Recovery Act) Enforcement
Division for leadership on RCRA enforcement policy.  OFFE will work  together  with these other
entities and apply their general policy guidance in a way that makes sense for  federal facilities.
Finally OFFE will rely on EPA's Regional Offices and state agencies' to  actually carryout the
policy.
       To summarize  the organizational choices made by  EPA in  regulating federal agencies:
OFA and OFFE  promulgate policies and guidance limited  to defining the application of
environmental  issues to the federal government.  OFA  and OFFE relate with the other program
offices within EPA to  ensure that environmental  policy is applied consistently  to  other federal
agencies. They also coordinate primarily with Regional EPA offices, and to a lesser extent, with
State and municipal environmental regulators,  who  actually execute  the regulatory  actions at
federal government facilities. Resource scarcity  requires this institutional networking.

2.3    Training Technical Assistance and Compliance Monitoring

       The history of environmental compliance  at U.S.  federal  facilities has  shown that a
substantial  portion of compliance problems can  be remedied by  proper education and training of
personnel.  Personnel who  are  adequately  trained in the technical and ethical requirements of
their environmental responsibilities, are essential  for a good environmental record.  Most
environmental violations in the federal sector are equivalent to administrative oversight or lack of
knowledge regarding simple, fundamental environmental requirements.
       The bulk of training of governmental personnel has  to rest with the  agency  with
responsibility for  complying with the law.  Again, resource constraints are a major factor in
allocating responsibility for training.  U.S.  EPA does  not  have enough personnel  to conduct
adequate training  for other agencies.  U.S. EPA however, can assist the regulated  community in
setting up training, and can provide selected  training.
       A  second reason that the regulated community must assume most of the  burden for
education and training is that the  needed expertise does not exist  at  EPA.  EPA, for example,
does not have staff who are experts in the industrial  processes related to nuclear submarine
maintenance. That expertise is with the  Department of the Navy.
       Professional engineering  associations,  educational institutions, and other experts  and
associations often will be better able  to conduct seminars, formal education,  or conferences on
environmental topics  that U.S.  EPA.  Training in environmental enforcement  is, however, an
example  of an area where EPA is the appropriate educator.  Our National Enforcement Training
Institute (NETI)  is supported by and part of the Office of  Enforcement's (OE) National
Enforcement Investigations Center (NEIC).   NEIC is an organizational unit of OE having primary
responsibility for providing  technical support for EPA's enforcement program.   NEIC provides
technical support  for federal facilities  just as it  supports other OE enforcement (as well as the
Department of Justice, the FBI, and State and local law enforcement among others).  The NETI
courses are among the  training  and technical assistance available from NEIC.  NEIC and NETI
are two more examples of how the small OFA  and OFFE  staff can draw from other institutional
resources to network into a vibrant national environmental program for the federal government.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             475


      A different example of building a national program with limited resources is the one person
education  staff supported by OFFE.  The person is located in the field, not Headquarters.  She
teams with the U.S. Air Force to present a 3 1/2 day course  which imparts baseline legal,
technical,  and community involvement aspects of  hazardous waste cleanup  work at Air Force
installations.  The  course requires the Air Force and EPA participants to work together as a team
to design strategies for dealing with a cleanup scenario. "Staff" for the course  are volunteer EPA
experts  who  to provide the  participants with the  legal, technical and community involvement
requirements needed  for the team to  overcome their cleanup problem in a lawful, technically
sound manner that has  public support.  This innovative effort provides a strong mechanism for
establishing a better working relationship between  the Air Force and EPA.  The team  approach
helps transform an adversarial relationship between the  regulator and regulated community into a
team with extensive expertise to achieve common goals.   It is an excellent example of an
"enforcement" activity in the federal government outside of the command and control relationship.
      I  hope to offer this cross between training and technical assistance to other federal
agencies to the extent a  limited budget will permit.  Technical assistance is provided by EPA to
federal facilities in  variety of  forms. Workshops which provide technical details of implementing
environmental requirements are a common form of technical assistance.  Guidance documents
and  fact sheets answering certain specific technical questions are other commons forms of
technical assistance.  Both the Office  of Federal  Activities and the Office of Federal  Facilities
Enforcement  have  regularly scheduled information  transfer meetings and perform clearinghouse
and other  information exchange functions for other agencies.
      A trained  work  force  needs a  management structure  which  encourages the
accomplishment of environmental objectives.  Accordingly, EPA encourages other federal
agencies  to  rate  all personnel on their environmental performance and to periodically and
systematically audit their environmental programs  to identify actual and potential  environmental
problems.  Personal accountability for environmental behavior and an effective environmental
auditing program assist the regulated  community to  become more responsible for their
environmental performance.

2.4   Compliance Monitoring

      The federal government has not yet achieved a level of environmental performance that
allows self assessment  and  self auditing by the regulated community to be  the only means of
monitoring compliance.  Compliance monitoring  by the  U.S. EPA  is required.  Compliance
monitoring can  be  broken into two categories.  The first category is information provided by the
regulated  organization to the regulator.  The information ranges from  record keeping to periodic
notification and reports of non-emergency and emergency nature.  This information  not  only
provides a profile  of environmental performance,  but also is a self disclosure of environmental
non-compliance.  Record keeping  and reporting requirements under the Clean Water Act are a
primary  means of monitoring  effluent discharges from permitted sources into U.S. waters.
      Regulatory  inspections, however, constitute the  bulwark of compliance monitoring.   U.S.
EPA  and  other regulatory agencies within  the United States conduct periodic inspections of
federal facilities to  ascertain the degree of environmental compliance. U.S. EPA coordination with
State inspectors is especially important, given the number of environmental regulations which are
administered by state governments in the  United States.  Seventy to  80% of environmental
inspections are by  State and  local government.
      Permits,  whether  monitored by the  regulated community, reviewed by the regulator, or
both, form a principal basis for assessing federal facility compliance with  environmental  law.
They establish often  provide the standards or conditions to be monitored for compliance in air,
water, and hazardous waste.
      Compliance monitoring results  must become the basis for budget planning in  order to
convert  the results of monitoring into projects to maintain compliance.  As mentioned previously,
Executive Order 12088  requires that federal agencies annually submit their plans to meet  their
pollution control responsibilities to the U.S. EPA for  review.  OMB Circular No.

-------
476                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


A-106 describes the process for developing and maintaining Pollution Abatement Plans.  The A-
106 circular requires  that federal agencies develop plans that assure their facilities  meet the
standards of federal, state,  interstate, and local law and regulations. Such plans are to describe
all project costs needed to conform to regulatory requirements. The agency plans are to  include
milestones for design, construction, and completion of the projects in  the  Pollution Abatement
Plans.  The milestones, in turn represent agency commitment to comply with the standards
established by statute or regulation, assuming that the identified projects will be funded by the
Congress.  EPA theoretically reviews and notes each project for adequacy and  priority.
       The link between compliance monitoring and farsighted budget preparation is essential if
government is to meet legal environmental requirements when carrying  out other missions. The
A-106 process attempts to provide that planning coordination in the U.S.  System.  For Fiscal Year
1992 federal agencies identified 7,088 projects for abating pollution with a price tag in excess of
$5  billion dollars.  The A-106 statistics  graphically demonstrate the federal government's
increased commitment to fighting pollution.  The 1992 figures represent an  almost ten fold
increase in projects and an additional $4 billion in funding over levels in 1988.  (Appendix B)
       The A-106 system is not without flaws, however.  Unfortunately, the A-106 system does
not ask for budget data to be presented in the same format that some agencies do cost
estimating.  This  has been a  problem for the Department of Energy in particular, where their
actual planning data must be converted to an essentially artificial reporting mechanism at the cost
of many lost cumulative years of work.
       Another problem with the system is requiring EPA to review and  assess the  data.  My
OFFE Office Director  estimates it would  take  60-90 new people  to adequately review  the other
agency submissions.   That is potentially  more people than on my entire Headquarters staff.
These new people would have to be experts in cost estimating, not environmental experts.  That
fact was driven home when the Administration "scrubbed" the Department of  Energy's (DOE)
fiscal year 1993 budget for environmental cleanup and waste management.
       The DOE budget review was an extraordinary undertaking which consumed 12,500 hours
of OMB staff work, 13,400 of Army staff hours, and numerous hours from  other  agencies
participating in the  budget review.  The  item  by  item budget review involved  teams of auditors
and engineers inspecting every DOE  facility and every environmental  budget document.  The
excruciating review  was necessitated by fears  that even an almost $5 billion DOE waste cleanup
and management budget would be insufficient to  meet legal  environmental obligations.  During
the review it became clear that U.S.  EPA lacked expertise  to evaluate the dollars needed to
perform a particular project.  Our input was confined to advising  on what  the environmental law
required be done  to  satisfy the law.  How much it cost could be better estimated  by DOE,
auditors, or construction engineers.
       Again, the  lesson is to build  a federal facilities regulatory role  carefully, to rely on
networking, and to avoid tasks not suited to a staff specializing in environmental  requirements at
federal facilities.  Finally, the  lesson  to  be relearned  in this experience is that in  the  federal
government, the  regulated agency will  do most of the work needed to meet environmental
requirements; e.g. cost-estimating,  contracting, or administering the cleanup or workcenter. The
regulator assists, oversees, rewards or sanctions.

2.5    Enforcement Options

       EPA does not sue other agencies of the Executive  Branch to enforce environmental
compliance. Neither, can EPA  unilaterally order another Executive Branch agency to comply with
an  administrative order. The other  agency  must be provided  an opportunity to contest the
proposed order within  the Executive Branch.  Unilateral administrative orders have been deemed
an unconstitutional interference with the President's authority to manage the Executive Branch of
government.  This  Constitutional limitation does not  apply to state or local governments, or
citizens. To the  extent the sovereign immunity of the federal government has been waived,
criminal, civil judicial, and  unilateral  administrative options  are available to states and  local
government.  Citizens can  sue to the extent sovereign immunity is waived and citizen suit is
authorized by statute.  The determination  of the scope of the waiver of sovereign  immunity varies

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             477


from statute to statute.  Federal employees are  subject to prosecution for criminal violations.
Such violations would be referred by EPA to the Department of Justice for prosecution at the
federal level.
      The foregoing factors subject federal  government agencies to civil judicial, administrative,
or criminal enforcement,  from state or local government,  and the citizen, as well as to
enforcement from within the Executive Branch.  Adding to the enforcement mechanisms are the
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) and, Section 309 of the Clean Air Act (CAA).   The
federal government  is sensitive to public comment and perspective, in  particular, adverse public
press.
      The consequence is  that there is a  great deal of environmental enforcement  leverage
against the federal government; to find the leverage one must look beyond a traditional analysis
of administrative, civil judicial, and criminal options.  One must factor in the voice of the public,
the role of the states, and the extraordinary administrative review mechanisms provided
exclusively against the federal government by NEPA and section 309 of  the CAA.

2.5.1  NEPA  and Section 309 CAA

      NEPA  differs from other environmental Statutes in that  it does not specify compliance
standards, but establishes a process by which the federal government is to assess the impact of
its actions upon the environment.  This succinct four page statute requires  that the federal
government  address adverse environmental impacts which cannot be avoided if federal
government actions  significantly affect the quality of the human environment. The federal agency
must then examine  alternatives to the proposed  actions and other issues. EPA influences the
other federal  agency's environmental performance  by making comments on  the  adequacy of
matters within EPA's environmental expertise.  EPA  will also  cooperate formally  with  another
agency from  the inception  of the NEPA evaluation to assist in developing an environmentally
acceptable course of action.
      The most effective environmental enforcement  levers  in NEPA  are  the avenues the Act
provides the public.   First, the public participates in meetings with the Federal agency to discuss
the scope  of the proposed  federal action, and later, the public comments on the adequacy of the
government's analysis of environmental impacts, including alternative solutions and environmental
mitigation.  Finally,  NEPA provides the avenue for the citizen to sue the federal government for
procedural  errors in complying with NEPA or for substantive failures in  the  required environment
analysis.  These  NEPA lawsuits, threats of lawsuits,  and the attendant adverse  publicity are
substantial  enforcement options that  NEPA  fosters exclusively  against the federal government.
(Some states  have similar requirements for state actions affecting the environment.)
      Section 309  of the  CAA provides EPA the availability to review other  federal agencies'
major actions, including proposed regulations or legislation.  Although the  review authority is in
the Clean Air Act (CAA), EPA's review authority goes beyond impacts on air quality. Section 309
authorizes  EPA to  consider public health, welfare, and environmental quality.  Section  309  was
added  to the CAA,  in 1970 because Congress felt more teeth  needed to be added to NEPA.
Consequently, under its section 309 authority, EPA can even challenge another agency's decision
that their  proposed action  does not require a NEPA environmental  impact statement.  EPA
publishes its reviews for public consumption and can refer environmentally unsatisfactory projects
or projects with insufficient environmental analysis to  the President's Council on Environmental
Quality (CEQ).  In  practice, EPA's comments under its section 309 authority  receive the great
deference  owed to  avoiding adverse publicity, citizen  lawsuit, and/or referral  to the President's
CEQ.

2.5.2  Citizen Participation

      We too often think only of formal enforcement mechanisms when defining the universe of
options available to regulatory enforcement agencies.  These formal options are more important
to U.S.  EPA  federal facilities enforcement now than  in the past, but the role of  the  public in
achieving  environmental performance from  the federal government remains  important.  The

-------
478                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


emphasis at  EPA  is in facilitating  interactive discussion between  the public and the federal
government as the  preferred option to litigation between the public and the federal government.
       EPA's program to stimulate public awareness and participation are still evolving, but
includes  a  national advisory commission  to the Administrator of  EPA on cleanup of hazardous
waste at federal  facilities.  The EPA participates with the U.S.  Department of  Energy (DOE) on
their Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement for cleanup of their  massive environmental
waste problems and management of their future waste streams in an  environmentally sound way.
EPA also sits on two DOE public advisory boards on environmental  issues, and participated on
DOD's Base Closure Task Force which was also open to the public  and had appointed
representatives form the public sector.

2.5.3   Cleanup and Compliance Agreements

       Among the  principal EPA administrative enforcement   mechanisms against,  federal
facilities are cleanup and compliance agreements. Cleanup and compliance  agreements  between
the regulated  community and regulators are important means for EPA to link compliance  planning
and environmental  performance.  Such agreements implement the law by  requiring a series of
environmental activities over time.  There are two primary environmental laws in the U.S. that
govern hazardous waste cleanup and management.  These are,  CERCLA, or  Superfund, which
deals with the dangers posed by hazardous waste sites and RCRA, the  Resource, Conservation
and Recovery Act,  which governs (among other things) waste management activities at facilities
currently  generating waste.  One group of these agreements is the Federal  Facility Agreements
(FFA),  pursuant to  CERCLA.  These are the  agreements used to plan cleanup activities at our
major hazardous waste sites at federal facilities.  As of May 21, 1992, EPA had entered into 103
of these  agreements.  A second form of agreement is used   to  bring federal facilities into
compliance with the law. These are Federal Facilities Compliance Agreements  (FFCA), pursuant
to RCRA.  FFCAs  allow the federal government to institute an  orderly and planned process to
bring non-compliant facilities into compliance with the law. FFCAs also  implement other federal
environmental laws. (Appendix C)
       In my statement to the United States Senate Committee on Energy and Natural Resources
on May 21, 1992, I  described the importance of these cleanup and compliance agreements in the
following  terms.
       "The federal government is investing significant resources in addressing environmental
cleanup and compliance issues at federal  facilities. Cleanup and compliance agreements provide
a key framework for determining  how and where these resources are to be applied over the long
term and are a valuable tool  for a number of reasons.  First, these agreements provide  for
accountability to the public.  They are enforceable in federal district court by States and citizens,
and they  allow for some degree of public  involvement in and scrutiny  of the federal government's
environmental management decision-making process. Second, these agreements provide
management  plans for federal facilities to implement their programs by establishing long-term
schedules and milestones.  Third, these agreements  provide  a framework for discussing and
setting priorities and determining funding needs.  Finally, they clarify the  respective roles,
authorities, and responsibilities of the  parties, thereby promoting greater coordination in
implementing  the requirements of these agreements.  This is particularly important in agreements
where states are signatories. Because of the commitment by the federal government that these
agreements represent, they  are very important to improving the credibility of the  federal
government with respect to meeting its environmental management responsibilities."
       In the previous paragraph I described the importance of the Federal Facilities Compliance
Agreement  (FFCA)  as the customary enforcement response to major violations which require time
and the expenditure of capital to  achieve compliance with environmental laws and regulations.
FFCAs are negotiated between the regulator and non-compliant party.  Another negotiated
compliance instrument is the consent order.  EPA's policy is that consent orders are appropriate
when agreements are being negotiated jointly with a State and that State  has administrative order
authority  and  are also an option when EPA has order authority itself  under statute.  Violations of

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             479


a consent  order can be  enforced through the courts whereas violations  of FFCA are enforced
through dispute resolution within the Administration.
       Once  EPA discovers an  environmental violation, and makes a  determination of non-
compliance, it then takes its initial enforcement response.  The initial enforcement response will
vary depending on the type of violation and the record of the violator.  Generally, EPA issues a
Notice of Violation (NOV),  or equivalent notice as the initial written notice in cases where
significant violations must be addressed.  These NOV's are issued to the Facility Director or Base
Commander,  and describe the violation  and how it was identified.  The  NOV goes on to state
consequences of not meeting the requirement of the law or regulations.  The notice will specify
dates by which the violator must respond or face issuance of an order or formal escalation of the
enforcement action.   If  the authority under which the NOV is being assessed is a  statute
authorizing citizens suits,  that authority is often cited  in the NOV.
       In some cases the federal agency will have  corrected the  violations before receiving the
Notice and will provide written certification to  that effect.  In  other cases the violation is corrected
in a short time.  In such cases the federal agency again will submit a certification to EPA that the
violation  has  been connected with substantiating documentation to demonstrate that the situation
has been corrected.   In the more serious  cases  requiring formal response action, EPA will
negotiate with the noncompliant activity resulting in either a FFCA or a consent  order.
       Sometimes negotiations  between these parties cannot  be  resolved.   In such cases
disputes are resolved by elevation through the  bureaucracy  in  formal dispute  resolution,
potentially to  the Administrator of EPA and possibly  to the Office of Management  and  Budget for
resolution.  These enforcement procedures  are often  lengthy and have  subjected the Federal
government to criticism that it lacks  enforcement integrity when it comes to applying
environmental law to the  government.  It  also leads to the perception that federal environmental
violators are  held to lesser  standards than  the private sector.   As noted earlier the  need to
negotiate enforcement  is  derived from  the Constitutional separation of the three branches of the
federal government and the  concept  of  the  unitary executive branch.   Under this concept, all
federal agencies are seen as acting as one entity to  carry out the will of the Chief Executive. The
executive branch, in turn, being  a single entity, cannot take courses of  action contradictory to
itself.

2.5.4   Criminal Enforcement

       Despite all the innovative, pain reducing enforcement options discussed  above, sometimes
overtly coercive measures are the most appropriate  enforcement mechanism.  Criminal sanctions
are the ultimate  coercion. The federal government can't be sent to jail,  but federal employees
who commit criminal violations of environmental law can be criminally prosecuted.  There  have
been  only  rare instances when federal employees  have criminally violated environmental law.
The cause  celebre was a criminal case  in the late 1980's  which led to the conviction of three
civilian employees who  worked for the U.S. Army at the Aberdeen Proving Ground  in Maryland.
       The  employees  were  found guilty of  criminal violations of RCRA  in the performance of
their duties developing chemical warfare systems.   The appellate court  affirmed their  criminal
convictions, and  rejected their argument that they were protected from criminal prosecution by the
federal government's sovereign  immunity.   The court  found that the  government's  sovereign
immunity did not extend to criminal activities of individual government employees.
       The highly publicized case sent shock waves through  many sectors  of the federal
government.   No  one incident did more to arouse institutional sensitivity  to  environmental
responsibilities in the federal government than did this criminal case.

2.5.5   State and Local Government Enforcement

       State  and local enforcement against the federal government is  not  restrained  by the
unitary executive concept of the Executive Branch, but is limited by sovereign immunity and the
financial  and  personnel needed to pursue as powerful on entity as  a federal agency.  Despite

-------
480                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


these limitations, state and local government enforcement actions constitute the bulk of regulatory
actions against the federal government.


3     RESULTS

      What are the results of this holistic -- education to planning/sanctions to  rewards -
approach?  The federal government's environmental record  is improving,  and the record allows
for room for still further  improvement.  Rates of compliance with discharge permits under  the
Clean Water Act improved from  91% to 98% between fiscal year 1989 and 1991.  The
comparable non-federal  rate stood in excess of 98% over the same three years.  Rates  for
compliance with the Clean Air Act improved slightly from fiscal year 1990-1991, and were just shy
of similar rates  in the non-federal sector.  Federal compliance  rates were almost the  same as
non-federal rates under the Safe Drinking Water Act.  (Appendix D)
      It is  the federal government's waste cleanup and hazardous waste  management that has
gained most attention and most criticism in the U.S.  Here the record of improvement is post
marked  and the room for further  improvement is greatest.  The Department  of Energy alone is
asking for $5.5  billion dollars for  fiscal year  1993 to cleanup and manage waste.  Compliance
rates with RCRA have been traditionally lower in  the federal sector than in the non-federal sector,
particularly  in the important sector including facilities the store, treat or dispose of waste (TSD).
In fiscal year 1989,  federal TSD's were rated as complying with RCRA in 39% of  inspections.
That rate for federal TSD appears to have increased  to 59% by FY  91, with a 63% rate of
compliance over the entire federal RCRA spectrum.  If these preliminary data are validated, this
would be a better compliance rate than that achieved in the non-federal sector.  (Appendix D).
4     CONCLUSION

      Enforcement of environmental law at federal  agencies  involves many  actors actuating
many levers.   At U.S.  EPA enforcement is part of an integrated  management strategy.
Accordingly, enforcement  isn't always what one normally considers enforcement.   It is a
continuum from education to incarceration.  It stretches from incentives and rewards to sanctions
and penalties.  Public discussions and press coverage are paired with lawsuits and administrative
sanctions as means to influence behavior.
      For states, local governments and local citizens sovereign  immunity sets the boundaries
for formal enforcement, but the pressure of adverse public opinion is not so fenced.
      The enforcement of  environmental  law by  the federal  government with regard to the
federal government can be seen and understood through the concept that the executive branch is
one  entity.  Executive Order 12088 reflects the collective  environmental responsibilities all
agencies in  the  Executive Branch.  It defines EPA's role to include technical assistance and
training, cooperation and enforcement within the federal government.  Based on the precepts in
Executive Order 12088, the federal facilities environmental enforcement program is aimed  at
building institutional capacity within the federal government to  comply with environmental law.
This capacity requires  training  and technical assistance,  both from the regulated federal
community and from the EPA.  Compliance monitoring becomes a measure of effectiveness  of
this institutional capacity to  comply, and the A-106 budget process becomes the  planning tool
which converts compliance monitoring into environmental compliance.
      In those cases where the system fails to achieve compliance the federal system provides
for enforcement consistent  with the concept of a single  executive branch.  This  enforcement
response  relies  on negotiated settlements between  the  regulated community and regulator.
These negotiations have been subject to criticism for the failure to treat the federal government
with  the same enforcement zeal  as the private sector.  The results of these  negotiations are
FFCA's and consent orders.  These compliance  mechanisms put the  federal government on
compliance schedules to correct environmental problems across  the country,  and have driven the
expenditure of billions of dollars for federal environmental projects.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                           481


      Federal  Facilities Agreements (FFA) are a final,  and  most important, tool to  identify and
remediate environmental  problems at federal facilities.  These agreements set the  schedule to
cleanup hazardous waste at our federal facilities.  FFAs have  obligated billions of dollars for
environmental  cleanup.  Taken together, the  A-106 program, FFAs, FFCAs,  consent  orders,
provide U.S. federal  government  the  mechanism for programming for and  achieving its
environmental obligations.

-------
482
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
  The Agency's Federal Facility Challenge Is Substantial
      387,000 Buildings
                >2.5 Million Employees
           27,000 Installations
                                                 729 Million Acres
The Agency's Federal Facility Challenge is Substantial
           Environmental
              Program
           • RCRA (TSDs Only)
                 (All FF's)

           • SDWA (PVVSS)

           • AIR

           • EPCRA  (GOCOs Only)

           • OVA (NPDES) Major
                       Minor
             Number of Regulated
               Federal Facilities
                      334
                     4,396

                     5,313

                      451

                       87

                      147
                     1,047
                                          OFFICf OF FEDERAL FACILITIES ENFOHCENEKT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                                                                           483
         Total Number of OMB A-106 Pollution Abatement
    Projects Proposed by Federal Agencies for FY 1988 - FY 1992
Projects
8000-
7000-
6000-
5000-
4000-
3000-
2000-
1000-

1





758
JfffilTi-







1,009
	 t







i,
/777





/


158
y//A





*j*
77T<








5
>Z2_



.

,088








                FY88     FY89     FY90     FY91     FY92
                                Fiscal Years
                                                                6/19/92
         Total Dollars Requested for OMB A-106 Pollution
 Abatement Projects for FY 1988 - FY 1992 for All Federal Agencies
Dollars
($000)
Million
6-

5-

4-

3-

2-

1-

0
                  1,097.389.0
                                   1,493,328.0
2,903.797.9
                                                    3.140.419.4
                   FY88    FY89     FY90     FY9I     FY92
                                Fiscal Years
                                                               6/19/92

-------
484
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
      FEDERAL FACILITY 1NTERAGENCY AGREEMENTS (1AG)

                  Number of Signed lAGs by Agency
DOE - 13 (Covering 15 NPL
         sites and non-NPL
         site)          \
                                  Other -  1 (Covering 1  NPL site)
                                           \
                                              DOD - 89 (Covering 93 NPL
                                                       sites and 1 non-NPL
                                                       site)
              Total = 103 (Covering 109 NPL sites and 2 non-NPL sites)
                                                             6/I9W
      RCRA FEDERAL FACILITY COMPLIANCE AGREEMENTS

            Number of RCRA §3008(a) Agreements by Agency
                     Other (9)
             DOE (7)
         Air Force (14)
                                     Defense (4)
                                       N.vy  (19)
                                Total = 73
                                                               6/I9W

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                                                                              485
       «

       Ol
       13
       QJ
       U-

       C
       O
       2
       o

       O)
       PH
          T3
           C
 
-------
486
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                          NFDES: Compliance Rate Comparison
                      FY89
                               FY90
                                                 I/   Total Compliance Rate
                                                  Total Federal Facility Compliance Rate
                                         FY91
OE/OFFE
NPDES DATA
30-Jun-92







"V"
-~<,?'H •

*" ' '' *
' :'.;„ ,
Total Universe (Major)
Total Inspections
Total Facilities Out of Compliance
Fed Fac Universe (Major)
Total FF Inspections
Total Federal Facilities Out of Compliance
% Universe
% Inspections
% Out of Compliance
Total Compl. Rate
Total FF Compl. Rate
^5fl;
;,,„ „ n~«^.'
7,369
50,100
733
148
252
22
2%
1%
3%
99%
91%
^ISi*
-.:- ,,,-,:."|ri
7,131
39,063
973
148
245
16
2%
1%
2%
98%
93%
\V-WS1
".,
7,1;
42, 6(
4(
M
6C
1
2%
1%
3%
99%
98%
Documentation:  NPDES
       The information for the following chart and graph was taken from PCS on the week of June 22,
1992 by Frank Varisoo of the Computer Science Corporation (for FY91 figures). -The program contact
was Mike Mundel, Office of Water. The information shown for FY89 and FY90 was also taken from
PCS but pulled during early April, 1991. The figures listed under violations are actually the number of
facilities out of compliance as of the last day of the fourth quarter for each fiscal year.

       A. Chart Comparison of Universe, Inspection and Violation Data
       for FY89, FY90, and FY91.

       B.  Graph: Comparison of Total and Federal Facilities Compliance
       Rates for FY89, FY90, and FY91
      PCS= Permit  Compliance System,  an automated  data base

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
487
                         AIR:  Historical Compliance Status at
                                Federal Facilities FY90-91
OE/OFFE
AIR DATA
30-Jun-92
> • • -
?' ^"t-/"^
•- - ~ , - '
*- - i ,>!?*»>**
I' '\''^J~'f
' ,; x; -f^Hv
!, --$|%
^jfjjjfj.
5>'a\xT-^'5'
'^i^^^
"A^lrfi
f.~< ^,^?*^
Total Universe
Total Inspections
Class 1 Violations

Federal Facilities Universe
Federal Facilities Inspections
Federal Facilities Class 1 Violations
% Universe
% Inspections
% Violations
Total Compliance Rate
Federal Facilities Compliance Rate
cm
36.311
34.667
1.572

436
397
30
1.20%
1.15%
1.91%
95.47%
92.44%

38.077
32.866
1.575

448
395
25
1.18%
1.20%
1.59%
95.21%
93.67%

39.776
• •
* t

451
• •
* *
1.13%
•
•
.
•
               Not*: Compliance rare oafcUatfon* Indudt areas In comptiance, non-compUfnc*. and
                    unknown oompU*nc» Maois.
                    FY92 status extends ID the end of the third fiscal year quarter.
                   ' Inspections and violations wll not be calculated until the end of flsoal year  1992.

-------
488
                                  INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                            Air; Compliance Ratys for FY90-Q1
                                                    Total Mtnl P.dlJtr C.«pU«K. RM.
Documentation:  AIR
       This information for B. and C below was pulled from the AIRS Facility Subsystem (AFS) on
June 22 and June 24,1992. The milestone reports were developed by Mark Antell of the Stationary
Source Compliance Division. FY92 information is represented is the status as of the end of the third
quarter-inspections will not be calculated until the end of the fiscal year. Information on the first
graph was obtained from a February 25,1992 Memorandum from Michael H. Shapiro, Deputy Assistant
Administrator for the Office of Air and Radiation entitled "Federal Facilities Enforcement Initiatives".

       A. Graph:  Historical Compliance Status, FY90-91

       B. Chart Comparison of Universe, Inspection and Violation Data for FY89, FY90, and FY91.

       C. Graph: Comparison of Total and Federal Facilities Compliance Rates for FY89, FY90, and

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
489
                           PWSS Compliance Rate Comparison
                         Between Total and Federal Facility Rates
                             For The Last Three Fiscal Years
                                                                 FED. FAC Compliance R»M
                                                            TOTAL Coa^Umx R»*
                           • TOTAL C«M«plUnc. >M»  • FED. FAC Cooipllam RM« L
Documentation:  PWSS

       The information for the following  chart and graph was obtained from Larry Weiner at PWSS.
The system used was the Federal Reporting Data System (FRDS-D) and the pull date for FY91 data was
June 10,1992. For the previous Fiscal Years, the pull date was in March, 1991.  The total violations and
Federal facilities violations indicate the total number of PWSS' with violations (facility orientation).
FY91 Non-Community Total SNC» and Federal Facilities SNCs were, in previous years, a part of Non-
Transient, Non-Community categories, now they have been broken out into Non-Community as well.

       A. Chart Comparison of Universe, SNC, Inspection, and Violation Data
       for FY89, FY90, and FY91. Including:

       B. Graph: Comparison of Total and Federal Facilities Compliance Rates for FY89, FY90, and
          FY91

-------
490                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            491


CIVIL ENFORCEMENT: PAYING FOR THE PAST

MEIJENFELDT, HUGO G. VON

Deputy Manager Soil Clean-up Division, Ministry of Housing, Physical Planning and Environment,
P.O. Box 450, 2260 MB Leidschendam (from 1993: P.O. Box 30945, 2500 GX Den Haag), The
Netherlands.


1     INTRODUCTION

      In the United States and to a lesser extent in the European Community, environmental law
is  not only being enforced  through public law (compliance with  regulations, penalties imposed
under criminal  law, etc) but also through the civil law. The latter leads to legal actions which result
in the following judicial rulings:
      - an injunction prohibiting behaviour which threatens the environment;
      - an injunction enforcing behaviour which protects the environment;
      - a judgement that recovery must be made for any damage to the environment.

      Public  law  enforcement  is successful mainly because it demands compliance with
environmental  standards. Civil law enforcement, because of  its association with property rights, is
mainly associated with a subject to which companies and private citizens attach prime importance
      - money:  they feel the financial consequences of their environmental behaviour directly in
      their pockets.

      When putting civil law into effect, a clear distinction must be made between environmental
damage which has occurred in the past - often a mortgage on which neither interest nor principal
appear to have been paid - and  the threat of environmental damage in the future.  It is obvious
that of the two it is remedying inherited pollution which poses the greatest problem.  Because the
Netherlands has gained more experience in this area than other Western European countries, this
will be the topic of this paper.
      I shall first give an explanation of the policy based on the principle "the polluter pays" and
how this policy has been implemented.  I shall then  go into the  legal aspects of cost recovery
based on court proceedings with regard to tort and unlawful enrichment, as well as the obligations
of polluters and land owners to  undertake clean-up operations themselves or to  give a
guanrantee that clean-up will be carried out. Finally, I shall look at the extent to which this set of
instruments can be applied in countries without financial-economic resources.


2     POLICY

      The initial reaction  to the discovery of an environmental legacy of catastrophic size
appears to be the same in every country, namely emphasis on  joint responsibility for both the
causes of, and the solutions to, the problem. In 1980,  in both the United States (after Love Canal)
and in the Netherlands (after Lekkerkerk), this resulted in large sums of tax payers' money being
spent on cleaning up serious soil  contamination.   More than ten years later, this  is the  reaction
prevailing in Central and Eastern  Europe. It should be noted that the tax burden on business and
population is being spread out due to loans from the West. The European Bank for Reconstruc-
tion and Development in London has already taken the necessary initiatives.
      The attitude that the  causes of past environmental damage is a joint responsibility
warrants a critical reception. In the West, the damage to the environment is the consequence of
industrial processes, which  have  occurred in the context of a free market economy. As long as
there were subsequent (considerable) profits,  it was strictly maintained that these were strictly the
responsibility of the individual companies. Now that losses are being incurred, one cynically notes
that industry, in particular, is suddenly advocating collective solutions.

-------
 492                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       The reasoning of Western  companies surprisingly fits in with the situation in Central  and
 Eastern Europe and also the standpoint of the developing countries at the UNCED congress in
 June this year. They point to the dreadful conditions at the end of the World War II. There was a
 miraculous   reconstruction of Western European industry which finally brought prosperity to
 everyone. Everyone should therefore contribute to the clean-up  of  the accompanying pollution.
       These collective solutions mostly conflict with the principle applied to  environment policy
 that the polluter should pay. Even  taxes on industry will often apply to companies which have not
 themselves contributed to environmental damage. This was the  reason  why in  1982 the Dutch
 parliament  rejected the government's proposals  for taxes on industry for soil contamination  and
 advocated recovering costs on an individual basis.
       The expectations for successful cost recovery were anything but high that  year. Scientists,
 lawyers and government officials responded to the government's optimistic attitude with reserve, a
 gloomy outlook and even sarcastic remarks.  In 1983, the Netherlands sued the polluters in two of
 the largest clean-up projects  (costing  approximately  $ 50 million each): Shell in the Gouderak
 case and Philips-Duphar in the Volgermeerpolder case.
       I believe the government's willingness to sue  systematically has  been rather
 underestimated. From the very beginning, the stubborn misconception  has persisted  (notably on
 the side of industry) that there would be no  more than a limited number of principal  and large-
 scale legal actions.  The purpose of these  legal actions was  thought merely to be  to force  a
 judicial precedent on the issue  of who  carries  responsibility for  the pollution legacy. Moreover,
 there was speculation about the tradition, ascribed to  the Dutch government, to decide on tough
 measures and then not carry them out but make compromises and tolerate infringements.
       Later years show a rapid rise  in the number of summonses. The Dutch  adoption of what is
 considered to be the American style of taking  legal action came  as a surpirse to many.

 Table 1. Summonses served by the Dutch government

       Year         Number          Amount (in million  $)
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
2
2
8
13
28
29
35
21
14
46,5
47,2
17,2
6,8
12,9
23,3
52,8
142,1
19,7
                    154              368,5
       No exception has been made for public organisations (municipalities, regional authorities,
provinces, ministries) or companies - partly - owned by the government (Dutch Railways,  Dutch
State Mines etc). They should on the contrary set an example to industry as a whole. In general
this is the case. The Ministry of Defence for instance has  its own soil clean-up programme worth
$ 250 million.
       It can be assumed that the increasing number of summmonses as  well as the legal
judgements in favour of the government are the cause of the  changed attitude among  polluting
companies. One must also bear in mind the negative publicity, the high legal  bills and the long
period of  uncertainty before judgement is finally given. Taking these  factors into account,
companies (and government) prefer to settle out of court.
       A settlement might mean that the clean-up costs already incurred or to  be incurred would
be paid by the government. Instead of or in conjunction with this, companies can investigate
and/or clean up current or abandoned sites at their own expense. There are major advantages for

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             493


companies if they commission the project themselves. For instance, it would be possible to link
the timing of the  remedial measures with that of other operations, renewal projects for example.
Moreover, companies would then have direct control over the costs of their own clean-up project.
       Industry's  change of attitude has tremendously increased voluntary clean-ups, which are
arranged between the  company  concerned and the local authority (for instance petrol stations).
The exact number of clean-ups is not known,  but it can be assumed  that almost  1000 projects
were realised by  mid-1992. Only  part of these were realised with the  intervention  of the central
government (table 2).

Table 2. Settlements with the  Dutch government

       Year         Number         Amount (in million $)
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
_
2
5
6
8
7
11
9
7
_
10,7
1,4
1,0
2,2
4,8
13,6
13,7
3,2
                    55           50,6
       Negotiations are never held  on the  basis of "striking a bargain". Nor can alleged doubt
about the legal bases of the claim induce the government to deviate from full payment.
Exceptions are made  for certain actual conditions. For instance, if  more than one  polluter  is
involved. Furthermore,  the ability-to-pay principle is applied.  In general, the government is willing
to guarantee  the continuity of a company by reducing the sum claimed, as long as the company
is economically and environmentally valid and as long as the legal dispute ends in recognition  of
liability.
3      ORGANISATION

      The Dutch Minister for the  Environment  is responsible for recovering costs. He  has
enlisted the support of the State Attorney in this  task.  Legal proceedings to recover costs take
place in three consecutive stages: finding the perpetrator(s), establishing liability and payment.
      At the initial stage, each case of  soil  contamination  where a financial contribution in
accordance with the law has been or will be made is subject to fact finding. The facts concerning
the perpetration and the  actual legal position will  mainly come from  the relevant local  authority,
while the facts concerning the  soil contamination are dealt with by the province. On the basis of
the accumulated  facts, together with some additional detective work (for  instance in the Trade
Register), the State Attorney will advise on  the legal procedure.
      In cases where costs can be recovered  from the beginning, the initiative  rests mostly with
provincial or local  authorities.  They negotiate with the polluter or land-owner about surveys  and
clean-up operations with full payment of costs for their own account.
      The second stage involves establishing  liability. This stage directly  carries out the advice
of the State Attorney or is a consequence of the fact that no or no complete agreement  has been
reached during  the negotiations (and thus  government money must be spent). The Minister  can
request the State Attorney to continue negotiating or to initiate legal proceedings.
      The third stage is collecting  the money. This stage - if no 100  - percent  payment is
involved -  follows on from the  second  stage. There therefore needs to be a court ruling or an

-------
494                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


acknowledgement of liability. In other words, the liability question must be answered, before
payment can be demanded.
      Account is taken of the circumstance that the claims on individual companies and people
are usually large in relation to their business or household. The judge has authority to mitigate the
claim, if awarding full damages  would have unacceptable consequences. Moreover, the above-
mentioned ability-to-pay principle applies to settlements.
      Not  only the costs of the state but also those of the provincial and local authority are
recovered.  If the  total costs remain below the threshold amount of the local authority, the Minister
is also authorised - and prepared - to recover costs.


4      LIABILITY BASED ON TORT

      In contrast to the United  States, where  strict liability with retroactive effect applies in law,
cost  recovery in the Netherlands is based on liability in common law, which is primarily based on
tort.
      Any person who commits a tort against another person which can be imputed to him  is
obliged to make good the injury  suffered by the other person  as a consequence. In this case, tort
means:  a breach of another's  rights (for  instance,   property) and acting or neglecting to act
contrary to a legal duty (a permit for instance) or not complying with an unwritten duty of care,
without there being justifiable grounds for doing so.
      When  aswering  the question of whether there has been  culpable tort, it is particularly
important that the matter  is judged according to the expertise and the level of knowledge availa-
ble or should have been  available the time about the danger or the  hazardous nature of the
substances deposited in  the environment. The words "should have been available" mean that
recognition of the danger or the hazardous nature  according to objective norms must  be
established.
      The judicial decisions of the courts and courts of appeal clearly laid down  a number  of
rules
   -   encountering substances in the environment closely related to the local use of  the land
      legally justifies the  assumption that the land user  is the polluter, unless the  latter proves
      otherwise;
   -   for assessing and  tackling the contamination, the Soil Clean-up Guidelines of the Ministry
      (including the well-known C-values) are the standard criteria;
   -   bringing  hazardous substances into the  environment and failing  to  check their
      harmlessness is an act of negligence;
   -   functionaries within a legal entity  who are personally to blame for the contamination are
      held liable for the damage in person;
   -   being in possession of, or acting in  compliance with a government licence or permit does
      not indemnify one from damage claims;
   -   moreover,  inadequate government supervision does not qualify  as a relevant excuse for
      contamination.

      The Supreme Court of the Netherlands has so far given a  ruling on one judicial question,
namely  if the polluter should have known at  the  time that  he could also  be  acting unlawfully
against the government.
      The government considered this a superfluous clause and scrapped this clause in the Act
of 1982, but the Supreme Court ruled in 1990 that this was an ambiguous  act. The same  year,
the government  had to introduce a bill in  parliament to dispose of the ambiguity.  This bill was
evidently not superfluous because the Supreme Court came to the conclusion this  year that the
polluter  has only needed  to know since 1975 that the government  could claim damages from him
if he contaminated his industrial  site. Without this amendment to the law, 25-per-cent of the clean-
up costs would have been non-recoverable on the basis of this judgement.
      In 65 of 154 court  cases, one or more judicial rulings have been given.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             495


Table 3. Judicial rulings

1986      1987      1988     1989     1990     1991

  2         7        11        25        24       27
5      LIABILITY OF THE OWNER

      The owner or  user of property or limited rights to  the property can be liable for any
environmental contamination connected with it. Not only his  behaviour but also his capacity are
determining factors.

5.1    Sometimes the owner is already strictly liable, for example for collapsing buildings and
      leaking storage tanks (Civil  Code, section 6:17, former section 1405).

5.2   Under common law the owner is responsible for his  property, which means the owner is
      obliged to take steps as soon  as he notices that his property is in a dangerous  state.
      Admittedly, those  steps cannot  be enforced by means of an  administrative order as in
      Germany,  but the  owner is certainly liable for any  damage ensuing as a result of his
      negligence.

5.3   Based on  the Soil Clean-up Interim Act, section 21.2,  the  costs of survey and cean-up
      may be recovered, if the owner,  user or entity with limited rights unlawfully profits from the
      clean-up.  He profits unlawfully  if he could have had knowledge of the  damage to the
      environment.
      The entity with  rights to the property profits if the property acquires a higher re-sale value
      after clean-up, a  higher practical value or offers  higher collateral. The  extent of profit
      gained can be  determined  by taking the difference between the value of the  site before
      and after clean-up.  Neither the  actual  purchase price, nor  rent nor interest rates play a
      role, only valuation by reasonable parties according to objective criteria. If, for  example, a
      polluted parcel was bought for  $ 300,000  in the past, the value before  the  clean-up is
      assessed at $ 100,000 and the value after clean-up is assessed at $ 500,000,  the profit is
      not $  200,000 but  $ 400,000. Even if the site had been bought for $ 500,000, the profit
      would still  be $ 400,000.

5.4   With transactions with contaminated real estate, the owner must take account of a serious
      drop  in market value as  a  result of environmental  damage. This also applies  to transac-
      tions as a consequence of expropriation by the government, since the drop in value has
      an effect on the compensation awarded.
      The lower value is  not so much due to  fears of health hazards as to fewer possibilities for
      using  the  ground.  There are then the above-mentioned  obligations of  the  owner, the
      innumerable obligations  under public law  to perform surveys and  undertake protective
      measures, as  well as an  obligation to give a clean-up guarantee at the time of the
      transaction.

5.5   Industry and the government have made far-reaching arrangements for current  industrial
      sites in order to survey and clean up tens of thousands of sites in the next twenty years.
      The costs will be borne by the business concerned, usually the owner. Defaulters will be
      confronted by an  administrative order to clean up the  soil.
      The arrangements also contain many facilities. Owners who can demonstrate that they are
      innocent can request a financial  conribution from the  government.  Companies  can deduct
      the costs  of an approved clean-up plan from tax.  They can also obtain government-
      guaranteed credit facilities from the banks.

-------
496                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


6     CONCLUSIONS

      I  have just outlined policy, organisation and legal possibilities for claims for past
environmental damage in the Netherlands. Results are achieved on the basis of classic common
law rather than on  the basis of new tough instruments. The unpaid account from  the  past is
presented systematically and successfully to the original polluter or to the present owner.
      The success of this range of instruments  assumes that - as  is the case in the West - the
majority of the businesses will  not get into insurmountable financial difficulties as a result.  Even
so favourable fiscal and credit arrangements are needed  by some of the liable companies.
Thought must be  given to small family businesses (including metal and woodworkers, laundries,
petrol stations). Financial  and legal regulations are also necessary for vendors and purchasers of
polluted sites.
      In my opinion, one should not  rush to the conclusion that  for this  reason the individual
instrument will not be successful in Central and  Eastern Europe. During the reconstruction of the
economy in this part of Europe, where collectivisation is making way for individual responsibility,
creative solutions  are needed.
      There is a strong  argument to indemnify  new owners completely - for the sake of a free
investment  climate  - from liabilities arising from existing pollution.  It is  expected  that Western
companies, particularly American, but to an increasing extent  also Western European businesses,
will give this top priority in their investment programmes. This was also the major conclusion of
the International  Conference on Privatisation,  Foreign  Direct Investment and Environmental
Liability in Central and Eastern Europe (Warsaw,  19-21 May 1992).
      On the other hand,  giving an  indemnity  must at least  be based on payment of  the full
purchase price without any  reduction. In Czechoslovakia and Poland the government  has  already
decided to  put  (part of) the proceeds towards the direct  clean-up  costs of  the site and future
clean-up costs (deposited, for instance, in an escrow account  or a fund).
      A maximum  financial contribution to the  clean-up  as  part of the Offset Requirements or
Peer Matching need not  cause  an  insurmountable deterioration of the investment climate. Furt-
hermore Western banks can desire that a certain  share of  the  loan be used to  restore the
environmental quality. Tax facilities can then also be  made for this share of the loan (for instance
in the case of Environmental Bonds).
      It is very  important that old  or new owners are  prepared to undertake clean-up
programmes on their own initiative. This will be a great  need  for mild tax rates, credit guaranteed
by Western states and possibly a direct contribution from the government. Moroever, ample time
must be allowed  for clean-ups to take place in stages. The  financial  risk can be  reduced by
establishing  clear  clean-up standards and guidelines for enforcement.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            497


PRIVATIZATION AS AN OPPORTUNITY TO ENHANCE COMPLIANCE.
POLAND'S PERSPECTIVE

DR. STANISLAW WAJDA

Advisor to the Minister of Environment, Natural Resources and Forestry


1     INTRODUCTION

      It is a well  known fact that Poland, similarly to other post-communist countries of Central
and Eastern Europe  (GEE),  has inherited a  heavily  polluting industry and seriously degraded
environment. In addition, Poland  has inherited  a weak enforcement system and a tradition of non-
compliance of the industry with environmental requirements. In  spite of  the enactment of a
number of new  environmental acts, the  basic environmental law still  come from the communist
time:  the  1980  environmental  act, the 1974 water  law, the  1982 act on  the  protection  of
agricultural and  forest lands. Its  is needless to say that  the laws are not always tuned to new
political and  economic circumstances. There was, however,  a very important legislative
development in  1991: it was the enactment of an Act on State Inspectorate  for Environmental
Protection which empowered   the Inspectorate  with  broad  competencies. From the past
experience  we  have  learned  a  lesson  that without  a firm enforcement  of  environmental
requirements  in  relation to  all  economic subjects we  will  not manage to  achieve  goals  of
sustainable development.


2     ESTABLISHING  A NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY

      Nearly three years ago Poland initiated fundamental changes in her political and economic
system. Essential  elements of this process include on the one hand privatization of state-owned
enterprises, the main source of the environmental degradation, on the other.implementation of the
policy of sustainable development. The concept sustainable development found its expression in
the National Environmental Policy (NEP) which was  adopted by  the Government in 1990 and
approved by the Parliament  in  1991.  The main goal  of  the new  policy  is  "the attainment of a
balance between  social, economic, technical and  environmental  conditions in  the  process  of
development". According to the NEP, privatization processes will be used for the  improvement of
the environment degraded by the industry and mandatory  environmental audits will be introduced;
the audits will enable to make calculations of  costs of the recovery of the environment  and they
will be essential  for negotiation of the price  of a privatized  enterprise.
      The NEP emphasized that; "One  of the basic principles of the  new environmental policy
should be the principle  of law-abidingness. This under our conditions means the  necessity of
reconstruction of  the legal system and the  system of enforcement in such a way that no
opportunities will exist for circumvention of the law for reasons of  'circumstances outside  one's
control, public interest or impossibility'".


3     THE PRIVATIZATION OF STATE-OWNED ENTERPRISES

      The  privatization of the  today's dimension  was launched by  the  1990  Act on  the
Privatization  of  the State-Owned Enterprises. Strangely enough, the  then  widely discussed
National Environmental  Policy was completely ignored by law makers dealing with privatization.
Therefore the  1990 privatization act is void of  any express  and direct  environmental
considerations. It soon turned out to be one of the essential defects of the privatization  law. This
shortcoming  of  the  privatization  process  has been criticized by the western investor as  not
allowing him to make  sensible business calculations. This  shortcoming was quite early realized by
the Ministry of Environment which offered the Ministry of Privatization appropriate cooperation and

-------
498                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


assistance in introduction of necessary changes in the privatization practices, so as to take into
account interests of the environment. Unfortunately the level of the cooperation is still low and the
pace  of progress is too slow,  however lastly the situation  is changing quickly for better. It is
worthy to  note that a growing number of environmental NGO's is getting alerted by the unfriendly
treatment  of the  environment in  the privatization process.


4      PRIVATIZATION BY COMMERCIALISATION AND LIQUIDATION

       The privatization in  Poland as based on the  above mentioned  1990 privatization act and
the 1981 Act on State-owned enterprises, has two main tracts: commercialisation and liquidation.
Related to the latter one is bankruptcy (based on the 1934 decree) which is growing  in number
and which is likely to cause a lot of serious environmental problems if  not addressed timely. The
privatization through liquidation is the most popular way of  privatization.  Till the end  of March,
1992, the  Minister of Privatization had approved altogether 1127 motions for liquidation: 492 were
based on  the 1990 act and 635  on the 1981  act. There  have been  some  40 cases of  the
privatization through commercialisation.

4.1    Commercialisation

       Commercialisation  as regulated by the  1990 act consists of two stages.  First a  State-
owned enterprise  is transformed into a joint stock  company or limited liability company of  the
State  Treasury.  Second, its shares  are disposed to  third party (or parties. The  second stage
constitutes the genuine privatization. In accordance  with Article  8 of the  1990 privatization act a
commercialized company assumes all rights and duties of the privatized state enterprise.including
those deriving from administrative decisions. This is so called general  succession.  As a rule,  the
liabilities of the company  are  transferred  on  a new owner. This general succession  covers
liabilities resulting from the past contaminations  as well as obligations  to comply with binding
environmental requirements. It covers also permits and licenses  issued for the enterprise before
its commercialisation. They are automatically transferred on the new owner. In the 1974 water law
there  is a provision (Article 29)  which provides for the same  automaticism: " Legal successors of
an enterprise assume rights and obligations contained in permits".
       There is,  however, a possibility to negotiate allocation of environmental liabilities between
the investor and the  State Treasury. As a  matter of facts  this  occurs when a State Treasury
company  is purchased by western  investors. For the time being, the  Polish investor ignores
consciously or not consciously potential  consequences  which  may  arise from  the  automatic
transfer of environmental liabilities.
       A  State-owned enterprise,  usually  small  or medium  size, can  be privatized  through
liquidation. This can be accomplished on the basis of the above mentioned 1990 privatization act
or the 1981  act  on  state-owned enterprises.  The term "liquidation"  as  used in this  context is
unclear and confusing. On the  one hand, "liquidation"  can be understood as a termination of a
State-owned enterprise as  a legal person on the  other, the term  denotes disappearance  of the
enterprise  as an economic entity.  Under the  1990  act, the reason for liquidation  is change of
ownership (privatization), while under the 1981 act, the reason for liquidation is its  bad economic
situation. Article 37 of the  1990 privatization act provides that a state-owned enterprise may  be
converted to private hands in  one of the three ways: 1. the liquidated enterprise  or  integrated
parts  of  its assets may be sold; 2. the enterprise  or integrated  parts  of its assets can  be
contributed to a company; 3. the enterprise or integrated parts of its assets can be let (lease).
       As already mentioned, there are no specific provisions in the 1990 act or the 1981  act (as
amended) regulating a question of environmental liabilities for a new owner or the State Treasury.
Therefore  the question of liabilities has to be considered on the ground of the 1964 civil code.  As
a rule, the alienation of a state-owned enterprise or integrated parts of its assets entails joint and
several liability of the purchaser and the  alienator (State Treasury). Generally, the purchaser is
liable  to the limit of the price he paid  for the enterprise.  He is liable for everything that he knew at
the moment of  purchase or that he should  have known,  unless  he  is able to prove  his due

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              499


diligence behaviour. In this context environmental audit can play an important role as a fulfilment
of the due diligence requirements. Unfortunately, it is virtually,  it is virtually  not performed in this
path of privatisation.

4.2   Liquidation

      In  the privatisation  through liquidation  are almost exclusively involved Polish investors,
mainly management and workers  of the liquidated enterprise. They spend usually  all their savings
for a purchase or lease of their enterprise and  therefore  they lack necessary  money for  pro-
environmental investments.  It  seems that this category of  enterprises will have  many  problems
with environmental compliance. This question cannot be left unaddressed any longer.


5     INCORPORATION OF  ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

      Although there are  no express or direct environmental provisions in the privatization law, it
is possible, basing on a broad interpretation of the 1990 privatization act,  to introduce at  least
some of them. It presupposes however, that  environmental issues  are  considered as equally
important as fiscal ones. According to Article 5 § 2 of the 1990  act, a  motion for transformation of
a State-owned enterprise  into  a State Treasury company should include economic and financial
assessment. Since environmental liabilities, particulary those concerned with past contamination,
could be very extensive, it seems logic that the assessment should include  also environmental
assessment. The latter one could be  done  on the basis of  environmental  audit.  Therefore  it
seems justified  to  consider the  invoked  article as  a basis  of  environmental   audit.  Another
opportunity  to introduce environmental audit stems from the  wording  of Article  20  § 1 of the
privatization act: "Before offering  shares  to third parties  the Minister of Privatization shall order
that an  economic and financial study be  prepared for the purpose of asset valuation as well as
establishing whether  the  implementation of  organizational, economic or technical changes is
required".  Next  article of the act (21)  constitutes  a good  ground  for  requirement of   pro-
environmental restructuring: "The Minister of  Privatization  can make it  condition that  company
shares are  only offered to third  parties  after  the  implementation  of  changes, as referred  to in
Article 20 § 1".  Unfortunately  there are no similar provisions  applicable to privatization through
liquidation.  It seems  that the  only way  to include environmental considerations to  liquidation
(without amendment of the 1990 privatization act) is enactment of a special decree of the Council
of Ministers which is envisioned in Article  25 of the  1981  act.
6      ENVIRONMENTAL AUDITING

       As mentioned above,  it was  the  western investor  who  raised  questions concerned
environmental issues in the process  of privatization in Poland. Similarly to the US or West
European practices he expected that environmental liabilities would be discussed on the basis of
environmental audit. To meet  his expectations, the environmental audit began to be performed.
The audits, commissioned by the Ministry of Privatisation, are now performed also for the purpose
of the  so called sectoral privatization (in this plan,  enterprises within the same industrial sector
are grouped and processed together for privatization). The main aim of the  audits is to identify an
extent  of soil and ground water contamination caused by a privatized State-owned enterprise. The
scope  of the audits is limited  to the area  of the enterprise; there are  no off-site examinations.
Results of the audits constitute part of privatization contracts and as such are confidential. Neither
the Ministry of Environment nor any local environmental authorities or  environmental NGOs are
involved in or have any  access to the audits or its results. This situation, as likely to cause public
suspicion, is much criticized and it should be changed as soon as possible.

-------
500                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


7      RESPONSIBILITIES FOR CLEAN-UP

       Environmental audit helps to establish costs of cleanup and control technology. Based on
the information disclosed by an audit, the  seller and the purchaser can negotiate who will  hear
responsibility for these  costs (as a matter of fact, the State Treasury cannot give to the investor
unlimited environmental liability).  Such questions are  solved on an  ad hoc basis. As a  rule,
adjustments are made in the purchase price to reflect the purchaser's assumption of responsibility
for cleanup. Sometimes the  government accepts that a portion of the purchase price should be
reserved in  an escrow  account for environmental cleanup. The purchaser agrees to commence
environmental cleanup within an agreed upon time and the government agrees to share the costs
and expenses of remediation. In such transactions cleanup standards are establish  by referencing
Western European Standards(l).
       It  seems that from the  perspective of  the  Polish environmental law,  the  above policy
deserved few words of  criticism. First of all, there is no legal vacuum in the field of restoration of
contaminated  soil. The 1980 environmental act provides in  its Article 13 that  the  polluted soil
should be restored to a proper state, however, it is not defined what is  meant by the "Proper
state". But it is the competence of the local government (wojewoda) to define a  level and way of
fulfilment of  the restoration obligation  (Article 82 of the 1980 act). In this context, it  is strange that
the local government is not involved  in negotiations with potential investors and his prerogatives
are not  respected. A  similar situation  exists under  the 1982  act  on  the protection of the
agricultural and forest  lands (article  29  and article  32).  In this case, the competent organ  to
decide on  cleanup is  situated belongs  to the local selfgovernment. One could imagine that
disregard for the competencies of the local authorities could cause some problems,  mainly if the
authorities have varying perceptions of the  cleanup. This disregard for the  local authorities sends
also a bad message to the local population. The new  owner should care  of his good-neighbour
image from the very beginning. There are no doubts, however, that cleanup standards for Poland
should be worked out and adopted soon.


8      MANDATORY AUDITING IN THE PRIVATIZATION PROCESS

       The Ministry of Environment, almost from the very beginning of  the privatization in Poland,
voiced the opinion that  environmental audit should be a key element of this process. The Ministry
believes that within the  range of actual needs it should be obligatory both for the commercial and
liquidation privatization. In order to overcome shortages of the privatization law, the Ministry of
Environment initiated  last  year  a  vigorous  collaboration  with  the  Ministry  of  Privatization.
Unfortunately, such developments as the elections to the Parliament, change of the Government
suspended the cooperation which was resumed again in April this year. In  May a joint working
group was set up and a formal agreement on cooperation between the two ministries was signed.
The main task of  the group is to introduce  environmental audit into the privatization process as a
mandatory requirement, work out rules for  allocation of environmental  liabilities between the new
owner and  the State Treasury and establish unit for solution  of pending environmental problems
emerging in the privatization process. The unit will be composed of some 10 people., highly
skilled professionals (audit managers, permit managers, environmental lawyers). The unit will be
involved in negotiating  of individual privatization contracts concerned  with allocation of liabilities
for past contaminations and pro-ecological restructuring.  It will closely collaborate with the Ministry
of Environment, mainly State Inspectorate  for Environmental  Protection, and local environmental
authorities.
9      ENFORCING ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

       The State Inspectorate for Environmental Protection will play a vital role in  compliance
enforcement. The Inspectorate outlined  its enforcement program  at the Warsaw Conference on
Privatisation, Foreign Direct  Investment and Liability in Central and  Eastern Europe (19-21  May,

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             501


1992).  It was stated there that the special attention of the agency would be paid to the heaviest
polluters which are both on the national and local  lists (respectively 80 and 800 enterprises).
However,  the  State Inspectorate, being aware  of the backwardness  of some branches  of the
industry will take a balanced approach in specifying  environmental requirements for  privatized
companies.  In  many  cases environmental requirements will be  a  matter  of negotiations  with
potential investors and the agreed  upon environmental commitments will be monitored  and
enforced by  the State Inspectorate.  Before a consent for a  particular  stage  of ownership
transformation is given, detailed environmental requirements will be put forward.  For instance:  1.
the plants operating on the  basis  of outdated technology, with  contaminated sites endangering
human  health,  will be required  to undertake a cleanup action  within a given  time.  It will be
possible to negotiate  with an enterprise a sharing  of costs of  remediation of  less dangerous
contamination  if the enterprise modernize its technology to the required level; 2. the businesses
overexploiting  natural  resources will be required to cut their production to the level  guarantying a
reasonable exploitation. As  in  the above case,  it  will  be  possible to negotiate  deadlines  of
remediation actions; 3. the plants which are legally qualified for closure (lack  of necessary permits
or licenses) will be given a chance to meet the required standards. The deadlines for them will be
determined as  technically feasible and comparable to similar ones in the  EEC;  4. the plants
whose  economic hardship is caused, among others, by  the imposed penalty for violation  of
environmental  requirements will  be eligible for abatement or inclusion of the penalty to the cost of
pollution control investment which will eliminate the reason for the penalty.
10     ENFORCEABILITY

       One of the fundamental principles of the successful compliance policy is to ensure that the
environmental requirements themselves are enforceable. It is a well  known fact that too strict
requirements cause delays and delays undermine the credibility of an enforcement program.
       Very stringent requirements were introduced  by the 1990 Regulation on the protection of
air against pollution. The regulation provides for ambient quality standards which are to be met by
1998 and which are stricter than  most of those adopted by the OECD countries. The regulation is
addressed to conventional  power  plants.  For the  purpose  of the regulation  the plants  are
categorized  into 3  groups:  new plants (C),  existing-modernized plants  (B) and existing  non-
modernized plants (A).  However, the intention  of the 1990 regulation is to apply the strictest
standards of emission of SO2, NOx and particles is to new boilers only. Others are expected to
meet lower standards. The government is aware that in many locations they cannot be met within
the next decade or so. The question is what policy is adopted  by the government to ensure that
the regulation is complied with?
       Two  key  issues  have to  emphasized  in this context.  First, a  legal basis is needed for
regional  environmental authorities (wojewoda) to issue realistically enforceable permits  for plants
operating in  non-attainment regions. Second, the permits should  include compliance schedules
indicating enforceable emission reduction targets of, say  5%-10%, for one or two years intervals,
so that regional  authorities could monitor  improvements and take immediate actions in case of
failure. It would be a mistake to merely set reduction targets for distant dates and wait until the
polluter comply without a possibility of an administrative action  if no progress is demonstrated. On
the other hand, there are no technical possibilities  for gradual  improvements in  many plants; a
typical abatement investment results in a substantial emission  reduction,  but only after several
years of a "non-improvement" phase. Thus, in  order to make sure that gradual progress does
occur,  as well as to offer financial incentives to those environmental champions who reduce  their
emissions more than required, the government  see emissions  trading  programs as a necessary
element  of  any  viable  regional  or  sectoral  restructuring process.  A  special provision on
marketable permits is  included  in the draft environmental  protection  act. In the energy  sector
marketable permits should help  large  power plants to meet their permit requirements by abating
low-stack, dispersed emission sources rather than their  ones. One pilot project  in Upper Silesia
region is already under way.

-------
502                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

11    CONCLUSIONS

      For many years charges for economic use of the environment (intake of water, discharge
of used  water, emissions to air, disposal of waste, cutting trees and bushes) were very low and
did not  constitute an important factor in economic calculations. This situation changed radically
last year when a  new Regulation on charges  for the economic use of  the environment was
adopted. Certain  charges for the most menacing  pollutants increased  so radically that  they
endangered  economic existence of some industrial sectors (for instance pulp and paper industry),
not to say their ability to invest in pollution control equipment. Therefore the reasonableness of
the regulation and the industrial  policy of the Ministry of Environment became  a topic  of
discussion in Parliament (2). A representative of the Ministry  confirmed that the charges imposed
by the regulation had not been preceded with cost/benefit analysis. He blamed partly the industry
for the situation, because of its weak response and too general comments on the draft regulation.
Nevertheless, he added that the Ministry of Environment is ready to amend the regulation so as
to make it more feasible for the industry.
      The experience with the regulation  seems to  be  a  very important lesson  both for the
industry and the Ministry of Environment. The industry has learned that environmental regulations
could decide about their very existence and  therefore they should actively participate in legislative
process, on  the other hand, the Ministry has learned that too  tough regulations could bring quite a
different environmental result than  anticipated.
       REFERENCES

1.     R.  Greenspan Bell; Industrial  Privatization and  the Environment in Poland, ELR 2-92 p.
       10095
2.     O oplatach ekologicznych, Gazeta Przemyslowa  12.04.92

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            503


THE POLISH PROHIBITION OF WASTE IMPORT

WOJCIECH RADECKI

Polish Academy of Sciences,  Institute of Law


1     INTRODUCTORY REMARKS

      When  in the second  half of the 1970s a draft of the Polish  Environmental Act was
prepared, the significance of waste problem was not fully recognized. That was probably a cause
that  the legislative norms dealing with waste included into the Environmental Protection and
Management Act passed on 31 January 1980 were rather curt. They indicated only some
protective directions, signaled  main  obligations being a burden on producers of waste, obligated
local bodies to create conditions being  friendly to protection  against waste, introduced fees for
gathering waste according to the law and fines for gathering waste contrary to the law as well as
determinated  the responsibility for petty offences consisting in violation  of obligations connected
with  ensuring requirements of environmental protection against waste  or economically useless
raw materials, products or used package.
      The provisions  of the Environmental Protection Act have been extended in the executive
order pased by the Council  of Ministers  on 30 September  1980 on environmental protection
against waste and other pollution as well as on maintaining cleaness  and order in  towns and
villages. Furthemore they have been extended too in the  executive orders  on fees and fines in
the environmental protection.
      In the end of the 1980s Poland grew an object of interest of many firms from West Europe
and  the United States as a  place  where waste might be put down. After disclosure of some
transactions which had as a  result many barrels of old  paints, varnish and other chemicals,
leather waste, etc. brought into the  Polish territory, the legislative counteraction was iniciated in
order to stop such activities.  On 27 April  1989 the amendment to the Environmental Protection
Law  was passed (it came  into force on 1  July 1989).  As  regards waste import two new norms
have been introduced:
   -   into section 8  of chapter II "Environmental protection  against waste and other pollution"
      new Article 53a has been added:  Article 53a. Import of waste from abroad is prohibited
   -   into chapter III  "Penal  provisions and  fines for  violation of protective requirements" new
      Article 108a has been added: Article 108a. 1. Who imports waste from abroad to Poland,
      he is a subject to penalty of imprisonment up to 3 years and fine. 2. In a case of minor
      weight the perpetrator is a subject to penalty of imprisonment up to one year, restriction of
      liberty or fine.

      In such a way the Polish legislator has adopted the most restrictive  position, compatibile
besides  with the Basel Convention  signed on 22 March 1989 on the Control of Transboundary
Movement of Hazardous Wastes and their Disposal, having introduced an absolute prohibition of
importing any waste.  This prohibition cannot be repealed  and its violation has beeb  always
recognizing as a crime.
      There are some doubts and difficulties as well as some unfavourable effects from the point
of view of environmental protection,  which have been caused by the introducing such an absolute
prohibition.


2     DOCTRINAL AND PRACTICAL INTERPRETATION OF, ARTICLES 53A AND 108A OF
      THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ACT

      The absolute prohibition of waste import treats all matters which  according to the Polish
law are  recognized as wastes. The legal  definition of  waste  is written  in Article  3 point of the
Environmental Protection Act  which as  "waste" requires to  understand  used objects and  solid

-------
 504                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


 substances as well as liquid substances not recognized as sewage, originating in connection with
 human existence or economic activities, useless in place or time in which they had originated and
 ardous to the environment.
       Regarding to this definition it ought to be underlined that the Environmental Protection Act
 does not use a term  "hazardous wastes". The Polish law knows classification of wastes
 distinguishing three categories of special wastes:
   -  waste menacing contamination (it means waste containing radioactive substances),
   -  waste menacing infection (it means waste containing pathogenic microorganisms),
   -  waste specially  harmful  to the environment (it means waste  containing  substances
       recognized by the Minister for Health and Social Care as poisons or harmful means).

      Attachment of waste  to any above mentioned  category of special waste results essential
 consequences according to the internal law.  For example  the way of disposal and neutralization
 of special waste have to be agreed with the regional governor. Nevertheless this question  has no
 significance for Articles  53a and  108a of the Environmental Protection  Law. The prohibition of
 waste import encompasses all waste and not only special ones belonging to categories involved.
      Therefore the only condition  required  by prohibition of waste  import is that an object or  a
 substance is waste in general according to Article 3 point 5 of the Environmental Protection Act.,
      The last provisions gives a substantial definition of  waste based on two criteria:
 uselessness and ardousness to the environment. The  term "uselessness" has been related to the
 time or place when  or  where waste  had been originated. The Polish legislator has used an
 alternative. It means that used object or substance cannot be recognized as waste only in  such  a
 case if it is useful simultaneuosly in place and time where and when waste had been  produced.
 As a consequence an object or a substance being useless in a  country where  it  had been
 produced but useful in Poland ought to be recognized as waste in the meaning of the  Polish law.
      The second criterion is of  normative character. Article 3 point 6  of the Environmental
 Protection Act determines  that "ardousness to the environment"  is to be understood as physical
 phenomena or staes impending life or making nuisance, especially noise, vibration, air pollution or
 pollution  by waste. Such a definition requires to suppose every useless substance  imported to
 Poland  in  order to store  it -  as waste because the necessity of storage decides about its
 ardousness. As regards objects or substances imported in  order to economic use or liqidation  it
 must be  said that their ardousness to the environment results of air pollution (for example after
 combustion) or producing derivative wastes.
      The State Inspectorate for Environmental Protection accepts the following interpretation:
As waste  is to be recognized every object (substance) useless  abroad that should be in  Poland
 landfilled or liquidated (in the last case because of air pollution). On the other hand some kinds of
 objects (substances) useless abroad may be imported  to be used in Poland if their using does not
 result air pollution, sewage or derivative wastes. When it will be stated that such an object (a
substance) useful to economic use  requires for example  previous cleaning away of tramp
 elements (a for example mettalic  scrap polluted by oil), it means it must be treated as waste. The
 State Inspectorate for Environmental Protection (subordinated to the Minister for Environmental
 Protection, Natural Resources and  Forestry) coordinates using of these principles. On 29  August
 1990 an agreement between the  Chief Inspector For Environmental Protection, the Chief Sanitary
      Inspector, the Chief of Custom  Office  and the  Chief of Boundary Guard was  signed. The
agreement deals with protection  of state  territory against  waste import. Its essence consists in
such a procedure that  if some doubts regarding to the character of goods disclosed  on  border
 have been occured, the Customs Service  or the Boundary Guard are obliged to inform the State
 Inspectorate for  Environmental Protection. If necessary, the State Inspectorate for Environmental
 Protection together with the State Sanitary Inspectorate make suitable activities in order to clear
the case.  However it was not possible to organize on  borders special  laboratories because of
high  costs.
      In October 1990 all  boundary passages were provided with portable dosimeters  serving to
the control of goods in direction of their posible contents of  radioactive substances.
      The other fields  of activity of the State Inspectorate for Environmental Protection  are
controls over economis subjects and giving opinions about likely  import of goods which might be

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             505


admitted as waste. The State Inspectorate for Environmental  Protection  cooperates also  with
environmental services from other countries.
      Above mentioned  solutions,  being worked out in practice,  have been confirmed  in
legislation. Thus the Act passed on 12 October 1990 on the  Boundary Guard included into tasks
of this guard  prevention of transportation accros the border wastes and harmful chemicals as well
as radioactive substances. This Act  empowers officers of the  Boundary Guard  to stop and  to
move back to the  sender  harmful radioactive  substances, chemicals and biological means from
the state border.
      The Act passed on 20 July 1991  on the State Inspectorate for Environmental Protection
included  into  its tasks changing informations with the Customs Offices and the Boundary Guard
about import  of goods prohibited or restricted in consideration of environmental protection as well
as cooperation with the Boundary Guard in  border zones.
      The outlined here activities give some effects. According to informations presented in the
report by the  Chief Inspector for Environmental Protection in the period from July 1989 to January
1991 Poland  was offered for gathering or liquidating at least 17,622,000  tons of useless wastes.
In the most cases it was be possible to prevent these transactions.
      It  looks differently with a question as regards import of useful wastes.  In the same period
from July 1989 to January 1991 projects for processing wastes provided together 767,000 tons  of
waste. From  this amount 61,000 tons  of  wastes were imported and processed, among  them
24,000 tons of zinciferous wastes and 22,000 tons of waste paper.
      Very rigorous approach of the Polish  legislator causes  some  difficulties  in practice. An
example  may be import of waste paper which according to the opinion of the State Inspectorate
for  Environmental Protection  in some cases may be advisable from  the point  of view  of
environmental protection in Poland.
      It  is so because some  kinds of waste  paper are  not generated in  Poland, therefore the
only one alternative would be extension of cutting trees  in forests.  The State Inspectorate for
Environmental Protection gives sometimes permissions on import of waste paper. It  is  however
not to deny that  conformity of such  permissions  with the law  is very doubtful because waste
paper is  legally recognized as waste. More over, opponents to such sollution pointed out that
import of waste paper in some manner relieved Polish  administrative bodies from a  duty  to
organize in  a proper way buying waste  paper in our country.  Actually  it is so because the
question  of buying waste paper has not found a proper solution and looks very week.
      There  was another  example famous in  1991  import of waste sulfite liquor from  Norway.  In
the Polish provisions dealing with fees for waste there is a position "waste sulfite liquor". Fees for
such wastes  are ones of the biggest  therefore waste sulfite  liquor was recognized in an implied
way as a harmful waste. Meanwhile the Minister for Environmental Protection, Natural Resources
and  Forestry  has written to the Chief of Customs Office that waste sulfite liquor  was not waste
because  it had been produced in the Polish works but in insufficient amount, therefore for many
years it had been supplemented by import from Czechoslovakia. Thus, according to the minister's
opinion,  when waste sulfite liquor is  used completely, in 100 percent,  it  cannot be treated as
waste but rather as raw material indispensable for production. Concomitently the  minister points
out that  waste sulfite  liquor is an toxic substance  and  if it  cannot  be used as  a whole, it will
acquire characteristics of waste.
      On the other hand some  experts say that the copper works Glogow and Legnica using
waste sulfite  liquor employ out-dated technology. As a result all waste sulfite liquor (and  also
sulphur and other harmful substances) gives into air. If these works had been modernized, the
import of waste sulfite liquor would be unnecessary.
      The discussion seems to be rather hopeless. Waste used in economy does not stop to be
a waste. On  the  other hand if using waste sulfite  liquor is necessary in Polish conditions  of
technology, it must be  imported, but  legal  provisions ought to be formulated in a different way.
      The Polish public opinion is very sensitive to waste import from abroad. According to the
famous report of the Greenpeace (by  Andreas Bernstorff and Jim Puckett) from October 1990,  at
least 46,000 tons  of wastes were imported  into Poland. I would like to remember that  every case
of waste  import has to be treated as a crime. There are no informations about criminal  proceedins
which would  be ended with indictment.  In newspaper we can  find  some  figures about several

-------
506                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

proceeding on Article 108a of the Environmental Protection Act in course, but there are no data
available about courts decisions in such cases.
      Sensivity  of the public  opinion to waste import gets sometimes grotesque forms. Two
years ago  there was a famous case of 500 barrels of toxic wastes brought from abroad. In
summer  they had to be destroyed on a military testing ground. One night a group about 200
persons, inhabitants from neighbouring villages, animated by the chief official of a group of
villages, made  an irruption  into that testing ground and  destroyed facilities serving to
neutralization of  dangerous wastes.  As a result neutralization  was impossible. The  Minister for
Environmental Protection, Natural Resources and Forestry in published in newspaper opinion has
said it had  been a result of obscurantism and ignorance. Probably it was a right opinion but an
action of people did not  arise in emptiness. The  people in  Poland have no indispensable
knowledge  about wastes. Besides warming up atmosphere on the waste import has brought to
such flagrancy.
3      LEGISLATIVE PROJECTS

       Poland wants to ratify the Basel Convention on the Control of Transboundary Movement of
Hazardous Wastes and their Disposal; this question is decided and the ratification should be done
in the nearest time. New provisions about waste import must be conformed to the convention.
       In March  1992 a new version of the  Waste Act Draft was prepared by the  Ministry for
Environmental  Protection, Natural  Resources and Forestry. The designers give up a substantial
definition of waste and  define it as all matters or movable goods originated as a result  of human
existence or economic activity which are disposed  or whose disposal is intended or should be
made.
       An essential supplement to this definition will be separation of dangerous waste, it means
such wastes which because of their source, chemical or biological composition may be imminent
over human life or  health  or natural environment.  A register of dangerous wastes should be
defined by an executive order passed  by the Minister for Environmental Protection, Natural
Resources and Forestry in agreement with the Ministers for Health and Social Care, for Industry
and Trade, for Agriculture and Food Economy.
       Chapter 4 of the draft is entitled "International Circulation of Waste". It is consisted with six
articles, which should be named in full contents:

       Article 22. An international circulation  of waste is to be understood as waste import from
abroad into  the Polish territory, transport of wastes originated from abroad through  the  Polish
territory as well as waste export abroad from the Polish territory.

       Article 23. International circulation of dangerous waste is prohibited in realation with states
which  are not parties of Convention on  the  Control of  Transboundary Movement of Hazardous
Wastes and their Disposal signed in Basel on 22 March 1989.

       Article 24.
1.      Import of dangerous  wastes from abroad in prohibited.
2.      Import of other wastes is admissible only with consent passed by the Chief Inspector for
       Environmental Protection.
3.      The consent defined in part 2 may be passed if:
       1) waste is destinated for economic use,
       2)  there are not in  the country available wastes suitable for equivalent economic use or
          there are ones in insufficient amount,
       3)  economic use of imported waste will not provoke menace for natural environment and
          especially will not contribute to enlargement waste gathered on earth surface.
4.      The Chief Inspector for Environmental  Protection may condition giving consent to:
       1)  presentation by the importer of waste an opinion of appointed expert about compliance
          with conditions defined in part 3,

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             507


      2)  securing in time defined in consent return to the exporter such a part of imported waste
          which in economic use has not been completely processed.

      Article 25.
1.     Export of dangerous waste is admissible exclusively with consent passed by the  Chief
      Inspector for Environmental Protection.
2.     The consent defined in part  1 may be given under condition that it would be  obtained
      consents of proper agencies from importing state and transiting states.
3.     The provisions of parts 1 and 2 are respectively used in a case of transit dangerous waste
      through the Polish territory.

      Article 26.
The Minister for Environmental Protection, Natural Resources and Forestry may by an executive
order define that provisions of Article 23 should be respectively used to circulation with  other
waste.

      Article 27.
The Minister for Environmental Protection, Natural Resources and Forestry will define pattern of
consents used in internal and international circulation of waste.

      In connection  with such provisions  there are  projected -  different  than  to  day penal
provisions.  They will be defined as follows:

      Article 29.
Who imports dangerous wastes from abroad, he is a subject to penalty of imprisonment up to 5
years.
      Article 30.
1.     Who without a demanded permission imports from abroad wastes other than dangerous or
      exports them abroad, he is a subject to penalty of imprisonment up to 3 years.
2.     In the case of minor weight the perpetrator is a subject to penalty of  imprisonment  up to
      one year, restriction of liberty or a fine.

-------
508                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             509


SOME  INFORMATION  ON ENFORCEMENT  CONCERNING  SOLID  AND  HAZARDOUS
WASTES DISPOSAL IN CZECHOSLOVAKIA

KAREL VELEK

Czechoslovak Society for Environment

       The theme of discussion includes Solid and Hazardous Wastes and  the actual situation  in
compliance with and enforcement of current laws and regulations. To  understand  this problem
better, however, it would  be  useful to compare it with other environmental media, especially with
the problem of water and  air  protection.
       CSFR with its 15 million inhabitants comprises of two republics and has been governed by
100 district councils representing the state government institutions. Even in this single  fact  there
is  something new: only four  years ago there existed the two-level  system of management under
which the concept and special programs were being operated by relatively well equipped regional
government institutions of 10 regions (7 of them belonging to the Czech  and 3 to the Slovak
republic).  The  Public  Health Service,  for  example,  has  maintained  its  two-level system  of
management of regional laboratories including the possibility of appealing against the decision  of
a  district public health officer to the regional  public health officer.  The district councils  have
established their own environmental departments analogous to those in larger cities.  Even the
small  communities  have  their officials  commissioned with executing the  environmental policy.
Their  number and qualification considerably  differs between particular districts. In former seats  of
regional  authorities  there  were sometimes  some 20  university  or  high  school graduated
professionals  on water management (it was the  strongest group), air pollution, preservation  of
natural resources and forests and on wastes disposal management.
       Due to the geographical reasons  (our inland situation determines that with the exception  of
Danube practically all the rivers spring in CSFR and flow out of the country ) as well as due  to
the historical reasons considerable adjustments of the river flows and to some extend also certain
wastewater treatment covering wastewaters  from towns and industry were necessary as early as
at  the beginning of this century. The Hydrological  Institute of T. G.  Masaryk employing more than
a hundred professionals existed before the Second World War already. Together with the work  of
the Hydrometeorological  Institute and on the large administrative areas operating government
authorities this structure provided for a  relatively  highly qualified system of management. In the
50ies,  the laws and regulations on  water preservation were passed  and the headquarters and
regional inspectorates for state watermanagement inspection were established. Also established
were  the headquarters for water basins management.  In  that time,  this  concept was a very
progressive one. This type of organization was known even in  the U.S.A.,  for example, where it
was being made  use of by several  interstate watermanagement agencies  responsible for
managing river basins in  case rivers were forming borders  between the U. S. states and it was
expected to be more efficient to manage particular river basins as a whole.
       Due to  the reckless development of  heavy industry  pushed ahead  in accordance with  a
doubtful idea that Czechoslovakia should have become a "steel heart of the socialist camp" and
consequently  due to a considerable neglect and transfer  of water preservation among minor,
second-class problems  an overall deterioration of water quality in rivers and basins occurred and
in  a number of locations  even serious damage and threat to the  underground waters  appeared
(Bratislava, Ostrava). Even among  the  hydrologists the situation  prevailed that constructors  of
dams  were clearly  being  given preference.  These often undervalued and  even  suppressed the
endeavours of their  collegues-hydrologists aiming at water treatment etc. This may apply, for
example, to the first objections against Gabcikovo-Nagymaros waterworks at the  beginning  of
GOies.
       I am mentioning this  history in details on purpose because it  demonstrates  the fact that
even  under the relatively  qualified  state  authorities, with the  existing  strict  watertreatment
standards and subject  to the objections of  non-governmental organizations (NGO), that is, the
fishermen and environmental activists (however, they were not allowed to  protest too loudly)
practically all our rivers have become polluted up to the degree III and  IV. Industries as well as

-------
510                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


the socialist agricultural enterprises easily got the  exception status when they were not complying
with the requirements  to build wastewater treatment plants. Those were, anyway, financed both
mostly and insuficiently from state budget.
       Probably even  more undesirable situation applied to  the  air pollution. In this area, not
earlier than in the 70ies it was decided that the Ministry  of Forest and Water Management (that
preferred to operate rather as a production department) should have  been responsible also  for air
pollution monitoring and control).
       Denial  of  the basic principles of heat and electricity  using  in industry and  to a certain
extent even  in  agriculture  and towns (e.g. poorly isolated  prefabricated blocks of flats  and
infrastructures) resulted in the fact that together with the  former GDR we find ourselves not only
at the leading position in per capita  energy  consumption  but  also among the countries suffering
the worst air pollution. At the same time, the  concentration of energy  production based on burning
coal containing sulfur in the  area of Podkruinoho^i in Northern Bohemia contributed considerably
to a critical state of pollution in these  particular areas. As even in big  cities there is a high number
of places heated by coal containing  2-3% of sulfur and only in 1993 the cars belonging  to firms
and not having catalyzers will not be allowed to the centres of Praha and Karlovy Vary, air
pollution has been regarded to be our most  serious environmental problem.
       In 1971 the first attempts were made  to  prepare The Law on wastes under the condition
that the Ministry of Forest and Waster Management would have been equipped appropriately for
the control, inspection and  management of  wastes. The original  draft of this law was returned
back to the authors in a way  that the top ministerial officials of that time did not dare to  try to
push it ahead any more. Officially it was due to formal reasons but most probably it was refused
because the reasoned statement in fact openly  put down  requirements for large investments into
the higher-quality sanitary landfills, incinerators,  etc. Only  more than  ten years later (when all the
Western European countries had updated their laws on  wastes once or twice already)  another
round of negotiations started concerning the possibility of passing the law. Anyway, the suggested
idea was rather  simplifying the problem  reducing  it first  of all  to the  possibility  of obtaining
significant source of raw materials. The law was even intended to concern just the secondary raw
materials and  thus it was the Ministry of Industries that was commissioned to prepare its draft.
       In that time  the efforts of NGO played  a considerable role which was a predecessor of
currently existing Czechoslovak Society  for Environment,  whose Working Group for Wastes
elaborated  and later on, during the two national conferences, also approved the  basic principles
for the Waste Disposal Act.  This draft including  the  provisions on prevention, reuse and disposal
of wastes as well as on some principles concerning state government authorities was accepted to
a considerable extent.  But the complex solution came not before  the drafts were prepared after
the 1989 revolution having been submitted by the Ministry of Environment and Federal Committee
for Environment and supported by the Slovak Commission for Environment that was established
later on. It  is necessary to mention within this introductory part that  in the period of  1990-92 the
environmental responsibilities in  Czechoslovakia  have  been   devided among  the  Federal
Committee for Environment  (which is responsible - besides the responsibility for nuclear power
stations - for various national  programs and for the whole  agenda of international relations  and
cooperation), the  Czech Ministry of Environment and the Slovak Commission for Environment, the
latter two being the executive authorities. The Czech Department governs, with the help of  its 12
territorial divisions (regional offices) 70 district councils, e.g their environmental departments.
       To show  how   compliance  and enforcement should be realized  I  am  mentioning The
Principles of Current legislation. The Act  No. 238 of 22th  May 1991 (1) on Wastes includes
definition of basic terms. It includes  the principles similar to those of  EC and to a considerable
extent even to those  valid  in  Austria and  Germany (definition  of  wastes, hazardous  wastes,
waste-producer, or waste disposal).
       The Basic  Provision  maintains that  both  the legal  and natural  persons are obliged to
prevent waste generation and create conditions for its reuse  and  processing. Legal and natural
persons  are  obliged  to carry  out these  activities solely  within  the facilities  that have  been
designed for this purpose.

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             511


       Any import of waste to be disposed of on the territory of the Czech and Slovak Federative
 Republic is prohibited. The ban  does not apply provided the following conditions are fulfilled at the
 same time:
    -   The waste import  is based on a  contract  on providing the Czechoslovak partner with  a
       verified and already realized disposal  technology meeting the world scientific and technical
       standards.
    -   All the imported  waste will  be disposed of while simultaneously the total amount or the
       degree of harmfulness of similar wastes produced in our country will be reduced.
       Import, transport and storage of such wastes are allowed only if approved by the Czech
       Ministry of Environment or  analogous authority in the  Slovak  Republic.  The above
       mentioned authorities have established special commissions for considering such imports.

       Similarly, there is a ban  on  exporting  hazardous wastes without a written consent of  both
 importing and transit countries.
       The duties of legal and  natural persons related  to waste management have been set by
 the law on  the  level of republics  (2) that defines the role of state administration in waste
 management and has been the main tool for compliance and enforcement.
       The highest authority within the state administration  responsible for environmental issues
 is the Ministry of Environment of the Czech Republic  that reserves the right of final supervision
 as for the elaboration of the waste disposal programs on the republic level  and the right to decide
 about the import,  export or transit of wastes.
  The Czech  (Slovak  in the Slovak   Republic)  Environmental  Inspection  (3)  has been
 monitoring compliance  with the legal regulations  concerning wastes management both within
 other bodies  of state administration and legal and natural persons involved in waste management
 activities. The inspection can impose penalties in accordance with the Act on Wastes that  may
 range between 10 000 and 300  000 crowns (that is, 100 times a  1991  average salary) in case the
 waste generator:
   -   does not elaborate  a consistent waste management scheme
   -   fails to secure a source-sorted waste collection
   -   does not ensure waste utilization or disposal of the wastes
   -   does not keep records on wastes in accordance with a special code of conduct (4)
   -   does not label properly the products or their covers from the point of view of their recycling
       or elimination.

       The penalty from  20 000 up to 500 000 crowns can be charged in case the generator:
   -   does not allow access of checking  authorities into the processing (storing) facilities or does
       not submit  the necessary waste  management documentation or even does  not provide
       true and full information
   -   performs waste collection, purchase,  processing or elimination without  being licenced for
       that or violates the provisions of the  licence, acts without having  the  approved rules of
       conduct or handles  the wastes outside the approved facilities.

       The penalty from 100 000 up to 10 million crowns can be charged when the most  serious
violations of law occur, especially in these cases:
   -   the regulations on waste  import and export has been violated
   -   the hazardous wastes are not collected and  stored separately or are  not manipulated in
       accordance with  the special regulations of the Public  Health Office concerning protection
       of public health
   -   the waste generator does not fulfill  the obligation to notify  and  report to the authorities  and
       does not keep records on liquidation of hazardous wastes
   -   hazardous waste is being transported without permission or  the transporter violates the
       permission
   -  the waste generator does not respect the order of state authorities charging  him/her with
      the duty to  eliminate, in  exceptionally urging  cases and in  the interest of the public, the
      wastes in his/her  own facility capable of doing so.

-------
512                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


      The Inspection, at the same time, sets terms and conditions for bringing the violator to
compliance. The Inspections offer a qualified help to the local (district) authorities.
      The inspection is managed from the Headquarters and has 8 regional inspectorates in the
Czech Republic. Similarly,  an  analogous  Headquarters of regional  inspectorates  is  being
established in the Slovak Republic.  In the  Czech Republic,  the  Wastes  Division  employs 49
persons including administration personnel.
      Inspection is thus the main authority  responsible for enforcement. It came into being in
1991  when it was officially established. In the mean time it has still been  gathering knowledge
being derived especially from the  many years of experience of the Division for Water Protection
and the Division  for Air  Protection.
      The main state  administration  authorities  responsible for compliance are  the district
councils.
      The districts in Czechoslovakia have  an average 150  000 inhabitants. According to the
Federal  Act on Wastes and  legislation of the republics  on the  state administration the  District
Council
   a) approves  waste management programs according to the Decree No. 401/91 (5)
   b) grants approval to
   -  facilities engaged in wastes elimination
   -  hazardous wastes disposal
   -  issuing the Operating Instructions for waste processing
   -  business in waste handling
   In case of not meeting the conditions or violating the regulations the  District Council may
   withdraw its approval.
   c) makes statements on
   -  establishing waste elimination facilities
   -  waste  management plants construction and building  of other waste  management  related
      facilities already in  the stage of the building scheme or its change  (e.g.  the first  step of
      project documentation)
   -  changes in waste management related technological processes
   d) controls compliance with the decisions aimed at suppressing the law-violating activities
   e) is authorized to use enforcement measures as well as to set terms  for bringing the
      violator to  compliance, it is  also authorized to  stop the  activities  contributing to
      waste  generation if there was a danger of  a serious environmental  damage. The  District
      Council  is  also  authorized  to charge penalties  thus  being  authorized  to practise
      enforcement. The district councils  represent at the same time a sort of  concept-making
      bodies as they are commissioned to work out waste management programs on the district
      level based on the programs of producers and communities.

      At this point it is necessary to mention that the claims determined by  the given duties (and
it is far not the full account of them) highly exceed the  possibilities of managing them given the
existing number and qualification of the district councils' personnel.
      Extremely important from the  point of view of compliance is elaboration of  the waste
management programs of producers who may be legal and natural persons conducting waste
generating activities as well as communities on the territory of which the municipal waste is being
generated. According to the  Decree  of the Czech National Council No.  401/91  of  16th  August
1991  (5)  each  producer generating  more than 100 tons of wastes a  year or more than 50
kilograms of hazardous wastes is  obliged to elaborate, until 31st August 1992, a program for the
period of 1992-97. According to the above mentioned Decree and in compliance with the Federal
Act on Wastes and the Republic Act on State Administration, this document should  be approved
by the district council. In accordance with the general rules of conduct this should be as any other
application settled within 30 days. As it is clear from the following text, this  task is most probably
not viable within the given  term and strictly for all the waste generators  of whom may be even
several thousands. That is why the exception is possible and the authorities may not necessarily
be obliged to comply with the given term.  Such a situation is mentioned also in the Case Study 2
in Principles  of  Environmental enforcement.  It concerns the situation when  the Dutch regional

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             513


authorities were not able to ensure, due to the lack of qualified personnel, that all the wrecker
yards detected  would be inspected  properly and in time and thus they had to accommodate the
original plan while hiring more personnel for meeting their goals.
       The purpose of the legislative institutions is to ensure through the programs elaboration
   -   the basic identification data on the generator or community
   -   analytical data concerning  wastes  quantity and  quality including  the data  on  their
       generation
   -   elaboration of the proposals for reducing, utilization and elimination of wastes
   -   bringing  under control all the  relevant documentation related to the executive authorities.

       The main identification data include:
       for  the  generators:  Characteristics  of the  the  enterprise  and  its establishments
(subsidiaries) which is far from being easy to gather, for example, in case of the state railways,
the networks of bus  transportation, the distributors of motor fuels,  etc. Characteristics  of the
production processes  including determination of basic problems of waste management.
       for communities: Characteristics of the community, its  representatives and responsible
persons, basic  information on the  community, data  on the quantity and structure of wastes
generated,  information on  dump sites,  the list of legal and natural persons  engaged  in waste
disposal  within  the  community, information on  preserved, green  belts and other  environmental
interests.

       The main analytical data include:
       for the generators: the review of production  sites where the wastes are being generated,
may be  utilized or eliminated. The wastes  generated have  to be,  and  that  is very  much
demanding,  sorted  according  to  the Catalogue  and  categorization of  wastes (6)  which is
practically identical  as for the sorting  and codes  of  wastes  with the categorization used in
Germany - e.g. the LAGA Catalogue - or with the catalogue used in Austria.  In an enterprise
where  several tens of waste types are being generated and a proper evidence including weighting
of the wastes has not yet been  executed it is rather a difficult issue. Determination of some waste
types is subject to the interpretation - that means the responsible personnel must decide whether
some waste will be  regarded  as hazardous (the records about this type of waste will have to be
kept if more than 50  kilograms of it a year are being generated) or just as others (in this  case
recordkeeping is obligatory when more  than 100  tons  of such  a waste is being generated). As
some  confusions  still exist,  new  amendments  to  categorization  including  instructions on
interpretation are being worked out  currently. The Terminological Norm  (7) is going to be an
important aid.  It will  present definitions of the  most  frequent terms including  their English,
German, Russian and French equivalents. This  norm should be  elaborated during this year if the
plan is met.
       Contemporary  experience suggests that  responsible  determination  of quantity (in case of
wastes and sludge it is necessary to know the contents of water) will  be a difficult task for many
enterprises and even more  demanding will be the control of  correctness of these data. During the
single detailed statistical investigation in 1987 (the wastes having been sorted into approximately
400  groups according to  their composition)  various  misunderstandings,  mistakes and even
concealments  of some  types of wastes occurred. These occurred despite the then Federal
Statistical Bureau and State Planning Commission  had issued  a very detailed and voluminous
instruction at that occasion  (cca. 60-page guidelines).
       for communities, the  data  and conditions concerning collecting communal wastes are
given.
       Survey of wastes concerns the originating,  utilized  and temporary and  finally deposited
wastes sorted into  the groups of hazardous, special (e.g.  important from the  point of view of
national economy) and others.  It also concerns some special points  on handling  these wastes,
security conditions  and fire protection. The survey further concerns the data on non-waste
generating technologies and recycling in production and  description of facilities  for elimination
of wastes run by the  producers (dump sites, incinerators, waste sorting and processing facilities
including the technical parameters and  quantities of processed  wastes of  their own or of other

-------
514                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


subjects). The survey and characteristics of not already used dump sites is given on this place,
too,  mentioning  the quantities  and  characteristics of deposited  wastes  and the  state of
reclamation or rescue of these old dump sites.  All this should provide the first systematic review
of this type of contaminated sites. Also mentioned are the costs of processing and elimination of
wastes as well  as the information on self-monitoring reports of the enterprises and on how these
data are being  submitted to the competent state authorities in accordance with the government
Decree on Waste Reporting (4).
       The  designing  part  represents  the  purpose  of the  program  itself and  includes the
organizational and technological measures  aimed at  reducing waste  generation,  its sorting,
material  and energy utilization and waste liquidation. It is  also necessary to keep  in  mind the
supposed changes in production  especially with regard to the attenuation programs  the purpose
of which  is to close down out-dated facilities and gradually change over to the more effective and
energy and material less demanding types of production with lower waste generation.
       The  documentary part  includes copies of decisions of  the  competent authorities
concerning waste management programs of the generators, records on prospective controls, etc.
The  generator  must add the statement of the respective local council  (including  his/her own
analysis  and objections  in case  he/she  does not agree with  the  opinion of the local council).
Included  within the documentary part will be later on also the approval  of the respective  local
council as well  as information  on  possible changes incorporated into the program on the basis of
demands of the respective authority.
       Generally  it is supposed that the district (local) authorities  can decide  about  granting the
producers special conditions, e.g  relaxation about handling the wastes for  a certain  period of
time necessary  for accommodation  to  the new  conditions if these are  not able,  in  time the
program  is being elaborated,  to fulfill the duties set by the law. Such relaxations  may apply only
for a period up to five years since the Act on Wastes has entered into  effect, e.g until  1996.
       The  waste  management  program  for  the  district  is  being  constructed differently.
Besides  the  introductory part describing the  characteristic features of the  district, the survey of
wastes generated,  utilized and  eliminated has been included  in  the analytical part using the
system of sorting wastes into the  groups of special,  hazardous,  other and communal  wastes
which is  in accordance with the catalogue and categorization of wastes.
       The  survey  of waste  generators  is also included  as well  as the  characteristics of the
wastes generated and  the survey  of  communities generating  communal wastes including the
analysis  of how they are being handled. Similarly, the survey of waste collecting  and processing
facilities  within the district is referred to including their technical and operational parameters. The
not yet resolved problems are also mentioned on this place (the problems of capacity, efficiency,
financing, administration, etc.).
       The  designing  part  will  contain  organizational  and  investment  plans, expected  and
documented designs for structural changes aimed at reducing waste generation and  the program
of rescue and reclamation of dump sites. Measures to coordinate activities  with other districts will
be of special importance.
       As an appendix  the map should be enclosed on a scale
1:30 000 with the most significant waste  generators, facilities, protective  zones, etc introduced
into  this   map.  Enclosed in  the  appendix should  be  also the  approved programs  of waste
generators as well as the programs elaborated for the communities.
       Extremely intensive preliminary  and committed negotiations are  expected to take place
during  the last quarter of this year. The opinion  was voiced several times  that the  programs
should be just  taken over by the district councils and  approved  gradually during  the  following
period  of time  according to  the  urgency given,  for instance, by the state  of preparations of
facilities  construction, by the necessity  to negotiate on common facilities or in case  of  a serious
clash of interests.
       Public interest groups,  NGO and citizens are expected to  comment on the problem and
submit important suggestions as everybody  has  the  right  to get acquainted  with the  district
programs.
       It  is clear that at this juncture the complex solution of the task is  necessary because it is
not possible to set any chronological priorities  and solve the  problems  step by step.  The task

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              515


involves both all the waste generating units and the state administration authorities on the district
and local levels as well as a number of officials at the Czech Ministry (or the Slovak Commission)
of Environment. Frequent contacts take place currently  between  the  competent officials.  The
district officials could,  for example, meet at a two and a half day long  seminar organized by the
Czech Ministry of Environment in cooperation with the Czech Society for Environment.
       A number of impulses and ideas sprang out from the negotiations, as for example:
   -   in case of  some  enterprises with a great  number  of subsidiaries (or workshops)
       located over the whole territory of the country  it would be useful to negotiate the program
       in advance on  the level of the Wastes Division of the  Ministry of Environment. After this
       division makes a  statement on the respective problem, the  program will be submitted  to
       the district council in the  place where the seat of the  headquarters is located (this  may
       apply to the railways, the regional bus transportation services, distribution of motor fuels,
       etc.). Nevertheless, the statement of the local council where particular units are  located will
       be necessary. According to the Decree No. 401 the district council is obliged to cooperate
       on elaborating  its own  district  program with waste generators situated  on its  territory  in
       order to ensure the  feedback necessary for obtaining the statement and approval  of the
       district authorities, even though it may include some additional demands.
   -   first  entrepreneurial  associations  are emerging  capable of  working  out  programs
       applying to multiple communities and sometimes also to multiple production subjects and
       aiming  at resolution at the same time also the problems of funding the construction of the
       necessary facilities. This concerns especially separated salvage  aiming  at utilizing at least
       the  basic  components  of communal  wastes (glass,  paper, kitchen wastes,  etc.)  and
       constructing the dump sites for the rest of the wastes. At the same time the  hazardous
       components that may become a part of communal wastes should be brought under control
       (e.g.bacteries,  fluorescent tubes, remains of  chemicals, etc.)  The  first associations are
       going to be financed on the share holding principle by the firms and communities aware  of
       the fact that national resources for  funding (see  information  on the Fund for Environment
       later on) will be highly limited.
       the general concept of hazardous wastes disposal on the whole-republic scale is missing
       urgently. This will  be a part of the Waste Sector Study  that is to  be  worked out within the
       framework of the  project  funded by CEC firms Environmental Management (GB),  CESL
       (Portugal) and  Dagh Watson (It) until May 1993. The absence of such a concept resulted
       in the attempts to  push  through, for instance, a great number of incinerators of hazardous
       wastes  attached  to various large industrial enterprises. Anyway, this was fundamentally
       lacking  the  complex attitude that would consider addressing such related problems like a
       complete service aimed at collecting and transporting hazardous wastes on regional level.
       Foreign experience supports a small number of large-capacity facilities providing services
       like collection and transportation of hazardous wastes even from a great distance because
       the share of the cost of transportation represents just a small part of the overall cost.  The
       customers prefer  complex services, e.g. the take  over of any  and all of the  hazardous
       wastes. The problem is that the way of funding of such large facilities has not yet been
       resolved (this concerns the assessed 50-100 mil. US $) which is expected to be one of the
       main tasks of the above mentioned study to solve.
   -   the NIMBY syndrome (Not In My Back Yard) occurs.  A number of  plans of larger-scale
       and  efficient regional  solutions (e.g.  processing  of  old  accumulators,  processing  and
       deposition of  residual wastes coming from  the galvanic sludge,  incinerating  of liquid
       combustible wastes  in cement factories, etc.) are being refused by the local and often
       even district authorities  with the explanation that the  authorities are not going  to approve
       "imports of wastes from other sites". This considerably  reduces especially the possibilities
       to use favourable  hydrological conditions for building  larger regional dump sites equipped
       according to the  European standards as they are  applied even within  the  Decree  of the
       Czech government on the Details Concerning Wastes Handling (9).
   -   the evaluation  of  investment plans representing as a whole most probably less efficient
       solutions than would be represented by the  more efficient larger regional  facilities,  has
       not yet  been coped with sufficiently as for the methods are  concerned. The investor can

-------
516                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       always more  easily obtain  financial  resources  ranging from  10 to 30  mil. crowns  for
       building a smaller incinerator of local industrial wastes. Such a facility can usually be easily
       approved as it intends to burn only the wastes generated within the walls of the particular
       enterprise  or  if need be the communal "wastes generated  within our own community or
       district". Anyway, a number  of these incinerators do not refine the products of combustion
       well enough,  their chimneys are low  and thus it is sure that their specific environmental
       pollution burden per a ton of combusted waste must be heavier than it would be in case of
       combusting wastes on the large scale  given the permanently controled facilities.
   -   from the practical  point of view it is not yet clear to what extent will the district and local
       ministerial  divisions create, and thus be contributing to the realization  of, regional waste
       management concepts. In  the mean  time the idea prevails that they should be preferably
       engaged  in  administrative  activities,  e.g.  negotiating the supposed  programs, control
       activities, etc.

       The waste management programs in  general represent a highly demanding and complex
activity that should within  a short period of time, some 2-3 years, considerably reduce the scale of
our 15-20 years of backwardness  behind the legislation and practice  regarded as a standard in
the developed countries and contribute considerably  to  the efficiency  of compliance  and
enforcement. The fact that all the officials and scientists engaged in  inquiring into the problems of
waste  handling have been currently engaged in  developing, negotiating and control of waste
management programs contributes a lot to the  increase in their practical knowledge and insight
into the problem.
       I am going to mention some other legislative  regulations  exercising an influence upon
compliance  and  enforcement. The  Details on  Wastes Handling   are  of a great  practical
importance  (10).  They  set the principles for handling  hazardous  wastes, they  bring about
categorization of wastes for dumping through determination of classes  of extracts predetermining
the dump sites construction as well as the principles of sealing the dump grounds or  reclamation.
Originally, the prerequisits concerning covers  ought to have been set but this problem will be
solved separately.
       The Details will be followed by an  even more detailed, recommended  Czech and Slovak
State  Norm on Wastes Dumping.
       The possibility of making use of the support of the Czech Environmental Fund established
under the legislation passed by the Czech National Council is very important for compliance (10).
Similarly,  there  exists also the Slovak  Environmental Fund. The Fund  has  been  a special
organization with  its own statute, with its director  appointed  by the Ministry of Environment and
with its advisory board - the Council of the Fund - appointed by the minister, too.
       In  accordance with a special  instruction, it is possible to provide means, on the request
and in compliance with the statute of the Fund,  to support measures  aimed at environmental
protection and improvement, especially aimed at
   -   supporting investment and non-investment activities
   -   supporting research,  development,  production of and implementing   appropriate
       technologies
       supporting monitoring environmental media  and (ecological) processes
   -   repayments of installments and interests of loans provided by the Fund (which is a matter
       typically of non-interest-bearing loans and subsidies)
       supporting educational activities and dissemination  of environmental information

       Unfortunately, the  Fund itself is not that rich. As for the year 1992 some 25 billion crowns
were  designed  mostly  for unfinished wastewater treatment plants  and air pollution  control
projects. The share assigned to waste handling projects will be at the disposal not earlier than in
1993  when there will be penalties and fees paid  for waste deposits flowing in on  the  receiving
side of the Fund (see later). The Fund has its source of  income in:
   -   fees paid for discharging pollutants into the  air and  waters
   -   fees paid for water taking  and extracting minerals
   -   penalties for violating the regulations and measures of environmental protection

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             517


   -   state subsidies, shares from tax revenues, contributions from individuals and organizations

       Related to the activities of the Fund is the Act on Fees for Waste Deposition (11). This
Act passed by the Czech National Council aims at enforcing restrictions on land annexations and
the risk of polluting ground waters. The fees  are scaled  according to the harmfulness of the
wastes  and according to the dumpsite's  compliance with the  required  standards  set by  the
legislative regulations, as it is seen in  the following table. Some  relaxation of the assessed fees
has been anticipated for a three year's period and  after that the fees will have to be paid in a full
scale.
Table
1
groups of dumpsites

1.
2.

3.

4.


5.

soils and deads
other wastes
(except No.1)
solid communal
wastes
special wastes
except hazardous
and those under No.3.
hazardous wastes

fee rate I
crowns/t

0

10

20

40

250



fee rate II
crowns/t
1992
1

25

20

110

3000
1993
3

70

70

320

4000
1994
6

140

210

640

5000
      The fee rate  I. applies  to the dumpsites  secured in  accordance with  the government
Decree on the Details of Waste Handling. The fee rate II.  applies to the dumpsite not secured in
compliance with this regulation.  If the insufficiencies are not removed (given the relaxation during
1992 and 1993) the full fee will  be paid.  The classification has been carried out according to the
Catalogue and categorization of  wastes (6).
      The fees  for dumping were  subject to  strong  objections especially by the  large power
stations that were demanding separate categorization for the powerplant flue ash maintaining that
it concerned nearly an inert material  and  that the cost increased by the fees would be reflected in
the consumer prices for electricity.
      Conditions  for Wastehandling  Entrepreneurial  Activities  and  Conditions  for
Hazardous Wastes Handling are determined by even more detailed regulations.  Immediately
after the  legislation  was  passed  the permits  were  being  granted (too  generously)  for  the
entrepreneurial activities, especially for those concerning collecting and processing secondary raw
materials. Nowadays the claims are much more  strict and both examinations and controls of
qualification  for these  activities are necessitated. The  License  for  Audit Elaboration  and
Environmental Impact Assessment has been  granted separately. The  elaboration of EIA has
been imposed by the Environmental Act in case of particular types of investment projects and
changes  in technologies  where a more serious impact on the environmental  media could be
expected. The more detailed documentation  concerning EIA has been defined in the Czech  Act
(13) and  even more details could be found  in the Instruction  and Explanation published in  the
Bulletin and Newsletter of  the  Czech Ministry of Environment.  In these journals one can find
further  details, description  of experiences  and  an explanation of  the  environmental  legislation
ammendments. As for the wastes specialization, The  Wastes magazine is being issued as an
official magazine partly funded by the Ministries of Environment. Its  first  and second volumes are,
too, dedicated  to a  considerable  extent  to  the information  on legislative  regulations  and
experience with their implementation. There is also another independent  magazine  We and the
Wastes published by the private company Universa with  the professional support of the Czech

-------
518                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


Society for  Environment.  Besides  various ideas and critical  stimuli  concerning  regulations  on
waste  management it  contains  also  practical  technical  information about activities in
Czechoslovakia  and reports from various conferences  and seminars  abroad.  A  number of
privatized and newly originated firms carry on, on the business basis, an educational activity
organizing seminars  and  courses. The seminars of TOCOEN (Toxic Organic Components in the
Environment) are on a highly professional level. They are organized  by the University  of T. G.
Masaryk in Brno and oriented especially at the problem of toxic substances like  PCB, PCDD, etc.
       Various NGO active in the waste  management problems  contribute to  enforcement,  too.
For example,  the Union  of Nature  Protectors commissioned one of its organizations  to  be
engaged in the  activities aimed at liquidation  of  old dumpsites. The organization  called The
Children  of Earth struggled against the use of PET bottles endeavouring to make the producers
ft oycle these covers. The producer accepted the challenge and promised to process all the clean
buttles under the condition they would be collected and brought  to the respective facilities. The
problem  now  stands that the  collection, shredding and expedition  to the  producer  are not
reasonably resolved. Similar activities  in the field of waste handling are being  currently prepared
by the Czech organization of Greenpeace. Systematic educational activities and dissemination of
information including establishing the feedback to the Ministries of Environment (the Federal and
the Czech  ones) are carried out by the Czechoslovak Society  for  Environment. It has been
organizing qualification courses for the state administration officials and officers as well as for the
employees in  various industries, it organizes also  specialized seminars  and  conferences ( this
year,  for example, the conferences on  waste dumping,  complex environmental  protection  and
control in some industrial aglomerations and on  solidification of wastes took place). Furthermore,
through a number of activities aimed  at increasing the qualification of educationalists and other
cultural workers  it has been endeavouring - within the framework  of the Ecomenius foundation  -
to  train the trainers.  The  Czechoslovak Society for Environment wants to make a contribution to
pushing  through  of  an  important program  aimed at  "Reducing  redundant  waste generation
through  reasonable  management of  packaging" the solving  of  which it would  like to ensure
through  the work  of an  interdisciplinary  team  consisting  of the  members  of the society.  The
problem  of covers has not yet been assigned to a special ministerial  department. Unfortunately,
financial  resources to  support these  programs are very poor and limited  and  funding of this
project is uncertain.  The Czechoslovak Society for Environment  endeavours  even to overcome
the undesirable  effects of the NIMBY syndrome. It participates in the environmental information
network, takes part in the council of the Green Circle,  etc.
       From the technical point of view , this all concerns the following topical tasks:

   1.  Reducing excessive dangerous wastes generation including their  elimination while using,
       to a considerable extent,  existing   facilities as
       -   standard-quality landfills  belonging to  the  preparation plants  of  uranium industries
          processing especially inorganic wastes containing toxic metals  (being used in  previous
          recycling  of  economically  extractable shares and  solidification of wastes  from
          galvanizing facilities)
          cement factories where  combustion is  possible including the  use  of heat originating
          while  incinerating a number of types of liquid wastes  and alternative fuels  obtained
          from wastes on the basis of swarf saturated by the hydrocarbon remnants,
          sludge, etc. In  the longer term also crushed plastics and waste paper will be included.

   2.  Clarifying the meaning of "reasonable" when considering number and level of equipments
       of regional  incinerators or centers for elimination of dangerous wastes. As it was already
       mentioned, many  enterprises  are  interested  in  building  incinerators  to  eliminate their
       wastes and (for a good price) also  undesirable  wastes in their regions.

   3.  Adopting  and implementing schemes of separate collection of the main  components of
       communal wastes within the communities  of various magnitude  including  technologies
       aimed at miscelaneous utilization  of worse-quality paper and  kitchen wastes suitable for

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              519


      compost  production, plastics processing  into the  products  for  sale  or interproducts,
      catching non-ferrous metals and  aluminium from the metals collected, etc.

   4.  Managing  reconstructions  of inconvenient  dumpsites as  practically  all the  operated
      dumpsites are  leaking  and  changing them  into  acceptable  landfills.  Technical  and
      organizational managing of a great number of cases when auditing is necessary, or as the
      case may be, the simplified method EIA used for assessment of the risk  rate concerning
      particular facilities is necessary in the situation when large-scale rescues are not a realistic
      solution. This task is important even for reporting and decision-making on the  future of old
      landfills (the costs of rescue of one single  large landfill of chemical and communal waste in
      Chabai-ovice were assessed at approximately 1 billion US $).

   5.  Clarifying the technical and operational conditions for solidification as a method suitable for
      elimination and utilization of  various  types  of wastes. The stability of the  products of
      solidification  worked into the  building materials and deposited  for long  periods of time
      (many tens of years, even centuries) has also been a challenge.

      From the legislative and organizational  points of view a  number of pressing  problems
have been already analyzed.  In general, the most important thing in the mean time is to "absorb"
a great number of regulations representing clearly a heavier work-load upon the personnel within
the state administration and self-government as well as upon the entrepreneurs and employees in
various industries than it is usual within the better-established environmental sectors (like water,
soil, air or forest sectors).
      As far as various tasks are concerned, I myself regard these as particularly important:

    1.  It  is  absolutely vital to  elaborate a set  of  stimulative and repressive tools  in order to
      prevent waste generation and decrease  environmental hazards  caused by wastes. This
      may be achieved through
      -   effective  packaging management, their regeneration and recycling  in compliance with
          the recommendations of the  EC and taking the experience of  some European countries
          (Germany, the Netherlands)  into  consideration
          publishing catalogues  of  non-waste  generating technologies and  supporting
          consultation services directed at their implementation
      -   elaborating more detailed guidelines  to  help eliminate pollutants from material flows
          (Hg, Pb, Cd, PVC,  Cl organic solvents  or  diluents, etc.)
          aim at long-term functioning, repairable  products with a high  degree  of  regeneration
          ability (large  electronic  household facilities,  computers and  other  electronic devices,
          cars,  etc.)  Also implementing  the  method  of  leasing where it is possible to offer
          complex  services  and not just  provide a number of  facilities and  devices changing
          gradually into the consumers' waste.

    2. A great fortitude is  necessary when working on increasing the quality of  particular waste
      management programs that appear  to be  the main tool of compliance and enforcement. It
      is  also necessary  to  adjust and ammend particular regulations in accordance with the
      knowledge and information acquired within the practical activities.

    3. As knowledge has been the key point in  technical  solutions and administrative economic
      decision-making in the environmental policy,  training,  education and efficient advertising is
      particularly important.  Following an  agreement between the education and environmental
      ministries, it is necessary to extend all  the suitable forms  of training  for  the  wastes
      generators, state administration  workers,  self-governments and youth. To  achieve a more
      profound relation to environmental  protection it would be  necessary to  make  use  of vast
      possibilities of cooperation with foreign environmental  institutions, especially with the NGO.

-------
520                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


   4.  To  achieve  the  desirable  accent of  the  state  administration when  implementing
      enforcement to prevent waste generation  and ensuring an efficient waste management it is
      necessary to increase deterrence.  Unfortunately, under the situation when all the state
      administration is undergoing an essential restructuring process after the 1989 revolution,
      the idea that police, judicial institutions or other departments of state administration would
      participate on enforcement seems to be  rather unrealistic.  Nevertheless, as for the next
      couple of years, this task is highly actual  and it is vital to seek the ways how to make use
      of good examples (see the Netherlands, etc.)

   5.  We are not  much  practically experienced in implementing efficient financial and taxation
      tools, may they  be repressive or stimulative.  Ministry  of Finance tries not to make the
      implementation of the new taxation and fees system too  complicated and thus  it is difficult
      to push through controlled additional charges to the price to obtain in this way new  means
      able to bring remedy. The additional charge proposed for oils that would help  in realizing
      the collection of used oils, emulsions, etc. and their regeneration was repeatedly rejected.
      Even for resolving these problems  it would be desirable to make use  of the  knowledge
      achieved in the market economy countries.

   6.  As we can see from the above mentioned themes,  making use of the knowledge acquired
      by  the  EC  countries,  USA,  etc.  is  currently highly  actual.  These  countries  realize
      compliance  and  enforcement since  they have  passed their  legislations   on  waste
      management in  the 70ies. One of the  main and  highly actual  tasks has  thus been
      improving the operation  of information  channels,  certain  coordination of activities and
      extension  of the  experience  of  prospective employees  of state administration,
      self-governments, entrepreneurs, educationalists and NGOs.
      BIBLIOGRAPHY

1.     Federal Act No. 238/1991 Coll. of Laws of May 22, 1991, concerning waste.
2.     Act of the  Czech National Council  No. 311/1991  Coll.  of Laws of July 8, 1991, on state
      administration in waste management.
3.     Act of the Czech National Council No. 282/1991 on the Czech Environmental Inspection.
4.     Provision of the Czech Government on the details of wastes handling  1992).
5.     Federal Act No. 309/91 Coll. of Laws on protection of the atmosphere against polluting
      substances (Atmosphere Act).
6.     Act of the  Czech National  Council No. 389/1991 Coll. of Laws of September 10, 1991,
      concerning protection of atmosphere  and fees for its  pollution. Decree of the Ministry of
      Environment  No. 401 of August 16,  1991, on waste management programs.
7.     Provision of the Federal Committee for Environment of August 1, 1991, which promulgates
      categorization and waste catalogue.
8.     The Czechoslovak State Terminological Norm on Wastes, 1992.
9.     Statistical investigation on wastes and landfills in 1987.
10.   Act of the Czech National Council No. 388/1991 Coll. of Laws  of September 10, 1991, on
      State Environmental  Fund of the Czech Republic
11.   Act  of  the  Czech   National Council  No.../1992 Coll.  of  Laws of  January  22,  1992,
      concerning fees  for depositing waste into the environment.
12.   Federal Act No.  17/1991 Coll. of Laws of December 5, 1991, concerning the environment.
      Provision  of the  Federal   Committee   for  Environment  of August  1,  1991, which
      promulgates  a list of  pollutants, categories of pollution sources, generally valid  emission
      limits, emission  limits for polluting substances and   recommended  limits for declaring
      regulation stages.
13.   Act on the Environmental  Impact Assessment of Building  Structures, Activities, Concepts
      and Products of April 2, 1992 passed  by the Czech National Council

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            521


RESULTS OF THREE YEARS OF ENFORCEMENT OF REGULATIONS ON
TRANSBOUNDARY SHIPMENTS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE IN THE NETHERLANDS


MARION FOKKE-BAGGEN

Ministry of Housing, Physical Planning and Environment Environmental Inspectorate



      SUMMARY

      The EC-Directive on transboundary shipments of hazardous waste was implemented in
Netherlands legislation on  October,  15th  1988. At the  same  time, a  special bureau  was
established, in order to enforce the Regulation on import, export and transit of hazardous waste.
      This paper provides an overview of the  experiences of this bureau, after three years of
practical enforcement. The method  of working and the  Enforcement Strategy  of the  bureau are
discussed.  Finally some  cases illustrate practical problems  of  enforcement  of  regulations  on
transboundary shipments.
      The conclusion is  that  co-operation between  authorities, the  fast ratification of  relevant
treaties  and, within the E.G.,  the effectuation of the Regulation on transboundary shipments of
hazardous waste are  of crucial importance.
      Besides, it seems to  be necessary to continue active, physical monitoring  next to the
inspection  of documents, on the  basis of  an  enforcement  strategy including  transboundary
shipments of recyclable hazardous waste.


1     INTRODUCTION

      The European  Directive,  pertaining to the import, export and transit of hazardous waste
was implemented in Netherlands legislation  on October 15th, 1988,  when the Regulation  on
import, export and transit of hazardous waste entered into force.
      This Regulation is a part of the Chemical Waste Act. In principle, import, export and transit
of hazardous waste are not  allowed,  without  permission of the competent authorities. The
Regulation implies  procedures  for notification  beforehand  of  the  intended  shipment and
accompanying documents with the transport,  proving the permission of the competent  authorities.
      The responsibility for  execution  of  the legislation concerned rests  with  the  central
Government.  Therefore,  the   Minister  of   Housing,  Physical Planning  and  Environment  is
responsible for execution and enforcement of the legislation concerned.
      Simultaneously with the decision to implement the E.G.-Directive, it was decided to start
enforcement  of the  legislation seriously  by  creating a special bureau for the control of trans-
boundary transports within the Environmental Inspectorate.
      This bureau started at the end of 1989 with real enforcement of relevant legislation. At this
moment the bureau has 19 staff members.
      After almost  three years of  practical experience, some interesting aspects concerning
enforcement of the legislation on transboundary shipments of hazardous waste can be  mentio-
ned. First of all the  Netherlands policy concerning transboundary  shipments of hazardous waste
will be discussed briefly.
      The amount of transboundary shipments of hazardous waste is illustrated in some figures.
Next, the working method of the bureau, responsible for enforcement of the legislation concerned
and the Enforcement Strategy to be followed, are discussed.
       Finally, it will be useful to present some characteristic practical examples as well as some
connected conclusions in  general.

-------
522
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
2      POLICY AND SOME FIGURES

2.1    Policy

       The policy upon which the examination of applications for permission to import or export
hazardous waste is based, is mainly described in plans and programs of the government. At the
end of  1991  it was decided to create  a new plan, the  Multi-year Plan for Chemical Waste, in
which the intended disposal system of chemical waste will be described in detail.
       Like each country within the  European Community, the basis of the Netherlands policy is
that waste should be processed or disposed in the country of origin.  However, a multinational
approach is necessary for some specific waste substances. The special  condition of the soil and
the high density of population in the  Netherlands play a role as well.
       In  1991, the Netherlands had insufficient combustion- and dumping capacity for high toxic
chemical- and some bulk chemical waste.
       In  short, the lack of sufficient capacity as well as the  lack of disposal structures were, in
general, reasons to allow the export of waste. Permission to import waste in order to process into
the  Netherlands will only be given if  the  disposal or processing  of Dutch  waste  will not be
jeopardized. At the same time, a criterium for allowing import is the fact that the country of origin
have no or not enough possibilities to dispose of the waste.

2.2    Figures

       Figure  A shows the amount of imported waste in 1989, 1990 and 1991. The fluctuation in
the amount of imported hazardous waste is caused  by the import of contaminated soil to cleaning
facilities.
             220,

             2
-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
                                 523
kiloton in 1989 to 81,5 kiloton in  1991. The amount of hazardous waste which was transported in
transit via the Netherlands was 29,5 kiloton,  excluding non-ferrous metals destined for recycling.
In 1990, this was 38,5 kiloton.
            kiloton
             240-
             220-
             200-
             180-
             160-1
             140-
             120-
             100-
              80-
              60^
              40-
              20-
               0
lanolil
IndnwaBon
    ri. Irealmerl
figure B
The following table (figure C) shows  the relationship  between the Netherlands and 7 countries
playing an important part  in the import into, export out of and transit of hazardous waste via the
Netherlands. The table gives the number of companies involved with transboundary shipments of
hazardous waste.  It is found that our direct neighbouring countries are the most important part-
ners. There is a clear connection concerning transboundary shipments of  hazardous waste with
particularly  Germany and Belgium, but also with the  United Kingdom. More-over, waste is
exported to France, while  Ireland and Italy are important countries of import and transit.
Country
The Netherlands
Germany
Belgium
United Kingdom
France
Ireland
Italy
Type of company
Producer
185
100
20
3
1
13
14
Holder
100
58
30
4
1
14
7
Consignee
29
34
18
20
8
-
-
figure C

-------
 524                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       It is found that 95% of the  Netherlands waste to be exported  is shipped to Belgium,
 Germany and France. More than 70% of the transit of waste through the Netherlands originates
 from Germany. The United Kingdom is  an important country of destination. Particularly Germany
 and Belgium export waste into the Netherlands.


 3     METHODS OF WORKING

 3.1    The organization

       Concerning the enforcement philosophy to be followed, the choice was made to set up a
 centrally organized  and managed enforcement unit with a partly regionally located staff.  The
 arguments for choosing such a  centrally organized  and managed enforcement  unit are the
 following:
    -   transport and transboundary shipments are no local/regional, but nationwide affairs;
    -   it is important that the  number of authorities with final responsibility in this field will be
       limited;
    -   enforcement  of an  international  Regulation  requires a central information-  and  co-
       ordinating unit at central government level;
    -   politically,  the creation of a recognizable enforcement unit was  considered important;
    -   value  was set on national consistent action, meaning  clear and unambiguous actions,  in
       case of violations of the Regulation;
    -   reasons of effectiveness and efficiency.

       In order to respond quickly to signals from the network, the central  unit is attended by  field
 inspectors, who mainly perform the executive activities and live and work in their own
 region. Therefore, the bureau divided the Netherlands into three regions.
       A clear distinction between the tasks and responsibilities of the central and regional units
 should optimize effectiveness of enforcement.
       Management, co-ordination, information, planning and (judicial) support  are  the principal
 tasks of the central unit, as the field inspectors are mainly occupied with, as already said, executi-
 ve activities like monitoring compliance and taking action against violations.

       Next to the way in which  the enforcement unit has been organized, a second important
 principle is the co-operation with several other authorities. These  authorities are, because of their
 own  responsibilities,  able  to do  activities  in  the  field  of  enforcement of  legislation  on
 transboundary shipments of hazardous waste.
       These authorities, the  network,  are mostly  involved  in enforcement, like the  customs,
 police, port authorities, foreign colleagues, etc.
       The network is  of crucial importance because these authorities can fulfil an "eye and ear
 function" and/or do activities concerning transboundary shipments of hazardous waste.


 3.2    Experiences with this method of working

       At the end of 1991, the effectiveness and  efficiency of  this way of working  has been
 evaluated.

       This evaluation  made clear, that the activities of the enforcement bureau contribute highly
to the prevention of illegal transboundary shipments of hazardous waste. For example,  the
number of notifications of non-ferrous transports increased from 100 to about 600 monthly.
       Furthermore,  the evaluation made clear that it would  be worthwhile to emphasize  co-
operation with the network, in order to improve effectiveness and efficiency of enforcement.
       The intention is to start a process of change in the coming years by which next to the "eye
and ear function", also less complicated activities could be done by the network, with the central

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             525


 bureau within the Environmental Inspectorate as the co-ordination and information centre.
       The central bureau, as the national working enforcement unit will specialize  in complex
 large scale enforcement activities.
       In short, an adequate level of enforcement concerning international legislation is achieved
 by:
    -   the creation of a central enforcement  unit and the use of enforcement officials who are
       specialized in the enforcement of the regulation involved;
    -   the organization of one central information and co-ordination centre;
    -   the  realization  of  an  optimal  co-operation with  the   network,  including international
       authorities.
 4     PHILOSOPHY OF ENFORCEMENT

 4.1    The Enforcement Strategy

       In  order  to  realize  planned  and  systematic  action  against  offenders  of legislation
 concerning transboundary shipments of hazardous waste, a so-called Enforcement Strategy (a
 concrete enforcement policy) has been developed. This Enforcement Strategy has been created
 as follows.

       First of all the violations have been classified in relation to the impact of the violation on
 the basis of uniform judgement criteria.
 Violations have been  divided into two categories:
 Category 1: procedural or administrative violations;
 Category 2: transboundary transports without transport- or receipt notification.
       Further, relevant  policy decisions and interpretations  of legislation have been examined
 and included in the Enforcement Strategy.
       On  the  basis of this information, an Enforcement Strategy has been  made. This strategy
 describes  the  enforcement action  which should be taken in case  of a particular  category  of
 violations.  It is  described as well at which moment action should be taken and who is responsible.

       The Enforcement  Strategy mainly consists of the following;
       In case a "category 1 violation" is established for the first time, a warning letter is sent to
       the  company involved, eventually combined with an inspection visit. The offender should
       take measures in  order to comply with legislation.
       In case of  recidivism, criminal action  is taken by making  an official  report to the public
       prosecutor.
   -   In case a  "category 2 violation" is established, in principle, criminal action will always be
       taken and an official report will be made. In certain cases, the Public Prosecutor is advised
       to impose a so-called preliminary measure, in  order  to freeze the situation so that no
       further environmental damage can be  caused. Complementary administrative enforcement
       measures can be  taken.

       The administrative approach includes  two  possibilities  of taking action.  In the first place,
hazardous  waste which has been imported or exported  illegally, can be returned to the country of
origin at  the expense of  the offender by using an administrative compliance  order. It is  possible
as well to impose a "dwangsom", meaning an administrative compliance order which includes an
economic compliance  incentive  of significant sums for each day of continuing violation.

4.2    Experiences with the Enforcement Strategy

       It  was found that the Enforcement Strategy creates clarity which is appreciated by both the
Public Prosecutor and the network.

-------
526                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       In cases of non-compliance with the Regulation on import, export and transit of hazardous
waste, there is always an  international component.  Foreign companies act contrary to the law as
well, which makes efficient and effective enforcement more complicated.
       Therefore, the following practical solutions are used in relation to companies:

*  Compliance with  the  Regulation  could  be  achieved  via  the Netherlands companies, by
   advising them to urge their partners to comply with Dutch legislation.
*  Dutch  companies, like agents, transporters, storage or transhipment  companies  etc. are
   responsible for a proper course of affairs.
   This implies that they  are responsible as well for compliance with the Regulation. In case  of
   no compliance, criminal action and/or administrative action can be taken.
*  A warning  letter is sent  in case a foreign  company  acts contrary  to the Regulation. Official
   reports are made as  well and compliance  order or a dwangsom can be used.


Apart  from the  specific  Netherlands legislation,  the  following  complicating factors  play an
important  role  in general:

   -   Different countries use different definitions of waste. Waste in one country is considered as
       commodity in the other country.
   -   The definition of hazardous waste is not uniform in each   country.
       The way  in which the E.G.-Directives have been  implemented in national legislation differ
       from one  another.
       For  non-E.C.-countries,   the  differences  in  definitions  and  legislation   concerning
       transboundary shipments  of hazardous waste are  even larger.

       By reason of the above mentioned factors, there is often a lack of knowledge of legislation
in other countries. Sometimes this results in  a lack of  co-operation between  foreign countries.
Other countries do not or can not always respect violations of  regulations, because the situation
is not  contrary to law in the own country, or because they do  not know the  legislation in other
countries. In the following  part, examples of the above mentioned will be given.

       This kind of problems can be solved by:
*  to further a fast ratification of  treaties on international  level, like the Treaty of Basel;
*  to effect as soon as possible the Regulation on transboundary shipments of hazardous waste
   within  the E.G.;
*  finally, to promote the  bilateral exchange  of information on legislation  and enforcement and to
   make  formal  and informal appointments and covenants between the authorities  in the different
   countries.
5      CASES

5.1    Case 1: transit of zinc waste

       Below, the transit of zinc waste via the port of Rotterdam is described, on the basis of 2
separate (but related) cases.

January, 18th. 1991:
       The  river  police of  Rotterdam found a shipment of zinc waste in the  Port of Rotterdam,
stored in a warehouse, in order to be transported to Poland for recycling.
       This material is a  non-ferrous waste and  contains high amounts of hazardous "heavy
metals" such as cadmium and zinc.
       For  transit via  the  Netherlands compliance with the  Regulation on  import,  export  and
transit of hazardous waste  is obligatory.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             527


       In case waste  is considered as non-ferrous waste, from which the non-ferrous metals will
be recycled,  it is possible to  use a simplified procedure. This means that it is not necessary to
ask permission for the transport beforehand. However, the transport should be notified and should
be accompanied by documents, proving recycling of the waste.
       Because  the company involved did not comply with the procedures, the bureau  respon-
sible  for the  enforcement made  an investigation in order to find the origin of the waste. It was
found that the waste origins from several companies in a nearby country and was collected by an
other company in that country. The latter transported the waste to Rotterdam in order to export it
to Poland. The Polish authorities were asked whether  they agreed with the import of this material
to Poland or not.
       The authorities made clear that they did not want to import this kind of waste. Recycling of
this kind of waste in an environmentally safe way was  not possible in Poland.
The Netherlands tried to get help from the country of origin and the company concerned, in  order
to return the waste to the country of origin. Up till now it has not been possible  to return this
waste. The waste still  remains in Rotterdam, waiting for reshipment to the country of origin.

May,  28th. 1991:
       Another shipment of zinc waste was found in a warehouse in Rotterdam,  the same where
the above mentioned zinc waste has been stored.
       The composition  of this  waste  is almost the same  as  the composition  of the above
mentioned zinc waste.
       This waste was also collected  in the same nearby country by a company that turned out to
be the neighbour of the company collecting the other shipment of zinc waste!
       This shipment was not bound  for Poland, but for  the former USSR. We found out that the
Soviet company  involved was a production factory of  injection-needles, which has  nothing to do
with zinc waste.
       We formally asked the Soviet authorities to agree with the import of this waste.  They
answered that it was  not allowed to import this kind of waste to this company. The waste still is
stored in the Port of Rotterdam as well.
5.2    What can we learn from these examples?

5.2.1   Non-ferrous recycling

       These two examples, that are closely related, illustrate the problem with "recyclable" non-
ferrous waste. The Netherlands of course stimulate the recycling of non-ferrous waste.  Recycling
does not only prevent that these hazardous waste pollutes the environment, but enables the re-
use of these substances as well.
       However,  our  practical  experience  with  enforcement  shows  that  large quantities of
hazardous waste are shipped round the world, wearing false colours.
       Next to it, it is possible that the  trader really intends to offer a shipment non-ferrous waste
for  recycling, although there is no  client at that moment. After the transport, it is found  that
efficient economical recycling is not possible. However, the transboundary shipment of hazardous
waste already took place illegally.
       Finally the simplified non-ferrous procedure is used by people who are not very particular
with the environment,  shipping unrecyclable hazardous waste, without permission of the compe-
tent authorities.

       In short: it is important to continue the regular inspection of non-ferrous transports,
       even if transports of non-ferrous waste will  be shipped like transports of "general
       cargo" in the future (OECD-decision).  It is important as well to find an international
       standard definition of recycling  (can we speak about recycling if  only 5% of a waste
       shipment can be recycled and 95% is dumped).

-------
528                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

5.2.2  Waste or commodity

       In  1991  when  it became clear that there was  no destination for the  above mentioned
waste, the Netherlands tried to co-operate with the country of origin,  in order to return the waste
to the sender by using administrative compliance order. However, in the opinion of the country of
origin the material was no waste but commodity. Therefore this country refused co-operation.
Therefore, the procedure of administrative compliance order could not be used.

       It is very important to come to one definition of waste with regard to commodity and
       one list of hazardous waste and non-ferrous metals.
       Till that time the countries concerned should respect legislation in other countries.
       There should be compliance with legislation in all countries concerned.

       At this moment a dwangsom-procedure has been started against the  companies in  the
country of origin. However,  due to the problem of borders, up till now it has not been possible to
force the companies to pay.

5.3    Case 2: export  of hazardous waste via an agent

       In  July 1991  the  enforcement bureau was called by  a customs office  at  the border
between the Netherlands and Belgium.
       The customs found a tank-container with  - according to the forms - an oil/water mixture,
which is considered as hazardous waste,  coming from France,  via Belgium  to the Netherlands.
Such a shipment should be accompanied by a special form,  indicating that approval  for this
shipment has been given by the competent authorities.
       In case of the above mentioned tank-container, the information on the  notification form did
not fully comply with the shipment:
   -    the date of transport on the form did not correspond with the actual  date  of transport;
   -    according to the forms,  the  shipment should be transported from  the Netherlands  to
       France, instead of the opposite.

       The enforcement bureau detained this transport.  It was found that a Netherlands producer
exported this waste to a processing  company in  France. The  driver declared that  he  left  the
Netherlands two days  before, the date mentioned at the form. The transport had not been inspec-
ted then. The processing company in  France took samples, in order to analyze the material. The
waste was refused on  the basis of this analysis and returned to the original producer. The French
company refused the waste, because of no compliance with the acceptation  norm. The samples
of this  waste showed a  percentage  of  3% organic chlorines,  more than allowed in  the
environmental  license  of the  processing company, for which  no logical explanation could be
given. The maximum percentage which could be processed by the French company is 2%  orga-
nic chlorines.
       Samples were  taken and  it was found  that the  accompanying forms did not  correspond
with  the contents of the tank-container. False colours were worn.
       As a result, an investigation was started in order to  find out if waste substances were
frequently exported to France in this way. Therefore, the customs were asked to  "signalize"  the
agent concerned, which  means  that the  computerized customs-system  automatically gives a
signal in case transports from this agent are im- or exported.
       In October 1991, 8  transports were signalized within  one week. These transports  came
from different producers, but were shipped by the same agent. After inspecting,  samples were
taken from 6 containers. One of this containers has  been refused in France as well.

      As a result of the above mentioned and due to other signals, it was suspected that this
waste agent illegally organized transboundary shipments of  hazardous waste for other  compa-
nies. Furthermore,  it was found that this agent made his clients  believe, that he had a Chemical
Waste Act license, which turned out to be untrue.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             529


       In consultation with  the  Public Prosecutor, it was decided to do a judicial  investigation,
which has been  started by the local police with the  assistance ot a specialized division of the
Environmental   Inspectorate,   the   Environmental  Assistance  Team.  At  this  moment  this
investigation has been completed successfully. We are waiting for this  case to appear before the
court of law.

5.4    What can  we learn from this example?

       First of all, it is important to inspect regularly, in order to check if the  transport corresponds
with the  forms. The experiences with enforcement show that shipments with hazardous or  non-
ferrous waste sometimes did not correspond with the notification.

       Secondly, this example shows the importance of international co-operation between  both
monitoring and criminal investigation authorities. Offenders of legislation cross frontiers  and  take
advantage of bad co-operation and, as a result, ignorance of authorities.

       In  the third  place,  close  co-operation  between  monitoring and  criminal  investigation
authorities is of crucial importance.
       In  the Netherlands, the infrastructure has been  created in  such a way,  that for criminal
investigation relevant monitoring findings and information found by inspection activities within the
Environmental  Inspectorate, are joined  at  one central  information  point,  the Central  National
Information point Environmental  Crime (CLIM).
       Furthermore,  a specialized  unit at the Environmental Inspectorate can support judicial
authorities in case of a criminal investigation. This unit has well trained  specialists who can assist
in case  of the  necessity of  a criminal investigation.   Information  is  available at the Central
National  Information  point Environmental Crime.

       Finally, this case shows that monitoring compliance and enforcement are necessary for the
whole waste chain, from the original producer till the final processing company and all connected
links. Decentralisation of enforcement competencies often  takes place  at the  same time  with
decentralisation of licensing  competencies. This is  defensible from the point of view of efficiency,
provided that the central authority remains responsible for enforcement of legislation  for the whole
chain.
6      CONCLUSIONS

       In  general, on the basis of three years of practical experiences in enforcement, the
following conclusions  can be drawn.

A.     Co-operation  with  other authorities  (on national  and international  level) is of crucial
       importance for the approach of  enforcement  of legislation  concerning transboundary
       shipments of waste.
       Making appointments, in order to  realize an  adequate exchange of  information and the
       respecting of  responsibilities and  possibilities of each other,  will result in an  effective
       approach.

B.     Next to the "inspection of documents", active physical inspection  is necessary. The total
       waste chain deserve particular attention (from the cradle to the grave).
       Furthermore, there should be consistency between monitoring  activities and actions as a
       result of violations.

C.     Monitoring compliance should take  place  on the basis  of the  Enforcement Strategy.
       Prompt action is necessary, in order to maximize the deterrence of  enforcement activities.

-------
530                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


D.     Practical experiences with enforcement show that all sorts of hazardous waste are shipped
       all over the world, pretending recycling, without adequate  inspection of the environmental
       consequences. Therefore, it  is very important  to continue the  inspection of this waste
       shipments, particularly in  case regulations will be relaxed.

E.     Within the E.G., the quick effectuation  of the Regulation  on transboundary shipments  of
       hazardous waste  and  the related standardization  of  legislation  concerned is essential.
       Worldwide, a fast ratification of treaties like the Treaty of Basel is necessary.
       REFERENCES

       Netherlands case study in enforcement of hazardous waste import/export,  by J.R. Bouma
       and J.J.A.  Gerardu, Proceedings International Enforcement Workshop, May 1990, Utrecht
       (the Netherlands).
       Jaaroverzicht  in-, uit- en doorvoer van  gevaarlijke afvalstoffen 1991, Bureau  Meldingen
       Wet chemische afvalstoffen, Directoraat-Generaal Milieubeheer, mei 1992 Leidschendam.
       Handhavingsuitvoeringsmethode  voor de  Regeling  in-, uit en  doorvoer van  gevaarlijke
       afvalstoffen (Wca),  Inspectie Milieuhygiene, hoofdafdeling  Handhaving Milieuwetgeving,
       oktober 1991.
       Regulation on import, export and transit of hazardous waste, Ministry of Housing, Physical
       planning and Environment,  1988, The Hague.
       Fourth Progress report on  Environmental law enforcement, Ministry  of Housing, Physical
       planning and Environment,  October 1991, The Hague.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            531


THE ROLE OF THE CITIZEN IN ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

ROBERTS E. and DOBBINS J.

Environmental Law Institute, 1616 P Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20036
(United States of America).

This paper was written with guidance from Margaret Bowman, Director, Environmental Program
for Central and Eastern Europe.  Additional guidance was provided by Elissa Parker, Director of
Research and Training.


       SUMMARY

       This paper explores the ways in which citizen involvement can improve the fairness and
effectiveness of environmental enforcement.  Section 1 of the paper discusses the overall value
of such citizen involvement.  Section 2 surveys the wide range of roles citizens can play in the
enforcement process.  Section 3  focuses on ways in which citizens can use the courts to work
towards environmental enforcement goals.  Section  4 examines  citizen  involvement  in practice,
highlighting  some practical considerations relevant  to  designing  and implementing  citizen
participation  mechanisms.


1      INTRODUCTION

       Citizens are one of a nation's greatest resources  for enforcing environmental laws and
regulations.  They know the country's land and  natural attributes  more intimately than a
government  ever will.  Their number makes them more pervasive  than the largest government
agency.  And because citizens work, play,  and travel in  the environment,  each has a personal
stake in  its  beauty, health,  and  permanence.  (1)   Citizens are omnipresent, motivated, and
uniquely interested  in environmental quality.
       A  bird-watcher walking in the woods sees chemical waste flowing through a stream, traces
the source to a neighboring factory, and alerts government agencies  to the factory's  violation of
its emissions discharge permit. A local citizen group in a small town  near a coal mine suggests
to a state mining agency practical ways, based  on the  citizens' own observations of the mine in
operation, of making environmental standards for mines easier to administer and enforce.  A city
resident notices that municipal buses are emitting noxious fumes,  sues the bus company, and
wins a court order requiring the company to place  pollution control devices in the bus  exhaust
systems.   These are just a few examples of the many and  varied  influences citizens can have on
the process of environmental enforcement.
       Drawing on the resources of citizens can enrich and strengthen the environmental
enforcement process in several ways.   First,  citizen participation in environmental enforcement
taps the  direct, immediate connection between  individuals  and their environment. Citizens are
uniquely  knowledgeable about their own communities.  Their day-to-day observations give them
access to information  about  environmental  conditions that the government could never obtain.
Involving  citizens in environmental enforcement encourages productive use of this information.
      The intimate connection between individuals and  their own communities also enables
citizens to concentrate on  localized  environmental  problems.  A federal or even  a state
government  agency might not consider such "small-scale" threats to the  environment serious
enough to justify action on the national or regional levels. But correcting these harms can be vital
to the survival of  a particular town or rural area.  Citizen participation in environmental
enforcement  thus broadens access to enforcement resources.
      Second, the injection of varied, non-institutional perspectives  and information sources into
the enforcement process may improve  the quality of enforcement decisions.   For example, the
views of  individual users  of  a national  park on how a ban on  logging in the park should be

-------
532                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


implemented may well differ from those of a timber company that wants to restrict logging by its
competitors.  Both are likely to be different from the position of the government  enforcement
agency which lacks the funds to investigate and prosecute violations.  Allowing and encouraging
the hikers  and loggers to affect the outcome,  by, for example, participating  in  government
enforcement actions or suing on their own to implement the ban, may increase compliance, deter
violations, and contribute to a more realistic and responsive environmental enforcement strategy.
      The  dynamic  between  citizens and the  government agencies officially charged with
enforcing environmental  laws adds to the potential effect  of citizen participation in this area.  In
the context  of environmental enforcement, citizens and government are presumed to share a goal
-- that of maximizing  compliance for  the  good of all.  This presumption  of a common interest is
reflected in the  dual meaning of the adjective  "public," when used  in  conjunction with the
operation of a democratic system of government.  In  this  context,  "public" refers both to the
citizenry at  large -- which engages in "public participation"  - and to  the government  --  which
formulates and implements "public policy."
      Yet tension sometimes  arises between these two "public" entities.  The government may
fear that citizen involvement in environmental enforcement will disrupt its own enforcement efforts
and will reduce  its flexibility to tailor enforcement decisions to particular circumstances.  (2)
Government enforcers may also believe that if enforcement actions in the courts are mounted on
a piecemeal basis, rather than as part of  a coordinated strategy, poor judicial precedents  may be
set that could hinder further enforcement efforts. (3)   Consequently, government  agencies
sometimes decline to  support, or may even resist, private enforcement initiatives.
      Citizens, on the other hand, often suspect government  agencies of not  properly  fulfilling
their enforcement responsibilities.  Citizens may view  government employees as overly
susceptible  to the influence of the business interests  they  regulate. (4)  Or they may attribute
government inaction  to  bureaucratic inertia.  Either way, agency enforcers often  are seen as
overlooking or impeding environmental protection goals. (5)
      This tension between government  and citizens can result in  improved environmental
enforcement.  The government's desire to prevent citizen action it views as disruptive  can
encourage  agencies  to take their own regulatory  or enforcement steps.  The public's  suspicion
that government  may not vigorously  implement certain laws may prompt the legislature to grant
citizens  a statutory right to bring a  lawsuit to require the government to perform its assigned
regulatory duties.  And in instances when the government insists on inaction, citizen participation
can replace government enforcement.  Not only may  compliance be  achieved, but the
government can be forced to account publicly for its own inaction. (6)
      When the interests of the government and the citizens are similar - as is often the case --
individuals  can fill gaps in government enforcement caused  by resource constraints. (7)   The
sheer size  of the citizenry, for example,  enables individual citizens to monitor compliance
throughout the nation and identify violations an  understaffed  investigative agency might  miss.  An
enlightened government agency can also use  citizen volunteers to implement  a comprehensive
enforcement strategy. This could both help the government meet its enforcement objectives and
avoid the potential conflicts that may result from piecemeal enforcement efforts.
      Finally, public involvement in enforcement is a  logical next step for democratic  political
systems that have encouraged public participation in the  creation of  environmental statutes and
regulations. (8)  Allowing citizens to have a concrete role in implementing the  regime they
helped to design  strengthens public support for and awareness of environmental goals.  If citizens
are denied  a role in enforcement, or if they  are not educated about and encouraged to assume a
permitted role, even  the most  sophisticated system of  environmental protection laws may exist
only on  paper. Several countries in  Central and Eastern Europe, for example, have for years
boasted a system of stringent  environmental controls.   Yet  these provisions have  seldom  been
enforced by  the government. (9)  Nor do these countries have a tradition of  citizen
participation in public affairs that can be drawn on to promote or supplement government action.
Developing  and nurturing a role for the citizens in enforcement efforts could  provide the  missing
ingredient necessary  to make these countries' environmental  protection goals a reality.
      On paper, the environmental laws in Central and Eastern Europe are not dramatically
different from those in the United States.  Yet the U.S. has been more successful in  implementing

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            533


 and enforcing those laws.  One major difference between the two  systems is the role of the
 citizen in the environmental enforcement process.  The public has played an  increasingly
 important role in the U.S.  in forcing industry and  government to comply with  environmental
 statutes since the beginning of the modern environmental movement in the late 1960s.  Over two
 decades of U.S. experience with citizen enforcement mechanisms have distilled some  principles
 that may be applicable in other countries as well.  Drawing on the experience of the U.S. and of
 selected  other countries with  various forms  of citizen enforcement efforts, this paper analyzes
 various avenues for public participation in environmental enforcement.


 2     THE RANGE OF PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT IN  ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

      Avenues  for public participation in enforcement are many and varied.   Some require
 special expertise, and  some  require  only energy and common sense.   Some involve working
 alongside the government, some place the citizen in  the shoes of the  government, and some call
 for citizens to oppose the government's activities. Some require extensive financial expenditures,
 and some cost only time.   Separately or in concert, these mechanisms  can help  to effectuate
 compliance with environmental controls.

 2.1   Collecting Information for Use in Enforcement

      On the most basic level, citizens  can use their eyes and ears  to identify areas in need of
 further regulation and to monitor compliance in areas already regulated. (10)  Individuals are
 uniquely qualified for this role. As ever-present observers in their local communities, citizens are
 particularly good at identifying  unusual occurrences.  They may, for example, notice the  presence
 of an oil sheen  on a river, an  unusually  serious emission from a smokestack, or the activity of a
 developer in a swamp.  These occurrences might escape the government enforcer unfamiliar with
 community conditions and unequipped to perform frequent field investigations. Citizen monitoring
 can occur informally, as a  result of  chance  observations of individuals in  their communities.
 Citizens  can  also  monitor on a  more regular basis through  community, regional, or national
 environmental organizations.
      Such citizen participation in  information-gathering and reporting efforts is critical if
 enforcement goals are to be met.  The sheer size of environmental problems and the increasing
 demands on  limited government resources combine to make environmental agencies woefully
 unequipped to perform all necessary investigatory and monitoring duties. In the United States, for
 example, over 60,000 permits  have been issued under the Clean Water Act alone - only one  of
 several environmental protection statutes - and  government funding for enforcement efforts has
 consistently fallen throughout  the last decade. (11)   Government agencies simply cannot  take
 full responsibility for gathering the information necessary for effective environmental enforcement.

 2.1.1  How to Assemble Information

 2.1.1.1 Physical  Observation

      Methods  of collecting valuable  environmental  data are numerous.  One way is to gather
 information  from physical observation.  For example,  some organizations in the  United States
 have begun "harborwatch" programs to identify oil spills or other emissions in local
 harbors. (12)  Others teach citizens  to "walk" streams, identifying  locations  of pollutant
 emissions  and  observing the effects of these emissions on  water quality  or  indicator
species. (13) Although detailed  scientific  monitoring of pollutants  is too expensive  and
 complex for most individuals to undertake, certain simple tests (judging the density of plumes of
air pollutants, for  example) can be  learned by citizens. (14)  Violations  identified through
these information-gathering activities  can then be reported to environmental organizations or
government agencies or can be publicized through the media.

-------
534                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       Because  of the benefits that can be gained from  citizen monitoring,  government  often
chooses to promote these activities.  Government support may range from establishing an  office
to receive reports of violations to  providing funding for citizen groups collecting environmental
information.   Through such programs, federal and state government agencies in the U.S.  have
been able to accomplish monitoring that would otherwise be impossible by tapping  into the time
and energy represented by concerned individuals.
       Although  many environmental problems are obvious from a distance, it may be difficult for
citizens to acquire detailed  information about threats to the environment that  can only be
perceived  at close range.  Sometimes citizens  can take advantage of public access to natural
resources to scrutinize potential violations.  For example,  in the  United States,  the public is
allowed access  to rivers, streams, and beaches,  and can  use those routes  to approach and
examine points of pollution emission. (15)  If access  via public waters is not  possible, a  more
costly alternative for obtaining information would be to  take to the open skies to monitor pollution
emissions or the management of natural resources from the air. (16)
       In most cases, however, the activities that threaten to violate environmental controls  will
take place on private property to which citizens will not have direct access.   One approach to
encouraging  citizen involvement in environmental enforcement would be to permit citizens to
enter private property to undertake environmental monitoring  when warranted by a serious threat
to public health.  Another option would be to allow citizens to assist the government in carrying
out its  own environmental monitoring activities.  For example, water quality legislation in Argentina
allows  private parties who have filed a complaint about a facility to participate in any inspection of
the facility during the investigation.  (17)
       Another means  of  obtaining access to private  property for  monitoring purposes is  for a
citizen  to  file  a  lawsuit against an  alleged violator.  In the  United  States, filing  such a lawsuit
allows  a plaintiff to conduct discovery on  topics relevant to the  case -- including, in lawsuits
brought to enforce environmental laws, the  extent of the pollution caused  by the alleged violator.
As part of this discovery process,  the court can order the defendant to admit the  plaintiff  to its
property to collect such information. (18)

2.1.1.2  Use of Government Information

       Citizens  can also gather  data about  environmental violations through the use of
information collected by the government, either  through its own efforts or by means of reporting
requirements imposed  on polluters.  In the United States, for example,  many federal and state
environmental regulations require regulated parties to submit periodic reports about their pollution
emission levels or their storage, use, and discharge of hazardous materials. (19)
       In order for the information gathered by the government to benefit the public,  citizens must
be afforded  access to that information.  Several  means of citizen access to government-held data
are provided  in  the  U.S. Some  U.S. environmental statutes that impose self-monitoring and
reporting requirements also require the data reported to be made publicly available. In addition,
the federal government is subject to a generalized information access law, under which the  public
can ask to  review or copy certain information  in the possession  of government agencies. (20)
Finally, for citizen monitoring to be truly effective,  it is  important that citizens be able to compare
the monitoring reports  against clear compliance standards, such as individualized permits or
regulatory limits. (21)  These standards must also be publicly available.

2.1.2  How to Use Information

       Once citizens have gathered environmental data and sifted through it to  identify violations,
they may  put their information to a number of uses.  One possibility  would  be to  approach the
violators directly in an attempt to induce voluntary compliance. Publicizing the violations  in the
press or through community meetings could create pressure on industrial polluters to comply.
       The  citizens could also choose to alert  the government to  their findings.   In the  United
States, most state and federal agencies are set up to  receive information reported through both
formal and  informal citizen monitoring. (22)  Of course,  there is no guarantee that agencies

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             535


can or will act on the report of a citizen.  If the government decides that enforcement proceedings
are warranted, however,  information gathered by citizens -- or testimony about observations  by
citizens -- may be used in court as evidence against the violators. Under some U.S. statutes, if
the information provided leads to a criminal conviction or civil  penalty, the government may
reward the reporting citizen with up to $10,000. (23)
      Alternatively, citizens may be able to use the information they have collected by going to
court themselves to enforce environmental controls. (24)   For  example, after collecting and
analyzing a  large volume of water pollution reporting data, one U.S. environmental organization
filed a series of lawsuits against industrial polluters who were violating toxic discharge limits
contained in  their permits.  This concerted  litigation effort was largely responsible for the initial
growth of citizen suits in the United States in the mid-1980s. (25)  Considerations relevant to
determining  how citizens might be able to advance environmental  enforcement goals through the
court system are discussed in more detail in Section 3 of this paper.

2.2   Participation in Government Regulatory or Enforcement Action

      A  second avenue of  citizen involvement in environmental enforcement enlists the
resources of citizens  to complement agency regulatory or enforcement efforts.  In this context, the
government will  have  chosen a particular  vehicle for accomplishing  environmental protection
goals, and the citizen will bring his  or her  viewpoint to  bear in ensuring that the  government's
actions are as well-informed and effective as possible.

2.2.1  Commenting on Regulations and Permits

      A  government agency charged with administering an environmental statute may have
decided to issue a regulation setting specific standards by which to achieve the goals spelled out
in  the law. Or the agency may have already established such standards, and it may be working
within them to determine the content of a particular polluter's environmental permit.  Allowing the
public to  comment on proposals for regulations or on the terms and conditions of permits  may aid
in  future  enforcement activities.  The public can contribute practical knowledge of real-world
conditions that will help the agency to devise rules or issue permits that are feasible and effective.
In  addition, the public can review the  regulations and permits with an eye towards future
enforcement efforts  and  ensure that  the regulations and permits contain clear standards and
procedures that will ensure simple and effective enforcement. (26)

2.2.2 Participating in Government Enforcement Actions

      If  the government has chosen to bring an enforcement action against an alleged polluter, a
citizen can still play a role in the enforcement process.  Several mechanisms exist in the United
States that  permit citizens to  make  their views  known  during enforcement proceedings.  For
example, citizens may intervene in suits brought by the government against potential violators.
By joining a  lawsuit  as an  interested party, a citizen would not  have primary responsibility for
prosecuting  the case, but could still take part  in negotiations and make his or her perspective
known to the judge.  Because  the court may be reluctant to strain judicial resources by allowing
unrestricted  participation in the lawsuit, the right to intervene might normally be limited to citizens
with tangible  interests in the outcome  of the case. (27)  However, most  U.S. environmental
statutes  that authorize citizen enforcement suits also grant citizens the right to intervene in
government enforcement proceedings. (28)   In any event, even citizens with purely
ideological concerns can participate in  a case by filing non-binding  amicus curiae, or friend-of-the-
court, briefs setting forth their positions.

2.2.3. Reviewing the Terms of Consent Decrees

      Finally, the  filing of  a lawsuit, or even the threat of a lawsuit, by the government will
typically lead to negotiations between the government and defendant.   In many cases, the parties

-------
536                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


can agree on a settlement without resorting to a court adjudication.  In enforcement actions, these
agreements, called consent decrees, are usually  entered with the court as  a sort of contract
between the parties and have the same enforceable effect as a court judgment.  If  a citizen has
intervened  in the case,  that citizen will be a party to the consent decree and  will be involved in
the settlement negotiations. (29)  Even  when  a citizen is  not actively participating in  the case,
the government prosecutor may be required to publish the proposed consent decree and request
public comment on the decree. (30)  Any comments  by the  public on the  decree can  be  filed
with the court, which will take them into account in approving or rejecting the agreement.

2.3    Recourse to Courts When Government Is Unwilling or Unable to Act

       A third  category  of citizen involvement consists of instances in which the public  may seek
direct access to the courts to accomplish environmental enforcement objectives.  For example,
citizens may go to court to prompt tardy government regulatory action.  The defendant in such a
case would be the responsible government agency,  in its capacity as a regulator.
       Alternatively, citizens may  mount enforcement  actions against violators of environmental
controls when the government lacks the desire or  the ability  to prosecute.  In the  course of its
operations, the government itself  may engage in conduct  that harms the environment.  This is
particularly true in countries, such as the post-communist nations in Central and Eastern  Europe,
in which  industry  and property ownership have been nationalized.  Therefore, the defendant in an
enforcement suit  could be either a private party or a government agency acting in its proprietary,
rather than its  regulatory, capacity.

2.3.1   Lawsuits Pressuring Agencies to Regulate

2.3.1.1  Non-Discretionary Agency Decisions

       Most environmental protection statutes  in  the United States  set forth general goals or
objectives,  while delegating to an administrative agency the responsibility  of implementing those
general goals through regulations and the issuance  of permits. For example, a statute may direct
that discharge of toxic pollutants into surface waters be reduced by a certain percentage, and it
may charge the  agency with the tasks of  defining which pollutants are  covered by the directive
and approving plans to achieve the specified goal.  If the agency does not perform its obligations
under the statute, the target set forth in the law will never be achieved.  One essential role of
citizens may be to ensure that agencies  carry out the tasks the legislature  has assigned to them.

       Citizens could be permitted to fulfill this role  in several  ways.  One way would be to allow
citizens to go to court to force agencies  to perform their specific statutory  assignments.  Several
U.S. environmental statutes contain provisions allowing citizens to seek judicial review of an
agency's failure  to act as the legislature has instructed. (31)   These provisions permit "any
person"  to bring suit against an agency for failure to perform an act or duty which is not
discretionary under the  statute -  i.e., for not doing something that the  statute says the agency
"shall" do.  (32)   The citizen must notify the agency before bringing the suit to give the
agency an opportunity  to avoid litigation  by performing the  required regulatory action.  If the
citizen wins the suit,  the court may  order the  agency to perform the act or duty it  has
delayed.  (33)

2.3.1.2  Discretionary Agency Decisions

      Although the mechanisms described above allow citizens to require government action in
cases where the legislature has mandated it,  they do not necessarily extend to situations in which
the decision whether or not to regulate is within  an agency's discretion.   Nor do they allow
citizens to  prescribe the content  of the regulatory action taken by the agency.  In the United
States, citizens can challenge discretionary agency decisions about whether and how to regulate,
either under particular environmental statutes or  under a generalized act governing the

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             537


 procedures to be followed by administrative agencies. (34)    However,  prevailing in  these
 discretionary suits is difficult.  Typically, an agency's substantive decision will be reversed  only if
 it is found to be "arbitrary and capricious" or if it is "contrary to law."  Courts  have interpreted the
 "arbitrary and capricious" requirement as warranting  reversal of an agency action only when the
 action lacks any  reasonable basis in fact.  Moreover,  U.S.  courts tend  to defer to agency
 decisions in matters within the regulatory expertise of the agency.   Courts  will even defer to a
 "reasonable"  agency  construction of the statute the agency is administering, barring clear
 statutory language to the contrary. (35)
       Even though  it  may be difficult for  citizens to succeed  in such suits by challenging the
 substantive  outcome of a discretionary agency decision, challenges to the method by which the
 agency reached its conclusion may be more promising.   Experience in the United  States has
 shown that courts will defer to agencies' substantive decisions,  but only  if they are sure that the
 agency has taken a  "hard look" at the available options.   If the  decisionmaking  process  appears
 sloppy, or if the views of certain constituencies have been entirely ignored, the court may find that
 the agency has acted in  an "arbitrary and capricious" manner. The threat of citizen challenges to
 discretionary decisions is thus an effective means of  ensuring that agencies at least consider the
 perspective of the public in their decisions. (36)

 2.3.1.3 Enforcement Decisions by the Agency

       In the United  States, the reluctance of courts to infringe on the discretion of government
 agencies has also precluded  the public from contesting an agency's  decision not to take  a
 particular enforcement action.  Federal and state agencies  in the United States enjoy the  doctrine
 known as "prosecutorial discretion," which leaves  the decision whether or  not to enforce  a
 requirement against an individual entirely to the judgment  of the prosecuting party. (37)
 Even  though citizens cannot force agencies to take enforcement action, they  may be able to take
 on  the role declined by the agencies  and sue the violators themselves. (38)  These citizen
 enforcement actions are discussed in Section 2.3.2 below.

 2.3.2   Lawsuits Pressuring Others to Comply with Laws, Regulations,  and Judicial Standards

       If the government has made clear its intention not to prosecute, or even simply if a citizen
 has a personal stake in a matter that a remedy provided under an environmental statute cannot
 adequately satisfy, the citizen may decide to enforce environmental controls against a violator.  In
 the United States, citizen enforcement of environmental  controls can  be pursued  directly by
 means of citizen suit  provisions contained in particular environmental protection statutes.
       Even in the absence of a statutory authorization  of citizen suits, opportunities exist for
 citizens  to obtain judicially-enforced sanctions against industrial or  government polluters.
 Countries with systems of rights and remedies that have evolved from a tradition of case-by-case
 adjudication, such  as the United States  or Great Britain, offer "common law" causes of action  to
 protect against or  redress environmental harms.  And in  other countries whose legal  system is
 based on a civil code, that code may  provide general environmental rights that can serve as the
 basis  for judges to remedy environmental harms in particular cases.

2.3.2.1  "Citizen Suits" or "Enforcing Suits"

       One method of harnessing the energy and commitment of citizens to  effectuate public
environmental  protection goals is to authorize citizens to enforce environmental  laws and
 regulations.  In the United States, most environmental statutes contain  "citizen suit" provisions
enabling  citizens to prosecute violators of the statutory regime. (39)
       Such citizen suit provisions have their roots in  over  two hundred years of  U.S. law.  Since
 1790,  United States  citizens have  been able in  limited cases to sue to  vindicate certain public
rights  - those granted  by statute to  the population as a whole. (40)  These citizen  suits  have
been  used to  enforce federal regulations in  diverse areas ranging from antitrust to consumer

-------
538                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

protection. (41)  Citizen  suit provisions are said to create "private attorneys general,"  for they
confer upon the individual the right to enforce public laws against other citizens.
       Although  the concept of  a  citizen suit is not new, the statutes permitting citizen
enforcement of environmental laws and regulations are unique.  In  most other areas where citizen
suits are permitted,  a personal economic interest,  such as  an interest in correcting unfair
competition or preventing fraud, must coincide  with the claimed  public rights.  In citizen  suits
brought under environmental protection statutes, however, there  is no such personal economic
stake in the outcome.  The environmental statutes truly provide citizens with the authority to
represent the  interests of the public.   Environmental citizen suits, in their strongest form, might
even be characterized as permitting  citizens  to sue on behalf of the environment itself.  The
United States is almost unique in  this grant of power to the  private citizen:  Few other nations
have extended such rights. (42)
       The U.S. Clean Air Act (CAA),  enacted  in 1970, was the  first federal environmental statute
of the  modern era with a citizen suit  provision.  The CAA provision's underlying structure is the
basis for citizen suit clauses in  almost  every other  major  piece  of federal environmental
legislation.  Today, citizens can bring  suit against private parties and government for violations of
certain sections of statutes regulating  air, water, toxic waste, endangered species, mining, noise,
the outer continental shelf, and more. (43)   Under many statutes, the remedies available to
the citizen are equivalent to those granted to  the federal agency  charged with administering the
statute. (44)
       The basic  citizen suit provision permits  any  "person" (including  an individual, organization,
or corporation) to sue any other  "person" (including  the United States) who  is violating the
requirements of the given Act.  Before filing suit, a citizen  must notify state and federal agencies
as well as the alleged violator that  a lawsuit is impending.   This notice  provision  serves  an
important purpose, because the threat of a  citizen suit  often prompts the  violator  to halt  its
violations, or at least to negotiate  with the potential plaintiff.  As  long as the  violation continues
and  the state  or federal  government  is not pursuing a "diligent enforcement" action against the
alleged violator in court,  a lawsuit  may be filed.  Once  the suit is filed, the government has  no
power to dismiss it, and may affect the outcome only by intervening in the case.
       If the citizen wins, the court may order the defendant to stop the violating activities.  In
certain circumstances, the court costs and  attorney fees associated with bringing the action may
be awarded to the plaintiff.  Some statutes allow the plaintiff  to ask the court to impose civil
penalties upon the violator, payable to the U.S. Treasury. (45)

2.3.2.2  Common  Law or Civil Code Suits

       Even in the absence  of mechanisms for enforcing specific environmental controls set forth
in a system of statutes and regulations, citizens can still  achieve environmental  protection
objectives in the courts.  Both  common law systems such as that in  the United States and the
civil  code systems that prevail in  many other countries provide latitude  for judicially-developed
methods of remedying environmental harms.  Under these systems, environmental controls are
not enshrined  in statutory or regulatory standards, but are developed on a case-by-case basis by
courts applying general legal principles to  the facts of each  lawsuit.   A receptive judiciary can
employ the flexibility  inherent in such systems both to  offer citizens redress for environmental
degradation that injures them individually and to correct harms to public environmental interests.

2.3.2.2.1  Common Law Suits

       Prior to the adoption of recent environmental statutes in the United States, the only way in
which a private citizen could prevent environmental harm through the courts was by exercising his
or her rights under common law.  These rights are based on precedents set  during centuries of
case-by-case adjudication in Great Britain and the U.S.  They allow individuals  to  counteract
harms caused by the behavior of others by seeking  compensation for those harms and/or
obtaining  a  court  order halting the  offending behavior.  Even  with the advent of statutory citizen

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             539


suit provisions, common  law causes of action continue to provide an important mechanism for
achieving environmental protection goals.
       Most common law environmental  claims  require some injury or threat of injury to the
plaintiff's person or property.  The most common "environmental" common law action is  that  of
private nuisance.   A person suffering a "substantial and unreasonable interference with the use
and enjoyment of an interest in land" can  bring a private nuisance suit.   For example, a property
owner could sue a neighboring factory for emitting  dangerous or even annoying fumes that
permeated  his or her property.  Another common  law claim for injury  to property is trespass,
which requires an actual  physical invasion of the property's limits.  A fuel storage facility whose
tanks leaked oil that flowed into a neighbor's fish pond might be liable  to the pond-owner in a
trespass suit.
       Common law actions can compensate for injury to  one's person as well.  For example,
someone who lives near  a toxic waste  dumping site,  and who becomes  sick from  fumes
emanating from the site, may be able to sue the owner of the site on the basis of that injury.  If
the plaintiff joins together in one  lawsuit with other citizens living near the site who have suffered
the same damage, the resulting "class  action" lawsuit  can have a significant effect on the
polluter's behavior.
       The  potential strength  of such  common  law  suits as a weapon  in the environmental
enforcement arsenal stems  from  the financial costs they can impose on a violator. Common law
claims are the only avenues through which individuals can  recover for damage to themselves  or
their personal property. And damages awarded in such suits in the U.S.  can be substantial. For
example, a potential court judgment for personal injury resulting from toxic pollution could include
compensation for medical expenses, lost wages, and diminished earning capacity.  Damages in a
common law suit involving a newborn baby who will be permanently disabled by injuries caused
by the defendant's polluting activities could easily  amount to millions  of dollars. (46)  The
threat of a  sizeable award  of damages can substantially strengthen a citizen's power to trigger
compliance --  it can deter  potentially polluting activities  and force  industry to pay attention  to
citizens' claims.
       The common law actions described are aimed  primarily at correcting violations  of
individual rights.  By fining a defendant  for such violations,  or by ordering a halt to the offending
activity, they can lead to broader environmental benefits as well.  The common  law also provides
mechanisms through which citizens can  vindicate public, rather  than  private, rights.   These
doctrines generally require that the plaintiff share some personal stake in  the "public" goal
pursued in the suit; moreover, they do not  allow the plaintiff to recover money damages from the
defendant unless  the plaintiff has suffered  injury to his or  her person or property.  Nonetheless,
the doctrines of public nuisance, public  trust, and certain broad statutory mandates reveal some
of the possibilities inherent in the  flexibility of judge-made law.
       Public nuisance  involves interference with public rights such  as the  right to health,  safety,
or comfort.   Traditionally,  only the government could  sue to protect  these rights.   Recent
developments, however, allow suits by individuals who suffer "special injury" different in kind from
that suffered by the rest of the public. (47)  A second  common  law  action that recognizes
communal rights is known as the "public trust" doctrine.  This doctrine posits that the government
must hold public lands and natural resources in trust for the use and enjoyment  of the citizens.  If
the government fails to consider  this trust in its management and maintenance of resources like
navigable waters,  fisheries, or parklands,  individual  citizens may sue  those  in  control  of the
lands. (48)   While  the doctrine is,  at first glance, not  applicable to privately-owned land, some
state and federal courts have  hinted that a regulatory or contractual link between the landowner
and the government may be enough to  bring the doctrine  into play and to render the landowner
liable for environmental harms. (49)
       Finally,  some U.S. states  have explicitly recognized public rights to environmental  quality
in their statutes and constitutions.  Most constitutional provisions have been ineffective, because
they do not permit  citizens to  sue for the  violation of their constitutional environmental  rights.
Michigan's  unique  Environmental Protection Act, adopted  in  1970,  has been  more successful.
The Act permits any person to sue any other person "for the protection of the air, water and other
natural  resources and  the  public trust  therein from pollution, impairment or destruction." (50)

-------
540                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


It grants courts broad powers of review of both individual and agency actions, and permits orders
altering or halting the harmful activities unless there  is no "feasible and  prudent alternative
consistent with the reasonable requirements of the public health, safety, and welfare."  Michigan
courts have  interpreted  the  Act  as conferring upon them the responsibility of creating "the
equivalent of  an environmental common law." (51)

2.3.2.2.2 Civil Law Suits

       Civil code countries also offer judicially developed remedies for  environmental harms.  In
civil  code countries, standards  governing environmental  quality are codified, and judicial
precedent is not as  important as it is in common law systems. At the same time, however, code
provisions relevant to environmental quality are usually  general in nature, and thus  are open to
interpretation  by judges applying the  provisions in particular cases.
       Most civil code standards that can protect environmental quality are similar  to those
available under common law, especially  those actions preventing or recovering  for harm to
property or person. (52)   Many civil  codes also contain provisions that appear to go further
than the common law in  granting  individuals the right to enforce public environmental  interests.
For example,  Hungary's  code allows individuals to sue others  for violating an obligation not to
behave so as to disturb others needlessly, "especially  neighbors."  The "neighborhood"
encompassed by this provision is  not restricted to property immediately adjoining  the site of the
polluting activity, but includes anyone affected by the pollution. (53)
       In Colombia, the civil  code  provides for "popular  actions," which  permit citizens to sue for
damages to  communal environmental rights.  (54)  And  in Argentina, courts have made use
of a  constitutional guarantee  called  amparo, which  can  be loosely translated as "protection," to
defend individual or collective environmental rights derived from  statutes, international treaties, or
the constitution itself. (55)
3     THE STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION OF COURT ACCESS MECHANISMS

      The court  actions described above can be potent  methods of achieving  environmental
compliance.  They may not be appropriate in every case, however.  For one thing, going to court
will not  always be a feasible option.  Mounting a private lawsuit is a costly undertaking.  It will
probably require  hiring an  attorney,  paying  court filing and transcription fees, generating and
duplicating legal briefs and other documents, and conducting extensive discovery to assemble the
facts necessary to prove one's case.  These efforts may exceed the capability of a private citizen.
      Frequent recourse to litigation as  a  method of achieving environmental compliance can
pose societal disadvantages as well.  Some commentators in the United  States have complained
that public interest lawsuits create a logjam in  the courts and strain overtaxed judicial  resources
with frivolous or peripheral claims. Others claim that promoting litigation as a preferred alternative
for citizen involvement in  environmental enforcement creates an atmosphere  of adversarial
hostility  that  may discourage future cooperation.
      Despite these potential  limitations,  the ability of citizens  to  obtain judicial relief from
environmental  harms can be a valuable enforcement tool.  First,  citizen access to court remedies
improves the quality and fairness of the enforcement process. Allowing  citizens into court helps
to guarantee  that  other important players in the political system -  such as industry and
government  - will give citizen viewpoints their due.   Without such a guarantee, the voices of
citizens  advocating environmental protection may be drowned out. For example, a  large business
engaging  in  polluting activities may be inclined to disregard the views of  local citizens  who want
to impose pollution curbs.  The government,  in turn, might  give  citizen  comments during
regulatory proceedings less weight than those of industry,  whose  lobbyists may be more vocal
and well-financed  and who may have developed ties to  the regulators.
      Citizen  suits  can serve as the microphone  that helps  citizen views  to be heard.  Before the
court, all litigants  are equally deserving of a fair hearing in each case.  A  citizen with access to a
court action  can invoke the power of the judiciary in the service of  her cause. The availability of

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             541


an  enforcement suit enables  individuals and organized citizen  groups to  secure treatment  as
equals by government and industry.  Opening the courthouse door to citizens thus promotes the
rule of law over the rule of politics and advances the common goal of environmental protection.
       Enabling citizens to implement  environmental protection objectives  in the courts also
reinforces other forms of citizen participation in environmental enforcement.  For example, citizens
may prefer to focus primarily on participation  in government regulatory or permitting processes in
the ways discussed in Section 2.2.1 above.  The knowledge that citizens  can challenge the
government's outcome in court may  increase the agency's attentiveness to such comments and
enhance the usefulness of the public's  efforts.  Ensuring  that citizens will be heeded increases
the value of their message, whatever mechanism they may choose to convey it.
       Finally, allowing citizens to sue can have concrete effects  on a society's progress towards
implementing environmental controls. Actual litigation  need not  even occur in order to achieve
this result.  The very  possibility of an enforcement suit against a violator may  be sufficient to
trigger compliance, influence  industry to  enter into a negotiated  agreement with  the  citizens, or
otherwise induce a polluter to alter his behavior, thus obviating the need to sue at  all.  Experience
in the U.S. with citizen suit provisions has revealed that the mere notification  to a violator that a
citizen intends to sue often  prompts the potential defendant to cease the violations.

3.1     Why  Sue?

       Whether a  citizen will need  to  have recourse  to the courts, and if so, through what
mechanism, will depend on what that citizen hopes to achieve.  For example, a citizen may be
motivated to respond to environmental harms by seeking money for herself or for the government.
The citizen may want the government to take some sort of regulatory action. Or she may simply
want to put a halt to the polluting activity.
       Given the cost  and effort involved in bringing  suit, citizens may  prefer to  explore other
methods of  attaining their objectives.  For example, a  civic group targeting permit violations by a
local industrial  water polluter  might  first try to induce voluntary compliance  by  confronting the
polluter directly. If that effort did  not succeed, the group could approach  the local  media with
information it had collected  about the violations, hoping to embarrass the  polluter into compliance.
An  alternative step might involve forwarding evidence to the government for enforcement action.
       If these various approaches were not successful, the  civic group  could file a court
complaint against the polluter  under  an  environmental statute containing  a citizen suit provision.
Even that course of action  might well stop short of a trial or other judicially determined outcome.
Merely notifying a  polluter or a government regulator that a lawsuit is impending,  as most citizen
suit provisions require, often  triggers "voluntary" compliance by the polluter or  regulatory  or
enforcement action by the government.  The prospect of court action may also prompt the parties
to settle the case  between themselves  rather than engaging in  expensive and time-consuming
litigation.  Settlement substitutes a  definite, certain result for the unpredictable risks of a trial. (56)
In the United States, litigants have found this trade-off appealing: over 90 percent of the lawsuits
filed in the United States are resolved without a trial. (57)

3.2   What Kind of Lawsuit to File?

      The objective of a potential citizen  plaintiff - the  legal "remedy" the  plaintiff desires  to
obtain - will determine both the range of available litigation strategies and the way in which the
case will proceed.  A political system  is likely to impose controls on a citizen's access  to
remedies that will vary with  the nature of the remedy itself.   The structure imposed  by the
government, in turn, will influence the citizens' enforcement strategies.  This section surveys the
various methods in which a citizen may be able to achieve a particular enforcement goal.

-------
542                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


3.2.1   Lawsuits to Obtain Money Damages

3.2.1.1  The Nature  of the Remedy

       One goal of a citizen lawsuit might be financial  compensation  to the  citizen for
environmental harm caused by a polluter.  It  may be appropriate to set relatively strict limits on
the ability  of a plaintiff to  obtain such compensation.  Those responsible for designing  and
implementing a system of  judicial enforcement may decide that financial benefits should only
accrue to someone who has actually suffered from the complained-of harm.
       In the United States, for  example,  a  litigant  seeking  money damages for environmental
harms is limited to the common  law causes of action described  above in Section 2.3.2.2.1, which
generally require  an actual  injury  to the plaintiff's person or property.  The  U.S. government has
chosen not to supplement that avenue with a statutory damages remedy.   Because citizen suits
under environmental statutes are  designed to vindicate  public rather than  private rights, they do
not allow  plaintiffs to recover any personal  damages for  violations of environmental laws  and
regulations. (58)

3.2.1.2  The Elements of the Case and the  Method of Proof

       In order to win  damages in a suit at common law, a plaintiff is required to establish  several
elements.  The plaintiff  must prove that the  defendant has violated an  expected standard of
conduct -  by intentionally or negligently acting in a manner likely to result in  harm, for example.
The plaintiff must also establish that the defendant's behavior has caused actual damage to the
plaintiff.  This element of causation can be especially difficult to prove.  In the case of injury to
health resulting from toxic pollution, a plaintiff may have to supply scientific evidence and analysis
establishing a physical  link between  the particular polluting activity and the harm.  The long
latency period that may  intervene  between  a release of toxic substances and the manifestation of
a resulting  injury contributes to the difficulty of proving this element. (59)
       In a private nuisance lawsuit, a plaintiff would also be required to establish that the harm
resulting from the defendant's conduct outweighs the social  utility of the polluting  activity.  This
too can be a heavy burden, because  it may force the court  to  weigh the  plaintiff's right to grow
crops that are free from pollution damage  against the community's desire to retain the jobs
created by the defendant's polluting factory.
       In some instances, a system of government  might  conclude, the public interest warrants
reducing the burden of  proof on a plaintiff seeking financial  compensation for harms caused by
polluting activities.  In the  United States, courts responsible for developing and interpreting the
common law have made several such  adjustments. One example is the creation of different rules
of liability  for what  courts  have  determined  are "abnormally dangerous activities," such as the
transportation of hazardous waste.  Courts have concluded that the defendant  conducting
abnormally dangerous activities  has voluntarily taken on the risk of causing harm to others.  The
defendant  thus should be  "strictly liable" for  the resulting  damage, even  when the  defendant's
actions were not negligent or intentional.
       Judicial rules can also lessen  a plaintiff's burden of  proving the causation element  of a
common law damages case. For example, a  judicially established  presumption that certain kinds
of polluting activity cause  certain kinds of physical damage might allow a plaintiff  to  recover
without proving conclusively that the defendant's practice was the actual cause of her injury. (60)
       The existence  of statutory or regulatory  environmental standards can  assist a plaintiff as
well.   Federal or state statutes regulating toxic  chemicals may serve as evidence  of the
chemicals' toxicity.  In addition, violation  of  the  regulatory requirements can demonstrate
negligence on the part of the defendant.  Similarly,  "right-to-know" laws often require  companies
to reveal to workers and communities the dangers associated  with any toxic chemicals that the
companies store, use, or release. A judge may conclude that this statutory reporting requirement
assigns to the defendant a  duty to warn the plaintiff of known  hazards, and that violation of the
requirement breaches  that duty. (61)  Environmental standards  enacted by the  legislature
and refined by administrative agencies can thus  influence the  development  of judge-made  law.

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              543


 3.2.2  Lawsuits to Halt Violations

 3.2.2.1  The Nature of the Remedy

       A plaintiff whose desired remedy is a court order requiring a polluter to stop the polluting
 activities may be offered more avenues for judicial relief and may face fewer hurdles to recovery.
 In the United States, this form of remedy is termed an injunction.  It is the most likely outcome of
 a successful suit to enforce public rights, either under the common law or under an environmental
 statute.  An order barring or otherwise limiting future environmentally harmful activity may also be
 the outcome of an environmentally-based suit in a civil code system.

 3.2.2.2 The Elements of the Case and the Method of Proof

       Injunctive relief may be sought  in an action  at common law to enforce  either private or
 public rights.  In such a case,  liability will be established in the manner discussed in Section 3.2.1
 above.  A  citizen can also seek an injunction  by  suing  under an  environmental statute that
 contains a citizen suit provision.
       In cases in which the citizen is acting as the enforcer of a federal statute by asking a court
 to prohibit  behavior that violates the statute's terms,  the citizen's burden of proof in court may be
 lighter than that required in a common law action for damages.  In most cases, the citizen may
 need to prove only that certain statutory or regulatory controls or limitations are in force and that
 the defendant has failed to adhere  to them. (62)   In actions brought to enforce statutes that
 require regulated entities to report regularly to  the government on their regulated activities, such
 as the U.S. Clean Water Act,  proof  might consist simply of the defendant's own reports.  These
 reports may reveal violations of applicable emission limits or permit conditions.
       In establishing the requirements governing  the conduct of a statutory citizen suit, a
 government may want to ensure that citizen suits encourage, rather than  impede,  both voluntary
 compliance and government enforcement efforts. Therefore, most citizen suit provisions in  U.S.
 environmental statutes contain notice requirements and "diligent prosecution" limitations.
       Before a citizen suit may be filed under a U.S. environmental statute, advance notice of up
 to 120 days must be given both to the alleged violator  and to state and federal  environmental
 officials. (63)  The  notice to  the alleged violator allows it to  examine its own  record, to  enter
 negotiations for settlement,  or to  come  into compliance before being faced with the  legal
 requirements that come with  the  filing of a lawsuit.  If the  defendant halts the offending actions
 upon receipt of notice,  then the plaintiff may no  longer file the lawsuit.
       The notice provision also places some check on the  ability of citizens to bring suit.  If state
 or federal agencies would  rather prosecute the violation themselves, the notice allows them an
 opportunity to do so, thereby preventing the citizen from filing suit.  The statutes prohibit citizens
 from  filing  enforcement suits  if the government is  "diligently  prosecuting" a case against  the
 alleged violator. (64)
       Once the citizen plaintiff has proved  a  violation  of law, she must still  establish her
 entitlement to injunctive relief.  Traditionally in  the  United States, a court  asked  to issue an
 injunction  must first balance the plaintiff's need for the injunction,  the harm the  injunction might
 cause the defendant, and the  effect  of the  injunction  on the public interest. The outcome of this
 balancing process is likely to depend on the nature of the  right the plaintiff is seeking to enforce.
       In a lawsuit brought to  enforce an environmental protection  statute, the  very enactment of
the statute  supplies a presumed  public interest in  environmental protection.   In  addition, the
 remedy requested confers a  public,  not a private, benefit.  Indeed, some U.S. plaintiffs  have
 argued that if an environmental statute is  violated, a court must issue an injunction. (65)   The
 present consensus, however,  is that  most  U.S. statutes merely require that a court bring about
 compliance, and endow the court with the discretion to select the appropriate method of achieving
that  goal.  (66)   This  process often involves a judicial balancing of the  private  interests
 involved, but with an overall eye to the  public interest in preventing environmental  damage.  For

-------
544                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


example, a judge might not close down a polluter on the basis of  a minor permit violation, but
might rather impose on the violator a deadline for attaining compliance.
      A similar application  of the balancing approach is likely in a common law suit to enforce a
public right,  such as a suit based on public nuisance or the public trust doctrine.  Injunctive relief
is also available in  a common  law cause of action brought to redress a private environmental
injury, such as a private nuisance suit.  However, because there is no presumed public interest in
the  outcome of such  an action, and because  a private common  law action is brought for the
personal benefit of the plaintiff  rather than in the  public interest, it  may be difficult  for a private
common law plaintiff to obtain  injunctive relief.   Instead, a court may decide that  an  award  of
damages adequately compensates the plaintiff for any injury sustained. (67)

3.2.3  Citizen Enforcement  Suits Seeking Civil Penalties

3.2.3.1  The Nature  of the Remedy

      Another potential remedy that  can  shape the  course  of litigation is the  imposition  of
monetary penalties on  a violator. These penalties, payable to  the  government,  are designed  to
punish the violator, to eliminate  any profit earned by the violator due  to the polluting activities, and
to compensate for the environmental harms caused  by the violator's actions. (68)  The
imposition of monetary penalties has  traditionally been reserved  for government  enforcement
agencies.  In the United States, however, a limited number  of environmental  statutes contain
provisions  allowing citizens to seek civil penalties in suits  brought to enforce the statutes.
Because this remedy provides a public benefit, it is not an available remedy in U.S.  common law
actions.  In  statutory enforcement lawsuits, the  requisite cause  of action  and burden of  proof for
recovery of civil penalties are the same as for other statutory citizen  suit remedies.
      The U.S. Clean Water Act and  Resource Conservation  and Recovery Act have  included
civil penalty provisions in their citizen suit clauses for several years, and a similar provision was
added to the Clean Air Act in 1990.  (69)  While the United  States government can  request
civil  penalties under many other statutes,  (70) only these  three  acts  also permit citizens  to
request that the penalties be assigned.   In some environmental laws these statutory penalties can
amount to $25,000 per day, per violation. (71)
       By permitting individual plaintiffs to  request  civil penalties  ranging into the millions  of
dollars,  the citizen suit provisions have  granted the public significant power over alleged violators.
This power  has caused heated debate in the United  States.  Supporters argue that plaintiffs will
initiate suits only if  they have  enforcement powers equivalent to those of the government.  The
ability of citizens to seek  civil penalties can  improve their bargaining position  in settlement
negotiations, and may increase the overall success of citizen enforcement  programs.  Permitting
civil  penalties in  citizen suits also  equalizes the  enforcement powers  of government and  the
citizen.  This equality ensures some consistency in enforcement practices, treats violators equally,
and  prevents violators from evading full  enforcement  by "shopping" for  citizen  rather than
government enforcement actions.
       Those who oppose  allowing citizens to  request civil penalties claim that conferring this
power  on  citizens invites abuse  and threatens to  undermine  the traditional  structure of
government. In the view of these critics, suits for civil penalties serve the national interest in law
enforcement, an interest traditionally confided to the jurisdiction of the executive branch of
government. Assignment of the power to exact civil penalties to anyone other than an executive
branch  official thus arguably violates the constitutionally-established  balance of powers among the
branches of the federal government. (72)
       In several citizen suit  settlement agreements under the Clean  Water Act, the alleged
violators have avoided the  infliction of civil penalties by instead paying a  sum of money to a third
party environmental organization or to an otherwise environmentally beneficial project.  For the
parties, these are win-win arrangements.  The  defendant pays less than it might have had to in
civil  penalties, and  the citizen  plaintiff  (or environmental organization) benefits indirectly through
the payment of funds to a "public interest" organization.

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             545


       To critics, these "environmentally beneficial expenditures" suggest extortion, draw funds
 away from the U.S. Treasury, and diminish the overall  level  of environmental
 enforcement. (73)  The federal government has looked upon settlements  involving third-party
 payments with some suspicion, and carefully examines consent decrees containing payments to
 environmental organizations.   However, courts  have  upheld consent decrees containing such
 payments. (74)
       "Environmentally beneficial  expenditures" have the potential  to aid in  achieving
 environmental compliance.   The availability of such  third party  payments may encourage
 defendants to enter into settlement agreements.  Because these payments can be characterized
 as  "voluntary," in contrast to  the coercive and  punitive aspect of civil penalties, they may be
 relatively palatable to defendants.   On  a symbolic level, an agreement to  pay environmentally
 beneficial expenditures does not brand the contributor as a guilty party as civil penalty payments
 might. Such expenditures offer financial advantages as well:  Unlike civil penalties, they may be
 tax-deductible as business expenses. (75)
       Civil penalty assessments have had an  important effect on the number and effectiveness
 of citizen suits in the United States.   The ability to request civil penalties improves the citizen's
 bargaining position.  It offers citizen plaintiffs a simple  means  of punishing  and deterring future
 violators. As suggested by the large number of citizen enforcement cases under the Clean Water
 Act, these effects, in combination with clear standards and self-reporting requirements, make the
 civil penalty provisions a significant incentive to bring citizen suits. (76)

 3.2.4  Suits to Influence Government Action

 3.2.4.1  The Nature of the Remedy

       Finally, the remedy a citizen litigant may desire is the accomplishment  of a particular
 regulatory action by  the government.  The plaintiff may hope to force the  agency to perform a
 task the legislature has  assigned  to  it.  In such cases, barriers to suit will  likely be minimal,
 because the  private  party is simply forcing the  agency to initiate an action the  legislature  has
 already endorsed, not attempting to dictate the way in which the  action  should be carried  out or
 the action's end  result.

 3.2.4.2  The Elements of the Case and the Method of Proof

       In the United States, a litigant seeking to trigger a non-discretionary agency action will
 need to establish only the existence of a statutory duty and the agency's failure to perform that
 duty. (77)   In cases in which the litigant is  attempting to influence the content  of agency
 action,  however, more deference to the agency's presumed regulatory expertise may be
 warranted.  In practical terms,  this deference will  be carried out through the standard of review a
 court employs in assessing the challenged agency action.  As discussed in Section 2.3.1.2 above,
 it is likely that a  U.S. plaintiff taking issue with discretionary agency action will have to convince a
 court that the action  was "arbitrary and capricious" - a standard difficult to  meet.  Even though
judicial review of substantive agency action does not often succeed in  overturning an agency's
 result, it may force the agency to be  more careful about the procedures it employs in reaching
that result.

3.3   Who Should Be the Parties to the Suit?

      An important consideration for a political system setting up and administering methods for
citizens to enforce  environmental  standards  in  the courts is  the identities of the appropriate
plaintiffs and defendants.   A society may want to ensure that a plaintiff who  is asserting a  public
environmental right will represent that public interest fairly and thoroughly, or that the judicial
branch does not engage in legislative policymaking by deciding  cases in  which no real injury has
been suffered.   In addition, a  society may want to make a  policy decision about the range of

-------
546                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


freedom granted to the government in its non-regulatory activities.  And as a potential defendant,
the government may want to control the instances in which it can be sued.

3.3.1   Plaintiffs and the Issue of "Standing"

       In the United States, courts  have limited the category of plaintiffs  eligible  to enforce
environmental controls by requiring that  the plaintiff  possess "standing" to bring the suit.  The
standing  requirement  stems both from the U.S. Constitution and from judicial  interpretation  of
environmental statutes  containing citizen suit provisions.  Under the constitution, as interpreted by
the Supreme Court, plaintiffs bringing a lawsuit must allege that:  (1) they have been or  will be
injured by the actions  or threatened  actions of the defendant; (2) the injury is  traceable  to the
challenged  action; and (3) the harm alleged  is likely  to be redressed by  a favorable
decision. (78)  These requirements are supposed  to ensure  that the judiciary engages only  in
redressing actual wrongs, not in the policymaking  activities that  the constitution entrusts  to the
legislative branch. (79)  Traditionally, this standard required  an economic injury.  For
example, if the stream  running past an outdoor cafe becomes polluted by an upstream paper mill,
driving away patrons, the cafe-owner  would have standing to sue the mill-owner. (80)
       Over the years in the U.S., changing attitudes, the scope of environmental regulation, and
broad citizen suit provisions have altered the contours of this standing test.  During the inception
of the environmental citizen suit movement in the 1970s, courts found even a plaintiff's allegation
of occasional or  anticipated aesthetic injury sufficient to confer standing. (81)  For example, a
plaintiff might have alleged successfully that  her view of a national park she  had visited and
planned to visit again was being impaired by emissions from a regional power  plant.
       However, more  recently, the constitutional standing test has been rendered more stringent
by courts concerned with reducing the amount of  public interest  environmental litigation.   In  its
latest treatment  of the issue, the Supreme Court found that citizen plaintiffs lacked standing  to
challenge a regulatory  action even  when they alleged an injury very similar to  the kinds of injuries
the Court had found  sufficient just twenty years earlier.  Even the  fact that Congress had
expressly authorized citizen suits  under  the statute  in question did not alter the outcome. (82)
The  essential ambiguity of the constitutional  standing principle renders it susceptible to such
restrictive judicial interpretations, and has  allowed this requirement to become a major
impediment to citizen enforcement suits in the United States.
       The second element of standing in the United States applies only to citizen lawsuits based
on statutory,  rather than common law, causes  of action. Traditionally, only the U.S. government
could bring  a lawsuit to vindicate public rights vested in the population as  a whole.  Through
citizen suit provisions,  the U.S. Congress has  chosen to extend this right to  individuals.  Courts
have attempted to ensure that citizens empowered to sue in this  manner are effective advocates
for these public  rights  by requiring that any injury claimed by the plaintiff be within the "zone of
interests" of the statute  in question. (83) This  limits potential environmental  enforcement
plaintiffs  to those who base their  standing on  environmental injury.  Thus,  one cement  factory
might not be allowed  to sue another that was violating emission  standards by claiming that the
violations allowed unfair competition - the Clean Air Act's zone of  interest is air quality, not levels
of competition. (84)
       Other countries, however,  have not deemed it necessary to  restrict public access to the
courts for plaintiffs seeking to redress public environmental  harms. For example, in Argentina,  an
environmental  lawyer was allowed to challenge  certain  licenses  granted by the federal
government to two Japanese corporations.  The licenses allowed the corporations to capture and
export fourteen dolphins from the South  Atlantic Ocean, off the coast of the Argentine province of
Chubut.  The court concluded that the plaintiff's individual right to the protection of the  ecology,  as
expressed or implied  by several constitutional and statutory provisions, entitled  the plaintiff to
challenge the licenses in court. (85)  The court invalidated the  licenses, on the grounds that
the government had not examined the environmental impact of the captures, that past licenses
had  resulted in the death of the captured animals, and that the licenses had been granted over
the opposition of the provincial government.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             547


3.3.2   Defendants and "Sovereign Immunity"

       Implementation  of an environmental enforcement regime will often  necessitate bringing
lawsuits against the government, either in its regulatory or in  its proprietary capacity.   As a
regulator,  the  government may be the target of a suit designed to prompt or  to  challenge its
implementation of statutory objectives.  As an owner of property, the government also engages in
activities that may pollute the environment.  For example, the government may operate research
laboratories or maintenance facilities at which hazardous wastes have been  stored. (86)   In
post-communist regimes in  Central and  Eastern  Europe, where  up to 90% of all property is in
government  hands, the vast majority of all  pollution will be traceable to government
action. (87)  Unless enforcement actions  can be brought against the government,
environmental  protection goals can never be fully achieved.
       Yet the government  often  restricts its own liability in  court.  In the United States,  for
example,  the  doctrine of "sovereign immunity" generally prevents citizens  from suing the
government unless the government has explicitly waived that exemption.  Such a waiver is found
in several  environmental statutes authorizing citizen enforcement suits. A citizen suit under such
a statute offers a private plaintiff a unique opportunity to ensure government compliance with its
own rules and  regulations.  (88)   For citizens to  participate fully in  the  environmental
protection process, the government will need  to render itself accountable in court for the
environmental  effects of its operations.

3.4    How Will the  Suit Be Financed?

       The previous  discussions outline the ways in which court actions  can be used to
accomplish particular enforcement goals.  Even the  most impressive  array of such litigation
options is  useless, however, if citizens cannot afford to go to court.  The single  most important
factor in encouraging  citizen suits  may thus be the ability  of citizens to recover court costs and
attorney fees following the successful prosecution of a citizen suit.  On budgets even more limited
than those of state and federal governments, few citizens  could take on the  role of private
attorney general if environmental statutes did not contain "fee-switching" provisions.
       In the United States,  the traditional "American rule"  requires that each party pay its own
court costs and attorney fees regardless of who wins the lawsuit.  In contrast, many  other nations
require that the losing side pay both sides' costs and fees  (the "British  system").  Both systems
act as a significant  deterrent to citizen enforcement  suits that are  brought for the public,  rather
than private interest. Why should  an  individual bring a suit which, if won, will offer only a diffuse
sense  of goodwill from the vindication  of the public interest, and if lost, require the  litigant to
shoulder the cost of his own and perhaps (under the British system) the defendant's legal fees?
Because of this disparity between private costs and public benefits, there is a strong  argument for
altering the  traditional rule  in citizen suits brought  under  environmental protection
statutes. (89)
       Under the  U.S. environmental citizen suit provisions, for  example,  a successful plaintiff
may request that the  losing defendant pay both parties'  court costs and attorney fees.   To
discourage frivolous suits, the environmental statutes permit judges to assess the costs and fees
of the defendant against a plaintiff who has engaged in litigation that is  clearly unfounded  in law
or fact.  Some risk to the plaintiff still exists.  The plaintiff  might lose the case and be forced to
shoulder his or her own expenses, or the suit could be  deemed frivolous and the citizen could be
forced  to pay the  costs of both sides.  However, by selecting the most meritorious and winnable
cases, environmental plaintiffs can minimize these risks and maximize the chance of  recovering
their own financial outlays.
       In some cases, these "fee shifting" provisions  allow plaintiffs to  recover  more than the
lawsuit actually  cost.  Because courts calculate attorney fees using the "market price" for
environmental  attorneys, but most environmental plaintiffs' attorneys work for well below that
price,  the  final fee award can be  more than  the  plaintiff actually spent to bring  the suit.  What
results is  a windfall - or at least an amount better than break-even -- for a winning plaintiff.
Successful citizen suit plaintiffs - particularly environmental  organizations  -- can  channel any

-------
548                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


excess attorney fee funds into bringing other lawsuits. The profits from past wins finance future
litigation  risks and enable environmental  organizations to maintain a series of  citizen suits with
less outside financial assistance than they would otherwise need. (90)


4     CITIZEN INVOLVEMENT IN PRACTICE

      Various practical considerations will influence both citizens' choice among the enforcement
mechanisms discussed in this paper and their ability to employ those mechanisms effectively.
Both a government considering how citizen participation might fit into an overall environmental
enforcement system and the  public employing that system once  it is set up will need to  be
informed of and sensitive  to those considerations.

4.1    A Citizen's Choice of Mechanisms for Participation

      A citizen's  choice of how to participate will vary with several factors. The  most basic is the
citizen's  own motivation.  Is the problem to be  addressed a lack of applicable standards -
possibly calling for an agency-forcing suit - or a perceived failure on the part of the government
to act against violators --  which may be a candidate for a citizen enforcing suit?  A second factor
is the role of the government in the enforcement system.  Obviously, if the government is actively
proceeding against violators, there will be  little room for citizen enforcement lawsuits, especially in
a system, such as  that in the  U.S., in which  diligent government prosecution  prevents private
actions.  In  such  a  situation, a citizen might choose to focus on assisting the government in its
enforcement efforts  by engaging in private monitoring or other information-gathering activities.
      The identity of the citizen - or the environmental organization - who wants to participate
in environmental enforcement is also relevant.  For example, industry  entities who want to alert
authorities to permit violations by particular  competitors may choose a different enforcement
mechanism  than  would a citizen group  targeting industry-wide  violations.  Another important
variable is the resources available to the  individual  or entity.   A single citizen  with no financial
backing may be  limited  to volunteering  his time to monitor compliance, while a  large public
interest organization  might be able to finance a large-scale  lawsuit.  Even a public interest
organization may  choose  to minimize litigation costs by filing suit only in cases involving clear-cut
violations of demonstrable standards,  while leaving more complicated situations to  the
government.
      The possibility of  combining two or more  of these avenues may also  influence citizen
involvement in practice.  For example, a private action for damages can be brought concurrently
with  a citizen enforcement suit; the damages action may serve as leverage to effectuate a
settlement on the defendant's part.   Agency-forcing judicial review suits brought by citizens  can
help spur the development of clear and enforceable regulations, indirectly aiding direct
enforcement efforts. (91)
      One  of the best examples of the potential for citizen action in environmental  enforcement
has been the U.S.  experience with the Surface Mining Control and  Reclamation  Act  of 1977
(SMCRA). (92)  Although states,  federal  agencies,  and industry all resisted implementation  of
SMCRA, citizens  were able, through the  use  of a variety of methods, to make  the  Act a useful
and effective tool for environmental  protection.  For example, when SMCRA's regulatory agency
rewrote and weakened  the statute's implementing regulations in  the  early 1980s,  citizens
challenged the agency's actions in court.  The resulting victories included limiting the number and
scope of exceptions to the Act's  standards  and strengthening regulations governing mining  in
national forests.
      In addition to challenging agency regulations, citizen plaintiffs  also sued state and federal
agencies for failing to conduct required investigations, neglecting to collect fines under the statute,
and declining to carry out state implementation programs.  Several of  these lawsuits resulted in
settlement agreements or court-ordered remedies that not only directed the agencies to fulfill their
statutory responsibilities,  but made structural changes  in the way  the agencies  enforced the
statutes.  Finally, citizens worked closely with state and federal  agencies as the agencies

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             549


developed the new enforcement and implementation techniques required as a result of the citizen
litigation.  This  broad range  of public involvement improved the enforcement of SMCRA by
increasing both the capability and the desire of the agencies to implement the statute effectively.

4.2    Requirements for Effective Citizen Enforcement

       Citizen participation in  environmental  enforcement cannot fully succeed without  support
from other institutions within the environmental protection system.

4.2.1   A Sound Legal Framework

       For citizen participation to be truly effective, the system of environmental regulation must
provide the mechanisms to accommodate and  encourage it.  The most obvious such
accommodation -- on which this paper has focused  -- is the provision of avenues allowing  citizens
to go to court to force agency action, challenge  the  results of agency government decisions, or
prosecute violators.  Even if these avenues are made available, citizens may be able to use them
only if the law includes cost-and fee-shifting provisions like those mentioned in Section 3.4 above.
       Another, less  obvious, contributor to effective citizen enforcement is the establishment of
clear standards of conduct against which the behavior  of potential violators can  be compared.
When a citizen  is provided with specific emission  levels, deadlines for compliance, or other
definite substantive  requirements contained in statutes,  regulations, or permits, it will be easier
not only to  identify but to prove the  violation.   Such substantive  requirements are particularly
effective when used  in conjunction with industry  self-monitoring obligations,  reporting schedules,
or other information  access mechanisms.  Clear standards can  stem from statutory language,
regulations  developed by agencies in accordance with statutory duties, or industry-specific
permits issued pursuant to the  regulations.
       Perhaps the  most essential element in the  legal  framework is the existence  of a judicial
system  that  is receptive to citizen  participation.  On an overall level, a supportive judiciary can
instill in the public a sense that their involvement is accepted  and rewarded, thus increasing
public confidence in the enforcement system.  As a practical matter, judicial attitudes can have a
concrete effect on the success or failure of environmental law suits  brought by citizens. Through
threshhold rulings restrictive  of citizen standing,  for example,  judges can effectively bar the
courthouse door to  citizen litigants.  The  extent of judicial damage awards and the content of
injunctive relief also influence the likelihood that citizens will choose to sue in the future and the
kind of cases citizens  may bring.
       Legal  controls  provide  both the overall framework within  which environmental protection
goals can be articulated and a powerful incentive  encouraging the achievement of those goals.  A
strong legal system  thus  helps citizens to participate effectively in environmental enforcement
through non-court mechanisms as well as in the courts.

4.2.2  Adequate Citizen Resources

      A second important requirement for effective citizen enforcement  is a citizenry with the
knowledge and confidence to  avail itself of its various options for participating in  environmental
enforcement.  As an  initial matter, particularly in societies unused  to citizen participation, some
effort may be necessary to educate the public about those options and how to use them.  Both
government and environmental organizations could sponsor such a public education program.
       Environmental  organizations can  play a crucial role in other ways  as well.   Because the
costs of prosecuting citizen  suits or monitoring  industries on a regular basis are so  high,
individuals act on their own only rarely, particularly  in court cases. (93)  More often than not,
environmental organizations or "public interest law  firms" are the only actors with  the resources
and expertise to pursue citizen  suits and many other associated enforcement actions. (94)
       Providing some form of incentives - whether  financial  or otherwise - for citizens to
participate in environmental enforcement could encourage and enable individuals and small local
groups, as well as large-scale organizations, to increase their involvement. One possibility would

-------
550                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


be for the government to support citizen monitoring and  inspection efforts either through direct
funding  or by cloaking private citizens with  some  of its own power to  impose limited fines for
clear-cut violations.  For example, if the government wanted to avail itself of citizen manpower to
patrol national parks to prevent  littering, careless  setting  of fires, or other infractions,  it could
deputize citizens to act as  private  forest rangers,  who could issue  citations to violators.   The
Polish government has recently established such a  program. (95)  Another  option might be
for the  government to subsidize citizen environmental  enforcement  litigation directly.   One
Australian territory has encouraged citizen suits by directly  subsidizing them through  legal
assistance. (96)
      Industry cooperation with private monitoring efforts could be encouraged by either
publicizing the value of such efforts or subsidizing them by allowing a tax deduction for the costs
of the program.  Finally, statutory fee and cost-shifting provisions can give citizens the financial
capability to initiate their own enforcement actions.

4.2.3  Accessible Information

      Almost all of the citizen involvement in environmental enforcement discussed above would
be impossible if citizens did  not have ready  access  to information about potential violations.  One
invaluable source for such  information  is data on pollution levels supplied by polluters
themselves, as part of a regulatory self-monitoring and  reporting regime.  It is difficult to overstate
the importance of such reports in not only initiating  suits, but also giving citizens the capability to
win them. (97)
      In the  U.S., the Clean Water Act's requirement that the holders of permits to discharge
effluents from point sources submit regular  Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) to the
government is  perhaps the best example of a regulatory mechanism for creating  and
disseminating  information that citizens can use in enforcement.  (98)  DMRs are often
accepted by courts as definitive proof of a violation,  since they are written and filed by the alleged
violator  itself.
      Another useful  information access mechanism in the U.S. is the so-called "right-to-know"
statute,  which requires industries storing and using certain hazardous substances to  report to
workers and communities on  the amounts  of the substances stored,  used,  and discharged on-
site. (99)  This "right-to-know" provision has helped citizens  to identify and prove
environmental violations.
      Of course,  it is essential to ensure that self-monitoring and reporting data are easily
available to the  public.  A  government-wide access-to-information  provision, such as the  U.S.
Freedom of  Information Act, can ensure that citizens  are  able to obtain those  data, as well as
other information held  by the government  that may be relevant to environmental enforcement
efforts.  The government could attempt to meet  citizens halfway by not only responding to citizen
requests,  but affirmatively disseminating environmental data collected in the  course of its
regulatory duties. (100)
5      CONCLUSION

       Citizen involvement is  crucial  to the establishment and implementation of a fair and
effective environmental protection regime.  As this paper has  attempted to illustrate,  the
opportunities for - and the benefits from - citizen involvement are many and wide-ranging.
Citizens can both supplement government enforcement efforts and encourage the government to
maintain and sharpen its focus on  environmental protection.  Indeed, involvement by the public
may be  the vital  ingredient necessary to transform environmental protection statutes and
regulations from aspirations into reality.  Policymakers setting up and implementing environmental
controls can draw  upon the resources of citizens to further the common goal of environmental
protection by making enforcement work.

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                           551


       ENDNOTES
1.    This triad of environmental concerns was described in S.  HAYS, BEAUTY, HEALTH, &
PERMANENCE: ENVIRONMENTAL POLITICS IN THE UNITED STATES 1955-1985 (1987).

2.    See Cross, Rethinking Environmental Citizen Suits, 8 TEMP. ENVTL. L. & TECH. J. 55, 64-
70 (1989) (discussing  U.S. court cases upholding environmental  regulations on the ground that
the U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency  could prevent unduly harsh effects by making
administrative exceptions in particular cases).

3.    See the exchange between an  environmental plaintiff's attorney and an agency
representative in Private Watchdogs:  Internal Auditing  and External  Enforcement -  Three
Perspectives, 17  ENVTL. L. REP. (Envtl. L. Inst.) 10,255, 10,263 (1987).

4.    This may be especially true in state agencies and enforcement programs, whose
employees tend to be  closer financially, politically,  and personally to the  potential violators than
are federal officials. See Smith, The Viability of Citizen Suits under the Clean Water Act after
Gwaltney, 40 CASE W.  RES. L. REV. 1, 55-56 (1989-90).

5.    See ENVIRONMENTAL L. INST., AN ANALYSIS OF CITIZEN ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS UNDER EPA-
ADMINISTERED STATUTES V-11 to V-12 (Sept. 1984) [hereinafter ELI STUDY].

6.    See Webb,  Taking Matters into Their  Own Hands: The Role of Citizens in Canadian
Pollution Control  Enforcement, 36 McGiLL  L.J. 770, 819 (1991) (discussing how private
prosecutions in Canada clearly illuminate the unfairness and incoherence  of current enforcement
activities).

7.    In the United States, government agencies have expressed appreciation for citizen
enforcement efforts.  See Chesapeake Bay Foundation v. Bethlehem Steel Co.,  652  F. Supp.
620, 625 (D. Md. 1987) (citing Brief of the U.S. as amicus curiae in support of the Clean Water
Act at 1-2, Student Public Interest Research  Group v. Monsanto,  600 F. Supp. 1474 (D.N.J.
1985) (indicating that  the EPA Administrator  enthusiastically  supported  the  role of citizens in
enforcement proceedings));  ELI STUDY, supra note 5, at V-7; L. JORGENSON  & J. KIMMEL,
ENVIRONMENTAL CITIZEN SUITS:  CONFRONTING  THE  CORPORATION  --  A BNA SPECIAL REPORT 17
(1988) [hereinafter BNA REPORT];  Price,  Private Enforcement of the Clean Water Act, 1  NAT.
RESOURCES & ENV'T 31, 60 (1986).

8.    Many nations permit and encourage  active public participation in the  enforcement of
environmental laws. For  examples of the citizen's role in  various nations, see Preston, Public
Enforcement of Environmental Laws in Australia, 6  J. ENVTL. L. & LITIG. 39  (1991); Webb,  supra
note 6, at 770; PARTICIPATION AND LITIGATION RIGHTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL ASSOCIATIONS IN EUROPE
(M. Fuhr & G. Roller eds. 1991) [hereinafter EUROPE].

9.    See Bowman &  Hunter, Environmental Reforms in Post-Communist Central Europe:  From
High Hopes to Hard Reality, 13 MICH. J. INT'L L. 301, 351 (1992).

10.   Many nations rely on  citizens and environmental organizations  to identify and report
violations -- and in  some cases to pressure agencies into enforcement actions.  This ability is a
particularly important part of the European  Community enforcement program. See EUROPE,  supra
note 8,  at 146; Smith  & Hunter, The European Community Environmental Legal System, 22
ENVTL. L. REP. (Envtl.  L.  Inst.)  10,106, 10,113 (1992).  Some  Central  and Eastern  European
nations are also  beginning to recognize the utility of citizen monitoring.   See Allen, The Polish
Ecological Clubs: "Before, we could blame the communists.  Now  we have to have the best
arguments.", TRANSATLANTIC  PERSPECTIVES (German Marshall  Fund, Washington,  D.C.), Spring

-------
552                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


1992, at 10 (describing the Polish Ecological Club's environmental inventory of a polluted creek,
its report to the city government, and the follow-up by the state enforcement agency).

11.   See OFFICE OF WATER, U.S. ENVTL. PROTECTION AGENCY, NATIONAL WATER QUALITY
INVENTORY: 1986 REPORT TO CONGRESS 109, 115 (1987); Smith, supra note 4, at 54-56.

12.   See Steinhart,  Waterway Watchdogs, AUDUBON, Nov. 1990, at 26.

13.   Because waterways in  the U.S. are state property,  citizens may  directly  approach point
sources of pollutants, or identify areas  where nonpoint pollution (from fertilizers or feed  lots, for
example) is causing a  water quality  problem.  As an  example of  the role of organized citizen
groups,  the Izaak Walton League of America trains citizens to monitor the health of local and
regional streams.  Those citizens then report information to a national clearinghouse, which
notifies  state or federal agencies.  Although  citizens volunteer for the monitoring program,
personal interest is not the only motivating  force:  State agencies help fund the League's training
and reporting programs. Telephone Interview with Loren Kellogg, National Monitoring Coordinator
for the Save Our Streams Program, Izaak Walton League of America (June 8, 1992).

14.   See J. MILLER  & ENVTL. L. INST.,  CITIZEN SUITS:   PRIVATE ENFORCEMENT OF FEDERAL
POLLUTION CONTROL  LAWS 133 (1987) [hereinafter  CITIZEN SUITS]; K. NOLL & J. DUNCAN,
INDUSTRIAL AIR POLLUTION CONTROL 36 (1975).

15.   See supra note 13.

16.   Consider  the activities  of the  environmental organization  Lighthawk, which uses  private
planes and pilots to monitor environmental harm from the air in the U.S. and other countries.  See
Wood, Aerial Crusaders, THE CHRISTIAN SCIENCE MONITOR, July 14, 1988, at 10.

17.   See Ley 13.577 Creadon de  Obras Sanitarias de la  Nation, art. 31 & 32 [Creation of
Sanitary Work Agency]; Decreto 674/89  Regimen  contra la Contamination de Rios  Bs.  As.
24/V/89  [River Pollution Regime].  The U.S. Surface Mining  Control  and Reclamation Act  of 1977
contains a similar provision.  See 30 U.S.C. § 1271(a)(1) (1988).

18.   See CITIZEN SUITS, supra note  14, at 134.

19.   The U.S.  Federal Water Pollution Control (Clean Water) Act requires holders  of permits
allowing discharge  of pollutants into the water to submit regular "Discharge Monitoring Reports."
See 33 U.S.C. § 1318 (1988).  The U.S. Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act
(EPCRA),  42 U.S.C.A. §§ 11001-11050  (West 1983  & Supp. 1992), imposes  extensive  self-
monitoring and reporting requirements on certain industries that use and release  extremely
hazardous chemicals.  A summary  of monitoring  reports required under  U.S. environmental
protection  statutes in the mid-1980s can be found in CITIZEN SUITS,  supra note 14, at  132-33.  In
addition,  a forthcoming Environmental  Law  Institute Working Paper, PUBLIC ACCESS TO
ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION, will analyze in greater detail such reporting requirements and  their
possible applications to public participation in the environmental protection  system.

20.   Freedom of Information  Act of  1966, 5 U.S.C. § 552 (1988).

21.   For a discussion of the importance of information  and clear standards,  see ELI  STUDY,
supra note 5, at V-13 to V-15.

22.   Many environmental organizations publish lists of reporting numbers for citizens to call with
information.  See, e.g., IZAAK  WALTON  LEAGUE  OF AMERICA, A CITIZEN'S  DIRECTORY FOR  WATER
QUALITY ABUSES: A STATE-BY-STATE RESOURCE LIST  OF ENVIRONMENTAL AGENCY TELEPHONE
NUMBERS (undated).

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            553


23.    Clean Air Act § 113(f), 42 U.S.C.A. § 7413 (West 1983 & Supp. 1992).

24.    If the  citizen is bringing a lawsuit under an U.S.  environmental statute with a citizen suit
provision, he or she will  be required to give  advance notice to  the alleged  violator and to the
government.  This notice provision allows the violator an opportunity to come into compliance and
enables the government to eliminate the need for the citizen suit by taking its own enforcement
action.  See infra Section 2.3.2.1.

25.    See CITIZEN SUITS,  supra note  14,  at 11-12; Greve,  The Private Enforcement of
Environmental Law, 65 TUL. L. REV. 339, 352-53 (1990).

26.    For a  more detailed discussion  of the various ways in which the public can participate in
the environmental protection process, see ENVIRONMENTAL L.  INST., PUBLIC PARTICIPATION IN
ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION (ELI Working Paper, Jan. 1991).

27.    In  the U.S., for example,  courts  generally presume that the individual is adequately
represented by the government.   See CITIZEN SUITS, supra note 14, at 66-67.   Intervention is
governed by  statutes regulating all federal court cases which require that the  intervenor have an
interest in the "property or transaction" at issue. FED. R. Civ. P. 24(b).

28.    See M. AXLINE, ENVIRONMENTAL CITIZEN  SUITS § 5.03, at 5-3 & n.5 (1991).

29.    Similar consent decrees can result from  lawsuits filed by the citizen.  See infra note 56.

30.    See, e.g., Clean Air Act § 113(g).

31.    See, e.g., Clean Air Act § 304(a)(2); Endangered Species Act §  11(g)(1)(C), 16 U.S.C. §
1540(g)(1988).

32.    For example, if a statute provides that an agency "shall complete  a thorough review" of air
quality criteria, the agency must undertake such a review, regardless of whether the review is
likely  to prompt revision of the criteria.  See Environmental Defense Fund v.  Thomas, 870  F.2d
892 (2dCir. 1989).

33.    Such a court order will subject the agency to judicial penalties if the agency violates the
order by continuing its failure to act.

34.    Administrative Procedure  Act (APA) § 702, 5 U.S.C. § 702 (1988).   For an example of a
statutory "discretionary" suit provision,  see Clean Air Act § 307(b)(1).  The standards of judicial
review under  the APA are set forth in § 706(2)(A).

35.    See Chevron U.S.A. v. Natural Resources Defense Council, 467 U.S. 837, 842-45 (1984).

36.    Suits  seeking judicial review of agency decisions have  been particularly important as a
way of forcing agencies to consider the environmental impacts of  their actions  under the  U.S.
National  Environmental Policy Act of  1970  (NEPA),  42 U.S.C.  § 4321 (1982).   The first suit
brought under NEPA was  brought by citizens and established the  right of citizens to bring suits to
enforce the  environmental assessment requirements  of the statute.  See  Calvert Cliffs
Coordinating Comm. v. Atomic Energy Comm'n, 449 F.2d 1109 (D.C. Cir. 1971). Since that time,
numerous suits have been brought against agencies  for failure to file  an  environmental impact
statement, or for filing an  inadequate one. In the  1980s,  over 800 suits led to  116 injunctions
preventing agency action without further environmental assessment.   U.S. COUNCIL ON
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY, ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY 1991, at 142-43 (1992).
   As with many other environmental regulations, judicial review under NEPA has been limited to
an examination  of  the procedural rather than the  substantive requirements  of the statute.
Nonetheless,  those procedural requirements, enforced by citizen  suits, have forced agencies at

-------
554                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


least to examine the environmental consequences of their actions -- a significant step beyond the
pre-NEPA requirements.  For additional information about the  relationship between  the
substantive and procedural requirements of NEPA and the role both  have played in  altering
agency action, see ENVIRONMENTAL L.  INST., ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT:  INTEGRATING
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND DEVELOPMENT PLANNING (ELI Working Paper, June 1991).

37.   Courts in the United States have willingly carried the doctrine of prosecutorial  discretion
through  to the environmental  statutes.  Even where statutory language would  appear to make
enforcement a  non-discretionary duty, courts have held that  unless the  language is  explicit,
discretion  remains in the agency.  See, e.g., DuBois v. Thomas, 820 F.2d 943 (8th Cir. 1987)
(under the Clean Water Act, citizen suits cannot require enforcement).

38.   In a system, such as that in the U.S., that embraces the doctrine of prosecutorial
discretion, allowing citizens to  take enforcement actions  will be crucial to  achieving environmental
protection  goals.

39.   See generally M. AXLINE, supra note 28; CITIZEN SUITS, supra note 14.

40.   Krent,  Fragmenting the Unitary  Executive:  Congressional Delegations of Administrative
Authority Outside the Federal Government, 85 Nw. U. L. REV. 62, 82 n.95 (1990).

41.   See Clayton Antitrust Act of 1914, 15 U.S.C. § 15 (1988);  Consumer  Product Safety Act of
1972, 15 U.S.C.  § 2060(a) (1988).

42.   Although  European Community (EC) law permits organizations  to sue  governments for
violations of EC regulations, this is only true when individual nations grant standing to that group,
and most European  nations do not.  See, e.g., EUROPE, supra note 8, at 85 (discussing standing
provisions in West Germany). Only  Ireland's laws  appear comparable to U.S. provisions:  Irish
citizens may bring a suit for injunctive relief against any  person for violations of water, air, or land
use regulations.  Because of the risk that the plaintiff will have to pay defendant's costs and fees,
however, the suits have not been commonly used.  Id.  at 11-12. In addition, Spain and Ireland
appear to grant citizens some rights to enforce  summarily those countries' limited criminal
environmental statutes.  Id.  at 13, 37.  Under Brazilian  law, citizen organizations that have been
in  existence for at least two years can file "public actions" requesting the state or federal attorney
general to investigate  threats  to the  environment.  Interview with Alberto Ninio,  Staff Attorney at
the Environmental Law Institute, in Washington, D.C. (July 1, 1992).

43.   All but one of the major federal environmental acts permit direct enforcement by  citizens in
the courts against violators.   See, e.g., Toxic Substances  Control  Act  §20, 15 U.S.C. §2619
(1988); Endangered  Species Act § 11(g), 16 U.S.C. § 1540(g) (1988); Surface Mining Control  and
Reclamation Act of 1977 §520, 30 U.S.C. § 1270 (1988); Marine Protection, Research,  and
Sanctuaries Act § 105(g), 33  U.S.C. § 1415(g) (1988);   Federal Water  Pollution Control (Clean
Water) Act § 505, 33 U.S.C. § 1365  (1988); Safe Drinking Water Act § 1449; 42 U.S.C. § 300J-8
(1982 & Supp. V 1987); Noise Control Act §  12, 42  U.S.C. § 4911 (1982 & Supp. V 1987);
Resource  Conservation and Recovery Act  (RCRA) § 7002, 42 U.S.C. § 6972 (1982 & Supp. V
1987); Clean Air Act  § 304, 42 U.S.C.A. § 7604  (West 1983 & Supp. 1992); Comprehensive
Environmental  Response, Compensation, and Liability Act  of 1980 (CERCLA) §310,  42 U.S.C.
§ 9659 (1982  & Supp.  V 1987); Outer Continental Shelf  Lands Act § 23, 43 U.S.C. § 1349
(1982).  The only  major environmental statute without a citizen  suit provision is  the  Federal
Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. § 136 (1988).  Numerous state statutes also
allow citizens to sue to enforce statutory provisions.
   As an  example of  the growth in  this category of suits, only twelve  actions  were filed under
citizen suit provisions in  1978-79.  See HAYS, supra note 1,  at 481.  Just ten years later, citizens
were filing hundreds of suits a year against private  individuals and government agencies, and the
numbers were,  if anything,  increasing.   See BNA  REPORT, supra note  7, at 21-111  (1988) (78
suits filed  for enforcement purposes  under  RCRA,  CERCLA, and the Clean Water Act in 1987);

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            555


 U.S. COUNCIL ON ENVIRONMENTAL  QUALITY, ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY 1987-88 (88 suits filed
 against government agencies for NEPA violations in 1987).

 44.    Compare, e.g., Clean Air Act § 304(a) (citizen suit judicial enforcement) with id. §  113(b)
 (federal suit judicial enforcement).

 45.    See Clean Air Act § 304(a), § 113(d)(1); infra Section 3.2.3.

 46.    In addition, if the defendant's conduct is found to be malicious or wanton, a jury can award
 additional damages, beyond those necessary to compensate the plaintiff, solely for the purpose of
 punishing the defendant.  There is no requirement that these "punitive damages" be proportional
 to compensatory damages.  See Browning-Ferris  Indus., Inc. v.  Kelco  Disposal, Inc., 492 U.S.
 257  (1989) (upholding a jury's award of $6  million in punitive damages in a case involving
 compensatory damages of only $51,146).

 47.    Consider a factory  that  emits particulates that cause fog  to form on a nearby highway,
 slowing traffic and causing occasional accidents.  Any single traveler on the highway might  not be
 able to bring a suit to abate this public  nuisance, but the roadside homeowner into whose  house
 fog-blinded vehicles  regularly crashed would have a "special injury" and would be  able to bring
 suit.

 48.    See Sax,  The Public Trust Doctrine in  Natural  Resource  Law: Effective Judicial
 Intervention, 68 Mich.  L. Rev.  471  (1970);  Z. PLATER, R. ABRAMS & W. GOLDFARB,
 ENVIRONMENTAL  LAW AND POLICY:  NATURE, LAW, AND SOCIETY 365-412 (1992) [hereinafter
 ENVIRONMENTAL LAW].

 49.    See Marks v. Whitney, 6 Cal. 3d 251, 98  Cal. Rptr. 790, 491  P.2d 374 (1971) (public right
 in submerged land under streams and lakes on privately-owned property subjects private property
 owners to public trust doctrine); ENVIRONMENTAL LAW, supra note 48, at 400-01.

 50.    The standing  requirements  are very minimal, and nearly  any individual can sue for
 violation of  the statute.  MICH. COMP. LAWS ANN.  § 691.1201  (West Supp. 1984).  Six other  states
 adopted statutes  based on Michigan's soon after  1970, but only Michigan's has been regularly
 used.

 51.    Ray v. Mason  Country Drain Commissioner, 224 N.W.2d 883 (Mich. 1975).   Despite the
 breadth and potential power of the Michigan statute, it has been used only rarely.   By 1983, the
 statute had been  the  basis for only 185 actions,  most of which were filed in its early years. See
 generally Slone, The  Michigan Environmental  Protection Act:   Bringing Citizen-initiated
 Environmental Suits Into the 1980s, 14 ECOLOGY  L.Q. 271  (1985).

52.    Consider, for example, Japan's Civil Code Article 199, which provides that "[i]f a possessor
 is disturbed in his possession, he  may by an  action for maintenance of  possession demand
discontinuance of the disturbance  as  well as  compensation for damages." J.  GRESSER,  K.
 FUJIKURA & A. MORISHIMA, ENVIRONMENTAL LAW IN JAPAN 135 n.16 (1981).

53.    See Bandi, Environmental Enforcement in  Hungary - Today and Tomorrow 10 (Paper
 Presented at the Second International Conference on Environmental Enforcement, Sept. 1992).

54.    Interview with  Beatriz Gonzales, Colombian public interest attorney,  in Washington, D.C.
(June  18, 1992).  See G. SARMIENTO,  LAS ACCIONES POPULARES EN EL DERECHO PRIVADO
COLOMBIANO [POPULAR ACTIONS IN COLOMBIAN PRIVATE LAW] 34 (1988).

55.   See  infra note 85 and accompanying text.

-------
556                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


56.    In addition, if the  settlement results  in a consent decree approved and enforced  by the
court, it can include legally enforceable provisions governing  the future conduct  of the parties,
rather than simply allowing the defendant to pay an initial fee and then continue the challenged
conduct. See  M. AXLINE,  supra note 28, at 7-29.

57.    See G.  BINGHAM, RESOLVING ENVIRONMENTAL DISPUTES:  A DECADE OF EXPERIENCE 130-32,
134-37 (1986).

58.    This policy  decision often has strategic consequences for the citizen litigant.  A plaintiff
who happens  to qualify for both a common law damages  action and a statutory enforcement
action might bring the two concurrently,  thereby hoping to increase her bargaining power over the
violator.

59.    See M.  DORE, LAW OF Toxic TORTS § 24.01 (1992).

60.    See id. §§  24.03-24.04 (1992).   See generally Brennan, Causal Claims  and Statistical
Links:  The Role of Scientific Uncertainty in  Hazardous Substance Litigation, 73 CORNELL L.  REV.
469 (1988).

61.    See DORE, supra note 59, at § 5.10.

62.    In the United States, citizens may  only file enforcement suits if the violations are ongoing
or if there is a substantial likelihood that they will be repeated.  See Gwaltney  of Smithfield,  Ltd.
v. Chesapeake Bay Foundation, 484 U.S. 49  (1987).

63..    U.S.  courts take this requirement  very seriously.  See Hallstrom v. Tillamook Cty.,  493
U.S. 20 (1989).  However, lawsuits may be  brought immediately  after filing notice  in the event of
violations of certain standards, particularly when the violation may threaten human health.   See
Clean Air Act § 304(b).

64.    See generally CITIZEN SUITS, supra note 14, at 53-62.

65.    See id. at 77.   In  some cases, as when an endangered  species is threatened, a statute
may explicitly require the  court to issue an injunction.  U.S. Endangered Species Act § 11(g)(1).

66.    See CITIZEN SUITS, supra note 14, at 77-78.

67.    See,  e.g., Boomer v. Atlantic Cement Co., 26 N.Y.2d 219, 319 N.Y.S.2d 312, 257 N.E.2d
870 (1970) (cement plant allowed to continue polluting  upon payment of continuing damages to
adjoining landowner).

68.    Under one United  States statute, the Clean Air Act, judges may assign  up  to $100,000 of
these  penalties to a fund which  will  be used  for "beneficial mitigation projects which are
consistent with" the Act. Clean Air Act § 304(g)(2).

69.    See Clean  Water Act § 505(a); RCRA §  7002(a); Clean Air Act §  304(a).   The 1990
inclusion of civil penalties in the Clean Air Act Amendments is significant, because it represents a
recent Congressional endorsement  of the usefulness of such provisions.

70.    See,  e.g., Toxic Substances Control Act § 16(a).

71.    In one successful citizen suit brought to rectify  permit violations by a wastewater treatment
plant, the appellate court found that the trial court's  civil penalty award of $3.2 million was too
low. The court of appeals instructed the trial court to recompute the penalty, suggesting that the
appropriate total might be the statutory maximum of $4.2 million.  See Public  Interest Research

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             557


 Group of New Jersey v. Powell Duffyn Terminals, Inc., 720 F. Supp. 1158 (D N J 1989)  aff'd in
 part and rev'd in part, 913 F.2d 64 (3d Cir. 1990).

 72.    For  academic criticism of civil penalties  in citizen suits, see  Blomquist, Rethinking the
 Citizen as Prosecutor Model  of Environmental Enforcement Under the Clean Water Act:  Some
 Overlooked Problems of Outcome-Independent Values, 22 GA. L. REV. 337 (1988) (philosophical
 critique of permitting citizens  to  prosecute); Lewis, Environmentalists' Authority to Sue Industry
 For Civil Penalties is Unconstitutional Under the Separation of Powers Doctrine,  16 ENVTL.  L.
 REP. (Envtl. L. Inst.)  10,101 (1986).  But see Chesapeake Bay Foundation, 652 F. Supp. at 623-
 26 (citizen civil penalty requests not unconstitutional).

 73.   See Cross, supra note 2, at 70-71 (1989).  For a more appreciative perspective on this
 type of settlement,  see Mann,  Polluter-Financed Environmentally Beneficial Expenditures:
 Efficient Use  or Improper Abuse  of Citizen Suits  Under the Clean Water Act?  21 ENVTL  L  175
 (1991).

 74.   See Sierra Club v. Electronic Controls Design, 909 F.2d 1350, 1354-56 (9th Cir. 1990).

 75.   See M. AXLINE, supra note 28, at § 7.06.

 76.   See Price, supra note 7, at 33.

 77.   As noted  above  in Section  2.3.1.3, the doctrine  of "prosecutorial discretion" precludes
 citizen  challenges to  government decisions not  to take particular enforcement actions in the
 United States. This  limitation renders the availability of  citizen enforcement actions particularly
 important.   Even in the U.S.,  however, a blanket failure to enforce any portion  of a statutory or
 regulatory regime might still be subject to  court challenge. See Heckler v. Chaney 470 U S  821
 833 n.4(1985).                                                                    '

 78.    Valley  Forge Christian  College v.  Americans United for Church  and State 454 U S  464
 (1982).                                                                            '  '

 79.    This constitutional standing  requirement applies to all lawsuits,  not just  to  enforcement
 suits brought under citizen suit provisions. In practice, most controversy over standing centers on
 statutory suits, not common law actions.  Courts  may perceive a greater threat of inappropriate
 citizen involvement in  a  statutory, as distinct from a common law,  action.  In the latter case,  a
 plaintiff cannot prevail without proving that  he was injured by the challenged  actions;  no such
 requirement applies to a citizen plaintiff in an environmental enforcement suit.

 80.    This view of standing remains common in many other nations. See EUROPE, supra note 8,
 at 81-82 (discussing West German standing provisions).

 81.    See Sierra Club v. Morton, 405 U.S. 727 (1972).

 82.    See Lujan  v. Defenders of Wildlife, 60 U.S.L.W. 4495 (1992).

 83.    See Association of Data Processing Service Organizations v. Camp, 397 U.S. 150 (1970).

 84.   Contrast this with  an Irish  case in  which "an association of traders who objected to the
 competition  caused by [a]  ... development [that violated zoning laws] successfully sought an
 injunction to close it down, even though their motivation was largely commercial."  EUROPE  supra
 note 8, at 13-14 (citations omiited).

 85.   See Kattan, A.E.  y  otro v. Gobierno Nacional  (Poder  Ejecutivo), 1983-D L.L. 568,  576
 (1983).  First, the judge construed the preamble of the  1853 Argentine Constitution, declaring the
framers' intent to  ensure  and guarantee general welfare and property to future generations, as a

-------
558                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


mandate to all branches of  government, including the judiciary, to  protect the environment.
Second, the judge found that  a right to ecological protection was implied by another constitutional
provision.  Finally, the judge relied on a  provision in a wildlife  protection  statute  imposing on
Argentine citizens a duty to protect wildlife, as well as a law  ratifying an international convention
on the trade of endangered species.

86.   "An  estimated 1,000 to 1,400 federal facilities in  the United  States are either on the
Superfund list [i.e., they have  been determined to contain significant hazardous waste deposits]  or
eligible for that list." M. AXLINE, supra note 28, § 2.08.

87.   See Bowman  & Hunter, supra note 9,  at 345 (noting that at the time of the revolutions in
the region, over 90% of property and industries  in Central and  Eastern Europe were owned by
the state, and that privatization is proceeding slowly); Bandi, supra note 53, at 4 (stating that over
80% of the Hungarian economy is still in state ownership).

88.   In fact, because the federal government cannot sue itself, statutory citizen suits and suits
brought by  the states are effectively the only way in which environmental  standards  can be
enforced in the United States  against federal government entities.

89.   Because common law  actions for damages present an opportunity for a personal benefit to
the plaintiff,  the traditional  rules of cost-bearing may be more appropriate in such cases.

90.   While some groups are able to reach self sufficiency, some plaintiff's attorneys have  noted
that even these attorney fee provisions "are not nearly adequate  enough to  encourage people to
bring  suits -- not  if they want to  eat, anyway." Terris, Private Watchdogs:  Internal Auditing and
External Enforcement-Three Perspectives, 17 ENVTL. L.  REP. (Envtl. L. Inst.)  10,254, 10,255
(1987).  This difficulty is especially apparent for initial, "up front" litigation costs. ELI STUDY,  supra
note 5, at V-25.

91.   See  ELI STUDY, supra note 5,  at V-13; CITIZEN  SUITS, supra  note  14, at 132; Preston,
supra note 8, at 47-48.

92.   See  McElfish,  SMCRA and Environmental Groups, in MOVING  THE EARTH (U. Desai ed.,
forthcoming 1992).

93.   See, e.g.,  Greve, supra note 25, at 353 (only one quarter of citizen suits filed in the United
States between 1984 and 1988 were brought by individual or local coalitions,  with the  remainder
filed by  national or regional environmental organizations).

94.   "Public interest law firms" encompass the  litigation departments  of large environmental
organizations.  These organizations, which rely for survival on attorney fee provisions in
environmental,  civil rights, and other statutes,  are an additional driving force for the liberalization
of the U.S.  statutory regime  and legal  system. An introduction to the role  of public interest law
firms can be found in Bonine, The New Private Public Interest Bar,  1 J.  ENVTL. L. &  LITIG. xi
(1986).

95.   The  Polish Nature Protection Act provides for the  deputization of private citizens  as
"Environmental Protection Guards," who enforce environmental  regulations  within national parks
and forest reserves,  or as "Communal  Protectors of Nature," who maintain the parks and forests
and instruct people about environmental regulations.  See Bowman & Hunter,  supra  note 9, at
314.

96.    See  Preston, supra note 8, at 61-65.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             559


97.   A 1984 report on citizen suits in the United States identified the lack of readily accessible
information as  "the single most important factor  inhibiting citizen enforcement."  "The crucial
variable" in a successful citizen suit regime was information provided to  citizens in a form that
identified key compliance indicators.  ELI STUDY,  supra note 5, at V-12 to V-13.

98.   See supra note 19.

99.   See id.

100.      For a more detailed discussion  of information  access mechanisms and  their uses, see
ENVIRONMENTAL  L  INST., PUBLIC ACCESS  TO ENVIRONMENTAL  INFORMATION (ELI Working Paper,
forthcoming 1992).

-------
560                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            561


 CITIZENS ROLE IN ENFORCEMENT: A SPUR, A SUPPLEMENT, AND A SUBSTITUTE

 RALPH HALLO

 Coordinator, International Affairs Stichting Natuur en  Milieu, Utrecht, the Netherlands


       SUMMARY

       Enforcement tends to look to the end of the  process. After the standards have been set,
 the permits issued, the inspections and reviews carried out, enforcement plays its role. This paper
 argues that, for enforcement to be effective, the proper basis must  have been  laid at the
 beginning of the process in  the design of the system of environmental  control. Specifically,
 provision must be made for  the generation of the information required to determine whether
 environmental rules are being  complied with.


 1   INTRODUCTION: THE NEED FOR THE RIGHT KIND OF INFORMATION

       Effective citizen enforcement depends on access to  the right kind of  information. The right
 kind of information  is:
    (a) information that allows a violation to be easily identified; and
    (b) information  that is in usable form, that is, that readily serves as proof in enforcement
       proceedings.

       In practice,  effective government enforcement requires this kind of information, too. In this
 sense, the distinction between citizen and government enforcement is an artificial one.
       Generation  of this information depends on establishing in the  law  the  requirements for
 appropriate sampling, monitoring and  reporting ("SMR") of environmental  data. The lesson for
 enforcers, and for others  concerned with the environment, is that effective enforcement depends,
 in the first instance, on the quality  of the SMR requirements established in the  law and  related
 regulations.  If the  system is  not properly constructed, no amount  of inspection or control by
 citizens or by government, will make it effective.
       This paper considers the citizen's role in enforcement of environmental law on the basis of
 experience with the enforcement of  water  pollution control legislation  in  the  U.S.  and in the
 Netherlands1. More so than other examples,  the U.S. Clean Water Act provides this kind of infor-
 mation and therefore has been used  effectively by citizens. The Clean Water Act also supports
 citizen enforcement by explicit provisions authorizing citizen judicial enforcement actions (citizen
 suits). In the Netherlands, the Wet Verontreiniginq  Oppervlaktewateren  (WVO)  (Surface Water
 Pollution Act) has not succeeded in generating this  information routinely and citizens have been
 correspondingly less successful in their enforcement efforts.


 2     THE STATUTORY REGIMES

       For the discussion  that  follows, it is useful to begin with a short description of the two laws
 in question,  the  U.S.  Clean Water  Act and  the Dutch Wet Verontreiniqing Oppervlaktewateren
 (Surface Waters  Pollution  Act).

2.1   The U.S. Clean Water Act

      The Clean Water  Act takes as its starting point the prohibition  of any discharge of a
pollutant from a  point source  (a pipe) into the (surface) waters of the United States except  in
accordance with a permit2. The permits set limits on the kind and quantity of  pollutants which may
be discharged into the water  and in  addition require sampling, monitoring and reporting on a

-------
562                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


regular basis. Reporting takes place primarily via Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) which are
usually filed each month by the permit holder.
      Failure to comply with the terms of the permit in any respect gives rise to strict liability for
a violation. Violations may be enforced by the government or by citizens. The government may
enforce administratively for lesser violations or judicially for serious  violations. Citizens may
enforce  judicially in the  absence of  governmental action.  Since  there are many possible  cases
which may be brought, citizen enforcement acts as a useful supplement to  governmental
prosecutorial  resources. The results achieved by citizen suits also  encourage more energetic
prosecution by the government.
      Proof of harm to the waters, the aquatic life, or damages to individual interests need not
be shown. It needs merely be shown that the  permit limit has been  violated.  Since  the  law
requires the discharger to report what it has discharged and since these  reports may be obtained
by the citizen, violations can be easily identified, documented,  and proven in court.
      Sanctions are twofold in nature. The  law authorizes the court (or administrative agency) to
impose  penalties of up to $25,000 per day  of violation and, secondly, to impose injunctive relief.
Injunctive  relieve is a broad power of the court to command the defendant to perform a specified
act or  to  meet the specific  requirements of the law. Thus,  a court  may order changes  in the
operation  or staffing of a plant, set schedules for construction of pollution control devices,  or order
other changes or actions. The court retains  the power to impose fines for the defendant's failure
to obey such court orders.

2.2   Wet Verontreiniging Oppervlaktewateren (WVO)

      The WVO or Surface Water Pollution Act similarly takes as its starting point the prohibition
of the discharge  of wastes into the surface water without a permit3. Among  the differences with
the Clean Water Act, however, are that permits  tend to be less comprehensive,  covering fewer
pollutants and contain few, if any, sampling and monitoring requirements and minimal reporting
obligations. Of particular importance for enforcement have been the absence of strict liability for
violations  and strong sanction provisions. There  is of course  no citizen suit provision as  this is
unknown  in Dutch environmental law. This  is not to say citizen action is unknown in Dutch  law.
The  administrative law system offers considerable  opportunities  for action against governmental
authorities. Civil  law actions against polluters are also possible, though rare4.
3      IDENTIFICATION OF VIOLATIONS BY CITIZENS

       The starting point of citizen enforcement activity is determining whether there is polluting
activity which warrants enforcement.  The question of whether citizens can identify violations can
also be asked  another way, however.  Is it possible to  know whether a discharger is complying
with his permit?

3.1    Identification of Violations under the Clean Water Act

       The Clean Water Act makes identification  of violations by citizens (and  equally by
government  authorities) a simple matter, because each  discharger's permit and discharge
monitoring reports (DMRs) are on file with  the designated government authorities. Because
permits and DMRs are  public documents, the interested citizen can readily  obtain them. Citizen
groups have thus been able to investigate, for example, the dischargers in a particular industry,
all major dischargers in a state, or all dischargers to a particular water body.
       The review of a DMR is also  simple. Most DMRs  consist of  a few pages of  orderly
columns of figures reporting the measured amount or concentration  of the pollutants covered by
the permit in accordance with the sampling requirements of the permit (e.g. continuous sampling,
daily, twice weekly). The values reported on the DMR need only be compared with the standards
set by the permit to determine if there has been a violation. It is a matter of a few minutes work to
review a DMR and identify a violation.

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             563


 3.2    Identification of Violations under the WVO

       In the Netherlands, in contrast, this paper record is not available. WVO permits are public
 documents, so if they do exist, citizens can obtain them5. The initial problem is that they often do
 not exist. Although  the  law requires all dischargers to have a permit, the issuing authorities
 continue to have a backlog6. Certain industry sectors and many smaller enterprises still lack WVO
 permits. Environmental organizations recently successfully brought an action to force the issuance
 of WVO permits for the heavily-polluting glastuinbouw industry (greenhouse growers of flowers
 and vegetables)7.
       Even where permits  exist, identifying violations may not  be  easy. One reason is that the
 permits often  contain outdated limits which the permit holder can meet without difficulty8.  WVO
 permits are not generally issued for a definite term  as Clean Water Act permits  are (5 years).
 Moreover,  numerous  businesses hold so-called historical permits which reflect lenient
 grandfathered standards pre-dating the WVO9. Identification of violations of these permits is thus
 not really the issue.  Permit conditions are being met  but the permits  are not  protecting water
 quality.
       The WVO permits also seldom require reporting  as  detailed and informative as DMRs.
 Even the information that is available is often not in easily digestible form10. The government
 recently conceded to environmental organizations investigating the discharges of major industrial
 installations in Rotterdam harbor that it lacked  the personnel  and technical capacity to review the
 information it receives from these polluters11. In any event, the data the government assembles is
 often  not in a form that allows for rapid review and easy understanding.
       One  possible  explanation for the lesser reliance on reporting by the discharger itself
 relates to the legal status of the information.  Where the responsible government authority has
 evidence of a violation,  it can  refer the matter to the  public prosecutor12. The  prosecutor  then
 investigates further and may elect to commence proceedings  against the violator. These proceed-
 ings are criminal in nature and information provided by the discharger itself can not, as a rule, be
 used  against  it. This is  a protection  analogous to the protection against self-incrimination  in
 American law. Whether as a result of this rule or not, in  practice it is the government that does
 most  of the sampling itself. A recent development of note is the  acceptance of samples collected
 by environmental organizations as evidence in prosecutions for WVO violations13.
       WVO  permits however  show a recent trend increasing the SMR requirements14.  It  is
 obviously not optimal if the system  does not allow even  government oversight to function
 properly. Obviously,  citizen  enforcement in such circumstances is  not  likely to  be possible, let
 stand effective. The  consequences for citizen enforcement are considerable.  Instead of going to
 an office of a public authority in order to examine a particular file, citizen's groups are forced to
 extreme lengths to gather information, including literally taking to the water itself.
       Citizen's groups  have investigated dischargers  they  suspect to  be violating the law by
 undertaking their own data collection efforts. Using their own boats and equipment, environmental
 organizations  have collected samples directly from dischargers' pipes15. Finding and gaining
 access to these pipes is  not always possible, however.  Even  if it can be  done, the process  is an
 expensive, time-consuming, and uncertain one.
       There  is thus  a major contrast in the ability of citizens to identify violations under the two
 legal  regimes.  Under the Clean Water Act, a simple administrative  check is sufficient. In the
 Netherlands, citizens have  to begin by raising the money  to finance  their own  investigation,
 including obtaining the necessary equipment to sample with scientific accuracy in order to begin
 the process of identifying  a violater.


4      INFORMATION IN USABLE FORM

      A  second precondition for effective enforcement, either by citizens  or  by government
authorities, is ready access to the relevant sort  of information. In the case of a water polluter,  that
information is the data which will allow the enforcer to show that a violation of the law has taken
place.

-------
564                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


4.1     Information Generated under the Clean Water Act

       Under the Clean Water Act, the discharge permit specifies extensive reporting of exactly
the  kind of information necessary to determine whether a violation has taken place. The permit
lists  a number of pollutants and  the concentration values or other  limitations  which apply.  In
addition, and no less important, the permit specifies the frequency of monitoring required, and the
nature of sampling which must take place. Thus, for example, pH must be measured continuously
and  not fall below  a stated minimum nor exceed a stated maximum value.  Solids must be
measured on 20 separate days per month to allow calculation  of a monthly average but there is
also a daily maximum value. The law  treats a failure to  comply with any of the sampling,
monitoring and reporting requirements on an equal footing with  failure to comply with a discharge
limit  for a pollutant. Both are violations of the permit, and subject to the same sanctions16.

4.2     Information Shortcomings under the WVO

       Water quality permits in the Netherlands  are much  less specific. The WVO authorizes
SMR requirements  but the permits generally  do  not impose sufficient requirements to allow a
clear picture of a discharger's activities to emerge17. Thus, for example, aggregate information on
total discharges over a year can be quite useless for pinpointing violations of a  standard at any
particular time. Such information is generally  not suitable  to show harm to water quality, since
water quality damage is  usually directly related  to the concentration of a given pollutant at a
particular time. If a yearly average is reported, no one can be sure whether the excessive
discharge of pollutants took place at a time  of  high or low stream flow, during the breeding
season of a vulnerable species and so  forth.
       In short, properly formulated SMR requirements  are just as essential as standards for the
pollutants themselves.
       There  is a  further complication with the ultimate  enforcement  of  a  violation using
information generated under the law. Under the Clean Water Act, the DMR is a defendant's own
document, signed by the discharger itself. In a legal proceeding, proving a violation of a permit
condition is simple.  The defendant's DMR,  previously filed with the responsible public body, is  its
admission that a discharge with the stated value took place.  Moreover the Clean Water Act does
not  require proof of  harm to water quality in order to establish a violation of the law.  A violation is
established by proof that the permit limit was  exceeded. This  is  exactly the information that the
DMR can incontrovertibly provide.
       In the Netherlands, in order to make a showing of a violation stick, a  citizen enforcer would
have to show that its sampling was accurate and representative, as well  as demonstrating the
water quality impact resulting from the violation. Defendants are thereby put in a position of being
able to raise all sorts of arguments to  discredit the citizen's work, such as the inaccuracy of the
sampling, that it was not representative, that  a laboratory error  was involved, or that the
exceedance can be  explained by any one  of a number of other factors. Furthermore, the
defendant can argue that the discharge did not come from its plant or that  it did not cause harm
to the water. Obviously, with this long list of factors upon which to base arguments, the likelihood
that  the citizen will succeed in proving a violation is considerably reduced.
5      ACCESS TO INFORMATION

       An additional  crucial precondition for the success of citizen enforcement is the citizen's
access to information.

5.1    Access to Information Generated under the Clean Water Act

       Under the Clean Water Act the DMR is a public record. Citizen's access to public records
and  documents  are guaranteed by freedom of information  law. Dischargers routinely file DMRs

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              565


 and access to these documents is so  routine that most public authorities do not even require a
 formal freedom of information act request from citizens wishing to review these records.

 5.2    Access to Information Generated under the WVO

       In the  Netherlands, access to these public records is not routine. The Netherlands does
 have a form of freedom of information law, the Wet Openbaarheid van  Bestuur (Wob) or Open
 Administration Act18. Access  to  information under the WVO is, however, regulated by the Wet
 alqemene bepalingen milieuhyqiene (Environmental Protection (General Provisions) Act) (WABM).
 The WABM provides that publicly-held  records related to environmental permits are, as a general
 rule, accessible  to the  public19. There are however broad loopholes  in the law. Particularly
 significant in this context is the confidentiality exception. A business entity can,  if it so chooses,
 designate  information  it provides to  the government as confidential  business  information20.
 Information so designated may not be released to the public. It is well-nigh impossible to
 challenge the designation of  information  as  confidential.  The exception in  the law  leaves  the
 regulated in the position of deciding what  information the public will see, a decision which is  not
 open to public scrutiny or challenge.
       In addition, dossiers referred to the public prosecutor are  also not public.  Pending  a
 decision whether to proceed with prosecution - a decision that can take months or longer - citizen
 access to the  information is stymied.
       Citizen experience with requests for information also reveal certain  practical problems.
 Their requests are not treated as routine and frequently encounter administrative  reluctance to
 process them. Officials are also cautious about opening files and releasing information in part  out
 of fear of releasing confidential information and anxiety  about disturbing good relations with  the
 business that supplied  the information21. It is  clear that the system still emphasizes closeness
 more than openness.
       In neighbouring Belgium, where the situation is, if anything, even worse,  citizen
 enforcement efforts strand at an even  earlier point, since in Belgium until recently  one was  not
 even entitled to know  if a discharger held a permit,  much less what it contained  in the way of
 standards.
       This  difficulty with access to the relevant information raises a further unnecessary  barrier
 to citizen enforcement.
6      CONDITIONS FOR CITIZEN ENFORCEMENT

       There are of course a number of other preconditions for citizen enforcement to take place.
These are beyond  the scope of extensive discussion here. A comment about access to the courts
is however in order.
       The standing of the citizen to bring an action must not be in serious question. Legal action
must  not be prohibitively expensive. Citizens must not face  having to pay the costs of the other
side's defense if the citizen's action is unsuccessful.
       Under the Clean Water Act, citizen action is specifically encouraged by express provision
of the law.  Moreover, because  a  strict liability standard  applies, the chance of success is
extremely high. As described above, violations are readily identified and proven. The risk of losing
a citizen suit and therefore the risk of having  to pay the costs of the winning party is small. The
Clean Water Act also provides that citizens can recover their attorney's fees in the event they are
successful.
       In the Netherlands, the  notorious American readiness to settle differences before a judge
is absent. There is no citizen suit  provision  in the WVO. Moreover, there  remains a residual
antipathy in the judiciary to citizen action. This is reflected in  the close scrutiny given the question
of standing  despite established  jurisprudence acknowledging citizen interest in environmental
matters as legally sufficient to support judicial action.
       Equally significant is the substantially smaller chance  of success in proving one's  claims.
Going to court on  the basis of your own  water samples is a far  less secure way of proceeding

-------
566                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


than to rely on a defendant's own documents containing signed statements of violations of permit
standards. Moreover, should the citizen action prove unsuccessful, the  costs in  civil actions (an
item which is less than  actual attorney's fees) can mount to thousands or  ten  of thousands of
guilders - amounts which environmental organizations can  rarely if ever,  afford to lose.
Administrative proceedings by contrast can be prosecuted for only nominal costs.
      Proceedings under the WVO are also  made more  extended, complicated,  and therefore
expensive by the need  to show harm to water  quality. Under the Clean Water Act, the permit
limits are deemed to have been established at a level appropriate to protect water quality. Harm
to water quality is relevant only to the penalty stage and not the liability stage of the action.
      Another  important aspect encouraging citizen enforcement is the chance  of a satisfactory
result. The court must be in a position  to correct the problem through financial  or other means.
Under the Clean  Water Act, significant penalties of up to $25,000 per day  of violation can be
imposed. In addition the court has injunctive power, that is: the court can order a polluter to take
specific steps to come into compliance by a specific day.
      In the Netherlands this is less likely. The courts lack authority to impose significant
penalties and their injunctive powers are also less extensive and less extensively used.


7     RELATION TO GOVERNMENT ENFORCEMENT

      Citizen enforcement works  best where it is simple and  inexpensive. The preceding
discussion has focused  on factors  that make citizen  enforcement possible and  effective.  If a
citizen is in a position to identify violations, he is in a position  to act.
      The Clean Water Act  has demonstrated  that a system of this type is  possible  and
workable. Over the past decade, citizens have initiated hundreds of legal actions against permit
holders for violations of  the Clean Water Act.  These actions have been brought against a broad
spectrum of polluters including  large industrial  installations such as steel mills, municipal
authorities operating waste water treatment plants, and smaller enterprises whose  discharges
have serious water quality impacts. These actions  have resulted  in substantial penalties for non-
compliance and court orders to take the necessary steps to come into compliance.  In addition, as
the next section will discuss, citizen  enforcement has had an impact on government enforcement
activities.
      In the Netherlands, citizen enforcement efforts have been hampered by difficulties in
obtaining  and making use of information about  violations. Citizen  enforcement  action has been
correspondingly limited as the following sections will discuss.

7.1   Spur

      One of  the functions  of citizen enforcement is to spur, to  provoke, to encourage
government enforcement to take place.
      The Clean Water Act to this end contains a notice provision requiring citizens intending to
file suit against a polluter, to give the government sixty days notice of their intent to file suit and to
bring to the attention of the government the violations  at issue22. This notice provision gives the
government an opportunity to act. If the government  files suit within the sixty day  period,  the
citizen action is foreclosed. If the citizen suit period passes without the government filing,  and
citizens files  a law suit,  the government may always  intervene as a party.  Government right of
intervention is unlimited. Even at the conclusion of the case the government may  step in to review
the settlement terms agreed to by the citizen enforcer and the defendant.
       Experience in the US with the  Clean  Water Act's notice provision has  shown that  it is
effective in bringing to the government's attention the violations concerned and  government
enforcement has on many occasions resulted.
       Government enforcement has also on many occasions not followed the notice given by
citizens in which case citizens have been free to pursue the action themselves.
       In  the  Netherlands there is no such formal procedure. Citizens may bring to  the
government's  attention  suspected violations by  any means  available.  In general,  environmental

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             567


 groups, aware that the possibility for direct enforcement action is limited, have followed the route
 of urging government action23. The  water quality sampling by  environmental organizations has
 also served this purpose by calling  attention to a water quality problem and calling for  further
 government  action. Given  the dominant overlegcultuur (discussion  culture), the government
 generally responds by entering  into discussions with the dischargers involved24. There is a
 general  reluctance to pursue judicial remedies.  If  the competent authority fails to act,  or act
 satisfactorily, citizens can bring an administrative action to compel a more forceful response.
       The Netherlands is situated at the mouth of the Rhine and other major rivers including the
 Maas  and the Schelde which flow through  Belgium. Efforts to improve water quality here  are
 therefore to a considerable extent dependant on actions taken upstream. The Belgian authorities
 have however been notoriously lax in controlling water pollution  from industrial sources and have
 not constructed adequate facilities for  treatment of domestic waste.  Brussels, to cite the most
 egregious example, discharges untreated sewage into the waters.
       Environmental organizations in the Netherlands have for  years without success  urged the
 Dutch government to tackle this transboundary problem in conjunction  with the Belgian
 authorities. Improvements have been slow or non-existent. With  Belgian polluters of international
 water  courses, the spur has not  worked.  Despite repeated pleas by citizens and environmental
 organisations  and the evidence they have gathered, action against Belgium water polluters via the
 Dutch  government  has  not taken place. Environmental organizations have  accordingly begun to
 challenge Belgian polluters in the  Dutch courts, thus far without direct success25.
       Citizen enforcement can be an effective spur if the government  knows that there is a real
 possibility of citizen action. The US experience in this respect is  instructive.  In the first half of the
 1980's citizen enforcement activity was considerable. In the latter half  of the 1980's, partly as a
 result  of this  increased citizen's  enforcement, the US government also began  enforcing much
 more than it  had previously. The government knew that the law provided  and the practice had
 borne  out that following failure of the government to initiate a judicial action a citizen suit would
 follow.
       In the  Netherlands,  in contrast,  the  possibility of a citizen's legal action following a
 complaint, is  much  less likely and may partly explain why  Dutch  governmental authorities tend to
 respond to citizen complaints of water pollution violations by entering into further discussions with
 the polluter as opposed to taking legal action.
       In the  case of the Belgian water  polluters, the Dutch government has been negotiating the
 so-called  'water treaties' with the Belgian government for twenty years or so  without notable
 progress.

 7.2    Supplement to government enforcement

       As anyone concerned with environmental law and enforcement knows, attempting to
 regulate and to keep track of the  compliance with  environmental laws on the part of industries is
 an enormous  task.  In the US the number of Clean Water Act  permit holders is in the tens of
 thousands. It is simply impossible, even under the best of circumstances, for government to do
 everything. Citizen enforcement is  therefore a useful supplement to government resources.
 Citizen enforcement strengthens the government's  reach and can also reinforce the government's
 power to the extent that a polluter or a  potential polluter will undertake  efforts to comply with the
 law because it knows that it faces  two possible enforcers: the government and citizens.
       In the  Netherlands, in contrast,  citizen  enforcement is  difficult and therefore  rare: the
 government must do it virtually all.
The violater knows that if it can avoid government enforcement, e.g. by prolonging discussions, or
 promising improvements, or threatening to close its plant, it faces very little risk of enforcement by
 citizens' groups.

 7.3    Substitute for government enforcement

       Citizen  enforcement is also useful as  a substitute for government enforcement when the
government, for political or policy reasons, chooses not to enforce. Under the Clean Water Act in

-------
568                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


the early eighties, government's failure  to act was recognised by citizens and environmental
organisations and they stepped into the gap left in enforcement. Citizen enforcement in such an
instance serves the interest of environmental policy and fairness.
      The  vast majority of businesses have invested in the equipment and manpower and their
training needed to meet  the law's requirements. Their competitors who have not, have an unfair
advantage if they do not  incur these costs and are  not penalised for their failure to do so.


8     GEDOOGBELEID: THE POLICY OF CONDONING VIOLATIONS

      No discussion of citizen enforcement in  the Netherlands would be complete without
mentioning the official government policy which  sanctions non-compliance with the law. This
policy, known as 'gedoogbeleid',  allows violators of the law to escape prosecution. 'Gedoogbeleid'
or the policy of condoning  violations, goes beyond prosecutorial discretion. It results  in an official
exception being made to the law's requirements.
      In the past, this  exception was generally passive, that is the government simply did
nothing to enforce against  violations it knew of. Two years ago, the Ministers of Environment and
Water Management pledged before Parliament to  restrict the practice26. The condoning  of
violations still occurs  but, in theory, subject to the  conditions spelled out in the Ministers' pledge.
The condoning policy is  now active in the sense that it is reflected in an official written document
from the relevant competent authority to the  violater in  question. This  document  promises  to
forego enforcement for  a  transitional period after which  the  violator  is expected to come into
compliance.
      The practice continues, however. The  condoning  of violations  can vitiate citizen
enforcement entirely. A  recent example of this is an action brought by the  Stichting Natuur en
Milieu, against one of the Netherlands' two nuclear power installations for failure  to have a permit
based on appropriate consideration of safety factors. Immediately following a high court decision
in favor of  the environmental organisations ruling that the reactor was operating without the
appropriate permit,  the Dutch  Minister of Economic Affairs, with responsibility  for energy,
announced  that he was  prepared to  promptly issue a permit allowing the installation to continue
operation.
9      ENFORCEMENT IN OTHER CONTEXTS

       Thus far we have considered enforcement under the traditional end-of-pipe type
command-and-control  regimes. Before concluding, it is worthwhile to take a look at two  other
aspects where citizen enforcement can play a role in the prevention of environmental damage.

9.1     Environmental impact analysis

       The citizen role in forcing  environmental impact analysis to be performed and performed
properly,  has been  significant.  Again, information is crucial.  Perhaps the  most important
information is the timely announcement of  consideration of a project. Publication is therefore of
essential importance.
       By publication is meant an announcement in, at a minimum, a journal of wide circulation in
the affected locality. The announcement should describe the project sufficiently to  allow  the
reader to  get an idea of its scope. Publication should be followed by the  right of the public to
examine and comment on the project plans as well as on the environmental analysis performed
for the project.
       The citizen  right to  challenge environmental  impact statements for inadequacy, or  the
failure to perform them altogether, is a powerful incentive to government and project sponsors to
get it right to begin with (and to consider public comments), lest they be sent back to the drawing
board with the attendant loss of time and the costs that that entails.

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            569


       This has been effective. The  US National  Environmental  Policy Act, the first statutory
 authority for environmental impact analysis,  is  of  broad  application,  concentrating  on possibly
 significant effects  on the  environment. In the US,  an entire industry  has grown up around the
 preparation of environmental impact analysis. The  growth of environmental awareness in public
 authorities and among  project developers has also been significant and is consistent with the
 purposes of the legislation.
       In the  Netherlands, the application of environmental impact analysis requirements has
 been more limited. Only certain categories of projects are subject to the law. This results in a less
 extensive look and also a  less extensive role for citizens in ensuring that  potentially
 environmentally harmful projects  are screened for these effects at an early  and meaningful
 moment. Still, the number of environmental analyses  is steadily on  the  increase with the
 corresponding development of increasing public attention to potential impacts.

 9.2    Covenants

       There  is a trend in environmental policy-making to move away from the traditional
 command-and-control regulatory  regimes toward greater reliance on  voluntary agreements
 between government and industry to achieve environmental compliance.
       The use of such covenants as an instrument of environmental policy is  for a number of
 reasons, a disturbing development.
       With respect to citizen enforcement, it is particularly serious in that the use of covenants to
 replace statutory requirements eliminates the possibility of citizen enforcement.
       A covenant  is an agreement in the nature  of  a contract between the government and
 private parties. As  a general  rule, third party rights are not protected, or put  in another way,
 persons not party to the contract have  no right to enforce its  terms. If the contract is breached by
 industry, and the government chooses not to enforce against this breach, there is no remedy for
 the citizens for the government's failure to act.
       Add to this the non-binding  nature of  many  such agreements, and it is easy  to see why
 environmental groups have objected to the practice of carrying out environmental policy  by means
 of voluntary agreements with industry.


 10    DIRECTIONS FOR THE FUTURE: THE EUROPEAN DIMENSION

 10.1   Enforcement across the Disappearing Border

       In  Europe,  of course, transboundary pollution effects  are a major problem. This  is
 especially true in the Netherlands, which sits at the  mouth the Rhine and other major rivers, and
 between the industrial  centers of England  and Germany. Transboundary pollution requires
 transnational solutions and these have been  sought primarily in the framework of the  European
 Community (EC). Arguably, the difficulties citizens have encountered in  transnational enforcement
 should vanish with the disappearance of the borders between EC  countries with the completion of
 the Internal Market.
       EC environmental legislation can have major implications for enforcement across national
 boundaries. Following  a decision  by the European Court of Justice, citizens  may now bring
 actions in the place where the environmental harm occurs (i.e. their home country) against
 polluters operating  in another state. This decision has paved the way for actions such as those
 noted above against the Belgian water polluters.27
       Further implications for the standing rules  under the internal market could also  profitably
 be investigated. At least where  EC-derived environmental rules are at issue, standing should be
 granted to all citizens of any member  state who  can show the requisite  interest in the subject
 matter.
      A further problem is with access to  information. Whatever rights a citizen of a  particular
state has to obtain public  records in his own country,  he is  generally  not able to  extend  these

-------
570                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


rights to obtain information in another country. This may change with the coming into force of the
EC's directive on freedom of access to environmental information at the end of this year28.
      Disregard of the citizen in transnational matters  is reflected also in the EC's environmental
impact assessment  directive which  requires notification of governmental authorities in  another
member  state of the  possible construction of  a  project with environmental implications29. No
equivalent notice is given to citizens across the border.

10.2  Environmental Inspectorates

      Much discussion in  the European context  on future directions  in environmental
enforcement has centered recently on the establishment and strengthening of inspectorate
services at EC and national levels.
      It  is the view  here that such efforts are misguided. On-site inspection can usefully
supplement but not substitute for  administrative oversight.  It is prohibitively expensive by
comparison with the alternatives available. The  better  method is to see to it that the appropriate
paper record is created as described above. Such  a paper  record can  be administratively
controlled, and is in  a final analysis,  a more effective compliance mechanism in that enforcement
on the basis of the administrative record is simple and sure.
11     CONCLUSION

       From the point of view of government and industry as well as that of the citizen enforcer,
what is needed is a regulatory system that, wherever possible, licenses the polluting activities of
individual  enterprises (public and  private) and specifies what they can release into  the
environment. Equally  important, these permits must specify sampling, monitoring and reporting
requirements which result in data that provides a complete and ongoing picture of  the polluting
activities to the polluter, to the regulating governmental authority, and to the interested citizen.
       Only then will government  be  in a position to perform its  oversight  and control functions
efficiently and effectively.  And if this information is available to the citizen, he will be in a position
to aid in these efforts as a watchdog and helping hand for government enforcement efforts.
       ENDNOTES/REFERENCES

 1      This paper draws on the author's first-hand experience with these matters. In the United
       States from 1985-89, he represented environmental organizations in citizen suits under the
       Clean Water Act against  industrial and municipal  polluters. In the Netherlands, the
       Stichting Natuur  en Milieu has been actively involved  in enforcement against water
       polluters as well as efforts to change the law to strengthen  its enforcement provisions.

 2      33 U.S.C. sections 1251 et  seq.; section HT11.

 3      Wet van 13 december 1969, Stb. 536; Art. 1(1).

 4      On the enforcement rights of citizens, see generally Jurgens,  V., Langenhoff,  V.  and
       Robesin, R., Actieboek Natuur en Milieu, W.E.J. Tjeenk Willink, Zwolle (2nd ed. 1989).

 5      Wet alaemene bepalingen milieuhygiene (Environmental Protection (General Provisions)
       Act) (WABM), Wet van 13 juni 1979, Stb. 442, Art. 57.

 6      Teunissen,  R. and Groen,  M. (ed.), WVO afdoende  of afgedaan?:  Een onderzoek naar
       het functioneren  van de Wet Verontreinlglng  Oppervlaktewateren" (A Study of the
       Operation  of the  Surface Waters Pollution Act), Stichting Reinwater, Amsterdam, 1990,
       p.28.

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            571


 7     See Uitspraak van de Voorzitter van de Afdeling Geschillen van Bestuur Raad van State,
       8 April 1992, no. B 05.91.0126 (mr. Van Dijk).

 8     See Teunissen, supra note 6, at 4.

 9     See WVO, Art. 31(3); Teunissen, supra note 6, at 7.

 10    Hoitink, J.,  de  Kruyf,  G. and Vis,  M.,  Naar een  verplicht milieuverslag. Biedt
       milieurapportage meer inzicht in milieuzorg door bedrijven? Onderzoek in Nederland
       en de Verenigde Staten. (Toward an  environmental report requirement.  Do environmental
       reports offer more insight into  environmental care systems for industry?  A study in the
       Netherlands and the  United States.) Wetenschapswinkel rechten, Riiksuniversiteit Utrecht
       1991, p. 21.

 11     Schmit, H., "Rijkswaterstaat heeft geen zicht op lozingen",  in Trouw, June 19,  1991,
       reprinted in Hoitink, supra note 10, at 74.

 12    See. e.g., Fangmann, H.,  Criminal Enforcement  of Environmental Legislation, in
       International Enforcement Workshop, Proceedings, Vol. I, pp. 129-140 for a description
       of the role of the public prosecutor and Teunissen, supra note 6, at 29.

 13    Personal comrminication. J. Rutteman, Stichting Reinwater, June 29, 1992.

 14    Hoitink, supra •-.'- 10, ai-+4.

 15    See, e.g., Teunissen, supra note 6, at 12-25.

 16    33 U.S.C. section 1319.

 17    Art. 1a; Hoitink, supra note 10, at 21; Teunissen, supra note 6, at 27-29.

 18     Wet van 31 oktober 1991, Stb. 703.

 19     Wabm, Art. 57.

 20     Wabm, Art. 58.

 21     Hoitink, supra note 10, at 21.

 22     33  U.S.C. section 1365(b).

 23     See Teunissen, supra note 6, at 30-33.

 24     See cariqman, supra note 12, at 135; Teunissen, supra note 6, at 27.

 25     See Stichting Reinwater v. N.V. Sopar, President rechtbank Middelburg, Nr. 24/1991, in
       1991 Milieu  en  Recht at 357; and  Stichting Reinwater v. Carcoke S.A.  President
       rechtbank Middelburg, Nr. 82/1992.

 26     See Tweede Kamer der Staten-Generaal, 21 137 nr. 26 (28 May 1990)-  22 343 nr 2 (10
       October 1991).                                                            '   v

27     See Rijnproces, Hoge Raad, 23 September 1988, in 1989 Milieu en Recht at 24.

-------
572                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


28    Directive on Freedom  of Access to Information on  the Environment,  90/313/EEC,  OJ L
      158, June 23, 1990.

29    Directive on the Assessment of the effects of certain public and private projects on  the
      environment, 85/337/EEC, OJ L 175, July 5, 1985.

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            573


 CITIZEN PARTICIPATION IN U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

 VAN HEUVELEN, R.I.1 and BREGGIN, LINDA K.2

 1 Director of Civil  Enforcement,  United States Environmental Protection Agency 401 M Street,
 S.W., Washington, D.C. 20436.

 2Special Assistant, Office of Enforcement, United States  Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M
 Street, S.W., Washington, D.C. 20436.


       SUMMARY

       This  paper examines  and assesses the advantages and disadvantages of the roles that
 private citizens play in the enforcement of federal environmental laws in the United States.  One
 of the  fundamental goals  of environmental enforcement in the United States is to achieve wide-
 spread compliance with environmental laws and regulations among the members of the regulated
 community.  The  government has only limited resources with which to achieve its  compliance
 goals.  Therefore,  the government consistently must look for methods by  which to leverage  its
 existing resources, in order to foster compliance without expending large amounts of its limited
 resources.  In general, citizen participation in  environmental enforcement has assisted the
 government in reaching its goals with  respect to compliance while at the same time allowing the
 government to conserve its resources.
       Citizen  suits, however, do present certain challenges for the  government.   This paper
 places particular emphasis on citizen  suits filed in federal court against alleged violators of the
 environmental laws.   Citizen  suits  are the form of  citizen  involvement in environmental
 enforcement that can potentially  create the greatest difficulties for the government, as these suits
 provide citizens with the opportunity to act in a prosecutorial role, one that is traditionally reserved
 for government enforcement personnel.  Although there are inherent tensions in a system that
 requires the government to share enforcement authority with private citizens, citizen  suits in the
 United States have augmented government enforcement efforts in the past and are likely to do so
 in  the future. In general, citizen  participation in the environmental enforcement process promotes
 compliance with the law and effectively supports the United States' environmental enforcement
 efforts.


 1      BACKGROUND

       Government enforcement of the United States' environmental laws is achieved through a
 cooperative effort between federal, state, and  local governments.  The United States
 Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is the federal  agency with  primary responsibility for
 enforcing U.S. environmental laws, although other federal agencies also enforce environmental
 statutes.1
       EPA  is  based in Washington, D.C. and includes an Office of Enforcement which directs
 and advises the other offices within EPA  on  enforcement matters.  The Office  of Enforcement
 also oversees the handling of enforcement cases, and develops and implements  national
 enforcement policy.  Ten  EPA  Regional offices are responsible for carrying out enforcement
 activities  on a day-to-day basis. These regional offices oversee and financially support state
enforcement programs, as well as implement federal enforcement programs.  In addition to EPA
 Headquarters and  the Regional offices, EPA also has a National  Enforcement Investigations
Center (NEIC) located in Denver, Colorado.  NEIC provides technical  expertise to the Agency and
 manages an investigative unit that assigns investigators to work in the regional offices.
       In  addition to EPA,  the Department of Justice plays an integral role in federal enforcement.
The Department of Justice is responsible for handling enforcement cases in the federal courts.
The cases are developed by  EPA legal and program offices and are then referred to the

-------
574                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


Department of Justice.   After receiving a case  referral from EPA,  the  Department of Justice
determines whether the case should be filed in federal court.  If a complaint is filed  in federal
court, the Department of Justice represents the government in the action against the alleged
violator.  EPA continues to work closely with  the Department  during all stages of the litigation.
      A large portion of environmental enforcement in the  United  States is handled by state
governments rather than by  EPA and other federal entities.  The federal environmental laws
authorize  state governments  to  implement federal environmental  programs in their states,  but
generally state programs first must be approved by the federal government for consistency with
federal  requirements.   The states implement the national laws and  regulations by issuing their
own rules and permits.  In turn, states may delegate authority for enforcing environmental laws to
their county  and city governments.   In addition, many states  have independently  authorized
environmental programs to regulate the disposal of pollutants into the air, water and land.
      Even if a state has been delegated authority to implement a federal enforcement program,
the federal government retains the ability to take enforcement measures.  As a matter of policy, if
a state fails to respond to a significant enforcement concern in a "timely and appropriate" manner,
EPA will take enforcement action. EPA also will step in when there is a violation of an EPA order
or consent decree, or in the  event that a particular  case  involves  issues of national concern or
precedent.  In addition, EPA assists states that have been delegated  authority to implement
federal programs by providing training to state personnel, reviewing state  enforcement strategies,
and overseeing state inspection programs.2
      In  addition to  the government entities that handle environmental enforcement, private
citizens play  an important role in enforcing the  United  States environmental  laws.  Citizens
participate in several  ways.   First, citizens assist the government  in identifying violations of the
laws.  Second, citizens can  provide comments on settlements between the government and
violators of the  environmental laws that are  reached in enforcement cases.   Third,  citizens can
bring enforcement actions on  their  own against alleged violators of the environmental laws.
Citizens also may bring actions against the government for its failure to perform mandatory duties
that are required under federal environmental statutes.3
      This paper will focus  primarily on the role of citizens in  bringing enforcement actions
against  alleged  violators, because this powerful form of citizen participation  in enforcement has
been formally established by Congress in the federal  environmental laws.   In addition, citizen
suits can  present unique challenges  for government enforcement personnel who, absent specific
statutory authority, traditionally have  exclusive authority to bring enforcement actions.  However,
before examining citizen suits in detail, a few words should be said  about the valuable role that
citizens can play in detecting  violations, and the role that citizens play in approving settlements in
enforcement cases.
 2     CITIZENS' ROLE IN IDENTIFYING VIOLATIONS

       Citizen involvement in identifying violations of the environmental laws is an integral part of
 environmental enforcement in  the  U.S., and serves to  assist the government in achieving
 compliance with the environmental  laws and regulations. Citizens are  often  the most able
 witnesses to observe and identify violations of the law or conditions which may present a threat to
 the human or natural environment in  the vicinity of their homes or work places.  Because citizens
 are  in close and constant proximity  to sources of pollution they are often the best sources of
 information.   Citizens  are particularly likely to detect  quickly any new sources of  pollution or
 changes in emissions and discharges in the areas in which  they live and work.
       Furthermore, given the limited resources available to the government for use in inspecting
 facilities owned by the  regulated  community, reports from the  public can be  of considerable
 assistance in  identifying  violations.  Although  many EPA enforcement actions are based on data
 that the regulated  community is required by statute to submit to the government, detection of
 violations through  inspections and other means that do not involve self-disclosure  is a crucial
 element of a successful  enforcement program. EPA is  responsible for ensuring compliance in an
 extremely large regulated community. However, due  to budgetary constraints,  EPA is  able to

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             575


 employ only a limited number of federal enforcement inspection personnel.  For example,  EPA
 has a total of approximately 1850 technical personnel that are trained to  inspect facilities.  In
 addition, by the end  of this year  EPA expects to have a total of 76 criminal  investigators and
 nearly 50 civil investigators.4  Individual states also employ their own inspectors.
       To maintain the confidence of the public, the government is committed to following up on
 reports received from  citizens, and many citizen  reports  are difficult to verify and,  therefore, do
 not  lead to enforcement actions.  Nevertheless,  citizen reports of violations and  environmental
 threats are valuable and outweigh the cost of processing  the information that is provided to  EPA
 and the states. At this time, statistics are not available on the total number of citizen reports that
 are  received  each year by Headquarters, the  Regional offices,  and the  state environmental
 agencies, or the number of reports that  lead to  prosecutions, civil or criminal convictions or the
 imposition of civil penalties.  However, anecdotal  information is available.  Recently, in the case of
 United States v. Goodner Brothers Aircraft, Inc., No. 90-20031-01 (W.D. Ark.  1991)  a citizen's tip
 led to the conviction of the owner  of an aircraft refurbishing company under two federal statutes.
 A citizen observed that two men were dumping creamy beige toxic-smelling  waste into a ravine
 located on a nearby farm.  The owner of the farm assured  the citizen that he was aware of the
 activity and that there was no cause for concern.  Nevertheless, the citizen reported the violation
 to EPA. EPA investigators were able to establish that the owner of the farm was dumping waste
 containing  paint removers and old paint from his  aircraft  refurbishing  business  into  three pits on
 the  farm.  A  total of  approximately 25 tons of waste  had been dumped in violation  of the
 Comprehensive Environmental Response,  Compensation  and Liability Act and the  Resource
 Conservation and Recovery Act.5
       In addition to  producing concrete enforcement benefits  such as producing  leads for
 enforcement cases, citizen participation in identifying violations has certain other less tangible but
 equally valuable results.  Citizen participation helps to make  environmentally responsible behavior
 part of the fabric of United States' society, and inspires citizens to believe that they can  play a
 significant role in maintaining a clean and safe environment through their own actions  and
 through reporting  those individuals and corporations that do  not respect  and adhere  to the
 environmental laws.  This yields enormous benefits in the context of citizens finding responsive
 action from democratic government.
       Furthermore, citizen participation  in reporting violations can have a significant deterrent
 effect on polluters.  If potential violators know that they not only have to be concerned  about the
 government detecting their violations but  that citizens, including  the average citizen who lives or
 works next door, are also on the look out for illegal emissions and discharges, potential violators
 are further encouraged to comply with the environmental  laws.  Therefore, increased deterrence
 also results from citizen participation in detecting violations.
       Accordingly, EPA encourages  active citizen participation in  identifying and  reporting
 potential violations of the  environmental laws through several means.  As a general matter,
 decisions can  be made to make information available to the public that citizens could not normally
 obtain or that would  require substantial  time  and effort  to obtain.  For example, EPA makes
 available to the public its list of significant violators of the Clean Air Act.  More formal ways of
 encouraging citizen participation also exist.  For example,  EPA publications are  made readily
 available to the public which outline the steps that private  citizens should take when they believe
 that  they have detected a violation of the environmental laws. The EPA publications emphasize
 the importance of  documenting all observations  in writing and,  if appropriate,  documenting the
 potential violations on film.  These EPA publications also  provide guidance  as  to what may
 constitute a violation under each of the major environmental laws.6
       EPA  publications instruct citizens  to pay particular attention to unusual  odors;  unusually
flavored or colored drinking water; new and  unusual air emissions  (particularly dark air
 emissions); emissions that burn or sting the eyes, mouth, nose  or skin;  colored discharges  into
streams; dead animals or fish in the area of  suspected  pollution; and dumping of garbage in
 unusual places or  at unusual times.  EPA publications also provide contact persons and phone
 numbers within the government to whom potential violations should be reported.7
       In addition, citizen participation in identifying violations is  encouraged  through certain
statutory provisions in  the  federal environmental laws.  Section 109(d) of  the  Comprehensive

-------
576                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act provides that citizens who furnish
information to EPA that leads to the arrest and conviction of any person for a criminal violation of
the statute may be given a monetary reward of up to $10,000.8  EPA anticipates giving the first
two awards under the program within the next month.  Congress recently added  a similar
provision to the Clean Air Act which provides that awards may be given  for furnishing information
that leads to either a criminal conviction or a civil judicial or administrative penalty.9
      Finally,  EPA currently is in the process of establishing a Paid  Informant  Program.   The
program  would allow  EPA to pay individuals  for providing information and  evidence  regarding
criminal violations of the environmental laws.  EPA is often in the position during the course  of an
investigation where obtaining  critical  information or evidence from an  individual  is essential for
establishing a  strong enforcement case.  In some cases, obtaining this information or  evidence,
which is  not otherwise readily available, may depend upon making a payment to  an individual in
exchange for the information or evidence.  The EPA program will be modeled on the  programs
developed by other federal law enforcement agencies.


3     CITIZEN PARTICIPATION IN SETTLEMENTS

      Citizens also play a role in enforcement by commenting  on settlements reached between
the government and alleged violators in environmental  enforcement actions.  This form of citizen
involvement augments the government's limited resources and  helps to ensure that appropriate
levels of compliance are achieved through  enforcement settlements, and  that proper  steps are
taken by violators to correct any damage caused by their violations.
       Regulations issued by the Department of Justice mandate that 30 days must be provided
for citizens to comment on the terms of any proposed settlement in a federal civil judicial action to
enjoin discharges of pollutants  into the environment, before the government formally will agree to
final entry of  the decree in federal court.10  The comments  received by the  Department of
Justice are filed in federal court.  The Department of Justice reserves the  right to withdraw or
withhold its consent  to the proposed settlement if the comments received disclose facts or
considerations which indicate that the proposed settlement is  "inappropriate, improper, or
inadequate."  In addition, individual statutes also contain provisions that provide the public with an
opportunity to participate in settlements.11
       Citizen  comments on settlements have yielded, on occasion, changed terms, such as an
increase in the amount of the penalties paid by a defendant.  For example, in the case of United
States v. Exxon Corp., in which the Exxon tanker "Valdez" spilled over  11 million gallons of  crude
oil into Prince William Sound after  striking a reef, Alaskan citizens played a  key role in the
settlement process.  Citizens were invited to comment on both  the civil  and  criminal settlements
in the case and testified before the  Alaskan legislature which had the  authority to reject the civil
settlement.  The  first proposed settlement on the criminal  charges was rejected by the Federal
District Judge.  The  legislature also  rejected the first proposed civil settlement.  The settlement
that was ultimately reached required Exxon to pay at least $900  million.12
       Alaskan citizens influenced the terms of the settlement directly and  indirectly through their
active participation in the settlement process.   For example, in response to  comments from one
group, the National Trust for Historic Preservation, a provision was added to the settlement  which
provided that  funds could be used  to restore archeological sites.  In  addition, the high-level of
interest from the citizens undoubtedly helped shape the government's  settlement position, and
encouraged the government to seek high penalties from Exxon.
       In order to encourage citizen  participation in settlements, Congress created the Technical
Assistance Grant  Program (TAG Program) as part of the 1986 amendments to the
Comprehensive  Environmental Response,  Compensation and Liability Act.  The purpose  of the
TAG Program is  to foster community involvement by assisting  citizens who  live  near hazardous
waste sites to understand cleanup activities, better articulate local concerns, and participate more
effectively in the cleanup process.
       The TAG Program provides funds for citizen groups to hire independent technical advisors
to help them understand and comment on the technical aspects of cleanup decisions that directly

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            577


 affect their members'  health, economic well-being, or enjoyment of the environment.  Such
 technical factors may include analytical profiles of conditions at a site, the nature of the wastes
 involved, and the types of technology available for performing the necessary cleanup actions.
       Grants of up to $50,000 are available to community groups for the purpose of  hiring
 technical advisors,  such as epidemiologists and geo-hydrologists, to help citizens understand and
 interpret site-related technical information.  The  group, however, must cover 20 percent of  the
 total costs  of the project.  The use of grant funds must be budgeted by the community group to
 cover the entire  cleanup period. On  average,  cleanups last six years.  Only one TAG Grant may
 be given for each  site  on the National  Priorities List, which  is the list published by EPA of  the
 most serious abandoned hazardous  waste sites nationwide that have been identified for possible
 remedial cleanup.  TAG Grants  may not be used to develop new information about a site, such
 as additional sampling of wastes.
       The TAG Program has awarded  90  grants, totalling $4.5 million, to grassroots community
 groups. The TAG Grant Program has become increasingly successful with over half of the grants
 awarded in the last eighteen months.
       It should be noted that  in addition to the advantages  of citizen participation, certain
 disadvantages also exist.  The  primary disadvantage that can result from public participation in
 settlements is  unnecessary delays in entering final enforceable settlements in court.  For
 example, in U.S.  v. Amoco  Chemical Company et al.  (known as the  BRIO  Refinery Site),
 comments  from the public resulted in substantial delay in entering a final and enforceable
 settlement in court.
       The case involved  a  56 acre abandoned chemical refinery outside of Houston, Texas.
 Based on concerns about the impact of the government's selected hazardous waste incineration
 remedy, which was to be implemented  in the settlement,  the citizens who lived next to the Site
 actively fought the  settlement that was agreed upon by the government and the parties allegedly
 responsible for the  contamination.  The  consent decree memorializing the settlement was lodged
 in federal  court in August  of  1989, and citizens were given 30 days to comment on the
 settlement.   The citizens who lived  near the site believed that  there was evidence  of adverse
 health effects among the neighborhood residents  as a result of the contamination at the site, and
 submitted over 100 comments, incorporating several thousand pages of records and documents,
 many of which stated that the remedy agreed upon by the government and the alleged violators
 was inadequate.  The  comment period was extended twice due to the  number of comments
 submitted.   The sheer volume  of comments and the technical complexity of the site remedy
 required over a year's effort to read, summarize, analyze and respond.
       Although  some minor changes were made in the  consent decree,  the remedy was not
 changed.  In December of 1990, the government ultimately asked that the  court enter the consent
 decree in its original form.  The citizens then attempted to intervene and become formal parties to
 the proceeding and litigate the question of whether the remedy was adequate. The court finally
 approved the entry of  the consent decree in  April of 1991.  The citizens then unsuccessfully
 appealed the court's  decision to  the court of appeals.  In short, admittedly  in unusual
 circumstances, the  public participation  process delayed remedy implementation by  nearly two
years.
       Despite the  delays that can be caused by public comment, citizen participation provides
the public with the  opportunity to carefully evaluate the  remedies that are chosen to address
pollution in  their communities.  Although public comments may not always produce information
that results in a modification of a settlement, citizen participation and  the threat  of serious
challenge increases the pressure on violators to obey the environmental laws, and increases their
level of public accountability.  Citizen participation also helps to hold the government accountable
to the public and provides the government with negotiating leverage, because a settlement must
be reached that will  be acceptable not only to the governmental regulators, but also to the public.
Further, the openness of the process which comes with public accountability yields an aura of
integrity and respectability which  is critical to maintaining the efficacy of the enforcement program.

-------
578                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


4      CITIZEN SUITS

       Citizen suits against alleged violators of the  environmental laws  present far more
complicated issues with respect to citizen involvement in enforcement.  Despite the problems that
can  arise, however, citizen suits have  proven overall  to be a successful compliment  to
government environmental enforcement activity and have served to  assist the government  in
increasing compliance levels in the regulated community.

4.1  Overview and Purpose of Citizen Suits

       Most of the current  United States environmental statutes include citizen  suits provisions.
These are  statutory provisions that  allow private citizens, as opposed to a state or the federal
government,  to sue polluters for violations of environmental laws in  the federal district courts.
These provisions also allow citizens to sue the government in the federal courts of appeals for
failing to take nondiscretionary acts that are mandated by statute.
       Citizen suits provisions originated  in the Clean Air  Act  of 1970 and subsequently were
adopted in most other environmental  statutes, including the Clean  Water Act, the  Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act, the Toxic  Substances Control Act and  the  Comprehensive
Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act.13  Only the  Federal Insecticide
Fungicide and Rodenticide Act does  not include citizen suits provisions.
       The scope of authority granted under citizen suits provisions is worded  differently under
each federal  statute.  The statutes generally provide that citizens may sue for violations of any
statutory standard, limitation,  or condition  and for violation of orders issued by EPA.14   In
addition, some statutes grant additional authority.  For example, the Resource Conservation and
Recovery  Act also authorizes citizens  to  bring suits to correct imminent and substantial
endangerment to health or the environment.
       The relief that  can be obtained  also varies under each  statute.  Citizen suits provisions
generally provide citizens with  an action for prospective injunctive relief.  Originally, only the
Clean  Water Act provided that penalties could be imposed  in citizen suits.15   Legislative
amendments to the  Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and the  Clean Air Act now provide
that penalties may be imposed in  citizen  suits under those statutes.16  Penalties  also may be
imposed under  the citizen  suits  provisions of the Comprehensive  Environmental Response
Compensation and  Liability Act and the  Emergency Planning  and Community Right  to Know
Act.17
       Nevertheless, the statutes are relatively similar in nature and the authorizing  provisions  of
one statute are representative of the citizen suits provisions in the other environmental statutes.
For example, Section 304 of the Clean Air Act provides:

   any person may commence a civil action on his own behalf -

       (1)  against any person  (including (i) the  United  States,  and (ii) any other governmental
       instrumentality or agency to the extent  permitted by the Eleventh Amendment to the
       Constitution)  who  is alleged  to be in  violation of (A) an  emission standard or limitation
       under this chapter or (B) an order issued by the Administrator  or a State with respect  to
       such a standard or limitation,

       (2)  against the Administrator where  there is alleged a failure of the Administrator  to
       perform  any act or duty under this chapter which  is not discretionary with the
       Administrator, or

       (3) against any person who proposes to construct or constructs any new or modified major
       emitting facility without a permit required under part C of subchapter I of this chapter
       (relating to significant deterioration or air quality) or part D of subchapter I of this chapter
       (relating to nonattainment) or who is alleged to be  in violation  of any condition of such
       permit.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             579


      The district courts shall have jurisdiction, without regard to the amount in controversy or
      the citizenship of the parties, to enforce such an emission standard or limitation, or such
      an  order, or to order the Administrator to perform such act or  duty, as the case may be,
      and to apply any appropriate civil penalties (except for actions  under paragraph  (2)).  The
      district courts of the United States shall  have jurisdiction to compel (consistent with
      paragraph (2) of this subsection) agency  action unreasonably delayed, except that an
      action to compel agency action referred to in section  7607(b)  of this title which is
      unreasonably delayed may only be filed in a United States District  Court within the circuit
      in which such action would be reviewable  under section 7607(b) of this title.  In any such
      action for unreasonable delay,  notice to the entities referred to in subsection (b)(1)(A) of
      this section shall be provided 180 days before commencing such action.18

      The intent of Congress in  enacting citizen suits provisions in most of the federal
environmental laws was  two-fold.  First,  Congress  intended that  citizen suits would impel
government action.  The Senate  Report on the Clean Air Act of 1970  states:  "Government
initiative in seeking  enforcement under the  Clean Air Act has  been restrained.  Authorizing
citizens  to bring suits for violations  of standards should motivate governmental agencies charged
with the responsibility to bring enforcement and abatement proceedings."19
      Second,  citizen suits also  were  intended to augment federal and state enforcement
activity.  This objective was based  in part on  the understanding that there always will be a finite
amount  of resources available for  government enforcement.  For example, with respect  to the
Clean Air Act citizen suits provisions,  Senator Edmund Muskie, a principal author of the original
Clean Air Act, stated that "it is  too much to presume that, however well staffed or well intentioned
these enforcement agencies, they will be able to monitor the potential  violations" under the Clean
Air Act.20  Similarly, Senator Gary Hart stated: "In legislation of this type,  we will find very likely
noncompliance which in number or degree are far beyond the capacity  of the Government to
respond to."21
      More recently, the author of  amendments to the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
citizen suits provision, Senator George Mitchell, explained that his amendment allowing citizens to
sue to abate imminent and substantial endangerments to health or the environment was needed
on the following grounds:

   Only EPA can sue to abate an  imminent hazard under current law. If  EPA does not act, the
   endangerment continues.   In light  of the thousands of  known hazardous waste sites across
   this country, this simply does not make sense.  The Environmental Protection Agency clearly
   does not have the resources to  deal with all of these sites,  nor do the States. Citizen suits to
   abate imminent hazards can expect the national effort to minimize these very real threats to
   our well-being.22

      The federal courts also have recognized that citizen suits provisions  were intended, in part,
to supplement government enforcement efforts. In NRDC v. Train, the court held that "the citizen
suits provision reflected a deliberate choice by Congress to widen citizen access to the courts as
a supplemental and effective assurance that the Act would be implemented and enforced."23

4.2 Citizen Suits in Practice

      While United States' laws authorize citizen suits to be  brought by  an  individual or his or
her attorney, in  practice these are typically filed by one of several nonprofit organizations  that
have taken the lead in developing and  litigating citizen suits.  For example,  the Natural Resources
Defense Council has played a key role in bringing citizen suits under the  Clean Water Act.  In
addition, nonprofit groups such as the  Sierra Club Legal Defense Fund, the Environmental
Defense Fund, the Chesapeake Bay Foundation, Trial Lawyers for Public Justice, and the Atlantic
States Legal Foundation also  bring numerous actions  under the citizen  suits provisions of the
environmental laws.  Some private law firms also dedicate substantial portions of their practices
to litigating citizen suits.

-------
580                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


      Most of the early citizen suits filed during the 1970s were brought to compel government
agencies to take  actions that they had failed  to take but  that were required by statute.24  Few
suits  were brought to  enforce  environmental  laws against alleged violators in  the years
immediately following the enactment of the citizen  suits provisions.  For example, one study found
that from 1978 to 1982 less than ten citizen suits were brought annually under the Clean Water
Act.25
      During the 1980s, the focus of citizen  suits shifted and an increasing number of actions
were  brought under the  citizen suits provisions  against alleged violators of the environmental
laws.  Some commentators have argued that the increase in citizen  suits filed against alleged
violators can be attributed to a decline in the  number of  enforcement actions filed by the
government.  Although a decline  in federal enforcement may  explain the increase in the number
of citizen suits filed in the early 1980s,  citizen suits continue to be filed against alleged violators
despite the fact that enforcement levels have consistently increased over the last few years.  For
example,  in fiscal year 1991  EPA imposed  a record number of fines  and  referred  a record
number of cases to the Department of Justice for filing.
      Suits under the Clean Water Act for violations of national  pollutant discharge  elimination
system (NPDES) permits are the most  common.  Clean Water Act suits are particularly popular
because information  on violations is readily available to the public in  the form of discharge
monitoring  reports that the regulated community  is statutorily required to submit to  EPA.  One
report estimated that by 1987, there were more than 100 filings per year under the Clean Water
Act citizen suits provisions, and  more  than 800  cases were pending in the federal  courts.   In
addition, hundreds of other cases were pending under the citizen suits provisions of other
statutes.26  The United States Department of Justice estimates that in fiscal year 1991  a record
number of  fines  were imposed in citizen suits brought under the Clean Water  Act. Specifically,
$4,998,132.62 in  fines were imposed in fiscal  year 1991, as compared to $2,930,196.56 in fiscal
year  1990 and  $325,241.65 in  1989.  By way of comparison, only $164,000  in fines were
imposed in Clean Water Act citizen suits in fiscal year 1986.

4.3 Potential Disadvantages of Citizen Suits

      The principal disadvantage of citizen  suits  is the potential for interference with government
enforcement activities.  Citizen  suits potentially could interfere with ongoing or planned
enforcement actions.  In  addition, citizens  potentially could file ill-founded actions that the
government normally  would not choose to pursue, and which could establish unfavorable judicial
precedent that could hinder the government's subsequent enforcement activities.
      Although  these concerns are not wholly without merit, in general, the problems that have
arisen with respect  to citizen suits have  not proven to be a significant impediment to the
government's enforcement efforts.  In enacting the citizen suits provisions, Congress attempted to
alleviate the potential problems for the government through several mechanisms, including notice
requirements and attorney  fees awards.  These mechanisms have been successful for the most
part,  and  the disadvantages that remain for the government are outweighed by the advantages
that private enforcement activity brings to environmental enforcement in the United States.

4.3.1  Interference with Government Enforcement  Activities

4.3.1.1 Pending  Government Enforcement Actions

       The citizen suits provisions in the federal laws typically constrain citizen participation in
government enforcement efforts.  Typical  of these provisions  is Section 304(b)(1)(B) of the Clean
Air Act which states:

    No action may be commenced -

    if  the Administrator or State  has  commenced and is diligently prosecuting  a  civil  action in a
    court of the  United  States or a State to require compliance with  the standard, limitation, or

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             581


    order, but in any such action  in a court of the United States any person may intervene as a
    matter of right.27

       The requirement that a citizen suit cannot be filed if the government already  has instituted
 an enforcement action  was intended  to allow the government to perform its enforcement work
 without interruption from private citizens.  Senator  Mitchell  explained  during the  process of
 amending the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act that "[t]he provision  is structured
 carefully ... to insure that citizen  suits do not interfere with ongoing Federal  or State enforcement
 efforts."28
       In order to ensure that citizens  are not unduly restricted from participating in environmental
 enforcement because of an existing government enforcement action, Congress provided  under
 most of the citizen suit  provisions that citizens can intervene in government enforcement actions
 as a matter of right.  Citizen intervention in government enforcement actions is governed by Rule
 24(a) of the Federal Rules of Civil  Procedure which requires that an intervenor  must have
 standing to sue and that intervention must be timely.
       A citizen  also may intervene as a matter of right in  some cases, even when a citizen suit
 provision does not authorize such intervention. In order to intervene as a matter of right, a citizen
 is required to have an interest  relating to the property or transaction at issue in the litigation. The
 disposition of the litigation also must be able potentially to impair or impede the citizen's ability to
 protect  his or her interest.29  Intervention  as a matter of right is not permitted if the citizen's
 interest is adequately represented by existing parties.  If intervention is not permitted as a matter
 of right, a citizen still  may intervene pursuant to  Rule  24(b) of the Federal Rules of Civil
 Procedure which provides  for permissive intervention.  Pursuant to  this  Rule, under certain
 circumstances, a citizen may be permitted to intervene if he or she has a claim or defense that
 has a question of law or fact in common with the government's action.
       Some courts have interpreted the citizen suits provisions to bar citizen  suits when a
 government  administrative enforcement action is pending,  if the administrative action closely
 resembles a judicial action.   First,  courts  examine whether the remedies available  to the
 government in the administrative  action are similar to those that would be available in a court
 action, particularly with  respect to the imposition of penalties.  Second, courts  examine whether
 the same procedures exist in the administrative proceeding as in a judicial proceeding,  particularly
 with respect to whether citizens may intervene as a matter of right in the administrative
 proceeding.30   Furthermore, some  statutes provide that  citizen  suits are barred when the
 government has undertaken  certain administrative enforcement activities.31
      The question of  what constitutes "diligent  prosecution"  of an  enforcement  action by the
 government has been litigated in federal court on numerous occasions.  Courts generally have
 looked carefully  at whether the government's activities actually  constitute "diligent"  enforcement.
 For example, in  Gardeski v. Colonial Sand and Stone Co..32 a settlement was  reached between
 the government and the violator in a Clean Air Act case brought for illegal emissions of dust and
 particles.  However, the consent order subsequently was violated by the defendant, and was not
 enforced by the state for two years while the state tried to seek voluntary compliance.  The court
 held that the government's actions in the  case did not constitute  diligent prosecution.33
 Similarly, in New York  Coastal Fisherman's Association v. New  York  Sanitation Department.34
 the court ruled that the State  was not diligently prosecuting the City of New York to force the
 cleanup of a  city landfill, despite the existence of two consent orders,  because a permanent plan
to eliminate illegal leachate discharges from the Site had not materialized.
      The courts undoubtedly will continue to wrestle with what type of government actions bar
 citizen suits.   Although  it is  particularly difficult to define "diligent prosecution," the courts have
been  on the right track in taking  a close look at the government's activities  before barring a
citizen suit.   Although it is  crucial not to  interfere unduly with the government's  enforcement
efforts, often  lack of diligent  prosecution  is a result of  inadequate resources with which  to follow
through on  enforcement cases.   Furthermore, it is preferable to err on the side of  over-
enforcement rather than  under-enforcement.

-------
582                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


4.3.1.2 Notice Requirements

      A citizen  suit may not be filed in court until  notice has been provided to the responsible
federal and state agencies, and to the alleged violator.  Citizen suits provisions typically provide
for a 60 day waiting period after notice is provided before the action can be filed. This period is
provided to  allow the government to step in, as the primary enforcer, and file suit.  In some
instances, the notice period is longer than  60 days, and in other instances, such as emergency
situations, the notice period is waived.35  EPA has issued regulations which set out in detail, the
manner in which notice must be served and the  required content of the notice.  These regulations
generally require that the notice include information that allows the  alleged violator to know the
standard that it allegedly has violated and the date, place, and nature of the violation.36
      Judicial interpretation of the notice provisions has varied over time.  Some courts initially
interpreted the provisions liberally, ruling that the notice requirements did not need to be strictly
adhered to prior to filing a suit.37  However, the United States Supreme Court recently ruled that
the notice provisions in the citizen suits provisions are mandatory and that a case should be
dismissed if the notice requirements have  not been  met.38   In most cases, however, the citizen
usually can provide proper notice and refile the suit.39
      The notice requirements of the citizen suits provisions have served  the  important function
of preventing citizen suits from interfering with planned government enforcement activities. Notice
also provides  the government with the opportunity to determine whether it, rather than a private
citizen, should file a case.  The legislative history of the first citizen suits provisions states that the
purpose of the notice requirement is "to further encourage and provide for agency enforcement. .
.  .  The time between  notice and filing of the action should give the administrative  enforcement
office an  opportunity to act  on the alleged violation."40  In Friends of the Earth v.  Potomac
Electric Power Co., the court explained that "[t]he purpose  of the notice provision is to allow the
Administrator and other  officials to rectify inaction, and thus obviate  the  need  for judicial
recourse."41
      The notice provisions also have  provided the  government with the opportunity  to  stay
apprised of citizen suits activity and use the information to gauge its  own enforcement priorities
and agenda.   For example, in May of 1984 after more than  200 citizen suits had been filed under
the Clean Water Act in the previous year, the Administrator of EPA directed that the Agency
examine the  implications of the large number of filings.  In  a press conference the Administrator
reportedly stated that "he was particularly troubled that the suits are being brought in areas where
EPA's own  enforcement 'should  be more vigorous' or where violations have  been overlooked
because companies are on compliance schedules."42
       The one disadvantage of the notice  requirements is the length of the waiting period.  In an
emergency situation, 60 days  may be too  long a period of time to wait  for formal initiation  of
proceedings.  In practice, however, 60 days generally  is not enough time  for the government to
develop and file a new enforcement action.  It often takes months for EPA  to investigate carefully
and develop an  enforcement case. A formal litigation report also  must be prepared to accompany
each  case that  is sent to the  Department of Justice for filing in federal court.  Furthermore, a
formal agreement between EPA and the Department of Justice provides that the Department has
up to 60 days after it  receives a referral from  EPA within  which to file a case.43  vertheless, it
should be noted that citizens often  do  not file their suits  immediately after the 60 day waiting
period has expired, but instead continue negotiations with the alleged violator.  The government
may be involved in these negotiations and is not foreclosed even after the 60 days has expired
from taking its own enforcement measures.  Furthermore, the government always is permitted to
intervene as a matter of right in any
citizen suit.  Thus, if the government is unable to bring its own action prior to the filing of a citizen
suit, it may intervene in the citizen suit.44

4.3.2  Mechanisms for Deterring Nonmeritorious Suits

       The concern that citizens may bring ill-founded  cases that  establish bad precedent for
future enforcement actions by the government  has been largely unfounded.  For the most part,

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                              583


the citizen suits provisions successfully were crafted to deter unwarranted citizen suits, and suits
generally have not been brought for minor violations of the laws.45  Citizen suits often have set
valuable precedent, and some commentators have concluded that citizens have sought and
obtained higher civil penalties than the  government for the same violations.46
       Although it is difficult to determine with any certainty the reasons that nonmeritorious suits
have not been a significant problem,  factors that may have deterred the filing of unnecessary
citizen suits include the following:  1) attorney fee awards may be granted by the  courts against
citizens who bring ill-founded suits; 2)  several citizen suits provisions provide that the  courts can
require the citizens to post bond; 3)  citizens cannot recover damages under the citizen suits
provisions.
       In drafting the citizen suits  provisions, Congress took steps  to deter citizens from bringing
nonmeritorious suits by providing that  costs, including expert witness and attorney fees, can be
awarded both for and against citizens  in  appropriate circumstances.  The award of attorney fees
is an exception to the general  American  rule that each party must  pay its own litigation costs,
regardless of  which party prevails in the  litigation.  See Alyeska Pipeline Service Co. v.
Wilderness Society. 421 U.S. 240 (1975).
       The provisions for  the award of  attorney fees serve, therefore, to deter citizens from
bringing  nonmeritorious suits, but also  to encourage  citizens to bring strong cases  that they may
not otherwise be  able to afford to litigate.  As explained by one  court, Congress' goal was to
authorize fee awards "which are adequate to attract competent  counsel, but which do not produce
windfalls to attorneys."47
   Typical of the attorney fees provisions is the following language found in the Clean Air Act:

   The court, in  issuing  any final  order in any action brought pursuant to subsection  (a) of this
   section, may award costs of  litigation  (including reasonable attorney and expert witness fees)
   to any party, whenever the court determines such award is appropriate.48

       Another statutory  mechanism that  may have assisted in deterring citizens  from bringing
frivolous suits is the language found in several of the citizen suits provisions that enables courts
to require  citizens to post  bond in suits  brought  for injunctive relief.  These  provisions typically
provide:

   The court may, if a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction  is sought, require the
   filing of a bond or equivalent security in  accordance with the  Federal Rules of Civil
   Procedure.49

Although there is no legislative history  on these provisions, at least one commentator has
concluded  that  the provisions were included  "as part  of a package to  mollify critics of citizen suits
who feared they would flood the courts  with ill-founded cases."50
       Frivolous suits also may have been deterred because there  is no right of private recovery
in the citizen suits provisions. Civil penalties recovered against violators must be deposited in the
United States Treasury.51   Citizens however, still are able to recover damages caused  by a
violator through other statutory  and common law remedies, but citizen  suits do not provide a
vehicle by which citizens can obtain damages.   However,  it  should be noted that citizen suit
settlements may require that, in lieu of  paying civil penalties, a  violator sponsor an environmental
project, the benefits of which may inure directly to  the citizens who brought the action.
       In sum, citizen  suits have not unduly interfered with  the  United States government's
enforcement activities.  For the most  part,  citizen suits have  created favorable precedent and
have been brought for  significant violations of the law.  This lack of interference  may be
attributable, in  part, to  the structure and mechanisms set out in the citizen  suits provisions.
Although a certain amount of government resources must be  allocated to tracking citizen  suits
activity, this has not been unduly burdensome and has allowed the government to assess its own
enforcement priorities.

-------
584                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


5     CONCLUSION

      Citizen participation in the enforcement of environmental laws in the  United States has
proven to be quite successful.  Although undoubtedly cases exist in which citizen participation has
hindered or interfered with government enforcement efforts,  the disadvantages of citizen
participation are outweighed  by the numerous  advantages.  The resources available for
environmental enforcement are perennially limited, and it is unlikely that the government will ever
be able to enforce the  laws against every violator.  Thus, citizen participation has been  a
welcome supplement to the government's enforcement efforts.  Citizen  enforcement efforts, like
the government's own enforcement  activities, also have served to deter potential violators and
increase levels of compliance.
      Citizen participation  also serves to increase the public's  awareness of environmental
issues, and increases  citizens' sense  of  responsibility for ensuring  compliance with the
environmental laws.  Citizens' access  to the court system  also serves as a safety valve,
guaranteeing the opportunity to seek redress in a judicial forum for environmental offenses.  Wide
spread  environmental compliance in the regulated community and responsible environmental
practices by the general  public only can be achieved if citizens  believe that they are expected to
play a role in protecting the environment. Citizen participation  in environmental enforcement
helps to achieve these goals.
      NOTES

1.     For  example, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) administers
parts of the Ocean Dumping  Act  and the Coastal Zone Management Act.  NOAA also is
responsible for  enforcing the natural  resource damage provisions  of the Comprehensive
Environmental Response Compensation  and Liability Act and the Oil  Pollution Act.  The
Department of Interior (DOI)  administers wildlife statutes such as the Endangered Species Act
and the Migratory Bird  Treaty Act. DOI also enforces natural resource damages provisions under
the Comprehensive  Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act.  In addition, the
United States Coast Guard enforces portions of the Oil Pollution Act.

2.     The role of the states in enforcement can  not be understated, and  is highlighted by the
fact that approximately 70 percent of all enforcement actions are taken  by states rather than by
the federal  government.  Furthermore, as of 1988, between 80 and 90 percent of all inspections
were  conducted  by  state government personnel.  See  Environmental Enforcement A  Citizen's
Guide. U.S. EPA March 1990 at 2.

3.    Citizens also are  authorized to review in federal court regulations adopted by EPA which
are not consistent with federal  law.  See,  e.g.. Section  704 of Administrative Procedure Act, 5
U.S.C. Section 704; Section 113  of the Comprehensive  Environmental Response Compensation
and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 9613.

4.     The Pollution Prosecution Act of 1990 directed the Agency to  hire 50 additional civil
investigators by 1991 and to have a total of 200 criminal investigators on board by 1995.

5.     The convictions under the Resource Conservation and  Recovery Act subsequently were
overturned on appeal,  because the regulations that were violated had not been issued in
accordance with proper procedures.  See United States v. Goodner, No. 91-2466 (June 4, 1992).

6.     See The Public's  Role in Environmental Enforcement, U.S.  EPA,  March 1990;
Environmental  Enforcement A Citizen's Guide, U.S. EPA, March 1990.

7.    Jd

8.    42 U.S.C. Section 9609(d); 40 C.F.R. Part 303 (1991).

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            585


 9.     42 U.S.C. Section 7413(f).

 10.     28 C.F.R. Section 50.7 (1991).

 11.     See, e.g..  Section 7003(d) of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C.
 Section 6973(d); Section 122(d)(2)  of the Comprehensive Environmental  Response
 Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 9622(d)(2).

 12.     No. A-91-082-CV (D.C. Alaska 1991); see also Environment Reporter. May 3, 1991  at 4;
 Environment Reporter. October 11, 1991 at 1553.

 13.     Clean Air Act,  42  U.S.C. Section 7604; Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C.
 Section 1365;  Marine Protection, Research and Sanctuaries Act (Ocean Dumping Act), 33 U.S.C.
 Section 1415(g); Noise  Control Act, 42 U.S.C. 4911; Endangered Species Act, 16 U.S.C. Section
 1540(g); Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C.  Section  300J-8; Solid Waste Disposal Act (as
 amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act), 42 U.S.C.  Section 6972; Toxic
 Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 2619; Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act,
 30  U.S.C.  Section  1270; Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability
 Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 9659; Emergency  Planning and Community Right to Know Act, 42 U.S C
 Section 11046.

 14.     See J. Miller and  Environmental Law  Institute, Citizen Suits: Private Enforcement of
 Federal Pollution Control Laws 7 n. 20 (1987).

 15.     33 U.S.C. Section 1365(a).

 16.     42 U.S.C. Section 6972(a); 42 U.S.C. Section 7604(a).

 17.     42 U.S.C. Section 9659; 42 U.S.C. Section 11046.

 18.     42 U.S.C. Section 7604.

 19-     Friends of the Earth v. Carey. 535 F.2d 165, 172 (2d Cir. 1976) (quoting S.  Rep. No. 91-
 1196, 91st Cong. 2d Sess. 35-36 (1970)).

 20-     See NRDC v. Train. 510 F.2d 692, 727 (D.C. Cir. 1975) (guoting A Legislative History of
 Clean Water Act Amendments of 1970 at 280-81).

 21.    jd. at 730.

 22.     D. Riesel,  Citizen Suits, and the Award of  Attorneys  Fees in Environmental Litigation.
 American Law  Institute-American Bar Association course materials at 838 n.6 (June  20-24, 1988)
 (quoting 130 Cong.  Rec. 59151  (daily ed. July 25, 1984)).

 23.      NRDC v. Train.  510  F.2d at 700.

24.      See, ejg., NRDC v. Train. 519 F.2d 287 (D.C. Cir. 1975); New England Legal Foundation
v. Costle. 632 F.2d  936  (2d Cir. 1980), supplemental opinion. 666 F.2d 30 (2d Cir. 1981).

25.      See Environmental Law Institute, Citizen Suits:  An  Analysis of  Citizen  Enforcement
Action Under EPA-Administered Statutes 111-10 (1984).

26.     See L. Jorgenson & J.J.  Kimmel, Environmental  Citizen Suits: Confronting  the
Corporation (1988); see also Environmental Law Institute, Citizen Suits: An Analysis of Citizen
Enforcement Actions Under EPA-Administered Statutes (1984).

-------
586                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


27.     42 U.S.C. Section 7604(b)(1)(B).

28.     D. Riesel, Citizen Suits, and the Award  of Attorneys  Fees in Environmental Litigation,
American Law Institute-American  Bar Association course  materials (June  20-24, 1988)(quoting
130 Cong. Rec. 59150 (daily ed. July 25,  1984)).

29.      In rare cases, non U.S. citizens have  intervened in U.S. enforcement  cases.   For
example,  in United States v. Hooker Chemicals and Plastics Corp., 101  F.R.D. 444 (1984), the
Province  of Ontario and the Minister of the Environment moved to intervene  in an ongoing
enforcement action.  Ontario alleged that a threat existed to the health of persons drinking water
or consuming fish caught in Lake Ontario and the Niagara River due to violations  of the Clean
Water Act and the Resource Conservation and Recovery  Act by Hooker Chemical  and Plastics
Corporation in the United States. The Court reasoned that Ontario's interest were  not adequately
represented by the  United States Government in the action against  the company,  because the
Government might place greater emphasis on protection of U.S. drinking water than on protection
of Canadian drinking water.  Ontario was not permitted to pursue claims under the citizen  suits
provisions, however, but was permitted to pursue its common law nuisance claim.

30.      See, e.g.,  Student  Public Interest  Research  Group of New Jersey. Inc.  v. Fritzsche,
Dodge &  Olcott, 759 F.2d 1131, 1137 (3d Cir. 1985); Baughman v. Bradford Coal Co., 592 F.2d
215, 217 (3d Cir.), cert, denied. 441 U.S.  961  (1979).

31.     See, e.g., Emergency Planning  and Community Right to Know Act,  42  U.S.C.  Section
11046(e)(Barring citizen suits if EPA is diligently  pursuing an administrative order);  Clean Water
Act,  33 U.S.C. Section 1319(g)(6)(B)(if government has issued  a final order and violator has paid
penalty in administrative proceeding violator is not liable for additional civil penalties in a citizen
suit  that is filed after commencement of administrative proceeding); Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section  6972 (citizen suits barred if EPA or state is diligently pursuing
abatement action or cleanup under Comprehensive Environmental  Response Compensation and
Liability Act).

32.     501 F. Supp. 1159 (S.D.N.Y. 1980).

33.       See  also Sierra Club v.  SCM  Corp. 572 F.  Supp. 828,  831 n. 3 (W.D.N.Y.
1983)(existence of consent order usually indicates diligent enforcement  but failure to  monitor
compliance and enforce consent order or to permit new violations to occur can counter this
presumption).

34.     772 F. Supp. 162 (S.D.N.Y. 1990).

35.      See, e.g., Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42  U.S.C. Section 6972(b)(2)(A);
Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 7604(b).

36.     See, e.g., 40 C.F.R. Part  135 (1991); 40 C.F.R. Part 254 (1991).

37.      Friends of the Earth v. Carey, 535 F.2d  165, 176 (2d Cir. 1976)("to require that precise
formalistic notice be provided to each  [state and  local  agency]  is to erect wholly unrealistic
barriers to citizen access to the courts as insured by Congress"); National Sea Clammers Assoc.
v. City of New York, 616 F.2d 1222, 1226 (3d Cir. 1980), vacated on other grounds, 453 U.S. 1
 (1981)(adopting "pragmatic" approach to interpreting sixty day notice provision under which sixty
days must elapse prior to district court action on complaint, as opposed to filing of  complaint).

 38.      Hallstrom v. Tillamook County. 493 U.S. 20,  31 (1989),  reh'g denied.  493 U.S. 1037
 (1990)("the notice  and 60-day  delay  requirement are mandatory conditions precedent to
 commencing suit under the RCRA citizen suits provisions. ... As a general  rule, if an action is
 barred by the terms of a statute, it must be dismissed").

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            587


 39.     Jd. at 32.

 40-      Natural Resources Defense  Counsel. Inc. v. Train. 510  F.2d 692, 723 (D.C. Cir
 1975)(quotingS. Rep. No. 1196, 91st Cong., 2d Sess. 36-39).

 41.     546 F. Supp. 1357, 1361 (D.D.C. 1982);see ajso National Sea Clammers Association v.
 City of New York. 616 F.2d at 1226 ("The purpose behind the notice provision,  as the legislative
 history makes clear, was to afford the Environmental Protection Agency an opportunity to remedy
 the alleged violation prior to judicial  action").

 42.     See Inside EPA. Vol. 5, No. 19,  May 11,  1984, at 1, 6-7.

 43.      See  Memorandum of Understanding  Between the  Department of  Justice and the
 Environmental Protection Agency, dated  June 1977.

 44.      See. e.o^,  Section 304(c)(2) of the Clean Air Act, 42  U.S.C. Section 7604 ("the
 Administrator, if not a party, may intervene as a matter of right at any time in the  proceeding").

 45.     See J. Miller, Citizen Suits:  Private Enforcement of Federal  Pollution Control Laws 13-14
 (1987)(citing. Environmental Law Institute, Citizen Suits:  An  Analysis of Citizen  Enforcement
 Actions Under EPA-Administered Statutes (1984)).

 46-     See  Rethinking Citizen Suits. 8 Temple Envtl.  L & Tech. J. 55, 66 (Fall  1989)(citing
 Boyer & Meidinger, Privatizing Regulatory Enforcement: A  Preliminary  Assessment of Citizen
 Suits Under Federal Environmental Laws. 34 Buffalo L. Rev. 833, 835 (1985)).

 47'•     Save Our Cumberland  Mountains v. Hodel. 857 F.2d 1516, 1521 (D.C. Cir. 1988)(gupting
 S. Rep. No. 1011, 94th Cong., 2d Sess.  6 (1976)).

 48.     42 U.S.C. Section 7604(d).

 49.     42 U.S.C. Section 7604(d).

 50.     J. Miller, Citizen Suits:  Private Enforcement of Federal Pollution Control Laws 62 (1987).

51.     Under the 1990 Amendments to the Clean Air Act, penalties are deposited into a special
fund in the U.S.  Treasury for licensing and other services. The funds may be  used by  EPA to
finance air compliance and enforcement activities.

-------
588                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            589


FROM PUBLIC DISCLOSURE TO PUBLIC ACCOUNTABILITY: WHAT IMPACT WILL IT HAVE
ON COMPLIANCE?

FRANCES IRWIN1 and MARY FRANCES REPKO2

1   Director, Pollution Prevention  Program,  World Wildlife Fund - US,  1250 24th Street,  N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20037  (USA)

2   Research Fellow, Pollution  Prevention Program, World Wildlife  Fund - US, 1250 24th Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20037 (USA)


       SUMMARY

       Governments, industry, and citizen groups are experimenting with different ways to
develop, distribute,  and use public information to  reduce pollution and protect the environment. It
is still early to evaluate these rapidly changing information tools. However, it is already clear that
a significant expansion is  occurring  in  the role that making information public plays in
environmental policy.  Earlier stages have incorporated self-monitoring and self-reporting  by
companies  into  pollution  control legislation  in some countries'11 and  also introduced "freedom of
information" provisions that give the public a route of access to government-held documents.  In
these laws the emphasis is on "public disclosure" by companies to the government.  The public
can then request the information.  The characteristics of the new information tools are still
emerging but they share developing and getting  information about sources as well as effects of
pollution or degradation to a wide range  of users, particularly communities and individuals.  They
also get data beyond environmental specialists to other managers in  companies and government.
       This paper discusses three environmental information tools which move on the spectrum
from public disclosure to public access  including in some cases  closer to  public accountability
through a "right-to-know":  1) public inventories of uses and release  of toxic chemicals based  on
the "right-to-know";  2) Eco-Audits, as proposed by the  Commission of the European  Communi-
ties (EC), including a public environmental statement; 3) Eco-labelling  programs that identify
products  with preferable environmental  characteristics.   Table 1  highlights provisions of  these
tools.  Although this paper does not discuss accident information tools in depth, this area is one
of the seed beds of accountability  and "right-to-know".
       The three information tools discussed are  on  the cutting edge of clarifying  our understan-
ding of the sources of environmental problems  and how to solve  them in  a sustainable  way.
These three tools are beginning  to provide a means of public accounting for the contribution to
pollution and  habitat degradation  by specific facilities and products.  They are  helping put the
emphasis on  reducing at the  source the environmental  impacts of  the "whole" facility  and the
entire "life-cycle" of a product.
       At the same time,  environmental information tools are just one instrument of environmental
policy. Thus decisions about their use  are caught up in debate about the appropriate roles of
companies, governments,  and citizen groups in developing  and implementing  environmental
policy  and the  potential of these tools  for misuse.  Citizens point out  that some  companies
advertise extravagant environmental claims for their products, sometimes based  on  methodolo-
gies that are still  being developed.   They are concerned that  information and  voluntary
approaches  might  undermine enforcement. Companies fear  provision of data to citizens will
endanger their market share or increase the threat of attack in  the media or prosecution.
Enforcers and technical assistance staffers in government programs  each  fear that their program
will be undermined  by the other  program's approach. The debate  often focuses on  access to
information and becomes entangled in choosing the  appropriate  mix of  "carrot" and "stick"
measures.

-------
590                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


1     FROM PUBLIC DISCLOSURE TO PUBLIC ACCOUNTABILITY?

      Disclosure  provisions can help to  create a climate that deters violation of environmental
laws and encourages compliance. Self-monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping requirements are
an important element in the compliance system in countries such as the United States.  Drinking
water suppliers sample water and hazardous waste managers  keep track of waste shipments and
monitor the groundwater.  They both keep  records that are  used by inspectors to achieve
compliance. The U.S. Freedom of Information Act was adopted in 1966. By using it, citizens can
now obtain these and other data.  Plans are also underway to  make some of these data available
through the National Technical Information Service.  The European Community directive on
freedom of information goes into effect at the end of 1992. Some  member states already have
experience with access  provisions.  The  United  Kingdom  is introducing public registers of
monitoring data from its major industrial facilities, for example.
      As the statements  in  Table  2  illustrate,  however,  governments, industry, and environ-
mental groups are engaged in a debate about taking a broader approach to information  policies.
Impetus for this shift comes from both the past and the future.  Past practices have resulted in
severe accidents including Seveso and Bhopal as well as habitat destruction and pollution that
has  diminished forests and damaged the stratospheric ozone layer.  Scenarios of the earth's
future foresee a doubled population and economy five times the present size by the middle of the
next century.  As  the global nature  of the environment and the  economy become more evident,
the need for better information and wider participation in decisions at levels from the community
to international organizations is also growing.
      The EC's introduction to its  proposed  Eco-Audit regulation  notes that in providing infor-
mation on  industrial accidents, the Commission found a "strong  public demand for general
information ... on measures to prevent pollution  ... and on  emissions from industrial establish-
ments into  the environment."'21 Responding  to similar pressures, the U.S.  Congress adopted an
Emergency Planning and  Community Right-to-Know Act  (EPCRA)  in 1986.  Although "image"
frequently drives corporate action and many  managers still argue that the  experts should just
provide their interpretation of the hazards, some company leaders also recognize that this is not
enough.  Notes a UNEP industry and Environment Office report prepared with corporate coopera-
tion, a company needs "to provide the public with information on what it is doing to limit the
impact of its  activities on the environment.  This  is  not  about projecting an image but about
providing real information  to staff, neighbors, environmental groups, consumers, the media, and
others to meet the different levels of interest and understanding, taking into account local
practices and cultures."
      The Sofia Statement, issued at the January 1992 conference of non-governmental organi-
zations in Bulgaria, stressed the need for  stringent national environmental legislation and effective
monitoring  and  enforcement.  At the  same time, participants urged western firms operating in
Central  and Eastern  Europe to act in advance of such  legislation  by accepting public
accountability through information provision and public participation in decision  making.  NGOs
have also emphasized the importance of  the right-to-know in statements at meetings in  Hungary,
Austria, and at the preparatory meetings leading up to the Earth Summit in Brazil. Among many
items adopted in Rio in Agenda 21's chapter on toxics was a call for governments, in cooperation
with international organizations, to consider adoption of community right-to-know and other public
information-dissemination  programmes.


2     THREE EXAMPLES OF MOVING FROM DISCLOSING  INFORMATION TO PUBLIC
      ACCOUNTABILITY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CHOICES

      Three  examples illustrate how information policy is broadening from disclosure to access
and  accountability,  sometimes in the form of the  right-to-know, about sources and effects of
pollution  and  habitat degradation. Two examples relate mainly to industrial facilities and  one to
products.

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            591


 2.1       Inventories of toxic chemicals at facilities

       The U.S. adopted its Community Right-to-Know Act in the wake of the accidental release
 of methyl isocyanate  in Bhopal, India, that  killed 2000 people and injured  thousands more.
 Drawing partly  on the EC's directive adopted after the release of dioxin from a pharmaceutical
 plant in Italy, the U.S. law requires companies to plan for emergencies, provide notification about
 accidents, and  inform citizens about the presence and  release of chemicals in their community.
 Building on  experience of labor unions and states such as New Jersey,  EPCRA  establishes  a
 Toxics Release Inventory (TRI). The TRI is a distinctive information tool in at least three ways.

       Information for citizens.   Enhancing  the  "right-to-know" is the goal  of the
       inventory.(3)  In contrast, the U.S. waste law,  the  Resource Conservation  and
       Recovery Act,  generates data to develop a system  of cradle-to-grave regulations
       and to allocate federal funds. The public may obtain the information but  that  is a
       secondary purpose.  The TRI works in  reverse.  Its primary purpose is to make the
       data  about the presence and release of chemicals available to the public  and
       government officials.   In practice, the TRI data are beginning to  provide an
       accounting  system and an impetus for source reduction  when combined with the
       U.S. Pollution Prevention Act and state  pollution prevention planning laws.

       Information for source reduction and cross-media pollution control.  The TRI data
       are chemical and facility specific. They  can be aggregated for a geographic region.
       The TRI requires  companies to report  releases to air, water, soil, or underground
       wells of  any of 300  chemicals and 20  chemical categories that it manufactures  or
       processes  in quantities of over 25,000  pounds a year or  uses in quantities  of
       10,000 pounds per year.  Unlike other  EPA databases, the TRI is multi-media.  All
       data  are  reported in pounds rather than in different units of measure for air  and
       water. In addition, it  includes  the maximum amounts of chemicals  stored during the
       year, the names  and locations of off-site facilities to which toxic wastes were
       shipped; the treatment or disposal methods used for wastes, along with estimates
       of their efficiency.

       Information distribution by computer.  Companies submit the data  to states and the
       federal government,  and the federal government makes it available to the public by
       computer and actively  promotes its  use.  But the federal  Environmental Protection
       Agency has no monopoly on the data.  Any one with a personal computer  can
       analyze the data and all kinds of institutions as well  as individuals are doing  so. "If
       we don't name the top 50 facilities, Clean  Water Action or someone else will-so we
       put them  in. ... One of the  unique features about TRI is that there's no way that
       EPA can control the spin on this database," comments Warren Muir who has been
       involved  in the production of EPA's national report on TRI data.'41

       More than five years of experience with  the  national inventory has illuminated  both the
opportunities and the problems.   Although about 23,000  facilities reported  1990 data, non-
reporters continue to be a problem.  EPA has conducted about 2,330 on-site inspections since
1989 and issued 550  civil complaints and  proposed  penalties over  $16  million.'51  This enforce-
ment effort highlights that reporting is required; it is not  voluntary.  EPA, companies, and citizen
groups  are still sorting out what data should be  reported. The  list of chemicals  needs to be
expanded to include both other toxic chemicals and other sources of releases besides industrial
manufacturers.   So far ozone depletors have been added.  As  of July of 1992,  the  Pollution
Prevention Act requires additional reporting on prevention and recycling  activities. However, the
data do not yet include the  amount of information coming into the facility (the amount  purchased
or made) which would enable accounting for materials through balancing the inputs and outputs
as the New  Jersey inventory  allows. Nor does  the TRI  yet include the  amount of a  substance
that goes into products.

-------
592                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


      The  TRI is clearly having some effect on compliance, although this is not a one-to-one
relationship because the law is not  directly related to existing laws. The chemicals it includes are
controlled in different ways under  many different laws. Some  releases are not regulated under
any laws. Much of the TRI's effectiveness is in getting more people in on the action.

      • Environmental groups have used it to challenge industries and individual facilities
      to reduce or stop using toxic  chemicals on  the TRI. In Silicon Valley, a group
      worked  with the media to highlight the large  releases of the  electronics industry.
      The  companies reduced these releases, and an industry association now reports its
      own  analysis of the data to the public. In Northfield,  Minnesota, residents joined
      workers in  using the TRI data to convince a plant to phase out use of methylene
      chloride by the year 2000.   Workers had  been unsuccessful until the data became
      available and a larger coalition was built.

      • Companies themselves have taken the lead  in using TRI data.  Best known is the
      pledge of Monsanto's chairman to reduce air releases by 90 percent by 1992 when
      TRI  figures were first released in 1988. Now the Monsanto chemical company also
      has  a 70 percent multi-media waste release reduction program.

      • EPA enforcement staff are using TRI data to target inspections at large emitters
      and  identify opportunities to do multi-media inspections or inspections of particular
      industries.  At the same time, exemplifying the tension that exists between
      compliance and voluntary programs, the data are being used for a voluntary project
      run  by the EPA Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics in  which, as of March
      1992, 734 companies had pledged to reduce releases (by  either treatment or
      source reduction) of 17 chemicals by 304 million pounds.  The goal is to  achieve
      reductions of  700 million pounds by 1995.  While participation in the reduction
      program is voluntary, the reporting of releases is not and  requirements under the
      Clean Air Act provide an additional incentive to participate.161

2.2   Eco-Audits for industrial facilities

      Principles  of Environmental Enforcement notes that many countries and  international
organizations  including the  International Chamber of Commerce and UNEP advocate using
environmental auditing to build the  environmental management capability of companies.  Auditing
has become such a useful tool since it was developed in the U.S. to  encourage compliance with
new environmental laws that proposals to extend  its functions have been made frequently.
Sweden proposed an environmental auditing system  in 1988 that would have included an annual
environmental  report on compliance to the government by 6000 facilities.  The report would be
available to the public.  The  reports of the  600  largest establishments would be checked by an
independent auditor and provide the basis for an  inspection program.  This proposal was
withdrawn  but the requirement for annual environmental reports  was adopted.   About  3500 to
4000 reports are now prepared by Swedish companies.'7'  The UNEP report on public communi-
cation by companies includes the summary of an annual Environment Report by a Nobel
Industries plan, for example.  One section lists the maximum levels of some types of chemicals
the plant can consume. Other groups have also supported making audit results  public  in some
way.  The  Valdez Principles developed by CERES after the Exxon oil spell in Alaska call for an
annual independent audit to be made  available to the public.'8' The NGO conference in  Bulgaria
called for western firms to carry out comprehensive,  annual, and publicly available environmental
audits.'9'
      While some companies are beginning to issue environmental reports, the predominant
view among industry has been that audits are  performed to help industry managers to ensure
compliance with  laws.  The results are used internally,  not made  public.  Companies are
concerned that if audits must be made public they will no longer be as useful in candidly
examining a company's problems and might result in prosecution.

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             593


       Just how many  companies now actually perform audits is  unclear. The U.S. EPA
 sometimes requires companies to perform audits as part of enforcement actions as a means of
 identifying and correcting management problems that led to a violation.  One observer
 thinks most of the Fortune 500 companies do now audit on a regular basis. Others think
 that most companies are still in a fire-fighting mode and that only a handful of larger companies in
 sectors with  significant  environmental,  health, and safety vulnerability such as chemicals  are
 using formal auditing programs.(10)  The regulation of  CFCs and hazardous waste has also
 brought some large chemical user companies into the picture.
       The EC Commission has proposed  a version  of auditing that would include  public
 disclosure.   The Commission submitted an  Eco-Audit regulation to the EC Council  in January
 1992.   Although  it started as a mandatory system, the final version  provides for voluntary
 participation by the industrial sector. In the spring, the  Commission also issued a second draft of
 a proposed directive on integrated  pollution  prevention  and control that would apply to major
 industrial plants. The Commission considered including an inventory, drawing on U.S.  experience
 with the Toxics  Release  Inventory, in both these proposals. As of mid-summer, it planned instead
 to issue a third proposal  on an inventory.  The Eco-Audit regulation and integrated pollution
 prevention  and  control draft  still include  remnants of inventories. The three proposals illustrate
 the struggle to improve  compliance and increase public  accountability by establishing
 environmental management systems at facilities in EC member countries.
       What will emerge is unclear at this stage. The  integrated pollution prevention and control
 directive may  move forward  first  and require development of multi-media best available
 technology standards for major facilities with self-monitoring.   As  ENDS Report has noted in
 discussing  the auditing proposal:'111  "Few items of  EC environmental legislation have begun so
 ambitiously .  . . and  few have been whittled back so comprehensively  by the time they reached
 the stage of  a  formal legislative proposal."  Although no longer a mandatory requirement for
 annual  self-assessment requiring  outside  validation with parallels  to a financial audit, the
 regulation would still, if the  Council adopts it, extend the audit beyond an internal check on
 compliance for a company's managers by requiring a public environmental statement validated by
 an outside auditor.
       The Eco-Audit proposal  would require  an initial environmental review by the company to
 make a comprehensive analysis of the site including the choice and management of energy, raw
 materials and water; the selection  of production processes;  the life-cycle impacts of products;
 waste management; accident prevention; training; and public  information and  participation.  This
 review is similar to the assessment of the potential impact of new large-scale operations which is
 made public under the EC's  1985 directive on environmental  assessment.  Eco-Audits would be
 made at intervals between one and three years. Standards for the audit and auditor accreditation
 would be set by the International Standards Organisation.
       Under the proposed Eco-Audit, environmental  statements based  on the  findings  of the
 environmental review and on  the subsequent audits would include a summary of data on pollutant
 releases; waste generation; material and energy inputs and other significant environmental
 issues; a presentation of the  company's  environmental  policy and programme for the site; and an
 evaluation of  the performance of the environmental  protection system.  The statement is to be
 "kept at the disposal of the public" and submitted to the competent body in the EC member state.
      At the moment,  it appears likely that company environmental reports  will become more
 common.  It is  less clear how they will  relate  to compliance  auditing and the increasing use  of
 auditing as a means  of  identifying opportunities to prevent pollution.  Some companies such as
 Polaroid are issuing environmental reports that document specific changes in chemical use  and
 release.  The usefulness of corporate  environmental reports in increasing compliance and  in
 improving the environment  is likely to be directly related to the extent that they provide data that
systematically account for the relationship of a facility to the environment.

2.3    Eco-Labelling for products

      Product  design  is one  of the issues to  be  covered under the Eco-Audit.  Similarly,
numerous groups are focusing on  the  need  to include  products much more systematically  in

-------
594                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


programs aimed at pollution prevention and control.'121  Improving Material Safety Data Sheets as
a means of communicating between manufacturers and product users is one measure.  Some
countries such  as  Sweden, Denmark, and the Netherlands  are also developing the  idea of a
product impact  declaration or statement.  Sweden  has a product register that lists the chemical
composition of  about 60,000 products.  France also has a product register.  UNEP sponsors a
Clean Production Programme. U.S. EPA has begun a Design for Environment Program.
       One product information tool already in long-term  use is eco-labelling.   Germany  and
Canada, among others, have had extensive experience with eco-labelling programs.  Germany's
blue angel  program is credited with providing the incentive for companies to lower solvent levels
in their products. These programs aim to inform consumer choice and introduce a market-based
incentive to raising the environmental quality of a  class of products.'13'   The EC's eco-labelling
directive, adopted at the end of 1991, will provide a uniform  eco-labelling  program  for the  EC.
The  program will award an eco-label for environmentally less harmful products  in  order to
encourage  manufacturers to design  and produce products with reduced impact and consumers to
buy them. The directive applies to imported products so will put some pressure on manufacturers
elsewhere to compete.
       In the U.S. so far eco-labelling is in the hands of private groups such  as Green Seal which
certifies products designed and manufactured in an environmentally responsible  manner.   The
non-profit  group evaluates a product's impacts and develops standards aimed  at encouraging
environmentally preferable products  such as compact fluorescent lamps.'14'
       Eco-labelling is one means  of informing consumer choices. However, it  will cover only
certain product groups and is  based on a still developing methodology. The effectiveness of
labeling programs is  frequently questioned.  Environmental labeling in its broader sense is also
particularly prone to abuse which is one reason to develop labelling standards.   In  the U.S., a
report prepared by attorneys general from ten  states  highlights the problems with  the national
green marketing craze of the 1990's and reports on a 1990 Public Forum held jointly  with EPA
and the Federal Trade Commission. The  Forum called for federal  standards for environmental
marketing claims used in labelling, packaging, and promotion of consumer products.  It highlights
terms such as "degradable" and "recyclable" as  particular problems. The Green Report II makes
four recommendations:

       • Environmental  claims  should be as specific as possible, not general, vague,
       incomplete or overly broad;

       • Environmental claims  relating to  the disposability or potential for  recovery of a
       particular product should clearly disclose the general availability  of the advertised
       option where the product is sold;

       » Environmental claims should be substantive;

       • Environmental claims  should be supported by competent  and  reliable scientific
       evidence.'151

       Despite the  obstacles to  product labelling,  broad consumer demand for environmentally-
preferable  products is an  opportunity to use the  market to improve the ability  to  assess the
relationship of products to the environment and use purchasing power for  environmental
purposes.
3     FACTORS THAT INFLUENCE EFFECTIVENESS OF INFORMATION STRATEGIES

      Information tools interact with existing regulatory  systems and enforcement of their
provisions.  If there is weak enforcement, the tools can be a place to initiate action.  However,
they are  much more likely to be effective if there is a strong system that, for example, clearly
designates  liability for mismanagement of waste and includes stringent air and water standards.

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             595


 Besides the state of the regulatory system, two other factors influence  the  effectiveness of
 information tools.

 3.1    Designate responsibility for developing and reporting information

       The  three tools described above go beyond disclosure of information  by requiring
 generation  of data that  industry, government,  and the  public need. Uncertainty  continues to
 pervade understanding of environmental  problems.  Any tool that requires development and
 distribution  of reliable information and  encourages improvement in methodology can have a
 significant effect.
       The Toxics Release Inventory provides new information (specific chemical releases from
 specific facilities) in a useful form.  The Chief  Executive Officers  of most  companies  reporting
 these  data  and their surrounding communities previously had no base estimates about  the
 chemicals being stored and released.  Although there was much concern  about the likely
 accuracy  of the reports  before the inventory was initiated, in fact that has not been a major
 problem.  Instead the data are providing a starting point  for improving methods and undertaking
 broader projects to  estimate and monitor releases.  When  Amoco looked systematically at
 releases at  one  of its refineries it found that some of the  largest sources such as barge loading
 had not previously been identified.'161
       Auditing in its proposed  EC guise  also has  the  potential to increase the information
 developed about sources of pollution and habitat destruction and  disclose  it to the public.   An
 important  role in  developing auditing standards is being  played by  the International Standards
 Organisation.  Key questions are the level of specificity of the standards  and the diversity of
 participants  in the process of developing them.
       The increased  attention to labelling is driving the development of life cycle assessment.
 This tool is  just beginning to go beyond a rough calculation of amounts of common pollutants
 released.  In the past, in has not addressed toxic chemicals or looked at environmental  impacts.
 The demand for eco-labelling  is making better life cycle  assessment methods essential.'17'
 Ways must  also be devised to involve a diverse group in developing assessments  and  to make
 their assumptions and results public.  Thus the TRI, Eco-Audit, and eco-labelling are driving  the
 development as well  as the public availability of more usable information particularly about  the
 sources of pollution and ecological disruption.

 3.2    Use information management capabilities and provide for active distribution

       Accessibility is  the other side of disclosure.  How do different publics obtain the information
 in a form that is usable to them?  What infrastructure exists to educate the different publics on  the
 issues and facilitate distribution and use of the information?  With product labelling, the
 information comes with the product but  understanding it is likely to  be enhanced  by education
 campaigns and public access to the data on which it is based. Whether environmental statements
 prepared under the proposed Eco-Audit program would actually be distributed  and analyzed is
 unclear. No active distribution and  analysis is required by  the  regulation. Some university
 programs ^are analyzing the green plans  being  developed by governmental units in the United
 Kingdom.'181   Similar  analysis of  environmental  reports would  be important  to ensure that they
 improve company performance.
       The TRI demonstrates how accessibility by computer can turn public  disclosure into right-
to-know. Nevertheless, the TRI would not work by itself.   It is effective at bringing change in the
 U.S. because many companies care about their environmental image, the communications media
circulates  the information  widely, states  are  using it as the basis  for pollution  prevention, and
citizen  and environmental groups are organizing  on the basis of the information.   For example, a
Working Group on the Community-Right-to-Know  issues a regular newsletter and tracks
implementation of the  law.  Groups such as the Natural Resources Defense Council have used
the data and helped other groups use it to get provisions  to regulate toxic releases to air in the
 1990 Clean  Air Act. These groups are engaged in a "right-to-know-more"  campaign to obtain

-------
596                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


information on chemical use  and production and broader coverage of sources and types  of
chemicals.
      Although  it  can help raise public awareness,  public access to data is more likely  to
increase compliance with existing laws or push companies to obtain environmental results if the
importance of the  environment is high on the public's  agenda.   The types of  organizational
structures  may vary but infrastructure  is necessary for any information tool  to make  a significant
difference.  This may mean  civic or environmental groups analyzing data and pointing out
surprising  inconsistences  among companies.  It may mean professional associations donating
their scientific and information  management skills. It may mean investigative reporters competing
for environmental stories in the press or on television.   The strength of governmental environ-
mental programs is a  crucial factor in this mix that results in requirements  to improve, disclose,
and use information.
4      WILL SHIFT FROM  PUBLIC DISCLOSURE TO PUBLIC ACCOUNTABILITY IMPROVE
       COMPLIANCE AND  ENVIRONMENTAL RESULTS?

       These new information tools are strengthening compliance in three related ways: widening
participation, framing a broader interrelated approach to  environmental policy, and providing
information for reduction of pollution  and degradation at the source.
       First, they are increasing the numbers and types of people participating in  pollution
prevention  and environmental protection.  The TRI is not just being  used by one EPA office (as
most medium-specific databases are) but across  the  agency  and by other agencies of
government such as the Bureau of Mines and the Department of Energy.  It is being used by
investors and community groups and most importantly  by the companies themselves.  This wide
use increases the  likelihood that  environmental problems will be identified  and  solved.  A
Monsanto manager  notes this as a particular advantage. Making information public means more
people to work on solutions.'191  The TRI, environmental reports, and eco-labels are still early but
also significant steps toward developing  a  public accounting system for environmental impacts
useful for people ranging from product designers to community advocates.
       Second, these tools, particularly the TRI and the environmental report, begin to frame
environmental problems as a whole.   Notes a Rohm  and Haas manager:  "For the first  time,
engineers have had to  scrutinize their processes as a  whole  and quantify wastes released to all
media."(20)   Eco-Auditing is similarly aimed at the need to develop integrated, multi-media
approach to environmental  management in the EC.  Current compliance programs in  countries
such as the U.S. are caught in a fragmented regulatory legal system.  These programs draw on a
model such as the TRI  to help decide  how to transform their own databases into more accessible,
multi-media tools.
       Third, these environmental  information tools are particularly important in beginning to
provide data about sources  as well as about wastes and environmental contamination, the subject
of  most  compliance data.  Source  data are what is needed to develop new technologies and
reduce environmental impact. A  monitoring report of parts per billion  in water is not as useful to a
production engineer as screening  data from a product life cycle  assessment that compares
amounts and types  of waste generated at different steps in the manufacturing process.  In some
cases, especially at the beginning of the  reduction process when relatively easy  changes in
practices can be made, these data can save managers funds rather than costing more.
       The relationship between pollution  reduction and  compliance is a thorny one but two
examples demonstrate  how it is being worked out in using sector and whole facility approaches.
 In  the Netherlands, governments have been developing a process of Target Group Consultation
for most of a decade.  Agreeing on covenants to reduce waste and conserve energy with target
groups is a major way  in which the  Netherlands aims to achieve its reduction of about 60 percent
of  pollutants called for by  the  National Environmental Policy Plan.  The relationship of these
covenants  to the regulatory system  has been a continuing question.  As of the spring of 1992 the
covenants were expected to  have a status  in civil law and reductions to be written into
permits.'21'  Similarly, a whole facility approach in the U.S. state of Massachusetts is working out

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             597


the sometimes  tense relationship between inspectors and staff providing  assistance in pollution
prevention.  The Department of Environmental Protection trained a team to inspect electroplating
facilities along the Blackstone River which is contaminated with metals.  The project included 28
inspections and resulted in 19 notices of non-compliance, many of them with recommendations to
consult with the state's  Office  of Technical  Assistance.   The project not only demonstrated the
effectiveness of using single inspectors or a team of two inspectors  but re-visits showed that 23
facilities had implemented some type of reduction or prevention measure, much higher than the
expected five percent.'221

      New  kinds of information, widely distributed, often using  rapidly developing computer and
communications technology are one important key to  the next generation of environmental policy.
Many kinds  of information-about health and ecological effects and about uses of toxic chemicals
in products and processes and  releases from them-are needed. Innovative measures for sharing
information among companies, government, and the  public will  need to be developed to  handle
some types  of data. The road from "disclosure"  to "accountability" and the  "right-to-know" is  likely
to continue  to evolve along a tension-filled  but fruitful path as better information about sources
and effects and broader participation expand our understanding of how to achieve a sustainable
society.


      REFERENCES

1.    Wasserman, C. and Gerardu J., Principles of Environmental Enforcement.  Office of
      Enforcement, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, February 19, 1992.

2.    Commission of the European Communities.  Proposal for a Council Regulation Allowing
      Voluntary Participation by Companies in the  Industrial Sector in  a Community Eco-Audit
      Scheme.  Brussels, January, 1992, XI/83/91 -final.

3.    Sarokin,  D. and Schulkin J., Ecol. Econ., 4 (1991)  175-189.

4.    Muir,  W. in International Conference  on  Reporting Releases of Toxic Chemicals, Vienna,
      Austria, 13-15 November 1992, pp. 79-83.

5.    Office of Pollution Prevention and  Toxics.  1990 Toxics Release  Inventory Public  Data
      Release.  United States Environmental Protection Agency, May 1992.

6.    The literature documenting the use of the TRI is voluminous.   A good place  to start  is to
      review the EPA reports:

      Office of Pesticides and Toxic  Substances.  The Toxics Release  Inventory: A National
      Perspective.  United States Environmental Protection Agency, June 1989.

      Office of Pesticides and Toxics Substances.  Toxics in the Community: National  and Local
      Perspectives. United States Environmental Protection Agency, September 1990.

      Office of Pesticides and Toxics Substances.  Toxirs in the Community: National  and Local
      Perspectives. United States Environmental Protection Agency, September 1991.

      Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics.   1990  Toxics Release  Inventory  Public Data
      Release. United States Environmental Protection Agency, May 1992.

      Also see: Lynn, F.  The Toxic Release Inventory: An Evaluation  of Access, Use  and
      Impact.  Prepared for the  Office of Toxic Substances, United States Environmental
      Protection Agency, August 1991., Monsanto Corporation.  Environmental Annual Review.

-------
598                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


7.     Peter Sorngard. "An Approach to Environmental Audits,"  in Environmental Auditing in
      Cleaner Production Strategies. Invitation Expert Seminar, Trolleholm Castle, Sweden.
      Organized by Lund University with the UNEP/IEO Cleaner Production Programme and the
      Nordic Council of Ministers, April 1991.

8.     United Nations Environment Programme.  Companies' Organization and Public Communi-
      cation on Environmental Issues. Industry and Environment Office, Technical Report Series
      No. 6, 1991. p. 54.

9.     Sofia Statement.  Concluding Statement of the Conference  West Goes East: Opportunity
      of Pollution Transfer? Sofia, Bulgaria, 16-18 January 1992.

10.   Keyes, C. and Ervin, C.  Environmental Review of U.S.  Industrial Facilities: A Survey of
      Information Tools. Paper prepared  for the  Institute  for  European Environmental Policy,
      London, by World Wildlife Fund, United States, 1991.  p. 5.

11.   ENDS Report No. 206, March 1992.

12.   Lilienthal,  N., et al. Tackling Toxics in  Everyday Products:  A Directory of  Organizations.
      Inform, Inc., New York, 1992.

13.   Carswell,  L., et al. Environmental Labelling in  the United States: Background Research,
      Issues and Recommendations. Prepared for the Office of Pollution Prevention, United
      States Environmental Protection Agency,  1989.  Also see:  Salzman, J.  The OECD
      Observer., 169(1991)28-30.

14.   Dean, N. Life Cycle Review as a Tool in Standard Setting, in A Public Policy for Materials.
      World Wildlife Fund, Washington, D.C., in  press.

15.   Attorneys  General of California, Florida, Massachusetts, Minnesota, Missouri, New  York,
      Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Washington, and Wisconsin, The Green Report II:
      Recommendations for Responsible Environmental Advertising. 1991.

16.   Amoco Co. and U.S. EPA.   Pollution Prevention Project, Yorktown,  Virginia. Executive
      Summary. 1991.

17.   Society of Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry.  A Technical Framework for Lifecycle
      Assessment. Washington, D.C.,  1991.  Also  see: World Wildlife Fund. Getting at the
      Source: Strategies for Reducing Municipal Solid Waste. Washington, D.C., 1991.

18.   ENDS Report No. 206, March 1992.

19.   Beaver, E. in International Conference on Reporting Releases of Toxic Chemicals,  Vienna,
      Austria, 13-15 November 1992, p.  74.

20.   Fisher, E. in International Conference on  Reporting Releases of Toxic Chemicals,  Vienna,
      Austria, 13-15 November 1992, pp. 33-41.

21.   ENDS Report No. 205, February 1992.

22.   Greenbaum, D.   The Massachusetts Pollution Prevention Initiative.  Speech  Delivered  in
      Princeton, New Jersey, March 1992.

-------
TABLE 1  EXAMPLES OF ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION TOOLS
FACILITIES
Proposed
European Communities
Auditing Regulation
(1992)
FACILITIES\
SUBSTANCES

U.S. Toxic Release Inventory
(TRI)
Emergency Planning and
Community Right to Know Act
(Title III of the Superfund
Reauthorization Act of 1986)
WHAT KIND OF INFORMATION IS
DEVELOPED?

If opt into voluntary system, companies  must
perform environmental review of facilities
followed by audits (every 1  to 3 years); review
to include comprehensive analysis of choice and
management of energy, raw materials  and
water, production processes, lifecycle impacts of
products; waste management; accident
prevention;  training; public information  and
participation.
Facilities must report routine releases of 320 +
toxic chemicals to U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (U.S. EPA) and state environmental
agencies if they  have more than 10 employees
and use an amount of a listed chemical greater
than 10,000 Ibs or manufacture or process more
than 25,000 Ibs annually.
HOW IS THE INFORMATION MADE
ACCESSIBLE TO PUBLIC?

Environmental statements based on findings of
initial environmental review and subsequent
audits for the public to include a summary of data
on pollutant releases; waste generation; material
and energy inputs; company's environmental
progress  and programme for the site and
evaluation  of performance of the environmental
protection system.  Environmental  statements to
be kept the disposal of the public and submitted
to the competent body in the EC member  state.
Companies that complete audits are awarded a
symbol.
Accessible to the public through  computerized
databases, national annual reports, state
agencies, and additional analyses  by press,
companies, NGOs, and others.
                                                                                                                          o
o
o
m
3D
m

5
o

1
2
m
O
DO
O
PRODUCTS

European Communities
Eco-labelling Directive
(1991)
Symbol will be awarded after a firm provides
information  to relevant national agencies and
the  Commission  on European Communities  on
product lifecycle; resources used in manu-
facturing; and associated pollution and waste
data.
Symbol on label indicates that a product has an
environmental  impact significantly less than that
of other products in the same product group.
                                                                                                                          en
                                                                                                                          CD
                                                                                                                          CD

-------
TABLE 2  ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION AND THE PUBLIC: SAMPLE STATEMENTS 1986-1992 BY GOVERNMENT, INDUSTRY, AND
          NON-GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS
                                                                             CT>
                                                                             O
                                                                             O
GOVERNMENT

UNCED
Agenda 21, Chapter 19,
Environmentally Sound Management
of Toxic Chemicals,(Rio de Janeiro,  Brazil 1992)
Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development (OECD)
Guiding Principles for Chemical
Accident Preparedness and Response
[OECD Council Act C(88)85(Final) Annex II]
also SECTION D,  Environment Monographs
NO. 51,(1992)

OECD Guidance on Integrated Pollution
Prevention and Control Appendix to Council
Recommendation C(90)164(Final),(1991)
SAMPLE STATEMENTS

International Organizations are to consider developing guidance  on publicly
accessible information databases on  toxic chemicals for use by interested
governments.  Corporations are encouraged to provide release data voluntarily
for plants in countries where requirements do not exist.

The following statements on right-to-know are made:  "The broadest possible
awareness of chemical risks is a prerequisite for achieving chemical safety. The
principle of the right of the community and workers to know these risks should
be recognized." Yet, this right to know must be "balanced with  industry's right to
protect confidential business information."
"The following Guiding Principles are designed to facilitate the implementation by
Member countries of programmes and policies to ensure that the potentially
affected public is well informed about existing or planned hazardous installations
and to  facilitate opportunities for the public to provide input, as appropriate, into
decision-making  by public authorities concerning such installations."
"The public should be informed and consulted in the evaluation of the health and
environmental effects of substances." Technical methods include: "the  use  of
inventories of releases to all environmental media from installations, coupled with
inventories of inputs, to enable a 'mass balance' to be drawn up."
3D
1
o
i—
o
                                                                             o
                                                                             m
m
•z.
<
                                                                                                                                  m

                                                                                                                                  3
                                                                                                                                  3J
                                                                                                                                  O

-------
 U.S. Emergency Planning
 and Community Right-to-Know Act,
 U.S. Code 42 Section 11023 h., (1986)
 INDUSTRY

 Business Charter for
 Sustainable Development
 Principles 15 & 16,(1991)
U.S. Chemical Manufacturers Association (CMA)
Responsible Care Program, Waste Release
and Reduction Code, (1990)
European Chemical
Industry Federation (CEFIC)
Guidelines for the Communication
of Environmental Information
to the Public,(1987)
 "The release forms required under this section  are intended to provide
 information to the Federal, State and local governments and the public, including
 citizens of communities surrounding covered facilities. The release form shall be
 available to inform persons about releases of toxic chemicals to the environment;
 to assist governmental agencies, researchers, and other persons in the conduct
 of research and data gathering; to aid in the  development of appropriate
 regulations, guidelines, and standards; and for other similar purposes."
Principle  15  promotes "Openness to Concerns."  Companies  should foster
dialogue with employees and the public about the potential hazards and impacts
of operation, products, wastes, and services - including those concerns of global
significance.

Principle 16 addresses "Compliance and Reporting," companies should conduct
regular  audits and periodically provide information to "the  Board of Directors,
shareholders, employees, authorities, and the public."

"This Code is designed to achieve on-going reductions in the  amount  of all
contaminants and pollutants released to air, water and land from member
country  facilities.  These reductions are intended to respond to public concerns
about the existence of such releases..."

"Provide the public with the information necessary to enable them  to understand
the potential environmental effects of the companies' operations and be
prepared to respond to expressions of public concern."  The public includes
"public authorities, customers, and contractors."
                                                                                                                                  H
                                                                                                                                  o
                                                                                                                                  o
                                                                                                                                  o
30
m
z
o
m
O

m
                                                                                                                                  §
                                                                                                                                  m

                                                                                                                                  |

                                                                                                                                  m
o
3D
O
                                                                                                                                 O5
                                                                                                                                 O

-------
NGOs

Sofia Statement
from West goes East Conference:
Opportunity or Pollution Transfer?.
(Sofia, Bulgaria 1992)
   113 public interest participants
   from 27 countries, including
   Central and Eastern European nations
NGOs should develop a database on foreign investors, hold annual regional
progress conferences, and request accident and release data.

Governments should carry out yearly environmental audits which are made
public, complete full environmental impact assessments which are developed
with  public comment,  release TRI data,  and  establish an  investment database
with environmental information.

Firms should provide TRI data to all countries in  which  they operate, follow
responsible care practices, carry out publicly accessible audits and assessments,
and provide liability terms and information.
                                                                             8
WWF-International
Toxics Statement for UNCED,(1992)
Vienna Principles
International Conference on Reporting
Releases of Toxic Chemicals,
(Vienna, Austria 1991)
   Principles signed by public
   interest representatives from European,
   U.S., and International NGOs.
Databases  on toxics should be publicly  accessible  and provide information on
both uses and releases of chemicals; consistent core data elements should be
developed for comparing data across borders; companies should  provide TRI
data to all countries in which they operate; and technical assistance should be
provided to aid countries in establishing right to know programs.
"The public's right to know is a fundamental attribute  to democracy," therefore,
information on sources of chemicals, impacts of industrial hazards and pollution
should be revealed;  industry should  operate  around  the world to the highest
standard of  environmental protection;  transnational companies should release
TRI-equivalent data; The U.S.  EPA  and the Commission  of the European
Communities should support information gathering  legislation;  and the TRI
should be expanded to cover the full range of industrial operations that affect the
environment.
                                                                                                                                   o
                                                                                                                                   o
m
33
m
z
O
m
m
<
                                                                                                                                   m
                                                                                                                                   Tl
                                                                                                                                   O
                                                                                                                                   33
                                                                                                                                   O
                                                                                                                                   m

-------
Vesprem Declaration
International Conference
on Prevention of, Emergency Planning for,
and Response to Accidents,
(Vesprem, Hungary 1990)
   Statement of public interest
   representatives from 9 European
   countries and the U.S.
"Every citizen has the right to be notified about and to gather verified information
about chemical substances (including radioactive  materials); quantities
processed; stored and used; specific management of these substances; effects
to health and the environment of these substances; accidents involving these
substances; routine emissions, and waste production  from government-controlled
and private industrial activities."
H
m
3J
                                                                            O
                                                                            O
Coalition for Environmentally
Responsible Economies (CERES)
Valdez Principles,(1989)
   Developed by environmental
   groups and investors
   interested in social change
Signatory companies commit to publish  an annual reportVaudit on their
environmental performance.
o
m
                                                                            m
                                                                            <
                                                                                                                                 >
                                                                                                                                 m
                                                                                                                                 o
                                                                                                                                 3D
                                                                                                                                 O

-------
604                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            605


 FREE ACCESS TO  INFORMATION AND THE LICENSING  PROCEDURES FOR INDUSTRIAL
 PLANTS: THE FLEMISH AND BELGIAN SITUATION

 RIK DE BAERE

 Lawyer, Bond Beter Leefmilieu - Flanders, Overwinningsstraat 26, 1060 Brussels, Belgium


 1      INTRODUCTION

       Openness of  government and  the right to information  and involvement of  citizens are
 evidence of the democratic nature of a society. When  citizens are  given the power to elect their
 own political  representatives, it is essential that these voters are given the opportunity to assess
 the policies of their delegates.
       This  primarily  implies that  government and information  should be  public and freely
 accessible.

       Various recent national and Flemish  legislative initiatives suggest that Belgium, too, will
 finally  see some  movement  towards meeting  the long-standing demand for more openness of
 government.
       Unlike  our West  European neighbours, Belgium still  lacks national  legislation which
 guarantees general openness of government,  let alone the fact that the principle of publicity of
 information is already implemented. The environmentalist movement in Belgium still comes up
 against the very strictly interpreted duty of secrecy for public servants.
       Recently, though, a number of political initiatives were taken towards more openness:
   -   The national (federal) Minister of the  Interior provided for more openness within his own
       department, as there  was no political consensus for  a general arrangement on federal
       level;
   -   The national  Minister  of  Employment  tried  to grant unions access  to  information  on
       environmental matters inside companies;
   -   The Flemish Minister  of the Interior  successfully  launched  a draft  decree for a  general
       arrangement regarding publicity of government information.

       It is striking, though, how the politicians and their proposed regulations focus chiefly on the
 access of private  individuals to personal files and documents regarding administrative decisions.
 The  publicity  of  data  which concern  the   whole  population,  or  at least a large section, is
 traditonally given less importance.


 2      PASSIVE PUBLICITY OF ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION

 2.1     General environmental information

       Yet on 7 June 1990 the  European Community  adopted  a Directive which by the end of
 1992 will guarantee free access to environmental information and thereby extends the principle of
 publicity to information "of public interest".
       It is no coincidence that precisely with regard to  the environment the EEC is implementing
 a system of passive publicity (access on request). The environment belongs to every one of us
 and therefore everyone is entitled to know how his environment is  being managed and  how the
state of the  environment is developing. Unlike in most of our neighbouring countries, people in
 Belgium too often have trouble giving  legal backing to their demand for  access,  as  they  mis
 (temporarily, we hope) a general legal  framework regarding openness of government or specific
legal guarantees.
       Like in Flanders, the Walloon and Brussels region has  implemented the directive whereas
nationally  the publicity of environmental  information is  still far off, although  the  Belgian

-------
606                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


government has to implement this directive  before  the  beginning  of  1993 for their specific
competence in the field of environmental policy.

      The Flemish government has  adopted the European  guidelines regarding  publicity of
environmental data practically word for word in  the VLAREM (see below).
      Since the beginning of September 1991, every  person can, for a nominal  fee, request the
Flemish provincial councils for  all information regarding the state of our environment and all the
various activities which either damage or protect it. Theoretically the provincial council will answer
within a month if the information is available and for which  price this information can be obtained.
A month after the payment  of the fee the information should be  sent to the applicant. In the
meantime it has been  proved that this laborious and time-consuming procedure (up to 2 months)
does not work and that the innumerable and broadly interpretable exceptions do not impede the
practical accessibility of information.

      Stimulated  by  the  environmentalist  movement, there  is  a growing demand for
comprehensible  and  legally  correct  information regarding the  state of the environment (active
publicity), along with simple access to precise test  results and licences (passive publicity).
      For this reason, the Flemish environmentalist movement was eager to learn about the first
experiences with VLAREM and the publicity of  environmental information in Flanders by trying out
the  legislation  with some test-cases. These   proved no  success. In most  of  the  cases the
responsible provincial authority  answered much too late and incomplete. Even the minister did not
react in time when we  did appeal against some of  these responses.
      This delay is caused by the fact that in  most cases  the province has to  ask herself for the
information to  other authorities. The formal possibility of direct contact between the  public and
these authorities would mean  an extra gain  of time.  This does not  mean  that it remains very
useful to organise  a central  official body for people who do not know where  exactly to ask for
some information.

2.2    Freedom of environmental information within the company

      According to a decree,  called Vlarem  II, which is  very recently adopted by the Flemish
government, workers and their representatives  have the  possibilty to ask for the disclosure  of all
the  information  which  has  to be tranferred  by  the  company they  work  for,  to the Flemish
environmental  administration. This is very interesting specially  because the same decree obliges
some companies to organise themselves a system of permanent measurement  of emissions.


3     ACTIVE PUBLICITY OF ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION.

      It is debatable whether the regulations regarding passive publicity that are contained in the
VLAREM will affect the policy of active publicity of  the Belgian and Flemish governments.
      At  least  in serious  emergency  situations, the  official measurement data  should  be
communicated  as  soon as  possible to the concerned citizens. The objectionable policy with
regard to  certain "traditional" environmental problems affecting Flanders during summer shows
how the practical implementation of the publicity of environmental information should be followed
with the necessary suspicion.

      In periods of high ozone concentrations, which constitute a reliable criterion for the general
level of air pollution, the Belgian people are only informed as  soon as the ozone level reaches
200 microgram/nf  in several places  and for several days.  Nevertheless, it is known that children
get breathing  problems when  they have been playing for a few hours in ozone levels of 160
microgram. The authoritative  medical  magazine  "The  Lancet"  recently reported  how asthma
patients react more heavily to allergens when exposed to an ozone level of 120 microgram.

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             607


       The Belgian government should warn asthma patients and their doctors whenever pollution
 becomes so serious that they might suffer. Whenever there is  so  much pollution that children
 should not play outside (for too long), the people ought to know.
       There is no point at all in waiting for several days until the pollution  has become general
 before warning the population.

       About the salmonella poisoning of the  coastal water, too, the Secretary of State for the
 Environment releases no up-to-date  information either, not even if the legal quality standards are
 exceeded.  Independent tests by our organisation and the  testing  programme of the National
 Institute  for Hygiene and  Epidemiology have shown that this summer the water at some of the
 Belgian beaches did not satisfy the legal standards. Nevertheless, these results, such as the level
 of salmonella bacteria in the water,  are obscured by an overall  quality assessment of  which the
 criteria are not at all clear and which does not take account of the standards laid down  in the
 European  bathing  water directive.  Moreover,  bathing  water which does  not  satisfy  the  legal
 regulations is even officially rated as  "good" or "very good".
       Since the  results  of  the tests, which  should  indicate   the non- compliance with the
 standards, are not given wide publicity, the spirit of the  Directive regarding the free access to
 environmental information is not observed either.
       To avoid misplaced  fear of "unexpert and alarmist"  interpretations, the population is  often
 only given a few brief quality assessments  or is informed  belatedly of the fact that danger levels
 have been exceeded. Individuals must have the opportunity to compare the available data on the
 quality of the environment with more precise personal health  requirements. Democratic  control of
 the compliance with environmental  quality  standards is only possible  if the relevant up-to-date
 measuring data are available.
       The  publication of evaluation  reports long after the  event  does  not alter the fact that the
 population should  be informed quickly and  completely. As a  matter of fact.only  in Wallonia  does
 there exist a legal  obligation to publish an annual report called "Etat de I'environnement wallon".

       In  their  policy of openness,  the authorities  should regard  the  population as  an  equal
 interlocutor with the right  of involvement and  of  access  to all currently  available  objective
 information concerning the state of the environment and of nature.
 The aforementioned examples show that in actual practice  all legal regulations concerning the
 passive publicity of environmental information  threaten to become  pointless without a general
 change in  mentality towards more openness of government. Perhaps the  European Community
 might  have to give the  Belgian government a little push in the direction of general openness of
 government. A general European framework  for active publicity of environmental information
 would  be even better.                                                                ~
4      OPENNESS AND PARTICIPATION DURING LICENSING PROCEDURES

4.1    Former problems

       Under the present division of competence between the national Belgian government and
the 3 regions (Flanders, Wallonia and  Brussels), the regions  have practically full authority with
respect to environmental matters since 1980.
       On the one hand there are the national regulations which remain in force until such time
as they have been replaced by new regional legislation. On  the  other hand, each  region has
separate  laws  and procedures for various  environmental matters  concerning  industrial
establishments. So, since 1980 this  regional legislation has gradually eroded the old national
legislation.  That is why in  Belgium  a highly complex  body of laws and divergent  licensing
procedures  has evolved, some  of  which  are  very  deficient  with  respect to publicity and
involvement.

-------
608                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


      The national law of 26.03.1971 regarding the protection of the surface water, for instance,
has  put  in  place  an  entirely  closed  licensing procedure  for effluent water, without public
investigation and without the opportunity of access to licence applications and issued licences.
      The Flemish decree of 02.07.1981 regarding waste management does  not  provide for
public investigation when issuing waste  disposal licences. It is possible,  though, to  lodge an
administrative appeal.
      On the other hand, operating licences that are issued on the basis of a national set of
regulations dating  from  1946, which only regulate  air and noise pollution, are issued after the
public had the formal possibility to make remarks or to appeal.

      The Flemish region has used its  new powers to make some significant improvements to
the licensing procedures for nuisance industries.
      Beginning of September 1991, a new environmental licence legislation became effective in
Flanders (Vlaams reglement inzake milieuvergunningen - VLAREM (Flemish Legislation governing
Environmental Licences).
      The  new  global  "environmental  licences"  incorporate  all  previous  sectorial  licences
(operation, discharge of industrial water,  waste treatment, storage and disposal  of toxic waste).
Even the building  licence cannot be implemented as long as  the environmental  licence has not
been issued.
      Until lately, separate licences had to be  requested for all  these different aspects,  such
according to separate procedures with very different modalities.
This situation  continues  to  exist  in Brussels  and  in  Wallonia  where  such  uniformity  and
improvements regarding publicity and public involvement have not yet been achieved.

4.2   Licensing procedure for a nuisance industry according to VLAREM

      The licence application is deposited for public at the town hall for a period of 30 days. If
necessary, this application is supplemented with an environmental  impact assessment or safety
report.  The  environmental  impact assessments are  drawn  up  according  to the guidelines
contained in Directive 85/337/EC which were  adopted in a number of  provisional implementing
orders only as recently as 23 March 1989. For the safety reports, the VLAREM provides  for a
procedure which is almost identical to that for the environmental impact reports.
       Our experience with environmental impact assessment is therefore quite new. However,
certain  problems  are  already  manifesting  themselves.  Particularly the limited and belated
involvement  of the  public in the assessment procedure gives rise to  misunderstandings and
frustration. No public   involvement is provided for while the report is being  drawn  up; third
persons only get to see the report when it has been completed. Only during the short term of the
public investigation of  the global application (30 days) can the report be  perused  and formally
some outdated suggestions or criticism be given.
       The  applications  for the  most polluting industrial  plants (category  I) are published in 2
newspapers or weeklies. Owners and users of a building within a radius of 100 metres around the
perimeters  of  the sites  of  the establishments concerned  are  informed  in writing  of  these
applications.
       Appeals against the planned establishments can be lodged with the council within the term
of the public investigation.
       The licence is also posted up for 30  days and open  for public at the town  hall. During
these 30 days, a non-suspensive appeal  may be lodged with the authorities. After these first thirty
days, the old licences may be consulted at the town hall for at least two days a week. The secret
nature of Belgian  licences for the disposal  of  effluent water thus removed; the same applies for
these licences which were issued before the new legislation came into effect.
       The environmental  licence itself  remains public, but the other elements  contained  in the
licence application such as opinions and reports  (including environmental impact  assessments
and safety reports) theoretically disappear for good into the archives after the procedure.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             609


       The VLAREM  has undoubtedly introduced some major  improvements to the licensing
procedures for nuisance industries. Our first experiences with the new regulations are therefore
rather  good. Nevertheless  a democratic process  in  the  environmental impact  and safety
assessment are an absolute precondition in order not to create definitive distrust with the Flemish
people towards  these undoubtedly very useful policy instruments. Here, too,  the European
Community can  play  an  important role  by adjusting the European directive  on environmental
impact assessment.
       A  separate European  directive containing minimum guidelines for publicity  of applications
and licences; opportunities for public  involvement and duty of justification and information could
certainly  be useful to the development of more democratic licensing procedures for industrial
plants  in  European countries and  regions where, (like for example in Belgium: Brussels  and
Wallonia) there is still much scope for  improvement in this area.

-------
610                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                            611


USE  OF  PUBLIC  DISCLOSURE  IN  ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION  PROGRAMS  TO
ENHANCE COMPLIANCE AND CHANGE BEHAVIOR IN THE UNITED STATES

KEOUGH, PAUL G.1  and WILLARD, NORMAN L2

1   Deputy  Regional  Administrator, Region  I, U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency, John  F.
Kennedy Federal Building,  Boston, Massachusetts, 02203 (USA)

2  Environmental Protection Specialist, Air, Pesticides & Toxics Management  Division, Region I,
U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency,  John  F.  Kennedy  Federal  Building,  Boston,
Massachusetts 02203 (U.S.A.)
       SUMMARY

       Public disclosure of environmental information is a cornerstone of the regulatory process of
the United States. Virtually every piece of national legislation requires self monitoring, and the full
and open reporting of environmental data by the regulated community. It is increasingly clear that
the public disclosure of this data is playing an  important role in achieving compliance and in
fostering improved environmental management.
       There are  several points that are highlighted in this paper: (1) the public has  clear and
specific access to virtually all of the self-monitoring data submitted at the state and national level,
(2) public access  to data like that filed under the Toxics Release Inventory program has led to
dramatic reductions in emissions and a growing participation in voluntary reduction programs, (3)
public  notice can  be  an  important enforcement tool in statutes like the Safe Drinking Water  Act
and the Clean Water Act, (4) using press releases and publicity about violations and enforcement
actions serves as a deterrent and can  lead to improved compliance rates, (5) data integrity is of
great significance, (6) public notification can  help stimulate pollution prevention efforts on the part
of the business industry.


1      PUBLIC ACCESS TO COMPLIANCE MONITORING DATA

       In the United States, data furnished by the regulated community is relied upon not only to
determine compliance status, i.e. is the source in  or out of compliance with  applicable regulations,
but also to analyze compliance patterns, target  compliance inspections and focus enforcement
actions at the state and national  level.  Self-monitoring  in some instances is required through
legislative action or in some  cases, self-monitoring is required under rulemaking  authority of  the
state or national agency. Since there are  hundreds of thousands of sources to be  regulated in  the
United  States, self-monitoring and the reporting of that data to  the responsible agency is  the
underpinning of this  nation's  environmental  control program.  It simply is not possible to have
inspectors check each and every facility.
       Virtually all of  the self-reported  information in the United States is available to the media
and the public, and the regulated community submitting data is well aware of this. The  mere fact
that this data can be subjected to public scrutiny in and of itself can act as a powerful motivator. It
helps make sure that business and  industry  files  all of the required information and in a growing
number of instances  acts as  an incentive for industry to go beyond mere compliance with  the
applicable law or regulation.
       Regulatory  agencies at the Federal and State level undertake proactive programs in  order
to make sure that the public has access to the data filed by the regulated community.
       Under the Clean Water Act, for example, sources holding an EPA permit to discharge into
waterways  must  implement  as a permit   condition  sampling  and  testing  programs. These
discharge monitoring reports give detailed data including facts on whether or not the source is in
compliance  with all of its requirements and, if not, how the source intends to correct the problem.
Quarterly non-compliance reports are routinely prepared and sent to individuals and groups on a

-------
612                              INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


mailing list. Individuals wishing to receive this data can simply write to EPA and be added to the
list.
      EPA often is required to file  annual reports to the U.S. Congress on certain pieces of data
that  it collects under the various statutes.  The agency  routinely releases these reports  to the
public as well.
      In  many  Regions of  EPA  press releases  are  issued,  briefings  are  held  and  reports
released on data submitted by various companies.  The  key objective is to make sure that the
data obtained by a public agency actually reaches the public. Often, however, the data released
as part of a proactive effort is cumulative in nature - it gives a general picture of the data from a
Regional or national viewpoint - it is not industry specific.
      Many  representatives  of the public  want more  specific  information that pertains to  an
individual  company or companies in a carefully defined geographic area. In the U.S.,  thousands
of requests for data of this  kind are released to the  public under the Freedom of Information Act
or a comparable state  statute. These laws  were established to  ensure that the public has total
access to regulatory agencies' files.
      At  the national level, the Freedom of Information  Act was passed in 1978 and it  is clear
from its history that it was intended as a disclosure  law,  not a withholding law.  In our Region as
well  as in  all of the other parts of EPA, there is  a presumption in favor of releasing information.
      Only a few exemptions are  allowed.  First, a business or  industry can request that certain
pieces of  data be withheld  because it contains trade secrets that would hurt them and/or one or
more of their competitors. Such a  request is not automatically guaranteed. EPA must rule on a
case by case basis that it contains  confidential  information that should not be released. If such an
exemption is granted, the confidential  business information must be handled very differently than
other data filed by the regulatory community.
       In  a Region like  ours, only  a handful of people who  have certain security clearances and
who have passed a required annual test have access to such information. This group also must
sign documents  pledging that they will not divulge this confidential  information and the penalties
for violating that pledge  are very serious. This high level of security is necessary in order to make
sure that this confidential data is not inadvertently released.
       Second, draft documents and working papers are also exempt from public access as are
sensitive  enforcement information, individual personnel records, matters of national  defense or
foreign policy, internal agency rules and information exempted under any other statute.
       Handling  the requests that come in under this act can be extremely resource intensive. In
our Region, for example, some 1900 requests for various pieces  of data were received in 1991.
       When the request comes in it must be logged in, assigned a number and input  into  the
computer for tracking purposes. This  is critical since under the  law, the agency has  10  working
days to respond to the  request. The request then has to be  reviewed by the person in charge of
that information  as well  as  by an attorney. In most instances it is determined that the  information
can  be immediately released. In our Region, in about 15 percent of the cases, it is  determined
that portions, or  all of the request must be denied because the information is exempted under the
law. EPA must notify the requestor of that denial and state specifically why that data  can not be
released. The requestor does have appeal  rights and in  some instances the information ends up
being released.
       Once a positive  determination  is made, the information must be copied and sent back to
the  requestor. Often the files are voluminous and it takes a good deal of effort to complete that
copying process.  Under the  law, EPA can  charge a requestor a specified amount for that task.
The Agency must notify the requestor of the estimated cost before the copying gets underway. In
many instances  the Agency is asked to waive  those costs since release of the data would clearly
be "in the public interest". Those waivers are granted for the most part except in cases where the
requestor is  gaining  the  information  for  a  profit making venture (such  as requests from
environmental consulting firms that are trying to get information to augment its business contacts).

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             613


 2      PUBLIC DISCLOSURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL RELEASES

       One telling example of a disclosure law in the United States yielding unexpected benefits,
 is  the  Toxics Release Inventory (TRI) program under  the  Emergency  Planning and Community
 Right to  Know Act of 1986 (EPCRA). This law requires  manufacturers who discharge/use more
 than 10,000 pounds  of any of  300 chemicals  or chemical categories, to record and  report to the
 U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency on any releases and off-site transfers. TRI is  essentially a
 reporting and public disclosure  instrument.
       Since  1987, EPA has issued an annual public report on the data contained in the Toxics
 Release  Inventory submitted by more than  22,000 facilities all  across the United States.
       When  the first report was issued,  U.S.  regulators, reporting corporate  officials and the
 general public  at  large were  stunned at  the high volume  of toxics being released into the
 environment or being transferred off site. This  was the first comprehensive report of its kind and it
 showed that more than 7  billion pounds of toxics were being released or transferred off  site by
 U.S. facilities. The public was in an uproar and the release  of this data had a profound impact on
 the regulated community.
       It  should  be noted  that, under TRI, a company  is not  required to reduce their emissions,
 but because  of  the negative publicity resulting from full disclosure of the TRI data, many  U.S.
 corporations have embarked on aggressive programs to minimize waste, to use  smaller amounts
 of toxic materials, and to substitute less toxic constituents in their processes.
       Even where the use and release  of  toxic chemicals  is legally permissible per agency
 standards and legal requirements, public disclosure of the amounts of these releases by EPA has
 prompted major action by sources to  reduce such use and releases. No  facility  wants to  be
 identified as a major  emitter or  user of chemicals even when their actions are completely legal.
       The public release of the TRI data is accomplishing its intended goal. Each year there has
 been an  overall decrease in total  releases and transfers.  For example,  there has  been an  11
 percent decrease in TRI releases and transfers in the last two  years.
       This simple act of  reporting  and the public disclosure of self-generated  data has had a
 persuasive and dramatic effect at U.S. facilities that use and release chemicals.
       As a direct result of the release  of the  TRI data, national legislation was  enacted in 1990
 (the Pollution Prevention Act) that expanded EPA's role in encouraging industrial source reduction
 and recycling in  all of its regulatory and  non-regulatory programs by requiring sources to report on
 what efforts they have underway to reduce, recycle, reuse  or treat each chemical reported on a
 TRI form.
       The publication of this data has also produced an avalanche of legislation at the state level
 requiring  more specific information reporting from companies. Approximately 16 states, through
 legislation, now  variously require sources  to report to  regulating  agencies on how  they plan to
 reduce their emissions, reduce  their use of toxics materials,  reduce waste streams  and prevent
 pollution.
       The TRI  data base is  completely  computerized and  the  public has full  access to that
 information. EPA, in  many Regional Offices, has undertaken training problems on how to access
 the data.  In the New  England Region, for example, training courses for environmental newspaper,
 radio and television  reporters  were  held. That Region  has also trained environmental group
 leaders and staff members of elected officials.  This type of training is critical to ensure wide public
dissemination of  the material contained in TRI.


3      PUBLIC NOTICE AS AN ENFORCEMENT TOOL

       In  many instances  the release of self  generated data can  be  very useful  in returning  a
violator to compliance or in actually generating  a formal enforcement action.
       As noted earlier, under the  Clean Water  Act,  summaries of the discharge monitoring
reports filed by business  and industry are routinely  circulated.  Citizen  groups also  review EPA
files to determine if any violators of the Clean Water Act have been reported by those holding
permits.

-------
614                             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


       As a result, over the years, groups have brought a number of suits against companies for
violation of these permits. Approximately 100 cases a year have been brought under the Clean
Water Act citizen suit provisions. In 1991, nearly $5 million in  penalties were imposed as a result
of these citizen suits. The previous year was also a record where nearly $3  million was collected.
It is  clear then that under the Clean  Water Act, a company's own data is  being used to generate
enforcement action. This certainly acts as an incentive for companies to stay in compliance.

       It should  be noted that in many instances these citizen suits  have  been filed because the
government at the Federal or state level has been unwilling or unable to take enforcement action.
In some instances these suits have helped the government improve its  compliance roles.
       Another form of public disclosure can be found in the Safe Drinking Water Act. Under this
law,  water  suppliers must  routinely  sample drinking  water,  typically  once  a month, obtain
independent laboratory  certification  of contaminant levels, keep records  and report compliance
status on a monthly basis to  the  regulatory agency. Depending on the seriousness of the
violations, sources must make a full disclosure to the appropriate regulatory agency within forty-
eight hours.
       In addition, if monitoring  reveals serious non-compliance, water supply customers must be
notified  by  radio/television  broadcast, newspapers and/or by direct  mail  within specified  time
frames.  Naturally,  such  disclosure of problems with a water supply can lead to a lot of pressure
on the supplier to immediately correct the deficiency. The consumers will demand quick response.
Once such  contamination is reported, subsequent remediation or corrective action must also be
publicly noticed and reported regularly to the agency until water quality  is restored.
       Water suppliers take extra steps to ensure a safe water supply  knowing  full well that there
will be full public disclosure of any problems.


4      THE POWER OF THE PRESS

       As noted earlier, the  press has access to much of the self-generated environmental data
required of  the  regulated community. This  can  act as an incentive for sources to provide data
required by the  government in  a complete  accurate and timely fashion. Non reporting  in and of
itself can be damaging to a company's public image and can lead to  civil or criminal liability.
       In the  U.S., as  in many other countries, the  fear of  adverse  publicity acts  as a strong
deterrent to non-compliance with  environmental  requirements. Having  a positive  image  in  a
society of environmentally concerned citizens/consumers is important to regulated sources. In the
U.S., companies want  to be known  as "green" companies they  do not want to be labelled
"polluters."  Because public disclosure of non-compliance is  damaging, this mechanism is  used
deliberately as  a tool  by  lawmakers, courts,  agencies  and  environmental  groups to obtain
compliance.
       In the  U.S., State and Federal environmental agencies  commonly  issue press  releases
about non-compliance  by individual  sources.  Agency records of  non-compliance, even when
based on source-furnished data, are available to the public and often are publicly disclosed.
       In the U.S., EPA's national and regional offices routinely issue press releases and news
stories about  enforcement actions and penalties assessed against non-complying sources. The
same is true of state environmental agencies.
       EPA annually issues  an Enforcement Accomplishment Report which includes  individual
case summaries. This is widely disseminated to citizens throughout the country. The agency also
reports on its efforts to Congress and this data is also available to the public.
       Members of the  press and environmental groups commonly review compliance information
in agency files that has been supplied by sources. This too can  lead to press related stories and
even citizen law suits against non-complying sources.
       Corporations in the U.S. fear bad publicity. It is bad for their  image.  It can hurt their sales
and a damaged  reputation can sometimes put a company out of business. The fear of a
negative image  is very real, and therefore, many companies knowing that there will  be public
disclosure of data they are providing, go out of their way to ensure compliance.

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             615


       Business  and  industry  also  utilize  the press.  When monitoring  and  data show
 improvements or significant reductions in pollution levels, U.S. industry routinely contacts the
 media to get that message  out. Industry has come to recognize  that being more open  and
 releasing information on a timely fashion can be to their advantage.
       In our Region, we have found  that the press can be  a major ally in helping to improve
 compliance. Often after publicizing an enforcement case, we will hear from other companies who
 may  be having a problem  and want to talk to us about  how they  can resolve  their non-
 compliance. Companies have often asked us to withhold the issuance of a press release or have
 asked us if they can review such a  release before it is sent out to the press. In our Region, we
 issue a release on every  enforcement action. Whether to issue a release or not is non-negotiable.
 We do not allow a company to review a press release before  it is issued, however, if a facility  is
 cooperating with us and  moving  quickly to correct the problem, we will give them credit  for that
 activity  in  our release. We also have received  "tips"  about  similar  compliance  problems from
 people who read or hear about an enforcement  action in the press.  We send inspectors out to
 follow-up on these complaints. We are the only Region (among the 10 EPA  Regions) that issues
 a release on every action. We certainly feel that making this information available to the media -
 and  therefore the public  - helps  make business and industry want to comply with  the law. The
 press can be a powerful ally.


 5      INTEGRITY OF DATA IS KEY

       In order to have full and complete  disclosure,  EPA as well as state agencies undertake a
 number of programs to ensure data integrity.
       First and foremost, it is important  to make sure that all sources that are  required to file
 self-monitoring data, do exactly that. The  agency does take action against those who fail to file
 the required information and there are stiff monetary penalties  for those who refuse to cooperate.
 For  example,  under  the  TRI  program, more  than $16  million in penalties for not filing timely
 reports  has been assessed. Tracking is done under the Clean Water Act to make sure that the
 required discharged monitoring reports are filed. When a  report  is not  filed on  a timely basis
 penalties can be assessed.
       Making sure that the data is  complete and accurate is also important. EPA relies  heavily
 on data  generated by the regulated community. The Agency  takes a number of  steps to make
 sure that what is being filed is accurate information. Surprise audits of a company's discharge are
 undertaken for example.
       The penalties for  filing false  or inaccurate data are very  severe  and can even result in
 criminal actions.  In our Region we have initiated  criminal actions against several  companies we
 believed filed false data in order  to avoid  a showing of non-compliance. The Agency has shown
 its willingness to use every enforcement tool at its  disposal to guarantee the integrity of its data.


 6      PUBLIC DISCLOSURE HAS LED TO MAJOR POLLUTION PREVENTION  EFFORTS

       Having a good environmental record is of primary importance to many U.S. businesses
 and  industry. The regulated community also  has  come to recognize  that a  heavy emphasis on
 enforcement at the State and Federal level has made it very costly to go out of compliance.
       Businesses are well aware that the data they submit to regulators will be  open to public
 scrutiny.  As  a  result,  many  corporations, particularly  major  ones,  have begun  to implement
 ambitious pollution prevention programs.   Instead of  cleaning up pollution  at the end  of  the
 pipeline,  businesses have begun to implement programs to prevent pollution from occurring in the
 first place.  They therefore, in their  report  to the  regulating  agencies, will show progress. Many
 businesses and  industries in  order  to get full credit for their efforts, issue press releases  or
 progress reports  on their  efforts. It is the regulated community  itself that utilizes public disclosure
when there is a good story to tell. Many  U.S. corporations have recognized the importance of
disclosing environmental success  stories and this  has led to more awareness that  it is necessary
to implement pollution prevention programs.

-------
616                            INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT


7     CONCLUSION

      Full  and open public disclosure of virtually all data  supplied to the government by the
regulated community is a somewhat unique feature of the U.S. regulatory process. While some in
the regulated community may not like it, the fact is that disclosure has brought many benefits to
environmental management in the U.S. The public has come to  expect full and open disclosure
as part of the regulatory process.

-------
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                          617
      OUTLINE OF PROCEEDINGS VOLUME II

      The second volume of the Proceedings will contain the following subjects:

      PREFACE

      OPENING SPEECHES

      The full text of the speeches at the openening of the Conference will be made available.

      ADDITIONAL PAPERS

      Papers that were not available in time or were submitted during the Conference will be
      included in this part of the Proceedings.

      SUMMARIES OF THE THEME DISCUSSION SESSIONS

      The moderators together with designated secretaries will provide a summary of the
      discussions during the theme sessions. These summaries will reflect thoughts, ideas and
      experiences exchanged as provided during the formal discussions.

      CLOSING REMARKS

      The full text of the closing remarks as presented by the Conference co-chairs will be made
      available.

      CONFERENCE EVALUATION

      The results of the evaluation, as deducted from the received evaluation forms, will be
      included.

      LIST OF PARTICIPANTS

      A list of participants  actually attending the Conference will be included.

      ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

-------
618                          INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                           619
       MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE PLANNING COMMITTEE

 Mrs. Jacqueline Alois! de Larderel                          PHONE:  (331)40588850
 United Nations Environment Programme                     FAX:     (331)40588874
 Director, Industry and Environment Programme Activity Centre
 Tour Mirabeau
 39-43 Quai Andre Citroen
 75739 Paris CEDEX  15, France
 Contact:   Ms. Clare  Delbridge                             PHONE:  (331)40588869
                                                       FAX:     (331)40588874
 Mr. Laurens Jan Brinkhorst
 Director-General
 Commission of the European Communities
 Directorate-General Environment, Nuclear Safety
       and Civil Protection
 34 Rue Belliard
 1049 Brussels, Belgium
 Contact:   Dr. Ludwig Kramer                              PHONE:  (322) 299 2265
                                                       FAX:     (322)2991070

 Dr. Kalman Gybrgyi                                      PHONE:  (361)1181452
 Chief Public Prosecutor of the Republic of Hungary            FAX:     (361) 132 3969
 Chief Public Prosecutors Office
 P.O. Box 438
 1372 Budapest, Hungary
 Contact:   Dr.  Istvan Szabo                                PHONE:  (361)312173

 Dr. Peter Hardi                                          PHONE:  (361) 168 6284
 Executive Director                                       FAX:     (361) 168 7851
 The Regional  Environmental Center
      for Central and Eastern Europe
 Miklos ter 1
 1035 Budapest, Hungary
 Contact:   Dr.  Branko Bosnjakovic                          PHONE:  (361)1686284
          Mr. Steven Wassersug                           PHONE:  (361)1686284
                                                       FAX:     (361)1687851

 Dr. Jan Mikolas
 Chairman                                               PHONE:  (422) 252539
 Federal Committee for the Environment                      FAX-     (422) 257211
 Slezka 9
 12029 Prague
 Czech and Slovak Federated Republic
 Contact:  Mr.  Veclev Dobes                               PHONE:  (422) 25 2539
                                                       FAX:     (422) 257211

 Dr. Karoly Misley                                         PHONE:  (361)2011582
 Permanent State Secretary                                 FAX:     (361) 201 2846
 Ministry of  Environment and Regional Policy
 P.O. Box 351
 1394 Budapest, Hungary
Contact:  Dr.  Nandor Zoltai                                PHONE:  (361)2014133
                                                       FAX:     (361)2012846

-------
620
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT
Dr. Maciej Nowicki
Minister
Ministry of Environmental Protection,
      Natural Resources and Forestry
Wawelska 52/54
00-922 Warsaw, Poland
Contact:  Prof. Jerzy Sommer

         Mr. Marek Nowakowski

Mr. Herbert H. Tate Jr.
Assistant Administrator for Enforcement
Office of Enforcement
United States Environmental Protection Agency
401 M Street, SW LE-133
Washington,  DC 20460, USA
Contact:  Ms. Cheryl Wasserman

         Ms. Ann DeLong
Mr. Pieter Verkerk
Inspector General, Ministry of Housing, Physical Planning
      and Environment
P.O. Box 450
2260 MB Leidschendam, the Netherlands
Contact:  Mr. Jo Gerardu

         Mr. Huub Kesselaar
CONFERENCE STAFF

Ms. Cheryl Wasserman
Office of Enforcement
United States Environmental Protection Agency
401 M Street, SW LE-133
Washington, DC 20460, USA

Mr. Jo Gerardu
Ministry of Housing, Physical Planning and Environment
Inspectorate for the Environment
P.O. Box 450
2260  MB Leidschendam, the Netherlands

Logistics Contractor

Mr. Jeroen Bartels
ERL Nederland
P.O. Box 710
2700  AS  Zoetermeer, the Netherlands
                         PHONE:   (4871)444747
                         FAX:      (4871)444747
                         PHONE:   (4822) 25 11 33
                         FAX:      (4822) 25 39 72
                         PHONE:  (1202)2604486
                         FAX:     (1202) 260 7553
                         PHONE:  (1202) 260 8870
                         FAX:     (1202) 260 7553
                         PHONE:
                         FAX:
(3170)31  74620
(3170)31  74624
                         PHONE:  (3170)31 72621
                         FAX:     (3170)31 72645
                         PHONE:  (3170) 31 72624
                         FAX:     (3170)31 72645
                         PHONE:
                         FAX:
                         PHONE:
                         FAX:
(1202) 260 4486
(1202) 260 7553
(3170)31 72621
(3170)31 72645
                         PHONE:
                         FAX:
(3179)522777
(3179) 512 127

-------
 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ENVIRONMENTAL ENFORCEMENT                             621
       ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

       The second International Conference on Environmental Enforcement held September 22-
 25, 1992 in Budapest, Hungary was made possible by the personal and financial contributions of
 many organizations and individuals. Funding of the Conference and participants was provided by
 the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Netherlands' Ministry of Housing,
 Physical Planning and Environment (VROM), and the European Economic Community (EEC),
 supplemented by funds from the Netherlands' International Affairs Office, the U.S. Agency
 International Development (AID), and the German  Marshall Fund.

       An Executive Planning Committee whose membership is listed in these Proceedings, was
 created to provide leadership and direction in the design of the program, selection of the
 speakers and panelists, and identification of individuals from  a range of nations who would be in
 the best positions to share practical experience in environmental enforcement and to improve or
 develop domestic programs. In keeping with  its focus on Central and Eastern  Europe, the
 Executive Planning Committee included the representatives of the Environment Ministries of
 Poland, Hungary, and the Czech and Slovak Federal Republic as well as Hungary's Public
 Prosecutor and the Regional Environmental Center in Budapest. The United Nations Environment
 Programme (IE-PAC) was also a key member of the Executive Planning Committee, in an effort
 to further expand the exchanges that began with the first International Enforcement  Workshop,
 sponsored by the Netherlands Ministry of VROM and U.S.  EPA, in May 1990 in Utrecht, the
 Netherlands.

       Members and staff of the Executive Planning Committee, listed within these Proceedings,
 spent many hours discussing and reviewing staff proposals for the Conference structure and
 content and in  identifying experts from government at all levels, NGO's and industry that would
 ultimately determine the success of the Conference.

      Given the Conference location in Budapest,  we wish to particularly acknowledge the
 hospitality and  special efforts of Dr. Karoly Misley and Dr. Nandor Zoltai to make this exchange
 not only productive but enjoyable.

      Primary staff and coordinators of the Conference were Mr. Jo Gerardu of VROM and Ms.
Cheryl Wasserman of USEPA who were  responsible for drafting the Conference program and
materials. The Conference logistics,  preparation of the Proceedings, and handling of Conference
communications was directed by Mr. Jeroen Bartels from Environmental Resources  Limited
Nederland.

-------

-------